diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 2336897 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/9857-h.htm | 10998 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/babeweth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36038 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/cacheth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34311 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/campth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29962 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/canoeth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39591 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/cariboth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38075 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/dogs2th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28087 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/dogsth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35996 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/eskimoth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 97287 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/geologth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91755 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/geologyth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91755 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/groupth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30742 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/icampth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35309 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/iceth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33229 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/indiansth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41283 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/indianth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41283 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/lakesth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27707 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/letterth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 40219 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/map2smal.jpg | bin | 0 -> 337138 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/map2smalth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 337138 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/map2th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6657 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/marshth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32298 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/michikth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27475 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/missionth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34734 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/missioth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34734 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/nachvakth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36199 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/nachvath.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36199 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/nainth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41498 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/nipishth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25661 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/passth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29701 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/perilsth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 89586 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/postth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38441 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/ptgmapsm.jpg | bin | 0 -> 317047 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/ptgmapsmth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 2889 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/ptgmapth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 2889 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/shackth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44391 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/silenceth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19894 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/silencth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19894 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857-h/images/wigwamth.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33184 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857.txt | 8297 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9857.zip | bin | 0 -> 175126 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/llbtr10.txt | 8351 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/llbtr10.zip | bin | 0 -> 174401 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/llbtr10h.htm | 10946 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/llbtr10h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1840604 bytes |
49 files changed, 38608 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/9857-h.zip b/9857-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..49af1ed --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h.zip diff --git a/9857-h/9857-h.htm b/9857-h/9857-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7003e78 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/9857-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10998 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace</title> +<meta HTTP-EQUIV="content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<style type="text/css"> + a:link {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + link {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + a:visited {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + a:hover {color:red} +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Long Labrador Trail + +Author: Dillon Wallace + +Posting Date: December 16, 2011 [EBook #9857] +Release Date: February, 2006 +First Posted: October 24, 2003 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + + + + +Produced by Martin Schub + + + + + +</pre> + +<!-- Short-line cutoffs are 54 and 39 --> + + + +<br> +<br> +<hr> +<a name="perils"></a> +<a href="images/perilsth.jpg"> +<img alt="Frontispiece--The Perils of the Rapids" src="images/perilsth.jpg"> +</a> + +<br> +<br> +<br> + +<a NAME="title_page"></a> + +<p align="center"><font size=7><i>The<br> +Long Labrador<br> +Trail</i></font></p> + +<p align="center">by<br> +Dillon Wallace<br> +Author of “The Lure of the<br> +Labrador Wild,” <i>etc</i>.</p> + +<p align="center">Illustrated</p> + +<p align="center">MCMXVII</p> + +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> + + +<p align="center">TO THE<br> +MEMORY OF MY WIFE</p> + +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> + +<blockquote>“<i>A drear and desolate shore! <br> +Where no tree unfolds its leaves,<br> +And never the spring wind weaves<br> +Green grass for the hunter’s tread;<br> +A land forsaken and dead,<br> +Where the ghostly icebergs go<br> +And come with the ebb and flow...”</i></blockquote> + +<p>  Whittier’s “The Rock-tomb +of Bradore.”</p> + +<p>PREFACE</p> + +<p>In the summer of 1903 when Leonidas Hubbard, Jr., +went to Labrador to<br> +explore a section of the unknown interior it was my +privilege to<br> +accompany him as his companion and friend.  The +world has heard of the<br> +disastrous ending of our little expedition, and how +Hubbard, fighting<br> +bravely and heroically to the last, finally succumbed +to starvation.</p> + +<p>Before his death I gave him my promise that should +I survive I would<br> +write and publish the story of the journey.  +In “The Lure of The<br> +Labrador Wild” that pledge was kept to the best +of my ability.</p> + +<p>While Hubbard and I were struggling inland over those +desolate wastes,<br> +where life was always uncertain, we entered into a +compact that in<br> +case one of us fall the other would carry to completion +the<br> +exploratory work that he had planned and begun.  + Providence willed<br> +that it should become my duty to fulfil this compact, +and the<br> +following pages are a record of how it was done.</p> + +<p>Not I, but Hubbard, planned the journey of which this +book tells, and<br> +from him I received the inspiration and with him the +training and<br> +experience that enabled me to succeed.  It was +his spirit that led me<br> +on over the wearisome trails, and through the rushing +rapids, and to<br> +him and to his memory belong the credit and the honor +of success.</p> + +<p>D. W.<br> +February, 1907.</p> + +<p>CONTENTS</p> + +<p>CHAPTER<br> +<ol type="I"> +<li><a href="#chapter_1"> THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_2"> ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_3"> THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_4"> ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_5"> WE GO ASTRAY</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_6"> LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_7"> SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_8"> SEAL LAKE AT LAST</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_9"> WE LOSE THE TRAIL</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_10"> “WE SEE MICHIKAMAU”</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_11"> THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_12"> OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_13"> DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_14"> TIDE WATER AND THE POST</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_15"> OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_16"> CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_17"> TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_18"> THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_19"> THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_20"> THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_21"> CROSSING THE BARRENS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_22"> ON THE ATLANTIC ICE</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_23"> BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_24"> THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL</a><br></li> +</ol> +<a href="#appendix"> APPENDIX<br></a> + +<h1>ILLUSTRATIONS</h1> + +<p> +<a href="#perils"> The Perils of the Rapids (in color, from a painting +by Oliver Kemp)</a><br> +<a href="#ice"> Ice Encountered Off the Labrador Coast </a><br> +<a href="#group"> “The Time For Action Had Come” </a><br> +<a href="#camp"> “Camp Was Moved to the First Small Lake” </a><br> +<a href="#cache"> “We Found a Long-disused Log Cache of the Indians”</a><br> +<a href="#nipish"> Below Lake Nipishish</a><br> +<a href="#marsh"> Through Ponds and Marshes Northward Toward Otter Lake</a><br> +<a href="#babewe"> “We Shall Call the River Babewendigash”</a><br> +<a href="#caribo"> “Pete, Standing by the Prostrate Caribou, Was +Grinning From Ear to Ear”</a><br> +<a href="#lakes"> “A Network of Lakes and the Country as Level +as a Table”</a><br> +<a href="#michik"> Michikamau</a><br> +<a href="#letter"> “Writing Letters to the Home Folks”</a><br> +<a href="#canoe"> “Our Lonely Perilous Journey Toward the Dismal +Wastes ...Was Begun”</a><br> +<a href="#icamp"> Abandoned Indian Camp On the Shore of Lake Michikamats</a><br> +<a href="#wigwam"> “One of the Wigwams Was a Large One and Oblong +in Shape”</a><br> +<a href="#post"> “At Last ...We Saw the Post”</a><br> +<a href="#shack"> “A Miserable Little Log Shack”</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> A Group of Eskimo Women</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> A Labrador Type</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> Eskimo Children</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> A Snow Igloo</a><br> +<a href="#silence"> The Silence of the North (in color, from a painting +by Frederic C. +Stokes)</a><br> +<a href="#nachvak"> “Nachvak Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company”. </a><br> +<a href="#hills"> “The Hills Grew Higher and Higher”</a><br> +<a href="#pass"> “We Turned Into a Pass Leading to the Northward”</a><br> +<a href="#mission"> The Moravian Mission at Ramah</a><br> +<a href="#snow"> “Plodding Southward Over the Endless Snow”</a><br> +<a href="#nain"> “Nain, the Moravian Headquarters in Labrador”</a><br> +<a href="#indians"> “The Indians Were Here”</a><br> +<a href="#geology"> Geological Specimens</a><br> +<a href="#maps"> Maps.</a></p> + +<h1>THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL</h1> + +<a NAME="chapter_1"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER I</h1> + +<p><b>THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">“It’s always the way, +Wallace!  When a fellow starts on the long trail, +he’s never willing to quit.  It’ll +be the same with you if you go with me to Labrador.  + When you come home, you’ll hear the voice of +the wilderness calling you to return, and it will lure +you back again.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It seems but yesterday that Hubbard +uttered those prophetic words as he and I lay before +our blazing camp fire in the snow-covered Shawangunk +Mountains on that November night in the year 1901, +and planned that fateful trip into the unexplored +Labrador wilderness which was to cost my dear friend +his life, and both of us indescribable sufferings +and hardships.  And how true a prophecy it was!  + You who have smelled the camp fire smoke; who have +drunk in the pure forest air, laden with the smell +of the fir tree; who have dipped your paddle into +untamed waters, or climbed mountains, with the knowledge +that none but the red man has been there before you; +or have, perchance, had to fight the wilds and nature +for your very existence; you of the wilderness brotherhood +can understand how the fever of exploration gets into +one’s blood and draws one back again to the +forests and the barrens in spite of resolutions to +“go no more.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was more than this, however, that +lured me back to Labrador.  There was the vision +of dear old Hubbard as I so often saw him during our +struggle through that rugged northland wilderness, +wasted in form and ragged in dress, but always hopeful +and eager, his undying spirit and indomitable will +focused in his words to me, and I can still see him +as he looked when he said them: </p> + +<p align="justify">“The work must be done, Wallace, +and if one of us falls before it is completed the +other must finish it.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I went back to Labrador to do the +work he had undertaken, but which he was not permitted +to accomplish.  His exhortation appealed to me +as a command from my leader—­a call to duty.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hubbard had planned to penetrate the +Labrador peninsula from Groswater Bay, following the +old northern trail of the Mountaineer Indians from +Northwest River Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company, +situated on Groswater Bay, one hundred and forty miles +inland from the eastern coast, to Lake Michikamau, +thence through the lake and northward over the divide, +where he hoped to locate the headwaters of the George +River.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was his intention to pass down +this river until he reached the hunting camps of the +Nenenot or Nascaupee Indians, there witness the annual +migration of the caribou to the eastern seacoast, which +tradition said took place about the middle or latter +part of September, and to be present at the “killing,” +when the Indians, it was reported, secured their winter’s +supply of provisions by spearing the caribou while +the herds were swimming the river.  The caribou +hunt over, he was to have returned across country +to the St. Lawrence or retrace his steps to Northwest +River Post, whichever might seem advisable.  +Should the season, however, be too far advanced to +permit of a safe return, he was to have proceeded +down the river to its mouth, at Ungava Bay, and return +to civilization in winter with dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">The country through which we were +to have traveled was to be mapped so far as possible, +and observations made of the geological formation and +of the flora, and as many specimens collected as possible.</p> + +<p align="justify">This, then, Hubbard’s plan, +was the plan which I adopted and which I set out to +accomplish, when, in March, 1905, I finally decided +to return to Labrador.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was advisable to reach Hamilton +Inlet with the opening of navigation and make an early +start into the country, for every possible day of +the brief summer would be needed for our purpose.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was, as I fully realized, no small +undertaking.  Many hundreds of miles of unknown +country must be traversed, and over mountains and +through marshes for long distances our canoes and outfit +would have to be transported upon the backs of the +men comprising my party, as pack animals cannot be +used in Labrador.</p> + +<p align="justify">Through immense stretches of country +there would be no sustenance for them, and, in addition +to this, the character of the country itself forbids +their use.</p> + +<p align="justify">The personnel of the expedition required +much thought.  I might with one canoe and one +or two professional Indian packers travel more rapidly +than with men unused to exploration work, but in that +case scientific research would have to be slighted.  + I therefore decided to sacrifice speed to thoroughness +and to take with me men who, even though they might +not be physically able to carry the large packs of +the professional voyageur, would in other respects +lend valuable assistance to the work in hand.</p> + +<p align="justify">My projected return to Labrador was +no sooner announced than numerous applications came +to me from young men anxious to join the expedition.  +After careful investigation, I finally selected as +my companions George M. Richards, of Columbia University, +as geologist and to aid me in the topographical work, +Clifford H. Easton, who had been a student in the +School of Forestry at Biltmore, North Carolina (both +residents of New York), and Leigh Stanton, of Halifax, +Nova Scotia, a veteran of the Boer War, whom I had +met at the lumber camps in Groswater Bay, Labrador, +in the winter of 1903-1904, when he was installing +the electric light plant in the large lumber mill +there.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was desirable to have at least +one Indian in the party as woodsman, hunter and general +camp servant.  For this position my friend, Frank +H. Keefer, of Port Arthur, Ontario, recommended to +me, and at my request engaged, Peter Stevens, a full-blood +Ojibway Indian, of Grand Marais, Minnesota.  +“Pete” arrived in New York under the wing +of the railway conductor during the last week in May.</p> + +<a name="ice"></a> +<a href="images/iceth.jpg"> +<img alt="Ice Encountered off the Labrador Coast" src="images/iceth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<p align="justify">In the meantime I had devoted myself +to the selection and purchase of our instruments and +general outfit.  Everything must be purchased +in advance—­from canoes to repair kit—­as +my former experience in Labrador had taught me.  + It may be of interest to mention the most important +items of outfit and the food supply with which we were +provided:  Two canvas-covered canoes, one nineteen +and one eighteen feet in length; one seven by nine +“A” tent, made of waterproof “balloon” +silk; one tarpaulin, seven by nine feet; folding tent +stove and pipe; two tracking lines; three small axes; +cooking outfit, con-sisting of two frying pans, one +mixing pan and three aluminum kettles; an aluminum +plate, cup and spoon for each man; one .33 caliber +high-power Winchester rifle and two 44-40 Winchester +carbines (only one of these carbines was taken with +us from New York, and this was intended as a reserve +gun in case the party should separate and return by +different routes.  The other was one used by Stanton +when previously in Labrador, and taken by him in addition +to the regular outfit).  One double barrel 12-gauge +shotgun; two ten-inch barrel single shot .22 caliber +pistols for partridges and small game; ammunition; +tumplines; three fishing rods and tackle, including +trolling outfits; one three and one-half inch gill +net; repair kit, including necessary material for +patching canoes, clothing, <i>etc</i>.; matches, and +a medicine kit.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following instruments were also +carried:  Three minimum registering thermometers; +one aneroid barometer which was tested and set for +me by the United States Weather Bureau; one clinometer; +one pocket transit; three compasses; one pedometer; +one taffrail log; one pair binoculars; three No. 3A +folding pocket Kodaks, sixty rolls of films, each roll +sealed in a tin can and waterproofed, and six “Vanguard” +watches mounted in dust-proof cases.</p> + +<p align="justify">Each man was provided with a sheath +knife and a waterproof match box, and his personal +kit, containing a pair of blankets and clothing, was +carried in a waterproof canvas bag.</p> + +<p align="justify">I may say here in reference to these +waterproof bags and the “balloon” silk +tent that they were of the same manufacture as those +used on the Hubbard expedition and for their purpose +as nearly perfect as it is possible to make them.  +The tent weighed but nine pounds, was windproof, +and, like the bags, absolutely waterproof, and the +material strong and firm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our provision supply consisted of +298 pounds of pork; 300 pounds of flour; 45 pounds +of corn meal; 40 pounds of lentils; 28 pounds of rice; +25 pounds of erbswurst; 10 pounds of prunes; a few +packages of dried vegetables; some beef bouillon tablets; +6 pounds of baking powder; 16 pounds of tea; 6 pounds +of coffee; 15 pounds of sugar; 14 pounds of salt; +a small amount of saccharin and crystallose, and 150 +pounds of pemmican.</p> + +<p align="justify">Everything likely to be injured by +water was packed in waterproof canvas bags.</p> + +<p align="justify">My friend Dr. Frederick A. Cook, of +the Arctic Club, selected my medical kit, and instructed +me in the use of its simple remedies.  It was +also upon the recommendation of Dr. Cook and others +of my Arctic Club friends that I purchased the pemmican, +which was designed as an emergency ration, and it +is worth noting that one pound of pemmican, as our +experience demonstrated, was equal to two or even three +pounds of any other food that we carried.  Its +ingredients are ground dried beef, tallow, sugar, +raisins and currants.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had planned to go north from St. +Johns on the Labrador mail boat <i>Virginia Lake</i>, +which, as I had been informed by the Reid-Newfoundland +Company, was expected to sail from St. Johns on her +first trip on or about June tenth.  This made +it necessary for us to leave New York on the Red Cross +Line steamer <i>Rosalind</i> sailing from Brooklyn +on May thirtieth; and when, at eleven-thirty that Tuesday +morning, the <i>Rosalind</i> cast loose from her wharf, +we and our outfit were aboard, and our journey of +eleven long months was begun.</p> + +<p align="justify">As I waved farewell to our friends +ashore I recalled that other day two years before, +when Hubbard and I had stood on the <i>Silvia’s</i> +deck, and I said to myself: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, this, too, is Hubbard’s +trip.  His spirit is with me.  It was he, +not I, who planned this Labrador work, and if I succeed +it will be because of him and his influence.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I was glad to be away.  With +every throb of the engine my heart grew lighter.  + I was not thinking of the perils I was to face with +my new companions in that land where Hubbard and I +had suffered so much.  The young men with me +were filled with enthusiasm at the prospect of adventure +in the silent and mysterious country for which they +were bound.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_2"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER II</h1> + +<p><b>ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN</b></p> + +<p>“When shall we reach Rigolet, Captain?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Before daylight, I hopes, sir, +if the fog holds off, but there’s a mist settling, +and if it gets too thick, we may have to come to.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Crowded with an unusual cargo of humanity, +fishermen going to their summer work on “The +Labrador” with their accompanying tackle and +household goods, meeting with many vexatious delays +in discharging the men and goods at the numerous ports +of call, and impeded by fog and wind, the mail boat +<i>Virginia Lake</i> had been much longer than is her +wont on her trip “down north.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was now June twenty-first.  + Six days before (June fifteenth), when we boarded +the ship at St. Johns we had been informed that the +steamer <i>Harlow</i>, with a cargo for the lumber +mills at Kenemish, in Groswater Bay, was to leave +Halifax that very afternoon.  She could save us +a long and disagreeable trip in an open boat, ninety +miles up Groswater Bay, and I bad hoped that we might +reach Rigolet in time to secure a passage for myself +and party from that point.  But the <i>Harlow</i> +had no ports of call to make, and it was predicted +that her passage from Halifax to Rigolet would be +made in four days.</p> + +<p align="justify">I had no hope now of reaching Rigolet +before her, or of finding her there, and, resigned +to my fate, I left the captain on the bridge and went +below to my stateroom to rest until daylight.  + Some time in the night I was aroused by some one +saying: </p> + +<p align="justify">“We’re at Rigolet, sir, +and there’s a ship at anchor close by.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Whether I had been asleep or not, +I was fully awake now, and found that the captain +had come to tell me of our arrival.  The fog had +held off and we had done much better than the captain’s +prediction.  Hurrying into my clothes, I went +on deck, from which, through the slight haze that +hung over the water, I could discern the lights of +a ship, and beyond, dimly visible, the old familiar +line of Post buildings showing against the dark spruce-covered +hills behind, where the great silent forest begins.</p> + +<p align="justify">All was quiet save for the thud, thud, +thud of the oarlocks of a small boat approaching our +ship and the dismal howl of a solitary “husky” +dog somewhere ashore.  The captain had preceded +me on deck, and in answer to my inquiries as to her +identity said he did not know whether the stranger +at anchor was the <i>Harlow</i> or not, but he thought +it was.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had to wait but a moment, however, +for the information.  The small boat was already +alongside, and John Groves, a Goose Bay trader and +one of my friends of two years before, clambered aboard +and had me by the hand.</p> + +<p>“I’m glad to see you, sir; and how is +you?”</p> + +<p align="justify">Assuring him that I was quite well, +I asked the name of the other ship.</p> + +<p align="justify">“The <i>Harlow</i>, sir, an’ +she’s goin’ to Kenemish with daylight.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, I must get aboard of +her then, and try to get a passage up.  Is your +flat free, John, to take me aboard of her?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes, sir.  Step right +in, sir.  But I thinks you’d better go ashore, +for the <i>Harlow’s</i> purser’s ashore.  + If you can’t get passage on the <i>Harlow</i> +my schooner’s here doing nothin’ while +I goes to St. Johns for goods, and I’ll have +my men run you up to Nor’west River.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I thanked him and lost no time in +going ashore in his boat, where I found Mr. James +Fraser, the factor, and received a hearty welcome.  + In Mr. Fraser’s office I found also the purser +of the <i>Harlow</i>, and I quickly arranged with +him for a passage to Kenemish, which is ninety miles +up the inlet, and just across Groswater Bay (twelve +miles) from Northwest River Post.  The <i>Harlow</i> +was to sail at daylight and I at once returned to +the mail boat, called the boys and, with the help of +the <i>Virginia’s</i> crew and one of their small +boats, we were transferred, bag and baggage, to the +<i>Harlow</i>.</p> + +<p align="justify">Owing to customs complications the +<i>Harlow</i> was later than expected in leaving Rigolet, +and it was evening before she dropped anchor at Kenemish.  + I went ashore in the ship’s boat and visited +again the lumber camp “cook house” where +Dr. Hardy and I lay ill throng those weary winter +weeks, and where poor Hardy died.  Hardy was the +young lumber company doctor who treated my frozen +feet in the winter of 1903-1904.  Here I met +Fred Blake, a Northwest River trapper.  Fred +had his flat, and I engaged him to take a part of our +luggage to Northwest River.  Then I returned +to the ship to send the boys ahead with the canoes +and some of our baggage, while I waited behind to +follow with Fred and the rest of the kit in his flat +a half hour later.</p> + +<p align="justify">Fred and I were hardly a mile from +the ship when a heavy thunderstorm broke upon us, +and we were soon drenching wet—­the baptism +of our expedition.  This rain was followed by +a dense fog and early darkness.  On and on we +rowed, and I was berating myself for permitting the +men to go on so far ahead of us with the canoes, for +they did not know the way and the fog had completely +shut out the lights of the Post buildings, which otherwise +would have been visible across the bay for a considerable +distance.</p> + +<p align="justify">Suddenly through the fog and darkness, +from shoreward, came a “Hello!  Hello!” + We answered, and heading our boat toward the sound +of continued “Hellos,” found the men, +with the canoes unloaded and hauled ashore, preparing +to make a night camp.  I joined them and, launching +and reloading the canoes again, with Richards and Easton +in one canoe and Pete and I in the other, we followed +Fred and Stanton, who preceded us in the rowboat, +keeping our canoes religiously within earshot of Fred’s +thumping oarlocks.  Finally the fog lifted, and +not far away we caught a glimmer of lights at the +French Post.  All was dark at the Hudson Bay +Post across the river when at last our canoes touched +the sandy beach and we sprang ashore.</p> + +<p align="justify">What a flood of remembrances came +to me as I stepped again upon the old familiar ground!  + How vividly I remembered that June day when Hubbard +and I had first set foot on this very ground and Mackenzie +had greeted us so cordially!  And also that other +day in November when, ragged and starved, I came here +to tell of Hubbard, lying dead in the dark forest +beyond!  The same dogs that I had known then came +running to meet us now, the faithful fellows with +which I began that sad funeral journey homeward over +the ice.  I called some of them by name “Kumalik,” +“Bo’sun,” “Captain,” +“Tinker”—­and they pushed their +great heads against my legs and, I believe, recognized +me.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was nearly two o’clock in +the morning.  We went immediately to the Post +house and roused out Mr. Stuart Cotter, the agent (Mackenzie +is no longer there), and received from him a royal +welcome.  He called his Post servant and instructed +him to bring in our things, and while we changed our +dripping clothes for dry ones, his housekeeper prepared +a light supper.  It was five o’clock in +the morning when I retired.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the previous autumn I had written +Duncan McLean, one of the four men who came to my +rescue on the Susan River, that should I ever come +to Labrador again and be in need of a man I would like +to engage him.  Cotter told me that Duncan had +just come from his trapping path and was at the Post +kitchen, so when we had finished breakfast, at eight +o’clock that morning, I saw Duncan and, as he +was quite willing to go with us, I arranged with him +to accompany us a short distance into the country +to help us pack over the first portage and to bring +back letters.</p> + +<p align="justify">He expressed a wish to visit his father +at Kenemish before starting into the country, but +promised to be back the next evening ready for the +start on Monday morning, the twenty-sixth, and I consented.  + I knew hard work was before us, and as I wished all +hands to be well rested and fresh at the outset, I +felt that a couple of days’ idleness would do +us no harm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some five hundred yards east of Mr. +Cotter’s house is an old, abandoned mission +chapel, and behind it an Indian burying ground.  + The cleared space of level ground between the house +and chapel was, for a century or more, the camping +ground of the Mountaineer Indians who come to the +Post each spring to barter or sell their furs.  + In the olden time there were nearly a hundred families +of them, whose hunting ground was that section of +country between Hamilton Inlet and the Upper George +River.</p> + +<p align="justify">These people now, for the most part, +hunt south of the inlet and trade at the St. Lawrence +Posts.  The chapel was erected about 1872, but +ten years ago the Jesuit missionary was withdrawn, +and since then the building has fallen into decay +and ruin, and the crosses that marked the graves in +the old burying grounds have been broken down by the +heavy winter snows.  It was this withdrawal of +the missionary that turned the Indians to the southward, +where priests are more easily found.  The Mountaineer +Indian, unlike the Nascaupee, is very religious, and +must, at least once a year, meet his father confessor.  +The camping ground since the abandonment of the mission, +has lain lonely and deserted, save for three or four +families who, occasionally in the summer season, come +back again to pitch their tents where their forefathers +camped and held their annual feasts in the old days.</p> + +<p align="justify">Competition between the trading companies +at this point has raised the price of furs to such +an extent that the few families of Indians that trade +at this Post are well-to-do and very independent.  + There were two tents of them here when we arrived—­five +men and several women and children.  I found +two of my old friends there—­John and William +Ahsini.  They expressed pleasure in meeting me +again, and a lively interest in our trip.  With +Mr. Cotter acting as interpreter, John made for me +a map of the old Indian trail from Grand Lake to Seal +Lake, and William a map to Lake Michikamau and over +the height of land to the George River, indicating +the portages and principal intervening lakes as they +remembered them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Seal Lake is a large lake expansion +of the Nascaupee River, which river, it should be +explained, is the outlet of Lake Michikamau and discharges +its waters into Grand Lake and through Grand Lake into +Groswater Bay.  Lake Michikamau, next to Lake +Mistasinni, is the larg-est lake in the Labrador +peninsula, and approximately from eighty to ninety +miles in length.  Neither John nor William had +been to Lake Michikamau by this route since they were +young lads, but they told us that the Indians, when +traveling very light without their families, used +to make the journey in twenty-three days.</p> + +<p align="justify">During my previous stay in Labrador +one Indian told me it could be done in ten days, while +another said that Indians traveling very fast would +require about thirty days.  It is difficult to +base calculations upon information of this kind.  + But I was sure that, with our com-paratively heavy +outfit, and the fact that we would have to find the +trail for ourselves, we should require at least twice +the time of the Indians, who know every foot of the +way as we know our familiar city streets at home.</p> + +<p align="justify">They expressed their belief that the +old trail could be easily found, and assured us that +each portage, as we asked about it in detail, was +a “miam potagan” (good portage), but at +the same time expressed their doubts as to our ability +to cross the country safely.</p> + +<p align="justify">In fact, it has always been the Indians’ +boast, and I have heard it many times, that no white +man could go from Groswater Bay to Ungava alive without +Indians to help him through.  “Pete” +was a Lake Superior Indian and had never run a rapid +in his life.  He was to spend the night with +Tom Blake and his family in their snug little log cabin, +and be ready for an early start up Grand Lake on the +morrow.  It was Tom that headed the little party +sent by me up the Susan Valley to bring to the Post +Hubbard’s body in March, 1904; and it was through +his perseverance, loyalty and hard work at the time +that I finally succeeded in recovering the body.  + Tom’s daughter, Lillie, was Mackenzie’s +little housekeeper, who showed me so many kindnesses +then.  The whole family, in fact, were very good +to me during those trying days, and I count them among +my true and loyal friends.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had supper with Cotter, who sang +some Hudson’s Bay songs, Richards sang a jolly +college song or two, Stanton a “classic,” +and then all who could sing joined in “Auld +Lang Syne.”</p> + +<p align="justify">My thoughts were of that other day, +when Hubbard, so full of hope, had begun this same +journey-of the sunshine and fleecy clouds and beckoning +fir tops, and I wondered what was in store for us now.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_3"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER III</h1> + +<p><b>THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The time for action had come.  + Our canoes were loaded near the wharf, we said good-by +to Cotter and a group of native trapper friends, and +as we took our places in the canoes and dipped our +paddles into the waters that were to carry us northward +the Post flag was run up on the flagpole as a salute +and farewell, and we were away.  We soon rounded +the point, and Cotter and the trappers and the Post +were lost to view.  Duncan was to follow later +in the evening in his rowboat with some of our outfit +which we left in his charge.</p> + +<a name="group"></a> +<a href="images/groupth.jpg"> +<img alt="The Time for Action Had Come" src="images/groupth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">Silently we paddled through the “little +lake.”  The clouds hung somber and dull +with threatening rain, and a gentle breeze wafted to +us now and again a bit of fragrance from the spruce-covered +hills above us.  Almost before I realized it we +were at the rapid.  Away to the westward stretched +Grand Lake, deep and dark and still, with the rugged +outline of Cape Corbeau in the distance.</p> + +<p align="justify">Tom Blake and his family, one and +all, came out to give us the whole-souled, hospitable +welcome of “The Labrador.”  Even Atikamish, +the little Indian dog that Mackenzie used to have, +but which he had given to Tom when he left Northwest +River, was on hand to tell me in his dog language +that he remembered me and was delighted to see me back.  + Here we would stay for the night—­the last +night for months that we were to sleep in a habitation +of civilized man.</p> + +<p align="justify">The house was a very comfortable little +log dwelling containing a small kitchen, a larger +living-room which also served as a sleeping-room, +and an attic which was the boys’ bedroom.  + The house was comfortably furnished, everything clean +to perfection, and the atmos-phere of love and home +that dwelt here was long remembered by us while we +huddled in many a dreary camp during the weeks that +followed.</p> + +<p align="justify">Duncan did not come that night, and +it was not until ten o’clock the next morning +(June twenty-seventh) that he appeared.  Then +we made ready for the start.  Tom and his young +son Henry announced their intention of accompanying +us a short distance up Grand Lake in their small sailboat.  + Mrs. Blake gave us enough bread and buns, which she +had baked especially for us, to last two or three days, +and she gave us also a few fresh eggs, saying, “’Twill +be a long time before you has eggs again.”</p> + +<p align="justify">At half-past ten o’clock our +canoes were afloat, farewell was said, and we were +beyond the last fringe of civilization.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning was depressing and the +sky was overcast with low-hanging, heavy clouds, but +almost with our start, as if to give us courage for +our work and fire our blood, the leaden curtain was +drawn aside and the deep blue dome of heaven rose +above us.  The sun shone warm and bright, and +the smell of the fresh damp forest, the incense of +the wilderness gods, was carried to us by a puff of +wind from the south which enabled Duncan to hoist +his sails.  The rest of us bent to our paddles, +and all were eager to plunge into the unknown and solve +the mystery of what lay beyond the horizon.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our nineteen-foot canoe was manned +by Pete in the bow, Stanton in the center and Easton +in the stern, while I had the bow and Richards the +stern of the eighteen-foot canoe.  We paddled +along the north shore of the lake, close to land.  + Stanton, with an eye for fresh meat, espied a porcupine +near the water’s edge and stopped to kill it, +thus gaining the honor of having bagged the first +game of the trip.  At twelve o’clock we +halted for luncheon, in almost the same spot where +Hubbard and I had lunched when going up Grand Lake +two years before.  While Pete cooked bacon and +eggs and made tea, Stanton and Richards dressed the +porcupine for supper.</p> + +<p align="justify">After luncheon we cut diagonally across +the lake to the southern shore, passed Cape Corbeau +River and landed near the base of Cape Corbeau bluff, +that the elevation might be taken and geological specimens +secured.  After making our observations we turned +again toward the northern shore, where more specimens +were collected.  Here Tom and Henry Blake said +goodby to us and turned homeward.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the afternoon Stanton and I +each killed a porcupine, making three in all for the +day—­a good beginning in the matter of game.</p> + +<p align="justify">At sunset we landed at Watty’s +Brook, a small stream flowing into Grand Lake from +the north, and some twenty miles above the rapid.  + Our progress during the day had been slow, as the +wind had died away and we had, several times, to wait +for Duncan to overtake us in his slower rowboat.</p> + +<p align="justify">While the rest of us “made camp” +Duncan cut wood for a rousing fire, as the evening +was cool, and Pete put a porcupine to boil for supper.  +We were a hungry crowd when we sat down to eat.  + I had told the boys how good porcupine was, how it +resembled lamb and what a treat we were to have.  + But all porcupines are not alike, and this one was +not within my reckoning.  Tough!  He was +certainly “the oldest inhabitant,” and +after vain efforts to chew the leathery meat, we turned +in disgust to bread and coffee, and Easton, at least, +lost faith forever in my judgment of toothsome game, +and formed a particular prejudice against porcupines +which he never overcame.  Pete assured us, however, +that, “This porcupine, he must boil long.  + I boil him again to-night and boil him again to-morrow +morning.  Then he very good for breakfast.  + Porcupine fine.  Old one must be cooked long.”</p> + +<p align="justify">So Pete, after supper, put the porcupine +on to cook some more, promising that we should find +it nice and tender for breakfast.</p> + +<p align="justify">As I sat that night by the low-burning +embers of our first camp fire I forgot my new companions.  + Through the gathering night mists I could just discern +the dim outlines of the opposite shore of Grand Lake.  + It was over there, just west of that high spectral +bluff, that Hubbard and I, on a wet July night, had +pitched our first camp of the other trip.  In +fancy I was back again in that camp and Hubbard was +talking to me and telling me of the “bully story” +of the mystic land of won-ders that lay “behind +the ranges” he would have to take back to the +world.</p> + +<p align="justify">“We’re going to traverse +a section no white man has ever seen,” he exclaimed, +“and we’ll add something to the world’s +knowledge of geography at least, and that’s +worth while.  No matter how little a man may +add to the fund of human knowledge it’s worth +the doing, for it’s by little bits that we’ve +learned to know so much of our old world.  There’s +some hard work before us, though, up there in those +hills, and some hardships to meet.”</p> + +<p>Ah, if we had only known!</p> + +<p align="justify">Some one said it was time to “turn +in,” and I was brought suddenly to a sense of +the present, but a feeling of sadness possessed me +when I took my place in the crowded tent, and I lay +awake long, thinking of those other days.</p> + +<p align="justify">Clear and crisp was the morning of +June twenty-eighth.  The atmosphere was bracing +and delightful, the azure of the sky above us shaded +to the most delicate tints of blue at the horizon, +and, here and there, bits of clouds, like bunches +of cotton, flecked the sky.  The sun broke grandly +over the rugged hills, and the lake, like molten silver, +lay before us.</p> + +<p align="justify">A fringe of ice had formed during +the night along the shore.  We broke it and bathed +our hands and faces in the cool water, then sat down +in a circle near our camp fire to renew our attack +upon the porcupine, which had been sending out a most +delicious odor from the kettle where Pete had it cooking.  + But alas for our expectations!  Our teeth would +make no impression upon it, and Easton remarked that +“the rubber trust ought to hunt porcupines, +for they are a lot tougher than rubber and just as +pliable.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I don’t know why,” +said Pete sadly.  “I boil him long time.”</p> + +<p align="justify">That day we continued our course along +the northern shore of the lake until we reached the +deep bay which Hubbard and I had failed to enter and +explore on the other trip, and which failure had resulted +so tragically.  This bay is some five miles from +the westerly end of Grand Lake, and is really the +mouth of the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers which flow +into the upper end of it.  There was little or +no wind and we had to go slowly to permit Duncan, +in his rowboat, to keep pace with us.  Darkness +was not far off when we reached Duncan’s tilt +(a small log hut), three miles up the Nascaupee River, +where we stopped for the night.</p> + +<p align="justify">This is the tilt in which Allen Goudy +and Duncan lived at the time they came to my rescue +in 1903, and where I spent three days getting strength +for my trip down Grand Lake to the Post.  It is +Duncan’s sup-ply base in the winter months +when he hunts along the Nascaupee River, one hundred +and twenty miles inland to Seal Lake.  On this +hunting “path” Duncan has two hundred +and fifty marten and forty fox traps, and, in the +spring, a few bear traps besides.</p> + +<p align="justify">The country has been burned here.  + Just below Duncan’s tilt is a spruce-covered +island, but the mainland has a stunted new growth of +spruce, with a few white birch, covering the wreck +of the primeval forest that was flame swept thirty +odd years ago.  Over some considerable areas +no new growth to speak of has appeared, and the charred +remains of the dead trees stand stark and gray, or +lie about in confusion upon the ground, giving the +country a particularly dreary and desolate appearance.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning of June twenty-ninth was +overcast and threatened rain, but toward evening the +sky cleared.</p> + +<p align="justify">Progress was slow, for the current +in the river here was very strong, and paddling or +rowing against it was not easy.  We had to stop +several times and wait for Duncan to overtake us with +his boat.  Once he halted to look at a trap where +he told us he had caught six black bears.  It +was nearly sunset when we reached the mouth of the +Red River, nineteen miles above Grand Lake, where +it flows into the Nascaupee from the west.  This +is a wide, shallow stream whose red-brown waters +were quite in contrast to the clear waters of the Nas-caupee.</p> + +<p align="justify">Opposite the mouth of the Red River, +and on the eastern shore of the Nascaupee, is the +point where the old Indian trail was said to begin, +and on a knoll some fifty feet above the river we saw +the wigwam poles of an old Indian camp, and a solitary +grave with a rough fence around it.  Here we +landed and awaited Duncan, who had stopped at another +of his trapping tilts three or four hundred yards +below.  When he joined us a little later, in +answer to my inquiry as to whether this was the beginning +of the old trail, he answered, “’Tis where +they says the Indians came out, and some of the Indians +has told me so.  I supposes it’s the place, +sir.”</p> + +<p>“But have you never hunted here yourself?” +I asked.</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, sir, I’ve never been +in here at all.  I travels right past up the +Nascaupee.  All I knows about it, sir, is what +they tells me.  I always follows the Nascaupee, +sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Above us rose a high, steep hill covered +for two-thirds of the way from its base with a thick +growth of underbrush, but quite barren on top save +for a few bunches of spruce brush.</p> + +<p align="justify">The old trail, unused for eight or +ten years, headed toward the hill and was quite easily +traced for some fifty yards from the old camp.  +Then it disappeared completely in a dense undergrowth +of willows, alders and spruce.</p> + +<p align="justify">While Pete made preparation for our +supper and Duncan unloaded his boat and hauled it +up preparatory to leaving it until his return from +the interior, the rest of us tried to follow the trail +through the brush.  But beyond where the thick +undergrowth began there was nothing at all that, to +us, resembled a trail.  Finally, I instructed +Pete to go with Richards and see what he could do +while the rest of us made camp.  Pete started +ahead, forging his way through the thick growth.  +In ten minutes I heard him shout from the hillside, +“He here—­I find him,” and saw +Pete hurrying up the steep incline.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Richards and Pete returned an +hour later we had camp pitched and supper cooking.  + They reported the trail, as far as they had gone, +very rough and hard to find.  For some distance +it would have to be cut out with an ax, and nowhere +was it bigger than a rabbit run.  Duncan rather +favored going as far, as Seal Lake by the trail that +he knew and which followed the Nascaupee.  This +trail he believed to be much easier than the long +unused Indian trail, which was undoubtedly in many +places entirely obscured and in any case extremely +difficult to follow.  I dismissed his suggestion, +however, with little consideration.  My, object +was to trace the old Indian trail and explore as much +of the country as possible, and not to hide myself +in an enclosed river valley.  Therefore, I decided +that next day we should scout ahead to the first water +to which the trail led and cut out the trail where +necessary.  The work I knew would be hard, but +we were expecting to do hard work.  We were not +on a summer picnic.</p> + +<p align="justify">A rabbit which Stanton had shot and +a spruce grouse that fell before Pete’s pistol, +together with what remained of our porcupine, hot +coffee, and Mrs. Blake’s good bread, made a supper +that we ate with zest while we talked over the prospects +of the trail.  Supper fin-ished, Pete carefully +washed his dishes, then carefully washed his dishcloth, +which latter he hung upon a bough near the fire to +dry.  His cleanliness about his cooking was a +revelation to me.  I had never before seen a +camp man or guide so neat in this respect.</p> + +<p align="justify">The real work of the trip was now +to begin, the hard portaging, the trail finding and +trail making, and we were to break the seal of a land +that had, through the ages, held its secret from all +the world, excepting the red man.  This is what +we were thinking of when we gathered around our camp +fire that evening, and filled and lighted our pipes +and puffed silently while we watched the newborn stars +of evening come into being one by one until the arch +of heaven was aglow with the splendor of a Labrador +night.  And when we at length went to our bed +of spruce boughs it was to dream of strange scenes +and new worlds that we were to conquer.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_4"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER IV</h1> + +<p><b>ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Next morning we scouted ahead and +found that the trail led to a small lake some five +and a half miles beyond our camp.  For a mile +or so the brush was pretty thick and the trail was +difficult to follow, but beyond that it was comparatively +well defined though exceedingly steep, the hill rising +to an elevation of one thousand and fifty feet above +the Nascaupee River in the first two miles.  We +had fifteen hundred pounds of outfit to carry upon +our backs, and I realized that at first we should +have to trail slowly and make several loads of it, +for, with the exception of Pete, none of the men was +in training.  The work was totally different +from anything to which they had been accustomed, and +as I did not wish to break their spirits or their +ardor, I instructed them to carry only such packs as +they could walk under with perfect ease until they +should become hardened to the work.</p> + +<p align="justify">The weather had been cool and bracing, +but as if to add to our difficulties the sun now boiled +down, and the black flies—­“the devil’s +angels” some one called them, came in thousands +to feast upon the newcomers and make life miserable +for us all.  Duncan was as badly treated by them +as any of us, although he belonged to the country, +and I overheard him swearing at a lively gait soon +after the little beasts began their attacks.</p> + +<p>“Why, Duncan,” said I, “I didn’t +know you swore.”</p> + +<p>“I does, sir, sometimes—­when things +makes me,” he replied.</p> + +<p>“But it doesn’t help matters any to swear, +does it?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, sir, but” (swatting +his face) “damn the flies—­it’s +easin’ to the feelin’s to swear sometimes.”</p> + +<p align="justify">On several occasions after this I +heard Duncan “easin’ his feelin’s” +in long and astounding bursts of profane eloquence, +but he did try to moderate his language when I was +within earshot.  Once I asked him: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Where in the world did you +learn to swear like that, Duncan?”</p> + +<p>“At the lumber camps, sir,” he replied.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the year I had spent in Labrador +I had never before heard a planter or native of Groswater +Bay swear.  But this explained it.  The +lumbermen from “civilization” were educating +them.</p> + +<p align="justify">At one o’clock on July first, +half our outfit was portaged to the summit of the +hill and we ate our dinner there in the broiling sun, +for we were above the trees, which ended some distance +below us.  It was fearfully hot—­a +dead, suffocating heat—­with not a breath +of wind to relieve the stifling atmosphere, and some +one asked what the temperature was.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Eighty-seven in the shade, +but no shade,” Richards remarked as he threw +down his pack and consulted the thermometer where I +had placed it under a low bush.  “I’ll +swear it’s a hundred and fifty in the sun.”</p> + +<p align="justify">During dinner Pete pointed to the +river far below us, saying, “Look!  Indian +canoe.”  I could not make it out without +my binoculars, but with their aid discerned a canoe +on the river, containing a solitary paddler.  + None of us, excepting Pete, could see the canoe without +the glasses, at which he was very proud and remarked:  +“No findin’ glass need me.  See far, +me.  See long way off.”</p> + +<p align="justify">On other occasions, afterward, I had +reason to marvel at Pete’s clearness of vision.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was John Ahsini in the canoe, as +we discovered later when he joined us and helped Stanton +up the hill with his last pack to our night camp on +the summit.  I invited John to eat supper with +us and he accepted the invitation.  He told us +he was hunting “moshku” (bear) and was +camped at the mouth of the Red River.  He assured +us that we would find no more hills like this one +we were on, and, pointing to the northward, said, +“Miam potagan” (good portage) and that +we would find plenty “atuk” (caribou), +“moshku” and “mashumekush” +(trout).  After supper I gave John some “stemmo,” +and he disappeared down the trail to join his wife +in their wigwam below.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were all of us completely exhausted +that night.  Stanton was too tired to eat, and +lay down upon the bare rocks to sleep.  Pete +stretched our tent wigwam fashion on some old Indian +tepee poles, and, without troubling ourselves to break +brush for a bed, we all soon joined Stanton in a dreamless +slumber upon his rocky couch.</p> + +<p align="justify">The night, like the day, was very +warm, and when I aroused Pete at sunrise the next +morning (July second) to get breakfast the mosquitoes +were about our heads in clouds.</p> + +<p align="justify">A magnificent panorama lay before +us.  Opposite, across the valley of the Nascaupee, +a great hill held its snow-tipped head high in the +heavens.  Some four miles farther up to the northwest, +the river itself, where it was choked with blocks +of ice, made its appearance and threaded its way down +to the southeast until it was finally lost in the +spruce-covered valley.  Beyond, bits of Grand +Lake, like silver settings in the black surrounding +forest, sparkled in the light of the rising sun.  + Away to the westward could be traced the rushing waters +of the Red River making their course down through the +sandy ridges that enclose its valley.  To the +northward lay a great undulating wilderness, the wilderness +that we were to traverse.  It was Sunday morning, +and the holy stillness of the day engulfed our world.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Pete had the fire going and the +kettle singing I roused the boys and told them we +would make this, our first Sunday in the bush, an +easy one, and simply move our camp forward to a more +hospitable and sheltered spot by a little brook a +mile up the trail, and then be ready for the “tug +of war” on Monday.</p> + +<p align="justify">In accordance with this plan, after +eating our breakfast we each carried a light pack +to our new camping ground, and there pitched our tent +by a tiny brook that trickled down through the rocks.  + While Stanton cooked dinner, Pete brought forward +a second pack.  After we had eaten, Richards +suggested to Pete that they take the fish net ahead +and set it in the little lake which was still some +two and a half miles farther on the trail.  They +had just returned when a terrific thunderstorm broke +upon us, and every moment we expected the tent to +be carried away by the gale that accompanied the downpour +of rain.  It was then that Richards remembered +that he had left his blankets to dry upon the tepee +poles at the last camp.  The rain ceased about +five o’clock, and Duncan volunteered to return +with Richards and help him recover his blankets, which +they found far from dry.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mosquitoes, it seemed to me, were +never so numerous or vicious as after this thunderstorm.  + We had head nets that were a protection from them +generally, but when we removed the nets to eat, the +attacks of the insects were simply insufferable, so +we had our supper in the tent.  After our meal +was finished and Pete had washed the dishes, I read +aloud a chapter from the Bible—­a Sunday +custom that was maintained throughout the trip—­and +Stanton sang some hymns.  Then we prevailed upon +him to entertain us with other songs.  He had +an excellent tenor voice and a repertoire ranging +from “The Holy City” to “My Brother +Bob,” and these and some of the old Scotch ballads, +which he sang well, were favorites that he was often +afterward called upon to render as we gathered around +our evening camp fire, smoking our pipes and drinking +in the tonic fragrance of the great solemn forest +around us after a day of hard portaging.  These +impromptu concerts, story telling, and reading aloud +from two or three “vest pocket” classics +that I carried, furnished our entertainment when we +were not too tired to be amused.</p> + +<a name="camp"></a> +<a href="images/campth.jpg"> +<img alt="Camp Was Moved to the First Small Lake" src="images/campth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The rain cleared the atmosphere, and +Monday was cool and delightful, and, with the exception +of two or three showers, a perfect day.  Camp +was moved and our entire outfit portaged to the first +small lake.  Our net, which Pete and Richards +had set the day before, yielded us nothing, but with +my rod I caught enough trout for a sumptuous supper.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning (July fourth) +Pete and I, who arose at half-past four, had just +finished preparing breakfast of fried pork, flapjacks +and coffee, and I had gone to the tent to call the +others, when Pete came rushing after me in great excitement, +exclaiming, “Caribou!  Rifle quick!” +He grabbed one of the 44’s and rushed away and +soon we heard bang-bang-bang seven times from up the +lake shore.  It was not long before Pete returned +with a very humble bearing and crestfallen countenance, +and without a word leaned the rifle against a tree +and resumed his culinary operations.</p> + +<p>“Well, Pete,” said I, “how many +caribou did you kill?”</p> + +<p>“No caribou.  Miss him,” he replied.</p> + +<p>“But I heard seven shots.  How did you +miss so many times?” I asked.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Miss him,” answered Pete.  + “I see caribou over there, close to water, +run fast, try get lee side so he don’t smell +me.  Water in way.  Go very careful, make +no noise, but he smell me.  He hold his head up +like this.  He sniff, then he start.  He +go through trees very quick.  See him, me, just +little when he runs through trees.  Shoot seven +times.  Hit him once, not much.  He runs +off.  No good follow.  Not hurt much, maybe +goes very far.”</p> + +<p>“You had caribou fever, Pete,” suggested +Richards.</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Easton, “caribou fever, +sure thing.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I don’t believe you’d +have hit him if he hadn’t winded you,” +Stanton remarked.  “The trouble with you, +Pete, is you can’t shoot.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“No caribou fever, me,” +rejoined Pete, with righteous indignation at such +a suggestion.  “Kill plenty moose, kill +red deer; never have moose fever, never have deer +fever.”  Then turning to me he asked, “You +want caribou, Mr. Wallace?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes,” I answered, “I +wish we could get some fresh meat, but we can wait +a few days.  We have enough to eat, and I don’t +want to take time to hunt now.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Plenty signs.  I get caribou +any day you want him.  Tell me when you want +him, I kill him,” Pete answered me, ignoring +the criticisms of the others as to his marksmanship +and hunting prowess.  All that day and all the +next the men let no opportunity pass to guy Pete about +his lost caribou, and on the whole he took the banter +very good-naturedly, but once confided to me that +“if those boys get up early, maybe they see +caribou too and try how much they can do.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After breakfast Pete and I paddled +to the other end of the little lake to pick up the +trail while the others broke camp.  In a little +while he located it, a well-defined path, and we walked +across it half a mile to another and considerably +larger lake in which was a small, round, moundlike, +spruce-covered island so characteristic of the Labrador +lakes.</p> + +<p align="justify">On our way back to the first lake +Pete called my attention to a fresh caribou track +in the hard earth.  It was scarcely distinguishable, +and I had to look very closely to make it out.  + Then he showed me other signs that I could make nothing +of at all—­a freshly turned pebble or broken +twig.  These, he said, were fresh deer signs.  + A caribou had passed toward the larger lake that +very morning.</p> + +<p align="justify">“If you want him, I get him,” +said Pete.  I could see he felt rather deeply +his failure of the morning and that he was anxious +to redeem himself.  I wanted to give him the +opportunity to do so, especially as the young men, +unused to deprivations, were beginning to crave fresh +meat as a relief from the salt pork.  At the same +time, however, I felt that the fish we were pretty +certain to get from this time on would do very well +for the present, and I did not care to take time to +hunt until we were a little deeper into the country.  + Therefore I told him, “No, we will wait a day +or two.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete, as I soon discovered, had an +insatiable passion for hunting, and could never let +anything in the way of game pass him without qualms +of regret.  Sometimes, where a caribou trail +ran off plain and clear in the moss, it was hard to +keep from running after it.  Nothing ever escaped +his ear or eye.  He had the trained senses and +instincts of the Indian hunter.  When I first +saw him in New York he looked so youthful and evidently +had so little confidence in himself, answering my +question as to whether he could do this or that with +an aggravating “I don’t know,” that +I felt a keen sense of disappointment in him.  +But with every stage of our journey he had developed, +and now was in his element.  He was quite a different +individual from the green Indian youth whom I had +first seen walking timidly beside the railway conductor +at the Grand Central Station in New York.</p> + +<p align="justify">The portage between the lakes was +an easy one and, as I have said, well defined, and +we reached the farther shore of the second lake early +in the afternoon.  Here we found an old Indian +camping ground covering several acres.  It had +evidently been at one time a general rendezvous of +the Indians hunting in this section, as was indicated +by the large number of wigwams that had been pitched +here.  That was a long while ago, however, for +the old poles were so decayed that they fell into +pieces when we attempted to pick them up.</p> + +<p align="justify">There was no sign of a trail leading +from the old camp ground, and I sent Pete and Richards +to circle the bush and endeavor to locate one that +I knew was somewhere about, while I fished and Stanton +and Duncan prepared an early supper.  A little +later the two men returned, unsuccessful in their +quest.  They had seen two or three trails, any +of which might be our trail.  Of course but one +of them <i>could</i> be the right one.</p> + +<p align="justify">This report was both perplexing and +annoying, for I did not wish to follow for several +days a wrong route and then discover the error when +much valuable time had been lost.</p> + +<p align="justify">I therefore decided that we must be +sure of our position before proceeding, and early +the following morning dispatched Richards and Pete +on a scouting expedition to a high hill some distance +to the northeast that they might, from that view-point, +note the general contour of the land and the location +of any visible chain of lakes leading to the northwest +through which the Indian trail might pass, and then +endeavor to pick up the trail from one of these lakes, +noting old camping grounds and other signs.  +As a precaution, in case they were detained over night +each carried some tea and some erbswurst, a rifle, +a cup at his belt and a compass.  When Pete took +the rifle he held it up meaningly and said, “Fresh +meat to-night.  Caribou,” and I could see +that he was planning to make a hunt of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">When they were gone, I took Easton +with me and climbed another hill nearer camp, that +I might get a panoramic view of the valley in which +we were camped.  From this vantage ground I could +see, stretching off to the northward, a chain of three +or four small lakes which, I concluded, though there +was other water visible, undoubtedly marked our course.  + Far to the northwest was a group of rugged, barren, +snow-capped mountains which were, perhaps, the “white +hills,” behind which the Indians had told us +lay Seal Lake.  At our feet, sparkling in the +sunlight, spread the lake upon whose shores our tent, +a little white dot amongst the green trees, was pitched.  + A bit of smoke curled up from our camp fire, where +I knew Stanton and Duncan were baking “squaw +bread.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We returned to camp to await the arrival +and report of Richards and Pete, and occupied the +afternoon in catching trout which, though more plentiful +than in the first lake, were very small.</p> + +<p align="justify">Toward evening, when a stiff breeze +blew in from the lake and cleared the black flies +and mosquitoes away.  Easton took a canoe out, +stripped, and sprang into the water, while I undressed +on shore and was in the midst of a most refreshing +bath when, suddenly, the wind died away and our tormentors +came upon us in clouds.  It was a scramble to +get into our clothes again, but before I succeeded +in hiding my nakedness from them, I was pretty severely +wounded.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was scarcely six o’clock +when Richards and Pete walked into camp and proudly +threw down some venison.  Pete had kept his promise.  + On the lookout at every step for game, he had espied +an old stag, and, together, he and Richards had stalked +it, and it had received bullets from both their rifles.  + I shall not say to which hunter belonged the honor +of killing the game.  They were both very proud +of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">But best of all, they had found, to +a certainty, the trail leading to one of the chain +of little lakes which Easton and I had seen, and these +lakes, they reported, took a course directly toward +a larger lake, which they had glimpsed.  I decided +that this must be the lake of which the Indians at +Northwest River had told us—­Lake Nipishish +(Little Water).  This was very gratifying intelligence, +as Nipishish was said to be nearly half way to Seal +Lake, from where we had begun our portage on the Nascaupee.</p> + +<p align="justify">What a supper we had that night of +fresh venison, and new “squaw bread,” +hot from the pan!</p> + +<p align="justify">In the morning we portaged our outfit +two miles, and removed our camp to the second one +of the series of lakes which Easton and I had seen +from the hill, and the fourth lake after leaving the +Nascaupee River.  The morning was fearfully hot, +and we floundered through marshes with heavy packs, +bathed in perspiration, and fairly breathing flies +and mosquitoes.  Not a breath of air stirred, +and the humidity and heat were awful.  Stanton +and Duncan remained to pitch the tent and bring up +some of our stuff that had been left at the second +lake, while Richards, Easton, Pete and I trudged three +miles over the hills for the caribou meat which had +been cached at the place where the animal was killed, +Richards and Pete having brought with them only enough +for two or three meals.</p> + +<p align="justify">The country here was rough and broken, +with many great bowlders scattered over the hilltops.  + When we reached the cache we were ravenously hungry, +and built a fire and had a very satisfying luncheon +of broiled venison steak and tea.  We bad barely +finished our meal when heavy black clouds overcast +the sky, and the wind and rain broke upon us in the +fury of a hurricane.  With the coming of the storm +the temperature dropped fully forty degrees in half +as many minutes, and in our dripping wet garments +we were soon chilled and miserable.  We hastened +to cut the venison up and put it into packs, and with +each a load of it, started homeward.  On the +way I stopped with Pete to climb a peak that I might +have a view of the surrounding country and see the +large lake to the northward which he and Richards had +reported the evening before.  The atmosphere +was sufficiently clear by this time for me to see +it, and I was satisfied that it was undoubtedly Lake +Nipishish, as no other large lake had been mentioned +by the Indians.</p> + +<p align="justify">We hastened down the mountain and +made our way through rain-soaked bushes and trees +that showered us with their load of water at every +step, and when at last we reached camp and I threw +down my pack, I was too weary to change my wet garments +for dry ones, and was glad to lie down, drenched as +I was, to sleep until supper was ready.</p> + +<p align="justify">None of our venison must be wasted.  + All that we could not use within the next day or +two must be “jerked,” that is, dried, to +keep it from spoiling.  To accomplish this we +erected poles, like the poles of a wigwam, and suspended +the meat from them, cut in thin strips, and in the +center, between the poles, made a small, smoky fire +to keep the greenbottle flies away, that they might +not “blow” the venison, as well as to +aid nature in the drying process.</p> + +<p align="justify">All day on July seventh the rain poured +down, a cold, northwest wind blew, and no progress +was made in drying our meat.  There was nothing +to do but wait in the tent for the storm to clear.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Pete went out to cook dinner +I told him to make a little corn meal porridge and +let it go at that, but what a surprise he had for us +when, a little later, dripping wet and hands full of +kettles, he pushed his way into the tent!  A +steaming venison potpie, broiled venison steaks, hot +fried bread dough, stewed prunes for dessert and a +kettle of hot tea!  All experienced campers in +the north woods are familiar with the fried bread +dough.  It is dough mixed as you would mix it +for squaw bread, but not quite so stiff, pulled out +to the size of your frying pan, very thin, and fried +in swimming pork grease.  In taste it resembles +doughnuts.  Hubbard used to call it “French +toast.”  Our young men had never eaten it +before, and Richards, taking one of the cakes, asked +Pete: </p> + +<p>“What do you call this?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know,” answered Pete.</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Richards, with a mouthful +of it, “I call it darn good.”</p> + +<p>“That’s what we call him then,” +retorted Pete, “darn good.”</p> + +<p align="justify">And so the cakes were christened “darn +goods,” and always afterward we referred to +them by that name.</p> + +<p align="justify">The forest fire which I have mentioned +as having swept this country to the shores of Grand +Lake some thirty-odd years ago, had been particularly +destructive in this portion of the valley where we +were now encamped.  The stark dead spruce trees, +naked skeletons of the old forest, stood all about, +and that evening, when I stepped outside for a look +at the sky and weather, I was impressed with the dreariness +of the scene.  The wind blew in gusts, driving +the rain in sheets over the face of the hills and +through the spectral trees, finally dashing it in +bucketfuls against our tent.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next forenoon, however, the sky +cleared, and in the afternoon Richards and I went +ahead in one of the canoes to hunt the trail.  + We followed the north shore of the lake to its end, +then portaged twenty yards across a narrow neck into +another lake, and keeping near the north shore of +this lake also, continued until we came upon a creek +of considerable size running out of it and taking +a southeasterly course.  Where the creek left +the lake there was an old Indian fishing camp.  +It was out of the question that our trail should follow +the valley of this creek, for it led directly away +from our goal.  We, therefore, returned and explored +a portion of the north shore of the lake, which was +very bare, bowlder strewn, and devoid of vegetation +for the most part—­even moss.</p> + +<p align="justify">Once we came upon a snow bank in a +hollow, and cooled ourselves by eating some of the +snow.  Our observations made it quite certain +that the trail left the northern side of the second +lake through a bowlder-strewn pass over the hills, +though there were no visible signs of it, and we climbed +one of the hills in the hope of seeing lakes beyond.  +There were none in sight.  It was too late to +continue our search that day and we reluctantly returned +to camp.  Our failure was rather discouraging +because it meant a further loss of time, and I had +hoped that our route, until we reached Nipishish at +least, would lie straight and well defined before +us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sunday was comfortably cool, with +a good stiff breeze to drive away the flies.  + I dispatched Richards, with Pete and Easton to accompany +him, to follow up our work of the evening before, and +look into the pass through the hills, while I remained +behind with Stanton and Duncan and kept the fire going +under our venison.</p> + +<p align="justify">I Had expected that Duncan, with his +lifelong experience as a native trapper and hunter +in the Labrador interior, would be of great assistance +to us in locating the trail; but to my disappointment +I discovered soon after our start that he was far +from good even in following a trail when it was found, +though he never got lost and could always find his +way back, in a straight line, to any given point.</p> + +<p align="justify">The boys returned toward evening and +reported that beyond the hills, through the pass, +lay a good-sized lake, and that some signs of a trail +were found leading to it.  This was what I had +hoped for.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our meat was now sufficiently dried +to pack, and, anxious to be on the move again, I directed +that on the morrow we should break camp and cross +the hills to the lakes beyond.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_5"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER V</h1> + +<p><b>WE GO ASTRAY</b></p> + +<p align="justify">At half-past four on Monday morning +I called the men, and while Pete was preparing breakfast +the rest of us broke camp and made ready for a prompt +start.  All were anxious to see behind the range +of bowlder-covered hills and to reach Lake Nipishish, +which we felt could not now be far away.  As +soon as our meal was finished the larger canoe was +loaded and started on ahead, while Richards, Duncan +and I remained behind to load and follow in the other.</p> + +<p align="justify">With the rising sun the day had become +excessively warm, and there was not a breath of wind +to cool the stifling atmosphere.  The trail was +ill-defined and rough, winding through bare glacial +bowlders that were thick-strewn on the ridges; and +the difficulty of following it, together with the +heat, made the work seem doubly hard, as we trudged +with heavy packs to the shores of a little lake which +nestled in a notch between the bills a mile and a +half away.  Once a fox ran before us and took +refuge in its den under a large rock, but save the +always present cloud of black flies, no other sign +of life was visible on the treeless hills.  Finally +at midday, after three wearisome journeys back and +forth, bathed in perspiration and dripping fly dope +and pork grease, which we had rubbed on our faces +pretty freely as a protection from the winged pests, +we deposited our last load upon the shores of the +lake, and thankfully stopped to rest and cook our dinner.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were still eating when we heard +the first rumblings of distant thunder and felt the +first breath of wind from a bank of black clouds in +the western sky, and had scarcely started forward again +when the heavens opened upon us with a deluge.</p> + +<p align="justify">The brunt of the storm soon passed, +but a steady rain continued as we paddled through +the lake and portaged across a short neck of land into +a larger lake, down which we paddled to a small round +island near its lower end.  Here, drenched to +the bone and thoroughly tired, we made camp, and in +the shelter of the tent ate a savory stew composed +of duck, grouse, venison and fat pork that Pete served +in the most appetizing camp style.</p> + +<p align="justify">I was astounded by the amount of squaw +bread and “darn goods” that the young +men of my party made away with, and began to fear not +only for the flour supply, but also for the health +of the men.  One day when I saw one of my party +eat three thick loaves of squaw bread in addition +to a fair quantity of meat, I felt that it was time +to limit the flour part of the ration.  I expressed +my fears to Pete, and advised that he bake less bread, +and make the men eat more of the other food.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Bread very good for Indian.  + Not good when white an eat so much.  Good way +fix him.  Use not so much baking powder, me.  + Make him heavy,” suggested Pete.</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, Pete, use enough baking +powder to make the bread good, and I’ll speak +to the men.  Then if they don’t eat less +bread of their own accord, we’ll have to limit +them to a ration.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I decided to try this plan, and that +evening in our camp on the island I told them that +a ration of bread would soon have to be resorted to.  +They looked very solemn about it, for the bare possibility +of a limited ration, something that they had never +had to submit to, appeared like a hardship to them.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Tuesday morning when we awoke the +rain was still falling steadily.  During the forenoon +the storm abated somewhat and we broke camp and transferred +our goods to the mainland, where the trail left the +lake near a good-sized brook.  Our portage led +us over small bills and through marshes a mile and +a half to another lake.  While Pete remained +at our new camp to prepare supper and Easton stayed +with him, the rest of us brought forward the last +load.  Richards and I with a canoe and packs +attempted to run down the brook, which emptied into +the lake near our camp; but we soon found the stream +too rocky, and were forced to cut our way through +a dense growth of willows and carry the canoe and +packs to camp on our backs.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rain had ceased early in the afternoon, +and the evening was delightfully cool, so that the +warmth of a big camp fire was most grateful and comforting.  + Our day’s march had carried us into a well-wooded +country, and the spectral dry sticks of the old burnt +forest were behind us.  The clouds hung low and +threatening, and in the twilight beyond the glow of +our leaping fire made the still waters of the lake, +with its encircling wilderness of fir trees, seem very +dark and somber.  The genial warmth of the fire +was so in contrast to the chilly darkness of the tent +that we sat long around it and talked of our travels +and prospects and the lake and the wilderness before +us that no white man had ever before seen, while the +brook near by tumbling over its rocky bed roared a +constant complaint at our intrusion into this land +of solitude.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning was cool and +fine, but showers developed during the day.  +Our venison, improderly dried, was molding, and much +of it we found, upon unpacking, to be maggoty.  + After breakfast I instructed the others to cut out +the wormy parts as far as possible and hang the good +meat over the fire for further drying, while with Easton +I explored a portion of the lake shore in search of +the trail leading out.  We returned for a late +dinner, and then while Easton, Richards and I caught +trout, I dispatched Pete and Stanton to continue the +search beyond the point where Easton and I had left +off.  It was near evening when they came back +with the information that they had found the trail, +very difficult to follow, leading to a river, some +two miles and a half beyond our camp.  This was +undoubtedly the Crooked River, which empties into +Grand Lake close to the Nascaupee, and which the Indians +had told us had its rise in Lake Nipishish.</p> + +<p align="justify">The evening was very warm, and mosquitoes +were so thick in the tent that we almost breathed +them.  Stanton, after much turning and fidgeting, +finally took his blanket out of doors, where he said +it was cooler and he could sleep with his head covered +to protect him; but in an hour he was back, and with +his blanket wet with dew took his usual place beside +me.</p> + + + +<p align="justify">Below the point where the trail enters +the Crooked River it is said by the Indians to be +exceedingly rough and entirely impassable.  We +portaged into it the next morning, paddled a short +distance up the stream, which is here some two hundred +yards in width and rather shallow, then poled through +a short rapid and tracked through two others, wading +almost to our waists in some places.  We now came +to a widening of the river where it spread out into +a small lake.  Near the upper end of this expansion +was an island upon which we found a long-disused +log cache of the Indians.  A little distance above +the island what appeared to be two rivers flowed into +the expansion.  Richards, Duncan and I explored +up the right-hand branch until we struck a rapid.  + Upon our return to the point where the two streams +came together we found that the other canoe, against +my positive instructions not to proceed at uncertain +points until I had decided upon the proper route to +take, had gone up the branch on the left, tracked +through a rapid and disappeared.</p> + +<a name="cache"></a> +<a href="images/cacheth.jpg"> +<img alt="We Found a Long-disused Log Cache of the Indians" src="images/cacheth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<p align="justify">There were no signs of Indians on +either of these branches so far as we could discover, +and I was well satisfied that somewhere on the north +bank of the expansion, probably not far from the island +and old cache which we had passed, was the trail.  + But evening was coming on and rain was threatening, +so there was nothing to do but follow the other canoe, +which had gone blindly ahead, until we should overtake +it, as it contained all the cooking utensils and our +tent.  This fail-ure of the men to obey instructions +took us a considerable distance out of our way and +cost us several days’ time, as we discovered +later.</p> + +<p align="justify">We tracked through some rapids and +finally overhauled the others at a place where the +river branched again.  It was after seven o’clock, +a drizzling rain was falling, and here we pitched +camp on the east side of the river just opposite the +junction of the two branches.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the west fork and directly across +from our camp was a rough rapid, and while supper +was cooking I paddled over with Richards to try for +fish.  We made our casts, and I quickly landed +a twenty-inch ouananiche and Richards hooked a big +trout that, after much play, was brought ashore.  + It measured twenty-two and a half inches from tip +to tip and eleven and a half inches around the shoulders.  + I had landed a couple more large trout, when Richards +enthusiastically announced that he had a big fellow +hooked.  He played the fish for half an hour +before he brought it to the edge of the rock, so completely +exhausted that it could scarcely move a fin.  + We had no landing net and he attempted to lift it +out by the line, when snap went the hook and the fish +was free!  I made a dash, caught it in my hands +and triumphantly brought it ashore.  It proved +to be an ouananiche that measured twenty-seven and +one-half inches in length by eleven and one-quarter +inches in girth.</p> + +<p align="justify">In our excitement we had forgotten +all about supper and did not even know that it was +raining; but we now saw Pete on the further shore +gesticulating wildly and pointing at his open mouth, +in pantomime suggestion that the meal was waiting.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, that <i>is</i> fishing!” +remarked Richards.  “I never landed a fish +as big as that before.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes,” I answered; “we’re +getting near the headwaters of the river now, where +the big fish are always found.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I never expected any such sport +as that.  It’s worth the hard work just +for this hour’s fishing.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“You’ll get plenty more +of it before we’re through the country.  + There are some big fellows under that rapid.  + The Indians told us we should find salmon in this +section too, but we’re ahead of the salmon, I +think.  They’re hardly due for a month yet.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Let’s show the fellows +the trout, first.  They’re big enough to +make ’em open their eyes.  Then we’ll +spring the ouananiche on ’cm and they’ll +faint.  It’ll, be enough to make Easton +want to come and try a cast too.”</p> + +<p align="justify">So when we pushed through the dripping +bushes to the tent we presented only the few big trout, +which did indeed create a sensation.  Then Richards +brought forward his ouananiche, and it produced the +desired effect.  After supper Pete and Easton +must try their hand at the fish, and they succeeded +in catching five trout averaging, we estimated, from +two to three pounds each.  Richards, however, +still held the record as to big fish, both trout and +ouananiche, and the others vowed they would take it +from him if they had to fish nights to do it.</p> + +<p align="justify"><i>En route</i> up the river, in the +afternoon, Pete had shot a muskrat, and I asked him +that night what he was going to do with it.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know,” he answered.  + “Muskrat no good now.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, never kill any animal +while you are with me that you cannot use, except +beasts of prey.”</p> + +<p align="justify">This was one of the rules that I had +laid down at the beginning:  that no member of +the party should kill for the sake of killing any living +thing.  I could not be angry with Pete, however, +for he was always so goodnatured.  No matter +how sharply I might reprove him, in five minutes he +would be doing something for my comfort, or singing +some Indian song as he went lightheartedly about his +work.  I understood how hard it was for him to +down the Indian instinct to kill, and that the muskrat +bad been shot thoughtlessly without considering for +a moment whether it were needed or not.  The +flesh of the muskrat at this season of the year is +very strong in flavor and unpalatable, and besides, +with the grouse that were occasionally killed, the +fish that we were catching, and the dried venison +still on hand, we could not well use it.  No +fur is, of course, in season at this time of year, +and so there was no excuse for killing muskrats for +the pelts.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the vicinity of this camp we saw +some of the largest spruce timber that we came upon +in the whole journey across Labrador.  Some of +these trees were fully twenty-two inches in diameter +at the butt and perhaps fifty to sixty feet in height.  + These large trees were very scattered, however, and +too few to be of commercial value.  For the most +part the trees that we met with were six to eight, +and, occasionally, ten inches through, scrubby and +knotted.  In Labrador trees worth the cutting +are always located near streams in sheltered valleys.</p> + +<p align="justify">That evening before we retired the +drizzle turned to a downpour, and we were glad to +leave our unprotected camp fire for the unwarmed shelter +of our tent.  While I lay within and listened +to the storm, I wrote in my diary:  “As +I lie here, the rain pours upon the tent over my head +and drips—­drips—­drips through +small holes in the silk; the wind sweeps through the +spruce trees outside and a breath of the fragrance +of the great damp forest comes to me.  I hear +the roar of the rapid across the river as the waters +pour down over the rocks in their course to the sea.  + I wonder if some of those very waters do not wash +the shores of New York.  How far away the city +seems, and how glad I shall be to return home when +my work here is finished!</p> + +<p align="justify">“This is a feeling that comes +to one often in the wilderness.  Perhaps it is +a touch of homesickness—­a hunger for the +sympathy and companionship of our friends.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The days that followed were days of +weary waiting and inactivity.  A cold northeast +storm was blowing and the rain fell heavily and incessantly +day and night.  Trail hunting was impracticable +while the storm lasted, but the halt offered an opportunity +that was taken advantage of to repair our outfit; +also there was much needed mending to be done, as +some of our clothing was badly torn.</p> + +<p align="justify">Everything we had in the way of wearing +apparel was wet, and we set up our tent stove for +the first time, that we might dry our things under +cover.  This stove proved a great comfort to us, +and all agreed that it was an inspiration that led +me to bring it.  It was not an inspiration, however, +but my experience on the trip with Hubbard that taught +the necessity of a stove for just such occasions as +this, and for the colder weather later.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some of us went to the rapid to fish, +but it was too cold for either fly or bait, and we +soon gave it up.  I slipped off a rock in the +lower swirl of the rapid, and went into the river over +head and ears.  Pete, who was with me, gave audible +expression to his amusement at my discomfiture as +I crawled out of the water like a half drowned rat; +but I could see no occasion for his hilarity and I +told him so.</p> + +<p align="justify">This experience dampened my enthusiasm +as a fisherman for that day.  The net was set, +however, which later yielded us some trout.  A +fish planked on a dry spruce log hewn flat on one +side, made a delicious dinner, and a savory kettle +of fish chowder made of trout and dried onions gave +us an equally good supper.</p> + +<p align="justify">On July fifteenth sleet was mingled +with the rain in the early morning, and it was so +cold that Duncan used his mittens when doing outdoor +work.  Easton was not feeling well, and I looked +upon our delay as not altogether lost time, as it +gave him an opportunity to get into shape again.</p> + +<p align="justify">A pocket copy of “Hiawatha,” +from which Stanton read aloud, furnished us with entertainment.  + Pete was very much interested in the reading, and +I found he was quite familiar with the legends of his +Indian hero, and he told us some stories of Hiawatha +that I had never heard.  “Hiawatha,” +said Pete, “he the same as Christ.  He do +anything he want to.”  Pete produced his +harmonica and proved himself a very good performer.</p> + +<p align="justify">July sixteenth was Sunday, and I decided +that rain or shine we must break camp on Monday and +move forwards for the inactivity was becoming unendurable.</p> + +<p align="justify">A little fishing was done, and Pete +landed a twenty-two and three-quarter inch trout, +thus wresting the big-trout record from Richards.  +Pete was proud and boasted a great deal of this feat, +which he claimed proved his greater skill as a fisherman, +but which the others attributed to luck.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were enabled to do some scouting +in the afternoon, which resulted in the discovery +that our camp was on an island.  Nowhere could +we find any Indian signs, and we were therefore quite +evidently off the trail.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_6"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER VI</h1> + +<p><b>LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED</b></p> + +<p align="justify">As already stated, the Indians at +Northwest River Post had informed us that the Crooked +River had its rise in Lake Nipishish, and I therefore +decided to follow the stream from the point where we +were now encamped to the lake, or until we should +come upon the trail again, as I felt sure we should +do farther up, rather than retrace our steps to the +abandoned cache on the island in the expansion below, +and probably consume considerable time in locating +the old portage route from that point.</p> + +<p align="justify">Accordingly, on Monday morning we +began our work against the almost continuous rapids, +which we discovered as we proceeded were characteristic +of the river.  A heavy growth of willows lined +the banks, forcing us into the icy water, where the +swift current made it very difficult to keep our footing +upon the slippery bowlders of the river bed.  + Tracking lines were attached to the bows of the canoes +and we floundered forward.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning was cloudy and cool and +resembled a day in late October, but before noon the +sun graciously made his appearance and gave us new +spirit for our work.  When we stopped for dinner +I sent Pete and Easton to look ahead, and Pete brought +back the intelligence that a half-mile portage would +cut off a considerable bend in the river and take +us into still water.  It was necessary to clear +a portion of the way with the ax.  This done, +the portage was made, and then we found to our disappointment +that the still water was less than a quarter mile +in length, when rapids occurred again.</p> + +<p align="justify">As I deemed it wise to get an idea +of the lay of the land before proceeding farther, +I took Pete with me and went ahead to scout the route.  + Less than a mile away we found two small lakes, and +climbing a ridge two miles farther on, we had a view +of the river, which, so far as we could see, continued +to be very rough, taking a turn to the westward above +where our canoes were stationed, and then swinging +again to the northeast in the direction of Nipishish, +which was plainly visible.  The Indians, instead +of taking the longer route that we were following, +undoubtedly crossed from the old cache to a point +in the river some distance above where it took its +westward swing, and thus, in one comparatively easy +portage, saved themselves several miles of rough traveling.  + It was too late for us now, however, to take advantage +of this.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete and I hurried back to the others.  + The afternoon was well advanced, but sufficient daylight +remained to permit us to proceed a little way up the +river, and portage to the shores of one of the lakes, +where camp was made just at dusk.</p> + +<p align="justify">Field mice in this section were exceedingly +troublesome.  They would run over us at night, +sample our food, and gnawed a hole as large as a man’s +hand in the side of the tent.  Porcupines, too, +were something of a nuisance.  One night one +of them ate a piece out of my tumpline, which was +partially under my head, while I slept.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning we passed through +the lakes to the river above, and for three days, +in spite of an almost continuous rain and wind storm, +worked our way up stream, “tracking” the +canoes through a succession of rapids or portaging +around them, with scarcely any opportunity to paddle.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the afternoon of the third day, +with the wind dashing the rain in sheets into our +faces, we halted on a rough piece of ground just above +the river bank and pitched our tent.</p> + +<p align="justify">When camp was made Pete took me to +a rise of ground a little distance away, and pointing +to the northward exclaimed:  “Look, Lake +Nipishish!  I know we reach him to-day.”</p> + +<p align="justify">And sure enough, there lay Lake Nipishish +close at hand!  I was more thankful than I can +say to see the water stretching far away to the northward, +for I felt that now the hardest and roughest part of +our journey to the height of land was completed.</p> + +<p align="justify">“That’s great, Pete,” +said I.  “We’ll have more water after +this and fewer and easier portages, and we can travel +faster.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Maybe better, I don’t +know,” remarked Pete, rather skeptically.  +“Always hard find trail out big lakes.  +May leave plenty places.  Take more time hunt +trail maybe now.  Indian maps no good.  Maybe +easier when we find him.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete was right, and I did not know +the difficulties still to be met with before we should +reach Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">Duncan was of comparatively little +help to us now, and as I knew that he was more than +anxious to return to Groswater Bay, I decided to dispense +with his further services and send him back with letters +to be mailed home.  When I returned to the tent +I said to him: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Duncan, I suppose you would +like to go home now, and I will let you turn back +from here and take some letters out.  Does that +suit you?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes, sir, that suits me fine,” +replied be promptly, and in a tone that left no doubt +of the fact that he was glad to go.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, this is Thursday.  + I’ll write my letters tomorrow, and you may +go on Saturday.”</p> + +<p>“All right, sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The letters were all written and ready +for Duncan on Friday night, and he packed sufficient +provisions into a waterproof bag I gave him to carry +him out, and prepared for an early start in the morning.  + But the rain that had been falling for several days +still poured down on Saturday, and he decided to postpone +his departure another day in the hope of better weather +on Sunday.  He needed the time anyway to mend +his sealskin boots before starting back, for he had +pretty nearly worn them out on the sharp rocks on +the portages.  The rest of us were well provided +with oil-tanned moccasins (sometimes called larigans +or shoe-packs), which I have found are the best footwear +for a journey like ours.  Pete’s khaki +trousers were badly torn; and Richards and Easton, +who wore Mackinaw trousers, were in rags.  This +cloth had not withstood the hard usage of Labrador +travel a week, and both men, when they bad a spare +hour, occupied it in sewing on canvas patches, until +now there was almost as much canvas patch as Mackinaw +cloth in these garments.  Richards, however, +carried an extra pair of moleskin trousers, and I +wore moleskin.  This latter material is the best +obtainable, so far as my experience goes, for rough +traveling in the bush, and my trousers stood the trip +with but one small patch until winter came.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sunday morning was still stormy, but +before noon the rain ceased, and Duncan announced +his intention of starting homeward at once.  We +raised our flags and exchanged our farewells and Godspeeds +with him.  Then he left us, and as he disappeared +down the trail a strange sense of loneliness came +upon us, for it seemed to us that his going broke +the last link that connected us with the outside world.  + Duncan was always so cheerful, with his quaint humor, +and so ready to do his work to the very best of his +ability, that we missed him very much, and often spoke +of him in the days that followed.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had made the best of our enforced +idleness in this camp to repack and condense and dry +our outfit as much as possible.  The venison, +at the first imperfectly cured, had been so continuously +soaked that the most of what remained of it was badly +spoiled and we could not use it, and with regret we +threw it away.  The erbswurst was also damp, and +this we put into small canvas bags, which were then +placed near the stove to dry.</p> + +<p align="justify">A rising barometer augured good weather +for Monday morning.  A light wind scattered the +clouds that had for so many days entombed the world +in storm and gloom, and the sun broke out gloriously, +setting the moisture-laden trees aglinting as though +hung with a million pearls and warming the damp fir +trees until the air was laden with the forest perfume.  + It was as though a pall had been lifted from the world.  + How our hearts swelled with the new enthusiasm of +the returned sunshine!  It was always so.  + It seemed as if the long-continued storms bound up +our hearts and crushed the buoyancy from them; but +the returning sunshine melted the bonds at once and +gave us new ambition.  A robin sang gayly from +a near-by tree—­a messenger from the kindlier +Southland come to cheer us—­and the “whisky +jacks,” who had not shown themselves for several +days, appeared again with their shrill cries, venturing +impudently into the very door of our tent to claim +scraps of refuse.</p> + +<p align="justify">I was for moving forward that very +afternoon, but some of our things were still wet, +and I deemed it better judgment to let them have the +day in which to dry and to delay our start until Monday +morning.</p> + +<p align="justify">After supper, in accordance with the +Sunday custom established by Hubbard when I was with +him, I read aloud a selection from the Testament—­the +last chapter of Revelation—­and then went +out of the tent to take the usual nine o’clock +weather observation.  Between the horizon and +a fringe of black clouds that hung low in the north +the reflected sun set the heavens afire, and through +the dark fir trees the lake stretched red as a lake +of blood.  I called the others to see it and +Easton joined me.  We climbed a low hill close +at hand to view the scene, and while we looked the +red faded into orange, and the lake was transformed +into a mirror, which reflected the surrounding trees +like an inverted forest.  In the direction from +which we had come we could see the high blue hills +beyond the Nascaupee, very dim in the far distance.  + Below us the Crooked River lost itself as it wound +its tortuous way through the wooded valley that we +had traversed.  Somewhere down there Duncan was +bivouacked, and we wondered if his fire was burning +at one of our old camping places.</p> + +<a name="nipish"></a> +<a href="images/nipishth.jpg"> +<img alt="Below Lake Nipishish" src="images/nipishth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">Darkness soon came and we returned +to the tent to find the others rolled in their blankets, +and we joined them at once that we might have a good +night’s rest preparatory to an early morning +advance.</p> + +<p align="justify">Before seven o’clock on Monday +morning (July twenty-fourth) we had made our portage +to the water that we had supposed to be an arm of +Lake Nipishish, but which proved instead to be an expansion +of the river into which the lake poured its waters +through a short rapid.  This rapid necessitated +another short portage before we were actually afloat +upon the bosom of Nipishish itself.  There was +not a cloud to mar the azure of the sky, hardly a +breath of wind to make a ripple on the surface of +the lake, and the morning was just cool enough to be +delightful.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was the kind of day and kind of +wilderness that makes one want to go on and on.  + I felt again the thrill in my blood of that magic +something that had held possession of Hubbard and me +and lured us into the heart of this unknown land two +years before, and as I looked hungrily away toward +the hills to the northward, I found myself repeating +again one of those selections from Kipling that I had +learned from him: </p> + +<p>  “Something hidden.  Go and +find it.  Go and look behind the<br> +Ranges—­<br> +   Something lost behind the Ranges.  + Lost and waiting for you. <br> +Go!”</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_7"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER VII</h1> + +<p><b>SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Lake Nipishish is approximately twenty +miles in length, and at its broadest part ten or twelve +miles in width.  It extends in an almost due +easterly direction from the place where we launched +our canoes near its outlet.  The shores are rocky +and rise gradually into low, well-wooded hills, by +which the lake is surrounded.  Five miles from +the outlet a rocky point juts out into the water, and +above the point an arm of the lake reaches into the +hills to the northward to a distance of six miles, +almost at right angles to the main lake.  In +the arm there are several small, rocky islands which +sustain a scrubby growth of black spruce and fir balsam.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hitherto the Indian maps had been +of little assistance to us.  No estimate of distance +could be made from them, and the lakes through which +we had passed (not all of them shown on the map) were +represented by small circles with nothing to indicate +at what point on their shores the trail was to be +found.  Lake Nipishish, however, was drawn on +a larger scale and with more detail, and we readily +located the trail leading out of the arm which I have +mentioned.</p> + +<p align="justify">After a day’s work through several +small lakes or ponds, with short intervening portages, +and a trail on the whole well defined and easily followed, +we came one afternoon to a good-sized lake of irregular +shape which Pete promptly named Washkagama (Crooked +Lake).</p> + +<p align="justify">A stream flowed into Washkagama near +the place where we went ashore, and it seemed to me +probable that our route might be along this stream, +which it was likely drained lakes farther up; but a +search in the vicinity failed to uncover any signs +of the trail, and the irregu-lar shape of the lake +suggested several other likely places for it.  +We were, therefore, forced to go into camp, disappointing +as it was, until we should know our position to a +certainty.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day was showery, but we began +in the morning a determined hunt for the trail.  + Stanton remained in camp to make needed repairs to +the outfit; Easton went with Pete to the northward, +while Richards and I in one of the canoes paddled +to the eastern side of the lake arm, upon which we +were encamped, to climb a barren hill from which we +hoped to get a good view of the country, and upon reaching +the summit we were not disappointed.  A wide +panorama was spread before us.  To the north +lay a great rolling country covered with a limitless +forest of firs, with here and there a bit of sparkling +water.  A mile from our camp a creek, now and +again losing itself in the green woods, rushed down +to join Washkagama, anxious to gain the repose of the +lake.  To the northeast the rugged white hills, +that we were hoping to reach soon, loomed up grand +and majestic, with patches of snow, like white sheets, +spread over their sides and tops.  From Nipishish +to Washkagama we had passed through a burned and rocky +country where no new growth save scant underbrush +and a few scattering spruce, balsam and tamarack trees +had taken the place of the old destroyed forest.  +The dead, naked tree trunks which, gaunt and weather-beaten, +still stood upright or lay in promiscuous confusion +on the ground, gave this part of the country from +our hilltop view an appearance of solitary desolation +that we had not noticed when we were traveling through +it.  But this unregenerated district ended at +Washkagama; and below it Nipishish, with its green-topped +hills, seemed almost homelike.</p> + +<p align="justify">The creek that I have mentioned as +flowing into the lake a mile from our camp seemed +to me worthy to be explored for the trail, and I determined +to go there at once upon our return to camp, while +Richards desired to climb a rock-topped hill which +held its head above the timber line three or four +miles to the northwest, that he might make topographical +and geological observations there.</p> + +<p align="justify">We returned to camp, and Richards, +with a package of erbswurst in his pocket to cook +for dinner and my rifle on his shoulder, started immediately +into the bush, and was but just gone when Pete and +Easton appeared with the report that two miles above +us lay a large lake, and that they had found the trail +leading from it to the creek I had seen from the hill.  + The lake lay among the hills to the northward, and +the bits of water I had seen were portions of it.  + I was anxious to break camp and start forward, but +this could not be done until Richards’ return.  + Easton, Pete and I paddled up to the creek’s +mouth, therefore, and spent the day fishing, and landed +eighty-seven trout, ranging from a quarter pound to +four pounds in weight.  The largest ones Stanton +split and hung over the fire to dry for future use, +while the others were applied to immediate need.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Richards came into camp in the +evening he brought with him an excellent map of the +country that he had seen from the hill and reported +having counted ten lakes, including the large one that +Easton and Pete had visited.  He also had found +the trail and followed it back.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning some tracking and +wading up the creek was necessary before we found +ourselves upon the trail with packs on our backs, and +before twelve o’clock we arrived with all our +outfit at the lake, which we shall call Minisinaqua.  + It was an exceedingly beautiful sheet of water, the +main body, perhaps, ten or twelve miles in length, +but narrow, and with many arms and indentations and +containing numerous round green islands.  The +shores and surrounding country were well wooded with +spruce, fir, balsam, larch, and an occasional small +white birch.</p> + +<p align="justify">I took my place in the larger canoe +with Pete and Easton and left Stanton to follow with +Richards.  Pete’s eyes, as always, were +scanning with keen scrutiny every inch of shore.  + Suddenly he straightened up, peered closely at an +island, and in a stage whisper exclaimed “Caribou!  + Caribou!  Don’t make noise!  Paddle, +quick!”</p> + +<p align="justify">We saw them then—­two old +stags and a fawn—­on an island, but they +had seen us, too, or winded us more likely, and, rushing +across the island, took to the water on the opposite +side, making for the mainland.  We bent to our +paddles with all our might, hoping to get within shooting +distance of them, but they had too much lead.  + We all tried some shots when we saw we could not +get closer, but the deer were five hundred yards away, +and from extra exertion with our paddles, we were +unable to hold steady, and missed.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our canoes were turned into an arm +of the lake leading to the northward.  Amongst +some islands we came upon a flock of five geese—­ +two old ones and three young ones.  The old ones +had just passed through the molting season, and their +new wing feathers were not long enough to bear them, +and the young ones, though nearly full grown, had +not yet learned to fly.  Pete brought the mother +goose and two of her children down with the shotgun, +but father gander and the other youngster escaped, +flapping away on the surface of the lake at a remarkable +speed, and they were allowed to go with their lives +without a chase.</p> + +<p align="justify">We stumbled upon the trail leading +from Lake Minisinaqua, almost immediately upon landing.  + Its course was in a northerly direction through the +valley of a small river that emptied into the lake.  + This valley was inclosed by low hills, and the country, +like that between Washkagama and Lake Minisinaqua, +was well covered with the same varieties of small +trees that were found there.  For a mile and three-quarters, +the stream along which the trail ran was too swift +for canoeing, but it then expanded into miniature +lakes or ponds which were connected by short rapids.  + Each of us portaged a load to the first pond, where +the canoes were to be launched, and I directed Pete +and Stanton to remain here, pluck the geese, and prepare +two of them for an evening dinner, while Richards, +Easton and I brought forward a second load and pitched +camp.</p> + +<p align="justify">This was Easton’s twenty-second +birthday and it occurred to me that it would be a +pleasant variation to give a birthday dinner in his +honor and to have a sort of feast to relieve the monotony +of our daily life, and give the men something to think +about and revive their spirits; for “bucking +the trail” day after day with no change but the +gradual change of scenery does grow monotonous to +most men, and the ardor of the best of them, especially +men unaccustomed to roughing it, will become damped +in time unless some variety, no matter how slight, +can be brought into their lives.  A good dinner +always has this effect, for after men are immersed +in a wilderness for several weeks, good things to +eat take the first place in their thoughts and, to +judge from their conversation, the attainment of these +is their chief aim in life.</p> + +<p align="justify">My instructions to Pete included the +baking of an extra ration of bread to be served hot +with the roast geese, and I asked Stanton to try his +hand at concocting some kind of a pudding out of the +few prunes that still remained, to be served with +sugar as sauce, and accompanied by black coffee.  + Our coffee supply was small and it was used only +on Sundays now, or at times when we desired an especial +treat.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were pretty tired when we returned +with our second packs and dropped them on a low, bare +knoll some fifty yards above the fire where Pete and +Stanton were carrying on their culinary operations, +but a whiff of roasting goose came to us like a tonic, +and it did not take us long to get camp pitched.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Um-m-m,” said Easton, +stopping in his work of driving tent pegs to sniff +the air now bearing to us appetizing odors of goose +and coffee, “that smells like home.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“You bet it does,” assented +Richards.  “I haven’t been filled +up for a week, but I’m going to be to-night.”</p> + +<p align="justify">At length dinner was ready, and we +fell to with such good purpose that the two birds, +a generous portion of hot bread, innumerable cups of +black coffee, and finally, a most excellent pudding +that Stanton had made out of bread dough and prunes +and boiled in a canvas specimen bag disappeared.</p> + +<p align="justify">How we enjoyed it!  “No +hotel ever served such a banquet,” one of the +boys remarked as we filled our pipes and lighted them +with brands from the fire.  Then with that blissful +feeling that nothing but a good dinner can give, we +lay at full length on the deep white moss, peace-fully +puffing smoke at the stars as they blinked sleepily +one by one out of the blue of the great arch above +us until the whole firmament was glittering with a +mass of sparkling heaven gems.  The soft perfume +of the forest pervaded the atmosphere; the aurora borealis +appeared in the northern sky, and its waves of changing +light swept the heavens; the vast silence of the wilderness +possessed the world and, wrapped in his own thoughts, +no man spoke to break the spell.  Finally Pete +began a snatch of Indian song: </p> + +<p>  “Puhgedewawa enenewug<br> +   Nuhbuggesug kamiwauw.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Then he drew from his pocket a harmonica, +and for half an hour played soft music that harmonized +well with the night and the surroundings; when he +ceased, all but Richards and I went to their blankets.  + We two remained by the dying embers of our fire for +another hour to enjoy the perfect night, and then, +before we turned to our beds, made an observation +for compass variation, which calculations the following +morning showed to be thirty-seven degrees west of the +true north.</p> + +<a name="marsh"></a> +<a href="images/marshth.jpg"> +<img alt="Through Ponds and Marshes Northward Toward Otter Lake" src="images/marshth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">Paddling through the ponds, polling +and tracking through the rapids or portaging around +them up the little river on which we were encamped +the night before, brought us to Otter Lake, which was +considerably larger than Lake Minisinaqua, but not +so large as Nipishish.  The main body was not +over a mile and a half in width, but it had a number +of bays and closely connected tributary lakes.  + Its eastern end, which we did not explore, penetrated +low spruce and balsam-covered hills.  To the +north and northeast were rugged, rock-tipped hills, +rising to an elevation of some seven hundred feet +above the lake.  The country at their base was +covered with a green forest of small fir, spruce and +birch, and near the water, in marshy places, as is +the case nearly everywhere in Labrador, tamarack, +but the hills themselves had been fire swept, and +were gray with weather-worn, dead trees.  On the +summits, and for two hundred feet below, bare basaltic +rock indicated that at this elevation they had never +sustained any growth, save a few straggling bushes.  + On some of these hills there still remained patches +of snow of the previous winter.</p> + +<p align="justify">We paddled eastward along the northern +shore of the lake.  Once we saw a caribou swimming +far ahead of us, but he discovered our approach and +took to the timber before we were within shooting distance +of him.  A flock of sawbill ducks avoided us.  + No sign of Indians was seen, and four miles up the +lake we stopped upon a narrow, sandy point that jutted +out into the water for a distance of a quarter mile, +to pitch camp and scout for the trail.  All along +the point and leading back into the bush, were fresh +caribou tracks, where the animals came out to get +the benefit of the lake breezes and avoid the flies, +which torment them terribly.  Natives in the +North have told me of caribou having been worried +to death by the insects, and it is not improbable.  +The “bulldogs” or “stouts,” +as they are sometimes called, which are as big as +bumblebees, are very vicious, and follow the poor caribou +in swarms.  The next morning a caribou wandered +down to within a hundred and fifty yards of camp, +and Pete and Stanton both fired at it, but missed, +and it got away unscathed.</p> + +<p align="justify">After breakfast, with Pete and Easton, +I climbed one of the higher hills for a view of the +surrounding country.  Near the foot of the hill, +and in the depth of the spruce woods, we passed a lone +Indian grave, which we judged from its size to be +that of a child.  It was inclosed by a rough +fence, which had withstood the pressure of the heavy +snows of many winters and a broken cross lay on it.  +From the summit of the hill we could see a string +of lakes extending in a general northwesterly direction +until they were lost in other hills above, and also +numerous lakes to the south, southwest, east and northeast.  + We could count from one point nearly fifty of these +lakes, large and small.  To the north and northwest +the country was rougher and more diversified, and +the hills much higher than any we had as yet passed +through.</p> + +<p align="justify">Down by our camp it had been excessively +warm, but here on the hilltop a cold wind was blowing +that made us shiver.  We found a few scattered +dry sticks, and built a fire under the lee of a high +bowlder, where we cooked for luncheon some pea-meal +porridge with water that Pete, with foresight, had +brought with him from a brook that we passed half way +down the hillside.  We then continued our scouting +tour several miles inland, climbing two other high +hills, from one of which an excellent view was had +of the string of lakes penetrating the northwestern +hills.  Everywhere so far as our vision extended +the valleys were comparatively well wooded, but the +treeless, rock-bound hills rose grimly above the timber +line.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we returned to camp we were still +unsettled as to where the trail left the lake, but +there was one promising bay that had not been explored, +and Richards and Easton volunteered to take a canoe +and search this bay.  They were supplied with +tarpaulin, blankets, an ax and one day’s rations, +and started immediately.</p> + +<p align="justify">I felt some anxiety as to our slow +progress.  August was almost upon us and we had +not yet reached Seal Lake.  Here, as at other +places, we had experienced much delay in finding the +trail, and we did not know what difficulties in that +direction lay before us.  I had planned to reach +the George River by early September, and the question +as to whether we could do it or not was giving me +much concern.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete and Stanton had been in bed and +asleep for an hour, but I was still awake, turning +over in my mind the situation, and planning to-morrow’s +campaign, when at ten o’clock I heard the soft +dip of paddles, and a few moments later Richards and +Easton appeared out of the night mist that hung over +the lake, with the good news that they had found the +trail leading northward from the bay.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_8"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER VIII</h1> + +<p><b>SEAL LAKE AT LAST</b></p> + +<p align="justify">A thick, impenetrable mist, such as +is seldom seen in the interior of Labrador, hung over +the water and the land when we struck camp and began +our advance.  For two days we traveled through +numerous small lakes, making several short portages, +before we came to a lake which we found to be the +headwaters of a river flowing to the northwest.  +This lake was two miles long, and we camped at its +lower end, where the river left it.  Portage +Lake we shall call it, and the river that flowed out +of it Babewendigash.</p> + +<p align="justify">The portage into the lake crossed +a sand desert, upon which not a drop of water was +seen, and instead of the usual rocks there were uncovered +sand and gravel knolls and valleys, where grew only +occasional bunches of very stunted brush; the surface +of the sand was otherwise quite bare and sustained +not even the customary moss and lichens.  The +heat of the sun reflected from the sand was powerful.  + The day was one of the most trying ones of the trip, +and the men, with faces and hands swollen and bleeding +from the attacks of not only the small black flies, +which were particularly bad, but also the swarms of +“bulldogs,” complained bitterly of the +hardships.  When we halted to eat our luncheon +one of the men remarked, “Duncan said once that +if there are no flies there, hell can’t be as +bad as this, and he’s pretty near right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The river left the lake in a rapid, +and while Pete was making his fire, Richards, Easton +and I went down to catch our supper, and in half an +hour had secured forty-five good-sized trout—­sufficient +for supper that night and breakfast and dinner the +next day.</p> + +<p align="justify">Since leaving Otter Lake, caribou +signs had been plentiful, fresh trails running in +every direction.  Pete was anxious to halt a day +to hunt, but I decreed otherwise, to his great disappointment.</p> + +<p align="justify">The scenery at this point was particularly +fine, with a rugged, wild beauty that could hardly +be surpassed.  Below us the great, bald snow +hills loomed very close at hand, with patches of snow +glinting against the black rocks of the hills, as +the last rays of the setting sun kissed them good-night.  + Nearer by was the more hospitable wooded valley and +the shining river, and above us the lake, placid and +beautiful, and beyond it the line of low sand hills +of the miniature desert we had crossed.  One +of the snow hills to the northwest had two knobs resembling +a camel’s back, and was a prominent landmark.  + We christened it “The Camel’s Hump.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Heretofore the streams had been taking +a generally southerly direction, but this river flowed +to the northwest, which was most encouraging, for +running in that direction it could have but one outlet-the +Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">A portage in the morning, then a short +run on the river, then another portage, around a shallow +rapid, and we were afloat again on one of the prettiest +little rivers I have ever seen.  The current was +strong enough to hurry us along.  Down we shot +past the great white hills, which towered in majestic +grandeur high above our heads, in some places rising +almost perpendicularly from the water, with immense +heaps of debris which the frost had detached from their +sides lying at their base.  The river was about +fifty yards wide, and in its windings in and out among +the hills almost doubled upon itself sometimes.  + The scenery was fascinating.  One or two small +lake expansions were passed, but generally there was +a steady current and a good depth of water.  +“This is glorious!” some one exclaimed, +as we shot onward, and we all appreciated the relief +from the constant portaging that had been the feature +of our journey since leaving the Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">The first camp on this river was pitched +upon the site of an old Indian camp, above a shallow +rapid.  The many wigwam poles, in varying states +of decay, together with paddles, old snowshoes, broken +sled runners, and other articles of Indian traveling +paraphernalia, in-dicated that it had been a regular +stopping place of the Indians, both in winter and +in summer, in the days when they had made their pilgrimages +to Northwest River Post.  Near this point we found +some beaver cuttings, the first that we had seen since +leaving the Crooked River.</p> + +<p align="justify">Babewendigash soon carried us into +a large lake expansion, and six hours were consumed +paddling about the lake before the outlet was discovered.  + At first we thought it possible we were in Seal Lake, +but I soon decided that it was not large enough, and +its shape did not agree with the description of Seal +Lake that Donald Blake and Duncan McLean had given +me.</p> + +<a name="babewe"></a> +<a href="images/babeweth.jpg"> +<img alt="We Shall Call the River Babewendigash" src="images/babeweth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">During the morning I dropped a troll +and landed the first namaycush of the trip—­a +seven-pound fish.  The Labrador lakes generally +have a great depth of water, and it is in the deeper +water that the very large namaycush, which grow to +an immense size, are to be caught.  Our outfit +did not contain the heavy sinkers and larger trolling +spoons necessary in trolling for these, and we therefore +had to content ourselves with the smaller fish caught +in the shallower parts of the lakes.  We had +two more portages before we shot the first rapid of +the trip, and then camped on the shores of a small +expansion just above a wide, shallow rapid where the +river swung around a ridge of sand hills.  This +ridge was about two hundred feet in elevation, and +followed the river for some distance below.  In +the morning we climbed it, and walked along its top +for a mile or so, to view the rapid, and suddenly, +to the westward, beheld Seal Lake.  It was a great +moment, and we took off our hats and cheered.  + The first part of our fight up the long trail was +almost ended.</p> + +<p align="justify">The upper part of the rapid was too +shallow to risk a full load in the canoes, so we carried +a part of our outfit over the ridge to a point where +the river narrowed and deepened, then ran the rapid +and picked up our stuff below.  Not far from +here we passed a hill whose head took the form of +a sphinx and we noted it as a remarkable landmark.  +Stopping but once to climb a mountain for specimens, +at twelve o’clock we landed on a sandy beach +where Babewendigash River emptied its waters into +Seal Lake.  We could hardly believe our good fortune, +and while Pete cooked dinner I climbed a hill to satisfy +myself that it was really Seal Lake.  There was +no doubt of it.  It had been very minutely described +and sketched for me by Donald and Duncan.  We +had halted at what they called on their maps “The +Narrows,” where the lake narrowed down to a +mere strait, and that portion of it below the canoes +was hidden from my view.  It stretched out far +to the northwest, with some distance up a long arm +reaching to the west.  A point which I recognized +from Duncan’s description as the place where +the winter tilt used by him and Donald was situated +extended for some distance out into the water.  + The entire length of Seal Lake is about forty miles, +but only about thirty miles of it could be seen from +the elevation upon which I stood.  Its shores +are generally well wooded with a growth of young spruce.  + High hills surround it.</p> + +<p align="justify">We visited the tilt as we passed the +point and, in accordance with an arrangement made +with Duncan, added to our stores about twenty-five +pounds of flour that he had left there during the previous +winter.  Five miles above the point where Babewendigash +River empties into Seal Lake we entered the Nascaupee, +up which we paddled two miles to the first short rapid.  + This we tracked, and then made camp on an island +where the river lay placid and the wind blew cool and +refreshing.</p> + +<p align="justify">Long we sat about our camp fire watching +the glories of the northern sunset, and the new moon +drop behind the spruce-clad hills, and the aurora +in all its magnificence light our silent world with +its wondrous fire.  Finally the others left me +to go to their blankets.</p> + +<p align="justify">When I was alone I pushed in the ends +of the burning logs and sat down to watch the blaze +as it took on new life.  Gradually, as I gazed +into its depths, fantasy brought before my eyes the +picture of another camp fire.  Hubbard was sitting +by it.  It was one of those nights in the hated +Susan Valley.  We had been toiling up the trail +for days, and were ill and almost disheartened; but +our camp fire and the relaxation from the day’s +work were giving us the renewed hope and cheer that +they always brought, and rekindled the fire of our +half-lost enthusiasm.  “Seal Lake can’t +be far off now,” Hubbard was saying.  “We’re +sure to reach it in a day or two.  Then it’ll +be easy work to Michikamau, and we ’ll soon +be with the Indians after that, and forget all about +this hard work.  We’ll be glad of it all +when we get home, for we’re going to have a +bully trip.”  How much lighter my pack felt +the next day, when I recalled his words of encouragement!  + How we looked and looked for Seal Lake, but never +found it.  It lay hidden among those hills that +were away to the northward of us, with its waters +as placid and beautiful as they were to-day when we +passed through it.  I had never seen Michikamau.  + Was I destined to see it now?</p> + +<p align="justify">The fire burned low.  Only a +few glowing coals remained, and as they blackened +my picture dissolved.  The aurora, like a hundred +searchlights, was whipping across the sky.  The +forest with its hidden mysteries lay dark beneath.  + A deep, impenetrable silence brooded over all.  + The vast, indescribable loneliness of the wilderness +possessed my soul.  I tried to shake off the +feeling of desolation as I went to my bed of boughs.</p> + +<p align="justify">To-morrow a new stage of our journey +would begin.  It was ho for Michikamau!</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_9"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER IX</h1> + +<p><b>WE LOSE THE TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Saturday morning, August fifth, broke +with a radiance and a glory seldom equaled even in +that land of glorious sunrises and sunsets.  A +flame of red and orange in the east ushered in the +rising sun, not a cloud marred the azure of the heavens, +the moss was white with frost, and the crisp, clear +atmosphere sweet with the scent of the new day.  +Labrador was in her most amiable mood, displaying to +the best advantage her peculiar charms and beauties.</p> + +<p align="justify">While we ate a hurried breakfast of +corn-meal mush, boiled fat pork and tea, and broke +camp, Michikamau was the subject of our conversation, +for now it was ho for the big lake!  A rapid advance +was expected upon the river, and the trail above, +where it left the Nascaupee to avoid the rapids which +the Indians had told us about, would probably be found +without trouble.  So this new stage of our journey +was begun with something of the enthusiasm that we +had felt the day we left Tom Blake’s cabin and +started up Grand Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had gone but a mile when Pete drew +his paddle from the water and pointed with it at a +narrow, sandy beach ahead, above which rose a steep +bank.  Almost at the same instant I saw the object +of his interests—­a buck caribou asleep +on the sand.  The wind was blowing toward the +river, and maintaining absolute silence, we landed +below a bend that hid us from the caribou.  Fresh +meat was in sight and we must have it, for we were +hungry now for venison.  To cover the retreat +of the animal should it take alarm, Pete was to go +on the top of the bank above it, Easton to take a +stand opposite it and I a little below it.  We +crawled to our positions with the greatest care; but +the caribou was alert.  The shore breeze carried +to it the scent of danger, and almost before we knew, +that we were discovered it was on its feet and away.  + For a fraction of a second I had one glimpse of the +animal through the brush.  Pete did not see it +when it started, but heard it running up the shore, +and away be started in that direction, running and +leaping recklessly over the fallen tree trunks.  +Presently the caribou turned from the river and showed +itself on the burned plateau above, two hundred yards +from Pete.  The Indian halted for a moment and +fired—­then fired again.  I hastened +up and came upon Pete standing by the prostrate caribou +and grinning from ear to ear.</p> + +<a name="caribo"></a> +<a href="images/cariboth.jpg"> +<img alt="Pete, Standing by the Prostrate Caribou, Was Grinning from Ear to Ear" src="images/cariboth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The carcass was quickly skinned and +the meat stripped from the bones and carried to the +canoe.  Here on the shore we made a fire, broiled +some thick luscious steaks, roasted some marrow bones +and made tea.  All the bones except the marrow +bones of the legs were abandoned as an unnecessary +weight.  Pete broke a hole through one of the +shoulder blades and stuck it on a limb of a tree above +the reach of animals.  That, you know, insures +further good luck in hunting.  It is a sort of +offering to the Manitou.  We took the skin with +us.  “Maybe we need him for something,” +said Pete.  “Clean and smoke him nice, me; +maybe mend clothes with him.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The larger pieces of our venison were +to be roasted when we halted in the evening.  + We could not dally now, and I chose this method of +preserving the meat, rather than “jerk” +it (that is, dry it in the open air over a smoky fire), +which would have necessitated a halt of three or four +days.</p> + +<p align="justify">Within three hours after we had first +seen the caribou we were on our way again.  The +river up which we were passing was from two to four +hundred yards in width, and with the exception of an +occasional rock, had a gravelly bottom, and the banks +were generally low and gravelly.  A little distance +back ridges of low hills paralleled the stream, and +on the south side behind the lower ridge was a higher +one of rough hills; but none of them with an elevation +above the valley of more than three hundred feet.  + The country had been burned on both sides of the +river and there was little new growth to hide the dead +trees.</p> + +<p align="justify">Twenty-five miles above Seal Lake +we encountered a rapid which necessitated a mile and +a half portage around it.  Where we landed to +make the portage I noticed along the edge of the sandy +beach a black band about two feet in width.  +I thought at first that the water had discolored the +sand, but upon a closer examination discovered that +it was nothing more nor less than myriads of our black +fly pests that had lost their lives in the water and +been washed ashore.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had much rain and progress was +slow and difficult in the face of a strong wind and +current.  Seven or eight miles above the rapid +around which we had portaged we passed into a large +expansion of the river which the Indians at Northwest +River Post had told us to look for, and which they +called Wuchusknipi (Big Muskrat) Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">High gravelly banks, rising in terraces +sometimes fully fifty feet above the water’s +edge, had now become the feature of the stream.  + The current increased in strength, and only for short +distances above Wuchusknipi, where the river occasionally +broadened, were we able to paddle.  The tracking +lines were brought into service, one man hauling each +canoe, while the others, wading in the water, or walking +on the bank with poles where the stream was too deep +to wade, kept the canoes straight in the current and +clear of the shore.  Once when it became necessary +to cross a wide place in the river a squall struck +us, and Richards and Stanton in the smaller canoe +were nearly swamped.  The strong head wind precluded +paddling, even when the current would otherwise have +permitted it.</p> + +<p align="justify">Finally the sky cleared and the wind +ceased to blow; but with the calm came a cause for +disquietude.  A light smoke had settled in the +valley and the air held the odor of it, suggesting +a forest fire somewhere above.  This would mean +retreat, if not disaster, for when these fires once +start rivers and lakes prove small obstacles in their +path.  From a view-point on the hills no dense +smoke could be discovered, only the light haze that +we had seen and smelled in the valley, and we therefore +decided that the gale that had blown for several days +from the northwest may have carried it for a long +distance, even from the district far west of Michikamau, +and that at any rate there was no cause for immediate +alarm.</p> + +<p align="justify">The ridges with an increasing altitude +were crowding in upon us more closely.  Once +when we stopped to portage around a low fall we climbed +some of the hills that were near at hand that we might +obtain a better knowledge of the topography of the +country than could be had from the confined river +valley.  Away to the northwest we found the country +to be much more rugged than the district we had recently +passed through.  Observations showed us that the +highest of the hills we were on had an elevation of +six hundred feet above the river.  We had but +a single day of fine weather and then a fog came so +thick that we could not see the opposite banks of +the Nascaupee, and after it a cold rain set in which +made our work in the icy current doubly hard.  + One morning I slipped on a bowlder in the river and +strained my side, and for me the remainder of the +day was very trying.  That evening we reached +a little group of three or four islands, where the +Nascaupee was wide and shallow, but just above the +islands it narrowed down again and a low fall occurred.  + Not far from the fall a small river tumbled down +over the rocks a sheer thirty feet, and emptied into +the Nascaupee.  Since leaving Seal Lake we had +passed two rivers flowing in from the north, and this +was the second one coming from the south, marking the +point on the Indian map where we were to look for the +portage trail leading to the northward.  Therefore +a halt was made and camp was pitched.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the night the weather cleared, +and Pete, Richards and Easton were dispatched in the +morning to scout the country to the northward in search +of the trail and signs of Indians.  The ligaments +of my side were very stiff and sore from the strain +they received the previous day, and I remained in +camp with Stanton to write up my records, take an +inventory of our food supply, and consider plans for +the future.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was August twelfth.  How far +we had still to go before reaching Michikamau was +uncertain, but, in view of our experiences below Seal +Lake and the difficulties met with in finding and following +the old Indian trail there, our progress would now, +for a time at least, if we traveled the portage route, +be slower than on the river where we had done fairly +well.  True, our outfit was much lighter than +it had been in the beginning, and we were in better +shape for packing and were able to carry heavier loads.  + Still we must make two trips over every portage, +and that meant, for every five miles of advance, fifteen +miles of walking and ten of those miles with packs +on our backs.  Had we not better, therefore, +abandon the further attempt to locate the trail and, +instead, follow the river which was beyond doubt the +quicker and the easier route?  My inclinations +rebelled against this course.  One of the objects +of the expedition, for it was one of the things that +Hubbard had planned to do, was to locate the old trail, +if possible.  To abandon the search for it now, +and to follow the easier route, seemed to me a surrender.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the other hand, should we not find +game or fish and have delays scouting for the trail, +it would be necessary to go on short rations before +reaching Michikamau, for enough food must be held back +to take us out of the country in safety.</p> + +<p align="justify">In my present consideration of the +situation it seemed to me highly improbable that we +could reach George River Post in season to connect +with the Hudson’s Bay Company’s steamer +<i>Pelican</i>, which touches there to land supplies +about the middle of September, and that is the only +steamer that ever visits that Post.  Not to connect +with the <i>Pelican</i> would, therefore, mean imprisonment +in the north for an entire year, or a return around +the coast by dog train in winter.  The former +of these alternatives was out of the question; the +latter would be impossible with an encumbrance of +four men, for dog teams and drivers in the early winter +are usually all away to the hunting grounds and hard +to engage.  I therefore concluded that but one +course was open to me.  Three of the men must +be sent back and with a single companion I would push +on to Ungava.  This, then, was the line of action +I decided upon.</p> + +<p align="justify">Toward evening gathering clouds augured +an early renewal of the storm, and Stanton and I had +just put up the stove in the tent in anticipation +of it when Pete and Easton, the latter thoroughly fagged +out, came into camp.</p> + +<p>“Well, Pete,” I asked, “what luck?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Find trail all right,” +he answered.  “Can’t follow him easy.  + Long carry.  First lake far, maybe eleven, twelve +mile.  Little ponds not much good for canoe.  + Trail old.  Not used long time.  All time +go up hill.”</p> + +<p>“Where’s Richards?” I inquired, +noticing his absence.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Left us about four miles back +to take a short cut to the river and follow it down +to camp,” said Easton.  “He thought +you might want to know how it looked above, and perhaps +keep on that way instead of tackling the portage, +for the trail’s going to be mighty hard.  + It looks as though the river would be better.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We waited until near dark for Richards, +but he did not come.  Then we ate our supper +without him.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rain grew into a downpour and +darkness came, but no Richards, and at length I became +alarmed for his safety.  I pushed back the tent +flaps and peered out into the pitchy darkness and pouring +rain.</p> + +<p align="justify">“He’ll never get in to-night,” +I remarked.  “No,” said some one, +“and he’ll have a hard time of it out +there in the rain.”  There was nothing to +do but wait.  Pete rummaged in his bag and produced +a candle (we had a dozen in our outfit), sharpened +one end of a stick, split the other end for two or +three inches down, forced open the split end and set +the candle in it and stuck the sharpened end in the +ground, all the while working in the dark.  Then +he lit the candle.</p> + +<p align="justify">I do not know how long we had been +sitting by the candle light and putting forth all +sorts of conjectures about Richards and his uncomfortable +position in the bush without cover and the probable +reasons for his failure to return, when the tent front +opened and in he came, as wet as though he had been +in the river.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, Richards,” I asked, +when he was comfortably settled at his meal, “what +do you think of the river?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“The river!” he paused +between mouthfuls to exclaim, “that’s the +only thing within twenty miles that I didn’t +see.  I’ve been looking for it for four +hours, but it kept changing its location and I never +found it till I struck camp just now.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Now, boys,” said I, when +all the pipes were going, “I’ve something +to say to you.  Up to this time we’ve had +no real hardships to meet.  We’ve had hard +work, and it’s been most trying at times, but +there’s been no hardship to endure that might +not be met with upon any journey in the bush.  + If we go on we <i>shall</i> have hardships, and perhaps, +some pretty severe ones.  There’ll soon +be sleet and snow in the air, and cold days and shivery +nights, and the portages will be long and hard.  +On the whole, there’s been plenty to eat—­not +what we would have had at home, perhaps, but good, +wholesome grub—­and we’re all in better +condition and stronger than when we started, but flour +and pork are getting low, lentils and corn meal are +nearly gone, and short rations, with hungry days, +are soon to come if we don’t strike game, and +you know how uncertain that is.  I cannot say +what is before us, and I’m not going to drag +you fellows into trouble.  I’m going to +ask for one volunteer to go on with me to Ungava with +the small canoe, and let the rest return from here +with the other canoe and what grub they need to take +them out.  Who wants to go home?”</p> + +<p align="justify">It came to them like a shock.  + Outside, the wind howled through the trees and dashed +the rain spitefully against the tent.  The water +dripped through on us, and the candle flickered and +sputtered and almost went out.  In the weird +light I could see the faces of the men work with emotion.  + For a moment no one spoke.  Finally Richards, +in a tone of reproach that made me feel sorry for +the very suggestion, asked:  “Do you think +there’s a quitter here?”</p> + +<p align="justify">The loyalty and grit of the men touched +my heart.  Not one of them would think of leaving +me.  Nothing but a positive order would have +turned them back, and I decided to postpone our parting +until we reached Michikaumau at least, if it could +be postponed so long consistently with safety.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day was Sunday, and it was +spent in rest and in preparation for our advance up +the trail.  The weather was damp and cheerless, +with rain falling intermittently throughout the day.</p> + +<p align="justify">To cover a possible retreat a cache +was made near our camp of thirty pounds of pemmican +in tin cans and forty-five pounds of flour and some +tea in a waterproof bag.  A hole was dug in the +ground and the provisions were deposited in it, then +covered with stones as a pro-tection from animals.</p> + +<p align="justify">By Monday morning the storm had gained +new strength, and steadily and pitilessly the rain +fell, accompanied by a cold, northwest wind.</p> + +<p align="justify">What narrowly escaped being a serious +accident occurred when we halted that day for dinner.  + Easton was cutting firewood, when suddenly he dropped +the ax he was using with the exclamation “That +fixes me!” He had given himself what looked +at first like an ugly cut near the shin bone.  + Fortunately, however, upon examination, it proved +to be only a flesh wound and not sufficiently severe +to interfere with his traveling.  Stanton dressed +the cut.  Our adhesive plaster we found had become +useless by exposure and electrician’s tape was +substituted for it to draw the flesh together.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the evening of the second day after +leaving the Nascaupee, our tent was pitched upon the +site of an extensive but ancient Indian camp beside +a mile-long lake, four hundred and fifty feet above +the river.  Five ponds had been passed <i>en route</i>, +but all of them so small it was scarcely worth while +floating the canoe in any of them.</p> + +<p align="justify">In these two days we had covered but +eleven miles, but during the whole time the wind had +driven the rain in sweeping gusts into our faces and +made it impossible for a man, single-handed, to portage +a canoe.  Thus, with two men to carry each canoe +we had been compelled to make three loads of our outfit, +and this meant fifty-five miles actual walking, and +thirty-three miles of this distance with packs on +our backs.  The weather conditions had made the +work more than hard—­ it was heartrending—­as +we toiled over naked hills, across marshes and moraines, +or through dripping brush and timber land.</p> + +<p align="justify">A beautiful afternoon, two days later, +found us paddling down the first lake worthy of mention +since leaving the Nascaupee River.  The azure +sky overhead shaded to a pearly blue at the horizon, +with a fleecy cloud or two floating lazily across +its face.  The atmosphere was perfect in its +purity, and only the sound of screeching gulls and +the dip of our paddles disturbed the quiet of the wilderness.  + Lake Bibiquasin, as we shall call it, was five miles +in length and nestled between ridges of low, moss-covered +hills.  It lay in a southeasterly and northwesterly +direction, and rested upon the summit of a sub-sidiary +divide that we had been gradually ascending.  +A creek ran out of its northwesterly end, flowing +in that direction.</p> + +<p align="justify">Until now we had found the trail with +little difficulty, but here we were baffled.  + A search in the afternoon failed to uncover it, and +we were forced to halt, perplexed again as to our +course.  Camp was pitched in a grove of spruces +at the lower end of the lake.  Not far from us +was an old hunting camp which Pete said was “most +hundred years old,” and he was not far wrong +in his estimate, for the frames upon which the Indians +had stretched skins and the tepee poles crumbled to +pieces when we touched them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Strange to say, not a fish of any +description had been seen for several days and not +one could be induced to rise to fly or bait, and our +net was always empty now.  Game, too, was scarce.  + There were no fresh caribou tracks this side of the +Nascaupee River, and but one duck and one spruce partridge +had been killed.  The last bit of our venison +was eaten the day before.  It was pretty badly +spoiled and turning a little green in color, but Pete +washed it well several times and we all avoided the +lee side of the kettle while it was cooking.  +It was pronounced “not so bad.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Another day was lost on Lake Bibiquasin +in an ineffectual hunt for the trail.  I scouted +alone all day and in my wanderings came upon the first +ptarmigans of the trip and shot one of them with my +rifle.  The others flew away.  They wore +their mottled summer coat, as it was still too early +for them to don their pure white dress of winter.</p> + +<p align="justify">During my scouting trip I also discovered +the first ripe bake-apple berries we had seen.  + This is a salmon-colored berry resembling in size +and shape the raspberry, and grows on a low plant like +the strawberry.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Saturday morning, August nineteenth, +the temperature was four degrees below the freezing +point, and the ground was stiff with frost.  In +a further search on the north side of the lake opposite +our camp we found an old blaze and a trail leading +from it along a ridge and through marshes to a small +lake.  This was the only trail that we could +find anywhere, so we decided to follow it, though it +did not bear all the earmarks of the portage trail +we had been tracing—­it was decidedly more +ancient.  We started our work with a will.  + It was a hard portage and we sometimes sank knee +deep into the marsh and got mired frequently, but +finally reached the lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">Indian signs now completely disappeared.  + Down the lake, where a creek flowed out, was a bare +hill, and Pete and I climbed it.  From its summit +we could easily locate the creek taking a turn to the +north and then to the northeast and, finally, flowing +into one of a series of lakes extending in an easterly +and westerly direction.  The land was comparatively +flat to the eastward and the lakes no doubt fed a river +flowing out of that end, probably one of those that +we had noted as joining the Nascaupee on its north +side.  To the north of these lakes were high, +rugged ridges.  It was possible there was an opening +in the hills to the westward, where they seemed lower; +we could not tell from where we were, but we determined +to portage along the creek into the lakes with that +hope.</p> + +<p align="justify">Again the smoke of a forest fire hung +in the valleys and over the hills, and the air was +heavy with the smell of it, which revived the former +uneasiness, but by the next day every trace of it had +disappeared.</p> + +<p align="justify">Another day found us afloat upon the +first of the lakes.  Several short carries across +necks of land took us from this lake into the one +which Pete and I had seen extending back to the ridges +to the westward, and which we shall call Lake Desolation.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the northern shore of Lake Desolation +we stopped to climb a mountain.  A decided change +in the features of the country had taken place since +leaving Lake Bibiquasin, and the low moss-covered hills +had given place to rough mountains of bare rock.  + To the northward from where we stood nothing but +higher mountains of similar formation met our view—­a +great, rolling vista of bare, desolate rocks.  + To the westward the country was not, perhaps, so +rough, though there, too, in the far distance could +be discerned the tops of rugged hills breaking the +line of the horizon.  Through a valley in that +direction was distinguishable, with a considerable +interval between them, a string of small lakes or +ponds.  This valley led up from the western end +of Lake Desolation, and there was no other possible +place for the trail to leave the lake.  The valley +was the only opening.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our mountain climbing had consumed +a good part of an afternoon, and it was evening when +finally we reached the western end of the lake and +pitched our camp near a creek flowing in.  As +we paddled we tried our trolls, but were not rewarded +with a single strike.  When camp was made the +net was stretched across the creek’s mouth and +we tried our rods in the stream for trout, but our +efforts were useless.  No fish were caught.</p> + +<p align="justify">The prospect for game had not improved, +in fact was growing steadily worse.  We were +now in a country that had been desolated by a forest +fire within four or five years.  The moss under +foot had not renewed itself and where any of it remained +at all, it was charred and black.  The trees were +dead and the land harbored almost no life.  It +seemed to me that even the fish had been scalded out +of the water and the streams had never restocked themselves.</p> + +<p align="justify">A thorough search was made for Indian +signs, but there were absolutely none.  There +was nothing to show that any human being had ever been +here before us.  Back on Lake Bibiquasin we had +lost the trail and now on Lake Desolation we were +far and hopelessly astray, with only the compass to +guide us.</p> + +<p align="justify">After supper the men sat around the +camp fire, smoking and talking of their friends at +home, while I walked alone by the lake shore.  + It was a wild scene that lay before me—­the +aurora, with its waves of changing color flashing +weirdly as they swept and lighted the sky, the dead +trees everywhere like skeletons gray and gaunt, the +blazing camp fire in the foreground, with the figures +lying about it and the little white tent in the background.  + Somewhere hidden in the depths of that vast and silent +wilderness to the westward lay Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">There was no mark on the face of the +earth to direct us on our road.  We must blaze +a new trail up that valley and over those ridges that +looked so dark and forbidding in the uncertain light +of the aurora.  We must find Michikamau.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_10"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER X</h1> + +<p><b>“WE SEE MICHIKAMAU”</b></p> + +<p align="justify">“It’s no use, Pete.  + You may as well go back to your blankets.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was the morning of the second day +after reaching the lake which we named Desolation.  + We had portaged through a valley and over a low ridge +to the shores of a pond, out of which a small stream +ran to the southeast.  The country was devastated +by fire and to the last degree inhospitable.  + Not a green shrub over two feet in height was to be +seen, the trees were dead and blackened; not even the +customary moss covered the naked earth, and loose +bowlders were scattered everywhere about.</p> + +<p align="justify">There was no fixed trail now to look +for or to guide us, but by keeping a general westerly +course, we knew that we must, sooner or later, reach +Michikamau.  Rough, irregular ridges blocked our +path and it was necessary to look ahead that we might +not become tangled up amongst them.  One hill, +higher than the others, a solitary bailiff that guarded +the wilderness beyond, was to have been climbed this +morning, but when Pete and I at daybreak came out of +the tent we were met by driving rain and dashes of +sleet that cut our faces, and a mist hung over the +earth so thick we could not even see across the tiny +lake at our feet.  I looked longingly into the +storm and mist in the direction in which I knew the +big hill lay, and realized the hopelessness and foolhardiness +of attempting to reach it.</p> + +<p align="justify">“It’s no use, Pete,” +I continued, “to try to scout in this storm.  + You could see nothing from the hill if you reached +it, and the chances are, with every landmark hidden, +you couldn’t find the tent again.  I don’t +want to lose you yet.  Go back and sleep.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Later in the morning to my great relief +the weather cleared, and Richards and Pete were at +once dispatched to scout.  We who remained “at +home,” as we called our camp, found plenty of +work to keep us occupied.  The bushes had ravaged +our clothing to such an extent that some of us were +pretty ragged, and every halt was taken advantage of +to make much needed repairs.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was nearly dark when Richards and +Pete came back.  They had reached the high hill +and from its summit saw, some distance to the westward, +long stretches of water reaching far away to the hills +in that direction.  A portage of several miles +in which some small lakes occurred would take us, +they said, into a large lake.  Beyond this they +could not see.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete brought back with him a hatful +of ripe currants which he stewed and which proved +a very welcome addition to our supper of corn-meal +mush.</p> + +<p align="justify">The report of water ahead made us +happy.  It was now August twenty-third.  + If we could reach Michikamau by September first that +should give me ample time, I believed, to reach the +George River before the caribou migration would take +place.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning we started forward +with a will, and with many little lakes to cross and +short portages between them, we made fairly good progress, +and each lake took us one step higher on the plateau.</p> + +<p align="justify">The character of the country was changing, +too.  The naked land and rocks and dead trees +gave way to a forest of green spruce, and the ground +was again covered with a thick carpet of white caribou +moss.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were catching no fish, however, +although our efforts to lure them to the hook or entangle +them in the net were never relinquished.  Pork +was a luxury, and no baker ever produced anything half +so dainty and delicious as our squaw bread.  +A strict distribution of rations was maintained, and +when the pork was fried, Pete, with a spoon, dished +out the grease into the five plates in equal shares.  + Into this the quarter loaf ration of bread was broken +and the mixture eaten to the last morsel.  Sometimes +the men drank the warm pork grease clear.  Finally +it became so precious that they licked their plates +after scraping them with their spoons, and the longing +eyes that were cast at the frying pan made me fear +that some time a raid would be made on that.</p> + +<p align="justify">One day, an owl was shot and went +into the pot to keep company with a couple of partridges.  + Pete demurred.  “Owl eat mice,” said +he.  “Not good man eat him.</p> + +<p align="justify">“You can count me out on owl, +too,” Richards volunteered.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Oh! they’re all right,” +I assured them.  “The Labrador people always +eat them and you’ll find them very nice.”</p> + +<p>“Not me.  Owl eat mice,” Pete insisted.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well,” I suggested, “possibly +we’ll be eating mice, too, before we get home, +and it’s a good way to begin by eating owl—­for +then the mice won’t seem so bad when we have +to eat them.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Stanton took charge of the kettle +and dished out the rations that night.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Partridge is good enough for +me,” said Richards, fearing that Stanton might +forget his prejudice against owl.</p> + +<p>“Me, too,” echoed Pete.</p> + +<p>“I’ll take owl,” said I.</p> + +<p>Easton said nothing.</p> + +<p align="justify">After we had eaten, Stanton asked:  +“How’d you like the partridge, Richards?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“It was fine,” said he.  + “Guess it was a piece of a young one you gave +me, for it wasn’t as tough as they usually are.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Maybe it was young, but that +partridge was <i>owl</i>.”  “I’ll +be darned!” exclaimed Richards.  His face +was a study for a moment, then he laughed.  “If +that was owl they’re all right and I’m +a convert.  I’ll eat all I can get after +this.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After leaving Lake Desolation the +owls had begun to come to us, and Richards was one +of the best owl hunters of the party.  At first +one or two a day were killed, but now whenever we +halted an owl would fly into a tree and twitter, and, +with a very wise appearance, proceed to look us over +as though he wanted to find out what we were up to +anyway, for these owls were very inquisitive fellows.  + He immediately became a candidate for our pot, and +as many as six were shot in one day.  The men +called them the “manna of the Labrador wilderness.”  +Pete’s disinclination to eat them was quickly +forgotten, for hunger is a wonderful killer of prejudices, +and he was as keen for them now as any of us.</p> + +<p align="justify">An occasional partridge was killed +and now and again a black duck or two helped out our +short ration, but the owls were our mainstay.  + We did not have enough to satisfy the appetites of +five hungry men, however; still we did fairly well.</p> + +<p align="justify">The days were growing perceptibly +shorter with each sunset, and the nights were getting +chilly.  On the night of August twenty-fifth, +the thermometer registered a minimum temperature of +twenty-five degrees above zero, and on the twenty-sixth +of August, forty-eight degrees was the maximum at +midday.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the forenoon of that day we +reached the largest of the lakes that the scouting +party had seen three days before, and further scouting +was now necessary.  At the western end of the +lake, about two miles from where we entered, a hill +offered itself as a point from which to view the country +beyond, and here we camped.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were now out of the burned district +and the scant growth of timber was apparently the +original growth, though none of the trees was more +than eight inches or so in diameter.  In connection +with this it might be of interest to note here the +fact that the timber line ended at an elevation of +two hundred and seventy-five feet above the lake.  + The hill was four hundred feet high and there was +not a vestige of vegetation on its summit.  The +top of the hill was strewn with bowlders, large and +small, lying loose upon the clean, storm-scoured bed +rock, just as the glaciers had left them.</p> + +<a name="lakes"></a> +<a href="images/lakesth.jpg"> +<img alt="A Network of Lakes and the Country Level as a Table" src="images/lakesth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">What a view we had!  To the northwest, +to the west, and to the southwest, for fifty miles +in any direction was a network of lakes, and the country +was as level as a table.  The men called it “the +plain of a thousand lakes,” and this describes +it well.  To the far west a line of blue hills +extending to the northwest and southeast cut off our +view beyond.  They were low, with but one high, +conical peak standing out as a landmark.  Another +ridge at right angles to this one ran to the eastward, +bounding the lakes on that side.  I examined them +carefully through my binoculars and discovered a long +line of water, like a silver thread, following the +ridge running eastward, and decided that this must +be the Nascaupee River, though later I was convinced +that I was mistaken and that the river lay to the southward +of the ridge.  To the cast and north of our hill +was an expanse of rolling, desolate wilderness.  + Carefully I examined with my glass the great plain +of lakes, hoping that I might discover the smoke of +a wigwam fire or some other sign of life, but none +was to be seen.  It was as still and dead as +the day it was created.  It was a solemn, awe-inspiring +scene, impressive beyond description, and one that +I shall not soon forget.</p> + +<p align="justify">We outlined as carefully as possible +the course that we should follow through the maze +of lakes, with the round peak as our objective point, +for just south of it there seemed to be an opening +through the ridge:  beyond which we hoped lay +Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day we portaged through a +marsh and into the lake country and made some progress, +portaging from lake to lake across swampy and marshy +necks.  It was Sunday, but we did not realize +it until our day’s work was finished and we +were snug in camp in the evening.</p> + +<p align="justify">Monday’s dawn brought with it +a day of superb loveliness.  The sky was cloudless, +the earth was white with hoarfrost, the atmosphere +was crisp and cool, and we took deep breaths of it +that sent the blood tingling through our veins.  + It was a day that makes one love life.</p> + +<p align="justify">Through small lakes and short portages +we worked until afternoon and then—­hurrah! +we were on big water again.  Thirty or forty miles +in length the lake stretched off to the westward to +carry us on our way.  It was choked in places +with many fir-topped islands, and the channels in +and out amongst these islands were innumerable, so +Pete called it Lake Kasheshebogamog, which in his +language means “Lake of Many Channels.”</p> + +<p align="justify">As we paddled I dropped a troll and +before we stopped for the night landed a seven-pound +namaycush, and another large one broke a troll.  +The “Land of God’s Curse” was behind +us.  We were with the fish again, and caribou +and wolf tracks were seen.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day found us on our way early.  + A fine wind sent us spinning before it and at the +same time kept us busy with a rough sea that was running +on the wide, open lake when we were away from the shelter +of the islands.  At one o’clock we boiled +the kettle at the foot of a low sand ridge, and upon +climbing the ridge we found it covered with a mass +of ripe blueberries.  We ate our fill and picked +some to carry with us.</p> + +<p align="justify">At three o’clock we were brought +up sharply at the end of the water with no visible +outlet.  The nature of the lake and the lateness +of the season made it impracticable to turn back and +look in other channels for the connection with western +waters.  Former experience had taught me that +we might paddle around for a week before we found +it, for these were big waters.  Five miles ahead +was the high, round peak that we were aiming for, +and I had every confidence that from its top Michikamau +could be seen and a way to reach the big lake.  + I decided that it must be climbed the next morning, +and selected Pete and Easton for the work.  A +fall the day before had given me a stiff knee, and +it was a bitter disappointment that I could not go +myself, for I was nervously anxious for a first view +of Michikamau.  However, I realized that it was +unwise to attempt the journey, and I must stay behind.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night Stanton made two roly-polies +of the blueberries we picked in the afternoon, boiling +them in specimen bags, and we used the last of our +sugar for sauce.  This, with coffee, followed +a good supper of boiled partridge and owl.  It +was like the old days when I was with Hubbard.  + We were making good progress, our hopes ran high, +and we must feast.  Pete’s laughs, and +songs and jokes added to our merriment.  Rain +came, but we did not mind that.  We sat by a big, +blazing fire and ate and enjoyed ourselves in spite +of it.  Then we went to the tent to smoke and +every one pronounced it the best night in weeks.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Wednesday rain poured down at the +usual rising time and the men were delayed in starting, +for we were in a place where scouting in thick weather +was dangerous.  It was the morning of the famous +eclipse, but we had forgotten the fact.  The rain +had fallen away to a drizzle and we were eating a +late breakfast when the darkness came.  It did +not last long, and then the rain stopped, though the +sky was still overcast.  Shortly after breakfast +Pete and Easton left us.  I gave Pete a new corncob +pipe as he was leaving.  When he put it in his +pocket he said, “I smoke him when I see Michikaman, +when I climb hill, if Michikamau there.  Sit +down, me, look at big water, feel good then.  +Smoke pipe, me, and call hill Corncob Hill.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“All right,” said I, laughing +at Pete’s fancy.  “I hope the hill +will have a name to-day.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was really a day of anxiety for +me, for if Michikamau were not visible from the mountain +top with the wide view of country that it must offer, +then we were too far away from the lake to hope to +reach it.</p> + +<p align="justify">A mile from camp, Richards discovered +a good-sized river flowing in from the northwest and +set the net in it.  Then he and Stanton paddled +up the river a mile and a half to another lake, but +did not explore it farther.</p> + +<p align="justify">With what impatience I awaited the +return of Pete and Easton can be imagined, and when, +near dusk, I saw them coming I almost dreaded to hear +their report, for what if they had not seen Michikamau?</p> + +<p align="justify">But they had seen Michikamau.  + When Pete was within talking distance of me, he shouted +exultantly, “We see him!  We see him!  + We see Michikamau!”</p> + +<a name="michik"></a> +<a href="images/michikth.jpg"> +<img alt="Ice Encountered off the Labrador Coast" src="images/michikth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<a NAME="chapter_11"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XI</h1> + +<p><b>THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Pete and Easton had taken their course +through small, shallow, rocky lakes until they neared +the base of the round hill.  Here the canoe was +left, and up the steep side of the hill they climbed.  + “When we most up,” Pete told me afterward, +“I stop and look at Easton.  My heart beat +fast.  I most afraid to look.  Maybe Michikamau +not there.  Maybe I see only hills.  Then +I feel bad.  Make me feel bad come back and tell +you Michikamau not there.  I see you look sorry +when I tell you that.  Then I think if Michikamau +there you feel very good.  I must know quick.  + I run.  I run fast.  Hill very steep.  + I do not care.  I must know soon as I can, and +I run.  I shut my eyes just once, afraid to look.  + Then I open them and look.  Very close I see +when I open my eyes much water.  Big water.  + So big I see no land when I look one way; just water.  + Very wide too, that water.  I know I see Michikamau.  + My heart beat easy and I feel very glad.  I almost +cry.  I remember corncob pipe you give me, and +what I tell you.  I take pipe out my pocket.  + I fill him, and light him.  Then I sit on rock +and smoke.  All the time I look at Michikamau.  + I feel good and I say, ‘This we call Corncob +Hill.’”</p> + +<p align="justify">And so we were all made glad and the +conical peak had a name.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete told me that we should have to +cut the ridge to the south of Corncob Hill, taking +a rather wide detour to reach the place.  A chain +of lakes would help us, but some long portages were +necessary and it would require several days’ +hard work.  This we did not mind now.  We +were only anxious to dip our paddles into the waters +of the big lake.  At last Michikamau, which I +had so longed to see through two summers of hardship +in the Labrador wilds, was near, and I could hope to +be rewarded with a look at it within the week.</p> + +<p align="justify">But with the joy of it there was also +a sadness, for I must part from three of my loyal +companions.  The condition of our commissariat +and the cold weather that was beginning to be felt +made it imperative that the men be sent back from +the big lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">The possibility of this contingency +had been foreseen by me before leaving New York, and +I had mentioned it at that time.  Easton had +asked me then, if the situation would permit of it, +to consider him as a candidate to go through with +me to Ungava.  When the matter had been suggested +at the last camp on the Nascaupee River he had again +earnestly solicited me to choose him as my companion, +and upon several subsequent occasions had mentioned +it.  Richards was the logical man for me to choose, +for he had had experience in rapids, and could also +render me valuable assistance in the scientific work +that the others were not fitted for.  He was +exceedingly anxious to continue the journey, but his +university duties demanded his presence in New York +in the winter, and I had promised his people that he +should return home in the autumn.  This made +it out of the question to keep him with me, and it +was a great disappointment to both of us.  That +I might feel better assured of the safety of the returning +men, I decided to send Pete back with them to act +as their guide.  Stanton, too, wished to go on, +but Easton had spoken first, so I decided to give him +the opportunity to go with me to Ungava, as my sole +companion.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night, after the others had gone +to bed, we two sat late by the camp fire and talked +the matter over.  “It’s a dangerous +undertaking, Easton,” I said, “and I want +you to understand thoroughly what you’re going +into.  Before we reach the George River Post we +shall have over four hundred miles of territory to +traverse.  We may have trouble in locating the +George River, and when we do find it there will be +heavy rapids to face, and its whole course will be +filled with perils.  If any accident happens +to either of us we shall be in a bad fix.  For +that reason it’s always particularly dangerous +for less than three men to travel in a country like +this.  Then there’s the winter trip with +dogs.  Every year natives are caught in storms, +and some of them perish.  We shall be exposed +to the perils and hardships of one of the longest +dog trips ever made in a single season, and we shall +be traveling the whole winter.  I want you to +understand this.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I do understand it,” +he answered, “and I’m ready for it.  +I want to go on.”</p> + +<p>And so it was finally settled.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was not easy for me to tell the +men that the time had come when we must part, for +I realized how hard it would be for them to turn back.  +The next morning after breakfast, I asked them to remain +by the fire and light their pipes.  Then I told +them.  Richards’ eyes filled with tears.  + Stanton at first said he would not turn back without +me, but finally agreed with me that it was best he +should.  Pete urged me to let him go on.  + Later he stole quietly into the tent, where I was +alone writing, and without a word sat opposite me, +looking very woe-begone.  After awhile he spoke:  +“To-day I feel very sad.  I forget to smoke.  + My pipe go out and I do not light it.  I think +all time of you.  Very lonely, me.  Very +bad to leave you.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Here he nearly broke down, and for +a little while he could not speak.  When he could +control himself he continued: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Seems like I take four men +in bush, lose two.  Very bad, that.  Don’t +know how I see your sisters.  I go home well.  + They ask me, ’Where my brother?’ I don’t +know.  I say nothing.  Maybe you die in rapids.  +Maybe you starve.  I don’t know.  I +say nothing.  Your sisters cry.”  Then +his tone changed from brokenhearted dejection to one +of eager pleading: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Wish you let me go with you.  + Short grub, maybe.  I hunt.  Much danger; +don’t care, me.  Don’t care what danger.  + Don’t care if grub short.  Maybe you don’t +find portage.  Maybe not find river.  That +bad.  I find him.  I take you through.  + I bring you back safe to your sisters.  Then +I speak to them and they say I do right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was hard to withstand Pete’s +pleadings, but my duty was plain, and I said: </p> + +<p align="justify">“No, Pete.  I’d like +to take you through, but I’ve got to send you +back to see the others safely out.  Tell my sisters +I’m safe.  Tell everybody we’re safe.  + I’m sure we’ll get through all right.  + We’ll do our best, and trust to God for the +rest, so don’t worry.  We’ll be all +right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I never think you do this,” +said he.  “I don’t think you leave +me this way.”  After a pause he continued, +“If grub short, come back.  Don’t +wait too long.  If you find Indian, then you all +right.  He help you.  You short grub, don’t +find Indian, that bad.  Don’t wait till +grub all gone.  Come back.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete did not sing that day, and he +did not smoke.  He was very sad and quiet.</p> + +<p align="justify">We spent the day in assorting and +dividing the outfit, the men making a cache of everything +that they would not need until their return, that +we might not be impeded in our progress to Michikamau.  + They would get their things on their way back.  + Eight days, Pete said, would see them from this point +to the cache we had made on the Nascaupee, and only +eight days’ rations would they accept for the +journey.  They were more than liberal.  Richards +insisted that I take a new Pontiac shirt that he had +reserved for the cold weather, and Pete gave me a +new pair of larigans.  They deprived themselves +that we might be comfortable.  Easton and I were +to have the tent, the others would use the tarpaulin +for a wigwam shelter; each party would have two axes, +and the other things were divided as best we could.  +Richards presented us with a package that we were not +to open until the sixteenth of September—­his +birthday.  It was a special treat of some kind.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some whitefish, suckers and one big +pike were taken out of the net, which was also left +for them to pick up upon their return.  A school +of large pike had torn great holes in it, but it was +still useful.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were a sorrowful group that gathered +around the fire that night.  The evening was raw.  + A cold north wind soughed wearily through the fir +tops.  Black patches of clouds cast a gloom over +everything, and there was a vast indefiniteness to +the dark spruce forest around us.  I took a flashlight +picture of the men around the fire.  Then we sat +awhile and talked, and finally went to our blankets +in the chilly tent.</p> + +<a name="letter"></a> +<a href="images/letterth.jpg"> +<img alt="Writing Letters to the Home Folks" src="images/letterth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">September came with a leaden sky and +cold wind, but the clouds were soon dispelled, and +the sun came bright and warm.  Our progress was +good, though we had several portages to make.  + On September second, at noon, we left the larger +canoe for the men to get on their way back, and continued +with the eighteen-foot canoe, which, with its load +of outfit and five men, was very deep in the water, +but no wind blew and the water was calm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here the character of the lakes changed.  + The waters were deep and black, the shores were steep +and rocky, and some labradorite was seen.  One +small, curious island, evidently of iron, though we +did not stop to examine it, took the form of a great +head sticking above the water, with the tops of the +shoulders visible.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sunday, September third, was a memorable +day, a day that I shall never forget while I live.  + The morning came with all the glories of a northern +sunrise, and the weather was perfect.  After two +short portages and two small lakes were crossed, Pete +said, “Now we make last portage and we reach +Michikamau.”  It was not a long portage—­a +half mile, perhaps.  We passed through a thick-grown +defile, Pete ahead, and I close behind him.  +Presently we broke through the bush and there before +us was the lake.  We threw down our packs by the +water’s edge. <i>We had reached Michikamau.</i> + I stood uncovered as I looked over the broad, far-reaching +waters of the great lake.  I cannot describe +my emotions.  I was living over again that beautiful +September day two years before when Hubbard had told +me with so much joy that he had seen the big lake—­that +Michikamau lay just beyond the ridge.  Now I +was on its very shores—­the shores of the +lake that we had so longed to reach.  How well +I remembered those weary wind-bound days, and the +awful weeks that followed.  It was like the recollection +of a horrid dream—­his dear, wan face, our +kiss and embrace, my going forth into the storm and +the eternity of horrors that was crowded into days.  + Pete, I think, understood, for he had heard the story.  + He stood for a moment in silence, then he fashioned +his hat brim into a cup, and dipping some water handed +it to me.  “You reach Michikamau at last.  + Drink Michikamau water before others come.”  + I drank reverently from the hat.  Then the others +joined us and we all stood for a little with bowed +uncovered beads, on the shore.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our camp was pitched on an elevated, +rocky point a few hundred yards farther up—­the +last camp that we were to have together, and the forty-sixth +since leaving Northwest River.  We had made over +half a hundred portages, and traveled about three +hundred and twenty-five miles.</p> + +<p align="justify">The afternoon was occupied in writing +letters and telegrams to the home folks, for Richards +to take out with him; after which we divided the food.  + Easton and I were to take with us seventy-eight pounds +of pemmican, twelve pounds of pea meal, seven pounds +of pork, some beef extract, eight pounds of flour, +one cup of corn meal, a small quantity of desiccated +vegetables, one pound of coffee, two pounds of tea, +some salt and crystallose.  Richards gave us +nearly all of his tobacco, and Pete kept but two plugs +for himself.</p> + +<p align="justify">Toward evening we gathered about our +fire, and talked of our parting and of the time when +we should meet again.  Every remaining moment +we had of each other’s company was precious +to us now.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day had been glorious and the +night was one of rare beauty.  We built a big +fire of logs, and by its light I read aloud, in accordance +with our custom on Sunday nights, a chapter from the +Bible.  After this we talked for a while, then +sat silent, gazing into the glowing embers of our +fire.  Finally Pete began singing softly, “Home, +Sweet Home” in Indian, and followed it with +an old Ojibway song, “I’m Going Far Away, +My Heart Is Sore.”  Then he sang an Indian +hymn, “Pray For Me While I Am Gone.”  + When his hymn was finished he said, very reverently, +“I going pray for you fellus every day when I +say my prayers.  I can’t pray much without +my book, but I do my best.  I pray the best I +can for you every day.”  Pete’s devotion +was sincere, and I thanked him.  Stanton sang +a solo, and then all joined in “Auld Lang Syne.”  + After this Pete played softly on the harmonica, while +we watched the moon drop behind the horizon in the +west.  The fire burned out and its embers blackened.  + Then we went to our bed of fragrant spruce boughs, +to prepare for the day of our parting.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning of September fourth was +clear and beautiful and perfect, but in spite of the +sunshine and fragrance that filled the air our hearts +were heavy when we gathered at our fire to eat the +last meal that we should perhaps ever have together.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we were through, I read from +my Bible the fourteenth of John—­the chapter +that I had read to Hubbard that stormy October morning +when we said good-by forever.</p> + +<p align="justify">The time of our parting had come.  + I do not think I had fully realized before how close +my bronzed, ragged boys had grown to me in our months +of constant companionship.  A lump came in my +throat, and the tears came to the eyes of Richards +and Pete, as we grasped each other’s hands.</p> + +<p align="justify">Then we left them.  Easton and +I dipped our paddles into the water, and our lonely, +perilous journey toward the dismal wastes beyond the +northern divide was begun.  Once I turned to see +the three men, with packs on their backs, ascending +the knoll back of the place where our camp had been.  + When I looked again they were gone.</p> + +<a name="canoe"></a> +<a href="images/canoeth.jpg"> +<img alt="Our Lonely Perilous Journey Toward the Dismal Wastes...Was Begun" src="images/canoeth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<a NAME="chapter_12"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XII</h1> + +<p><b>OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Michikamau is approximately between +eighty and ninety miles in length, including the unexplored +southeast bay, and from eight to twenty-five miles +in width.  It is surrounded by rugged hills, which +reach an elevation of about five hundred feet above +the lake.  They are generally wooded for perhaps +two hundred feet from the base, with black spruce, +larch, and an occasional small grove of white birch.  +Above the timber line their tops are uncovered save +by white lichens or stunted shrubs.  The western +side of the lake is studded with low islands, but +its main body is unobstructed.  The water is exceedingly +clear, and is said by the Indians to have a great depth.  + The shores are rocky, sometimes formed of massive +bed rock in which is found the beautifully colored +labradorite; sometimes strewn with loose bowlders.  +Our entrance had been made in a bay several miles north +of the point where the Nascaupee River, its outlet, +leaves the lake and we kept to the east side as we +paddled north.</p> + +<p align="justify">No artist’s imaginative brush +ever pictured such gorgeous sunsets and sunrises as +Nature painted for us here on the Great Lake of the +Indians.  Every night the sun went down in a blaze +of glory and left behind it all the colors of the +spectrum.  The dark hills across the lake in +the west were silhouetted against a sky of brilliant +red which shaded off into banks of orange and amber +that reached the azure at the zenith.  The waters +of the lake took the reflection of the red at the +horizon and became a flood of restless blood.  + The sky colorings during these few days were the +finest that I ever saw in Labrador, not only in the +evening but in the morning also.</p> + +<p align="justify">Michikamau has a bad name amongst +the Indians for heavy seas, particularly in the autumn +months when the northwest gales sometimes blow for +weeks at a time without cessation, and the Indians +say that they are often held on its shores for long +periods by high running seas that no canoe could weather.  + These were the same winds that held Hubbard and me +prisoners for nearly two weeks on the smaller Windbound +Lake in 1903, bringing us to the verge of starvation +before we were permitted to begin our race for life +down the trail toward Northwest River.  Fate +was kinder now, and but one day’s rough water +interfered with progress.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early on the third day after parting +from the other men, we found ourselves at the end +of Michikamau where a shallow river, in which large +bowlders were thickly scattered, flowed into it from +the north.  This was the stream draining Lake +Michikamats, the next important point in our journey.  + Michikamau, it might be explained, means, in the +Indian tongue, big water—­so big you cannot +see the land beyond; Michikamats means a smaller body +of water beyond which land may be seen.  So somebody +has paradoxically defined it “a little big lake.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Barring a single expansion of somewhat +more than a mile in length the Michakamats River, +which runs through a flat, marshy and uninteresting +country, was too shallow to float our canoes, and we +were compelled to portage almost its entire length.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the wide marshes between these +two lakes we met the first evidences of the great +caribou migration.  The ground was tramped like +a barnyard, in wide roads, by vast herds of deer, +all going to the eastward.  There must have been +thousands of them in the bands.  Most of the +hoof marks were not above a day or two old and had +all been made since the last rain had fallen, as was +evidenced by freshly turned earth and newly tramped +vegetation.  We saw none of the animals, however, +and there were no hills near from which we might hope +to sight the herds.</p> + +<p align="justify">Evidences of life were increasing +and game was becoming abundant as we approached the +height of land.  Some geese and ptarmigans were +killed and a good many of both kinds of birds were +seen, as well as some ducks.  We began to live +in plenty now and the twittering owls were permitted +to go unmolested.</p> + +<p align="justify">Lake Michikamats is irregular in shape, +about twenty miles long, and, exclusive of its arms, +from two to six miles wide.  The surrounding +country is flat and marshy, with some low, barren hills +on the westward side of the lake.  The timber +growth in the vicinity is sparse and scrubby, consisting +of spruce and tamarack.  The latter had now taken +on its autumnal dress of yellow, and, interspersing +the dark green of the spruce, gave an exceedingly +beautiful effect to the landscape.</p> + +<p align="justify">Where we entered Michikamats, at its +outlet, the lake is very shallow and filled with bowlders +that stand high above the water.  A quarter of +a mile above this point the water deepens, and farther +up seems to have a considerable depth, though we did +not sound it.  The western shore of the upper +half is lined with low islands scantily covered with +spruce and tamarack.</p> + +<p align="justify">During two days that we spent here +in a thorough exploration of the lake, our camp was +pitched on an island at the bottom of a bay that, +half way up the lake, ran six miles to the northward.  + This was selected as the most likely place for the +portage trail to leave the lake, as the island had +apparently, for a long period, been the regular rendezvous +of Indians, not only in summer, but also in winter.  +Tepee poles of all ages, ranging from those that were +old and decayed to freshly cut ones, were numerous.  + They were much longer and thicker than those used +by the Indians south of Michikamau.  Here, also, +was a well-built log cache, a permanent structure, +which was, no doubt, regularly used by hunting parties.  + Some new snowshoe frames were hanging on the trees +to season before being netted with babiche.  On +the lake shore were some other camping places that +had been used within a few months, and at one of them +a newly made “sweat hole,” where the medicine +man had treated the sick.  These sweat holes are +much in favor with the Labrador Indians, both Mountaineers +and Nascaupees.  They are about two feet in depth +and large enough in circumference for a man to sit +in the center, surrounded by a circle of good-sized +bowlders.  Small saplings are bent to form a dome-shaped +frame for the top.  The invalid is placed in the +center of this circle of bowlders, which have previously +been made very hot, water is poured on them to produce +steam, and a blanket thrown over the sapling frame +to confine the steam.  The Indians have great +faith in this treatment as a cure for almost every +malady.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the mainland opposite the island +upon which we were encamped was a barren hill which +we climbed, and which commanded a view of a large +expanse of country.  On the top was a small cairn +and several places where fires had been made—­no +doubt Indian signal fires.  The fuel for them +must have been carried from the valley below, for not +a stick or bush grew on the hill itself.  “Signal +Hill,” as we called it, is the highest elevation +for many miles around and a noticeable landmark.</p> + +<p align="justify">To the northward, at our feet, were +two small lakes, and just beyond, trending somewhat +to the northwest, was a long lake reaching up through +the valley until it was lost in the low hills and sparse +growth of trees beyond.  Great bowlders were strewn +indiscriminately everywhere, and the whole country +was most barren and desolate.  To the south of +Michikamats was the stretch of flat swamp land which +extended to Michikaman.  Petscapiskau, a prominent +and rugged peak on the west shore of Michikamau near +its upper end, stood out against the distant horizon, +a lone sentinel of the wilderness.</p> + +<p align="justify">The head waters of the George River +must now be located.  There was nothing to guide +me in the search, and the Indians at Northwest River +had warned us that we were liable at this point to +be led astray by an entanglement of lakes, but I felt +certain that any water flowing northward that we might +come to, in this longitude, would either be the river +itself or a tributary of it, and that some such stream +would certainly be found as soon as the divide was +crossed.</p> + +<p align="justify">With this object in view we kept a +course nearly due north, passing through four good-sized +lakes, until, one afternoon, at the end of a short +portage, we reached a narrow, shallow lake lying in +an easterly and westerly direction, whose water was +very clear and of a bottle-green color, in marked +contrast to that of the preceding lakes, which had +been of a darker shade.</p> + +<p align="justify">This peculiarity of the water led +me to look carefully for a current when our canoe +was launched, and I believed I noticed one.  Then +I fancied I heard a rapid to the westward.  Easton +said there was no current and he could not hear a +rapid, and to satisfy myself, we paddled toward the +sound.  We had not gone far when the current became +quite perceptible, and just above could be seen the +waters of a brook that fed the lake, pouring down +through the rocks.  We were on the George River +at last!  Our feelings can be imagined when the +full realization of our good fortune came to us, and +we turned our canoe to float down on the current of +the little stream that was to grow into a mighty river +as it carried us on its turbulent bosom toward Ungava +Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">The course of the stream here was +almost due east.  The surrounding country continued +low and swampy.  Tamarack was the chief timber +and much of it was straight and fine, with some trees +fully twelve inches in diameter at the butt, and fifty +feet in height.</p> + +<p align="justify">A rocky, shallow place in the river +that we had to portage brought us into an expansion +of considerable size, and here we pitched our first +camp on the George River.  This was an event that +Hubbard had planned and pictured through the weary +weeks of hardship on the Susan Valley trail and the +long portages across the ranges in his expedition of +1903.</p> + +<p align="justify">“When we reach the George River, +we’ll meet the Indians and all will be well,” +he used to say, and how anxiously we looked forward +for that day, which never came.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the time when he made the suggestion +to turn back from Windbound Lake I at first opposed +it on the ground that we could probably reach the +George River, where game would be found and the Indians +would be met with, in much less time than it would +take to make the retreat to Northwest River.  + Finally I agreed that it was best to return.  + On the twenty-first of September the retreat was +begun and Hubbard died on the eighteenth of October.  + Now, two years later, I realized that from Windbound +Lake we could have reached Michikamau in five or six +days at the very outside, and less than two weeks, +allowing for delays through bad weather and our weakened +condition, would have brought us to the George River, +where, at that time of the year, ducks and ptarmigans +are always plentiful.  All these things I pondered +as I sat by this camp fire, and I asked myself, “Why +is it that when Fate closes our eyes she does not +lead us aright?” Of course it is all conjecture, +but I feel assured that if Hubbard and I had gone on +then instead of turning back, Hubbard would still +be with us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Below the expansion on which our first +camp on the river was pitched the stream trickled +through the thickly strewn rocks in a wide bed, where +it took a sharp turn to the northward and emptied into +another expansion several miles in length, with probably +a stream joining it from the northeast, though we +were unable to investigate this, as high winds prevailed +which made canoeing difficult, and we had to content +ourselves with keeping a direct course.</p> + +<p align="justify">It seemed as though with the crossing +of the northern divide winter had come.  On the +night we reached the George River the temperature +fell to ten degrees below the freezing point, and the +following day it never rose above thirty-five degrees, +and a high wind and snow squalls prevailed that held +traveling in check.  On the morning of the fifteenth +we started forward in the teeth of a gale and the snow +so thick we could not see the shore a storm that would +be termed a “blizzard” in New York—­and +after two hours’ hard work were forced to make +a landing upon a sandy point with only a mile and a +quarter to our credit.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we found the first real butchering +camp of the Indians—­a camp of the previous +spring.  Piles of caribou bones that had been +cracked to extract the marrow, many pairs of antlers, +the bare poles of large lodges and extensive arrangements, +such as racks and cross poles for dressing and curing +deerskins.  In a cache we found two muzzle-loading +guns, cooking utensils, steel traps, and other camping +and hunting paraphernalia.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the portage around the last shallow +rapid was a winter camp, where among other things +was a <i>komatik</i> (dog sledge), showing that some +of these Indians at least on the northern barrens +used dogs for winter traveling.  In the south +of Labrador this would be quite out of the question, +as there the bush is so thick that it does not permit +the snow to drift and harden sufficiently to bear +dogs, and the use of the komatik is therefore necessarily +confined to the coast or near it.  The Indian +women there are very timid of the “husky” +dogs, and the animals are not permitted near their +camps.</p> + +<p align="justify">The sixteenth of September—­the +day we passed through this large expansion—­was +Richards’ birthday.  When we bade good-by +to the other men it was agreed that both parties should +celebrate the day, wherever they might be, with the +best dinner that could be provided from our respective +stores.  The meal was to be served at exactly +seven o’clock in the evening, that we might +feel on this one occasion that we were all sitting +down to eat together, and fancy ourselves reunited.  + In the morning we opened the package that Richards +gave us, and found in it a piece of fat pork and a +quart of flour, intended for a feast of our favorite +“darn goods.”  With self-sacrificing +generosity he had taken these from the scanty rations +they had allowed themselves for their return that +we might have a pleasant surprise.  With the now +plentiful game this made it possible to prepare what +seemed to us a very elaborate menu for the wild wastes +of interior Labrador.  First, there was bouillon, +made from beef capsules; then an entrée of fried +ptarmigan and duck giblets; a roast of savory black +duck, with spinach (the last of our desiccated vegetables); +and for dessert French toast <i>à la Labrador</i> +(alias darn goods), followed by black coffee.  + When it was finished we spent the evening by the +camp fire, smoking and talking of the three men retreating +down our old trail, and trying to calculate at which +one of the camping places they were bivouacked.  +Every night since our parting this had been our chief +diversion, and I must confess that with each day that +took us farther away from them an increased loneliness +impressed itself upon us.  Solemn and vast was +the great silence of the trackless wilderness as more +and more we came to realize our utter isolation from +all the rest of the world and all mankind.</p> + +<a name="icamp"></a> +<a href="images/icampth.jpg"> +<img alt="Abandoned Indian Camp on the Shores of Lake Michikamats" src="images/icampth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The marsh and swamp land gradually +gave way to hills, which increased in size and ruggedness +as we proceeded.  We had found the river at its +very beginning, and for a short way portages, as has +been suggested, had to be made around shallow places, +but after a little, as other streams augmented the +volume of water, this became unnecessary, and as the +river grew in size it became a succession of rapids, +and most of them unpleasant ones, that kept us dodging +rocks all the while.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. A. P. Low, of the Canadian Geological +Survey, in other parts of the Labrador interior found +black ducks very scarce.  This was not our experience.  + From the day we entered the George River until we +were well down the stream they were plentiful, and +we shot what we needed without turning our canoe out +of its course to hunt them.  This is apparently +a breeding ground for them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Several otter rubs were noted, and +we saw some of the animals, but did not disturb them.  + In places where the river broadened out and the current +was slack every rock that stuck above the water held +its muskrat house, and large numbers of the rats were +seen.</p> + +<p align="justify">After the snow we had one or two fine, +bright days, but they were becoming few now, and the +frosty winds and leaden skies, the forerunners of +winter, were growing more and more frequent.  +When the bright days did come they were exceptional +ones.  I find noted in my diary one morning:  +“This is a morning for the gods—­a +morning that could scarcely be had anywhere in the +world but in Labrador—­a cloudless sky, +no breath of wind, the sun rising to light the heavy +hoarfrost and make it glint and sparkle till every +tree and bush and rock seems made of shimmering silver.”</p> + +<p align="justify">One afternoon as we were passing through +an expansion and I was scanning, as was my custom, +every bit of shore in the hope of discovering a wigwam +smoke, I saw, running down the side of a hill on an +island a quarter of a mile away, a string of Indians +waving wildly at us and signaling us to come ashore.  + After twelve weeks, in which not a human being aside +from our own party had been seen, we had reached the +dwellers of the wilderness, and with what pleasure +and alacrity we accepted the invitation to join them +can be imagined.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_13"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XIII</h1> + +<p><b>DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">It was a hunting party—­four +men and a half-grown boy—­with two canoes +and armed with rifles.  The Indians gave us the +hearty welcome of the wilderness and received us like +old friends.  First, the chief, whose name was +Toma, shook our hand, then the others, laughing and +all talking at once in their musical Indian tongue.  + It was a welcome that said:  “You are our +brothers.  You have come far to see us, and we +are glad to have you with us.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After the first greetings were over +they asked for <i>stemmo,</i> and I gave them each +a plug of tobacco, for that is what stemmo means.  + They had no pipes with them, so I let them have two +of mine, and it did my heart good to see the look +of supreme satisfaction that crept into each dusky +face as its possessor inhaled in long, deep pulls the +smoke of the strong tobacco.  It was like the +food that comes to a half-starved man.  After +they had had their smoke, passing the pipes from mouth +to mouth, I brought forth our kettle.  In a jiffy +they had a fire, and I made tea for them, which they +drank so scalding hot it must have burned their throats.  + They told us they had had neither tea nor tobacco +for a long while, and were very hungry for both.  + These are the stimulants of the Labrador Indians, +and they will make great sacrifices to secure them.</p> + +<p align="justify">All the time that this was taking +place we were jabbering, each in his own tongue, neither +we nor they understanding much that the other said.  + I did make out from them that we were the first white +men that had ever visited them in their hunting grounds +and that they were glad to see us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Accepting an invitation to visit their +lodges and escorted by a canoe on either side of ours, +we finally turned down stream and, three miles below, +came to the main camp of the Indians, which was situated, +as most of their hunting camps are, on a slight eminence +that commanded a view of the river for several miles +in either direction, that watch might be constantly +kept for bands of caribou.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were discovered long before we +arrived at the lodges, and were met by the whole population—­men, +women, children, dogs, and all.  Our reception +was tumultuous and cordial.  It was a picturesque +group.  The swarthy-faced men, lean, sinewy and +well built, with their long, straight black hair reaching +to their shoulders, most of them hatless and all wearing +a red bandanna handkerchief banded across the forehead, +moccasined feet and vari-colored leggings; the women +quaint and odd; the eager-faced children; little hunting +dogs, and big wolf-like huskies.</p> + +<p align="justify">All hands turned to and helped us +carry our belongings to the camp, pitch our tent and +get firewood for our stove.  Then the men squatted +around until eleven of them were with us in our little +seven by nine tent, while all the others crowded as +near to the entrance as they could.  I treated +everybody to hot tea.  The men helped themselves +first, then passed their cups on to the women and children.  + The used tea leaves from the kettle were carefully +preserved by them to do service again.  The eagerness +with which the men and women drank the tea and smoked +the tobacco aroused my sympathies, and I distributed +amongst them all of these that I could well spare from +our store.  In appreciation of my gifts they +brought us a considerable quantity of fresh and jerked +venison and smoked fat; and Toma, as a special mark +of favor presented me with a deer’s tongue which +had been cured by some distinctive process unlike +anything I had ever eaten before, and it was delicious +indeed, together with a bladder of refined fat so +clear that it was almost transparent.</p> + +<p align="justify">The encampment consisted of two deerskin +wigwams.  One was a large one and oblong in shape, +the other of good size but round.  The smaller +wigwam was heated by a single fire in the center, the +larger one by three fires distributed at intervals +down its length.  Chief Toma occupied, with his +family, the smaller lodge, while the others made their +home in the larger one.</p> + +<a name="wigwam"></a> +<a href="images/wigwamth.jpg"> +<img alt="One of the Wigwams Was a Large One and Oblong in Shape" src="images/wigwamth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">This was a band of Mountaineer Indians +who trade at Davis Inlet Post of the Hudson’s +Bay Company, on the east coast, visiting the Post once +or twice a year to exchange their furs for such necessaries +as ammunition, clothing, tobacco and tea.  Unlike +their brothers on the southern slope, they have not +accustomed themselves to the use of flour, sugar and +others of the simplest luxuries of civilization, and +their food is almost wholly flesh, fish and berries.  + They live in the crude, primordial fashion of their +forefathers.  To aid them in their hunt they +have adopted the breech-loading rifle and muzzle-loading +shotgun, but the bow and arrow has still its place +with them and they were depending wholly upon this +crude weapon for hunting partridges and other small +game now, as they had no shotgun ammunition.  +The boys were constantly practicing with it while +at play and were very expert in its use.</p> + +<p align="justify">These Indians are of medium height, +well built, sinewy and strong, alert and quick of +movement.  The women are generally squatty and +fat, and the greater a woman’s avoirdupois the +more beautiful is she considered.</p> + +<p align="justify">All the Mountaineer Indians of Labrador +are nominally Roman Catholics.  Those in the south +are quite devoted to their priest, and make an effort +to meet him at least once a year and pay their tithes, +but here in the north this is not the case.  +In fact some of these people had seen their priest +but once in their life and some of the younger ones +had never seen him at all.  Therefore they are +still living under the influence of the ancient superstitions +of their race, though the women are all provided with +crucifixes and wear them on their breasts as ornaments.</p> + +<p align="justify">They are perfectly honest.  Indians, +until they become contaminated by contact with whites, +always are honest.  It is the white man that +teaches them to steal, either by actually pilfering +from the ignorant savage, or by taking undue advantage +of him in trade.  Human nature is the same everywhere, +and the Indian will, when he finds he is being taken +advantage of and robbed, naturally resent it and try +to “get even.”  Our things were left +wholly unguarded, and were the object of a great deal +of curiosity and admiration, not only our guns and +instruments, but nearly everything we had, and were +handled and inspected by our hosts, but not the slightest +thing was filched.  No Labrador Indian north +of the Grand River will ever disturb a cache unless +driven to it by the direst necessity, and even then +will leave something in payment for what he takes.</p> + +<p align="justify">We told them of the evidences we had +seen of the caribou migration having taken place between +Michikamau and Michikamats, and they were mightily +interested.  They had missed it but were, nevertheless, +meeting small bands of caribou and making a good killing, +as the quantities of meat hanging everywhere to dry +for winter use bore evidence.  The previous winter, +they told us, was a hard one with them.  Reindeer +and ptarmigan disappeared, and before spring they were +on the verge of starvation.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our visit was made the occasion of +a holiday and they devoted themselves wholly to our +entertainment, and I believe were genuinely sorry +when, on the afternoon after our arrival, I announced +my decision to break camp and proceed.  They +helped us get ready, drew a rough sketch of the river +so far as they knew it, and warned us to look out +for numerous rapids and some high falls around which +there was a portage trail.  Farther on, they +said, the river was joined by another, and then it +became a “big, big river,” and for two +days’ journey was good.  Beyond that it +was reported to be very bad.  They had never +traveled it, because they heard it was so bad, and +they could not tell us, from their own knowledge, +what it was like, but repeated the warning, “Shepoo +matchi, shepoo matchi” (River bad), and told +us to look out.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we were ready to go, as a particular +mark of good feeling, they brought us parting gifts +of smoked deer’s fat and were manifestly in +earnest in their urgent invitations to us to come again.  + The whole encampment assembled at the shore to see +us off and, as our canoes pushed out into the stream, +the men pitched small stones after us as a good luck +omen.  If the stones hit you good luck is assured.  + You will have a good hunt and no harm will come to +you.  None of the stones happened to hit us.  + We could see the group waving at us until we rounded +the point of land upon which the lodges stood; then +the men all appeared on the other side of the point, +where they had run to watch us until we disappeared +around a bend in the river below, as we passed on +to push our way deeper and deeper into the land of +silence and mystery.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning brought us into +a lake expansion some twelve miles long and two miles +or so in width, with a great many bays and arms which +were extremely confusing to us in our search for the +place where the river left it.  The lower end +was blocked with islands, and innumerable rocky bars, +partially submerged, extended far out into the water.  + A strong southwest wind sent heavy rollers down the +lake.  Low, barren hills skirted the shores.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early in the afternoon we turned into +a bay where I left Easton with the canoe while I climbed +one of the barren knolls.  I had scarcely reached +the summit when I heard a rifle shot, and then, after +a pause, three more in quick succession.  There +were four cartridges in my rifle.  I ran down +to the canoe where I found Easton in wild excitement, +waving the gun and calling for cartridges, and half-way +across the bay saw the heads of two caribou swimming +toward the opposite shore.  I loaded the magazine +and sat down to wait for the animals to land.</p> + +<p align="justify">When the first deer got his footing +and showed his body above the water three hundred +and fifty yards away, I took him behind the shoulder.  + He dropped where he stood.  The other animal +stopped to look at his comrade, and a single bullet, +also behind his shoulder, brought him down within +ten feet of where he had stood when he was hit.  + I mention this to show the high efficiency of the +.33 Winchester.  At a comparatively long range +two bullets had killed two caribou on the spot without +the necessity of a chase after wounded animals, and +one bullet had passed from behind the shoulder, the +length of the neck, into the head and glancing downward +had broken the jaw.</p> + +<p align="justify">I desired to make a cache here that +we might have something to fall back upon in case +our retreat should become necessary, and four days +were employed in fixing up the meat and preparing the +cache, and this gave us also sufficient time, in spite +of continuous heavy wind and rain, to thoroughly explore +the lake and its bays.  An ample supply of the +fresh venison was reserved to carry with us.</p> + +<p align="justify">We now had on hand, exclusive of the +pemmican and other rations still remaining, and the +meat cached, eight weeks’ provisions, with plenty +of ducks and ptarmigans everywhere, and there seemed +to be no further danger from lack of food.</p> + +<p align="justify">One day, while we were here, five +caribou tarried for several minutes within two hundred +yards of us and then sauntered off without taking +alarm, and later the same day another was seen at closer +range; but we did not need them and permitted them +to go unmolested.</p> + +<p align="justify">From a hill near this bay, where we +killed the deer, on the eastern side of the lake, +we discovered a trail leading off toward a string of +lakes to the eastward.  This is undoubtedly the +portage trail which the Indians follow in their journeys +to the Post at Davis Inlet.  Toma had told me +we might see it here, and that, not far in, on one +of these lakes was another Indian camp.</p> + +<p align="justify">An inordinate craving for fat takes +possession of every one after a little while in the +bush.  We had felt it, and now, with plenty, +overindulged, with the result that we were attacked +with illness, and for a day or two I was almost too +sick to move.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning we left Atuknipi, or Reindeer +Lake, as we shall call the expansion, a blinding snowstorm +was raging, with a strong head wind.  Several +rapids were run though it was extremely dangerous work, +for at times we could scarcely see a dozen yards ahead.  + At midday the snow ceased, but the wind increased +in velocity until finally we found it quite out of +the question to paddle against it, and were forced +to pitch camp on the shores of a small expansion and +under the lee of a hill.  For two days the gale +blew unceasingly and held us prisoners in our camp.  + The waves broke on the rocky shores, sending the spray +fifty feet in the air and, freezing on the surrounding +bowlders, covered them with a glaze of ice.  +I cannot say what the temperature was, for on the +day of our arrival here my last thermometer was broken; +but with half a foot of snow on the ground, the freezing +spray and the bitter cold wind, we were warned that +winter was reaching out her hand toward Labrador and +would soon hold us in her merciless grasp.  This +made me chafe under our imprisonment, for I began to +fear that we should not reach the Post before the +final freeze-up came, and further travel by canoe +would be out of the question.  On the morning +of September twenty-ninth, the wind, though still blowing +half a gale in our faces, had so much abated that +we were able to launch our canoe and continue our +journey.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was very cold.  The spray +froze as it struck our clothing, the canoe was weighted +with ice and our paddles became heavy with it.  + We ran one or two short rapids in safety and then +started into another that ended with a narrow strip +of white water with a small expansion below.  + We had just struck the white water, going at a good +speed in what seemed like a clear course, when the +canoe, at its middle, hit a submerged rock.  +Before there was time to clear ourselves the little +craft swung in the current, and the next moment I found +myself in the rushing, seething flood rolling down +through the rocks.</p> + +<p align="justify">When I came to the surface I was in +the calm water below the rapid and twenty feet away +was the canoe, bottom up, with Easton clinging to it, +his clothing fast on a bolt under the canoe.  +I swam to him and, while he drew his hunting knife +and cut himself loose, steadied the canoe.  We +had neglected—­and it was gross carelessness +in us—­to tie our things fast, and the lighter +bags and paddles were floating away while everything +that was heavy had sunk beyond hope of recovery.  + The thwarts, however, held fast in the overturned +canoe a bag of pemmican, one other small bag, the +tent and tent stove.  Treading water to keep +ourselves afloat we tried to right the canoe to save +these, but our efforts were fruitless.  The icy +water so benumbed us we could scarcely control our +limbs.  The tracking line was fast to the stern +thwart, and with one end of this in his teeth, Easton +swam to a little rocky island just below the rapid +and hauled while I swam by the canoe and steadied +the things under the thwarts.  It took us half +an hour to get the canoe ashore, and we could hardly +stand when he had it righted and the water emptied +out.</p> + +<p align="justify">Then I looked for wood to build a +fire, for I knew that unless we could get artificial +heat immediately we would perish with the cold, for +the very blood in our veins was freezing.  Not +a stick was there nearer than an eighth of a mile +across the bay.  Our paddles were gone, but we +got into the canoe and used our hands for paddles.  + By the time we landed Easton had grown very pale.  + He began picking and clutching aimlessly at the trees.  + The blood had congealed in my hands until they were +so stiff as to be almost useless.  I could not +guide them to the trousers pocket at first where I +kept my waterproof match-box.  Finally I loosened +my belt and found the matches, and with the greatest +difficulty managed to get one between my benumbed fingers, +and scratched it on the bottom of the box.  The +box was wet and the match head flew off.  Everything +was wet.  Not a dry stone even stuck above the +snow.  I tried another match on the box, but, +like the first, the head flew off, and then another +and another with the same result.  Under ordinary +circumstances I could have secured a light somehow +and quickly, but now my hands and fingers were stiff +as sticks and refused to grip the matches firmly.  + I worked with desperation, but it seemed hopeless.  + Easton’s face by this time had taken on the +waxen shade that comes with death, and he appeared +to be looking through a haze.  His senses were +leaving him.  I saw something must be done at +once, and I shouted to him:  “Run! run!  + Easton, run!” Articulation was difficult, and +I did not know my own voice.  It seemed very +strange and far away to me.  We tried to run but +had lost control of our legs and both fell down.  + With an effort I regained my feet but fell again +when I tried to go forward.  My legs refused to +carry me.  I crawled on my hands and knees in +the snow for a short distance, and it was all I could +do to recover my feet.  Easton had now lost all +understanding of his surroundings.  He was looking +into space but saw nothing.  He was groping blindly +with his hands.  He did not even know that he +was cold.  I saw that only a fire could save his +life, and perhaps mine, and that we must have it quickly, +and made one more superhuman effort with the matches.  + One after another I tried them with the same result +as before until but three remained.  All depended +upon those three matches.  The first one flickered +for a moment and my hopes rose, but my poor benumbed +fingers refused to hold it and it fell into the snow +and went out.  The wind was drying the box bottom.  + I tried another—­an old sulphur match, I +remember.  It burned!  I applied it with +the greatest care to a handful of the hairy moss that +is found under the branches next the trunk of spruce +trees, and this ignited.  Then I put on small +sticks, nursing the blaze with the greatest care, +adding larger sticks as the smaller ones took fire.  +I had dropped on my knees and could reach the sticks +from where I knelt, for there was plenty of dead wood +lying about.  As the blaze grew I rose to my +feet and, dragging larger wood, piled it on.  +A sort of joyful mania took possession of me as I +watched the great tongues of flames shooting skyward +and listened to the crackling of the burning wood, +and I stood back and laughed.  I had triumphed +over fate and the elements.  Our arms, our clothing, +nearly all our food, our axes and our paddles, and +even the means of making new paddles were gone, but +for the present we were safe.  Life, no matter +how uncertain, is sweet, and I laughed with the very +joy of living.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_14"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XIV</h1> + +<p><b>TIDE WATER AND THE POST</b></p> + +<p align="justify">When Easton came to his senses, he +found himself warming by the fire.  It is wonderful +how quickly a half-frozen man will revive.  As +soon as we were thoroughly thawed out we stripped +to our underclothing and hung our things up to dry, +permitting our underclothing to dry on us as we stood +near the blaze.  We were little the worse for +our dip, escaping with slightly frosted fingers and +toes.  I discovered in my pockets a half plug +of black tobacco such as we use in the North, put +it on the end of a stick and dried it out, and then +we had a smoke.  We agreed that we had never in +our life before had so satisfactory a smoke as that.  + The stimulant was needed and it put new life into +us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Easton was very pessimistic.  + He was generally inclined to look upon the dark side +of things anyway, and now he believed our fate was +sealed, especially if we could not find our paddles, +and he began to talk about returning to our cache +and thence to the Indians.  But I had been in +much worse predicaments than this, and paddles or no +paddles, determined to go on, for we could work our +way down the river somehow with poles and the bag +of pemmican would keep us alive until we reached the +Post—­unless the freeze-up caught us.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we had dried ourselves we went +to the canoe to make an inventory of our remaining +goods and chattels, and with a vague hope that a paddle +might be found on the shore.  What, then, was +our surprise and our joy to find not only the paddles +but our dunnage bags and my instrument bag amongst +the rocks, where an eddy below the rapid swirled the +water in.  Thus our blankets and clothing were +safe, we had fifty pounds of pemmican, our tent and +tent stove, and in the small bag that I have mentioned +as having remained in the canoe with the other things +was all our tea and five or six pounds of caribou +tallow.  Our matches—­and this was a +great piece of good fortune—­were uninjured, +and we had a good stock of them.  The tent stove +seemed useless without the pipe, but we determined +to cling to it, as our luggage now was light.  + Our guns, axes, the balance of our provisions, including +salt, the tea kettle and all our other cooking utensils, +were gone, and worst of all, three hundred and fifty +unexposed photographic films.  Only twenty or +thirty unexposed films were saved, but fortunately, +only one roll of ten exposed films, which was in one +of the cameras, was injured, and none of the exposed +films was lost.  One camera was damaged beyond +use, as were also my aneroid barometer and binoculars.  + However, we were fortunate to get off so easily as +we did, and the accident taught us the lesson to take +no chances in rapids and to tie everything fast at +all times.  Carelessness is pretty sure to demand +its penalty, and the wilderness is constantly springing +surprises upon those who submit themselves to its care.</p> + +<p align="justify">A pretty dreary camp we pitched that +evening near the place of our mishap.  Fortunately +there was plenty of dead wood loose on the ground, +and we did very well for our camp fire without the +axes.  A pemmican can with the end cut off about +an inch from the top, with a piece of copper wire +that I found in my dunnage bag fashioned into a bale, +made a very serviceable tea pail, from which we drank +in turn, as our cups were lost.  The top of the +can answered for a frying pan in which to melt our +caribou tallow and pemmican when we wanted our ration +hot, and as a plate.  Tent pegs were cut with +our jackknives and the tent stretched between two +trees, which avoided the necessity of tent poles.  + Thus, with our cooking and living outfit reduced to +the simplest and crudest form, and with a limited and +unvaried diet of pemmican, tallow and tea, we were +on the whole able, so long as loose wood could be +found for our night camps, to keep comparatively comfortable +and free from any severe hardships.</p> + +<p align="justify">We certainly had great reason to be +thankful, and that night before we rolled into our +blankets I read aloud by the light of our camp fire +from my little Bible the one hundred and seventh Psalm, +in thanksgiving.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning before starting forward +we paddled out to the rapid, in the vain hope that +we might be able to recover some of the lost articles +from the bottom of the river, but at the place where +the spill had occurred the water was too swift and +deep for us to do anything, and we were forced to +abandon the attempt and reluctantly resume our journey +without the things.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night we felt sorely the loss +of the axes.  Our camp was pitched in a spot +where no loose wood was to be found save very small +sticks, insufficient in quantity for an adequate fire +in the open, for the evening was cold.  We could +not pitch our tent wigwam fashion with an opening +at the top for the smoke to escape, as to do that several +poles were necessary, and we had no means of cutting +them.  However, with the expectation that enough +smoke would find its way out of the stovepipe hole +to permit us to remain inside, we built a small round +Indian fire in the center of the tent.  We managed +to endure the smoke and warm ourselves while tea was +making, but the experiment proved a failure and was +not to be resorted to again, for I feared it might +result in an attack of smoke-blindness.  This +is an affliction almost identical in effect to snow-blindness.  + I had suffered from it in the first days of my wandering +alone in the Susan Valley in the winter of 1903, and +knew what it meant, and that an attack of it would +preclude traveling while it lasted, to say nothing +of the pain that it would inflict.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here a portage was necessary around +a half-mile canyon through which the river, a rushing +torrent, tumbled in the interval over a series of +small falls, and all the way the perpendicular walls +of basaltic rock that confined it rose on either side +to a height of fifty to seventy-five feet above the +seething water.  Just below this canyon another +river joined us from the east, increasing the volume +of water very materially.  Our tumplines were +gone, but with the tracking line and pieces of deer +skin we improvised new ones that answered our purpose +very well.</p> + +<p align="justify">The hills, barren almost to their +base, and growing in altitude with every mile we traveled, +were now closely hugging the river valley, which was +almost destitute of trees.  Rapids were practically +continuous and always strewn with dangerous rocks that +kept us constantly on the alert and our nerves strung +to the highest tension.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general course of the river for +several days was north, thirty degrees east, but later +assumed an almost due northerly course.  It made +some wide sweeps as it worked its tortuous way through +the ranges, sometimes almost doubling on itself.  + At intervals small streams joined it and it was constantly +growing in width and depth.  Once we came to a +place where it dropped over massive bed rock in a +series of falls, some of which were thirty or more +feet in height.  Few portages, however, were necessary.  + We took our chances on everything that there was +any prospect of the canoe living through—­ +rapids that under ordinary circumstances we should +never have trusted--for the grip of the cold weather +was tightening with each October day.  The small +lakes away from the river, where the water was still, +must even now have been frozen, but the river current +was so big and strong that it had as yet warded off +the frost shackles.  When the real winter came, +however, it would be upon us in a night, and then +even this mighty torrent must submit to its power.</p> + +<p align="justify">At one point the valley suddenly widened +and the hills receded, and here the river broke up +into many small streams—­no less than five—­ +but some four or five miles farther on these various +channels came together again, and then the growing +hills closed in until they pinched the river banks +more closely than ever.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the morning of October sixth we +swung around a big bend in the river, ran a short +but precipitous rapid and suddenly came upon another +large river flowing in from the west.  This stream +came through a sandy valley, and below the junction +of the rivers the sand banks rose on the east side +a hundred feet or so above the water.  The increase +here in the size of the stream was marked—­it +was wide and deep.  A terrific gale was blowing +and caught us directly in our faces as we turned the +bend and lost the cover of the lee share above the +curve, and paddling ahead was impossible.  The +waves were so strong, in fact, that we barely escaped +swamping before we effected a landing.</p> + +<p align="justify">We here found ourselves in an exceedingly +unpleasant position.  We were only fitted with +summer clothing, which was now insufficient protection.  + There was not enough loose wood to make an open fire +to keep us warm for more than an hour or so, and we +could not go on to look for a better camping place.  + In a notch between the sand ridges we found a small +cluster of trees, between two of which our tent was +stretched, but it was mighty uncomfortable with no +means of warming.  “If we only had our stovepipe +now we’d be able to break enough small stuff +to keep the stove going,” said Easton.  +With nothing else to do we climbed a knoll to look +at the river below, and there on the knoll what should +we find but several lengths of nearly worn-out but +still serviceable pipe that some Indian had abandoned.  + “It’s like Robinson Crusoe,” said +Easton.  “Just as soon as we need something +that we can’t get on very well without we find +it.  A special Providence is surely caring for +us.”  We appropriated that pipe, all right, +and it did not take us long to get a fire in the stove, +which we had clung to, useless as it had seemed to +be.</p> + +<p align="justify">A mass of ripe cranberries, so thick +that we crushed them with every step, grew on the +hills, and we picked our pailful and stewed them, +using crystallose (a small phial of which I had in +my dunnage bag) as sweetening.  A pound of pemmican +a day with a bit of tallow is sustaining, but not +filling, and left us with a constant, gnawing hunger.  + These berries were a godsend, and sour as they were +we filled up on them and for once gratified our appetites.  + We had a great desire, too, for something sweet, +and always pounced upon the stray raisins in the pemmican.  + When either of us found one in his ration it was +divided between us.  Our great longing was for +bread and molasses, just as it had been with Hubbard +and me when we were short of food, and we were constantly +talking of the feasts we would have of these delicacies +when we reached the Post—­wheat bread and +common black molasses.</p> + +<p align="justify">The George River all the way down +to this point had been in past years a veritable slaughter +house.  There were great piles of caribou antlers +(the barren-ground caribou or reindeer), sometimes +as many as two or three hundred pairs in a single +pile, where the Indians had speared the animals in +the river, and everywhere along the banks were scattered +dry bones.  Abandoned camps, and some of them +large ones and not very old, were distributed at frequent +intervals, though we saw no more of the Indians themselves +until we reached Ungava Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">Wolves were numerous.  We saw +their tracks in the sand and fresh signs of them were +common.  They always abound where there are caribou, +which form their main living.  Ptarmigans in the +early morning clucked on the river banks like chickens +in a barnyard, and we saw some very large flocks of +them.  Geese and black ducks, making their way +to the southward, were met with daily.  But we +had no arms or ammunition with which to kill them.  + I saw some fox signs, but there were very few or +no rabbit signs, strange to say, until we were a full +hundred miles farther down the river.</p> + +<p align="justify">This camp, where we found the stovepipe, +we soon discovered was nearly at the head of Indian +House Lake, so called by a Hudson’s Bay Company +factor-John McLean-because of the numbers of Indians +that he found living on its shores.  McLean, +about seventy years earlier, had ascended the river +in the interests of his company, for the purpose of +establishing interior posts.  The most inland +Post that he erected was at the lower end of this +lake, which is fifty-five miles in length.  He +also built a Post on a large lake which he describes +in his published journal as lying to the west of Indian +House Lake.  The exact location of this latter +lake is not now known, but I am inclined to think +it is one which the Indians say is the source of Whale +River, a stream of considerable size emptying into +Ungava Bay one hundred and twenty miles to the westward +of the mouth of the George River.  These two +rivers are doubtless much nearer together, however, +farther inland, where Whale River has its rise.  + The difficulty experienced by McLean in getting supplies +to these two Posts rendered them unprofitable, and +after experimenting with them for three years they +were abandoned.  The agents in charge were each +spring on the verge of starvation before the opening +of the waters brought fish and food or they were relieved +by the brigades from Ungava.  They had to depend +almost wholly upon their hunters for provisions.  + It was not attempted in those days to carry in flour, +pork and other food stuffs now considered by the traders +necessaries.  And almost the only goods handled +by them in the Indian trade were axes, knives, guns, +ammunition and beads.</p> + +<p align="justify">Indian House Lake now, as then, is +a general rendezvous for the Indians during the summer +months, when they congregate there to fish and to +hunt reindeer.  In the autumn they scatter to +the better trapping grounds, where fur bearing animals +are found in greater abun-dance.  We were too +late in the season to meet these Indians, though we +saw many of their camping places.</p> + +<p align="justify">A snowstorm began on October seventh, +but the wind had so far abated that we were able to +resume our journey.  It was a bleak and dismal +day.  Save for now and then a small grove of spruce +trees in some sheltered nook, and these at long intervals, +the country was destitute and barren of growth.  + Below our camp, upon entering the lake, there was +a wide, flat stretch of sand wash from the river, and +below this from the lake shore on either side, great +barren, grim hills rose in solemn majesty, across +whose rocky face the wind swept the snow in fitful +gusts and squalls.  Off on a mountain side a wolf +disturbed the white silence with his dismal cry, and +farther on a big black fellow came to the water’s +edge, and with the snow blowing wildly about him held +his head in the air and howled a challenge at us as +we passed close by.  Perhaps he yearned for companionship +and welcomed the sight of living things.  For +my part, grim and uncanny as he looked, I was glad +to see him.  He was something to vary the monotony +of the great solemn silence of our world.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm increased, and early in +the day the snow began to fall so heavily that we +could not see our way, and forced us to turn into a +bay where we found a small cluster of trees amongst +big bowlders, and pitched our tent in their shelter.  + The snow had drifted in and filled the space between +the rocks, and on this we piled armfuls of scraggy +boughs and made a fairly level and wholly comfortable +bed; but it was a long, tedious job digging with our +hands and feet into the snow for bits of wood for +our stove.  The conditions were growing harder +and harder with every day, and our experience here +was a common one with us for the most of the remainder +of the way down the river from this point.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day we reached the lower end of +the lake I summed up briefly its characteristics in +my field book as follows: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Indian House Lake has a varying +width of from a quarter mile to three miles.  + It is apparently not deep.  Both shores are followed +by ridges of the most barren, rocky hills imaginable, +some of them rising to a height of eight to nine hundred +feet and sloping down sharply to the shores, which +are strewn with large loose bowlders or are precipitous +bed rock.  An occasional sand knoll occurs, and +upon nearly every one of these is an abandoned Indian +camp.  The timber growth—­none at all +or very scanty spruce and tamarack.  Length of +lake (approximated) fifty-five miles.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I had hoped to locate the site of +McLean’s old Post buildings, more than three +score years ago destroyed by the Indians, doubtless +for firewood, but the snow had bidden what few traces +of them time had not destroyed, and they were passed +unnoticed.  The storm which raged all the time +we were here made progress slow, and it was not until +the morning of the tenth that we reached the end of +the lake, where the river, vastly increased in volume, +poured out through a rapid.</p> + +<p align="justify">Below Indian House Lake there were +only a few short stretches of slack water to relieve +the pretty continuous rapids.  The river wound +in and out, in and out, rushing on its tumultuous +way amongst ever higher mountains.  There was +no time to examine the rapids before we shot them.  + We had to take our chances, and as we swung around +every curve we half expected to find before us a cataract +that would hurl us to destruction.  The banks +were often sheer from the water’s edge, and +made landing difficult or even impossible.  In +one place for a dis-tance of many miles the river +had worn its way through the mountains, leaving high, +perpendicular walls of solid rock on either side, +forming a sort of canyon.  In other places high +bowlders, piled by some giant force, formed fifty-foot +high walls, which we had to scale each night to make +our camp.  In the morning some peak in the blue +distance would be noted as a landmark.  In a couple +of hours we would rush past it and mark another one, +which, too, would soon be left behind.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rapids continued the characteristic +of the river and were terrific.  Often it would +seem that no canoe could ride the high, white waves, +or that we could not avoid the swirl of mighty cross-current +eddies, which would have swallowed up our canoe like +a chip had we got into them.  There were rapids +whose roar could be distinctly heard for five or six +miles.  These we approached with the greatest +care, and portaged around the worst places.  The +water was so clear that often we found ourselves dodging +rocks, which, when we passed them, were ten or twelve +feet below the surface.  It was here that a peculiar +optical illusion occurred.  The water appeared +to be running down an incline of about twenty degrees.  + At the place where this was noticed, however, the +current was not exceptionally swift.  We were +in a section now where the Indians never go, owing +to the character of the river—­a section +that is wholly untraveled and unhunted.</p> + +<p align="justify">After leaving Indian House Lake, as +we descended from the plateau, the weather grew milder.  + There were chilly winds and bleak rains, but the +snow, though remaining on the mountains, disappeared +gradually from the valley, and this was a blessing +to us, for it enabled us to make camp with a little +less labor, and the bits of wood were left uncovered, +to be gathered with more ease.  Every hour of +light we needed, for with each dawn and twilight the +days were becoming noticeably shorter.  The sun +now rose in the southeast, crossed a small segment +of the sky, and almost before we were aware of it set +in the southwest.</p> + +<p align="justify">The wilderness gripped us closer and +closer as the days went by.  Remembrances of the +outside world were becoming like dreamland fancies—­something +hazy, indefinite and unreal.  We could hardly +bring ourselves to believe that we had really met +the Indians.  It seemed to us that all our lives +we had been going on and on through rushing water, +or with packs over rocky portages, and the Post we +were aiming to reach appeared no nearer to us than +it did the day we left Northwest River—­long, +long ago.  We seldom spoke.  Sometimes in +a whole day not a dozen words would be exchanged.  + If we did talk at all it was at night over soothing +pipes, after the bit of pemmican we allowed ourselves +was disposed of, and was usually of something to eat—­planning +feasts of darn goods, bread and molasses when we should +reach a place where these luxuries were to be had.  + It was much like the way children plan what wonderful +things they will do, and what unbounded good things +they will indulge in, when they attain that high pinnacle +of their ambition—­“grown-ups.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After our upset in the rapid Easton +eschewed water entirely, except for drinking purposes.  + He had had enough of it, he said.  I did bathe +my hands and face occasionally, particularly in the +morning, to rouse me from the torpor of the always +heavy sleep of night.  What savages men will +revert into when they are buried for a long period +in the wilderness and shake off the trammels and customs +of the conventionalism of civilization!  It does +not take long to make an Indian out of a white man +so far as habits and customs of living go.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our routine of daily life was always +the same.  Long before daylight I would arise, +kindle a fire, put over it our tea water, and then +get Easton out of his blankets.  At daylight +we would start.  At midday we had tea, and at +twilight made the best camp we could.</p> + +<p align="justify">The hills were assuming a different +aspect—­less conical in form and not so +high.  The bowlders on the river banks were superseded +by massive bed-rock granite.  The coves and hollows +were better wooded and there were some stretches of +slack water.  On October fifteenth we portaged +around a series of low falls, below which was a small +lake expansion with a river flowing into it from the +east.  Here we found the first evidence of human +life that we had seen in a long while—­a +wide portage trail that had been cut through now burned +and dead trees on the eastern side of the river.  + It was fully six feet in width and had been used +for the passage of larger boats than canoes.  +The moss was still unrenewed where the tramp of many +moccasins had worn it off.  This was the trail +made by John McLean’s brigades nearly three-quarters +of a century before, for in their journeys to Indian +House Lake they had used rowboats and not canoes for +the transportation of supplies.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day we passed over this portage +was a most miserable one.  We were soaked from +morning till night with mingled snow and rain, and +numb with the cold, but when we made our night camp, +below the junction of the rivers, one or two ax cuttings +were found, and I knew that now our troubles were +nearly at an end and we were not far from men.  + The next afternoon (Monday, October sixteenth) we +stopped two or three miles below a rapid to boil our +kettle, and before our tea was made the canoe was +high and dry on the rocks.  We had reached tide +water at last!  How we hurried through that luncheon, +and with what light hearts we launched the canoe again, +and how we peered into every bay for the Post buildings +that we knew were now close at hand can be imagined.  + These bays were being left wide stretches of mud and +rocks by the receding water, which has a tide fall +here of nearly forty feet.  At last, as we rounded +a rocky point, we saw the Post.  The group of +little white buildings nestling deep in a cove, a feathery +curl of smoke rising peacefully from the agent’s +house, an Eskimo <i>tupek</i> (tent), boats standing +high on the mud flat below, and the howl of a husky +dog in the distance, formed a picture of comfort that +I shall long remember.</p> + +<a name="post"></a> +<a href="images/postth.jpg"> +<img alt="At Last...We Saw the Post" src="images/postth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<a NAME="chapter_15"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XV</h1> + +<p><b>OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The tide had left the bay drained, +on the farther side and well toward the bottom of +which the Post stands, and between us and the buildings +was a lake of soft mud.  There seemed no approach +for the canoe, and rather than sit idly until the +incoming tide covered the mud again so that we could +paddle in, we carried our belongings high up the side +of the hill, safely out of reach of the water when +it should rise, and then started to pick our way around +the face of the clifflike hill, with the intention +of skirting the bay and reaching the Post at once +from the upper side.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was much like walking on the side +of a wall, and to add to our discomfiture night began +to fall before we were half way around, for it was +slow work.  Once I descended cautiously to the +mud, thinking that I might be able to walk across +it, but a deep channel filled with running water intercepted +me, and I had to return to Easton, who had remained +above.  We finally realized that we could not +get around the hill before dark and the footing was +too uncertain to attempt to retrace our steps to the +canoe in the fading light, as a false move would have +hurled us down a hundred feet into the mud and rocks +below.  Fortunately a niche in the hillside offered +a safe resting place, and we drew together here all +the brush within reach, to be burned later as a signal +to the Post folk that some one was on the hill, hoping +that when the tide rose it would bring them in, a boat +to rescue us from our unpleasant position.  When +the brush was arranged for firing at an opportune +time we sat down in the thickening darkness to watch +the lights which were now flickering cozily in the +windows of the Post house.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, this <i>is</i> hard luck,” +said Easton.  “There’s good bread +and molasses almost within hailing distance and we’ve +likely got to sit out here on the rocks all night +without wood enough to keep fire, and it’s going +to rain pretty soon and we can’t even get back +to our pemmican and tent.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Don’t give up yet, boy,” +I encouraged.  “Maybe they’ll see +our fire when we start it and take us off.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We filled our pipes and struck matches +to light them.  They were wax taper matches and +made a good blaze.  “Wonder what it’ll +be like to eat civilized grub again and sleep in a +bed,” said Easton meditatively, as he puffed +uncomfortably at his pipe.</p> + +<p align="justify">While he was speaking the glow of +a lantern appeared from the Post house, which we could +locate by its lamp-lit windows, and moved down toward +the place where we had seen the boats on the mud.  + The sight of it made us hope that we had been noticed, +and we jumped up and combined our efforts in shouting +until we were hoarse.  Then we ignited the pile +of brush.  It blazed up splendidly, shooting its +flames high in the air, sending its sparks far, and +lighting weirdly the strange scene.  We stood +before it that our forms might appear in relief against +the light reflected by the rocky background, waving +our arms and renewing our shouts.  Once or twice +I fancied I heard an answering hail from the other +side, like a far-off echo; but the wind was against +us and I was not sure.  The lantern light was +now in a boat moving out toward the main river.  + Even though it were coming to us this was necessary, +as the tide could not be high enough yet to permit +its coming directly across to where we were.  +We watched its course anxiously.  Finally it +seemed to be heading toward us, but we were not certain.  + Then it disappeared altogether and there was nothing +but blackness and silence where it had been.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Some one that’s been +waiting for the tide to turn and he’s just going +down the river, where he likely lives,” remarked +Easton as we sat down again and relit our pipes.  + “I began to taste bread and molasses when I +saw that light,” he continued, after a few minutes’ +pause.  “It’s just our luck.  + We’re in for a night of it, all right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We sat smoking silently, resigned +to our fate, when all at once there stepped out of +the surrounding darkness into the radius of light cast +by our now dying fire, an old Eskimo with an unlighted +lantern in his hands, and a young fellow of fifteen +or sixteen years of age.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Oksutingyae,” * said +the Eskimo, and then proceeded to light his lantern, +paying no further attention to us.  “How +do you do?” said the boy.</p> + +<p align="justify">* [Dual form meaning “You two +be strong,” used by the Eskimos as a greeting.  + The singular of the same is Oksunae, and the plural +(more than two) Oksusi]</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo could understand no English, +but the boy, a grandson of Johm Ford, the Post agent, +told us that the Eskimo had seen us strike the matches +to light our pipes and reported the matter at once +at the house.  There was not a match at the Post +nor within a hundred miles of it, so far as they knew, +so Mr. Ford concluded that some strangers were stranded +on the hill—­possibly Eskimos in distress—­and +he gave them a lantern and started them over in a +boat to investigate.  Their lantern had blown +out on the way—­that was when we missed the +light.</p> + +<p align="justify">With the lantern to guide us we descended +the slippery rocks to their boat and in ten minutes +landed on the mud flat opposite, where we were met +by Ford and a group of curious Eskimos.  We were +immediately con-ducted to the agent’s residence, +where Mrs. Ford received us in the hospitable manner +of the North, and in a little while spread before us +a delicious supper of fresh trout, white bread such +as we had not seen since leaving Tom Blake’s, +mossberry jam and tea.  It was an event in our +life to sit down again to a table covered with white +linen and eat real bread.  We ate until we were +ashamed of ourselves, but not until we were satisfied +(for we had emerged from the bush with unholy appetites) +and barely stopped eating in time to save our reputations +from utter ruin.  And now our hosts told us—­and +it shows how really generous and open-hearted they +were to say nothing about it until we were through +eating—­that the <i>Pelican</i>, the Hudson’s +Bay Company’s steamer, had not arrived on her +annual visit, that it was so late in the season all +hope of her coming had some time since been relinquished, +and the Post provisions were reduced to forty pounds +of flour, a bit of sugar, a barrel or so of corn meal, +some salt pork and salt beef, and small quantities +of other food stuffs, and there were a great many +dependents with hungry mouths to feed.  Molasses, +butter and other things were entirely gone.  +The storehouses were empty.</p> + +<p align="justify">This condition of affairs made it +incumbent upon me, I believed, in spite of a cordial +invitation from Ford to stay and share with them what +they had, to move on at once and endeavor to reach +Fort Chimo ahead of the ice.  Fort Chimo is the +chief establishment of the fur trading companies on +Ungava Bay, and is the farthest off and most isolated +station in northern Labrador.  This journey would +be too hazardous to undertake in the month of October +in a canoe—­the rough, open sea of Ungava +Bay demanded a larger craft—­and although +Ford told me it was foolhardy to attempt it so late +in the season with any craft at all, I requested him +to do his utmost the following day to engage for us +Eskimos and a small boat and we would make the attempt +to get there.  It has been my experience that +frontier traders are wont to overestimate the dangers +in trips of this kind, and I was inclined to the belief +that this was the case with Ford.  In due time +I learned my mistake.</p> + +<p align="justify">Ford had no tobacco but the soggy +black chewing plug dispensed to Eskimos, and we shared +with him our remaining plugs and for two hours sat +in the cozy Post house kitchen smoking and chatting.  + Over a year had passed since his last communication +with the outside world, for no vessel other than the +<i>Pelican</i> when she makes her annual call with +supplies ever comes here, and we therefore had some +things of interest to tell him.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our host I soon discovered to be a +man of intelligence.  He was sixty-six years +of age, a native of the east coast of Labrador, with +a tinge of Eskimo blood in his veins, and as familiar +with the Eskimo language as with English.  For +twenty years, he informed me, with the exception of +one or two brief intervals, he had been buried at George +River Post, and was longing for the time when he could +leave it and enjoy the comforts of civilization.</p> + +<p align="justify">After our chat we were shown to our +room, where the almost forgotten luxuries of feather +beds and pillows, and the great, warm, fluffy woolen +blankets of the Hudson’s Bay Company—­such +blankets as are found nowhere else in the world—­awaited +us.  To undress and crawl between them and lie +there, warm and snug and dry, while we listened to +the rain, which had begun beating furiously against +the window and on the roof, and the wind howling around +the house, seemed to me at first the pinnacle of comfort; +but this sense of luxury soon passed off and I found +myself longing for the tent and spruce-bough couch +on the ground, where there was more air to breathe +and a greater freedom.  I could not sleep.  + The bed was too warm and the four walls of the room +seemed pressing in on me.  After four months in +the open it takes some time for one to accustom one’s +self to a bed again.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day at high tide, with the +aid of a boat and two Eskimos, we recovered our things +from the rocks where we had cached them.</p> + +<p align="justify">There were no Eskimos at the Post +competent or willing to attempt the open-boat journey +to Fort Chimo.  Those that were here all agreed +that the ice would come before we could get through +and that it was too dangerous an undertaking.  + Therefore, galling as the delay was to me, there +was nothing for us to do but settle down and wait for +the time to come when we could go with dog teams overland.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Thursday afternoon, three days +after our arrival at the Post, we saw the Eskimos +running toward the wharf and shouting as though something +of unusual importance were taking place and, upon joining +the crowd, found them greeting three strange Eskimos +who had just arrived in a boat.  The real cause +of the excitement we soon learned was the arrival +of the <i>Pelican</i>.  The strange Eskimos were +the pilots that brought her from Fort Chimo.  + All was confusion and rejoicing at once.  Ford +manned a boat and invited us to join him in a visit +to the ship, which lay at anchor four miles below, +and we were soon off.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we boarded the Pelican, which, +by the way, is an old British cruiser, we were received +by Mr. Peter McKenzie, from Montreal, who has superintendence +of eastern posts, and Captain Lovegrow, who commanded +the vessel.  They told us that they had called +at Rigolet on their way north and there heard of the +arrival of Richards, Pete and Stanton at Northwest +River.  This relieved my mind as to their safety.</p> + +<p align="justify">We spent a very pleasant hour over +a cigar, and heard the happenings in the outside world +since our departure from it, the most important of +which was the close of the Russian-Japanese war.  + We also learned that the cause of delay in the ship’s +coming was an accident on the rocks near Cartwright, +making it necessary for them to run to St. Johns for +repairs; and also that only the fact of the distressful +condition of the Post, unprovisioned as they knew it +must be, had induced them to take the hazard of running +in and chancing imprison-ment for the winter in the +ice.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. McKenzie extended me a most cordial +invitation to return with them to Rigolet, but the +Eskimo pilots had brought news of large herds of reindeer +that the Indians had reported as heading eastward toward +the Koksoak, the river on which Fort Chimo is situated, +and I determined to make an effort to see these deer.  + This determination was coupled with a desire to travel +across the northern peninsula and around the coast +in winter and learn more of the people and their life +than could be observed at the Post; and I therefore +declined Mr. McKenzie’s invitation.</p> + +<p align="justify">Captain James Blanford, from St. Johns, +was on board, acting as ship’s pilot for the +east coast, and he kindly offered to carry out for +me such letters and telegrams as I might desire to +send and personally attend to their transmission.  + I gladly availed myself of this offer, as it gave +us an opportunity to relieve the anxiety of our friends +at home as to our safety.  Captain Blanford had +been with the auxiliary supply ship of the Peary Arctic +expedition during the summer and told us of having +left Commander Peary at eighty degrees north latitude +in August.  The expedition, he told us, would +probably winter as high as eighty-three degrees north, +and he was highly enthusiastic over the good prospects +of Peary’s success in at least reaching “Farthest +North.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo pilots of the <i>Pelican</i> +were more venturesome than their friends at George +River.  They had a small boat belonging to the +Hudson’s Bay Company, and in it were going to +attempt to reach Fort Chimo.  Against his advice +I had Ford arrange with them to permit Easton and +me to accompany them.  It was a most fortunate +circumstance, I thought, that this opportunity was +opened to us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Accordingly the letters for Captain +Blanford were written, sufficient provisions, consisting +of corn meal, flour, hard-tack, pork, and tea to last +Easton and me ten days, were packed, and our luggage +was taken on board the <i>Pelican</i> on Saturday +afternoon, where we were to spend the night as Mr. +McKenzie’s and Captain Lovegrow’s guests.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. McKenzie, before going to Montreal, +had lived nearly a quarter of a century as Factor +at Fort Chimo, and, thoroughly familiar with the conditions +of the country and the season, joined Ford in advising +us strongly against our undertaking, owing to the +unusual hazard attached to it, and the probability +of getting caught in the ice and wrecked.  But +we were used to hardship, and believed that if the +Eskimos were willing to attempt the journey we could +get through with them some way, and I saw no reason +why I should change my plans.</p> + +<p align="justify">Low-hanging clouds, flying snowflakes +and a rising northeast wind threatened a heavy storm +on Sunday morning, October twenty-second, when the +<i>Pelican</i> weighed anchor at ten o’clock, +with us on board and the small boat, the <i>Explorer</i>, +that was to carry us westward in tow, and steamed +down the George River, at whose mouth, twenty miles +below, we were to leave her, to meet new and unexpected +dangers and hardships.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the Post the river is a mile and +a half in width.  About eight miles farther down +its banks close in and “the Narrows” occur, +and then it widens again.  There is very little +growth of any kind below the Narrows.  The rocks +are polished smooth and bare as they rise from the +water’s edge, and it is as desolate and barren +a land as one’s imagination could picture, but +withal possesses a rugged grand beauty in its grim +austerity that is impressive.</p> + +<p align="justify">About three or four miles above the +open bay the <i>Pelican’s</i> engines ceased +to throb and the <i>Explorer</i> was hauled alongside.  + Everything but the provisions for the Eskimo crew +was already aboard.  We said a hurried adieu +and, watching our chances as the boat rose and fell +on the swell, dropped one by one into the little craft.  + A bag of ship’s biscuit, the provisions of +our Eskimos, was thrown after us.  Most of them +went into the sea and were lost, and we needed them +sadly later.  I thought we should swamp as each +sea hit us before we could get away, and when we were +finally off the boat was half full of water.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos hoisted a sail and turned +to the west bank of the river, for it was too rough +outside to risk ourselves there in the little <i>Explorer</i>.  + The pulse of the big ship began to beat and slowly +she steamed out into the open and left us to the mercies +of the unfeeling rocks of Ungava.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_16"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XVI</h1> + +<p><b>CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">We ran to shelter in a small cove +and under the lee of a ledge pitched our tent, using +poles that the Eskimos had thoughtfully provided, and +anchoring the tent down with bowlders.</p> + +<p align="justify">When I say the rocks here are scoured +bare, I mean it literally.  There was not a stick +of wood growing as big as your finger.  On the +lower George, below the Narrows, and for long distances +on the Ungava coast there is absolutely not a tree +of any kind to be seen.  The only exception is +in one or two bays or near the mouth of streams, where +a stunted spruce growth is sometimes found in small +patches.  There are places where you may skirt +the coast of Ungava Bay for a hundred miles and not +see a shrub worthy the name of tree, even in the bays.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Koksoak (Big) River, on which +Fort Chimo is situated, is the largest river flowing +into Ungava Bay.  The George is the second in +size, and Whale River ranks third.  Between the +George River and Whale River there are four smaller +ones—­Tunulik (Back) River, Kuglotook (Overflow) +River, Tuktotuk (Reindeer) River and Mukalik (Muddy) +River; and between Whale River and the Koksoak the +False River.  I crossed all of these streams +and saw some of them for several miles above the mouth.  + The Koksoak, Mukalik and Whale Rivers are regularly +traversed by the Indians, but the others are too swift +and rocky for canoes.  There are several streams +to the westward of the Koksoak, notably Leaf River, +and a very large one that the Eskimos told me of, emptying +into Hope’s Advance Bay, but these I did not +see and my knowledge of them is limited to hearsay.</p> + +<p align="justify">The hills in the vicinity of George +River are generally high, but to the westward they +are much lower and less picturesque.</p> + +<p align="justify">After our camp was pitched we had +an opportunity for the first time to make the acquaintance +of our companions.  The chief was a man of about +forty years of age, Potokomik by name, which, translated, +means a hole cut in the edge of a skin for the purpose +of stretching it.  The next in importance was +Kumuk.  Kumuk means louse, and it fitted the man’s +nature well.  The youngest was Iksialook (Big +Yolk of an Egg).  Potokomik had been rechristened +by a Hudson’s Bay Company agent “Kenneth,” +and Kumuk, in like manner, had had the name of “George” +bestowed upon him, but Iksialook bad been overlooked +or neglected in this respect, and his brain was not +taxed with trying to remember a Christian cognomen +that none of his people would ever call or know him +by.</p> + +<p align="justify">Potokomik was really a remarkable +man and proved most faithful to us.  It is, in +fact, to his faithfulness and control over the others, +particularly Kumuk, that Easton and I owe our lives, +as will appear later.  He was at one time conjurer +of the Kangerlualuksoakmiut, or George River Eskimos, +and is still their leader, but during a visit to the +Atlantic coast, some three or four years ago, he came +under the influence of a missionary, embraced Christianity, +and abandoned the heathen conjuring swindle by which +he was, up to that time, making a good living.  + Now he lives a life about as clean and free from the +heathenism and superstitions of his race as any Eskimo +can who adopts a new religion.  The missionary +whom I have mentioned led Potokomik’s mother +to accept Christ and renounce Torngak when she was +on her deathbed, and before she died she confessed +to many sins, amongst them that of having aided in +the killing and eating, when driven to the act by +starvation, of her own mother.</p> + +<p align="justify">After our tent was pitched and the +Eskimos had spread the <i>Explorer’s</i> sail +as a shelter for themselves, Kumuk and Iksialook left +us to look for driftwood and, in half an hour, returned +with a few small sticks that they had found on the +shore.  These sticks were exceedingly scarce +and, of course, very precious and with the greatest +economy in the use of the wood, a fire was made and +the kettle boiled for tea.</p> + +<p align="justify">At first the Eskimos were always doing +unexpected things and springing surprises upon us, +but soon we became more or less accustomed to their +ways.  Not one of them could talk or understand +English and my Eskimo vocabulary was limited to the +one word “Oksu-nae,” and we therefore +had considerable difficulty in making each other understand, +and the pantomime and various methods of communication +resorted to were often very funny to see.  Potokomik +and I started in at once to learn what we could of +each other’s language, and it is wonderful how +much can be accomplished in the ac-quirement of a +vocabulary in a short time and how few words are really +necessary to convey ideas.  I would point at the +tent and say, “Tent,” and he would say, +“Tupek”; or at my sheath knife and say, +“Knife,” and he would say, “Chevik,” +and thus each learned the other’s word for nearly +everything about us and such words as “good,” +“bad,” “wind” and so on; and +in a few days we were able to make each other understand +in a general way, with our mixed English and Eskimo.</p> + +<p align="justify">The northeast wind and low-hanging +clouds of the morning carried into execution their +threat, and all Sunday afternoon and all day Monday +the snowstorm raged with fury.  I took pity on +the Eskimos and on Sunday night invited all of them +to sleep in our tent, but only Potokomik came, and +on Monday morning, when I went out at break of day, +I found the other two sleeping under a snowdrift, for +the lean-to made of the boat sail had not protected +them much.  After that they accepted my invitation +and joined us in the tent.</p> + +<p align="justify">It did not clear until Tuesday morning, +and then we hoisted sail and started forward out of +the river and into the broad, treacherous waters of +Hudson Straits, working with the oars to keep warm +and accelerate progress, for the wind was against +us at first until we turned out of the river, and +we had long tacks to make.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the Post, as was stated, there +is a rise and fall of tide of forty feet.  In +Ungava Bay and the straits it has a record of sixty-two +feet rise at flood, with the spring or high tides, +and this makes navigation precarious where hidden +reefs and rocks are everywhere; and there are long +stretches of coast with no friendly bay or harbor or +lee shore where one can run for cover when unheralded +gales and sudden squalls catch one in the open.  + The Atlantic coast of Labrador is dangerous indeed, +but there Nature has providentially distributed innumerable +safe harbor retreats, and the tide is insignificant +compared with that of Ungava Bay.  “Nature +exhausted her supply of harbors,” some one has +said, “before she rounded Cape Chidley, or she +forgot Ungava entirely; and she just bunched the tide +in here, too.”</p> + +<p align="justify">That Tuesday night sloping rocks and +ominous reefs made it impossible for us to effect +a landing, and in a shallow place we dropped anchor.  +Fortunately there was no wind, for we were in an exposed +position, and had there been we should have come to +grief.  A bit of hardtack with nothing to drink +sufficed for supper, and after eating we curled up +as best we could in the bottom of the boat.  +No watch was kept.  Every one lay down.  + Easton and I rolled in our blankets, huddled close +to each other, pulled the tent over us and were soon +dreaming of sunnier lands where flowers bloom and +the ice trust gets its prices.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our awakening was rude.  Some +time in the night I dreamed that my neck was broken +and that I lay in a pool of icy water powerless to +move.  When I finally roused myself I found the +boat tilted at an angle of forty-five degrees and +my head at the lower incline.  All the water in +the boat had drained to that side and my shoulders +and neck were immersed.  The tide was out and +we were stranded on the rocks.  It was bright +moonlight.  Kumuk and Iksialook got up and with +the kettle disappeared over the rocks.  The rising +tide was almost on us when they returned with a kettle +full of hot tea.  Then as soon as the water was +high enough to float the boat we were off by moonlight, +fastening now and again on reefs, and several times +narrowly escaped disaster.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was very cold.  Easton and +I were still clad in the bush-ravaged clothing that +we had worn during the summer, and it was far too light +to keep out the bitter Arctic winds that were now blowing, +and at night our only protection was our light summer +camping blankets.  When we reached the Post at +George River not a thing in the way of clothing or +blankets was in stock and the new stores were not unpacked +when we left, so we were not able to re-outfit there.</p> + +<p align="justify">Wednesday night we succeeded in finding +shelter, but all day Thursday were held prisoners +by a northerly gale.  On Friday we made a new +start, but early in the afternoon were driven to shelter +on an island, where with some difficulty we effected +a landing at low tide, and carried our goods a half +mile inland over the slippery rocks above the reach +of rising water.  The Eskimos remained with the +boat and worked it in foot by foot with the tide while +Easton and I pitched the tent and hunted up and down +on the rocks for bits of driftwood until we had collected +sufficient to last us with economy for a day or two.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night the real winter came.  + The light ice that we had encountered heretofore +and the snow which attained a considerable depth in +the recent storms were only the harbingers of the true +winter that comes in this northland with a single +blast of the bitter wind from the ice fields of the +Arctic.  It comes in a night—­almost +in an hour—­as it did to us now.  Every +pool of water on the island was congealed into a solid +mass.  A gale of terrific fury nearly carried +our tent away, and only the big bowlders to which it +was anchored saved it.  Once we had to shift +it farther back upon the rock fields, out of reach +of an exceptionally high tide.  For three days +the wind raged, and in those three days the great +blocks of northern pack ice were swept down upon us, +and we knew that the <i>Explorer</i> could serve us +no longer.  There was no alternative now but to +cross the barrens to Whale River on foot.  With +deep snow and no snowshoes it was not a pleasant prospect.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our hard-tack was gone, and I baked +into cakes all of our little stock of flour and corn +meal.  This, with a small piece of pork, six pounds +of pemmican, tea and a bit of tobacco was all that +we had left in the way of provisions.  The Eskimos +had eaten everything that they had brought, and it +now devolved upon us to feed them also from our meager +store, which at the start only provided for Easton +and me for ten days, as that had been considered more +than ample time for the journey.  I limited the +rations at each meal to a half of one of my cakes +for each man.  Potokomik agreed with me that this +was a wise and necessary restriction and protected +me in it.  Kumuk thought differently, and he +was seen to filch once or twice, but a close watch +was kept upon him.</p> + +<p align="justify">With infinite labor we hauled the +<i>Explorer</i> above the high-tide level, out of +reach of the ice that would soon pile in a massive +barricade of huge blocks upon the shore, that she might +be safe until recovered the following spring.  + Then we packed in the boat’s prow our tent +and all paraphernalia that was not absolutely necessary +for the sustenance of life, made each man a pack of +his blankets, food and necessaries, and began our +perilous foot march toward Whale River.  I clung +to all the records of the expedition, my camera, photographic +films and things of that sort, though Potokomik advised +their abandonment.</p> + +<p align="justify">At low tide, when the rocks were left +nearly uncovered, we forded from the island to the +mainland.  It was dark when we reached it, and +for three hours after dark, bending under our packs, +walking in Indian file, we pushed on in silence through +the knee-deep snow upon which the moon, half hidden +by flying clouds, cast a weird ghostlike light.  +Finally the Eskimos stopped in a gully by a little +patch of spruce brush four or five feet high, and +while Iksialook foraged for handfuls of brush that +was dry enough to burn, Potokomik and Kumuk cut snow +blocks, which they built into a circular wall about +three feet high, as a wind-break in which to sleep, +and Easton and I broke some green brush to throw upon +the snow in this circular wind-break for a bed.  +While we did this Iksialook filled the kettle with +bits of ice and melted it over his brush fire and +made tea.  There was only brush enough to melt +ice for one cup of tea each, which with our bit of +cake made our supper. .  We huddled close and +slept pretty well that night on the snow with nothing +but flying frost between us and heaven.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were having our breakfast the next +morning a white arctic fox came within ten yards of +our fire to look us over as though wondering what +kind of animals we were.  Easton and I were unarmed, +but the Eskimos each carried a 45-90 Winchester rifle.  + Potokomik reached for his and shot the fox, and in +a few minutes its disjointed carcass was in our pan +with a bit of pork, and we made a substantial breakfast +on the half-cooked flesh.</p> + +<p align="justify">That was a weary day.  We came +upon a large creek in the forenoon and had to ascend +its east bank for a long distance to cross it, as the +tide had broken the ice below.  Some distance +up the stream its valley was wooded by just enough +scattered spruce trees to hold the snow, and wallowing +and floundering through this was most exhausting.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the day Kumuk proposed to the +other Eskimos that they take all the food and leave +the white men to their fate.  They had rifles +while we had none, and we could not resist.  +Potokomik would not hear of it.  He remained our +friend.  Kumuk did not like the small ration that +I dealt out, and if they could get the food out of +our possession they would have more for themselves.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night a snow house was built, +with the exception of rounding the dome at the top, +over which Potokomik spread his blanket; but it was +a poor shelter, and not much warmer than the open.  + When I lay down I was dripping with perspiration +from the exertion of the day and during the night +had a severe chill.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day a storm threatened.  + We crossed another stream and halted, at twelve o’clock, +upon the western side of it to make tea.  The +Eskimos held a consultation here and then Potokomik +told us that they were afraid of heavy snow and that +it was thought best to cache everything that we had—­blankets, +food and everything—­and with nothing to +encumber us hurry on to a tupek that we should reach +by dark, and that there we should find shelter and +food.  Accordingly everything was left behind +but the rifles, which the Eskimos clung to, and we +started on at a terrific pace over wind-swept hills +and drift-covered valleys, where all that could be +seen was a white waste of unvarying snow.  We +had been a little distance inland, but now worked +our way down toward the coast.  Once we crossed +an inlet where we had to climb over great blocks of +ice that the tide in its force had piled there.</p> + +<p align="justify">Just at dusk the Eskimos halted.  + We had reached the place where the tupek should have +been, but none was there.  Afterward I learned +that the people whom Potokomik expected to find here +had been caught on their way from Whale River by the +ice and their boat was crushed.</p> + +<p align="justify">Another consultation was held, and +as a result we started on again.  After a two +hours’ march Potokomik halted and the others +left us.  Easton and I threw ourselves at full +length upon the snow and went to sleep on the instant.  + A rifle shot aroused us, and Potokomik jumped to +his feet with the exclamation, “Igloo!” + We followed him toward where Kumuk was shouting, +through a bit of bush, down a bank, across a frozen +brook and up a slope, where we found a miserable little +log shack.  No one was there.  It was a +filthy place and snow had drifted in through the openings +in the roof and side.  The previous occupant +of the hut had left behind him an ax and an old stove, +and with a few sticks of wood that we found a fire +was started and we huddled close to it in a vain effort +to get warm.  When the fire died out we found +places to lie down, and, shivering with the cold, tried +with poor success to sleep.</p> + +<a name="shack"></a> +<a href="images/shackth.jpg"> +<img alt="A Miserable Little Log Shack" src="images/shackth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">I had another chill that night and +severe cramps in the calves of my legs, and when morning +came and Easton said he could not travel another twenty +yards, I agreed at once to a plan of the Eskimos to +leave us there while they went on to look for other +Eskimos whom they expected to find in winter quarters +east of Whale River.  Potokomik promised to send +them with dogs to our rescue and then go on with a +letter to Job Edmunds, the Hudson’s Bay Company’s +agent at Whale River.  This letter to Edmunds +I scribbled on a stray bit of paper I found in my +pocket, and in it told him of our position, and lack +of food and clothing.</p> + +<p align="justify">Potokomik left his rifle and some +cartridges with us, and then with the promise that +help should find us ere we had slept three times, we +shook hands with our dusky friend upon whose honor +and faithfulness our lives now depended, and the three +were gone in the face of a blinding snowstorm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Shortly after the Eskimos left us +we heard some ptarmigans clucking outside, and Easton +knocked three of them over with Potokomik’s rifle.  +There were four, but one got away.  It can be +imagined what work the .45 bullet made of them.  + After separating the flesh as far as possible from +the feathers, we boiled it in a tin can we had found +amongst the rubbish in the hut, and ate everything +but the bills and toe-nails—­bones, entrails +and all.  This, it will be remembered, was the +first food that we had had since noon of the day before.  + We had no tea and our only comfort-providing asset +was one small piece of plug tobacco.</p> + +<p align="justify">Fortunately wood was not hard to get, +but still not sufficiently plentiful for us to have +more than a light fire in the stove, which we hugged +pretty closely.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm grew in fury.  It shrieked +around our illy built shack, drifting the snow in +through the holes and crevices until we could not +find a place to sit or lie that was free from it.  + On the night of the third day the weather cleared +and settled, cold and rasping.  I took the rifle +and looked about for game, but the snow was now so +deep that walking far in it was out of the question.  + I did not see the track or sign of any living thing +save a single whisky-jack, but even he was shy and +kept well out of range.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had nothing to eat—­not +a mouthful of anything—­and only water to +drink; even our tobacco was soon gone.  Day after +day we sat, sometimes in silence, for hours at a time, +sometimes calculating upon the probabilities of the +Eskimos having perished in the storm, for they were +wholly without protection.  I had faith in Potokomik +and his resourcefulness, and was hopeful they would +get out safely.  If there had been timber in +the country where night shelter could be made, we +might have started for Whale River without further +delay.  But in the wide waste barrens, illy clothed, +with deep snow to wallow through, it seemed to me +absolutely certain that such an attempt would end in +exhaustion and death, so we restrained our impatience +and waited.  On scraps of paper we played tit-tat-toe; +we improvised a checkerboard and played checkers.  + These pastimes broke the monotony of waiting somewhat.  + No matter what we talked about, our conversation always +drifted to something to eat.  We planned sumptuous +banquets we were to have at that uncertain period +“when we get home,” discussing in the +minutest detail each dish.  Once or twice Easton +roused me in the night to ask whether after all some +other roast or soup had not better be selected than +the one we had decided upon, or to suggest a change +in vegetables.</p> + +<p align="justify">We slept five times instead of thrice +and still no succor came.  The days were short, +the nights interminably long.  I knew we could +live for twelve or fifteen days easily on water.  + I had recovered entirely from the chills and cramps +and we were both feeling well but, of course, rather +weak.  We had lost no flesh to speak of.  + The extreme hunger had passed away after a couple +of days.  It is only when starving people have +a little to eat that the hunger period lasts longer +than that.  Novelists write a lot of nonsense +about the pangs of hunger and the extreme suffering +that accompanies starvation.  It is all poppycock.  + Any healthy person, with a normal appetite, after +missing two or three meals is as hungry as he ever +gets.  After awhile there is a sense of weakness +that grows on one, and this increases with the days.  + Then there comes a desire for a great deal of sleep, +a sort of lassitude that is not unpleasant, and this +desire becomes more pronounced as the weakness grows.  + The end is always in sleep.  There is no keeping +awake until the hour of death.</p> + +<p align="justify">While, as I have said, the real sense +of hunger passes away quickly there remains the instinct +to eat.  That is the working of the first law +of nature—­self-preservation.  It prompts +one to eat anything that one can chew or swallow, +and it is what makes men eat refuse the thought of +which would sicken them at other times.  Of course, +Easton and I were like everybody else under similar +conditions.  Easton said one day that he would +like to have something to chew on.  In the refuse +on the floor I found a piece of deerskin about ten +inches square.  I singed the hair off of it and +divided it equally between us and then we each roasted +our share and ate it.  That was the evening after +we had “slept” five times.</p> + +<p align="justify">After disposing of our bit of deerskin +we huddled down on the floor with our heads pillowed +upon sticks of wood, as was our custom, for a sixth +night, after discussing again the probable fate of +the Eskimos.  While I did not admit to Easton +that I entertained any doubt as to our ultimate rescue, +as the days passed and no relief came I felt grave +fears as to the safety of Potokomik and his companions.  + The severe storm that swept over the country after +their departure from the shack had no doubt materially +deepened the snow, and I questioned whether or not +this had made it impossible for them to travel without +snowshoes.  The wind during the second day of +the storm had been heavy, and it was my hope that +it had swept the barrens clear of the new snow, but +this was uncertain and doubtful.  Then, too, +I did not know the nature of Eskimos—­whether +they were wont to give up quickly in the face of unusual +privations and difficulties such as these men would +have to encounter.  They were in a barren country, +with no food, no blankets, no tent, no protection, +in fact, of any kind from the elements, and it was +doubtful whether they would find material for a fire +at night to keep them from freezing, and, even if +they did find wood, they had no ax with which to cut +it.  How far they would have to travel surrounded +by these conditions I had no idea.  Indians without +wood or food or a sheltering bush would soon give +up the fight and lie down to die.  If Potokomik +and his men had perished, I knew that Easton and I +could hope for no relief from the outside and that +our salvation would depend entirely upon our own resourcefulness.  + It seemed to me the time had come when some action +must be taken.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a long while after dark, I +do not know how long, and I still lay awake turning +these things over in my mind, when I heard a strange +sound.  Everything had been deathly quiet for +days, and I sat up.  In the great unbroken silence +of the wilderness a man’s fancy will make him +hear strange things.  I have answered the shouts +of men that my imagination made me hear.  But +this was not fancy, for I heard it again—­a +distinct shout!  I jumped to my feet and called +to Easton:  “They’ve come, boy!  + Get up, there’s some one coming!” Then +I hurried outside and, in the dim light on the white +stretch of snow, saw a black patch of men and dogs.  + Our rescuers had come.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_17"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XVII</h1> + +<p><b>TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The feeling of relief that came to +me when I heard the shout and saw the men and dogs +coming can be appreciated, and something of the satisfaction +I felt when I grasped the hands of the two Eskimos +that strode up on snowshoes can be understood.</p> + +<p align="justify">The older of the two was an active +little fellow who looked much like a Japanese.  + He introduced himself as Emuk (Water).  His companion, +who, we learned later, rejoiced in the name Amnatuhinuk +(Only a Woman), was quite a young fellow, big, fat +and goodnatured.</p> + +<p align="justify">Without any preliminaries Emuk pushed +right into the shack and, from a bag that he carried, +produced some tough dough cakes which he gave us to +eat, and each a plug of tobacco to smoke.  He +was all activity and command, working quickly himself +and directing Amnatuhinuk.  A candle from his +bag was lighted.  Amnatuhinuk was sent for a kettle +of water; wood was piled into the stove, and the kettle +put over to boil.  The stove proved too slow +for Emuk and he built a fire outside where tea could +be made more quickly, and when it was ready he insisted +upon our drinking several cups of it to stimulate +us.  Then he brought forth a pail containing +strong-smelling beans cooked in rancid seal oil, which +he heated.  This concoction he thought was good +strong food and just the thing for half-starved men, +and he set it before us with the air of one who has +done something especially nice.  We ate some of +it but were as temperate as Emuk with his urgings +would permit us to be, for I knew the penalty that +food exacts after a long fast.</p> + +<p align="justify">A comfortable bed of boughs and blankets +was spread for us, and we were made to lie down.  + Emuk, on more than one occasion, bad been in a similar +position to ours and others had come to his aid, and +he wanted to pay the debt he felt he owed to humanity.</p> + +<p align="justify">He told us that Potokomik and the +others, after suffering great hardships, had reached +his tupek near the Mukalik the day before, but I could +not understand his language well enough to draw from +him any of the details of their trip out.</p> + +<p align="justify">At midnight Emuk made tea again and +roused us up to partake of it and eat more dough cakes +and beans with seal oil.  I feared the consequences, +but I could not refuse him, for he did not understand +why we should not want to eat a great deal.  The +result was that with happiness and stomach ache I +could not sleep, and before morning was going out +to vomit.  Even at the danger of seeming not to +appreciate Emuk’s hospitality, I was constrained +to decline to eat any breakfast.</p> + +<p align="justify">Emuk noticed a hole in the bottom +of one of my seal-skin boots.  He promptly pulled +off his own and made me put them on.  He had another +though poorer pair for himself.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a delight to be moving again.  + We were on the trail before dawn, Emuk with his snowshoes +tramping the road ahead of the dogs and Amnatuhinuk +driving the team.  The temperature must have been +at least ten degrees below zero.  The weather +was bitterly cold for men so thinly clad as Easton +and I were, and the snow was so deep that we could +not exercise by running, for we had no snowshoes, and +while we wallowed through the deep snow the dogs would +have left us behind, so we could do nothing but sit +on the komatik (sledge) and shiver.</p> + +<p align="justify">At noon we stopped at the foot of +a hill before ascending it, and the men threw up a +wind-break of snow blocks, back of which they built +a fire and put over the teakettle.  Easton and +I had just squatted close to the fire to warm our +benumbed hands when the husky dogs put their noses +in the air and gave out the long weird howl of welcome +or defiance that announces the approach of other dogs, +and almost immediately a loaded team with two men +came over the hill and down the slope at a gallop +toward us.  It proved to be Job Edmunds, the half-breed +Hudson’s Bay Company officer from Whale River, +and his Eskimo servant, coming to our aid.</p> + +<p align="justify">Edmunds was greatly relieved to find +us safe.  He knew exactly what to do.  From +his komatik box he produced a bottle of port wine and +made us each take a small dose of it which he poured +into a tin cup.  He put a big, warm reindeer-skin +koolutuk [the outer garment of deerskin worn by the +Eskimos] on each of us and pulled the hoods over our +heads.  He had warm footwear—­in fact, +everything that was necessary for our comfort.  + Then he cut two ample slices of wheat bread from a +big loaf, and toasted and buttered them for us.  + He was very kind and considerate.  Edmunds has +saved many lives in his day.  Every winter he +is called upon to go to the rescue of Eskimos who have +been caught in the barrens without food, as we were.  + He had saved Emuk from starvation on one or two occasions.</p> + +<p align="justify">After a half-hour’s delay we +were off again, I on the komatik with Edmunds, and +Easton with Emuk.  We passed the snow house where +Edmunds and his man had spent the previous night.  + They would have come on in the dark, but they knew +Emuk was ahead and would reach us anyway.</p> + +<p align="justify">Edmunds had a splendid team of dogs, +wonderfully trained.  The big, wolfish creatures +loved him and they feared him.  He almost never +had to use the long walrus-hide whip.  They obeyed +him on the instant without hesitation—­“Ooisht,” +and they pulled in the harness as one; “Aw,” +and they stopped.  There was a power in his voice +that governed them like magic.  The wind had +packed the snow hard enough on the barrens beyond +the Tuktotuk—­and the country there was all +barren—­to bear up the komatik; the dogs +were in prime condition and traveled at a fast trot +or a gallop, and we made good time.  Once Emuk +stopped to take a white fox out of a trap.  He +killed it by pressing his knee on its breast and stifling +its heart beats.</p> + +<p align="justify">Big cakes of ice were piled in high +barricades along the rivers where we crossed them, +and at these places we had to let the komatik down +with care on one side and help the dogs haul it up +with much labor on the other; and on the level, through +the rough ice hummocks or amongst the rocks, the drivers +were kept busy steering to prevent collisions with +the obstructions, while the dogs rushed madly ahead, +and we, on the komatik, clung on for dear life and +watched our legs that they might not get crushed.  + Once or twice we turned over, but the drivers never +lost their hold of the komatik or control of the dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was dark when we reached Emuk’s +skin tupek and were welcomed by a group of Eskimos, +men, women and children.  Iksialook was of the +number, and he was so worn and haggard that I scarcely +recognized him.  He had seen hardship since our +parting.  The people were very dirty and very +hospitable.  They took us into the tupek at once, +which was extremely filthy and made insufferably hot +by a sheet-iron tent stove.  The women wore sealskin +trousers and in the long hoods of their <i>adikeys</i>, +or upper garments, carried babies whose bright little +dusky-hued faces peeped timidly out at us over the +mothers’ shoulders.  A ptarmigan was boiled +and divided between Easton and me, and with that and +bread and butter from Edmunds’s box and hot tea +we made a splendid supper.  After a smoke all +around, for the women smoke as well as the men, polar +bear and reindeer skins were spread upon spruce boughs, +blankets were given us for covering, and we lay down.  + Eleven of us crowded into the tupek and slept there +that night.  How all the Eskimos found room I +do not know.  I was crowded so tightly between +one of the fat women on one side and Easton on the +other that I could not turn over; but I slept as I +had seldom ever slept before.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next forenoon we crossed the Mukalik +River and soon after reached Whale River, big and +broad, with blocks of ice surging up and down upon +the bosom of the restless tide.  The Post is about +ten miles from its mouth.  We turned northward +along its east bank and, in a little while, came to +some scattered spruce woods, which Edmunds told me +were just below his home.  Then at a creek, above +which stood the miniature log cabin and small log +storehouse comprising the Post buildings, I got off +and climbed up through rough ice barricades.</p> + +<p align="justify">Never in my life have I had such a +welcome as I received here.  Mrs. Edmunds came +out to meet me.  She told me that they had been +watching for us at the Post all the morning and how +glad they were that we were safe, and that we had +come to see them, and that we must stay a good long +time and rest.  For two-score years they had lived +in that desolate place and never before had a traveler +come to visit them.  In all that time the only +white people they had ever met were the three or four +connected with the Post at Fort Chimo, for the ship +never calls at Whale River on her rounds.  Edmunds +brings the provisions over from Fort Chimo in a little +schooner.  There are five in the family—­Edmunds +and his wife, their daughter (a young woman of twenty) +and her husband, Sam Ford (a son of John Ford at George +River), and Mary’s baby.</p> + +<p align="justify">A good wash and clean clothing followed +by a sumptuous dinner of venison put us on our feet +again.  I suffered little as a result of the +fasting period, but Easton had three or four days of +pretty severe colic.  This is the usual result +of feast after famine, and was to be expected.</p> + +<p align="justify">And now I learned the details of Potokomik’s +journey out.  When the three Eskimos left us +in the shack they started at once in search of Emuk’s +tupek.  The storm that raged for two days swept +pitilessly across their path, but they never halted, +pushing through the deep-ening snow in single file, +taking turns at going ahead and breaking the way, +until night, and then they stopped.  They had +no ax and could have no fire, so they built themselves +a snow igloo as best they could without the proper +implements and it protected them against the drifting +snow and piercing wind while they slept.  On the +second day they shot, with their rifles, seven ptarmigans.  + These they plucked and ate raw.  They saw no +more game, and finally became so weak and exhausted +they could carry their rifles no farther and left them +on the trail.  Each night they built a snow house.  + With increasing weakness their progress was very +slow; still they kept going, staggering on and on +through the snow.  It was only their lifelong +habit of facing great odds and enduring great hardships +that kept them up.  Men less inured to cold and +privation would surely have succumbed.  They +were making their final fight when at last they stumbled +into Emuk’s tupek.  Kumuk sat down and cried +like a child.  It was two weeks before any of +them was able to do any physical work.  They looked +like shadows of their former selves when I saw them +at Whale River.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was after dark Sunday night when +my letter to Edmunds reached the Post.  Earlier +in the evening Edmunds and his man had crossed the +river, which is here over half a mile in width, and +pitched their camp on the opposite shore, preparatory +to starting up the river the next morning on a deer +hunt, herds having been reported to the northward by +Eskimos.  Mrs. Edmunds read the letter, and she +and Mary were at once all excitement.  They lighted +a lantern and signaled to the camp on the other side +and fired guns until they had a reply.  Then, +for fear that Edmunds might not understand the urgency +of his immediate returns they kept firing at intervals +all night, stopping only to pack the komatik box with +the clothing and food that Edmunds was to bring to +us.  Neither of the women slept.  With the +thought of men starving out in the snow they could +not rest.  The floating ice in the river and +the swift tide made it impossible for a boat to cross +in the darkness, but with daylight Edmunds returned, +harnessed his dogs, and was off to meet us as has +been described.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had left George River on October +twenty-second, and it was the eighth of November when +we reached Whale River, and in this interval the caribou +herds that the Indians had reported west of the Koksoak +had passed to the east of Whale River and turned to +the northward.  Fifty miles inland the Indian +and Eskimo hunters had met them.  The killing +was over and they told us hundreds of the animals lay +dead in the snow above.  So many had been butchered +that all the dogs and men in Ungava would be well +supplied with meat during the winter, and numbers +of the carcasses would feed the packs of timber wolves +that infested the country or rot in the next summer’s +sun.  Sam Ford had gone inland but was too late +for the big hunt and only killed four or five deer.  + The wolves were so thick, he told us, that he could +not sleep at night in his camp with the noise of their +howling.  One Eskimo brought in two wolf skins +that were so large when they were stretched a man +could almost have crawled into either of them.  + I saw wolf tracks myself within a quarter mile of +the Post, for the animals were so bold they ventured +almost to the door.</p> + +<p align="justify">Edmunds is a famous hunter.  +During the previous winter, besides attending to his +post duties, he killed nearly half a hundred caribou +to supply his Post and Fort Chimo with man and dog +food, and in the same season his traps yielded him +two hundred fox pelts—­mostly white ones—­his +personal catch.  This was not an unusual year’s +work for him.  Mary inherits her father’s +hunting instincts.  In the morning she would +put her baby in the hood of her adikey, shoulder her +gun, don her snowshoes, and go to “tend” +her traps.  One day she did not take her gun, +and when she had made her rounds of the traps and +started homeward discovered that she was being followed +by a big gray timber wolf.  When she stopped, +the wolf stopped; when she went on, it followed, stealing +gradually closer and closer to her, almost imperceptibly, +but still gaining upon her.  She wanted to run, +but she realized that if she did the wolf would know +at once that she was afraid and would attack and kill +her and her baby; so without hastening her pace, and +only looking back now and again to note the wolf’s +gain, she reached the door of the house and entered +with the animal not ten paces away.  Now she +always carries a gun and feels no fear, for she can +shoot.</p> + +<p align="justify">I took advantage of the delay at Whale +River to partially outfit for the winter.  Edmunds +and his family rendered us valuable assistance and +advice, securing for us, from the Eskimos, sealskin +boots, and from the Indians who came to the Post while +we were there, deer skins for trousers, koolutuks +and sleeping bags, Mrs. Edmunds and Mary themselves +making our moccasins, mittens and duffel socks.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos were all away at their +hunting grounds and it was not possible to secure +a dog team to carry us on to Fort Chimo.  Therefore, +when Edmunds announced one day that he must send Sam +Ford and the Eskimo servant over with the Post team +for a load of provisions, I availed myself of the +opportunity to accompany them, and on the twenty-eighth +of November we said good-by to the friends who had +been so kind to us and again faced toward the westward.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning was clear, crisp and bracing; +the temperature was twenty degrees below zero.  + We ascended the river some seven or eight miles before +we found a safe crossing, as the tide had kept the +ice broken in the center of the channel below, and +piled it like hills along the banks.</p> + +<p align="justify">I noted that the Whale River valley +was much better wooded than any country we had seen +for a long time—­since we had left the head +waters of the George River, in fact—­and +the Indians say it is so to its source.  The +trees are small black spruce and larch, but a fairly +thick growth.  This “bush,” however, +is evidently quite restricted in width, for after +crossing the river we were almost immediately out of +it, and the same interminable, barren, rocky, treeless +country that we had seen to the eastward extended +westward to the Koksoak.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night was spent in a snow igloo.  + The next day we crossed the False River, a wide stream +at its mouth, but a little way up not over two hundred +yards wide.  At twelve o’clock a halt was +made at an Eskimo tupek for dinner.</p> + +<p align="justify">The people were, as these northern +people always are, most hospitable, giving us the +best they had—­fresh venison and tea.  + After but an hour’s delay we were away again, +and at three o’clock, with the dogs on a gallop, +rounded the hill above Fort Chimo and pulled into the +Post, the farthest limit of white man’s habitation +in all Labrador.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were welcomed by Mr. Duncan Mathewson, +the Chief Trader, who has charge of the Ungava District +for the Hudson’s Bay Company, and Dr. Alexander +Milne, Assistant Commissioner of the Company, from +Winnipeg, who had arrived on the <i>Pelican</i> and +was on a tour of inspection of the Labrador Coast +Posts.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Chief Trader’s residence +is a small building, and Mr. Mathewson was unable +to entertain us in the house, but he gave orders at +once to have a commodious room in one of the dozen +or so other buildings of the Post fitted up for us +with beds, stove and such simple furnishings as were +necessary to establish us in housekeeping and make +us comfortable during our stay with him.  Here +we were to remain until the Indian and Eskimo hunters +came for their Christmas and New Year’s trading, +at which time, I was advised, I should probably be +able to engage Eskimo drivers and dogs to carry us +eastward to the Atlantic coast.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_18"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XVIII</h1> + +<p><b>THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Fort Chmio is situated upon the east +bank of the Koksoak River and about twenty-five miles +from its mouth, where the river is nearly a mile and +a half wide.  There are two trading posts here; +one, that of the Hudson’s Bay Company, consisting +of a dozen or so buildings, which include dwelling +and storehouses and native cabins; the other that of +Revellion Brothers, the great fur house of Paris, colloquially +referred to as “the French Company,” which +stands just above and ad-joining the station of the +Hudson’s Bay Company.  This latter Post +was erected in the year 1903, and has nearly as many +buildings as the older establishment.  We used +to refer to them respectively as “London” +and “Paris.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The history of Fort Chimo extends +back to the year 1811, when Kmoch and Kohlmeister, +two of the Moravian Brethren of the Okak Mission on +the Atlantic coast, in the course of their efforts +for the conversion of the Eskimos to Christianity +cruised into Ungava Bay, discovered the George River, +which they named in honor of King George the Third, +and then proceeded to the Koksoak, which they ascended +to the point of the present settlement.  The +natives received them well.  They erected a beacon +on a hill, tarried but a few days and then turned back +to Okak.  Upon their return they gave glowing +accounts of their reception by the natives and the +great possibilities for profitable trade, but they +did not deem it advisable themselves to extend their +labors to that field.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the course of time this report +drifted to England and to the ears of the officials +of the Hudson’s Bay Company, who were attracted +by it, and in 1827 Dr. Mendry, an officer of the Company +at Moose Factory, with a party of white men and Indian +guides crossed the peninsula from Richmond Gulf, through +Clearwater Lake to the head waters of the Larch River, +a tributary of the Koksoak, thence descended the Larch +and Koksoak to the place where the Moravians had erected +the beacon, and on a low terrace, just across the river +from the beacon, established the original Fort Chimo.  + The difficulties of navigation and the consequent +uncertainty and expense of keeping the Post supplied +with provisions and articles of trade were such, however, +that after a brief trial Ungava was abandoned.</p> + +<p align="justify">The opportunities for lucrative trade +here were not forgotten by the Company, and in the +year 1837 Factor John McLean was detailed to re-establish +Fort Chimo.  This he did, and a year later built +the first Post at George River.  During the succeeding +winter he crossed the interior with dogs to Northwest +River.  Upon their return journey McLean and +his party ate their dogs and barely escaped perishing +from starvation; one of his Indians, who was sent +ahead, reaching Fort Chimo and bringing succor when +McLean and the others, through extreme weakness, were +unable to proceed farther.  In the following summer +McLean built the fort on Indian House Lake, and the +other one that has been mentioned, on a large lake +to the westward—­Lake Eraldson he called +it—­presumably the source of Whale River.  + Later he succeeded in crossing to Northwest River +by canoe, ascending the George River and descending +the Atlantic slope of the plateau by way of the Grand +River.  His object was to establish a regular +line of communication between Fort Chimo and Northwest +River, with interior posts along the route.  +The natural obstacles which the country presented finally +forced the abandonment of this plan as impracticable, +and the two interior posts were closed after a brief +trial.  This was before the days of steam navigation, +and with sailing vessels it was only possible to reach +these isolated northern stations in Ungava Bay with +supplies once every two years.  Even these infrequent +visits were so fraught with danger and uncertainty +that finally, in 1855, Fort Chimo and George River +were again abandoned as unprofitable.  In 1866, +however, the building of the Company’s steamship +Labrador made yearly visits possible, and in that +year another attack was made upon the Ungava district +and Fort Chimo was rebuilt, George River Post re-established, +and a little later the small station at Whale River +was erected.  With the improved facilities for +transportation the trade with Indians and Eskimos, +and the salmon and white whale fisheries carried on +by the Posts, now proved most profitable, and the Company +has since and is still reaping the reward of its persistence.</p> + +<p align="justify">Dr. Milne, as has been stated, was +not a permanent resident of the Post.  Regularly +stationed here, besides Mathewson, there is a young +clerk, a cooper, a carpenter, and a handy man, all +Scotchmen, and a comparatively new arrival, Rev. Samuel +M. Stewart, a missionary of the Church Mission Society +of England.  Of Mr. Stewart, who did much to +relieve the monotony of our several weeks’ sojourn +at Fort Chimo, and his remarkable self-sacrifice and +work, I shall have something to say later.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day after our arrival we took +occasion to pay our respects to Monsieur D. Thévenet, +the officer in charge of the “French Post.”  +Our reception was most cordial.  M. Thévenet +is a gentleman by birth.  He was at one time +an officer in the French cavalry, but his love of +adventure and active temperament rebelled against the +inactivity of garrison duty and he resigned his commission +in the army, came to Canada, and joined the Northwest +mounted police in the hope of obtaining a detail in +the Klondike.  In this he was disappointed, and +the outbreak of the South African war offering a new +field of adventure he quit the police, enlisted in +the Canadian Mounted Rifles, and served in the field +throughout the war.  After his return to Canada +and discharge from the army, he took service with Revellion +Brothers.</p> + +<p align="justify">M. Thévenet invited us to dine +with him that very evening, and we were not slow to +accept his hospitality.  His bright conversation, +pleasing personality and unstinted hospitality offered +a delightful evening and we were not disappointed.  + This and many other pleasant evenings spent in his +society during our stay at Fort Chimo were some of +the most enjoyable of our trip.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here an agreeable surprise awaited +me.  When we sat down to dinner Thévenet +called in his new half-breed French-Indian interpreter, +and who should he prove to be but Belfleur, one of +the dog drivers who in April, 1904, accompanied me +from Northwest River to Rigolet, when I began that +anxious journey over the ice with Hubbard’s body.  + He was apparently as well pleased at the meeting +as I. Belfleur and a half-breed Scotch-Eskimo named +Saunders are employed as Indian and Eskimo interpreters +at the French Post, and are the only ones of M. Thévenet’s +people with whom he can converse.  Belfleur speaks +French and broken English, and Saunders English, besides +their native languages.</p> + +<p align="justify">None of the people of Ungava, with +the exception of two or three, speaks any but his +mother tongue, and they have no ambition, apparently, +to extend their linguistic acquirements.  It is, +indeed, a lonely life for the trader, who but once +a year, when his ship arrives, has any communication +with the great world which he has left behind him.  + No white woman is here with her softening influence, +no physician or surgeon to treat the sick and injured, +and never until the advent of Mr. Stewart any permanent +missionary.</p> + +<p align="justify">The natives that remain at Fort Chimo +all the year are three or four families of Eskimos, +a few old or crippled Indians, and some half-breed +Indians and Eskimos, who do chores around the Posts +and lead an uncertain existence.  The half-breed +Indian children are taken care of at the “Indian +house,” a log structure presided over by the +“Queen” of Ungava, a very corpulent old +Nascaupee woman, who lives by the labor of others +and draws tribute from trading Indians who make the +Indian house their rendezvous when they visit the +Post.  She is and always has been very kind, +and a sort of mother, to the little waifs that nearly +every trader or white servant has left behind him, +when the Company’s orders transferred him to +some other Post and he abandoned his temporary wife +forever.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Indians of the Ungava district +are chiefly Nascaupees, with occasionally a few Crees +from the West.  “Nenenot” they call +themselves, which means perfect, true men.  “Nascaupee” +means false or untrue men and is a word of opprobrium +applied to them by the Mountaineers in the early days, +because of their failure to keep a compact to join +forces with the latter at the time of the wars for +supremacy between the Indians and Eskimos.  Nascaupee +is the name by which they are known now, outside of +their own lodges, and the one which we shall use in +referring to them.  In like manner I have chosen +to use the English Mountaineer, rather than the French +<i>Montagnais</i>, in speaking of the southern Indians.  + North of the Straits of Belle Isle the French word +is never heard, and if you were to refer to these +Indians as “Montagnais” to the Labrador +natives it is doubtful whether you would be understood.</p> + +<p align="justify">Both Mountaineers and Nascaupees are +of Cree origin, and belong to the great Algonquin +family.  Their language is similar, with only +the variation of dialect that might be expected with +the different environments.  The Nascaupees have +one peculiarity of speech, however, which is decidedly +their own.  In conversation their voice is raised +to a high pitch, or assumes a whining, petulant tone.  + An outsider might believe them to be quarreling and +highly excited, when in fact they are on the best +of terms and discussing some ordinary subject in a +most matter of fact way.</p> + +<p align="justify">In personal appearance the Nascaupees +are taller and more angular than their southern brothers, +but the high cheek bones, the color and general features +are the same.  They are capable of enduring the +severest cold.  In summer cloth clothing obtained +in barter at the Posts is, worn, but in winter deerskin +garments are usual.  The coat has the hair inside, +and the outside of the finely dressed, chamoislike +skin is decorated with various designs in color, in +startling combinations of blue, red and yellow, painted +on with dyes obtained at the Post or manufactured +by themselves from fish roe and mineral products.  + When the garment has a hood it is sometimes the skin +of a wolf’s head, with the ears standing and +hair outside, giving the wearer a startling and ferocious +appearance.  Tight-fitting deerskin or red cloth +leggings decorated with beads, and deerskin moccasins +complete the costume.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some beadwork trimming is made by +the women, but they do little in the way of needlework +embroidery, and the results of their attempts in this +direction are very indifferent.  This applies +to the full-blood Nascaupees.  I have seen some +fairly good specimens of moccasin embroidery done +by the half-breed women at the Post, and by the Mountaineer +women in the South.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Nascaupees are not nearly so clean +nor so prosperous as the Mountaineers, and, coming +very little in contact with the whites, live now practically +as their forefathers lived for untold generations +before them—­just as they lived, in fact, +before the white men came.  They are perhaps the +most primitive Indians on the North American continent +to-day.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Mountaineers, on the other hand, +see much more, particularly during the summer months, +of the whites and half-breeds of the coast.  Most +of those who spend their summers on the St. Lawrence, +west of St. Augustine, have more or less white blood +in their veins through consorting with the traders +and settlers.  With but two or three exceptions +the Mountaineers of the Atlantic coast, Groswater Bay, +and at St. Augustine and the eastward, are pure, uncontaminated +Indians.</p> + +<p align="justify">The line of territorial division between +the Nascaupee and Mountaineer Indians’ hunting +grounds is pretty closely drawn.  The divide north +of Lake Michikamau is the southern and the George +River the eastern boun-dary of the Nascaupee territory, +and to the south and to the east of these boundaries, +lie the hunting grounds of the Mountaineers.</p> + +<p align="justify">These latter, south of the height +of land, as has been stated, are practically all under +the influence of the Roman Catholic Church, and are +most devout in the observance of their religious obligations.  +While it is true that their faith is leavened to some +extent by the superstitions that their ancestors have +handed down to them, yet even in the long months of +the winter hunting season they never forget the teachings +of their father confessor.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Nascaupees are heathens.  + About the year 1877 or 1878 Father Père Lacasse +crossed overland from Northwest River, apparently by +the Grand River route, to Fort Chimo, in an attempt +to carry the work of the mission into that field.  + The Nascaupees, however, did not take kindly to the +new religion, and unfortunately during the priest’s +stay among them, which was brief, the hunting was +bad.  This was attributed to the missionary’s +presence, and the sachems were kept busy for a time +dispelling the evil charm.  No one was converted.  + Let us hope that Mr. Stewart, who is there to stay, +and is an earnest, persistent worker, will reach the +savage confidence and conscience, though his opportunity +with the Indians is small, for these Nascaupees tarry +but a very brief time each year within his reach.  + With open water in the summer they come to the Fort +with the pelts of their winter catch.  These are +exchanged for arms, ammunition, knives, clothing, tea +and tobacco, chiefly.  Then, after a short rest +they disappear again into the fastnesses of the wilderness +above, to fish the interior lakes and hunt the forests, +and no more is seen of them until the following summer, +excepting only a few of the younger men who usually +emerge from the silent, snow-bound land during Christmas +week to barter skins for such necessaries as they +are in urgent need of, and to get drunk on a sort +of beer, a concoction of hops, molasses and unknown +ingredients, that the Post dwellers make and the “Queen” +dispenses during the holiday festivals.</p> + +<p align="justify">Reindeer, together with ptarmigans +(Arctic grouse) and fish, form their chief food supply, +with tea always when they can get it.  All of +these northern Indiana are passionately fond of tea, +and drink unbelievable quantities of it.  Little +flour is used.  The deer are erratic in their +movements and can never be depended upon with any +degree of certainty, and should the Indians fail in +their hunt they are placed face to face with starvation, +as was the case in the winter of 1892 and 1893, when +full half of the people perished from lack of food.</p> + +<p align="justify">Formerly the migrating herds pretty +regularly crossed the Koksoak very near and just above +the Post in their passage to the eastward in the early +autumn, but for several years now only small bands +have been seen here, the Indians meeting the deer +usually some forty or fifty miles farther up the river.  + When the animals swim the river they bunch close +together; Indian canoe men head them off and turn them +up-stream, others attacking the helpless animals +with spears.  An agent of the Hudson’s +Bay Company told me that he had seen nearly four hundred +animals slaughtered in this manner in a few hours.  + When bands of caribou are met in winter they are +driven into deep snow banks, and, unable to help themselves, +are speared at will.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of course when the killing is a large +one the flesh of all the animals cannot be preserved, +and frequently only the tongues are used.  Of +late years, however, owing to the growing scarcity +of reindeer, it is said the Indians have learned to +be a little less wasteful than for-merly, and to +restrict their kill more nearly to their needs, though +during the winter I was there hundreds were slaughtered +for tongues and sinew alone.  Large quantities +of the venison are dried and stored up against a season +of paucity.  Pemmican, which was formerly so +largely used by our western Indians, is occasionally +though not generally made by those of Labrador.  + When deer are killed some bone, usually a shoulder +blade, is hung in a tree as an offering to the Manitou, +that he may not interfere with future hunts, and drive +the animals away.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Indian religion is not one of +worship, but one of fear and superstition.  They +are constanly in dread of imaginary spirits that haunt +the wilderness and drive away the game or bring sickness +or other disaster upon them.  The conjurer is +employed to work his charms to keep off the evil ones.  + They evidently have some sort of indefinite belief +in a future existence, and hunting implements and +other offerings are left with the dead, who, where +the conditions will permit, are buried in the ground.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sometimes the very old people are +abandoned and left to die of starvation unattended.  + Be it said to the honor of the trading companies +that they do their utmost to prevent this when it is +possible, and offer the old and decrepit a haven at +the Post, where they are fed and cared for.</p> + +<p align="justify">The marriage relation is held very +lightly and continence and chastity are not in their +sight virtues.  A child born to an unmarried woman +is no impediment to her marriage.  If it is a +male child it is, in fact, an advantage.  Love +does not enter into the Indian’s marriage relationship.  + It is a mating for convenience.  Gifts are made +to the girl’s father or nearest male relative, +and she is turned over, whether she will or no, to +the would-be husband.  There is no ceremony.  + A hunter has as many wives as he is physically able +to control and take care of—­one, two or +even three.  Sometimes it happens that they combine +against him and he receives at their hands what is +doubtless well-merited chastisement.</p> + +<p align="justify">The men are the hunters, the women +the slaves.  No one finds fault with this, not +even the women, for it is an Indian custom immemorial +for the woman to do all the hard, physical work.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Mountaineer Indians that we met +on the George River, and one Indian who visited Fort +Chimo while we were there, are the only ones of the +Labrador that I have ever seen drive dogs.  This +Fort Chimo Indian, unlike the other hunters of his +people, has spent much time at the Post, and mingled +much with the white traders and the Eskimos, and, +for an Indian, entertains very progressive and broad +views.  He was, with the exception of a humpbacked +post attaché who had an Eskimo wife, the only +Indian I met that would not be insulted when one addressed +him in Eskimo, for the Indians and Eskimos carry on +no social intercourse and the Indians rather despise +the Eskimos.  The Indian referred to, however, +has learned something of the Eskimo language, and +also a little English—­English that you cannot +always understand, but must take for granted.  + He informed me, “Me three man—­Indian, +husky (Eskimo), white man.”  He was very +proud of his accomplishments.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Indian hauls his loads in winter +on toboggans, which he manufactures himself with his +ax and crooked knife—­the only woodworking +tools he possesses.  The crooked knives he makes, +too, from old files, shaping and tempering them.</p> + +<p align="justify">The snowshoe frames are made by the +men, the babiche is cut and netted by the women, who +display wonderful skill in this work.  The Mountaineers +make much finer netted snowshoes than the Nascaupees, +and have great pride in the really beautiful, light +snowshoes that they make.  No finer ones are +to be found anywhere than those made by the Groswater +Bay Mountaineers.  Three shapes are in vogue—­the +beaver tail, the egg tail and the long tail.  + The beaver-tail snowshoes are much more difficult +to make, and are seldom seen amongst the Nascaupees.  + With them the egg tail is the favorite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Ungava Indians never go to the +open bay in their canoes.  They have a superstition +that it will bring them bad luck, for there they say +the evil spirits dwell.  Of all the Indians that +visit Fort Chimo only two or three have ever ventured +to look upon the waters of Ungava Bay, and these had +their view from a hilltop at a safe distance.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is safe to say that there is not +a truthful Indian in Labrador.  In fact it is +considered an accomplishment to lie cheerfully and +well.  They are like the Crees of James Bay and +the westward in this respect, and will lie most plausibly +when it will serve their purpose better than truth, +and I verily believe these Indians sometimes lie for +the mere pleasure of it when it might be to their +advantage to tell the truth.</p> + +<p align="justify">One good and crowning characteristic +these children of the Ungava wilderness possess—­that +of honesty.  They will not steal.  You may +have absolute confidence in them in this respect.  + And I may say, too, that they are most hospitable +to the traveler, as our own experience with them exemplified.  + For their faults they must not be condemned.  +They live according to their lights, and their lights +are those of the untutored savage who has never heard +the gospel of Christianity and knows nothing of the +civilization of the great world outside.  Their +life is one of constant struggle for bare existence, +and it is truly wonderful how they survive at all +in the bleak wastes which they inhabit.</p> + +<p align="justify">NOTE.—­It must not be supposed +that all of the statements made in this chapter with +reference to the Indian, particularly the Nascaupees, +are the result of my personal observations.  +During our brief stay at Ungava, much of this information +was gleaned from the officers of the two trading companies, +and from natives.  In a number of instances they +were verified by myself, but I have taken the liberty, +when doubt or conflicting statements existed, of referring +to the works of Mr. A. P. Low of the Canadian Geological +Society and Mr. Lucien M. Turner of the Bureau of +Ethnology at Washington, to set myself right.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_19"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XIX</h1> + +<p><b>THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR</b></p> + +<a name="eskimo"></a> +<a href="images/eskimoth.jpg"> +<img alt="Eskimo Photo Collage" src="images/eskimoth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">During our stay in Ungava, and the +succeeding weeks while we traveled down the ice-bound +coast, we were brought into constant and intimate +contact with the Eskimos.  We saw them in almost +every phase of their winter life, eating and sleeping +with them in their tupeks and igloos, and meeting +them in their hunting camps and at the Fort, when they +came to barter and to enjoy the festivities of the +Christmas holiday week.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Cree Indians used to call these +people “Ashkimai,” which means “raw +meat eaters,” and it is from this appellation +that our word Eskimo is derived.  Here in Ungava +and on the coast of Hudson’s Bay, they are pretty +generally known as “Huskies,” a contraction +of “Huskimos,” the pronunciation given +to the word <i>Eskimos</i> by the English sailors +of the trading vessels, with their well-known penchant +for tacking on the “h” where it does not +belong, and leaving it off when it should be pronounced.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos call themselves “Innuit,” +[Singular, Innuk; dual, Innuek] which means people—­humans.  + The white visitor is a “Kablunak,” or +outlander, while a breed born in the country is a “Kablunangayok,” +or one partaking of the qualities of both the Innuk +and the Kablunak.  Those who live in the Koksoak +district are called “Koksoagmiut,” * and +those of the George River district are the “Kangerlualuksoagmiut.” +**</p> + +<p align="justify">The ethnologists, I believe, have +never agreed upon the origin of the Eskimo, some claiming +it is Mongolian, some otherwise.  In passing I +shall simply remark that in appearance they certainly +resemble the Mongolian race.  If some of the +men that I saw in the North were dressed like Japanese +or Chinese and placed side by side with them, the +one could not be told from the other so long as the +Eskimos kept their mouths closed.</p> + +<p align="justify">In our old school geographies we used +to see them pictured as stockily built little fellows.  + In real life they compare well in stature with the +white man of the temperate zone.  With a very +few exceptions the Eskimos of Ungava average over +five feet eight inches in height, with some six-footers.</p> + +<p align="justify">* <i>Kok</i>, river; <i>soak</i>, +big; <i>miut</i>, inhabitants; <i>Koksoagmiut</i>, +inhabitants of the big river.</p> + +<p align="justify">** Literally, inhabitants of the very +big bay.  The George River mouth widens into +a bay which is known as the Very Big Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">Their legs are shorter and their bodies +longer than the white man’s, and this probably +is one reason why they have such wonderful capacity +for physical endurance.  In this respect they +are the superior of the Indian.  With plenty +of food and a bush to lie under at night the Indian +will doubtless travel farther in a given time than +the Eskimo.  But turn them both loose with only +food enough for one meal a day for a month on the +bare rocks or ice fields of the Arctic North, and your +Indian will soon be dead, while your Eskimo will emerge +from the test practically none the worse for his experience, +for it is a usual experience with him and he has a +wonderful amount of dogged perseverance.  The +Eskimo knows better how to husband his food than the +Indian; and give him a snow bank and he can make himself +comfortable anywhere.  The most gluttonous Indian +would turn green with envy to see the quantities of +meat the Eskimo can stow away within his inner self +at a single sitting; but on the other hand he can +live, and work hard too, on a single scant meal a day, +just as his dogs do.</p> + +<p align="justify">The facial characteristics of the +Eskimo are wide cheek bones and round, full face, +with a flat, broad nose.  I used to look at these +flat, comfortable noses on very cold days and wish +that for winter travel I might be able to exchange +the longer face projection that my Scotch-Irish forbears +have handed down to me for one of them, for they are +not so easily frosted in a forty or fifty degrees below +zero temperature.  By the way, if you ever get +your nose frozen do not rub snow on it.  If you +do you will rub all the skin off, and have a pretty +sore member to nurse for some time afterward.  + Grasp it, instead, in your bare hand.  That +is the Eskimo’s way, and he knows.  My advice +is founded upon experience.</p> + +<p align="justify">They are not so dark-hued as the Indians—­in +fact, many of them are no darker than the average +white man under like conditions of exposure to wind +and storm and sun would be.  The hair is straight, +black, coarse and abundant.  The men usually +wear it hanging below their ears, cut straight around, +with a forehead bang reaching nearly to the eyebrows.  +The women wear it braided and looped up on the sides +of the head.</p> + +<p align="justify">What constitutes beauty is of course +largely a question of individual taste.  My own +judgment of the Eskimos is that they are very ugly, +although I have seen young women among them whom I +thought actually handsome.  This was when they +first arrived at the Post with dogs and komatik and +they were dressed in their native costume of deerskin +trousers and Koolutuk, their cheeks red and glowing +with the exercise of travel and the keen, frosty atmosphere.  + A half hour later I have seen the same women when +stringy, dirty skirts had replaced the neat-fitting +trousers, and Dr. Grenfell’s description of them +when thus clad invariably came to my mind:  “A +bedraggled kind of mop, soaked in oil and filth.”  + This tendency to ape civilization by wearing civilized +garments, is happily confined to their brief sojourns +at the Post.  When they are away at their camps +and igloos their own costume is almost exclusively +worn, and is the best possible costume for the climate +and the country.  The adikey, or koolutuk, of +the women, has a long flap or tail, reaching nearly +to the heels, and a sort of apron in front.  +The hood is so commodious in size that a baby can be +tucked away into it, and that is the way the small +children are carried.  The men wear cloth trousers +except in the very cold weather, when they don their +deer or seal skins.  Their adikey or koolutuk +reaches half way to their knees, and is cut square +around.  The hood of course, in their case, is +only large enough to cover the head.  It might +be of interest to explain that if this garment is +made of cloth it is an <i>adikey</i>; if of deerskin, +a <i>koolutuk</i>, and if made of sealskin, a <i>netsek</i>—­all +cut alike.  If they wear two cloth garments at +the same time, as is usually the case, the inner one +only is an adikey, the outer one a silapak.</p> + +<p align="justify">Their language is the same from Greenland +to Alaska.  Of course different localities have +different dialects, but this is the natural result +of a different environment.  Missionary Bohlman, +whom I met at Hebron, told me that before coming to +Labrador he was attached to a Greenland mission.  + When he came to his new field he found the language +so similar to that in Greenland that he had very little +difficulty in making himself understood.  When +Missionary Stecker a few years ago went from Labrador +to Alaska he was able to converse with the Alaskan +Eskimos.  It is held by some authorities that +Greenland was peopled by Labrador Eskimos who crossed +Hudson Strait to Baffin Land, and thence made their +way to Greenland, having originally crossed from Siberia +into Alaska, thence eastward, skirting Hudson Bay.  + This is entirely feasible.  I heard of one <i>umiak</i> +(skin boat) only a few years ago having crossed to +Cape Chidley from Baffin Land.  Even in Labrador +there are many different dialects.  The “Northerners,” +the people inhabiting the northwest arm of the peninsula, +have many words that the Koksoagmiut do not understand.  + The intonation of the Ungava Eskimos, particularly +the women, is like a plaint.  At Okak they sing +their words.  Each settlement on the Atlantic +coast has its own dialect.  It is a difficult +language to learn.  Words are compounded until +they reach a great and almost unpronounceable length.* +Naturally the coming of the trader has introduced many +new words, as tobaccomik, teamik, <i>etc</i>., “mik” +being the accusative ending.  The Eskimo in his +language cannot count beyond ten.  If he wishes +to express twelve, for instance, he will say, “as +many fingers as a man has and two more.”  + To express one hundred he would say, “five times +as many fingers and toes as a man has,” and so +on.  It is not a written language, but the Moravians +have adapted the English alphabet to it and are teaching +the Eskimos to read and write.  Mr. Stewart in +his work has adapted the Cree syllabic characters to +the Eskimo, and he is teaching the Ungava people to +write by this method, which is largely phonetic.  + Both the Moravians and Mr. Stewart are instructing +them in the mystery of counting in German.</p> + +<p align="justify"><i>The following will illustrate this; +it is part of a sentence quoted from a Moravian missionary +pamphlet:  “Taimailinganiarpok, illagget +Labradormiut namgminek akkilejungnalerkartinaget pijariakartamingnik +tamainik, sakkertitsijungnalerkartinagillo ajokertnijunik.”</i></p> + +<p align="justify">** The Eskimo numerals are as follows:  +1, attansek; 2, magguk; 3, pingasut; 4, sittamat; +5, tellimat; 6, pingasoyortut; 7, aggartut; 8, sittamauyortut; +9, sittamartut; 10, tellimauyortut.</p> + +<p align="justify">Cleanliness is not one of the Eskimos’ +virtues, and they are frequently infested with vermin, +which are wont to transfer their allegiance to visitors, +as we learned in due course, to our discomfiture.  + For many months of the year the only water they have +is obtained by melting snow or ice.  In sections +where there is no wood for fuel this must be done +over stone lamps in which seal oil is burned, and +it is so slow a process that the water thus procured +is held too precious to be wasted in cleansing body +or clothing.  One of the missionaries remarked +that “the children must be very clean little +creatures, for the parents never find it necessary +to wash them.”</p> + +<p align="justify">They treat the children with the greatest +kindness and consideration—­ not only their +own, but all children, generally.  I did not once +see an Eskimo punish a child, nor hear a harsh word +spoken to one, and they are the most obedient youngsters +in the world.  A missionary on the Atlantic coast +told me that once when he punished his child an Eskimo +standing near remarked:  “You don’t +love you child or you wouldn’t punish it.”  +And this is the sentiment they hold.</p> + +<p align="justify">Love is not essential to a happy marriage +among the Eskimos.  When a man wants a woman +he takes her.  In fact they believe that an unwilling +bride makes a good wife.  Potokomik’s wife +was most unwilling, and he took her, dragging her +by the tail of her adikey from her father’s +igloo across the river on the ice to his own, and +they have “lived happily ever after,” which +seems to prove the correctness of the Eskimo theory +as to unwilling brides.  Of course if Potokomik’s +wife had not liked him after a fair trial, she could +have left him, or if she had not come up to his expectations +he could have sent her back home and tried another.  + It is all quite simple, for there is no marriage +ceremony and resort to South Dakota courts for divorce +is unnecessary.  If a man wants two wives, why +he has them, if there are women enough.  That, +too, is a very agreeable arrangement, for when he +is away hunting the women keep each other company.  + Small families are the rule, and I did not hear of +a case where twins had ever been born to the Eskimos.</p> + +<p align="justify">Dancing and football are among their +chief pastimes.  The men enter into the dance +with zest, but the women as though they were performing +some awful penance.  Both sexes play football.  + They have learned the use of cards and are reckless +gamblers, sometimes staking even the garments on their +backs in play.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo is a close bargainer, and +after he has agreed to do you a service for a consideration +will as likely as not change his mind at the last +moment and leave you in the lurch.  At the same +time he is in many respects a child.</p> + +<p align="justify">The dwellings are of three kinds:  +The <i>tupek</i>—­skin tent; <i>igloowiuk</i>—­ +snow house; and permanent igloo, built of driftwood, +stones and turf—­ the larger ones are <i>igloosoaks</i>.</p> + +<p align="justify">Flesh and fish, as is the case with +the Indians, form the principal food, but while the +Indians cook everything the Eskimos as often eat their +meat and fish raw, and are not too particular as to +its age or state of decay.  They are very fond +of venison and seal meat, and for variety’s +sake welcome dog meat.  A few years ago a disease +carried off several of the dogs at Fort Chimo and +every carcass was eaten.  One old fellow, in fact, +as Mathewson related to me, ate nothing else during +that time, and when the epidemic was over bemoaned +the fact that no more dog meat could be had.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the Atlantic coast where the snow +houses are not used and the Eskimos live more generally +during the winter in the close, vile igloos, there +is more or less tubercular trouble.  Even farther +south, where the natives have learned cleanliness, +and live in comfortable log cabins that are fairly +well aired, this is the prevailing disease.  After +leaving Ramah, the farther south you go the more general +is the adoption of civilized customs, food and habits +of life, and with the increase of civilization so +also comes an increased death rate amongst the Eskimos.  + Formerly there was a considerable number of these +people on the Straits of Belle Isle.  Now there +is not one there.  South of Hamilton Inlet but +two full-blood Eskimos remain.  Below Ramah the +deaths exceed the births, and at one settlement alone +there are fifty less people to-day than three years +ago.</p> + +<p align="justify">Civilization is responsible for this.  + At the present time there remains on the Atlantic +coast, between the Straits of Belle Isle and Cape +Chidley, but eleven hundred and twenty-seven full-blood +Eskimos.  Five years hence there will not be a +thousand.  In Ungava district, where they have +as yet accepted practically nothing of civilization, +the births exceed the deaths, and I did not learn of +a single well-authenticated case of tuberculosis +while I was there.  There were a few cases of +rheumatism.  Death comes early, however, owing +to the life of constant hardship and exposure.  + Usually they do not exceed sixty or sixty-five years +of age, though I saw one man that had rounded his +three score years and ten.</p> + +<p align="justify">Formerly they encased their dead in +skins and lay them out upon the rocks with the clothing +and things they had used in life.  Now rough +wooden boxes are provided by the traders.  The +dogs in time break the coffins open and pick the bones, +which lie uncared for, to be bleached by the frosts +of winter and suns of summer.  Mr. Stewart has +collected and buried many of these bones, and is endeavoring +now to have all bodies buried.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of all the missionaries that I met +in this bleak northern land, devoted as every one +of them is to his life work, none was more devoted +and none was doing a more self-sacrificing work than +the Rev. Samuel Milliken Stewart of Fort Chimo.  + His novitiate as a missionary was begun in one of +the little out-port fishing villages of Newfoundland.  + Finally he was transferred to that fearfully barren +stretch among the heathen Eskimos north of Nachvak.  + Here he and his Eskimo servant gathered together +such loose driftwood as they could find, and with +this and stones and turf erected a single-roomed igloo.  +It was a small affair, not over ten by twelve or fourteen +feet in size, and an imaginary line separated the +missionary’s quarters from his servant’s.  + On his knees, in an old resting place for the dead, +with the bleaching bones of heathen Eskimos strewn +over the rocks about him, he consecrated his life +efforts to the conversion of this people to Christianity.  + Then he went to work to accomplish this purpose in +a businesslike way.  He set himself the infinite +task of mastering the difficult language.  He +lived their life with them, visiting and sleeping +with them in their filthy igloos—­so filthy +and so filled with stench from the putrid meat and +fish scraps that they permit to lie about and decay +that frequently at first, until he became accustomed +to it, he was forced to seek the open air and relieve +the resulting nausea.  But Stewart is a man of +iron will, and he never wavered.  He studied +his people, administered medicines to the sick, and +taught the doctrines of Christianity—­Love, +Faith and Charity—­at every opportunity.  + That first winter was a trying one.  All his +little stock of fuel was exhausted early.  The +few articles of furniture that he had brought with +him he burned to help keep out the frost demon, and +before spring suffered greatly with the cold.  + The winter before our arrival he transferred his +efforts to the Fort Chimo district, where his field +would be larger and he could reach a greater number +of the heathens.  During the journey to Fort Chimo, +which was across the upper peninsula, with dogs, he +was lost in storms that prevailed at the time, his +provisions were exhausted, and one dog had been killed +to feed the others, before he finally met Eskimos who +guided him in safety to George River.  At Fort +Chimo the Hudson’s Bay Company set aside two +small buildings to his use, one for a chapel, the +other a little cabin in which he lives.  Here +we found him one day with a pot of high-smelling seal +meat cooking for his dogs and a pan of dough cakes +frying for himself.  With Stewart in this cabin +I spent many delightful hours.  His constant +flow of well-told stories, flavored with native Irish +wit, was a sure panacea for despondency.  I believe +Stewart, with his sunny temperament, is really enjoying +his life amongst the heathen, and he has made an obvious +impression upon them, for every one of them turns +out to his chapel meetings, where the services are +conducted in Eskimo, and takes part with a will.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo religion, like that of +the Indian, is one of fear.  Numerous are the +spirits that people the land and depths of the sea, +but the chief of them all is Torngak, the spirit of +Death, who from his cavern dwelling in the heights +of the mighty Torngaeks (the mountains north of the +George River toward Cape Chidley) watches them always +and rules their fortunes with an iron hand, dealing +out misfortune, or withholding it, at his will.  + It is only through the medium of the Angakok, or +conjurer, that the people can learn what to do to +keep Torngak and the lesser spirits of evil, with their +varying moods, in good humor.  Stewart has led +some of the Eskimos to at least outwardly renounce +their heathenism and profess Christianity.  In +a few instances I believe they are sincere.  +If he remains upon the field, as I know he wishes +to do, he will have them all professing Christianity +within the next few years, for they like him.  + But he has no more regard for danger, when he believes +duty calls him, than Dr. Grenfell has, and it is predicted +on the coast that some day Dr. Grenfell will take +one chance too many with the elements.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of course, coming among the Eskimos +as we did in winter, we did not see them using their +kayaks or their umiaks,* but our experience with dogs +and komatik was pretty complete.  These dogs are +big wolfish creatures, which resemble wolves so closely +in fact that when the dogs and wolves are together +the one can scarcely be told from the other.  +It sometimes happens that a stray wolf will hobnob +with the dogs, and litters of half wolf, half dog +have been born at the posts.</p> + +<p align="justify">* A large open boat with wooden frame +and sealskin covering.  The women row the umiaks +while the men sit idle.  It is beneath the dignity +of the latter to handle the oars when women are present +to do it.</p> + +<p align="justify">There are no better Eskimo dogs to +be found anywhere in the far north than the husky +dogs of Ungava.  Wonderful tales are told of long +distances covered by them in a single day, the record +trip of which I heard being one hundred and twelve +miles.  But this was in the spring, when the +days were long and the snow hard and firm.  The +farthest I ever traveled myself in a single day with +dogs and komatik was sixty miles.  When the snow +is loose and the days are short, twenty to thirty +miles constitute a day’s work.</p> + +<p align="justify">From five to twelve dogs are usually +driven in one team, though sometimes a man is seen +plodding along with a two-dog team, and occasionally +as many as sixteen or eighteen are harnessed to a +komatik, but these very large teams are unwieldy.</p> + +<p align="justify">The komatiks in the Ungava district +vary from ten to eighteen feet in length.  The +runners are about two and one-half inches thick at +the bottom, tapering slightly toward the top to reduce +friction where they sink into the snow.  They +are usually placed sixteen inches apart, and crossbars +extending about an inch over the outer runner on either +side are lashed across the runners by means of thongs +of sealskin or heavy twine, which is passed through +holes bored into the crossbars and the runners.  + The use of lashings instead of nails or screws permits +the komatik to yield readily in passing over rough +places, where metal fastenings would be pulled out, +or be snapped off by the frost.  On either side +of each end of the overlapping ends of the crossbars +notches are cut, around which sealskin thongs are passed +in lashing on the load.  The bottoms of the komatik +runners are “mudded.”  During the +summer the Eskimos store up turf for this purpose, +testing bits of it by chewing it to be sure that it +contains no grit.  When the cold weather comes +the turf is mixed with warm water until it reaches +the consistency of mud.  Then with the hands +it is molded over the bottom of the runners.  + The mud quickly freezes, after which it is carefully +planed smooth and round.  Then it is iced by applying +warm water with a bit of hairy deerskin.  These +mudded runners slip very smoothly over the soft snow, +but are liable to chip off on rough ice or when they +strike rocks, as frequently happens, for the frozen +mud is as brittle as glass.  On the Atlantic +coast from Nachvak south, mud is never used, and there +the komatiks are wider and shorter with runners of +not much more than half the thickness, and as you +go south the komatiks continue to grow wider and shorter.  + In the south, too, hoop iron or whalebone is used +for runner shoeing.</p> + +<p align="justify">A sealskin thong called a bridle, +of a varying length of from twenty to forty feet, +is attached to the front of the komatik, and to the +end of this the dogs’ traces are fastened.  + Each dog has an individual trace which may be from +eight to thirty feet in length, depending upon the +size of the team, so arranged that not more than two +dogs are abreast, the “leader” having, +of course, the longest trace of the pack.  This +long bridle and the long traces are made necessary +by the rough country.  They permit the animals +to swerve well to one side clear of the komatik when +coasting down a hillside.  In the length of bridle +and trace there is also a wide variation in different +sections, those used in the south being very much +shorter than those in the north.  The dog harness +is made usually of polar bear or sealskin.  There +are no reins.  The driver controls his team by +shouting directions, and with a walrus hide whip, +which is from twenty-five to thirty-five feet in length.  + An expert with this whip, running after the dogs, +can hit any dog he chooses at will, and sometimes he +is cruel to excess.</p> + +<p align="justify">To start his team the driver calls +“oo-isht,” (in the south this becomes +“hoo-eet”) to turn to the right “ouk,” +to the left “ra-der, ra-der” and to stop +“aw-aw.”  The leader responds to the +shouted directions and the pack follow.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Ungava Eskimo never upon any account +travels with komatik and dogs without a snow knife.  + With this implement he can in a little while make +himself a comfortable snow igloo, where he may spend +the night or wait for a storm to pass.</p> + +<p align="justify">In winter it is practically impossible +to buy a dog in Ungava.  The people have only +enough for their own use, and will not part with them, +and if they have plenty to eat it is difficult to employ +them for any purpose.  This I discovered very +promptly when I endeavored to induce some of them +to take us a stage on our journey homeward.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_20"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XX</h1> + +<p><b>THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Tighter and tighter grew the grip +of winter.  Rarely the temperature rose above +twenty-five degrees below zero, even at midday, and +oftener it crept well down into the thirties.  + The air was filled with rime, which clung to everything, +and the sun, only venturing now a little way above +the southern horizon, shone cold and cheerless, weakly +penetrating the ever-present frost veil.  The +tide, still defying the shackles of the mighty power +that had bound all the rest of the world, surged up +and down, piling ponderous ice cakes in mountainous +heaps along the river banks.  Occasionally an +Eskimo or two would suddenly appear out of the snow +fields, remain for a day perhaps, and then as suddenly +disappear into the bleak wastes whence he had come.</p> + +<p align="justify">Slowly the days dragged along.  + We occupied the short hours of light in reading old +newspapers and magazines, or walking out over the +hills, and in the evenings called upon the Post officers +or entertained them in our cabin, where Mathewson +often came to smoke his after-supper pipe and relate +to us stories of his forty-odd years’ service +as a fur trader in the northern wilderness.</p> + +<p align="justify">One bitter cold morning, long before +the first light of day began to filter through the +rimy atmosphere, we heard the crunch of feet pass +our door, and a komatik slipped by.  It was Dr. +Milne, away to George River and the coast on his tour +of Post inspection, and our little group of white +men was one less in number.</p> + +<a name="silence"></a> +<a href="images/silenceth.jpg"> +<img alt="Silence of the North" src="images/silencth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">We envied him his early leaving.  + We could not ourselves start for home until after +New Year’s, for there were no dogs to be had +for love or money until the Eskimos came in from their +hunting camps to spend the holidays.  Everything, +however, was made ready for that longed-for time.  + Through the kindness of Thévenet, who put his +Post folk to work for us, the deerskins I had brought +from Whale River were dressed and made up into sleeping +bags and skin clothing, and other neces-saries were +got ready for the long dog journey out.</p> + +<p align="justify">Christmas eve came finally, and with +it komatik loads of Eskimos, who roused the place +from its repose into comparative wakefulness.  + The newcomers called upon us in twos or threes, never +troubling to knock before they entered our cabin, +looked us and our things over with much interest, +a proceeding which occupied usually a full half hour, +then went away, sometimes to bring back newly arriving +friends, to introduce them.  A multitude of dogs +skulked around by day and made night hideous with +howling and fighting, and it was hardly safe to walk +abroad without a stick, of which they have a wholesome +fear, as, like their progenitors, the wolves, they +are great cowards and will rarely attack a man when +he has any visible means of defense at hand.</p> + +<p align="justify">Christmas afternoon was given over +to shooting matches, and the evening to dancing.  + We spent the day with Thévenet.  Mathewson +was not in position to entertain, as the Indian woman +that presided in his kitchen partook so freely of +liquor of her own manufacture that she became hilariously +drunk early in the morning, and for the peace of the +household and safety of the dishes, which she playfully +shied at whoever came within reach, she was ejected, +and Mathewson prepared his own meals.  At Thévenet’s, +however, everything went smoothly, and the sumptuous +meal of baked whitefish, venison, with canned vegetables, +plum pudding, cheese and coffee—­delicacies +held in reserve for the occasion—­made us +forget the bleak wilderness and ice-bound land in +which we were.</p> + +<p align="justify">It seemed for a time even now as though +we should not be able to secure dogs and drivers.  + No one knew the way to Ramah, and on no account would +one of these Eskimos undertake even a part of the +journey without permission from the Hudson’s +Bay Company.  As a last resort Thévenet +promised me his dogs and driver to take us at least +as far as George River, but finally Emuk arrived and +an arrangement was made with him to carry us from +Whale River to George River, and two other Eskimos +agreed to go with us to Whale River.  The great +problem that confronted me now was how to get over +the one hundred and sixty miles of barrens from George +River to Ramah, and it was necessary to arrange for +this before leaving Fort Chimo, as dogs to the eastward +were even scarcer than here.  Mathewson finally +solved it for me with his promise to instruct Ford +at George River to put his team and drivers at my +disposal.  Thus, after much bickering, our relays +were arranged as far as the Moravian mission station +at Ramah, and I trusted in Providence and the coast +Eskimos to see us on from there.  The third of +January was fixed as the day of our departure.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our going in winter was an event.  + It gave the Post folk an opportunity to send out +a winter mail, which I volunteered to carry to Quebec.</p> + +<p align="justify">Straggling bands of Indians, hauling +fur-laden toboggans, began to arrive during the week, +and the bartering in the stores was brisk, and to +me exceedingly interesting.  Money at Fort Chimo +is unknown.  Values are reckoned in “skins”—­that +is, a “skin” is the unit of value.  + There is no token of exchange to represent this unit, +however, and if a hunter brings in more pelts than +sufficient to pay for his purchases, the trader simply +gives him credit on his books for the balance due, +to be drawn upon at some future time.  As a matter +of fact, the hunter is almost invariably in debt to +the store.  A “skin” will buy a pint +of molasses, a quarter pound of tea or a quarter pound +of black stick tobacco.  A white arctic fox pelt +is valued at seven skins, a blue fox pelt at twelve, +and a black or silver fox at eighty to ninety skins.  + South of Hamilton Inlet, where competition is keen +with the fur traders, they pay in cash six dollars +for white, eight dollars for blue (which, by the way, +are very scarce there) and not infrequently as high +as three hundred and fifty dollars or even more for +black and silver fox pelts.  The cost of maintaining +posts at Fort Chimo, however, is somewhat greater +than at these southern points.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here at Ungava the Eskimos’ +hunt is confined almost wholly to foxes, polar bears, +an occasional wolf and wolverine, and, of course, during +the season, seals, walrus, and white whales.  +An average hunter will trap from sixty to seventy +foxes in a season, though one or two exceptional ones +I knew have captured as many as two hundred.  +The Indians, who penetrate far into the interior, +bring out marten, mink and otter principally, with +a few foxes, an occasional beaver, black bear, lynx +and some wolf and wolverine skins.  There is a +story of a very large and ferocious brown bear that +tradition says inhabits the barrens to the eastward +toward George River.  Mr. Peter McKenzie told +me that many years ago, when he was stationed at Fort +Chimo, the Indians brought him one of the skins of +this animal, and Ford at George River said that, some +twenty years since, he saw a piece of one of the skins.  + Both agreed that the hair was very long, light brown +in color, silver tipped and of a decidedly different +species from either the polar or black bear.  + This is the only definite information as to it that +I was able to gather.  The Indians speak of it +with dread, and insist that it is still to be found, +though none of them can say positively that he has +seen one in a decade.  I am inclined to believe +that the brown bear, so far as Labrador is concerned, +has been exterminated.</p> + +<p align="justify">New Year’s is the great day +at Fort Chimo.  All morning there were shooting +matches and foot races, and in the afternoon football +games in progress, in which the Eskimo men and women +alike joined.  The Indians, who were recovering +from an all-night drunk on their vile beer, and a +revel in the “Queen’s” cabin, condescended +to take part in the shooting matches, but held majestically +aloof from the other games.  Some of them came +into the French store in the evening to squat around +the room and watch the dancing while they puffed in +silence on their pipes and drank tea when it was passed.  + That was their only show of interest in the festivities.  + Early on the morning of the second they all disappeared.  + But these were only a fragment of those that visit +the Post in summer.  It is then that they have +their powwow.</p> + +<p align="justify">At last the day of our departure arrived, +with a dull leaden sky and that penetrating cold that +eats to one’s very marrow.  Thévenet +and Belfleur came early and brought us a box of cigars +to ease the tedium of the long evenings in the snow +houses.  All the little colony of white men were +on hand to see us off, and I believe were genuinely +sorry to have us go, for we had become a part of the +little coterie and our coming had made a break in +the lives of these lonely exiles.  Men brought +together under such conditions become very much attached +to each other in a short time.  “It’s +going to be lonesome now,” said Stewart.  + “I’m sorry you have to leave us.  + May God speed you on your way, and carry you through +your long journey in safety.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Finally our baggage was lashed on +the komatik; the dogs, leaping and straining at their +traces, howled their eagerness to be gone; we shook +hands warmly with everybody, even the Eskimos, who +came forward won-dering at what seemed to them our +stupendous undertaking, the komatik was “broken” +loose, and we were away at a gallop.</p> + +<p align="justify">Traveling was good, and the nine dogs +made such excellent time that we had to ride in level +places or we could not have kept pace with them.  +When there was a hill to climb we pushed on the komatik +or hauled with the dogs on the long bridle to help +them along.  When we had a descent to make, the +drag—­a hoop of walrus hide—­was +thrown over the front end of one of the komatik runners +at the top, and if the place was steep the Eskimos, +one on either side of the komatik, would cling on +with their arms and brace their feet into the snow +ahead, doing their utmost to hold back and reduce +the momentum of the heavy sledge.  To the uninitiated +they would appear to be in imminent danger of having +their legs broken, for the speed down some of the grades +when the crust was hard and icy was terrific.  + When descending the gentler slopes we all rode, depending +upon the drag alone to keep our speed within reason.  + This coasting down hill was always an exciting experi-ence, +and where the going was rough it was not easy to keep +a seat on the narrow komatik.  Occasionally the +komatik would turn over.  When we saw this was +likely to happen we discreetly dropped off, a feat +that demanded agility and practice to be performed +successfully and gracefully.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a relief beyond measure to +feel that we were at length, after seven long months, +actually headed toward home and civilization.  +Words cannot express the feeling of exhilaration that +comes to one at such a time.</p> + +<p align="justify">We did not have to go so far up Whale +River to find a crossing as on our trip to Fort Chimo, +and reached the eastern side before dark.  Sometimes +the ice hills are piled so high here by the tide that +it takes a day or even two to cut a komatik path through +them and cross the river, but fortunately we had very +little cutting to do.  Not long after dark we +coasted down the hill above the Post, and the cheerful +lights of Edmunds’ cabin were at hand.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we had to wait two days for Emuk, +and in the interim Mrs. Edmunds and Mary went carefully +over our clothes, sewed sealskin legs to deerskin +moccasins, made more duffel socks, and with kind solicitation +put all our things into the best of shape and gave +us extra moccasins and mittens.  “It is +well to have plenty of everything before you start,” +said Mrs. Edmunds, “for if the huskies are hunting +deer the women will do no sewing on sealskin, and +if they’re hunting seals they’ll not touch +a needle to your deerskins, though you are freezing.”</p> + +<p>“Why is that?” I asked.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Oh, some of their heathen beliefs,” +she answered.  “They think it would bring +bad luck to the hunters.  They believe all kinds +of foolishness.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Emuk had never been so far away as +George River, and Sam Ford was to be our pilot to +that point, and to return with Emuk.  The Eskimos +do not consider it safe for a man to travel alone +with dogs, and they never do it when there is the +least probability that they will have to remain out +over night.  Two men are always required to build +a snow igloo, which is one reason for this.  +It was therefore necessary for me at each point, when +employing the Eskimo driver for a new stage of our +journey, also to engage a companion for him, that he +might have company when returning home.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our coming to Whale River two months +before had made a welcome innovation in the even tenor +of the cheerless, lonely existence of our good friends +at the Post—­an event in their confined life, +and they were really sorry to part from us.</p> + +<p align="justify">“It will be a long time before +any one comes to see us again—­a long time,” +said Mrs. Edmunds, sadly adding:  “I suppose +no one will ever come again.”</p> + +<p align="justify">When we said our farewells the women +cried.  In their Godspeed the note of friendship +rang true and honest and sincere.  These people +had proved themselves in a hundred ways.  In +civilization, where the selfish instinct governs so +generally, there are too many Judases.  On the +frontier, in spite of the rough exterior of the people, +you find real men and women.  That is one reason +why I like the North so well.</p> + +<p align="justify">We left Whale River on Saturday, the +sixth of January, with one hundred and twenty miles +of barrens to cross before reaching George River Post, +the nearest human habitation to the eastward.  + Our fresh team of nine dogs was in splendid trim +and worked well, but a three or four inch covering +of light snow upon the harder under crust made the +going hard and wearisome for the animals.  The +frost flakes that filled the air covered everything.  + Clinging to the eyelashes and faces of the men it +gave them a ghostly appearance, our skin clothing +was white with it, long icicles weighted our beards, +and the sharp atmosphere made it necessary to grasp +one’s nose frequently to make certain that the +member was not freezing.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we stopped for the night our +snow house which Emuk and Sam soon had ready seemed +really cheerful.  Our halt was made purposely +near a cluster of small spruce where enough firewood +was found to cook our supper of boiled venison, hard-tack +and tea, water being procured by melting ice.  + Spruce boughs were scattered upon the igloo floor +and deerskins spread over these.</p> + +<p align="justify">After everything was made snug, and +whatever the dogs might eat or destroy put safely +out of their reach, the animals were unharnessed and +fed the one meal that was allowed them each day after +their work was done.  Feeding the dogs was always +an interesting function.  While one man cut the +frozen food into chunks, the rest of us armed with +cudgels beat back the animals.  When the word +was given we stepped to one side to avoid the onrush +as they came upon the food, which was bolted with +little or no chewing.  They will eat anything +that is fed them—­seal meat, deer’s +meat, fish, or even old hides.  There was always +a fight or two to settle after the feeding and then +the dogs made holes for themselves in the snow and +lay down for the drift to cover them.</p> + +<p align="justify">The dogs fed, we crawled with our +hot supper into the igloo, put a block of snow against +the entrance and stopped the chinks around it with +loose snow.  Then the kettle covers were lifted +and the place was filled at once with steam so thick +that one could hardly see his elbow neighbor.  + By the time the meal was eaten the temperature had +risen to such a point that the place was quite warm +and comfortable—­so warm that the snow in +the top of the igloo was soft enough to pack but not +quite soft enough to drip water.  Then we smoked +some of Thévenet’s cigars and blessed +him for his thoughtfulness in providing them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Usually our snow igloos allowed each +man from eighteen to twenty inches space in which +to lie down, and just room enough to stretch his legs +well.  With our sleeping bags they were entirely +comfortable, no matter what the weather outside.  + The snow is porous enough to admit of air circulation, +but even a gale of wind without would not affect the +temperature within.  It is claimed by the natives +that when the wind blows, a snow house is warmer than +in a period of still cold.  I could see no difference.  + A new snow igloo is, however, more comfortable than +one that has been used, for newly cut snow blocks are +more porous.  In one that has been used there +is always a crust of ice on the interior which prevents +a proper circulation of air.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the second day we passed the shack +where Easton and I had held our five-day fast, and +shortly after came out upon the plains—­a +wide stretch of flat, treeless country where no hills +rise as guiding landmarks for the voyageur.  +This was beyond the zone of Emuk’s wanderings, +and Sam went several miles astray in his calculations, +which, in view of the character of the country, was +not to be wondered at, piloting as he did without +a compass.  However, we were soon set right and +passed again into the rolling barrens, with ever higher +hills with each eastern mile we traveled.</p> + +<p align="justify">At two o’clock on the afternoon +of Tuesday, January ninth, we dropped over the bank +upon the ice of George River just above the Post, and +at three o’clock were under Mr. Ford’s +hospitable roof again.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we had to encounter another vexatious +delay of a week.  Ford’s dogs had been +working hard and were in no condition to travel and +not an Eskimo team was there within reach of the Post +that could be had.  There was nothing to do but +wait for Ford’s team to rest and get into condition +before taking them upon the trying journey across the +barren grounds that lay between us and the Atlantic.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_21"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXI</h1> + +<p><b>CROSSING THE BARRENS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">On Tuesday morning, January sixteenth, +we swung out upon the river ice with a powerful team +of twelve dogs.  Will Ford and an Eskimo named +Etuksoak, called by the Post folk “Peter,” +for short, were our drivers.</p> + +<p align="justify">The dogs began the day with a misunderstanding +amongst themselves, and stopped to fight it out.  + When they were finally beaten into docility one of +them, apparently the outcast of the pack, was limping +on three legs and leaving a trail of blood behind +him.  Every team has its bully, and sometimes +its outcast.  The bully is master of them all.  +He fights his way to his position of supremacy, and +holds it by punishing upon the slightest provocation, +real or fancied, any encroachment upon his autocratic +prerogatives.  Likewise he dis-ciplines the +pack when he thinks they need it or when he feels like +it, and he is always the ringleader in mischief.  + When there is an outcast he is a doomed dog.  + The others harass and fight him at every opportunity.  + They are pitiless.  They do not associate with +him, and sooner or later a morning will come when +they are noticed licking their chops contentedly, +as dogs do when they have had a good meal—­ +and after that no more is seen of the outcast.  + The bully is not always, or, in fact, often the leader +in harness.  The dog that the driver finds most +intelligent in following a trail and in answering +his commands is chosen for this important position, +regardless of his fighting prowess.</p> + +<p align="justify">This morning as we started the weather +was perfect—­thirty-odd degrees below zero +and a bright sun that made the hoar frost sparkle like +flakes of silver.  For ten miles our course lay +down the river to a point just below the “Narrows.”  + Then we left the ice and hit the overland trail +in an almost due northerly direction.  It was +a rough country and there was much pulling and hauling +and pushing to be done crossing the hills.  Before +noon the wind began to rise, and by the time we stopped +to prepare our snow igloo for the night a northwest +gale had developed and the air was filled with drifting +snow.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early in the afternoon I began to +have cramps in the calves of my legs, and finally +it seemed to me that the muscles were tied into knots.  + Sharp, intense pains in the groin made it torture +to lift in feet above the level of the snow, and I +was never more thankful for rest in my life than when +that day’s work was finished.  Easton confessed +to me that he had an attack similar to my own.  + This was the result of our inactivity at Fort Chimo.  + We were suffering with what among the Canadian voyageurs +is known as <i>mal de roquette</i>.  There was +nothing to do but endure it without complaint, for +there is no relief until in time it gradually passes +away of its own accord.</p> + +<p align="justify">This first night from George River +was spent upon the shores of a lake which, hidden +by drifted snow, appeared to be about two miles wide +and seven or eight miles long.  It lay amongst +low, barren hills, where a few small bunches of gnarled +black spruce relieved the otherwise unbroken field +of white.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning it was snowing +and drifting, and as the day grew the storm increased.  + An hour’s traveling carried us to the Koroksoak +River—­River of the Great Gulch—­which +flows from the northeast, following the lower Torngaek +mountains and emptying into Ungava Bay near the mouth +of the George.  The Koroksoak is apparently a +shallow stream, with a width of from fifty to two +hundred yards.  Its bed forms the chief part +of the komatik route to Nachvak, and therefore our +route.  For several miles the banks are low and +sandy, but farther up the sand disappears and the +hills crowd close upon the river.  The gales +that sweep down the valley with every storm had blown +away the snow and drifted the bank sand in a layer +over the river ice.  This made the going exceedingly +hard and ground the mud from the komatik runners.</p> + +<p align="justify">The snowstorm, directly in our teeth, +increased in force with every mile we traveled, and +with the continued cramps and pains in my legs it +seemed to me that the misery of it all was about as +refined and complete as it could be.  It may +be imagined, therefore, the relief I felt when at +noon Will and Peter stopped the komatik with the announcement +that we must camp, as further progress could not be +made against the blinding snow and head wind.</p> + +<p align="justify">Advantage was taken of the daylight +hours to mend the komatik mud.  This was done +by mixing caribou moss with water, applying the mixture +to the mud where most needed, and permitting it to +freeze, which it did instantly.  Then the surface +was planed smooth with a little jack plane carried +for the purpose.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night the storm blew itself out, +and before daylight, after a breakfast of coffee and +hard-tack, we were off.  The half day’s +rest had done wonders for me, and the pains in my +legs were not nearly so severe as on the previous +day.</p> + +<p align="justify">January and February see the lowest +temperatures of the Labrador winter.  Now the +cold was bitter, rasping—­so intensely cold +was the atmosphere that it was almost stifling as +it entered the lungs.  The vapor from our nostrils +froze in masses of ice upon our beards.  The +dogs, straining in the harness, were white with hoar +frost, and our deerskin clothing was also thickly +coated with it.  For long weeks these were to +be the prevailing conditions in our homeward march.</p> + +<p align="justify">Dark and ominous were the spruce-lined +river banks on either side that morning as we toiled +onward, and grim and repellent indeed were the rocky +hills outlined against the sky beyond.  Everything +seemed frozen stiff and dead except ourselves.  + No sound broke the absolute silence save the crunch, +crunch, crunch of our feet, the squeak of the komatik +runners complaining as they slid reluctantly over the +snow, and the “oo-isht-oo-isht, oksuit, oksuit” +of the drivers, constantly urging the dogs to greater +effort.  Shimmering frost flakes, suspended in +the air like a veil of thinnest gauze, half hid the +sun when very timidly he raised his head above the +southeastern horizon, as though afraid to venture +into the domain of the indomitable ice king who had +wrested the world from his last summer’s power +and ruled it now so absolutely.</p> + +<p align="justify">With every mile the spruce on the +river banks became thinner and thinner, and the hills +grew higher and higher, until finally there was scarcely +a stick to be seen and the lower eminences had given +way to lofty mountains which raised their jagged, +irregular peaks from two to four thousand feet in +solemn and majestic grandeur above our heads.  +The gray basaltic rocks at their base shut in the tortuous +river bed, and we knew now why the Koroksoak was called +the “River of the Great Gulch.”  +These were the mighty Torngaeks, which farther north +attain an altitude above the sea of full seven thousand +feet.  We passed the place where Torngak dwells +in his mountain cavern and sends forth his decrees +to the spirits of Storm and Starvation and Death to +do destruction, or restrains them, at his will.</p> + +<a name="hills"></a> +<a href="images/dogsth.jpg"> +<img alt="The Hills Grew Higher and Higher" src="images/dogsth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">In the forenoon of the third day after +leaving George River we stopped to lash a few sticks +on top of our komatik load.  “No more wood,” +said Will.  “This’ll have to see +us through to Nachvak.”  That afternoon +we turned out of the Koroksoak River into a pass leading +to the northward, and that night’s igloo was +at the headwaters of a stream that they said ran into +Nachvak Bay.</p> + +<a name="pass"></a> +<a href="images/passth.jpg"> +<img alt="We Turned Into a Pass Leading to the Northwest" src="images/passth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The upper part of this new gulch was +strewn with bowlders, and much hard work and ingenuity +were necessary the following morning to get the komatik +through them at all.  Farther down the stream +widened.  Here the wind had swept the snow clear +of the ice, and it was as smooth as a piece of glass, +broken only by an occasional bowlder sticking above +the surface.  A heavy wind blew in our backs and +carried the komatik before it at a terrific pace, with +the dogs racing to keep out of the way.  Sometimes +we were carried sidewise, sometimes stern first, but +seldom right end foremost.  Lively work was necessary +to prevent being wrecked upon the rocks, and occasionally +we did turn over, when a bowlder was struck side on.</p> + +<p align="justify">There were several steep down grades.  + Before descending one of the first of these a line +was attached to the rear end of the komatik and Will +asked Easton to hang on to it and hold back, to keep +the komatik straight.  There was no foothold +for him, however, on the smooth surface of the ice, +and Easton found that he could not hold back as directed.  + The momentum was considerable, and he was afraid to +let go for fear of losing his balance on the slippery +ice, and so, wild-eyed and erect, he slid along, clinging +for dear life to the line.  Pretty soon he managed +to attain a sitting posture, and with his legs spread +before him, but still holding desperately on, he skimmed +along after the komatik.  The next and last evolution +was a “belly-gutter” position.  This +became too strenuous for him, however, and the line +was jerked out of his hands.  I was afraid he +might have been injured on a rock, but my anxiety +was soon relieved when I saw him running along the +shore to overtake the komatik where it had been stopped +to wait for him below.</p> + +<p align="justify">This gulch was exceedingly narrow, +with mountains, lofty, rugged and grand rising directly +from the stream’s bank, some of them attaining +an altitude of five thousand feet or more.  At +one point they squeezed the brook through a pass only +ten feet in width, with perpendicular walls towering +high above our heads on either side.  This place +is known to the Hudson’s Bay Company people +as “The Porch.”</p> + +<p align="justify">In the afternoon Peter caught his +foot in a crevice, and the komatik jammed him with +such force that he narrowly escaped a broken leg and +was crippled for the rest of the journey.  Early +in the afternoon we were on salt water ice, and at +two o’clock sighted Nachvak Post of the Hudson’s +Bay Company, and at half past four were hospitably +welcomed by Mrs. Ford, the wife of George Ford, the +agent.</p> + +<a name="nachvak"></a> +<a href="images/nachvakth.jpg"> +<img alt="Nachvak Post of the Hudson's Bay Company" src="images/nachvath.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">This was Saturday, January twentieth.  + Since the previous Tuesday morning we had had no +fire to warm ourselves by and had been living chiefly +on hard-tack, and the comfort and luxury of the Post +sitting room, with the hot supper of arctic hare that +came in due course, were appreciated.  Mr. Ford +had gone south with Dr. Milne to Davis Inlet Post +and was not expected back for a week, but Mrs. Ford +and her son Solomon Ford, who was in charge during +his father’s absence, did everything possible +for our comfort.</p> + +<p align="justify">The injury to Peter’s leg made +it out of the question for him to go on with us, and +we therefore found it necessary to engage another team +to carry us to Ramah, the first of the Moravian missionary +stations on our route of travel, and this required +a day’s delay at Nachvak, as no Eskimos could +be seen that night.  The Fords offered us every +assistance in securing drivers, and went to much trouble +on our behalf.  Solomon personally took it upon +himself to find dogs and drivers for us, and through +his kindness arrangements were made with two Eskimos, +Taikrauk and Nikartok by name, who agreed to furnish +a team of ten dogs and be on hand early on Monday +morning.  I considered myself fortunate in securing +so large a team, for the seal hunt had been bad the +previous fall and the Eskimos had therefore fallen +short of dog food and had killed a good many of their +dogs.  I should not have been so ready with my +self-congratulation had I seen the dogs that we were +to have.</p> + +<a name="mission"></a> +<a href="images/missionth.jpg"> +<img alt="The Moravian Mission at Ramah" src="images/missioth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">Nachvak is the most God-forsaken place +for a trading post that I have ever seen.  Wherever +you look bare rocks and towering mountains stare you +in the face; nowhere is there a tree or shrub of any +kind to relieve the rock-bound desolation, and every +bit of fuel has to be brought in during the summer +by steamer.  They have coal, but even the wood +to kindle the coal is imported.  The Eskimos necessarily +use stone lamps in which seal oil is burned to heat +their igloos.  The Fords have lived here for +a quarter of a century, but now the Company is abandoning +the Post as unprofitable and they are to be transferred +to some other quarter.</p> + +<p align="justify">“God knows how lonely it is +sometimes,” Mrs. Ford said to me, “and +how glad I’ll be if we go where there’s +some one besides just greasy heathen Eskimos to see.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The Moravian mission at Killenek, +a station three days’ travel to the northward, +on Cape Chidley, has deflected some of the former trade +from Nachvak and the Ramah station more of it, until +but twenty-seven Eskimos now remain at Nachvak.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early on Monday morning not only our +two Eskimos appeared, but the entire Eskimo population, +even the women with babies in their hoods, to see +us off.  The ten-dog team that I had congratulated +myself so proudly upon securing proved to be the most +miserable aggregation of dogskin and bones I had ever +seen, and in so horribly emaciated a condition that +had there been any possible way of doing without them +I should have declined to permit them to haul our +komatik.  However I had no choice, as no other +dogs were to be had, and at six o’clock—­ +more than two hours before daybreak—­we said +farewell to good Mrs. Ford and her family and started +forward with our caravan of followers.</p> + +<p align="justify">We took what is known as the “outside” +route, turning right out toward the mouth of the bay.  + By this route it is fully forty miles to Ramah.  +By a short cut overland, which is not so level, the +distance is only about thirty miles, but our Eskimos +chose the level course, as it is doubtful whether +their excuses for dogs could have hauled the komatik +over the hills on the short cut.  An hour after +our start we passed a collection of snow igloos, and +all our following, after shaking hands and repeating, +“Okusi,” left us—­all but one +man, Korganuk by name, who decided to honor us with +his society to Ramah; so we had three Eskimos instead +of the more than sufficient two.</p> + +<p align="justify">Though the traveling was fairly good +the poor starved dogs crawled along so slowly that +with a jog trot we easily kept in advance of them, +and not even the extreme cruelty of the heathen drivers, +who beat them sometimes unmercifully, could induce +them to do better.  I remonstrated with the human +brutes on several occasions, but they pretended not +to understand me, smiling blandly in return, and making +unintelligible responses in Eskimo.</p> + +<p align="justify">Before dawn the sky clouded, and by +the time we reached the end of the bay and turned +southward across the neck, toward noon, it began to +snow heavily.  This capped the climax of our troubles +and I questioned whether our team would ever reach +our destination with this added impediment of soft, +new snow to plow through.</p> + +<p align="justify">From the first the snow fell thick +and fast.  Then the wind rose, and with every +moment grew in velocity.  I soon realized that +we were caught under the worst possible conditions +in the throes of a Labrador winter storm—­the +kind of storm that has cost so many native travelers +on that bleak coast their lives.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were now on the ice again beyond +the neck.  Perpendicular, clifflike walls shut +us off from retreat to the land and there was not +a possibility of shelter anywhere.  Previous snows +had found no lodgment into banks, and an igloo could +not be built.  Our throats were parched with +thirst, but there was no water to drink and nowhere +a stick of wood with which to build a fire to melt +snow.  The dogs were lying down in harness and +crying with distress, and the Eskimos had continually +to kick them into renewed efforts.  On we trudged, +on and endlessly on.  We were still far from +our goal.</p> + +<p align="justify">All of us, even the Eskimos, were +utterly weary.  Finally frequent stops were necessary +to rest the poor toiling brutes, and we were glad +to take advantage of each opportunity to throw ourselves +at full length on the snow-covered ice for a moment’s +repose.  Sometimes we would walk ahead of the +komatik and lie down until it overtook us, frequently +falling asleep in the brief interim.  Now and +again an Eskimo would look into my face and repeat, +“Oksunae” (be strong), and I would encourage +him in the same way.</p> + +<p align="justify">Darkness fell thick and black.  + No signs of land were visible—­nothing +but the whirling, driving, pitiless snow around us +and the ice under our feet.  Sometimes one of +us would stumble on a hummock and fall, then rise +again to resume the mechanical plodding.  I wondered +sometimes whether we were not going right out to sea +and how long it would be before we should drop into +open water and be swallowed up.  My faculties +were too benumbed to care much, and it was just a +calculation in which I had no particular but only a +passive interest.</p> + +<a name="snow"></a> +<a href="images/dogs2th.jpg"> +<img alt="Plodding Southward Over Endless Snow" src="images/dogs2th.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The thirst of the snow fields is most +agonizing, and can only be likened to the thirst of +the desert.  The snow around you is tantalizing, +for to eat it does not quench the thirst in the slightest; +it aggravates it.  If I ever longed for water +it was then.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hour after hour passed and the night +seemed interminable.  But somehow we kept going, +and the poor crying brutes kept going.  All misery +has its ending, however, and ours ended when I least +looked for it.  Un-expectedly the dogs’ +pitiful cries changed to gleeful howls and they visibly +increased their efforts.  Then Korganuk put his +face close to mine and said:  “Ramah!  + Ramah!” and quite suddenly we stopped before +the big mission house at Ramah.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_22"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXII</h1> + +<p><b>ON THE ATLANTIC ICE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The dogs had stopped within a dozen +feet of the building, but it was barely distinguishable +through the thick clouds of smothering snow which +the wind, risen to a terrific gale, swirled around +us as it swept down in staggering gusts from the invisible +hills above.  A light filtered dimly through +one of the frost-encrusted windows, and I tapped loudly +upon the glass.</p> + +<p align="justify">At first there was no response, but +after repeated rappings some one moved within, and +in a moment the door opened and a voice called to +us, “Come, come out of the snow.  It is +a nasty night.”  Without further preliminaries +we stepped into the shelter of the broad, com-fortable +hall.  Holding a candle above his head, and peering +at us through the dim light that it cast, was a short, +stockily built, bearded man in his shirt sleeves and +wearing hairy sealskin trousers and boots.  To +him I introduced myself and Easton, and he, in turn, +told us that he was the Reverend Paul Schmidt, the +missionary in charge of the station.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. Schmidt’s astonishment at +our unexpected appearance at midnight and in such +a storm was only equaled by his hospitable welcome.  + His broken English sounded sweet indeed, inviting +us to throw off our snow-covered garments.  He +ushered us to a neat room on the floor above, struck +a match to a stove already charged with kindling wood +and coal, and in five minutes after our entrance we +were listening to the music of a crackling fire and +warming our chilled selves by its increasing heat.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our host was most solicitous for our +every comfort.  He hurried in and out, and by +the time we were thoroughly warmed told us supper was +ready and asked us to his living room below, where +Mrs. Schmidt had spread the table for a hot meal.  + Each mission house has a common kitchen and a common +dining room, and besides having the use of these the +separate families are each provided with a private +living room and a sleeping room.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is not pleasant to be routed out +of bed in the middle of the night, but these good +missionaries assured us that it was really a pleasure +to them, and treated us like old friends whom they +were overjoyed to see.  “Well, well,” +said Mr. Schmidt, again and again, “it is very +good for you to come.  I am very glad that you +came tonight, for now we shall have company, and you +shall stay with us until the weather is fine again +for traveling, and we will talk English together, which +is a pleasure for me, for I have almost forgotten +my English, with no one to talk it to.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was after two o’clock when +we went to bed, and I verily believe that Mr. Schmidt +would have talked all night had it not been for our +hard day’s work and evident need of rest.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we arose in the morning the storm +was still blowing with unabated fury.  We had +breakfast with Mr. Schmidt in his private apartment +and were later introduced to Mr. Karl Filsehke, the +storekeeper, and his wife, who, like the Schmidts, +were most hospitable and kind.  At all of the +Moravian missions, with the exception of Killinek “down +to Chidley,” and Makkovik, the farthest station +“up south,” there is, besides the missionary, +who devotes himself more particularly to the spiritual +needs of his people, a storekeeper who looks after +their material welfare and assists in conducting the +meetings.</p> + +<p align="justify">In Labrador these missions are largely, +though by no means wholly, self-supporting.  +Furs and blubber are taken from the Eskimos in exchange +for goods, and the proflts resulting from their sale +in Europe are applied toward the expense of maintaining +the stations.  They own a small steamer, which +brings the supplies from London every summer and takes +away the year’s accumulation of fur and oil.  + Since the first permanent establishment was erected +at Nain, over one hundred and fifty years ago, they +have followed this trade.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the day I visited the store +and blubber house, where Eskimo men and women were +engaged in cutting seal blubber into small slices and +pounding these with heavy wooden mallets.  The +pounded blubber is placed in zinc vats, and, when +the summer comes, exposed in the vats to the sun’s +heat, which renders out a fine white oil.  This +oil is put into casks and shipped to the trade.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the depth of winter seal hunting +is impossible, and during that season the Eskimo families +gather in huts, or igloosoaks, at the mission stations.  + There are sixty-nine of these people connected with +the Ramah station and I visited them all with Mr. Schmidt.  + Their huts were heated with stone lamps and seal +oil, for the country is bare of wood.  The fuel +for the mission house is brought from the South by +the steamer.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos at Ramah and at the stations +south are all supposed to be Christians, but naturally +they still retain many of the traditional beliefs +and superstitions of their people.  They will +not live in a house where a death has occurred, believing +that the spirit of the departed will haunt the place.  + If the building is worth it, they take it down and +set it up again somewhere else.</p> + +<p align="justify">Not long ago the wife of one of the +Eskimos was taken seriously ill, and became delirious.  + Her husband and his neighbors, deciding that she +was possessed of an evil spirit, tied her down and +left her, until finally she died, uncared for and +alone, from cold and lack of nourishment.  This +occurred at a distance from the station, and the missionaries +did not learn of it until the woman was dead and beyond +their aid.  They are most kind in their ministrations +to the sick and needy.</p> + +<p align="justify">Once Dr. Grenfell visited Ramah and +exhibited to the astonished Eskimos some stereopticon +views—­photographs that he had taken there +in a previous year.  It so happened that one of +the pictures was that of an old woman who had died +since the photograph was made, and when it appeared +upon the screen terror struck the hearts of the simple-minded +people.  They believed it was her spirit returned +to earth, and for a long time afterward imagined that +they saw it floating about at night, visiting the +woman’s old haunts.</p> + +<p align="justify">The daily routine of the mission station +is most methodical.  At seven o’clock in +the morning a bell calls the servants to their duties; +at nine o’clock it rings again, granting a half +hour’s rest; at a quarter to twelve a third +ringing sends them to dinner; they return at one o’clock +to work until dark.  Every night at five o’clock +the bell summons them to religious service in the +chapel, where worship is conducted in Eskimo by either +the missionary or the storekeeper.  The women +sit on one side, the men on the other, and are always +in their seats before the last tone of the bell dies +out.  I used to enjoy these services exceedingly—­watching +the eager, expectant faces of the people as they heard +the lesson taught, and their hearty singing of the +hymns in Eskimo made the evening hour a most interesting +one to me.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is a busy life the missionary leads.  + From morning until night he is kept constantly at +work, and in the night his rest is often broken by +calls to minister to the sick.  He is the father +of his flock, and his people never hesitate to call +for his help and advice; to him all their troubles +and disagreements are referred for a wise adjustment.</p> + +<p align="justify">I am free to say that previous to +meeting them upon their field of labor I looked upon +the work of these missionaries with indifference, +if not disfavor, for I had been led to believe that +they were accomplishing little or nothing.  But +now I have seen, and I know of what incalculable value +the services are that they are rendering to the poor, +benighted people of this coast.</p> + +<p align="justify">They practically renounce the world +and their home ties to spend their lives, until they +are too old for further service or their health breaks +down, in their Heaven-inspired calling, surrounded +by people of a different race and language, in the +most barren, God-cursed land in the world.</p> + +<p align="justify">When their children reach the age +of seven years they must send them to the church school +at home to be educated.  Very often parent and +child never meet again.  This is, as many of them +told me, the greatest sacrifice they are called upon +to make, but they realize that it is for the best +good of the child and their work, and they do not +murmur.  What heroes and heroines these men and +women are!  One <i>must</i> admire and honor +them.</p> + +<p align="justify">There were some little ones here at +Ramah who used to climb upon my knees and call me +“Uncle,” and kiss me good morning and good +night, and I learned to love them.  My recollections +of these days at Ramah are pleasant ones.</p> + +<p align="justify">Philippus Inglavina and Ludwig Alasua, +two Eskimos, were engaged to hold themselves in readiness +with their team of twelve dogs for a bright and early +start for Hebron on the first clear morning.  +On the fourth morning after our arrival they announced +that the weather was sufficiently clear for them to +find their way over the hills.  Mrs. Schmidt +and Mrs. Filsehke filled an earthen jug with hot coffee +and wrapped it, with some sandwiches, in a bearskin +to keep from freezing for a few hours; sufficient +wood to boil the kettle that night and the next morning +was lashed with our baggage on the komatik; the Eskimos +each received the daily ration of a plug of tobacco +and a box of matches, which they demand when traveling, +and then we said good-by and started.  The komatik +was loaded with Eskimos, and the rest of the native +population trailed after us on foot.  It is the +custom on the coast for the people to accompany a +komatik starting on a journey for some distance from +the station.</p> + +<p align="justify">The wind, which had died nearly out +in the night, was rising again.  It was directly +in our teeth and shifting the loose snow unpleasantly.  +We had not gone far when one of the trailing Eskimos +came running after us and shouting to our driver to +stop.  We halted, and when he overtook us he +called the attention of Philippus to a high mountain +known as Attanuek (the King), whose peak was nearly +hidden by drifting snow.  A consultation decided +them that it would be dangerous to attempt the passes +that day, and to our chagrin the Eskimos turned the +dogs back to the station.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning Attanuek’s +head was clear, the wind was light, the atmosphere +bitter cold, and we were off in good season.  +We soon reached “Lamson’s Hill,” +rising three thousand feet across our path, and shortly +after daylight began the wearisome ascent, helping +the dogs haul the komatik up steep places and wallowing +through deep snow banks.  Before noon one of +our dogs gave out, and we had to cut him loose.  + An hour later we met George Ford on his way home to +Nachvak from Davis Inlet, and some Eskimos with a +team from the Hebron Mission, and from this latter +team we borrowed a dog to take the place of the one +that we had lost.  Ford told us that his leader +had gone mad that morning and he had been compelled +to shoot it.  He also in-formed me that wolves +had followed him all the way from Okak to Hebron, +mingling with his dogs at night, but at Hebron had +left his trail.</p> + +<p align="justify">At three o’clock we reached +the summit of Lamson’s Hill and began the perilous +descent, where only the most expert maneuvering on +the part of the Eskimos saved our komatik from being +smashed.  In many places we had to let the sledge +down over steep places, after first removing the dogs, +and it was a good while after dark when we reached +the bottom.  Then, after working the komatik +over a mile of rough bowlders from which the wind +had swept the snow, we at length came upon the sea +ice of Saglak Bay, and at eight o’clock drew +up at an igloosoak on an island several miles from +the mainland.</p> + +<p align="justify">This igloosoak was practically an +underground dwelling, and the entrance was through +a snow tunnel.  From a single seal-gut window +a dim light shone, but there was no other sign of +human life.  I groped my way into the tunnel, +bent half double, stepping upon and stumbling over +numerous dogs that blocked the way, and at the farther +end bumped into a door.  Upon pushing this open +I found myself in a room perhaps twelve by fourteen +feet in size.  Three stone lamps shed a gloomy +half light over the place, and revealed a low bunk, +covered with sealskins, extending along two sides +of the room, upon which nine Eskimos—­men, +women and children—­were lying.  A half +inch of soft slush covered the floor.  The whole +place was reeking in filth, infested with vermin, +and the stench was sickening.</p> + +<p align="justify">The people arose and welcomed us as +Eskimos always do, most cordially.  Our two drivers, +who followed me with the wood we had brought, made +a fire in a small sheet-iron tent stove kept in the +shack by the missionaries for their use when traveling, +and on it we placed our kettle full of ice for tea, +and our sandwiches to thaw, for they were frozen as +hard as bullets.  One of the old women was half +dead with consumption, and constantly spitting, and +when we saw her turning our sandwiches on the stove +our appetite appreciably diminished.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Ramah I had purchased some dried +caplin for dog food for the night.  The caplin +is a small fish, about the size of a smelt or a little +larger, and is caught in the neighborhood of Hamilton +Inlet and south.  They are brought north by the +missionaries to use for dog food when traveling in +the winter, as they are more easily packed on the +komatik than seal meat.  The Eskimos are exceedingly +fond of these dried fish, and they appealed to our +men as too great a delicacy to waste upon the dogs.  + Therefore when feeding time came, seal blubber, of +which there was an abundant supply in the igloo, fell +to the lot of the animals, while our drivers and hosts +appropriated the caplin to themselves.  The bag +of fish was placed in the center, with a dish of raw +seal fat alongside, with the men, women and children +surrounding it, and they were still banqueting upon +the fish and fat when I, weary with traveling, fell +asleep in my bag.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was not yet dark the next evening +when we came in sight of the Eskimo village at the +Hebron mission, and the whole population of one hundred +and eighty people and two hundred dogs, the former +shouting, the latter howling, turned out to greet +us.  Several of the young men, fleeter of foot +than the others, ran out on the ice, and when they +had come near enough to see who we were, turned and +ran back again ahead of our dogs, shouting “Kablunot!  + Kablunot!” (outlanders), and so, in the midst +of pandemonium, we drew into the station, and received +from the missionaries a most cordial welcome.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here I was fortunate in securing for +the next eighty miles of our journey an Eskimo with +an exceptionally fine team of fourteen dogs.  +This new driver—­Cornelius was his name—­made +my heart glad by consenting to travel without an attendant.  + I was pleased at this be-cause experience had taught +me that each additional man meant just so much slower +progress.</p> + +<p align="justify">No time was lost at Hebron, for the +weather was fine, and early morning found us on our +way.  At Napartok we reached the “first +wood,” and the sight of a grove of green spruce +tops above the snow seemed almost like a glimpse of +home.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was dreary, tiresome work, this +daily plodding southward over the endless snow, sometimes +upon the wide ice field, sometimes crossing necks +of land with tedious ascents and dangerous descents +of hills, making no halt while daylight lasted, save +to clear the dogs’ entangled traces and snatch +a piece of hard-tack for a cheerless luncheon.</p> + +<p align="justify">Okak, two days’ travel south +of Hebron, with a population of three hundred and +twenty-nine, is the largest Eskimo village in Labrador +and an important station of the Moravian missionaries.  + Besides the chapel, living apartments and store of +the mission a neat, well-organized little hospital +has just been opened by them and placed in charge +of Dr. S. Hutton, an English physician.  Young, +capable and with every prospect of success at home, +he and his charming wife have resigned all to come +to the dreary Labrador and give their lives and efforts +to the uplifting of this bit of benighted humanity.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were entertained by the doctor +and Mrs. Hutton and found them most delightful people.  + The only other member of the hospital corps was Miss +S. Francis, a young woman who has prepared herself +as a trained nurse to give her life to the service.  + I had an opportunity to visit with Dr. Hutton several +of the Eskimo dwellings, and was struck by their cleanliness +and the great advance toward civilization these people +have made over their northern kinsmen.  We had +now reached a section where timber grows, and some +of the houses were quite pretentious for the frontier—­well +furnished, of two or three rooms, and far superior +to many of the homes of the outer coast breeds to the +south.  This, of course, is the visible result +of the century of Moravian labors.  Here I engaged, +with the aid of the missionaries, Paulus Avalar and +Boas Anton with twelve dogs to go with us to Nain, +and after one day at Okak our march was resumed.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is a hundred miles from Okak to +Nain and on the way the Kiglapait Mountain must be +crossed, as the Atlantic ice outside is liable to be +shattered at any time should an easterly gale blow, +and there is no possible retreat and no opportunity +to escape should one be caught upon it at such a time, +as perpendicular cliffs rise sheer from the sea ice +here.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had not reached the summit of the +Kiglapait when night drove us into camp in a snow +igloo.  The Eskimos here are losing the art of +snow-house building, and this one was very poorly constructed, +and, with a temperature of thirty or forty degrees +below zero, very cold and uncomfortable.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we turned into our sleeping bags +Paulus, who could talk a few words of English, remarked +to me:  “Clouds say big snow maybe.  + Here very bad.  No dog feed.  We go early,” +and pointing to my watch face indicated that we should +start at midnight.  At eleven o’clock I +heard him and Boas get up and go out.  Half an +hour later they came back with a kettle of hot tea +and we had breakfast.  Then the two Eskimos, +by candlelight read aloud in their language a form +of worship and sang a hymn.  All along the coast +between Hebron and Makkovik I found morning and evening +worship and grace before and after meals a regular +institution with the Eskimos, whose religious training +is carefully looked after by the Moravians.</p> + +<p align="justify">By midnight our komatik was packed.  + “Ooisht! ooisht!” started the dogs forward +as the first feathery flakes of the threatened storm +fell lazily down.  Not a breath of wind was stirring +and no sound broke the ominous silence of the night +save the crunch of our feet on the snow and the voice +of the driver urging on the dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">Boas went ahead, leading the team +on the trail.  Presently he halted and shouted +back that he could not make out the landmarks in the +now thickening snow.  Then we circled about until +an old track was found and went on again.  Time +and again this maneuver was repeated.  The snow +now began to fall heavily and the wind rose.</p> + +<p align="justify">No further sign of the track could +be discovered and short halts were made while Paulus +examined my compass to get his bearings.</p> + +<p align="justify">Finally the summit of the Kiglapait +was reached, and the descent was more rapid.  + At one place on a sharp down grade the dogs started +on a run and we jumped upon the komatik to ride.  + Moving at a rapid pace the team, dimly visible ahead, +suddenly disappeared.  Paulus rolled off the +komatik to avoid going over the ledge ahead, but the +rest of us had no time to jump, and a moment later +the bottom fell out of our track and we felt ourselves +dropping through space.  It was a fall of only +fifteen feet, but in the night it seemed a hundred.  + Fortunately we landed on soft snow and no harm was +done, but we had a good shaking up.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm grew in force with the coming +of daylight.  Forging on through the driving +snow we reached the ocean ice early in the forenoon +and at four o’clock in the afternoon the shelter +of an Eskimo hut.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm was so severe the next morning +our Eskimos said to venture out in it would probably +mean to get lost, but before noon the wind so far +abated that we started.</p> + +<p align="justify">The snow fell thickly all day, the +wind began to rise again, and a little after four +o’clock the real force of the gale struck us +in one continued, terrific sweep, and the snow blew +so thick that we nearly smothered.  The temperature +was thirty degrees below zero.  We could not +see the length of the komatik.  We did not dare +let go of it, for had we separated ourselves a half +dozen yards we should certainly have been lost.</p> + +<p align="justify">Somehow the instincts of drivers and +dogs, guided by the hand of a good Providence, led +us to the mission house at Nain, which we reached +at five o’clock and were overwhelmed by the kindness +of the Moravians.  This is the Moravian headquarters +in Labrador, and the Bishop, Right Reverend A. Martin, +with his aids, is in charge.</p> + +<a name="nain"></a> +<a href="images/nainth.jpg"> +<img alt="Nain, the Moravian Headquarters in Labrador" src="images/nainth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">It was Saturday night when we reached +Nain, and Sunday was spent here while we secured new +drivers and dogs and waited for the storm to blow +over.</p> + +<p align="justify">Every one was so cordial and hospitable +that I almost regretted the necessity of leaving on +Monday morning.  The day was excessively cold +and a head wind froze cheeks and noses and required +an almost constant application of the hand to thaw +them out and prevent them from freezing permanently.  + Easton even frosted his elbow through his heavy clothing +of reindeer skin.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the second day from Nain we +met Missionary Christian Schmitt returning from a +visit to the natives farther south, and on the ice +had a half hour’s chat.</p> + +<p align="justify">That evening we reached Davis Inlet +Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company, and spent +the night with Mr. Guy, the agent, and the following +morning headed southward again, passed Cape Harrigan, +and in another two days reached Hopedale Mission, +where we arrived just ahead of one of the fierce storms* +so frequent here at this season of the year, which +held us prisoners from Thursday night until Monday +morning.  Two days later we pulled in at Makkovik, +the last station of the Moravians on our southern +trail.</p> + +<p align="justify">* Since writing the above I have learned +that a half-breed whom I met at Davis Inlet, his wife +and a young native left that point for Hope-dale +just after us, were overtaken by this storm, lost their +way, and were probably overcome by the elements.  + Their dogs ate the bodies and a week later returned, +well fed, to Davis Inlet.  Dr. Grenfell found +the bones in the spring.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_23"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXIII</h1> + +<p><b>BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER</b></p> + +<p align="justify">We had now reached an English-speaking +country; that is, a section where every one talked +understandable English, though at the same time nearly +every one was conversant with the Eskimo language.</p> + +<p align="justify">All down the coast we had been fortunate +in securing dogs and drivers with little trouble through +the intervention of the missionaries; but at Makkovik +dogs were scarce, and it seemed for a time as though +we were stranded here, but finally, with missionary +Townley’s aid I engaged an old Eskimo named +Martin Tuktusini to go with us to Rigolet.  When +I looked at Martin’s dogs, however, I saw at +once that they were not equal to the journey, unaided.  + Neither had I much faith in Martin, for he was an +old man who had nearly reached the end of his usefulness.</p> + +<p align="justify">A day was lost in vainly looking around +for additional dogs, and then Mr. Townley generously +loaned us his team and driver to help us on to Big +Bight, fifteen miles away, where he thought we might +get dogs to supplement Martin’s.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Big Bight we found a miserable +hut, where the people were indescribably poor and +dirty.  A team was engaged after some delay to +carry us to Tishialuk, thirty miles farther on our +journey, which place we reached the following day +at eleven o’clock.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is a single hovel at Tishialuk, +occupied by two brothers—­John and Sam Cove—­and +their sister.  Their only food was flour, and +a limited quantity of that.  Even tea and molasses, +usually found amongst the “livyeres” (live-heres) +of the coast, were lacking.  Sam was only too +glad of the opportunity to earn a few dollars, and +was engaged with his team to join forces with Martin +as far as Rigolet.</p> + +<p align="justify">There are two routes from Tishialuk +to Rigolet.  One is the “Big Neck” +route over the hills, and much shorter than the other, +which is known as the outside route, though it also +crosses a wide neck of land inside of Cape Harrison, +ending at Pottle’s Bay on Hamilton Inlet.  + It was my intention to take the Big Neck trail, but +Martin strenuously opposed it on the ground that it +passed over high hills, was much more difficult, and +the probabilities of getting lost should a storm occur +were much greater by that route than by the other.  + His objections prevailed, and upon the afternoon +of the day after our arrival Sam was ready, and in +a gale of wind we ran down on the ice to Tom Bromfield’s +cabin at Tilt Cove, that we might be ready to make +an early start for Pottle’s Bay the following +morning, as the whole day would be needed to cross +the neck of land to Pottle’s Bay and the neatest +shelter beyond.</p> + +<p align="justify">Tom is a prosperous and ambitious +hunter, and is fairly well-to-do as it goes on the +Labrador.  His one-room cabin was very comfortable, +and he treated us to unwonted luxuries, such as butter, +marmalade, and sugar for our tea.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the evening he displayed to +me the skin of a large wolf which he had killed a +few days before, and told us the story of the killing.</p> + +<p align="justify">“I were away, sir,” related +he, “wi’ th’ dogs, savin’ one +which I leaves to home, ‘tendin’ my fox +traps.  The woman (meaning his wife) were alone +wi’ the young ones.  In the evenin’ +(afternoon) her hears a fightin’ of dogs outside, +an’ thinkin’ one of the team was broke +loose an’ run home, she starts to go out to +beat the beasts an’ put a stop to the fightin’.  + But lookin’ out first before she goes, what +does she see but the wolf that owned that skin, and +right handy to the door he were, too.  He were +a big divil, as you sees, sir.  She were scared.  +Her tries to take down the rifle—­the one +as is there on the pegs, sir.  The wolf and the +dog be now fightin’ agin’ the door, and +she thinks they’s handy to breakin’ in, +and it makes her a bit shaky in the hands, and she +makes a slip and the rifle he goes off bang! makin’ +that hole there marrin’ the timber above the +windy.  Then the wolf he goes off too; he be +scared at the shootin’.  When I comes home +she tells me, and I lays fur the beast.  ’Twere +the next day and I were in the house when I hears +the dogs fightin’ and I peers out the windy, +and there I sees the wolf fightin’ wi’ +the dogs, quite handy by the house.  Well, sir, +I just gits the rifle down and goes out, and when +the dogs sees me they runs and leaves the wolf, and +I up and knocks he over wi’ a bullet, and there’s +his skin, worth a good four dollars, for he be an +extra fine one, sir.”</p> + +<p>We sat up late that night listening to Tom’s +stories.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning was leaden gray, +and promised snow.  With the hope of reaching +Pottle’s Bay before dark we started forward early, +and at one o’clock in the afternoon were in +the soft snow of the spruce-covered neck.  Traveling +was very bad and progress so slow that darkness found +us still amongst the scrubby firs.  Martin and +I walked ahead of the dogs, making a path and cutting +away the growth where it was too thick to permit the +passage of the teams.</p> + +<p align="justify">Martin was guiding us by so circuitous +a path that finally I began to suspect he had lost +his way, and, calling a halt, suggested that we had +better make a shelter and stop until daylight, particularly +as the snow was now falling.  When you are lost +in the bush it is a good rule to stop where you are +until you make certain of your course.  Martin +in this instance, however, seemed very positive that +we were going in the right direction, though off the +usual trail, and he said that in another hour or so +we would certainly come out and find the salt-water +ice of Hamilton Inlet.  So after an argument I +agreed to proceed and trust in his assurances.</p> + +<p align="justify">Easton, who was driving the rear team, +was completely tired out with the exertion of steering +the komatik through the brush and untangling the dogs, +which seemed to take a delight in spreading out and +getting their traces fast around the numerous small +trees, and I went to the rear to relieve him for a +time from the exhausting work.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was nearly two o’clock in +the morning when we at length came upon the ice of +a brook which Martin admitted he had never seen before +and confessed that he was completely lost.  I +ordered a halt at once until daylight.  We drank +some cold water, ate some hard-tack and then stretched +our sleeping bags upon the snow and, all of us weary, +lay down to let the drift cover us while we slept.</p> + +<p align="justify">At dawn we were up, and with a bit +of jerked venison in my hand to serve for breakfast, +I left the others to lash the load on the komatiks +and follow me and started on ahead.  I had walked +but half a mile when I came upon the rough hummocks +of the Inlet ice.  Before noon we found shelter +from the now heavily driving snowstorm in a livyere’s +hut and here remained until the following morning.</p> + +<p align="justify">Just beyond this point, in crossing +a neck of land, we came upon a small hut and, as is +usual on the Labrador, stopped for a moment.  +The people of the coast always expect travelers to +stop and have a cup of tea with them, and feel that +they have been slighted if this is not done.  + Here I found a widow named Newell, whom I knew, and +her two or three small children.  It was a miserable +hut, without even the ordinary comforts of the poorer +coast cabins, only one side of the earthen floor partially +covered with rough boards, and the people destitute +of food.  Mrs. Newell told me that the other livyeres +were giving her what little they had to eat, and had +saved them during the winter from actual starvation.  + I had some hardtack and tea in my “grub bag,” +and these I left with her.</p> + +<p align="justify">Two days later we pulled in at Rigolet +and were greeted by my friend Fraser.  It was +almost like getting home again, for now I was on old, +familiar ground.  A good budget of letters that +had come during the previous summer awaited us and +how eagerly we read them!  This was the first +communication we had received from our home folks since +the previous June and it was now February twenty-first.</p> + +<p align="justify">We rested with Fraser until the twenty-third, +and then with Mark Pallesser, a Groswater Bay Eskimo, +turned in to Northwest River where Stanton, upon coming +from the interior, had remained to wait for our return +that he might join us for the balance of the journey +out.  The going was fearful and snowshoeing in +the heavy snow tiresome.  It required two days +to reach Mulligan, where we spent the night with skipper +Tom Blake, one of my good old friends, and at Tom’s +we feasted on the first fresh venison we had had since +leaving the Ungava district.  In the whole distance +from Whale River not a caribou had been killed during +the winter by any one, while in the previous winter +a single hunter at Davis Inlet shot in one day a hundred +and fifty, and only ceased then because he had no +more ammunition.  Tom had killed three or four, +and south of this point I learned of a hunter now +and then getting one.</p> + +<p align="justify">Northwest River was reached on Monday, +February twenty-sixth, and we took Cotter by complete +surprise, for he had not expected us for another month.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day after our arrival Stanton +came to the Post from a cabin three miles above, where +he had been living alone, and he was delighted to +see us.</p> + +<p align="justify">The lumbermen at Muddy Lake, twenty +miles away, heard of our arrival and sent down a special +messenger with a large addition to the mail which +I was carrying out and which had been growing steadily +in bulk with its accumulations at every station.</p> + +<p align="justify">This is the stormiest season of the +year in Labrador, and weather conditions were such +that it was not until March sixth that we were permitted +to resume our journey homeward.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_24"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXIV</h1> + +<p><b>THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The storm left the ice covered with +a depth of soft snow into which the dogs sank deep +and hauled the komatik with difficulty.  Snowshoeing, +too, was unusually hard.  The day we left Northwest +River (Tuesday, March sixth) the temperature rose +above the freezing point, and when it froze that night +a thin crust formed, through which our snowshoes broke, +adding very materially to the labor of walking—­and +of course it was all walking.</p> + +<p align="justify">As the days lengthened and the sun +asserting his power, pushed higher and higher above +the horizon, the glare upon the white expanse of snow +dazzled our eyes, and we had to put on smoked glasses +to protect ourselves from snow-blindness.  Even +with the glasses our driver, Mark, became partially +snow-blind, and when, on the evening of the third +day after leaving Northwest River, we reached his home +at Karwalla, an Eskimo settlement a few miles west +of Rigolet, it became necessary for us to halt until +he was sufficiently recovered to enable him to travel +again.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we met some of the Eskimos that +had been connected with the Eskimo village at the +World’s Fair at Chicago, in 1893.  Mary, +Mark’s wife, was one of the number.  She +told me of having been exhibited as far west as Portland, +Oregon, and I asked: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Mary, aren’t you discontented +here, after seeing so much of the world?  Wouldn’t +you like to go back?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, sir,” she answered. + “’Tis fine here, where I has plenty of +company.  ’Tis too lonesome in the States, +sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“But you can’t get the +good things to eat here—­the fruits and other +things,” I insisted.</p> + +<p align="justify">“I likes the oranges and apples +fine, sir—­but they has no seal meat or +deer’s meat in the States.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was not until Tuesday, March thirteenth, +three days after our arrival at Karwalla, that Mark +thought himself quite able to proceed.  The brief +“mild” gave place to intense cold and blustery, +snowy weather.  We pushed on toward West Bay, +on the outer coast again, by the “Backway,” +an arm of Hamilton Inlet that extends almost due east +from Karwalla.</p> + +<p align="justify">At West Bay I secured fresh dogs to +carry us on to Cartwright, which I hoped to reach +in one day more.  But the going was fearfully +poor, soft snow was drifted deep in the trail over +Cape Porcupine, the ice in Traymore was broken up +by the gales, and this necessitated a long detour, +so it was nearly dark and snowing hard when we at last +reached the house of James Williams, at North River, +just across Sandwich Bay from Cartwright Post.  + The greeting I received was so kindly that I was +not altogether disappointed at having to spend the +night here.</p> + +<p align="justify">“We’ve been expectin’ +you all winter, sir,” said Mrs. Williams.  + “When you stopped two years ago you said you’d +come some other time, and we knew you would.  + ’Tis fine to see you again, sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">On the afternoon of March seventeenth +we reached Cartwright Post of the Hudson’s Bay +Company, and my friend Mr. Ernest Swaffield, the agent, +and Mrs. Swaffield, who had been so kind to me on my +former trip, gave us a cordial welcome.  Here +also I met Dr. Mumford, the resident physician at +Dr. Grenfell’s mission hospital at Battle Harbor, +who was on a trip along the coast visiting the sick.</p> + +<p align="justify">Another four days’ delay was +necessary at Cartwright before dogs could be found +to carry us on, but with Swaffield’s aid I finally +secured teams and we resumed our journey, stopping +at night at the native cabins along the route.  + Much bad weather was encountered to retard us and +I had difficulty now and again in securing dogs and +drivers.  Many of the men that I had on my previous +trip, when I brought Hubbard’s body out to Battle +Harbor, were absent hunting, but whenever I could +find them they invariably engaged with me again to +help me a stage upon the journey.</p> + +<p align="justify">From Long Pond, near Seal Islands, +neither I nor the men I had knew the way (when I traveled +down the coast on the former occasion my drivers took +a route outside of Long Pond), and that afternoon we +went astray, and with no one to set us right wandered +about upon the ice until long after dark, looking +for a hut at Whale Bight, which was finally located +by the dogs smelling smoke and going to it.</p> + +<p align="justify">A little beyond Whale Bight we came +upon a bay that I recognized, and from that point +I knew the trail and headed directly to Williams’ +Harbor, where I found John and James Russell, two of +my old drivers, ready to take us on to Battle Harbor.</p> + +<p align="justify">At last, on the afternoon of March +twenty-sixth we reached the hospital, and how good +it seemed to be back almost within touch of civilization.  + It was here that I ended that long and dreary sledge +journey with the last remains of dear old Hubbard, +in the spring of 1904, and what a flood of recollections +came to me as I stood in front of the hospital and +looked again across the ice of St. Lewis Inlet!  +How well I remembered those weary days over there at +Fox Harbor, watching the broken, heaving ice that +separated me from Battle Island; the little boat that +one day came into the ice and worked its way slowly +through it until it reached us and took us to the hospital +and the ship; and how thankful I felt that I had reached +here with my precious burden safe.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mrs. Mumford made us most welcome, +and entertained me in the doctor’s house, and +was as good and kind as she could be.</p> + +<p align="justify">I must again express my appreciation +of the truly wonderful work that Dr. Grenfell and +his brave associates are carrying on amongst the people +of this dreary coast.  Year after year, they brave +the hardships and dangers of sea and fog and winter +storms that they may minister to the lowly and needy +in the Master’s name.  It is a saying on +the coast that “even the dogs know Dr. Grenfell,” +and it is literally true, for his activities carry +him everywhere and God knows what would become of +some of the people if he were not there to look after +them.  His practice extends over a larger territory +than that of any other physician in the world, but +the only fee he ever collects is the pleasure that +comes with the knowledge of work well done.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Battle Harbor I was told by a trader +that it would be difficult, if not impossible, to +procure dogs to carry us up the Straits toward Quebec, +and I was strongly advised to end my snowshoe and dog +journey here and wait for a steamer that was expected +to come in April to the whaling station at Cape Charles, +twelve miles away.  This seemed good advice, +for if we could get a steamer here within three weeks +or so that would take us to St. Johns we should reach +home probably earlier than we possibly could by going +to Quebec.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is a government coast telegraph +line that follows the north shore of the St. Lawrence +from Quebec to Château Bay, but the nearest office +open at this time was at Red Bay, sixty-five miles +from Battle Harbor, and I determined to go there and +get into communication with home and at the same time +telegraph to Bowring Brothers in St. Johns and ascertain +from them exactly when I might expect the whaling +steamer.</p> + +<p align="justify">William Murphy offered to carry me +over with his team, and, leaving Stanton and Easton +comfortably housed at Battle Harbor and both of them +quite content to end their dog traveling here, on the +morning after my arrival Murphy and I made an early +start for Red Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">Except in the more sheltered places +the bay ice had broken away along the Straits and +we had to follow the rough ice barricades, sometimes +working inland up and down the rocky hills and steep +grades.  Before noon we passed Henley Harbor +and the Devil’s Dining Table—­a basaltic +rock formation—­and a little later reached +Château Bay and had dinner in a native house.  + Beyond this point there are cabins built at intervals +of a few miles as shelter for the linemen when making +repairs to the wire.  We passed one of these at +Wreck Cove toward evening, but as a storm was threatening, +pushed on to the next one at Green Bay, fifty-five +miles from Battle Harbor.  It was dark before +we got there, and to reach the Bay we had to descend +a steep hill.  I shall never forget the ride +down that hill.  It is very well to go over places +like that when you know the way and what you are likely +to bring up against, but I did not know the way and +had to pin my faith blindly on Murphy, who had taken +me over rotten ice during the day—–­ +ice that waved up and down with our weight and sometimes +broke behind us.  My opinion of him was that +he was a reckless devil, and when we began to descend +that hill, five hundred feet to the bay ice, this +opinion was strengthened.  I would have said uncomplimentary +things to him had time permitted.  I expected +anything to happen.  It looked in the night as +though a sheer precipice with a bottomless pit below +was in front of us.  Two drags were thrown over +the komatik runners to hold us back, but in spite +of them we went like a shot out of a gun, he on one +side, I on the other, sticking our heels into the hard +snow as we extended our legs ahead, trying our best +to hold back and stop our wild progress.  But, +much to my surprise, when we got there, and I verily +believe to Murphy’s surprise also, we landed +right side up at the bottom, with no bones broken.  + There were three men camped in the shack here, and +we spent the night with them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early the next day we reached Red +Bay and the telegraph office.  There are no words +in the English language adequate to express my feelings +of gratification when I heard the instruments clicking +off the messages.  It had been seventeen years +since I had handled a telegraph key—­when +I was a railroad telegrapher down in New England—­and +how I fondled that key, and what music the click of +the sounder was to my ears!</p> + +<p align="justify">My messages were soon sent, and then +I sat down to wait for the replies.</p> + +<p align="justify">The office was in the house of Thomas +Moors, and he was good enough to invite me to stop +with him while in Red Bay.  His daughter was the +telegraph operator.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day the answers to my telegrams +came, and many messages from friends, and one from +Bowring & Company stating that no steamer would be +sent to Cape Charles.  I had been making inquiries +here, however, in the meantime, and learned that it +was quite possible to secure dogs and continue the +journey up the north shore, so I was not greatly disappointed.  + I dispatched Murphy at once to Battle Harbor to bring +on the other men, waiting myself at Red Bay for their +coming, and holding teams in readiness for an immediate +departure when they should arrive.</p> + +<p align="justify">They drove in at two o’clock +on April fourth, and we left at once.  On the +morning of the sixth we passed through Blanc Sablon, +the boundary line between Newfoundland and Canadian +territory, and here I left the Newfoundland letters +from my mail bag.  From this point the majority +of the natives are Acadians, and speak only French.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Brador Bay I stopped to telegraph.  + No operator was there, so I sent the message myself, +left the money on the desk and proceeded.</p> + +<p align="justify">Three days more took us to St. Augustine +Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company, where we arrived +in the morning and accepted the hospitality of Burgess, +the Agent.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our old friends the Indians whom we +met on our inland trip at Northwest River were here, +and John, who had eaten supper with us at our camp +on the hill on the first portage, expressed great pleasure +at meeting us, and had many questions to ask about +the country.  They had failed in their deer hunt, +and had come out half starved a week or so before, +from the interior.</p> + +<a name="indians"></a> +<a href="images/indiansth.jpg"> +<img alt="The Indians Were Here" src="images/indianth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<p align="justify">We did fifty miles on the eleventh, +changing dogs at Harrington at noon and running on +to Sealnet Cove that night.  Here we found more +Indians who had just emerged from the interior, driven +to the coast for food like those at St. Augustine +as the result of their failure to find caribou.</p> + +<p align="justify">Two days later we reached the Post +at Romain, and on the afternoon of April seventeenth +reached Natashquan and open water.  Here I engaged +passage on a small schooner—­the first afloat +in the St. Lawrence—­to take us on to Eskimo +Point, seventy miles farther, where the Quebec steamer, +<i>King Edward</i>, was expected to arrive in a week +or so.  That night we boarded the schooner and +sailed at once.  Into the sea I threw the clothes +I had been wearing, and donned fresh ones.  What +a relief it was to be clear of the innumerable horde +“o’ wee sma’ beasties” that +had been my close companions all the way down from +the Eskimo igloos in the North.  I have wondered +many times since whether those clothes swam ashore, +and if they did what happened to them.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a great pleasure to be upon +the water again, and see the shore slip past, and +feel that no more snowstorms, no more bitter northern +blasts, no more hungry days and nights were to be faced.</p> + +<p align="justify">Since June twenty-fifth, the day we +dipped our paddles into the water of Northwest River +and turned northward into the wastes of the great +unknown wilderness, eight hundred miles had been traversed +in reaching Fort Chimo, and on our return journey +with dogs and komatik and snowshoes, two thousand +more.</p> + +<p align="justify">We reached Eskimo Point on April twentieth, +and that very day a rain began that turned the world +into a sea of slush.  I was glad indeed that +our komatik work was finished, for it would now have +been very difficult, if not impossible, to travel +farther with dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">I at once deposited in the post office +the bag of letters that I had carried all the way +from far-off Ungava.  This was the first mail +that any single messenger had ever carried by dog +train from that distant point, and I felt quite puffed +up with the honor of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">The week that we waited here for the +<i>King Edward</i> was a dismal one, and when the +ship finally arrived we lost no time in getting ourselves +and our belongings aboard.  It was a mighty satisfaction +to feel the pulse of the engines that with every revolution +took us nearer home, and when at last we tied up at +the steamer’s wharf in Quebec, I heaved a sigh +of relief.</p> + +<p align="justify">On April thirtieth, after an absence +of just eleven months, we found ourselves again in +the whirl and racket of New York.  The portages +and rapids and camp fires, the Indian wigwams and +Eskimo igloos and the great, silent white world of +the North that we had so recently left were now only +memories.  We had reached the end of The Long +Trail.  The work of exploration begun by Hubbard +was finished.</p> + +<a NAME="appendix"></a> +<h1>APPENDIX</h1> + +<p><b>LABRADOR PLANTS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Specimens collected along the route +of the expedition between Northwest River and Lake +Michikamau.  Determined at the New York<br> +Botanical Gardens: </p> + +<p>Ledum groonlandicum, Oeder. <br> +Comarum palustre L.<br> +Rubus arcticus L.<br> +Solidago multiradiata.  Ait. <br> +Sanguisorba Canadensis L.<br> +Linnaea Americana, Forbes. <br> +Dasiphora fruticosa (L), Rydb. <br> +Chamnaerion latifolium (L), Sweet. <br> +Viburnum pancifloram, Pylaim. <br> +Viscaxia alpina (L), Roehl. <br> +Menyanthes trifoliata L.<br> +Vaznera trifolia (L), Morong. <br> +Ledum prostratum, Rotlb. <br> +Betula glandulosa, Michx. <br> +Kalmia angustifolia. <br> +Aronia nigra (Willd), Britt. <br> +Comus Canadensis L.<br> +Arenaria groenlandica (Retz), Spreng. <br> +Barbarea stricta, Audry. <br> +Eriophorum russeolum, Fries. <br> +Eriophorum polystachyon L.<br> +Phegopteris Phegopt@ (L), Fee.</p> + +<p><b>LICHENS</b></p> + +<p>Cladonia deformis (L), Hoffen. <br> +Alectoria dehrolenea (Ehrh.), Nyl. <br> +Umbilicaria Neuhlenbergii (Ac L.), Tuck.</p> + +<p><b>GEOLOGICAL NOTES</b></p> +By G. M. Richards<br> +<p>All bearings given, refer to the true meridian.</p> + +<p>My sincere thanks are due Prof.  J.F.  Kemp +and Dr.<br> +C.P.  Berkey, whose generous assistance has made +this work possible.</p> + +<p><b>ROUTE FOLLOWED</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The route was by steamer to the head +of Hamilton Inlet, Labrador—­ thence by +canoes up Grand Lake and the Nascaupee River.  + Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, a portage route was +followed which makes a long detour through a series +of lakes to avoid rapids in the river.  This +trail again returns to the Nascaupee River at Seal +Lake and for some fifty miles above Seal Lake, follows +the river.  It then leaves the Nascaupee, making +a second long detour through lakes to the north.  + On one of these lakes (Bibiquasin Lake) the trail +was lost, and thereafter we traveled in a westerly +direction until reaching Lake Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our food supply was then in so depleted +a condition the party was obliged to separate, three +of us returning to Northwest River.</p> + +<p align="justify">It will be understood that the circumstances +would allow of but a very limited examination of the +geological features of the country.  Only typical +rock specimens, or those whose character was at all +doubtful were brought back.</p> + +<p><b>PREVIOUS EXPLORATION</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. A.P.  Low penetrated to Lake +Michikamau, by way of the Grand River.  He has +thoroughly described the lake in his report to the +Canadian Geological Survey, 1895, and it is not touched +upon in the following paper.  In the summer of +1903, an expedition led by Leonidas Hubbard, Jr., +attempted to reach Lake Michikamau by ascending the +Nascaupee River; they, however, missed the mouth of +that stream on Grand Lake and followed the Susan River +instead, pursuing a northwesterly course for two months +without reaching the lake.  On the return journey, +Mr. Hubbard died of starvation, his two companions, +Mr. Wallace and a half-breed Indian, barely escaping +a similar fate.</p> + +<p><b>GEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The Northwest River represented on +the map of the Canadian Geological Survey (made from +information obtained from the Indians) as draining +Lake Michikamau, is but three and one-half miles long, +and connects Grand Lake with Hamilton Inlet.  + There are six streams flowing into Grand Lake, instead +of only one.  It is the Nascaupee River that flows +from Lake Michikamau to Grand Lake; and Seal Lake instead +of being the source of the Nascaupee River is merely +an expansion of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">The source of the Crooked River was +also discovered and mapped, as well as a great number +of smaller lakes.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the Northern Slope the George and +Koroksoak Rivers and several lakes were mapped, and +some smaller rivers located.</p> + +<p><b>DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ROUTE EXPLORED</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Northwest River which flows into a +small sandy bay at the head of Hamilton Inlet is only +three and one-half miles long and drains Grand Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">For one-quarter of a mile above its +mouth the river maintains an average width of one +hundred and fifty yards, and a depth of two and one-half +fathoms.  It then expands into a shallow sheet +of water two miles wide and three miles long, known +locally as “The Little Lake.”  At +the head of this small expansion the river again contracts +where it flows out of Grand Lake.  This point +is known as “The Rapids,” and although +there is a strong current, the stream may be ascended +in canoes without tracking.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the foot of “The Rapids” +the effect of the spring tides is barely perceptible.  + Between Grand Lake and the head of Hamilton Inlet, +Northwest River flows through a deposit of sand marked +by several distinct marine terraces.</p> + +<p align="justify">Grand Lake is a body of fresh water +forty miles long and from two to six miles in width, +having a direction N. 75 degrees W. It lies in a +deep valley between rocky hills that rise to a height +of about four hundred feet above the lake, and was +doubtless at one time an extension of Hamilton Inlet.  + At Cape Corbeau and Berry Head the rocks rise almost +perpendicularly from the water; at the former place, +to a height of three hundred feet.  Except in +a few places the hills are covered to their summits +by a thick growth of small spruce and fir.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the head of the lake there are +two bays, one extending slightly to the southwest, +the other nearly due north.  Into the former flow +the Susan and Beaver Rivers, while into the latter +empties the water of the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers.  + Besides these there are two small streams, the Cape +Corbeau River on the south, and Watty’s Brook +on the north shore.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the point where the Nascaupee and +Crooked Rivers enter the lake there are two low islands +of sand, and a great deal of sand is being carried +down by the two streams and deposited in the lake, +which is very shallow for some distance from the shore.</p> + +<p align="justify">Three miles above the mouth of the +Nascaupee River it is separated from the Crooked River +by a plain of stratified sand and gravel, three-quarters +of a mile wide, with two well-defined terraces.  + The first is twenty feet above the river and extends +back some three hundred yards to a second terrace, +rising seventy-five feet above the first.</p> + +<p align="justify">Half way between this terrace and +the Crooked River is, the old bed of the Nascaupee +River, nearly parallel to its present course.  + A similar abandoned channel curve was found, making +a small arc to the south of the Crooked River.</p> + +<p align="justify">Above Grand Lake the Nascaupee River +flows through an ancient valley, which is from a few +hundred yards to a mile wide and cut deep into the +old Archaean rocks, affording an excellent example +of river erosion.  The banks are of sand, and +in some places clay, extending back to the foot of +the precipitous hills.  Apparently the ancient +river valley has been partly filled with drift, down +through which the river has cut its way; the present +bed of the stream being of post glacial formation.  + The general direction of the river is N. 83 degrees +W.</p> + +<p align="justify">Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, the +Red River joins the main stream, coming from N. 87 +degrees W. Below its junction with the latter stream, +the Nascaupee River has a width varying between two +and three hundred yards, and an average depth of about +ten feet.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Red River is two hundred feet +wide, and its water, unlike that of the main stream, +has a red brown color, like that of many of the streams +of Ontario which have their source in swamp or Muskeg +lands.</p> + +<p align="justify">The first rapids in the Red River +are said to be eight miles above its mouth.  +Directly opposite the junction of the two streams the +portage leaves the Nascaupee River.  The direction +is N. 24 degrees E. and the distance five and one-half +miles, with an elevation of 1050 feet above the river +at the end of the second mile.</p> + +<p align="justify">The last three and one-half miles +lead across a level tableland, to a small lake, from +which the trail descends through two lakes into a +shallow valley.</p> + +<p align="justify">The entire country from the head of +Grand Lake to this point has been devastated by fire, +only a few trees near the water having escaped destruction, +and the ground, except in a few places, is destitute +even of its usual covering of reindeer moss.</p> + +<p align="justify">The underlying rock is gneiss, and +the country from the Nascaupee River is thickly strewn +with huge glacial bowlders.</p> + +<p align="justify">The majority of these bowlders have +been derived from the immediate vicinity, but many +consisting of a coarse pegmatite carrying considerable +quantities of ilmenite were observed.  None of +this rock was seen in place.</p> + +<p align="justify">The valley last mentioned is separated +from the Crooked River by Caribou Ridge, a broad, +flat-topped elevation, three hundred and fifty feet +high, dotted by small lakes, which fill almost every +appreciable depression in the rock.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general course to the Crooked +River is northeast; at the point where the portage +reaches it the stream is fifty yards wide and very +shallow; flowing over a bed of coarse drift, which +obstructs the river, forming a series of small lake +expansions with rapids at the outlet of each.  + Between Grand Lake and the point where we reached +the river, the Indians say it is not navigable in canoes, +owing to rapids.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Crooked River has its source in +Lake Nipishish, which is about twenty-two miles long, +with an average width of three miles, and a course +due north.  Six miles above the outlet of the +lake is a bay, five miles long, extending N. 80 degrees +W.</p> + +<p align="justify">Along the north shore of the lake +and in the bay are several small islands of drift, +and many huge angular bowlders projecting above the +water.  The country in the vicinity of the lake +and in the valley of the Crooked River is covered +with mounds and ridges of drift and many small moraines.</p> + +<p align="justify">These moraines consisting of bowlders +for the most part from the immediate vicinity, seemed +to have no given direction, but were usually found +at the ends of, and in a transverse direction to the +ridges.</p> + +<p align="justify">The trail leaves Lake Nipishish near +the head of the large bay, continuing in a direction +between north and northwest, through several insignificant +lakes, all drained indirectly by the Crooked River, +until it reached Otter Lake, which is eight miles long, +running nearly north and south, and is five hundred +and fifty feet below the summits of the surrounding +hills.</p> + +<p align="justify">From Otter Lake, the course is west +through five diminutive lakes, and across a series +of sandy ridges to a small shallow lake, which is the +source of Babewendigash River.  Between this lake +and Seal Lake intervene a high range of mountains—­the +highest seen on the journey to Lake Michikamau—­rising +fully one thousand feet above the level of Seal Lake.  + They are visible for miles in any direction, and were +seen from Caribou Ridge nearly a month before we reached +them.</p> + +<p align="justify">They are glaciated to their summits, +which are entirely destitute of vegetation and in +August were still, in places, covered with snow.  +Babewendigash River winds to and fro between the mountains, +its course being determined to a great extent by esker +ridges that follow it on either side and which are +often more than one hundred feet high.  Throughout +its length of twenty-five miles there are five rapids +and three small lake expansions.</p> + +<p align="justify">Seal Lake, into which the river flows, +is in part an expansion of the Nascaupee River and +fills a basin surrounded on every side by mountains, +rising several hundred feet above the water.  +The lake is comparatively shallow, and has a perceptible +current.  There are several small islands of +drift, covered by a scanty growth of spruce and willow.  + The main lake has direction N. 45 degrees W., and +is ten miles long and two and one-half miles wide.  + The northwestern arm is fifteen miles long, with +the same width, and a course N. 80 degrees W.</p> + +<p align="justify">The steep rocky shores have precluded +the formation of terraces.  Above Seal Lake the +course of the Nascaupee River varies between N. 40 +degrees W. and N. 80 degrees W.</p> + +<p align="justify">Five miles above the lake there is +an expansion of the river, called Wuchusk Nipi, or +Muskrat Lake, which is eight miles long and a mile +and a half wide, with a course N. 40 degrees W. Except +for a channel along the western shore, the lake is +very shallow, being nearly filled with sand carried +down by the river.  There is a small stream flowing +into this lake expansion near its head, called Wuchusk +Nipishish.</p> + +<p align="justify">For fifty miles above Muskrat Lake, +the river flows between sandy banks, marked on either +side by two well-defined terraces.  The river +valley gradually becomes more narrow and the current +stronger and with the exception of a few small expansions, +progress is only possible by means of tracking.  + There are, however, in this distance but two rapids +necessitating portages.</p> + +<p align="justify">Opposite the point where the portage +leaves the Nascaupee to make a second long detour +around rapids, a small river flows in from the southwest, +having a sheer fall of almost fifty feet, just above +its junction with the main stream.</p> + +<p align="justify">The trail, after leaving the river, +has a course N. 35 degrees W. for two miles; it then +turns N. 85 degrees W. six miles, and again N. 55 +degrees W. four miles.</p> + +<p align="justify">In its course are four small lakes, +but there is an unbroken portage of eight miles between +the last two.  Nearly the whole country has been +denuded by fire, and the prospect is desolate in the +extreme.  The end of the portage is on the high +rolling plateau of the interior, timbered by a sparse +and stunted second growth of spruce, covered everywhere +with white reindeer moss, and strewn with lakes innumerable.</p> + +<p align="justify">The trail which runs N. 50 degrees +W. and has not been used for eight years, gradually +became more and more indistinct, until on Bibiquasin +Lake it disappeared entirely.  Thereafter the +course was N. 70 degrees W., and finally due west, +through a series of lakes which at last brought us +to Lake Michikamau.  The largest of this series +is Kasheshebogamog Lake, a sheet of water twenty-three +miles long, but broken by numerous bays and countless +islands of drift, with a direction S. 75 degrees W. +The lake is confined between long bowlder-covered +ridges, and is fed at its western end by a small stream.</p> + +<p align="justify">Although its outlet was not discovered, +it doubtless drains into the Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the return journey an attempt was +made to descend the Nascaupee River below Seal Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">The river leaves the lake at its southeastern +extremity, flowing between hills that rise almost +straight from the waters edge, and is one long continuation +of heavy rapids.  After following the stream for +two days we were obliged to retrace our steps to Seal +Lake, thereafter keeping to the course pursued on +the inland journey.</p> + +<p><b>DETAILS OF ROCK EXPOSURE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The numbers following the names of +rocks refer to corresponding numbers in appendix.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of the rocks observed, by far the +greater number are foliated basic eruptives,—­schists +and gneisses.  There are, however, some that are +of undoubted sedimentary origin, but highly metamorphosed.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general direction of foliation +is a few degrees south of east, subject, of course, +to many local changes.</p> + +<p align="justify">Along Grand Lake the rock is a compact +amphibolite [3] with a strike S. 78 degrees E. cut +by numerous pegmatite dikes, having a strike N. 30 +degrees W. and a dip 79 degrees W..  These dikes +vary in width from three to twenty feet.  Half +way to the head of the lake is a dike [1] having a +total width of eight feet, consisting of a central +band of segregated quartz, six feet wide, cut by numerous +thin sheets of biotite, which probably mark the planes +of shearing.  The quartz is bordered on either +side by a band of orthoclase,’ one foot in width.  +Between these bands of orthoclase and the neighboring +amphibolite are narrow bands of schist [2]</p> + +<p align="justify">One hundred feet south of the above +point is a second dike having a similar strike and +dip and a width of eighteen feet.  A third narrow +dike, containing small pockets of magnetite, is twenty-five +feet south of the second.  Only the first is +distinguished by the segregation of the quartz.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next outcrop observed was on the +portage from the Nascaupee River.  The rock, a +biotite granite gneiss [4] having a strike N. 82 degrees +E. is much weathered and split by the action of the +frost, and marked by pockets of quartz, usually four +or five inches in width.</p> + +<p align="justify">Between this point and Lake Nipishish +the underlying rock differs only in being more extremely +crushed and foliated.  The one exception is on +Caribou Ridge, which is capped by a much altered gabbro. +[6]</p> + +<p align="justify">The first noticeable change in the +character of the country rock is a Washkagama Lake, +where a fine grained epidotic schist [7] was observed, +having a dip 82 degrees W. and a strike S. 78 degrees +E.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Otter Lake a much foliated and +weathered phyllite [8] was found.  Strike N. 73 +degrees E. and a dip of 16 degrees.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the Babewendigash River seven miles +east of Seal Lake is an exposure of highly metamorphosed +ancient sedimentary rocks.  The outcrop occurs +at a height of four hundred feet above the river; and +there is a well-marked stratification.</p> + +<p align="justify">The lowest bed of a calcarous sericitic +schist [9] is four feet thick and underlies a bed +of schistose lime stone [10] six feet in thickness, +which is in turn covered by a finely laminated phyllite, +[11] ten feet thick.  The whole is capped by thirty +feet of quartzite, [12] which forms the top of a long +ridge.</p> + +<p align="justify">Owing to the strong weathering action +this thickness of quartzite is doubtless much less +than it was originally.</p> + +<p align="justify">Forty-six miles above Seal Lake an +exposure of phyllite was seen, the same in every respect +as the one east of Seal Lake, just mentioned.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general direction of foliation +is S. 70 degrees E. and the dip 70 degrees.  +The higher hills west of Seal Lake are capped by a +much altered gabbro [13] that has undergone considerable +weathering.</p> + +<p align="justify">Between the Nascaupee River and a +few miles beyond Bibiquasin Lake the rock is quartzite, +[14] considerably weathered and covered by drift.  +Bowlders of this quartzite were seen along the Nascaupee +River long before the first outcrop was reached, showing +the general direction of the glacial movement to have +been to the southeast.  From Bibiquasin Lake +to Lake Kasheshebogamog the country is covered with +much drift; the only exposures are on the steep hillsides.  + The rock being a coarse hornblende granite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The western end of Kasheshebogamog +Lake lies within the limit of the anorthosite [15] +area, which extends from that point to Lake Michikamau, +a direct distance of twenty miles and was the only +anorthosite observed on the journey.</p> + +<p><b>GLACIAL STRIAE</b></p> + +<table> +<tr><td>First portage opposite Red River</td><td>S. 45 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>On Caribou Ridge</td> <td>E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>At Washkagama Lake</td> <td>S. 70 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Near Seal Lake</td> <td>N. 85 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>At Wuchusk Nipi</td> <td>S. 75 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Thirty-two miles above Wuchusk Nipi</td> <td>S. 70 degrees E.</td></tr> +</table> + +<p><b>MICROSCOPICAL FEATURES OF THE ROCK SPECIMENS</b></p> + +<a name="geology"></a> +<a href="images/geologyth.jpg"> +<img alt="Geological Specimens" src="images/geologth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">By G. M. Richards, Columbia University<br><br> +1—­Pegmatite-Grand Lake.  The specimen +was taken from a pegmatite dike at its contact with +an amphibolite.  In the hand specimen it is an +apparently pure orthoclase but in the thin section +small scattered quartz grains are observed; as well +as the alteration products, Kaolin and sericite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The minerals at contact are quartz, +biotite, magnetite and hornblende.</p> + +<p align="justify">Both the quartz and orthoclase contain +dust inclusions and crystallites, while the evidences +of shearing and crushing are abundant.</p> + +<p>2-Quartz Biotite Schist.</p> + +<p align="justify">Contact between above dike and amphibolite.  + A coarse black rock carrying magnetite and pyrites +in considerable quantities.</p> + +<p align="justify">Under the microscope some of the biotite +has a green coloration from decomposition and is surrounded +by strong pleochroic halos.</p> + +<p>Small grains of secondary pyroxene are numerous.</p> + +<h1>AMPHIBOLITE</h1> + +<p>3-Grand Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A dark, compact rock, having a mottled +appearance due to grains of plagioclase, and a green +color in section.</p> + +<p align="justify">Minerals present are hornblende, biotite, +plagioclase, pyroxene, quartz and the alteration products +from the feldspar.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been subjected to a strong +crushing action, which has been resisted by only small +portions of it.  The spaces between the grains, +which are intact, are filled with a confused mass of +peripherally granulated minerals, in which strain shadows +are very prominent.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been derived by dynamic +metamorphism from a basic igneous rock.</p> + +<p>4-Biotite Granite Gneiss.</p> + +<p align="justify">Eighteen miles above mouth of Nascaupee +River.  A fine-grained rock of gneissic structure +having a faint pink color.</p> + +<p align="justify">Plagioclase, microcline and quartz +are the predominating minerals, while biotite, titanite, +epidote, apatite, zircon and garnet are present in +smaller quantities.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is also a small amount of hematite, +pyroxene and sericite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock, which is of a granitic composition, +contains numerous crystallites and has been subjected +to considerable strain and crushing, which has resulted +in foliation.</p> + +<p align="justify">5-Mica Granite Gneiss—­Country +Rock—­near Caribou Ridge.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the hand specimen the rock has +the same appearance as No. 4, if anything, it is somewhat +more compact.</p> + +<p align="justify">The principal minerals are, plagioclase, +biotite and microcline, with smaller quantities of +quartz, iron oxide, pyroxene and garnet.</p> + +<p align="justify">The feldspar is decomposed with the +resulting formation of epidote, which is quite prominent.  + There are also numerous included crystals.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been greatly crushed +and sheared, and is much finer than No. 4.</p> + +<p>6—­Cap of Caribou Ridge.</p> + +<p align="justify">A hard compact rock of dark green +color, having a mottled appearance, due to the presence +of a white mineral.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pyroxene, quartz and augite form the +groundmass, as seen in section.  There are a few +small grains of magnetite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The severe crushing to which the rock +has been subjected has resulted in the conversion +of the plagioclase into scapolite and also in the +formation of zoisite by the characteristic alteration +of the lime bearing silicate of the feldspar in conjunction +with other constituents of the rock.</p> + +<p align="justify">The light mineral is finely granulated +and the whole is marked by uneven extinction.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has probably been derived +by dynamic metamorphism, from a coarse igneous rock +like a gabbro.</p> + +<p>7—­Epidotic Sericitic Schist.  Washkagama +Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A fine grained compact gray rock, +of aggregate structure, consisting chiefly of quartz, +plagioclase and biotite, and the alteration products +epidote and sericite.</p> + +<p align="justify">Under the microscope it is a confused +mass of finely granulated minerals, with numerous +included crystals.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has undergone complete metamorphism +and its origin is unknown.</p> + +<p>8—­Phyllite-Near Otter Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A soft extremely fine grained gray +rock, with a well developed schistose structure, carrying +much magnetite, plagioclase, orthoclase and their +alteration products.</p> + +<p align="justify">The strain to which the rock has been +subjected has resulted in a very fine lamination, +and it is <i>considerably weathered</i>.</p> + +<p align="justify">9—­Calcarous Sericite Schist.—­Seven +Miles East of Seal Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A dark compact rock, in which calcite +and sericite predominate.  Quartz is less plentiful.  + The results of shearing and pressure are very prominent +and bring out the foliation, even in the calcite.</p> + +<p>10—­Schistose Limestone—­Same +location as No. 9.</p> + +<p align="justify">A white rock having a peculiar mottled +appearance due to the inclusions of decomposing biotite +which project from the surrounding mass of calcite.  + There is some sericite present, also magnetite, resulting +from the decomposition of the biotite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The bent and metamorphosed condition +of the calcite shows the shearing and crushing which +the rock has undergone.</p> + +<p>11—­Phyllite—­same location as +No. 9.</p> + +<p align="justify">A dark red, finely laminated rock +consisting chiefly of decomposed biotite and feldspar, +occasional quartz grains and sericite and much iron +oxide.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been subjected to strong +shearing force, producing a good example of schistose +structure.</p> + +<p>12—­Quartzite—­Same location as +No. 9.</p> + +<p align="justify">A compact rock of light red color, +made up of uniformly rounded grains of quartz, and +the feldspar with occasional grain of magnetite.</p> + +<p align="justify">A fine siliceous material discolored +by iron oxide, acts as a cement between the grains.</p> + +<p align="justify">The quartz grains show secondary growth. +13—­Altered Gabbro—­Thirty-two +Miles Above Wuchusk Nipi on Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">A coarse dark green rock whose principal +constituents are pyroxene plagioclase and magnetite.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is a slightly developed diabasic +structure and the rock is much altered by weathering; +the resultant product being chlorite.</p> + +<p>14—­Quartizite—­Bibiquagin Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hard compact rock of light red color, +cut in all directions by narrow veins of quartz, from +microscope size to one-half an inch in width.</p> + +<p align="justify">The grains of the constituent minerals, +quartz, feldspar and magnetite have an angular brecciated +appearance; showing uneven extinction and strong crushing +effects.</p> + +<p align="justify">The magnetite is somewhat decomposed, +the resulting hematite filling the spaces between +the quartz grains.</p> + +<p>15—­Anorthosite—­Shore of Lake +Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">A coarse grained rock of dark gray +color, in which labradorite is the chief mineral.  + Magnetite and Kaolin are present in small quantities.</p> + +<p align="justify">The labradorite contains inclusions +of rutile and biotite and has a well-developed wedge +structure and cross fracture due to the pressure and +shearing which it has undergone.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is also somewhat stained by the +decomposition of the magnetite.</p> + +<h1>SOURCES OF INFORMATION</h1> + +<p align="justify">On the map of the portage route to +Lake Michikamau; that lake, the Grand River and Groswater +Bay are taken from the map accompanying the report +of Mr. A. P. Low.</p> + +<p align="justify">The location of the Susan and Beaver +Rivers with their tributaries was obtained from Dillon +Wallace’s map in “The Lure of the Labrador +Wild.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The instruments used were a Brunton +Pocket Transit, a small taffrail log and an Aneroid +Barometer.  Distances on land were approximated +by means of a pedometer and by rough triangulation.</p> + +<a name="maps"></a> + +<a href="images/map2smalth.jpg"> +<img alt="Map of Canoe Route from Lake Michikamau to Ungava Bay and Sledge Route from Fort Chimo to Nachvak Bay" src="images/map2th.jpg"> +</a> + +<a name="ptgmap"></a> +<a href="images/ptgmapsmth.jpg"> +<img alt="Map of Portage Route from Hamilton Inlet to Lake Michikamau Labrador" src="images/ptgmapth.jpg"> +</a> +<br> +<br> +<hr> +<br> +<br> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + +***** This file should be named 9857-h.htm or 9857-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/9/8/5/9857/ + +Produced by Martin Schub + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/9857-h/images/babeweth.jpg b/9857-h/images/babeweth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b9f605 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/babeweth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/cacheth.jpg b/9857-h/images/cacheth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9957275 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/cacheth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/campth.jpg b/9857-h/images/campth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..07820fc --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/campth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/canoeth.jpg b/9857-h/images/canoeth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcf4160 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/canoeth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/cariboth.jpg b/9857-h/images/cariboth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..40b85b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/cariboth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/dogs2th.jpg b/9857-h/images/dogs2th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..418632d --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/dogs2th.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/dogsth.jpg b/9857-h/images/dogsth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d28d42 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/dogsth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/eskimoth.jpg b/9857-h/images/eskimoth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..00c43e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/eskimoth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/geologth.jpg b/9857-h/images/geologth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..319590d --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/geologth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/geologyth.jpg b/9857-h/images/geologyth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..319590d --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/geologyth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/groupth.jpg b/9857-h/images/groupth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1978917 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/groupth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/icampth.jpg b/9857-h/images/icampth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8bd196 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/icampth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/iceth.jpg b/9857-h/images/iceth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f33beec --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/iceth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/indiansth.jpg b/9857-h/images/indiansth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2016f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/indiansth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/indianth.jpg b/9857-h/images/indianth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2016f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/indianth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/lakesth.jpg b/9857-h/images/lakesth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc51439 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/lakesth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/letterth.jpg b/9857-h/images/letterth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..10c60a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/letterth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/map2smal.jpg b/9857-h/images/map2smal.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6a4a40 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/map2smal.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/map2smalth.jpg b/9857-h/images/map2smalth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6a4a40 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/map2smalth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/map2th.jpg b/9857-h/images/map2th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..97e85a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/map2th.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/marshth.jpg b/9857-h/images/marshth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c46a78c --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/marshth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/michikth.jpg b/9857-h/images/michikth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..252e218 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/michikth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/missionth.jpg b/9857-h/images/missionth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aca6b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/missionth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/missioth.jpg b/9857-h/images/missioth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aca6b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/missioth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/nachvakth.jpg b/9857-h/images/nachvakth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..907b8c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/nachvakth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/nachvath.jpg b/9857-h/images/nachvath.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..907b8c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/nachvath.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/nainth.jpg b/9857-h/images/nainth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b135a13 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/nainth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/nipishth.jpg b/9857-h/images/nipishth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b073ef --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/nipishth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/passth.jpg b/9857-h/images/passth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8910632 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/passth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/perilsth.jpg b/9857-h/images/perilsth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac19095 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/perilsth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/postth.jpg b/9857-h/images/postth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..05f6e3a --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/postth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/ptgmapsm.jpg b/9857-h/images/ptgmapsm.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac88a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/ptgmapsm.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/ptgmapsmth.jpg b/9857-h/images/ptgmapsmth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d80c701 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/ptgmapsmth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/ptgmapth.jpg b/9857-h/images/ptgmapth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d80c701 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/ptgmapth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/shackth.jpg b/9857-h/images/shackth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0149bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/shackth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/silenceth.jpg b/9857-h/images/silenceth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f2b128 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/silenceth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/silencth.jpg b/9857-h/images/silencth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f2b128 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/silencth.jpg diff --git a/9857-h/images/wigwamth.jpg b/9857-h/images/wigwamth.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9371200 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857-h/images/wigwamth.jpg diff --git a/9857.txt b/9857.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d313466 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8297 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Long Labrador Trail + +Author: Dillon Wallace + +Posting Date: December 16, 2011 [EBook #9857] +Release Date: February, 2006 +First Posted: October 24, 2003 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + + + + +Produced by Martin Schub + + + + + + + + + + +THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL + +by + +DILLON WALLACE + +Author of "The Lure of the Labrador Wild," etc. + +Illustrated + +MCMXVII + + + + + + + TO THE + MEMORY OF MY WIFE + + + + "A drear and desolate shore! + Where no tree unfolds its leaves, + And never the spring wind weaves + Green grass for the hunter's tread; + A land forsaken and dead, + Where the ghostly icebergs go + And come with the ebb and flow..." + + Whittier's "The Rock-tomb of Bradore." + + + +PREFACE + +In the summer of 1903 when Leonidas Hubbard, Jr., went to Labrador to +explore a section of the unknown interior it was my privilege to +accompany him as his companion and friend. The world has heard of the +disastrous ending of our little expedition, and how Hubbard, fighting +bravely and heroically to the last, finally succumbed to starvation. + +Before his death I gave him my promise that should I survive I would +write and publish the story of the journey. In "The Lure of The +Labrador Wild" that pledge was kept to the best of my ability. + +While Hubbard and I were struggling inland over those desolate wastes, +where life was always uncertain, we entered into a compact that in case +one of us fall the other would carry to completion the exploratory work +that he had planned and begun. Providence willed that it should become +my duty to fulfil this compact, and the following pages are a record of +how it was done. + +Not I, but Hubbard, planned the journey of which this book tells, and +from him I received the inspiration and with him the training and +experience that enabled me to succeed. It was his spirit that led me +on over the wearisome trails, and through the rushing rapids, and to +him and to his memory belong the credit and the honor of success. + +D. W. February, 1907. + + + +CONTENTS + +CHAPTER + + I THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS + II ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN + III THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION + IV ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL + V WE GO ASTRAY + VI LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED + VII SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL + VIII SEAL LAKE AT LAST + IX WE LOSE THE TRAIL + X "WE SEE MICHIKAMAU" + XI THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU + XII OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE + XIII DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS + XIV TIDE WATER AND THE POST + XV OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS + XVI CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE + XVII TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO + XVIII THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH + XIX THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR + XX THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN + XXI CROSSING THE BARRENS + XXII ON THE ATLANTIC ICE + XXIII BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER + XXIV THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL + APPENDIX + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + +The Perils of the Rapids (in color, from a painting by Oliver Kemp) + +Ice Encountered Off the Labrador Coast + +"The Time For Action Had Come" + +"Camp Was Moved to the First Small Lake" + +"We Found a Long-disused Log Cache of the Indians" + +Below Lake Nipishish + +Through Ponds and Marshes Northward Toward Otter Lake + +"We Shall Call the River Babewendigash" + +"Pete, Standing by the Prostrate Caribou, Was Grinning From Ear to Ear" + +"A Network of Lakes and the Country as Level as a Table" + +Michikamau + +"Writing Letters to the Home Folks" + +"Our Lonely Perilous Journey Toward the Dismal Wastes ...Was Begun" + +Abandoned Indian Camp On the Shore of Lake Michikamats + +"One of the Wigwams Was a Large One and Oblong in Shape" + +"At Last ...We Saw the Post" + +"A Miserable Little Log Shack" + +A Group of Eskimo Women + +A Labrador Type + +Eskimo Children + +A Snow Igloo + +The Silence of the North (in color, from a painting by Frederic C. +Stokes) + +"Nachvak Post of the Hudson's Bay Company". + +"The Hills Grew Higher and Higher" + +"We Turned Into a Pass Leading to the Northward" + +The Moravian Mission at Ramah + +"Plodding Southward Over the Endless Snow" + +"Nain, the Moravian Headquarters in Labrador" + +"The Indians Were Here" + +Geological Specimens + +Maps. + + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS + +"It's always the way, Wallace! When a fellow starts on the long trail, +he's never willing to quit. It'll be the same with you if you go with +me to Labrador. When you come home, you'll hear the voice of the +wilderness calling you to return, and it will lure you back again." + +It seems but yesterday that Hubbard uttered those prophetic words as he +and I lay before our blazing camp fire in the snow-covered Shawangunk +Mountains on that November night in the year 1901, and planned that +fateful trip into the unexplored Labrador wilderness which was to cost +my dear friend his life, and both of us indescribable sufferings and +hardships. And how true a prophecy it was! You who have smelled the +camp fire smoke; who have drunk in the pure forest air, laden with the +smell of the fir tree; who have dipped your paddle into untamed waters, +or climbed mountains, with the knowledge that none but the red man has +been there before you; or have, perchance, had to fight the wilds and +nature for your very existence; you of the wilderness brotherhood can +understand how the fever of exploration gets into one's blood and draws +one back again to the forests and the barrens in spite of resolutions +to "go no more." + +It was more than this, however, that lured me back to Labrador. There +was the vision of dear old Hubbard as I so often saw him during our +struggle through that rugged northland wilderness, wasted in form and +ragged in dress, but always hopeful and eager, his undying spirit and +indomitable will focused in his words to me, and I can still see him as +he looked when he said them: + +"The work must be done, Wallace, and if one of us falls before it is +completed the other must finish it." + +I went back to Labrador to do the work he had undertaken, but which he +was not permitted to accomplish. His exhortation appealed to me as a +command from my leader--a call to duty. + +Hubbard had planned to penetrate the Labrador peninsula from Groswater +Bay, following the old northern trail of the Mountaineer Indians from +Northwest River Post of the Hudson's Bay Company, situated on Groswater +Bay, one hundred and forty miles inland from the eastern coast, to Lake +Michikamau, thence through the lake and northward over the divide, +where he hoped to locate the headwaters of the George River. + +It was his intention to pass down this river until he reached the +hunting camps of the Nenenot or Nascaupee Indians, there witness the +annual migration of the caribou to the eastern seacoast, which +tradition said took place about the middle or latter part of September, +and to be present at the "killing," when the Indians, it was reported, +secured their winter's supply of provisions by spearing the caribou +while the herds were swimming the river. The caribou hunt over, he was +to have returned across country to the St. Lawrence or retrace his +steps to Northwest River Post, whichever might seem advisable. Should +the season, however, be too far advanced to permit of a safe return, he +was to have proceeded down the river to its mouth, at Ungava Bay, and +return to civilization in winter with dogs. + +The country through which we were to have traveled was to be mapped so +far as possible, and observations made of the geological formation and +of the flora, and as many specimens collected as possible. + +This, then, Hubbard's plan, was the plan which I adopted and which I +set out to accomplish, when, in March, 1905, I finally decided to +return to Labrador. + +It was advisable to reach Hamilton Inlet with the opening of navigation +and make an early start into the country, for every possible day of the +brief summer would be needed for our purpose. + +It was, as I fully realized, no small undertaking. Many hundreds of +miles of unknown country must be traversed, and over mountains and +through marshes for long distances our canoes and outfit would have to +be transported upon the backs of the men comprising my party, as pack +animals cannot be used in Labrador. + +Through immense stretches of country there would be no sustenance for +them, and, in addition to this, the character of the country itself +forbids their use. + +The personnel of the expedition required much thought. I might with +one canoe and one or two professional Indian packers travel more +rapidly than with men unused to exploration work, but in that case +scientific research would have to be slighted. I therefore decided to +sacrifice speed to thoroughness and to take with me men who, even +though they might not be physically able to carry the large packs of +the professional voyageur, would in other respects lend valuable +assistance to the work in hand. + +My projected return to Labrador was no sooner announced than numerous +applications came to me from young men anxious to join the expedition. +After careful investigation, I finally selected as my companions George +M. Richards, of Columbia University, as geologist and to aid me in the +topographical work, Clifford H. Easton, who had been a student in the +School of Forestry at Biltmore, North Carolina (both residents of New +York), and Leigh Stanton, of Halifax, Nova Scotia, a veteran of the +Boer War, whom I had met at the lumber camps in Groswater Bay, +Labrador, in the winter of 1903-1904, when he was installing the +electric light plant in the large lumber mill there. + +It was desirable to have at least one Indian in the party as woodsman, +hunter and general camp servant. For this position my friend, Frank H. +Keefer, of Port Arthur, Ontario, recommended to me, and at my request +engaged, Peter Stevens, a full-blood Ojibway Indian, of Grand Marais, +Minnesota. "Pete" arrived in New York under the wing of the railway +conductor during the last week in May. + +In the meantime I had devoted myself to the selection and purchase of +our instruments and general outfit. Everything must be purchased in +advance--from canoes to repair kit--as my former experience in Labrador +had taught me. It may be of interest to mention the most important +items of outfit and the food supply with which we were provided: Two +canvas-covered canoes, one nineteen and one eighteen feet in length; +one seven by nine "A" tent, made of waterproof "balloon" silk; one +tarpaulin, seven by nine feet; folding tent stove and pipe; two +tracking lines; three small axes; cooking outfit, consisting of two +frying pans, one mixing pan and three aluminum kettles; an aluminum +plate, cup and spoon for each man; one .33 caliber high-power +Winchester rifle and two 44-40 Winchester carbines (only one of these +carbines was taken with us from New York, and this was intended as a +reserve gun in case the party should separate and return by different +routes. The other was one used by Stanton when previously in Labrador, +and taken by him in addition to the regular outfit). One double barrel +12-gauge shotgun; two ten-inch barrel single shot .22 caliber pistols +for partridges and small game; ammunition; tumplines; three fishing +rods and tackle, including trolling outfits; one three and one-half +inch gill net; repair kit, including necessary material for patching +canoes, clothing, etc.; matches, and a medicine kit. + +The following instruments were also carried: Three minimum registering +thermometers; one aneroid barometer which was tested and set for me by +the United States Weather Bureau; one clinometer; one pocket transit; +three compasses; one pedometer; one taffrail log; one pair binoculars; +three No. 3A folding pocket Kodaks, sixty rolls of films, each roll +sealed in a tin can and waterproofed, and six "Vanguard" watches +mounted in dust-proof cases. + +Each man was provided with a sheath knife and a waterproof match box, +and his personal kit, containing a pair of blankets and clothing, was +carried in a waterproof canvas bag. + +I may say here in reference to these waterproof bags and the "balloon" +silk tent that they were of the same manufacture as those used on the +Hubbard expedition and for their purpose as nearly perfect as it is +possible to make them. The tent weighed but nine pounds, was +windproof, and, like the bags, absolutely waterproof, and the material +strong and firm. + +Our provision supply consisted of 298 pounds of pork; 300 pounds of +flour; 45 pounds of corn meal; 40 pounds of lentils; 28 pounds of rice; +25 pounds of erbswurst; 10 pounds of prunes; a few packages of dried +vegetables; some beef bouillon tablets; 6 pounds of baking powder; 16 +pounds of tea; 6 pounds of coffee; 15 pounds of sugar; 14 pounds of +salt; a small amount of saccharin and crystallose, and 150 pounds of +pemmican. + +Everything likely to be injured by water was packed in waterproof +canvas bags. + +My friend Dr. Frederick A. Cook, of the Arctic Club, selected my +medical kit, and instructed me in the use of its simple remedies. It +was also upon the recommendation of Dr. Cook and others of my Arctic +Club friends that I purchased the pemmican, which was designed as an +emergency ration, and it is worth noting that one pound of pemmican, as +our experience demonstrated, was equal to two or even three pounds of +any other food that we carried. Its ingredients are ground dried beef, +tallow, sugar, raisins and currants. + +We had planned to go north from St. Johns on the Labrador mail boat +_Virginia Lake_, which, as I had been informed by the Reid-Newfoundland +Company, was expected to sail from St. Johns on her first trip on or +about June tenth. This made it necessary for us to leave New York on +the Red Cross Line steamer _Rosalind_ sailing from Brooklyn on May +thirtieth; and when, at eleven-thirty that Tuesday morning, the +_Rosalind_ cast loose from her wharf, we and our outfit were aboard, +and our journey of eleven long months was begun. + +As I waved farewell to our friends ashore I recalled that other day two +years before, when Hubbard and I had stood on the _Silvia's_ deck, and +I said to myself: + +"Well, this, too, is Hubbard's trip. His spirit is with me. It was +he, not I, who planned this Labrador work, and if I succeed it will be +because of him and his influence." + +I was glad to be away. With every throb of the engine my heart grew +lighter. I was not thinking of the perils I was to face with my new +companions in that land where Hubbard and I had suffered so much. The +young men with me were filled with enthusiasm at the prospect of +adventure in the silent and mysterious country for which they were +bound. + + + +CHAPTER II + +ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN + +"When shall we reach Rigolet, Captain?" + +"Before daylight, I hopes, sir, if the fog holds off, but there's a +mist settling, and if it gets too thick, we may have to come to." + +Crowded with an unusual cargo of humanity, fishermen going to their +summer work on "The Labrador" with their accompanying tackle and +household goods, meeting with many vexatious delays in discharging the +men and goods at the numerous ports of call, and impeded by fog and +wind, the mail boat _Virginia Lake_ had been much longer than is her +wont on her trip "down north." + +It was now June twenty-first. Six days before (June fifteenth), when +we boarded the ship at St. Johns we had been informed that the steamer +_Harlow_, with a cargo for the lumber mills at Kenemish, in Groswater +Bay, was to leave Halifax that very afternoon. She could save us a +long and disagreeable trip in an open boat, ninety miles up Groswater +Bay, and I bad hoped that we might reach Rigolet in time to secure a +passage for myself and party from that point. But the _Harlow_ had no +ports of call to make, and it was predicted that her passage from +Halifax to Rigolet would be made in four days. + +I had no hope now of reaching Rigolet before her, or of finding her +there, and, resigned to my fate, I left the captain on the bridge and +went below to my stateroom to rest until daylight. Some time in the +night I was aroused by some one saying: + +"We're at Rigolet, sir, and there's a ship at anchor close by." + +Whether I had been asleep or not, I was fully awake now, and found that +the captain had come to tell me of our arrival. The fog had held off +and we had done much better than the captain's prediction. Hurrying +into my clothes, I went on deck, from which, through the slight haze +that hung over the water, I could discern the lights of a ship, and +beyond, dimly visible, the old familiar line of Post buildings showing +against the dark spruce-covered hills behind, where the great silent +forest begins. + +All was quiet save for the thud, thud, thud of the oarlocks of a small +boat approaching our ship and the dismal howl of a solitary "husky" dog +somewhere ashore. The captain had preceded me on deck, and in answer +to my inquiries as to her identity said he did not know whether the +stranger at anchor was the _Harlow_ or not, but he thought it was. + +We had to wait but a moment, however, for the information. The small +boat was already alongside, and John Groves, a Goose Bay trader and one +of my friends of two years before, clambered aboard and had me by the +hand. + +"I'm glad to see you, sir; and how is you?" + +Assuring him that I was quite well, I asked the name of the other ship. + +"The _Harlow_, sir, an' she's goin' to Kenemish with daylight." + +"Well, I must get aboard of her then, and try to get a passage up. Is +your flat free, John, to take me aboard of her?" + +"Yes, sir. Step right in, sir. But I thinks you'd better go ashore, +for the _Harlow's_ purser's ashore. If you can't get passage on the +_Harlow_ my schooner's here doing nothin' while I goes to St. Johns for +goods, and I'll have my men run you up to Nor'west River." + +I thanked him and lost no time in going ashore in his boat, where I +found Mr. James Fraser, the factor, and received a hearty welcome. In +Mr. Fraser's office I found also the purser of the _Harlow_, and I +quickly arranged with him for a passage to Kenemish, which is ninety +miles up the inlet, and just across Groswater Bay (twelve miles) from +Northwest River Post. The _Harlow_ was to sail at daylight and I at +once returned to the mail boat, called the boys and, with the help of +the _Virginia's_ crew and one of their small boats, we were +transferred, bag and baggage, to the _Harlow_. + +Owing to customs complications the _Harlow_ was later than expected in +leaving Rigolet, and it was evening before she dropped anchor at +Kenemish. I went ashore in the ship's boat and visited again the +lumber camp "cook house" where Dr. Hardy and I lay ill throng those +weary winter weeks, and where poor Hardy died. Hardy was the young +lumber company doctor who treated my frozen feet in the winter of +1903-1904. Here I met Fred Blake, a Northwest River trapper. Fred had +his flat, and I engaged him to take a part of our luggage to Northwest +River. Then I returned to the ship to send the boys ahead with the +canoes and some of our baggage, while I waited behind to follow with +Fred and the rest of the kit in his flat a half hour later. + +Fred and I were hardly a mile from the ship when a heavy thunderstorm +broke upon us, and we were soon drenching wet--the baptism of our +expedition. This rain was followed by a dense fog and early darkness. +On and on we rowed, and I was berating myself for permitting the men to +go on so far ahead of us with the canoes, for they did not know the way +and the fog had completely shut out the lights of the Post buildings, +which otherwise would have been visible across the bay for a +considerable distance. + +Suddenly through the fog and darkness, from shoreward, came a "Hello! +Hello!" We answered, and heading our boat toward the sound of +continued "Hellos," found the men, with the canoes unloaded and hauled +ashore, preparing to make a night camp. I joined them and, launching +and reloading the canoes again, with Richards and Easton in one canoe +and Pete and I in the other, we followed Fred and Stanton, who preceded +us in the rowboat, keeping our canoes religiously within earshot of +Fred's thumping oarlocks. Finally the fog lifted, and not far away we +caught a glimmer of lights at the French Post. All was dark at the +Hudson Bay Post across the river when at last our canoes touched the +sandy beach and we sprang ashore. + +What a flood of remembrances came to me as I stepped again upon the old +familiar ground! How vividly I remembered that June day when Hubbard +and I had first set foot on this very ground and Mackenzie had greeted +us so cordially! And also that other day in November when, ragged and +starved, I came here to tell of Hubbard, lying dead in the dark forest +beyond! The same dogs that I had known then came running to meet us +now, the faithful fellows with which I began that sad funeral journey +homeward over the ice. I called some of them by name "Kumalik," +"Bo'sun," "Captain," "Tinker"--and they pushed their great heads +against my legs and, I believe, recognized me. + +It was nearly two o'clock in the morning. We went immediately to the +Post house and roused out Mr. Stuart Cotter, the agent (Mackenzie is no +longer there), and received from him a royal welcome. He called his +Post servant and instructed him to bring in our things, and while we +changed our dripping clothes for dry ones, his housekeeper prepared a +light supper. It was five o'clock in the morning when I retired. + +In the previous autumn I had written Duncan McLean, one of the four men +who came to my rescue on the Susan River, that should I ever come to +Labrador again and be in need of a man I would like to engage him. +Cotter told me that Duncan had just come from his trapping path and was +at the Post kitchen, so when we had finished breakfast, at eight +o'clock that morning, I saw Duncan and, as he was quite willing to go +with us, I arranged with him to accompany us a short distance into the +country to help us pack over the first portage and to bring back +letters. + +He expressed a wish to visit his father at Kenemish before starting +into the country, but promised to be back the next evening ready for +the start on Monday morning, the twenty-sixth, and I consented. I knew +hard work was before us, and as I wished all hands to be well rested +and fresh at the outset, I felt that a couple of days' idleness would +do us no harm. + +Some five hundred yards east of Mr. Cotter's house is an old, abandoned +mission chapel, and behind it an Indian burying ground. The cleared +space of level ground between the house and chapel was, for a century +or more, the camping ground of the Mountaineer Indians who come to the +Post each spring to barter or sell their furs. In the olden time there +were nearly a hundred families of them, whose hunting ground was that +section of country between Hamilton Inlet and the Upper George River. + +These people now, for the most part, hunt south of the inlet and trade +at the St. Lawrence Posts. The chapel was erected about 1872, but ten +years ago the Jesuit missionary was withdrawn, and since then the +building has fallen into decay and ruin, and the crosses that marked +the graves in the old burying grounds have been broken down by the +heavy winter snows. It was this withdrawal of the missionary that +turned the Indians to the southward, where priests are more easily +found. The Mountaineer Indian, unlike the Nascaupee, is very +religious, and must, at least once a year, meet his father confessor. +The camping ground since the abandonment of the mission, has lain +lonely and deserted, save for three or four families who, occasionally +in the summer season, come back again to pitch their tents where their +forefathers camped and held their annual feasts in the old days. + +Competition between the trading companies at this point has raised the +price of furs to such an extent that the few families of Indians that +trade at this Post are well-to-do and very independent. There were two +tents of them here when we arrived--five men and several women and +children. I found two of my old friends there--John and William +Ahsini. They expressed pleasure in meeting me again, and a lively +interest in our trip. With Mr. Cotter acting as interpreter, John made +for me a map of the old Indian trail from Grand Lake to Seal Lake, and +William a map to Lake Michikamau and over the height of land to the +George River, indicating the portages and principal intervening lakes +as they remembered them. + +Seal Lake is a large lake expansion of the Nascaupee River, which +river, it should be explained, is the outlet of Lake Michikamau and +discharges its waters into Grand Lake and through Grand Lake into +Groswater Bay. Lake Michikamau, next to Lake Mistasinni, is the +largest lake in the Labrador peninsula, and approximately from eighty +to ninety miles in length. Neither John nor William had been to Lake +Michikamau by this route since they were young lads, but they told us +that the Indians, when traveling very light without their families, +used to make the journey in twenty-three days. + +During my previous stay in Labrador one Indian told me it could be done +in ten days, while another said that Indians traveling very fast would +require about thirty days. It is difficult to base calculations upon +information of this kind. But I was sure that, with our comparatively +heavy outfit, and the fact that we would have to find the trail for +ourselves, we should require at least twice the time of the Indians, +who know every foot of the way as we know our familiar city streets at +home. + +They expressed their belief that the old trail could be easily found, +and assured us that each portage, as we asked about it in detail, was a +"miam potagan" (good portage), but at the same time expressed their +doubts as to our ability to cross the country safely. + +In fact, it has always been the Indians' boast, and I have heard it +many times, that no white man could go from Groswater Bay to Ungava +alive without Indians to help him through. "Pete" was a Lake Superior +Indian and had never run a rapid in his life. He was to spend the +night with Tom Blake and his family in their snug little log cabin, and +be ready for an early start up Grand Lake on the morrow. It was Tom +that headed the little party sent by me up the Susan Valley to bring to +the Post Hubbard's body in March, 1904; and it was through his +perseverance, loyalty and hard work at the time that I finally +succeeded in recovering the body. Tom's daughter, Lillie, was +Mackenzie's little housekeeper, who showed me so many kindnesses then. +The whole family, in fact, were very good to me during those trying +days, and I count them among my true and loyal friends. + +We had supper with Cotter, who sang some Hudson's Bay songs, Richards +sang a jolly college song or two, Stanton a "classic," and then all who +could sing joined in "Auld Lang Syne." + +My thoughts were of that other day, when Hubbard, so full of hope, had +begun this same journey-of the sunshine and fleecy clouds and beckoning +fir tops, and I wondered what was in store for us now. + + + +CHAPTER III + +THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION + +The time for action had come. Our canoes were loaded near the wharf, +we said good-by to Cotter and a group of native trapper friends, and as +we took our places in the canoes and dipped our paddles into the waters +that were to carry us northward the Post flag was run up on the +flagpole as a salute and farewell, and we were away. We soon rounded +the point, and Cotter and the trappers and the Post were lost to view. +Duncan was to follow later in the evening in his rowboat with some of +our outfit which we left in his charge. + +Silently we paddled through the "little lake." The clouds hung somber +and dull with threatening rain, and a gentle breeze wafted to us now +and again a bit of fragrance from the spruce-covered hills above us. +Almost before I realized it we were at the rapid. Away to the westward +stretched Grand Lake, deep and dark and still, with the rugged outline +of Cape Corbeau in the distance. + +Tom Blake and his family, one and all, came out to give us the +whole-souled, hospitable welcome of "The Labrador." Even Atikamish, the +little Indian dog that Mackenzie used to have, but which he had given +to Tom when he left Northwest River, was on hand to tell me in his dog +language that he remembered me and was delighted to see me back. Here +we would stay for the night--the last night for months that we were to +sleep in a habitation of civilized man. + +The house was a very comfortable little log dwelling containing a small +kitchen, a larger living-room which also served as a sleeping-room, and +an attic which was the boys' bedroom. The house was comfortably +furnished, everything clean to perfection, and the atmosphere of love +and home that dwelt here was long remembered by us while we huddled in +many a dreary camp during the weeks that followed. + +Duncan did not come that night, and it was not until ten o'clock the +next morning (June twenty-seventh) that he appeared. Then we made +ready for the start. Tom and his young son Henry announced their +intention of accompanying us a short distance up Grand Lake in their +small sailboat. Mrs. Blake gave us enough bread and buns, which she +had baked especially for us, to last two or three days, and she gave us +also a few fresh eggs, saying, "'Twill be a long time before you has +eggs again." + +At half-past ten o'clock our canoes were afloat, farewell was said, and +we were beyond the last fringe of civilization. + +The morning was depressing and the sky was overcast with low-hanging, +heavy clouds, but almost with our start, as if to give us courage for +our work and fire our blood, the leaden curtain was drawn aside and the +deep blue dome of heaven rose above us. The sun shone warm and bright, +and the smell of the fresh damp forest, the incense of the wilderness +gods, was carried to us by a puff of wind from the south which enabled +Duncan to hoist his sails. The rest of us bent to our paddles, and all +were eager to plunge into the unknown and solve the mystery of what lay +beyond the horizon. + +Our nineteen-foot canoe was manned by Pete in the bow, Stanton in the +center and Easton in the stern, while I had the bow and Richards the +stern of the eighteen-foot canoe. We paddled along the north shore of +the lake, close to land. Stanton, with an eye for fresh meat, espied a +porcupine near the water's edge and stopped to kill it, thus gaining +the honor of having bagged the first game of the trip. At twelve +o'clock we halted for luncheon, in almost the same spot where Hubbard +and I had lunched when going up Grand Lake two years before. While +Pete cooked bacon and eggs and made tea, Stanton and Richards dressed +the porcupine for supper. + +After luncheon we cut diagonally across the lake to the southern shore, +passed Cape Corbeau River and landed near the base of Cape Corbeau +bluff, that the elevation might be taken and geological specimens +secured. After making our observations we turned again toward the +northern shore, where more specimens were collected. Here Tom and +Henry Blake said goodby to us and turned homeward. + +During the afternoon Stanton and I each killed a porcupine, making +three in all for the day--a good beginning in the matter of game. + +At sunset we landed at Watty's Brook, a small stream flowing into Grand +Lake from the north, and some twenty miles above the rapid. Our +progress during the day had been slow, as the wind had died away and we +had, several times, to wait for Duncan to overtake us in his slower +rowboat. + +While the rest of us "made camp" Duncan cut wood for a rousing fire, as +the evening was cool, and Pete put a porcupine to boil for supper. We +were a hungry crowd when we sat down to eat. I had told the boys how +good porcupine was, how it resembled lamb and what a treat we were to +have. But all porcupines are not alike, and this one was not within my +reckoning. Tough! He was certainly "the oldest inhabitant," and after +vain efforts to chew the leathery meat, we turned in disgust to bread +and coffee, and Easton, at least, lost faith forever in my judgment of +toothsome game, and formed a particular prejudice against porcupines +which he never overcame. Pete assured us, however, that, "This +porcupine, he must boil long. I boil him again to-night and boil him +again to-morrow morning. Then he very good for breakfast. Porcupine +fine. Old one must be cooked long." + +So Pete, after supper, put the porcupine on to cook some more, +promising that we should find it nice and tender for breakfast. + +As I sat that night by the low-burning embers of our first camp fire I +forgot my new companions. Through the gathering night mists I could +just discern the dim outlines of the opposite shore of Grand Lake. It +was over there, just west of that high spectral bluff, that Hubbard and +I, on a wet July night, had pitched our first camp of the other trip. +In fancy I was back again in that camp and Hubbard was talking to me +and telling me of the "bully story" of the mystic land of wonders that +lay "behind the ranges" he would have to take back to the world. + +"We're going to traverse a section no white man has ever seen," he +exclaimed, "and we'll add something to the world's knowledge of +geography at least, and that's worth while. No matter how little a man +may add to the fund of human knowledge it's worth the doing, for it's +by little bits that we've learned to know so much of our old world. +There's some hard work before us, though, up there in those hills, and +some hardships to meet." + +Ah, if we had only known! + +Some one said it was time to "turn in," and I was brought suddenly to a +sense of the present, but a feeling of sadness possessed me when I took +my place in the crowded tent, and I lay awake long, thinking of those +other days. + +Clear and crisp was the morning of June twenty-eighth. The atmosphere +was bracing and delightful, the azure of the sky above us shaded to the +most delicate tints of blue at the horizon, and, here and there, bits +of clouds, like bunches of cotton, flecked the sky. The sun broke +grandly over the rugged hills, and the lake, like molten silver, lay +before us. + +A fringe of ice had formed during the night along the shore. We broke +it and bathed our hands and faces in the cool water, then sat down in a +circle near our camp fire to renew our attack upon the porcupine, which +had been sending out a most delicious odor from the kettle where Pete +had it cooking. But alas for our expectations! Our teeth would make +no impression upon it, and Easton remarked that "the rubber trust ought +to hunt porcupines, for they are a lot tougher than rubber and just as +pliable." + +"I don't know why," said Pete sadly. "I boil him long time." + +That day we continued our course along the northern shore of the lake +until we reached the deep bay which Hubbard and I had failed to enter +and explore on the other trip, and which failure had resulted so +tragically. This bay is some five miles from the westerly end of Grand +Lake, and is really the mouth of the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers which +flow into the upper end of it. There was little or no wind and we had +to go slowly to permit Duncan, in his rowboat, to keep pace with us. +Darkness was not far off when we reached Duncan's tilt (a small log +hut), three miles up the Nascaupee River, where we stopped for the +night. + +This is the tilt in which Allen Goudy and Duncan lived at the time they +came to my rescue in 1903, and where I spent three days getting +strength for my trip down Grand Lake to the Post. It is Duncan's +supply base in the winter months when he hunts along the Nascaupee +River, one hundred and twenty miles inland to Seal Lake. On this +hunting "path" Duncan has two hundred and fifty marten and forty fox +traps, and, in the spring, a few bear traps besides. + +The country has been burned here. Just below Duncan's tilt is a +spruce-covered island, but the mainland has a stunted new growth of +spruce, with a few white birch, covering the wreck of the primeval +forest that was flame swept thirty odd years ago. Over some +considerable areas no new growth to speak of has appeared, and the +charred remains of the dead trees stand stark and gray, or lie about in +confusion upon the ground, giving the country a particularly dreary and +desolate appearance. + +The morning of June twenty-ninth was overcast and threatened rain, but +toward evening the sky cleared. + +Progress was slow, for the current in the river here was very strong, +and paddling or rowing against it was not easy. We had to stop several +times and wait for Duncan to overtake us with his boat. Once he halted +to look at a trap where he told us he had caught six black bears. It +was nearly sunset when we reached the mouth of the Red River, nineteen +miles above Grand Lake, where it flows into the Nascaupee from the +west. This is a wide, shallow stream whose red-brown waters were quite +in contrast to the clear waters of the Nascaupee. + +Opposite the mouth of the Red River, and on the eastern shore of the +Nascaupee, is the point where the old Indian trail was said to begin, +and on a knoll some fifty feet above the river we saw the wigwam poles +of an old Indian camp, and a solitary grave with a rough fence around +it. Here we landed and awaited Duncan, who had stopped at another of +his trapping tilts three or four hundred yards below. When he joined +us a little later, in answer to my inquiry as to whether this was the +beginning of the old trail, he answered, "'Tis where they says the +Indians came out, and some of the Indians has told me so. I supposes +it's the place, sir." + +"But have you never hunted here yourself?" I asked. + +"No, sir, I've never been in here at all. I travels right past up the +Nascaupee. All I knows about it, sir, is what they tells me. I always +follows the Nascaupee, sir." + +Above us rose a high, steep hill covered for two-thirds of the way from +its base with a thick growth of underbrush, but quite barren on top +save for a few bunches of spruce brush. + +The old trail, unused for eight or ten years, headed toward the hill +and was quite easily traced for some fifty yards from the old camp. +Then it disappeared completely in a dense undergrowth of willows, +alders and spruce. + +While Pete made preparation for our supper and Duncan unloaded his boat +and hauled it up preparatory to leaving it until his return from the +interior, the rest of us tried to follow the trail through the brush. +But beyond where the thick undergrowth began there was nothing at all +that, to us, resembled a trail. Finally, I instructed Pete to go with +Richards and see what he could do while the rest of us made camp. Pete +started ahead, forging his way through the thick growth. In ten minutes +I heard him shout from the hillside, "He here--I find him," and saw +Pete hurrying up the steep incline. + +When Richards and Pete returned an hour later we had camp pitched and +supper cooking. They reported the trail, as far as they had gone, very +rough and hard to find. For some distance it would have to be cut out +with an ax, and nowhere was it bigger than a rabbit run. Duncan rather +favored going as far, as Seal Lake by the trail that he knew and which +followed the Nascaupee. This trail he believed to be much easier than +the long unused Indian trail, which was undoubtedly in many places +entirely obscured and in any case extremely difficult to follow. I +dismissed his suggestion, however, with little consideration. My, +object was to trace the old Indian trail and explore as much of the +country as possible, and not to hide myself in an enclosed river +valley. Therefore, I decided that next day we should scout ahead to +the first water to which the trail led and cut out the trail where +necessary. The work I knew would be hard, but we were expecting to do +hard work. We were not on a summer picnic. + +A rabbit which Stanton had shot and a spruce grouse that fell before +Pete's pistol, together with what remained of our porcupine, hot +coffee, and Mrs. Blake's good bread, made a supper that we ate with +zest while we talked over the prospects of the trail. Supper finished, +Pete carefully washed his dishes, then carefully washed his dishcloth, +which latter he hung upon a bough near the fire to dry. His cleanliness +about his cooking was a revelation to me. I had never before seen a +camp man or guide so neat in this respect. + +The real work of the trip was now to begin, the hard portaging, the +trail finding and trail making, and we were to break the seal of a land +that had, through the ages, held its secret from all the world, +excepting the red man. This is what we were thinking of when we +gathered around our camp fire that evening, and filled and lighted our +pipes and puffed silently while we watched the newborn stars of evening +come into being one by one until the arch of heaven was aglow with the +splendor of a Labrador night. And when we at length went to our bed of +spruce boughs it was to dream of strange scenes and new worlds that we +were to conquer. + + + +CHAPTER IV + +ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL + +Next morning we scouted ahead and found that the trail led to a small +lake some five and a half miles beyond our camp. For a mile or so the +brush was pretty thick and the trail was difficult to follow, but +beyond that it was comparatively well defined though exceedingly steep, +the hill rising to an elevation of one thousand and fifty feet above +the Nascaupee River in the first two miles. We had fifteen hundred +pounds of outfit to carry upon our backs, and I realized that at first +we should have to trail slowly and make several loads of it, for, with +the exception of Pete, none of the men was in training. The work was +totally different from anything to which they had been accustomed, and +as I did not wish to break their spirits or their ardor, I instructed +them to carry only such packs as they could walk under with perfect +ease until they should become hardened to the work. + +The weather had been cool and bracing, but as if to add to our +difficulties the sun now boiled down, and the black flies--"the devil's +angels" some one called them, came in thousands to feast upon the +newcomers and make life miserable for us all. Duncan was as badly +treated by them as any of us, although he belonged to the country, and +I overheard him swearing at a lively gait soon after the little beasts +began their attacks. + +"Why, Duncan," said I, "I didn't know you swore." + +"I does, sir, sometimes--when things makes me," he replied. + +"But it doesn't help matters any to swear, does it?" + +"No, sir, but" (swatting his face) "damn the flies--it's easin' to the +feelin's to swear sometimes." + +On several occasions after this I heard Duncan "easin' his feelin's" in +long and astounding bursts of profane eloquence, but he did try to +moderate his language when I was within earshot. Once I asked him: + +"Where in the world did you learn to swear like that, Duncan?" + +"At the lumber camps, sir," he replied. + +In the year I had spent in Labrador I had never before heard a planter +or native of Groswater Bay swear. But this explained it. The +lumbermen from "civilization" were educating them. + +At one o'clock on July first, half our outfit was portaged to the +summit of the hill and we ate our dinner there in the broiling sun, for +we were above the trees, which ended some distance below us. It was +fearfully hot--a dead, suffocating heat--with not a breath of wind to +relieve the stifling atmosphere, and some one asked what the +temperature was. + +"Eighty-seven in the shade, but no shade," Richards remarked as he +threw down his pack and consulted the thermometer where I had placed it +under a low bush. "I'll swear it's a hundred and fifty in the sun." + +During dinner Pete pointed to the river far below us, saying, "Look! +Indian canoe." I could not make it out without my binoculars, but with +their aid discerned a canoe on the river, containing a solitary +paddler. None of us, excepting Pete, could see the canoe without the +glasses, at which he was very proud and remarked: "No findin' glass +need me. See far, me. See long way off." + +On other occasions, afterward, I had reason to marvel at Pete's +clearness of vision. + +It was John Ahsini in the canoe, as we discovered later when he joined +us and helped Stanton up the hill with his last pack to our night camp +on the summit. I invited John to eat supper with us and he accepted +the invitation. He told us he was hunting "moshku" (bear) and was +camped at the mouth of the Red River. He assured us that we would find +no more hills like this one we were on, and, pointing to the northward, +said, "Miam potagan" (good portage) and that we would find plenty +"atuk" (caribou), "moshku" and "mashumekush" (trout). After supper I +gave John some "stemmo," and he disappeared down the trail to join his +wife in their wigwam below. + +We were all of us completely exhausted that night. Stanton was too +tired to eat, and lay down upon the bare rocks to sleep. Pete +stretched our tent wigwam fashion on some old Indian tepee poles, and, +without troubling ourselves to break brush for a bed, we all soon +joined Stanton in a dreamless slumber upon his rocky couch. + +The night, like the day, was very warm, and when I aroused Pete at +sunrise the next morning (July second) to get breakfast the mosquitoes +were about our heads in clouds. + +A magnificent panorama lay before us. Opposite, across the valley of +the Nascaupee, a great hill held its snow-tipped head high in the +heavens. Some four miles farther up to the northwest, the river +itself, where it was choked with blocks of ice, made its appearance and +threaded its way down to the southeast until it was finally lost in the +spruce-covered valley. Beyond, bits of Grand Lake, like silver +settings in the black surrounding forest, sparkled in the light of the +rising sun. Away to the westward could be traced the rushing waters of +the Red River making their course down through the sandy ridges that +enclose its valley. To the northward lay a great undulating +wilderness, the wilderness that we were to traverse. It was Sunday +morning, and the holy stillness of the day engulfed our world. + +When Pete had the fire going and the kettle singing I roused the boys +and told them we would make this, our first Sunday in the bush, an easy +one, and simply move our camp forward to a more hospitable and +sheltered spot by a little brook a mile up the trail, and then be ready +for the "tug of war" on Monday. + +In accordance with this plan, after eating our breakfast we each +carried a light pack to our new camping ground, and there pitched our +tent by a tiny brook that trickled down through the rocks. While +Stanton cooked dinner, Pete brought forward a second pack. After we +had eaten, Richards suggested to Pete that they take the fish net ahead +and set it in the little lake which was still some two and a half miles +farther on the trail. They had just returned when a terrific +thunderstorm broke upon us, and every moment we expected the tent to be +carried away by the gale that accompanied the downpour of rain. It was +then that Richards remembered that he had left his blankets to dry upon +the tepee poles at the last camp. The rain ceased about five o'clock, +and Duncan volunteered to return with Richards and help him recover his +blankets, which they found far from dry. + +Mosquitoes, it seemed to me, were never so numerous or vicious as after +this thunderstorm. We had head nets that were a protection from them +generally, but when we removed the nets to eat, the attacks of the +insects were simply insufferable, so we had our supper in the tent. +After our meal was finished and Pete had washed the dishes, I read +aloud a chapter from the Bible--a Sunday custom that was maintained +throughout the trip--and Stanton sang some hymns. Then we prevailed +upon him to entertain us with other songs. He had an excellent tenor +voice and a repertoire ranging from "The Holy City" to "My Brother +Bob," and these and some of the old Scotch ballads, which he sang well, +were favorites that he was often afterward called upon to render as we +gathered around our evening camp fire, smoking our pipes and drinking +in the tonic fragrance of the great solemn forest around us after a day +of hard portaging. These impromptu concerts, story telling, and +reading aloud from two or three "vest pocket" classics that I carried, +furnished our entertainment when we were not too tired to be amused. + +The rain cleared the atmosphere, and Monday was cool and delightful, +and, with the exception of two or three showers, a perfect day. Camp +was moved and our entire outfit portaged to the first small lake. Our +net, which Pete and Richards had set the day before, yielded us +nothing, but with my rod I caught enough trout for a sumptuous supper. + +The following morning (July fourth) Pete and I, who arose at half-past +four, had just finished preparing breakfast of fried pork, flapjacks +and coffee, and I had gone to the tent to call the others, when Pete +came rushing after me in great excitement, exclaiming, "Caribou! Rifle +quick!" He grabbed one of the 44's and rushed away and soon we heard +bang-bang-bang seven times from up the lake shore. It was not long +before Pete returned with a very humble bearing and crestfallen +countenance, and without a word leaned the rifle against a tree and +resumed his culinary operations. + +"Well, Pete," said I, "how many caribou did you kill?" + +"No caribou. Miss him," he replied. + +"But I heard seven shots. How did you miss so many times?" I asked. + +"Miss him," answered Pete. "I see caribou over there, close to water, +run fast, try get lee side so he don't smell me. Water in way. Go +very careful, make no noise, but he smell me. He hold his head up like +this. He sniff, then he start. He go through trees very quick. See +him, me, just little when he runs through trees. Shoot seven times. +Hit him once, not much. He runs off. No good follow. Not hurt much, +maybe goes very far." + +"You had caribou fever, Pete," suggested Richards. + +"Yes," said Easton, "caribou fever, sure thing." + +"I don't believe you'd have hit him if he hadn't winded you," Stanton +remarked. "The trouble with you, Pete, is you can't shoot." + +"No caribou fever, me," rejoined Pete, with righteous indignation at +such a suggestion. "Kill plenty moose, kill red deer; never have moose +fever, never have deer fever." Then turning to me he asked, "You want +caribou, Mr. Wallace?" + +"Yes," I answered, "I wish we could get some fresh meat, but we can +wait a few days. We have enough to eat, and I don't want to take time +to hunt now." + +"Plenty signs. I get caribou any day you want him. Tell me when you +want him, I kill him," Pete answered me, ignoring the criticisms of the +others as to his marksmanship and hunting prowess. All that day and +all the next the men let no opportunity pass to guy Pete about his lost +caribou, and on the whole he took the banter very good-naturedly, but +once confided to me that "if those boys get up early, maybe they see +caribou too and try how much they can do." + +After breakfast Pete and I paddled to the other end of the little lake +to pick up the trail while the others broke camp. In a little while he +located it, a well-defined path, and we walked across it half a mile to +another and considerably larger lake in which was a small, round, +moundlike, spruce-covered island so characteristic of the Labrador +lakes. + +On our way back to the first lake Pete called my attention to a fresh +caribou track in the hard earth. It was scarcely distinguishable, and +I had to look very closely to make it out. Then he showed me other +signs that I could make nothing of at all--a freshly turned pebble or +broken twig. These, he said, were fresh deer signs. A caribou had +passed toward the larger lake that very morning. + +"If you want him, I get him," said Pete. I could see he felt rather +deeply his failure of the morning and that he was anxious to redeem +himself. I wanted to give him the opportunity to do so, especially as +the young men, unused to deprivations, were beginning to crave fresh +meat as a relief from the salt pork. At the same time, however, I felt +that the fish we were pretty certain to get from this time on would do +very well for the present, and I did not care to take time to hunt +until we were a little deeper into the country. Therefore I told him, +"No, we will wait a day or two." + +Pete, as I soon discovered, had an insatiable passion for hunting, and +could never let anything in the way of game pass him without qualms of +regret. Sometimes, where a caribou trail ran off plain and clear in +the moss, it was hard to keep from running after it. Nothing ever +escaped his ear or eye. He had the trained senses and instincts of the +Indian hunter. When I first saw him in New York he looked so youthful +and evidently had so little confidence in himself, answering my +question as to whether he could do this or that with an aggravating "I +don't know," that I felt a keen sense of disappointment in him. But +with every stage of our journey he had developed, and now was in his +element. He was quite a different individual from the green Indian +youth whom I had first seen walking timidly beside the railway +conductor at the Grand Central Station in New York. + +The portage between the lakes was an easy one and, as I have said, well +defined, and we reached the farther shore of the second lake early in +the afternoon. Here we found an old Indian camping ground covering +several acres. It had evidently been at one time a general rendezvous +of the Indians hunting in this section, as was indicated by the large +number of wigwams that had been pitched here. That was a long while +ago, however, for the old poles were so decayed that they fell into +pieces when we attempted to pick them up. + +There was no sign of a trail leading from the old camp ground, and I +sent Pete and Richards to circle the bush and endeavor to locate one +that I knew was somewhere about, while I fished and Stanton and Duncan +prepared an early supper. A little later the two men returned, +unsuccessful in their quest. They had seen two or three trails, any of +which might be our trail. Of course but one of them _could_ be the +right one. + +This report was both perplexing and annoying, for I did not wish to +follow for several days a wrong route and then discover the error when +much valuable time had been lost. + +I therefore decided that we must be sure of our position before +proceeding, and early the following morning dispatched Richards and +Pete on a scouting expedition to a high hill some distance to the +northeast that they might, from that view-point, note the general +contour of the land and the location of any visible chain of lakes +leading to the northwest through which the Indian trail might pass, and +then endeavor to pick up the trail from one of these lakes, noting old +camping grounds and other signs. As a precaution, in case they were +detained over night each carried some tea and some erbswurst, a rifle, +a cup at his belt and a compass. When Pete took the rifle he held it +up meaningly and said, "Fresh meat to-night. Caribou," and I could see +that he was planning to make a hunt of it. + +When they were gone, I took Easton with me and climbed another hill +nearer camp, that I might get a panoramic view of the valley in which +we were camped. From this vantage ground I could see, stretching off +to the northward, a chain of three or four small lakes which, I +concluded, though there was other water visible, undoubtedly marked our +course. Far to the northwest was a group of rugged, barren, +snow-capped mountains which were, perhaps, the "white hills," behind +which the Indians had told us lay Seal Lake. At our feet, sparkling in +the sunlight, spread the lake upon whose shores our tent, a little +white dot amongst the green trees, was pitched. A bit of smoke curled +up from our camp fire, where I knew Stanton and Duncan were baking +"squaw bread." + +We returned to camp to await the arrival and report of Richards and +Pete, and occupied the afternoon in catching trout which, though more +plentiful than in the first lake, were very small. + +Toward evening, when a stiff breeze blew in from the lake and cleared +the black flies and mosquitoes away. Easton took a canoe out, +stripped, and sprang into the water, while I undressed on shore and was +in the midst of a most refreshing bath when, suddenly, the wind died +away and our tormentors came upon us in clouds. It was a scramble to +get into our clothes again, but before I succeeded in hiding my +nakedness from them, I was pretty severely wounded. + +It was scarcely six o'clock when Richards and Pete walked into camp and +proudly threw down some venison. Pete had kept his promise. On the +lookout at every step for game, he had espied an old stag, and, +together, he and Richards had stalked it, and it had received bullets +from both their rifles. I shall not say to which hunter belonged the +honor of killing the game. They were both very proud of it. + +But best of all, they had found, to a certainty, the trail leading to +one of the chain of little lakes which Easton and I had seen, and these +lakes, they reported, took a course directly toward a larger lake, +which they had glimpsed. I decided that this must be the lake of which +the Indians at Northwest River had told us--Lake Nipishish (Little +Water). This was very gratifying intelligence, as Nipishish was said +to be nearly half way to Seal Lake, from where we had begun our portage +on the Nascaupee. + +What a supper we had that night of fresh venison, and new "squaw +bread," hot from the pan! + +In the morning we portaged our outfit two miles, and removed our camp +to the second one of the series of lakes which Easton and I had seen +from the hill, and the fourth lake after leaving the Nascaupee River. +The morning was fearfully hot, and we floundered through marshes with +heavy packs, bathed in perspiration, and fairly breathing flies and +mosquitoes. Not a breath of air stirred, and the humidity and heat +were awful. Stanton and Duncan remained to pitch the tent and bring up +some of our stuff that had been left at the second lake, while +Richards, Easton, Pete and I trudged three miles over the hills for the +caribou meat which had been cached at the place where the animal was +killed, Richards and Pete having brought with them only enough for two +or three meals. + +The country here was rough and broken, with many great bowlders +scattered over the hilltops. When we reached the cache we were +ravenously hungry, and built a fire and had a very satisfying luncheon +of broiled venison steak and tea. We bad barely finished our meal when +heavy black clouds overcast the sky, and the wind and rain broke upon +us in the fury of a hurricane. With the coming of the storm the +temperature dropped fully forty degrees in half as many minutes, and in +our dripping wet garments we were soon chilled and miserable. We +hastened to cut the venison up and put it into packs, and with each a +load of it, started homeward. On the way I stopped with Pete to climb +a peak that I might have a view of the surrounding country and see the +large lake to the northward which he and Richards had reported the +evening before. The atmosphere was sufficiently clear by this time for +me to see it, and I was satisfied that it was undoubtedly Lake +Nipishish, as no other large lake had been mentioned by the Indians. + +We hastened down the mountain and made our way through rain-soaked +bushes and trees that showered us with their load of water at every +step, and when at last we reached camp and I threw down my pack, I was +too weary to change my wet garments for dry ones, and was glad to lie +down, drenched as I was, to sleep until supper was ready. + +None of our venison must be wasted. All that we could not use within +the next day or two must be "jerked," that is, dried, to keep it from +spoiling. To accomplish this we erected poles, like the poles of a +wigwam, and suspended the meat from them, cut in thin strips, and in +the center, between the poles, made a small, smoky fire to keep the +greenbottle flies away, that they might not "blow" the venison, as well +as to aid nature in the drying process. + +All day on July seventh the rain poured down, a cold, northwest wind +blew, and no progress was made in drying our meat. There was nothing +to do but wait in the tent for the storm to clear. + +When Pete went out to cook dinner I told him to make a little corn meal +porridge and let it go at that, but what a surprise he had for us when, +a little later, dripping wet and hands full of kettles, he pushed his +way into the tent! A steaming venison potpie, broiled venison steaks, +hot fried bread dough, stewed prunes for dessert and a kettle of hot +tea! All experienced campers in the north woods are familiar with the +fried bread dough. It is dough mixed as you would mix it for squaw +bread, but not quite so stiff, pulled out to the size of your frying +pan, very thin, and fried in swimming pork grease. In taste it +resembles doughnuts. Hubbard used to call it "French toast." Our young +men had never eaten it before, and Richards, taking one of the cakes, +asked Pete: + +"What do you call this?" + +"I don't know," answered Pete. + +"Well," said Richards, with a mouthful of it, "I call it darn good." + +"That's what we call him then," retorted Pete, "darn good." + +And so the cakes were christened "darn goods," and always afterward we +referred to them by that name. + +The forest fire which I have mentioned as having swept this country to +the shores of Grand Lake some thirty-odd years ago, had been +particularly destructive in this portion of the valley where we were +now encamped. The stark dead spruce trees, naked skeletons of the old +forest, stood all about, and that evening, when I stepped outside for a +look at the sky and weather, I was impressed with the dreariness of the +scene. The wind blew in gusts, driving the rain in sheets over the +face of the hills and through the spectral trees, finally dashing it in +bucketfuls against our tent. + +The next forenoon, however, the sky cleared, and in the afternoon +Richards and I went ahead in one of the canoes to hunt the trail. We +followed the north shore of the lake to its end, then portaged twenty +yards across a narrow neck into another lake, and keeping near the +north shore of this lake also, continued until we came upon a creek of +considerable size running out of it and taking a southeasterly course. +Where the creek left the lake there was an old Indian fishing camp. It +was out of the question that our trail should follow the valley of this +creek, for it led directly away from our goal. We, therefore, returned +and explored a portion of the north shore of the lake, which was very +bare, bowlder strewn, and devoid of vegetation for the most part--even +moss. + +Once we came upon a snow bank in a hollow, and cooled ourselves by +eating some of the snow. Our observations made it quite certain that +the trail left the northern side of the second lake through a +bowlder-strewn pass over the hills, though there were no visible signs +of it, and we climbed one of the hills in the hope of seeing lakes +beyond. There were none in sight. It was too late to continue our +search that day and we reluctantly returned to camp. Our failure was +rather discouraging because it meant a further loss of time, and I had +hoped that our route, until we reached Nipishish at least, would lie +straight and well defined before us. + +Sunday was comfortably cool, with a good stiff breeze to drive away the +flies. I dispatched Richards, with Pete and Easton to accompany him, +to follow up our work of the evening before, and look into the pass +through the hills, while I remained behind with Stanton and Duncan and +kept the fire going under our venison. + +I Had expected that Duncan, with his lifelong experience as a native +trapper and hunter in the Labrador interior, would be of great +assistance to us in locating the trail; but to my disappointment I +discovered soon after our start that he was far from good even in +following a trail when it was found, though he never got lost and could +always find his way back, in a straight line, to any given point. + +The boys returned toward evening and reported that beyond the hills, +through the pass, lay a good-sized lake, and that some signs of a trail +were found leading to it. This was what I had hoped for. + +Our meat was now sufficiently dried to pack, and, anxious to be on the +move again, I directed that on the morrow we should break camp and +cross the hills to the lakes beyond. + + + +CHAPTER V + +WE GO ASTRAY + +At half-past four on Monday morning I called the men, and while Pete +was preparing breakfast the rest of us broke camp and made ready for a +prompt start. All were anxious to see behind the range of +bowlder-covered hills and to reach Lake Nipishish, which we felt could +not now be far away. As soon as our meal was finished the larger canoe +was loaded and started on ahead, while Richards, Duncan and I remained +behind to load and follow in the other. + +With the rising sun the day had become excessively warm, and there was +not a breath of wind to cool the stifling atmosphere. The trail was +ill-defined and rough, winding through bare glacial bowlders that were +thick-strewn on the ridges; and the difficulty of following it, +together with the heat, made the work seem doubly hard, as we trudged +with heavy packs to the shores of a little lake which nestled in a +notch between the bills a mile and a half away. Once a fox ran before +us and took refuge in its den under a large rock, but save the always +present cloud of black flies, no other sign of life was visible on the +treeless hills. Finally at midday, after three wearisome journeys back +and forth, bathed in perspiration and dripping fly dope and pork +grease, which we had rubbed on our faces pretty freely as a protection +from the winged pests, we deposited our last load upon the shores of +the lake, and thankfully stopped to rest and cook our dinner. + +We were still eating when we heard the first rumblings of distant +thunder and felt the first breath of wind from a bank of black clouds +in the western sky, and had scarcely started forward again when the +heavens opened upon us with a deluge. + +The brunt of the storm soon passed, but a steady rain continued as we +paddled through the lake and portaged across a short neck of land into +a larger lake, down which we paddled to a small round island near its +lower end. Here, drenched to the bone and thoroughly tired, we made +camp, and in the shelter of the tent ate a savory stew composed of +duck, grouse, venison and fat pork that Pete served in the most +appetizing camp style. + +I was astounded by the amount of squaw bread and "darn goods" that the +young men of my party made away with, and began to fear not only for +the flour supply, but also for the health of the men. One day when I +saw one of my party eat three thick loaves of squaw bread in addition +to a fair quantity of meat, I felt that it was time to limit the flour +part of the ration. I expressed my fears to Pete, and advised that he +bake less bread, and make the men eat more of the other food. + +"Bread very good for Indian. Not good when white an eat so much. Good +way fix him. Use not so much baking powder, me. Make him heavy," +suggested Pete. + +"No, Pete, use enough baking powder to make the bread good, and I'll +speak to the men. Then if they don't eat less bread of their own +accord, we'll have to limit them to a ration." + +I decided to try this plan, and that evening in our camp on the island +I told them that a ration of bread would soon have to be resorted to. +They looked very solemn about it, for the bare possibility of a limited +ration, something that they had never had to submit to, appeared like a +hardship to them. + +On Tuesday morning when we awoke the rain was still falling steadily. +During the forenoon the storm abated somewhat and we broke camp and +transferred our goods to the mainland, where the trail left the lake +near a good-sized brook. Our portage led us over small bills and +through marshes a mile and a half to another lake. While Pete remained +at our new camp to prepare supper and Easton stayed with him, the rest +of us brought forward the last load. Richards and I with a canoe and +packs attempted to run down the brook, which emptied into the lake near +our camp; but we soon found the stream too rocky, and were forced to +cut our way through a dense growth of willows and carry the canoe and +packs to camp on our backs. + +The rain had ceased early in the afternoon, and the evening was +delightfully cool, so that the warmth of a big camp fire was most +grateful and comforting. Our day's march had carried us into a +well-wooded country, and the spectral dry sticks of the old burnt +forest were behind us. The clouds hung low and threatening, and in the +twilight beyond the glow of our leaping fire made the still waters of +the lake, with its encircling wilderness of fir trees, seem very dark +and somber. The genial warmth of the fire was so in contrast to the +chilly darkness of the tent that we sat long around it and talked of +our travels and prospects and the lake and the wilderness before us +that no white man had ever before seen, while the brook near by +tumbling over its rocky bed roared a constant complaint at our +intrusion into this land of solitude. + +The following morning was cool and fine, but showers developed during +the day. Our venison, improderly dried, was molding, and much of it we +found, upon unpacking, to be maggoty. After breakfast I instructed the +others to cut out the wormy parts as far as possible and hang the good +meat over the fire for further drying, while with Easton I explored a +portion of the lake shore in search of the trail leading out. We +returned for a late dinner, and then while Easton, Richards and I +caught trout, I dispatched Pete and Stanton to continue the search +beyond the point where Easton and I had left off. It was near evening +when they came back with the information that they had found the trail, +very difficult to follow, leading to a river, some two miles and a half +beyond our camp. This was undoubtedly the Crooked River, which empties +into Grand Lake close to the Nascaupee, and which the Indians had told +us had its rise in Lake Nipishish. + +The evening was very warm, and mosquitoes were so thick in the tent +that we almost breathed them. Stanton, after much turning and +fidgeting, finally took his blanket out of doors, where he said it was +cooler and he could sleep with his head covered to protect him; but in +an hour he was back, and with his blanket wet with dew took his usual +place beside me. + +Below the point where the trail enters the Crooked River it is said by +the Indians to be exceedingly rough and entirely impassable. We +portaged into it the next morning, paddled a short distance up the +stream, which is here some two hundred yards in width and rather +shallow, then poled through a short rapid and tracked through two +others, wading almost to our waists in some places. We now came to a +widening of the river where it spread out into a small lake. Near the +upper end of this expansion was an island upon which we found a +long-disused log cache of the Indians. A little distance above the +island what appeared to be two rivers flowed into the expansion. +Richards, Duncan and I explored up the right-hand branch until we +struck a rapid. Upon our return to the point where the two streams +came together we found that the other canoe, against my positive +instructions not to proceed at uncertain points until I had decided +upon the proper route to take, had gone up the branch on the left, +tracked through a rapid and disappeared. + +There were no signs of Indians on either of these branches so far as we +could discover, and I was well satisfied that somewhere on the north +bank of the expansion, probably not far from the island and old cache +which we had passed, was the trail. But evening was coming on and rain +was threatening, so there was nothing to do but follow the other canoe, +which had gone blindly ahead, until we should overtake it, as it +contained all the cooking utensils and our tent. This failure of the +men to obey instructions took us a considerable distance out of our way +and cost us several days' time, as we discovered later. + +We tracked through some rapids and finally overhauled the others at a +place where the river branched again. It was after seven o'clock, a +drizzling rain was falling, and here we pitched camp on the east side +of the river just opposite the junction of the two branches. + +On the west fork and directly across from our camp was a rough rapid, +and while supper was cooking I paddled over with Richards to try for +fish. We made our casts, and I quickly landed a twenty-inch ouananiche +and Richards hooked a big trout that, after much play, was brought +ashore. It measured twenty-two and a half inches from tip to tip and +eleven and a half inches around the shoulders. I had landed a couple +more large trout, when Richards enthusiastically announced that he had +a big fellow hooked. He played the fish for half an hour before he +brought it to the edge of the rock, so completely exhausted that it +could scarcely move a fin. We had no landing net and he attempted to +lift it out by the line, when snap went the hook and the fish was free! +I made a dash, caught it in my hands and triumphantly brought it +ashore. It proved to be an ouananiche that measured twenty-seven and +one-half inches in length by eleven and one-quarter inches in girth. + +In our excitement we had forgotten all about supper and did not even +know that it was raining; but we now saw Pete on the further shore +gesticulating wildly and pointing at his open mouth, in pantomime +suggestion that the meal was waiting. + +"Well, that _is_ fishing!" remarked Richards. "I never landed a fish +as big as that before." + +"Yes," I answered; "we're getting near the headwaters of the river now, +where the big fish are always found." + +"I never expected any such sport as that. It's worth the hard work +just for this hour's fishing." + +"You'll get plenty more of it before we're through the country. There +are some big fellows under that rapid. The Indians told us we should +find salmon in this section too, but we're ahead of the salmon, I +think. They're hardly due for a month yet." + +"Let's show the fellows the trout, first. They're big enough to make +'em open their eyes. Then we'll spring the ouananiche on 'cm and +they'll faint. It'll, be enough to make Easton want to come and try a +cast too." + +So when we pushed through the dripping bushes to the tent we presented +only the few big trout, which did indeed create a sensation. Then +Richards brought forward his ouananiche, and it produced the desired +effect. After supper Pete and Easton must try their hand at the fish, +and they succeeded in catching five trout averaging, we estimated, from +two to three pounds each. Richards, however, still held the record as +to big fish, both trout and ouananiche, and the others vowed they would +take it from him if they had to fish nights to do it. + +_En route_ up the river, in the afternoon, Pete had shot a muskrat, and +I asked him that night what he was going to do with it. + +"I don't know," he answered. "Muskrat no good now." + +"Well, never kill any animal while you are with me that you cannot use, +except beasts of prey." + +This was one of the rules that I had laid down at the beginning: that +no member of the party should kill for the sake of killing any living +thing. I could not be angry with Pete, however, for he was always so +goodnatured. No matter how sharply I might reprove him, in five +minutes he would be doing something for my comfort, or singing some +Indian song as he went lightheartedly about his work. I understood how +hard it was for him to down the Indian instinct to kill, and that the +muskrat bad been shot thoughtlessly without considering for a moment +whether it were needed or not. The flesh of the muskrat at this season +of the year is very strong in flavor and unpalatable, and besides, with +the grouse that were occasionally killed, the fish that we were +catching, and the dried venison still on hand, we could not well use +it. No fur is, of course, in season at this time of year, and so there +was no excuse for killing muskrats for the pelts. + +In the vicinity of this camp we saw some of the largest spruce timber +that we came upon in the whole journey across Labrador. Some of these +trees were fully twenty-two inches in diameter at the butt and perhaps +fifty to sixty feet in height. These large trees were very scattered, +however, and too few to be of commercial value. For the most part the +trees that we met with were six to eight, and, occasionally, ten inches +through, scrubby and knotted. In Labrador trees worth the cutting are +always located near streams in sheltered valleys. + +That evening before we retired the drizzle turned to a downpour, and we +were glad to leave our unprotected camp fire for the unwarmed shelter +of our tent. While I lay within and listened to the storm, I wrote in +my diary: "As I lie here, the rain pours upon the tent over my head and +drips--drips--drips through small holes in the silk; the wind sweeps +through the spruce trees outside and a breath of the fragrance of the +great damp forest comes to me. I hear the roar of the rapid across the +river as the waters pour down over the rocks in their course to the +sea. I wonder if some of those very waters do not wash the shores of +New York. How far away the city seems, and how glad I shall be to +return home when my work here is finished! + +"This is a feeling that comes to one often in the wilderness. Perhaps +it is a touch of homesickness--a hunger for the sympathy and +companionship of our friends." + +The days that followed were days of weary waiting and inactivity. A +cold northeast storm was blowing and the rain fell heavily and +incessantly day and night. Trail hunting was impracticable while the +storm lasted, but the halt offered an opportunity that was taken +advantage of to repair our outfit; also there was much needed mending +to be done, as some of our clothing was badly torn. + +Everything we had in the way of wearing apparel was wet, and we set up +our tent stove for the first time, that we might dry our things under +cover. This stove proved a great comfort to us, and all agreed that it +was an inspiration that led me to bring it. It was not an inspiration, +however, but my experience on the trip with Hubbard that taught the +necessity of a stove for just such occasions as this, and for the +colder weather later. + +Some of us went to the rapid to fish, but it was too cold for either +fly or bait, and we soon gave it up. I slipped off a rock in the lower +swirl of the rapid, and went into the river over head and ears. Pete, +who was with me, gave audible expression to his amusement at my +discomfiture as I crawled out of the water like a half drowned rat; but +I could see no occasion for his hilarity and I told him so. + +This experience dampened my enthusiasm as a fisherman for that day. The +net was set, however, which later yielded us some trout. A fish +planked on a dry spruce log hewn flat on one side, made a delicious +dinner, and a savory kettle of fish chowder made of trout and dried +onions gave us an equally good supper. + +On July fifteenth sleet was mingled with the rain in the early morning, +and it was so cold that Duncan used his mittens when doing outdoor +work. Easton was not feeling well, and I looked upon our delay as not +altogether lost time, as it gave him an opportunity to get into shape +again. + +A pocket copy of "Hiawatha," from which Stanton read aloud, furnished +us with entertainment. Pete was very much interested in the reading, +and I found he was quite familiar with the legends of his Indian hero, +and he told us some stories of Hiawatha that I had never heard. +"Hiawatha," said Pete, "he the same as Christ. He do anything he want +to." Pete produced his harmonica and proved himself a very good +performer. + +July sixteenth was Sunday, and I decided that rain or shine we must +break camp on Monday and move forwards for the inactivity was becoming +unendurable. + +A little fishing was done, and Pete landed a twenty-two and +three-quarter inch trout, thus wresting the big-trout record from +Richards. Pete was proud and boasted a great deal of this feat, which +he claimed proved his greater skill as a fisherman, but which the +others attributed to luck. + +We were enabled to do some scouting in the afternoon, which resulted in +the discovery that our camp was on an island. Nowhere could we find +any Indian signs, and we were therefore quite evidently off the trail. + + + +CHAPTER VI + +LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED + +As already stated, the Indians at Northwest River Post had informed us +that the Crooked River had its rise in Lake Nipishish, and I therefore +decided to follow the stream from the point where we were now encamped +to the lake, or until we should come upon the trail again, as I felt +sure we should do farther up, rather than retrace our steps to the +abandoned cache on the island in the expansion below, and probably +consume considerable time in locating the old portage route from that +point. + +Accordingly, on Monday morning we began our work against the almost +continuous rapids, which we discovered as we proceeded were +characteristic of the river. A heavy growth of willows lined the +banks, forcing us into the icy water, where the swift current made it +very difficult to keep our footing upon the slippery bowlders of the +river bed. Tracking lines were attached to the bows of the canoes and +we floundered forward. + +The morning was cloudy and cool and resembled a day in late October, +but before noon the sun graciously made his appearance and gave us new +spirit for our work. When we stopped for dinner I sent Pete and Easton +to look ahead, and Pete brought back the intelligence that a half-mile +portage would cut off a considerable bend in the river and take us into +still water. It was necessary to clear a portion of the way with the +ax. This done, the portage was made, and then we found to our +disappointment that the still water was less than a quarter mile in +length, when rapids occurred again. + +As I deemed it wise to get an idea of the lay of the land before +proceeding farther, I took Pete with me and went ahead to scout the +route. Less than a mile away we found two small lakes, and climbing a +ridge two miles farther on, we had a view of the river, which, so far +as we could see, continued to be very rough, taking a turn to the +westward above where our canoes were stationed, and then swinging again +to the northeast in the direction of Nipishish, which was plainly +visible. The Indians, instead of taking the longer route that we were +following, undoubtedly crossed from the old cache to a point in the +river some distance above where it took its westward swing, and thus, +in one comparatively easy portage, saved themselves several miles of +rough traveling. It was too late for us now, however, to take +advantage of this. + +Pete and I hurried back to the others. The afternoon was well +advanced, but sufficient daylight remained to permit us to proceed a +little way up the river, and portage to the shores of one of the lakes, +where camp was made just at dusk. + +Field mice in this section were exceedingly troublesome. They would +run over us at night, sample our food, and gnawed a hole as large as a +man's hand in the side of the tent. Porcupines, too, were something of +a nuisance. One night one of them ate a piece out of my tumpline, +which was partially under my head, while I slept. + +The next morning we passed through the lakes to the river above, and +for three days, in spite of an almost continuous rain and wind storm, +worked our way up stream, "tracking" the canoes through a succession of +rapids or portaging around them, with scarcely any opportunity to +paddle. + +On the afternoon of the third day, with the wind dashing the rain in +sheets into our faces, we halted on a rough piece of ground just above +the river bank and pitched our tent. + +When camp was made Pete took me to a rise of ground a little distance +away, and pointing to the northward exclaimed: "Look, Lake Nipishish! I +know we reach him to-day." + +And sure enough, there lay Lake Nipishish close at hand! I was more +thankful than I can say to see the water stretching far away to the +northward, for I felt that now the hardest and roughest part of our +journey to the height of land was completed. + +"That's great, Pete," said I. "We'll have more water after this and +fewer and easier portages, and we can travel faster." + +"Maybe better, I don't know," remarked Pete, rather skeptically. +"Always hard find trail out big lakes. May leave plenty places. Take +more time hunt trail maybe now. Indian maps no good. Maybe easier +when we find him." + +Pete was right, and I did not know the difficulties still to be met +with before we should reach Michikamau. + +Duncan was of comparatively little help to us now, and as I knew that +he was more than anxious to return to Groswater Bay, I decided to +dispense with his further services and send him back with letters to be +mailed home. When I returned to the tent I said to him: + +"Duncan, I suppose you would like to go home now, and I will let you +turn back from here and take some letters out. Does that suit you?" + +"Yes, sir, that suits me fine," replied be promptly, and in a tone that +left no doubt of the fact that he was glad to go. + +"Well, this is Thursday. I'll write my letters tomorrow, and you may +go on Saturday." + +"All right, sir." + +The letters were all written and ready for Duncan on Friday night, and +he packed sufficient provisions into a waterproof bag I gave him to +carry him out, and prepared for an early start in the morning. But the +rain that had been falling for several days still poured down on +Saturday, and he decided to postpone his departure another day in the +hope of better weather on Sunday. He needed the time anyway to mend +his sealskin boots before starting back, for he had pretty nearly worn +them out on the sharp rocks on the portages. The rest of us were well +provided with oil-tanned moccasins (sometimes called larigans or +shoe-packs), which I have found are the best footwear for a journey +like ours. Pete's khaki trousers were badly torn; and Richards and +Easton, who wore Mackinaw trousers, were in rags. This cloth had not +withstood the hard usage of Labrador travel a week, and both men, when +they bad a spare hour, occupied it in sewing on canvas patches, until +now there was almost as much canvas patch as Mackinaw cloth in these +garments. Richards, however, carried an extra pair of moleskin +trousers, and I wore moleskin. This latter material is the best +obtainable, so far as my experience goes, for rough traveling in the +bush, and my trousers stood the trip with but one small patch until +winter came. + +Sunday morning was still stormy, but before noon the rain ceased, and +Duncan announced his intention of starting homeward at once. We raised +our flags and exchanged our farewells and Godspeeds with him. Then he +left us, and as he disappeared down the trail a strange sense of +loneliness came upon us, for it seemed to us that his going broke the +last link that connected us with the outside world. Duncan was always +so cheerful, with his quaint humor, and so ready to do his work to the +very best of his ability, that we missed him very much, and often spoke +of him in the days that followed. + +We had made the best of our enforced idleness in this camp to repack +and condense and dry our outfit as much as possible. The venison, at +the first imperfectly cured, had been so continuously soaked that the +most of what remained of it was badly spoiled and we could not use it, +and with regret we threw it away. The erbswurst was also damp, and +this we put into small canvas bags, which were then placed near the +stove to dry. + +A rising barometer augured good weather for Monday morning. A light +wind scattered the clouds that had for so many days entombed the world +in storm and gloom, and the sun broke out gloriously, setting the +moisture-laden trees aglinting as though hung with a million pearls and +warming the damp fir trees until the air was laden with the forest +perfume. It was as though a pall had been lifted from the world. How +our hearts swelled with the new enthusiasm of the returned sunshine! It +was always so. It seemed as if the long-continued storms bound up our +hearts and crushed the buoyancy from them; but the returning sunshine +melted the bonds at once and gave us new ambition. A robin sang gayly +from a near-by tree--a messenger from the kindlier Southland come to +cheer us--and the "whisky jacks," who had not shown themselves for +several days, appeared again with their shrill cries, venturing +impudently into the very door of our tent to claim scraps of refuse. + +I was for moving forward that very afternoon, but some of our things +were still wet, and I deemed it better judgment to let them have the +day in which to dry and to delay our start until Monday morning. + +After supper, in accordance with the Sunday custom established by +Hubbard when I was with him, I read aloud a selection from the +Testament--the last chapter of Revelation--and then went out of the +tent to take the usual nine o'clock weather observation. Between the +horizon and a fringe of black clouds that hung low in the north the +reflected sun set the heavens afire, and through the dark fir trees the +lake stretched red as a lake of blood. I called the others to see it +and Easton joined me. We climbed a low hill close at hand to view the +scene, and while we looked the red faded into orange, and the lake was +transformed into a mirror, which reflected the surrounding trees like +an inverted forest. In the direction from which we had come we could +see the high blue hills beyond the Nascaupee, very dim in the far +distance. Below us the Crooked River lost itself as it wound its +tortuous way through the wooded valley that we had traversed. Somewhere +down there Duncan was bivouacked, and we wondered if his fire was +burning at one of our old camping places. + +Darkness soon came and we returned to the tent to find the others +rolled in their blankets, and we joined them at once that we might have +a good night's rest preparatory to an early morning advance. + +Before seven o'clock on Monday morning (July twenty-fourth) we had made +our portage to the water that we had supposed to be an arm of Lake +Nipishish, but which proved instead to be an expansion of the river +into which the lake poured its waters through a short rapid. This rapid +necessitated another short portage before we were actually afloat upon +the bosom of Nipishish itself. There was not a cloud to mar the azure +of the sky, hardly a breath of wind to make a ripple on the surface of +the lake, and the morning was just cool enough to be delightful. + +It was the kind of day and kind of wilderness that makes one want to go +on and on. I felt again the thrill in my blood of that magic something +that had held possession of Hubbard and me and lured us into the heart +of this unknown land two years before, and as I looked hungrily away +toward the hills to the northward, I found myself repeating again one +of those selections from Kipling that I had learned from him: + + "Something hidden. Go and find it. Go and look behind the Ranges-- + Something lost behind the Ranges. Lost and waiting for you. Go!" + + + +CHAPTER VII + +SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL + +Lake Nipishish is approximately twenty miles in length, and at its +broadest part ten or twelve miles in width. It extends in an almost +due easterly direction from the place where we launched our canoes near +its outlet. The shores are rocky and rise gradually into low, +well-wooded hills, by which the lake is surrounded. Five miles from +the outlet a rocky point juts out into the water, and above the point +an arm of the lake reaches into the hills to the northward to a +distance of six miles, almost at right angles to the main lake. In the +arm there are several small, rocky islands which sustain a scrubby +growth of black spruce and fir balsam. + +Hitherto the Indian maps had been of little assistance to us. No +estimate of distance could be made from them, and the lakes through +which we had passed (not all of them shown on the map) were represented +by small circles with nothing to indicate at what point on their shores +the trail was to be found. Lake Nipishish, however, was drawn on a +larger scale and with more detail, and we readily located the trail +leading out of the arm which I have mentioned. + +After a day's work through several small lakes or ponds, with short +intervening portages, and a trail on the whole well defined and easily +followed, we came one afternoon to a good-sized lake of irregular shape +which Pete promptly named Washkagama (Crooked Lake). + +A stream flowed into Washkagama near the place where we went ashore, +and it seemed to me probable that our route might be along this stream, +which it was likely drained lakes farther up; but a search in the +vicinity failed to uncover any signs of the trail, and the irregular +shape of the lake suggested several other likely places for it. We +were, therefore, forced to go into camp, disappointing as it was, until +we should know our position to a certainty. + +The next day was showery, but we began in the morning a determined hunt +for the trail. Stanton remained in camp to make needed repairs to the +outfit; Easton went with Pete to the northward, while Richards and I in +one of the canoes paddled to the eastern side of the lake arm, upon +which we were encamped, to climb a barren hill from which we hoped to +get a good view of the country, and upon reaching the summit we were +not disappointed. A wide panorama was spread before us. To the north +lay a great rolling country covered with a limitless forest of firs, +with here and there a bit of sparkling water. A mile from our camp a +creek, now and again losing itself in the green woods, rushed down to +join Washkagama, anxious to gain the repose of the lake. To the +northeast the rugged white hills, that we were hoping to reach soon, +loomed up grand and majestic, with patches of snow, like white sheets, +spread over their sides and tops. From Nipishish to Washkagama we had +passed through a burned and rocky country where no new growth save +scant underbrush and a few scattering spruce, balsam and tamarack trees +had taken the place of the old destroyed forest. The dead, naked tree +trunks which, gaunt and weather-beaten, still stood upright or lay in +promiscuous confusion on the ground, gave this part of the country from +our hilltop view an appearance of solitary desolation that we had not +noticed when we were traveling through it. But this unregenerated +district ended at Washkagama; and below it Nipishish, with its +green-topped hills, seemed almost homelike. + +The creek that I have mentioned as flowing into the lake a mile from +our camp seemed to me worthy to be explored for the trail, and I +determined to go there at once upon our return to camp, while Richards +desired to climb a rock-topped hill which held its head above the +timber line three or four miles to the northwest, that he might make +topographical and geological observations there. + +We returned to camp, and Richards, with a package of erbswurst in his +pocket to cook for dinner and my rifle on his shoulder, started +immediately into the bush, and was but just gone when Pete and Easton +appeared with the report that two miles above us lay a large lake, and +that they had found the trail leading from it to the creek I had seen +from the hill. The lake lay among the hills to the northward, and the +bits of water I had seen were portions of it. I was anxious to break +camp and start forward, but this could not be done until Richards' +return. Easton, Pete and I paddled up to the creek's mouth, therefore, +and spent the day fishing, and landed eighty-seven trout, ranging from +a quarter pound to four pounds in weight. The largest ones Stanton +split and hung over the fire to dry for future use, while the others +were applied to immediate need. + +When Richards came into camp in the evening he brought with him an +excellent map of the country that he had seen from the hill and +reported having counted ten lakes, including the large one that Easton +and Pete had visited. He also had found the trail and followed it back. + +The next morning some tracking and wading up the creek was necessary +before we found ourselves upon the trail with packs on our backs, and +before twelve o'clock we arrived with all our outfit at the lake, which +we shall call Minisinaqua. It was an exceedingly beautiful sheet of +water, the main body, perhaps, ten or twelve miles in length, but +narrow, and with many arms and indentations and containing numerous +round green islands. The shores and surrounding country were well +wooded with spruce, fir, balsam, larch, and an occasional small white +birch. + +I took my place in the larger canoe with Pete and Easton and left +Stanton to follow with Richards. Pete's eyes, as always, were scanning +with keen scrutiny every inch of shore. Suddenly he straightened up, +peered closely at an island, and in a stage whisper exclaimed "Caribou! +Caribou! Don't make noise! Paddle, quick!" + +We saw them then--two old stags and a fawn--on an island, but they had +seen us, too, or winded us more likely, and, rushing across the island, +took to the water on the opposite side, making for the mainland. We +bent to our paddles with all our might, hoping to get within shooting +distance of them, but they had too much lead. We all tried some shots +when we saw we could not get closer, but the deer were five hundred +yards away, and from extra exertion with our paddles, we were unable to +hold steady, and missed. + +Our canoes were turned into an arm of the lake leading to the +northward. Amongst some islands we came upon a flock of five +geese--two old ones and three young ones. The old ones had just passed +through the molting season, and their new wing feathers were not long +enough to bear them, and the young ones, though nearly full grown, had +not yet learned to fly. Pete brought the mother goose and two of her +children down with the shotgun, but father gander and the other +youngster escaped, flapping away on the surface of the lake at a +remarkable speed, and they were allowed to go with their lives without +a chase. + +We stumbled upon the trail leading from Lake Minisinaqua, almost +immediately upon landing. Its course was in a northerly direction +through the valley of a small river that emptied into the lake. This +valley was inclosed by low hills, and the country, like that between +Washkagama and Lake Minisinaqua, was well covered with the same +varieties of small trees that were found there. For a mile and +three-quarters, the stream along which the trail ran was too swift for +canoeing, but it then expanded into miniature lakes or ponds which were +connected by short rapids. Each of us portaged a load to the first +pond, where the canoes were to be launched, and I directed Pete and +Stanton to remain here, pluck the geese, and prepare two of them for an +evening dinner, while Richards, Easton and I brought forward a second +load and pitched camp. + +This was Easton's twenty-second birthday and it occurred to me that it +would be a pleasant variation to give a birthday dinner in his honor +and to have a sort of feast to relieve the monotony of our daily life, +and give the men something to think about and revive their spirits; for +"bucking the trail" day after day with no change but the gradual change +of scenery does grow monotonous to most men, and the ardor of the best +of them, especially men unaccustomed to roughing it, will become damped +in time unless some variety, no matter how slight, can be brought into +their lives. A good dinner always has this effect, for after men are +immersed in a wilderness for several weeks, good things to eat take the +first place in their thoughts and, to judge from their conversation, +the attainment of these is their chief aim in life. + +My instructions to Pete included the baking of an extra ration of bread +to be served hot with the roast geese, and I asked Stanton to try his +hand at concocting some kind of a pudding out of the few prunes that +still remained, to be served with sugar as sauce, and accompanied by +black coffee. Our coffee supply was small and it was used only on +Sundays now, or at times when we desired an especial treat. + +We were pretty tired when we returned with our second packs and dropped +them on a low, bare knoll some fifty yards above the fire where Pete +and Stanton were carrying on their culinary operations, but a whiff of +roasting goose came to us like a tonic, and it did not take us long to +get camp pitched. + +"Um-m-m," said Easton, stopping in his work of driving tent pegs to +sniff the air now bearing to us appetizing odors of goose and coffee, +"that smells like home." + +"You bet it does," assented Richards. "I haven't been filled up for a +week, but I'm going to be to-night." + +At length dinner was ready, and we fell to with such good purpose that +the two birds, a generous portion of hot bread, innumerable cups of +black coffee, and finally, a most excellent pudding that Stanton had +made out of bread dough and prunes and boiled in a canvas specimen bag +disappeared. + +How we enjoyed it! "No hotel ever served such a banquet," one of the +boys remarked as we filled our pipes and lighted them with brands from +the fire. Then with that blissful feeling that nothing but a good +dinner can give, we lay at full length on the deep white moss, +peacefully puffing smoke at the stars as they blinked sleepily one by +one out of the blue of the great arch above us until the whole +firmament was glittering with a mass of sparkling heaven gems. The +soft perfume of the forest pervaded the atmosphere; the aurora borealis +appeared in the northern sky, and its waves of changing light swept the +heavens; the vast silence of the wilderness possessed the world and, +wrapped in his own thoughts, no man spoke to break the spell. Finally +Pete began a snatch of Indian song: + + "Puhgedewawa enenewug + Nuhbuggesug kamiwauw." + +Then he drew from his pocket a harmonica, and for half an hour played +soft music that harmonized well with the night and the surroundings; +when he ceased, all but Richards and I went to their blankets. We two +remained by the dying embers of our fire for another hour to enjoy the +perfect night, and then, before we turned to our beds, made an +observation for compass variation, which calculations the following +morning showed to be thirty-seven degrees west of the true north. + +Paddling through the ponds, polling and tracking through the rapids or +portaging around them up the little river on which we were encamped the +night before, brought us to Otter Lake, which was considerably larger +than Lake Minisinaqua, but not so large as Nipishish. The main body +was not over a mile and a half in width, but it had a number of bays +and closely connected tributary lakes. Its eastern end, which we did +not explore, penetrated low spruce and balsam-covered hills. To the +north and northeast were rugged, rock-tipped hills, rising to an +elevation of some seven hundred feet above the lake. The country at +their base was covered with a green forest of small fir, spruce and +birch, and near the water, in marshy places, as is the case nearly +everywhere in Labrador, tamarack, but the hills themselves had been +fire swept, and were gray with weather-worn, dead trees. On the +summits, and for two hundred feet below, bare basaltic rock indicated +that at this elevation they had never sustained any growth, save a few +straggling bushes. On some of these hills there still remained patches +of snow of the previous winter. + +We paddled eastward along the northern shore of the lake. Once we saw +a caribou swimming far ahead of us, but he discovered our approach and +took to the timber before we were within shooting distance of him. A +flock of sawbill ducks avoided us. No sign of Indians was seen, and +four miles up the lake we stopped upon a narrow, sandy point that +jutted out into the water for a distance of a quarter mile, to pitch +camp and scout for the trail. All along the point and leading back +into the bush, were fresh caribou tracks, where the animals came out to +get the benefit of the lake breezes and avoid the flies, which torment +them terribly. Natives in the North have told me of caribou having +been worried to death by the insects, and it is not improbable. The +"bulldogs" or "stouts," as they are sometimes called, which are as big +as bumblebees, are very vicious, and follow the poor caribou in swarms. +The next morning a caribou wandered down to within a hundred and fifty +yards of camp, and Pete and Stanton both fired at it, but missed, and +it got away unscathed. + +After breakfast, with Pete and Easton, I climbed one of the higher +hills for a view of the surrounding country. Near the foot of the +hill, and in the depth of the spruce woods, we passed a lone Indian +grave, which we judged from its size to be that of a child. It was +inclosed by a rough fence, which had withstood the pressure of the +heavy snows of many winters and a broken cross lay on it. From the +summit of the hill we could see a string of lakes extending in a +general northwesterly direction until they were lost in other hills +above, and also numerous lakes to the south, southwest, east and +northeast. We could count from one point nearly fifty of these lakes, +large and small. To the north and northwest the country was rougher +and more diversified, and the hills much higher than any we had as yet +passed through. + +Down by our camp it had been excessively warm, but here on the hilltop +a cold wind was blowing that made us shiver. We found a few scattered +dry sticks, and built a fire under the lee of a high bowlder, where we +cooked for luncheon some pea-meal porridge with water that Pete, with +foresight, had brought with him from a brook that we passed half way +down the hillside. We then continued our scouting tour several miles +inland, climbing two other high hills, from one of which an excellent +view was had of the string of lakes penetrating the northwestern hills. +Everywhere so far as our vision extended the valleys were comparatively +well wooded, but the treeless, rock-bound hills rose grimly above the +timber line. + +When we returned to camp we were still unsettled as to where the trail +left the lake, but there was one promising bay that had not been +explored, and Richards and Easton volunteered to take a canoe and +search this bay. They were supplied with tarpaulin, blankets, an ax +and one day's rations, and started immediately. + +I felt some anxiety as to our slow progress. August was almost upon us +and we had not yet reached Seal Lake. Here, as at other places, we had +experienced much delay in finding the trail, and we did not know what +difficulties in that direction lay before us. I had planned to reach +the George River by early September, and the question as to whether we +could do it or not was giving me much concern. + +Pete and Stanton had been in bed and asleep for an hour, but I was +still awake, turning over in my mind the situation, and planning +to-morrow's campaign, when at ten o'clock I heard the soft dip of +paddles, and a few moments later Richards and Easton appeared out of +the night mist that hung over the lake, with the good news that they +had found the trail leading northward from the bay. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +SEAL LAKE AT LAST + +A thick, impenetrable mist, such as is seldom seen in the interior of +Labrador, hung over the water and the land when we struck camp and +began our advance. For two days we traveled through numerous small +lakes, making several short portages, before we came to a lake which we +found to be the headwaters of a river flowing to the northwest. This +lake was two miles long, and we camped at its lower end, where the +river left it. Portage Lake we shall call it, and the river that +flowed out of it Babewendigash. + +The portage into the lake crossed a sand desert, upon which not a drop +of water was seen, and instead of the usual rocks there were uncovered +sand and gravel knolls and valleys, where grew only occasional bunches +of very stunted brush; the surface of the sand was otherwise quite bare +and sustained not even the customary moss and lichens. The heat of the +sun reflected from the sand was powerful. The day was one of the most +trying ones of the trip, and the men, with faces and hands swollen and +bleeding from the attacks of not only the small black flies, which were +particularly bad, but also the swarms of "bulldogs," complained +bitterly of the hardships. When we halted to eat our luncheon one of +the men remarked, "Duncan said once that if there are no flies there, +hell can't be as bad as this, and he's pretty near right." + +The river left the lake in a rapid, and while Pete was making his fire, +Richards, Easton and I went down to catch our supper, and in half an +hour had secured forty-five good-sized trout--sufficient for supper +that night and breakfast and dinner the next day. + +Since leaving Otter Lake, caribou signs had been plentiful, fresh +trails running in every direction. Pete was anxious to halt a day to +hunt, but I decreed otherwise, to his great disappointment. + +The scenery at this point was particularly fine, with a rugged, wild +beauty that could hardly be surpassed. Below us the great, bald snow +hills loomed very close at hand, with patches of snow glinting against +the black rocks of the hills, as the last rays of the setting sun +kissed them good-night. Nearer by was the more hospitable wooded +valley and the shining river, and above us the lake, placid and +beautiful, and beyond it the line of low sand hills of the miniature +desert we had crossed. One of the snow hills to the northwest had two +knobs resembling a camel's back, and was a prominent landmark. We +christened it "The Camel's Hump." + +Heretofore the streams had been taking a generally southerly direction, +but this river flowed to the northwest, which was most encouraging, for +running in that direction it could have but one outlet-the Nascaupee +River. + +A portage in the morning, then a short run on the river, then another +portage, around a shallow rapid, and we were afloat again on one of the +prettiest little rivers I have ever seen. The current was strong +enough to hurry us along. Down we shot past the great white hills, +which towered in majestic grandeur high above our heads, in some places +rising almost perpendicularly from the water, with immense heaps of +debris which the frost had detached from their sides lying at their +base. The river was about fifty yards wide, and in its windings in and +out among the hills almost doubled upon itself sometimes. The scenery +was fascinating. One or two small lake expansions were passed, but +generally there was a steady current and a good depth of water. "This +is glorious!" some one exclaimed, as we shot onward, and we all +appreciated the relief from the constant portaging that had been the +feature of our journey since leaving the Nascaupee River. + +The first camp on this river was pitched upon the site of an old Indian +camp, above a shallow rapid. The many wigwam poles, in varying states +of decay, together with paddles, old snowshoes, broken sled runners, +and other articles of Indian traveling paraphernalia, indicated that it +had been a regular stopping place of the Indians, both in winter and in +summer, in the days when they had made their pilgrimages to Northwest +River Post. Near this point we found some beaver cuttings, the first +that we had seen since leaving the Crooked River. + +Babewendigash soon carried us into a large lake expansion, and six +hours were consumed paddling about the lake before the outlet was +discovered. At first we thought it possible we were in Seal Lake, but +I soon decided that it was not large enough, and its shape did not +agree with the description of Seal Lake that Donald Blake and Duncan +McLean had given me. + +During the morning I dropped a troll and landed the first namaycush of +the trip--a seven-pound fish. The Labrador lakes generally have a +great depth of water, and it is in the deeper water that the very large +namaycush, which grow to an immense size, are to be caught. Our outfit +did not contain the heavy sinkers and larger trolling spoons necessary +in trolling for these, and we therefore had to content ourselves with +the smaller fish caught in the shallower parts of the lakes. We had +two more portages before we shot the first rapid of the trip, and then +camped on the shores of a small expansion just above a wide, shallow +rapid where the river swung around a ridge of sand hills. This ridge +was about two hundred feet in elevation, and followed the river for +some distance below. In the morning we climbed it, and walked along +its top for a mile or so, to view the rapid, and suddenly, to the +westward, beheld Seal Lake. It was a great moment, and we took off our +hats and cheered. The first part of our fight up the long trail was +almost ended. + +The upper part of the rapid was too shallow to risk a full load in the +canoes, so we carried a part of our outfit over the ridge to a point +where the river narrowed and deepened, then ran the rapid and picked up +our stuff below. Not far from here we passed a hill whose head took +the form of a sphinx and we noted it as a remarkable landmark. Stopping +but once to climb a mountain for specimens, at twelve o'clock we landed +on a sandy beach where Babewendigash River emptied its waters into Seal +Lake. We could hardly believe our good fortune, and while Pete cooked +dinner I climbed a hill to satisfy myself that it was really Seal Lake. +There was no doubt of it. It had been very minutely described and +sketched for me by Donald and Duncan. We had halted at what they +called on their maps "The Narrows," where the lake narrowed down to a +mere strait, and that portion of it below the canoes was hidden from my +view. It stretched out far to the northwest, with some distance up a +long arm reaching to the west. A point which I recognized from +Duncan's description as the place where the winter tilt used by him and +Donald was situated extended for some distance out into the water. The +entire length of Seal Lake is about forty miles, but only about thirty +miles of it could be seen from the elevation upon which I stood. Its +shores are generally well wooded with a growth of young spruce. High +hills surround it. + +We visited the tilt as we passed the point and, in accordance with an +arrangement made with Duncan, added to our stores about twenty-five +pounds of flour that he had left there during the previous winter. Five +miles above the point where Babewendigash River empties into Seal Lake +we entered the Nascaupee, up which we paddled two miles to the first +short rapid. This we tracked, and then made camp on an island where +the river lay placid and the wind blew cool and refreshing. + +Long we sat about our camp fire watching the glories of the northern +sunset, and the new moon drop behind the spruce-clad hills, and the +aurora in all its magnificence light our silent world with its wondrous +fire. Finally the others left me to go to their blankets. + +When I was alone I pushed in the ends of the burning logs and sat down +to watch the blaze as it took on new life. Gradually, as I gazed into +its depths, fantasy brought before my eyes the picture of another camp +fire. Hubbard was sitting by it. It was one of those nights in the +hated Susan Valley. We had been toiling up the trail for days, and +were ill and almost disheartened; but our camp fire and the relaxation +from the day's work were giving us the renewed hope and cheer that they +always brought, and rekindled the fire of our half-lost enthusiasm. +"Seal Lake can't be far off now," Hubbard was saying. "We're sure to +reach it in a day or two. Then it'll be easy work to Michikamau, and +we 'll soon be with the Indians after that, and forget all about this +hard work. We'll be glad of it all when we get home, for we're going +to have a bully trip." How much lighter my pack felt the next day, when +I recalled his words of encouragement! How we looked and looked for +Seal Lake, but never found it. It lay hidden among those hills that +were away to the northward of us, with its waters as placid and +beautiful as they were to-day when we passed through it. I had never +seen Michikamau. Was I destined to see it now? + +The fire burned low. Only a few glowing coals remained, and as they +blackened my picture dissolved. The aurora, like a hundred +searchlights, was whipping across the sky. The forest with its hidden +mysteries lay dark beneath. A deep, impenetrable silence brooded over +all. The vast, indescribable loneliness of the wilderness possessed my +soul. I tried to shake off the feeling of desolation as I went to my +bed of boughs. + +To-morrow a new stage of our journey would begin. It was ho for +Michikamau! + + + +CHAPTER IX + +WE LOSE THE TRAIL + +Saturday morning, August fifth, broke with a radiance and a glory +seldom equaled even in that land of glorious sunrises and sunsets. A +flame of red and orange in the east ushered in the rising sun, not a +cloud marred the azure of the heavens, the moss was white with frost, +and the crisp, clear atmosphere sweet with the scent of the new day. +Labrador was in her most amiable mood, displaying to the best advantage +her peculiar charms and beauties. + +While we ate a hurried breakfast of corn-meal mush, boiled fat pork and +tea, and broke camp, Michikamau was the subject of our conversation, +for now it was ho for the big lake! A rapid advance was expected upon +the river, and the trail above, where it left the Nascaupee to avoid +the rapids which the Indians had told us about, would probably be found +without trouble. So this new stage of our journey was begun with +something of the enthusiasm that we had felt the day we left Tom +Blake's cabin and started up Grand Lake. + +We had gone but a mile when Pete drew his paddle from the water and +pointed with it at a narrow, sandy beach ahead, above which rose a +steep bank. Almost at the same instant I saw the object of his +interests--a buck caribou asleep on the sand. The wind was blowing +toward the river, and maintaining absolute silence, we landed below a +bend that hid us from the caribou. Fresh meat was in sight and we must +have it, for we were hungry now for venison. To cover the retreat of +the animal should it take alarm, Pete was to go on the top of the bank +above it, Easton to take a stand opposite it and I a little below it. +We crawled to our positions with the greatest care; but the caribou was +alert. The shore breeze carried to it the scent of danger, and almost +before we knew, that we were discovered it was on its feet and away. +For a fraction of a second I had one glimpse of the animal through the +brush. Pete did not see it when it started, but heard it running up +the shore, and away be started in that direction, running and leaping +recklessly over the fallen tree trunks. Presently the caribou turned +from the river and showed itself on the burned plateau above, two +hundred yards from Pete. The Indian halted for a moment and +fired--then fired again. I hastened up and came upon Pete standing by +the prostrate caribou and grinning from ear to ear. + +The carcass was quickly skinned and the meat stripped from the bones +and carried to the canoe. Here on the shore we made a fire, broiled +some thick luscious steaks, roasted some marrow bones and made tea. All +the bones except the marrow bones of the legs were abandoned as an +unnecessary weight. Pete broke a hole through one of the shoulder +blades and stuck it on a limb of a tree above the reach of animals. +That, you know, insures further good luck in hunting. It is a sort of +offering to the Manitou. We took the skin with us. "Maybe we need him +for something," said Pete. "Clean and smoke him nice, me; maybe mend +clothes with him." + +The larger pieces of our venison were to be roasted when we halted in +the evening. We could not dally now, and I chose this method of +preserving the meat, rather than "jerk" it (that is, dry it in the open +air over a smoky fire), which would have necessitated a halt of three +or four days. + +Within three hours after we had first seen the caribou we were on our +way again. The river up which we were passing was from two to four +hundred yards in width, and with the exception of an occasional rock, +had a gravelly bottom, and the banks were generally low and gravelly. A +little distance back ridges of low hills paralleled the stream, and on +the south side behind the lower ridge was a higher one of rough hills; +but none of them with an elevation above the valley of more than three +hundred feet. The country had been burned on both sides of the river +and there was little new growth to hide the dead trees. + +Twenty-five miles above Seal Lake we encountered a rapid which +necessitated a mile and a half portage around it. Where we landed to +make the portage I noticed along the edge of the sandy beach a black +band about two feet in width. I thought at first that the water had +discolored the sand, but upon a closer examination discovered that it +was nothing more nor less than myriads of our black fly pests that had +lost their lives in the water and been washed ashore. + +We had much rain and progress was slow and difficult in the face of a +strong wind and current. Seven or eight miles above the rapid around +which we had portaged we passed into a large expansion of the river +which the Indians at Northwest River Post had told us to look for, and +which they called Wuchusknipi (Big Muskrat) Lake. + +High gravelly banks, rising in terraces sometimes fully fifty feet +above the water's edge, had now become the feature of the stream. The +current increased in strength, and only for short distances above +Wuchusknipi, where the river occasionally broadened, were we able to +paddle. The tracking lines were brought into service, one man hauling +each canoe, while the others, wading in the water, or walking on the +bank with poles where the stream was too deep to wade, kept the canoes +straight in the current and clear of the shore. Once when it became +necessary to cross a wide place in the river a squall struck us, and +Richards and Stanton in the smaller canoe were nearly swamped. The +strong head wind precluded paddling, even when the current would +otherwise have permitted it. + +Finally the sky cleared and the wind ceased to blow; but with the calm +came a cause for disquietude. A light smoke had settled in the valley +and the air held the odor of it, suggesting a forest fire somewhere +above. This would mean retreat, if not disaster, for when these fires +once start rivers and lakes prove small obstacles in their path. From +a view-point on the hills no dense smoke could be discovered, only the +light haze that we had seen and smelled in the valley, and we therefore +decided that the gale that had blown for several days from the +northwest may have carried it for a long distance, even from the +district far west of Michikamau, and that at any rate there was no +cause for immediate alarm. + +The ridges with an increasing altitude were crowding in upon us more +closely. Once when we stopped to portage around a low fall we climbed +some of the hills that were near at hand that we might obtain a better +knowledge of the topography of the country than could be had from the +confined river valley. Away to the northwest we found the country to +be much more rugged than the district we had recently passed through. +Observations showed us that the highest of the hills we were on had an +elevation of six hundred feet above the river. We had but a single day +of fine weather and then a fog came so thick that we could not see the +opposite banks of the Nascaupee, and after it a cold rain set in which +made our work in the icy current doubly hard. One morning I slipped on +a bowlder in the river and strained my side, and for me the remainder +of the day was very trying. That evening we reached a little group of +three or four islands, where the Nascaupee was wide and shallow, but +just above the islands it narrowed down again and a low fall occurred. +Not far from the fall a small river tumbled down over the rocks a sheer +thirty feet, and emptied into the Nascaupee. Since leaving Seal Lake we +had passed two rivers flowing in from the north, and this was the +second one coming from the south, marking the point on the Indian map +where we were to look for the portage trail leading to the northward. +Therefore a halt was made and camp was pitched. + +During the night the weather cleared, and Pete, Richards and Easton +were dispatched in the morning to scout the country to the northward in +search of the trail and signs of Indians. The ligaments of my side +were very stiff and sore from the strain they received the previous +day, and I remained in camp with Stanton to write up my records, take +an inventory of our food supply, and consider plans for the future. + +It was August twelfth. How far we had still to go before reaching +Michikamau was uncertain, but, in view of our experiences below Seal +Lake and the difficulties met with in finding and following the old +Indian trail there, our progress would now, for a time at least, if we +traveled the portage route, be slower than on the river where we had +done fairly well. True, our outfit was much lighter than it had been +in the beginning, and we were in better shape for packing and were able +to carry heavier loads. Still we must make two trips over every +portage, and that meant, for every five miles of advance, fifteen miles +of walking and ten of those miles with packs on our backs. Had we not +better, therefore, abandon the further attempt to locate the trail and, +instead, follow the river which was beyond doubt the quicker and the +easier route? My inclinations rebelled against this course. One of +the objects of the expedition, for it was one of the things that +Hubbard had planned to do, was to locate the old trail, if possible. +To abandon the search for it now, and to follow the easier route, +seemed to me a surrender. + +On the other hand, should we not find game or fish and have delays +scouting for the trail, it would be necessary to go on short rations +before reaching Michikamau, for enough food must be held back to take +us out of the country in safety. + +In my present consideration of the situation it seemed to me highly +improbable that we could reach George River Post in season to connect +with the Hudson's Bay Company's steamer _Pelican_, which touches there +to land supplies about the middle of September, and that is the only +steamer that ever visits that Post. Not to connect with the _Pelican_ +would, therefore, mean imprisonment in the north for an entire year, or +a return around the coast by dog train in winter. The former of these +alternatives was out of the question; the latter would be impossible +with an encumbrance of four men, for dog teams and drivers in the early +winter are usually all away to the hunting grounds and hard to engage. +I therefore concluded that but one course was open to me. Three of the +men must be sent back and with a single companion I would push on to +Ungava. This, then, was the line of action I decided upon. + +Toward evening gathering clouds augured an early renewal of the storm, +and Stanton and I had just put up the stove in the tent in anticipation +of it when Pete and Easton, the latter thoroughly fagged out, came into +camp. + +"Well, Pete," I asked, "what luck?" + +"Find trail all right," he answered. "Can't follow him easy. Long +carry. First lake far, maybe eleven, twelve mile. Little ponds not +much good for canoe. Trail old. Not used long time. All time go up +hill." + +"Where's Richards?" I inquired, noticing his absence. + +"Left us about four miles back to take a short cut to the river and +follow it down to camp," said Easton. "He thought you might want to +know how it looked above, and perhaps keep on that way instead of +tackling the portage, for the trail's going to be mighty hard. It +looks as though the river would be better." + +We waited until near dark for Richards, but he did not come. Then we +ate our supper without him. + +The rain grew into a downpour and darkness came, but no Richards, and +at length I became alarmed for his safety. I pushed back the tent +flaps and peered out into the pitchy darkness and pouring rain. + +"He'll never get in to-night," I remarked. "No," said some one, "and +he'll have a hard time of it out there in the rain." There was nothing +to do but wait. Pete rummaged in his bag and produced a candle (we had +a dozen in our outfit), sharpened one end of a stick, split the other +end for two or three inches down, forced open the split end and set the +candle in it and stuck the sharpened end in the ground, all the while +working in the dark. Then he lit the candle. + +I do not know how long we had been sitting by the candle light and +putting forth all sorts of conjectures about Richards and his +uncomfortable position in the bush without cover and the probable +reasons for his failure to return, when the tent front opened and in he +came, as wet as though he had been in the river. + +"Well, Richards," I asked, when he was comfortably settled at his meal, +"what do you think of the river?" + +"The river!" he paused between mouthfuls to exclaim, "that's the only +thing within twenty miles that I didn't see. I've been looking for it +for four hours, but it kept changing its location and I never found it +till I struck camp just now." + +"Now, boys," said I, when all the pipes were going, "I've something to +say to you. Up to this time we've had no real hardships to meet. We've +had hard work, and it's been most trying at times, but there's been no +hardship to endure that might not be met with upon any journey in the +bush. If we go on we _shall_ have hardships, and perhaps, some pretty +severe ones. There'll soon be sleet and snow in the air, and cold days +and shivery nights, and the portages will be long and hard. On the +whole, there's been plenty to eat--not what we would have had at home, +perhaps, but good, wholesome grub--and we're all in better condition +and stronger than when we started, but flour and pork are getting low, +lentils and corn meal are nearly gone, and short rations, with hungry +days, are soon to come if we don't strike game, and you know how +uncertain that is. I cannot say what is before us, and I'm not going +to drag you fellows into trouble. I'm going to ask for one volunteer +to go on with me to Ungava with the small canoe, and let the rest +return from here with the other canoe and what grub they need to take +them out. Who wants to go home?" + +It came to them like a shock. Outside, the wind howled through the +trees and dashed the rain spitefully against the tent. The water +dripped through on us, and the candle flickered and sputtered and +almost went out. In the weird light I could see the faces of the men +work with emotion. For a moment no one spoke. Finally Richards, in a +tone of reproach that made me feel sorry for the very suggestion, +asked: "Do you think there's a quitter here?" + +The loyalty and grit of the men touched my heart. Not one of them +would think of leaving me. Nothing but a positive order would have +turned them back, and I decided to postpone our parting until we +reached Michikaumau at least, if it could be postponed so long +consistently with safety. + +The next day was Sunday, and it was spent in rest and in preparation +for our advance up the trail. The weather was damp and cheerless, with +rain falling intermittently throughout the day. + +To cover a possible retreat a cache was made near our camp of thirty +pounds of pemmican in tin cans and forty-five pounds of flour and some +tea in a waterproof bag. A hole was dug in the ground and the +provisions were deposited in it, then covered with stones as a +pro-tection from animals. + +By Monday morning the storm had gained new strength, and steadily and +pitilessly the rain fell, accompanied by a cold, northwest wind. + +What narrowly escaped being a serious accident occurred when we halted +that day for dinner. Easton was cutting firewood, when suddenly he +dropped the ax he was using with the exclamation "That fixes me!" He +had given himself what looked at first like an ugly cut near the shin +bone. Fortunately, however, upon examination, it proved to be only a +flesh wound and not sufficiently severe to interfere with his +traveling. Stanton dressed the cut. Our adhesive plaster we found had +become useless by exposure and electrician's tape was substituted for +it to draw the flesh together. + +On the evening of the second day after leaving the Nascaupee, our tent +was pitched upon the site of an extensive but ancient Indian camp +beside a mile-long lake, four hundred and fifty feet above the river. +Five ponds had been passed _en route_, but all of them so small it was +scarcely worth while floating the canoe in any of them. + +In these two days we had covered but eleven miles, but during the whole +time the wind had driven the rain in sweeping gusts into our faces and +made it impossible for a man, single-handed, to portage a canoe. Thus, +with two men to carry each canoe we had been compelled to make three +loads of our outfit, and this meant fifty-five miles actual walking, +and thirty-three miles of this distance with packs on our backs. The +weather conditions had made the work more than hard--it was +heartrending--as we toiled over naked hills, across marshes and +moraines, or through dripping brush and timber land. + +A beautiful afternoon, two days later, found us paddling down the first +lake worthy of mention since leaving the Nascaupee River. The azure +sky overhead shaded to a pearly blue at the horizon, with a fleecy +cloud or two floating lazily across its face. The atmosphere was +perfect in its purity, and only the sound of screeching gulls and the +dip of our paddles disturbed the quiet of the wilderness. Lake +Bibiquasin, as we shall call it, was five miles in length and nestled +between ridges of low, moss-covered hills. It lay in a southeasterly +and northwesterly direction, and rested upon the summit of a subsidiary +divide that we had been gradually ascending. A creek ran out of its +northwesterly end, flowing in that direction. + +Until now we had found the trail with little difficulty, but here we +were baffled. A search in the afternoon failed to uncover it, and we +were forced to halt, perplexed again as to our course. Camp was +pitched in a grove of spruces at the lower end of the lake. Not far +from us was an old hunting camp which Pete said was "most hundred years +old," and he was not far wrong in his estimate, for the frames upon +which the Indians had stretched skins and the tepee poles crumbled to +pieces when we touched them. + +Strange to say, not a fish of any description had been seen for several +days and not one could be induced to rise to fly or bait, and our net +was always empty now. Game, too, was scarce. There were no fresh +caribou tracks this side of the Nascaupee River, and but one duck and +one spruce partridge had been killed. The last bit of our venison was +eaten the day before. It was pretty badly spoiled and turning a little +green in color, but Pete washed it well several times and we all +avoided the lee side of the kettle while it was cooking. It was +pronounced "not so bad." + +Another day was lost on Lake Bibiquasin in an ineffectual hunt for the +trail. I scouted alone all day and in my wanderings came upon the +first ptarmigans of the trip and shot one of them with my rifle. The +others flew away. They wore their mottled summer coat, as it was still +too early for them to don their pure white dress of winter. + +During my scouting trip I also discovered the first ripe bake-apple +berries we had seen. This is a salmon-colored berry resembling in size +and shape the raspberry, and grows on a low plant like the strawberry. + +On Saturday morning, August nineteenth, the temperature was four +degrees below the freezing point, and the ground was stiff with frost. +In a further search on the north side of the lake opposite our camp we +found an old blaze and a trail leading from it along a ridge and +through marshes to a small lake. This was the only trail that we could +find anywhere, so we decided to follow it, though it did not bear all +the earmarks of the portage trail we had been tracing--it was decidedly +more ancient. We started our work with a will. It was a hard portage +and we sometimes sank knee deep into the marsh and got mired +frequently, but finally reached the lake. + +Indian signs now completely disappeared. Down the lake, where a creek +flowed out, was a bare hill, and Pete and I climbed it. From its +summit we could easily locate the creek taking a turn to the north and +then to the northeast and, finally, flowing into one of a series of +lakes extending in an easterly and westerly direction. The land was +comparatively flat to the eastward and the lakes no doubt fed a river +flowing out of that end, probably one of those that we had noted as +joining the Nascaupee on its north side. To the north of these lakes +were high, rugged ridges. It was possible there was an opening in the +hills to the westward, where they seemed lower; we could not tell from +where we were, but we determined to portage along the creek into the +lakes with that hope. + +Again the smoke of a forest fire hung in the valleys and over the +hills, and the air was heavy with the smell of it, which revived the +former uneasiness, but by the next day every trace of it had +disappeared. + +Another day found us afloat upon the first of the lakes. Several short +carries across necks of land took us from this lake into the one which +Pete and I had seen extending back to the ridges to the westward, and +which we shall call Lake Desolation. + +On the northern shore of Lake Desolation we stopped to climb a +mountain. A decided change in the features of the country had taken +place since leaving Lake Bibiquasin, and the low moss-covered hills had +given place to rough mountains of bare rock. To the northward from +where we stood nothing but higher mountains of similar formation met +our view--a great, rolling vista of bare, desolate rocks. To the +westward the country was not, perhaps, so rough, though there, too, in +the far distance could be discerned the tops of rugged hills breaking +the line of the horizon. Through a valley in that direction was +distinguishable, with a considerable interval between them, a string of +small lakes or ponds. This valley led up from the western end of Lake +Desolation, and there was no other possible place for the trail to +leave the lake. The valley was the only opening. + +Our mountain climbing had consumed a good part of an afternoon, and it +was evening when finally we reached the western end of the lake and +pitched our camp near a creek flowing in. As we paddled we tried our +trolls, but were not rewarded with a single strike. When camp was made +the net was stretched across the creek's mouth and we tried our rods in +the stream for trout, but our efforts were useless. No fish were +caught. + +The prospect for game had not improved, in fact was growing steadily +worse. We were now in a country that had been desolated by a forest +fire within four or five years. The moss under foot had not renewed +itself and where any of it remained at all, it was charred and black. +The trees were dead and the land harbored almost no life. It seemed to +me that even the fish had been scalded out of the water and the streams +had never restocked themselves. + +A thorough search was made for Indian signs, but there were absolutely +none. There was nothing to show that any human being had ever been +here before us. Back on Lake Bibiquasin we had lost the trail and now +on Lake Desolation we were far and hopelessly astray, with only the +compass to guide us. + +After supper the men sat around the camp fire, smoking and talking of +their friends at home, while I walked alone by the lake shore. It was +a wild scene that lay before me--the aurora, with its waves of changing +color flashing weirdly as they swept and lighted the sky, the dead +trees everywhere like skeletons gray and gaunt, the blazing camp fire +in the foreground, with the figures lying about it and the little white +tent in the background. Somewhere hidden in the depths of that vast +and silent wilderness to the westward lay Michikamau. + +There was no mark on the face of the earth to direct us on our road. We +must blaze a new trail up that valley and over those ridges that looked +so dark and forbidding in the uncertain light of the aurora. We must +find Michikamau. + + + +CHAPTER X + +"WE SEE MICHIKAMAU" + +"It's no use, Pete. You may as well go back to your blankets." + +It was the morning of the second day after reaching the lake which we +named Desolation. We had portaged through a valley and over a low +ridge to the shores of a pond, out of which a small stream ran to the +southeast. The country was devastated by fire and to the last degree +inhospitable. Not a green shrub over two feet in height was to be +seen, the trees were dead and blackened; not even the customary moss +covered the naked earth, and loose bowlders were scattered everywhere +about. + +There was no fixed trail now to look for or to guide us, but by keeping +a general westerly course, we knew that we must, sooner or later, reach +Michikamau. Rough, irregular ridges blocked our path and it was +necessary to look ahead that we might not become tangled up amongst +them. One hill, higher than the others, a solitary bailiff that +guarded the wilderness beyond, was to have been climbed this morning, +but when Pete and I at daybreak came out of the tent we were met by +driving rain and dashes of sleet that cut our faces, and a mist hung +over the earth so thick we could not even see across the tiny lake at +our feet. I looked longingly into the storm and mist in the direction +in which I knew the big hill lay, and realized the hopelessness and +foolhardiness of attempting to reach it. + +"It's no use, Pete," I continued, "to try to scout in this storm. You +could see nothing from the hill if you reached it, and the chances are, +with every landmark hidden, you couldn't find the tent again. I don't +want to lose you yet. Go back and sleep." + +Later in the morning to my great relief the weather cleared, and +Richards and Pete were at once dispatched to scout. We who remained +"at home," as we called our camp, found plenty of work to keep us +occupied. The bushes had ravaged our clothing to such an extent that +some of us were pretty ragged, and every halt was taken advantage of to +make much needed repairs. + +It was nearly dark when Richards and Pete came back. They had reached +the high hill and from its summit saw, some distance to the westward, +long stretches of water reaching far away to the hills in that +direction. A portage of several miles in which some small lakes +occurred would take us, they said, into a large lake. Beyond this they +could not see. + +Pete brought back with him a hatful of ripe currants which he stewed +and which proved a very welcome addition to our supper of corn-meal +mush. + +The report of water ahead made us happy. It was now August +twenty-third. If we could reach Michikamau by September first that +should give me ample time, I believed, to reach the George River before +the caribou migration would take place. + +The following morning we started forward with a will, and with many +little lakes to cross and short portages between them, we made fairly +good progress, and each lake took us one step higher on the plateau. + +The character of the country was changing, too. The naked land and +rocks and dead trees gave way to a forest of green spruce, and the +ground was again covered with a thick carpet of white caribou moss. + +We were catching no fish, however, although our efforts to lure them to +the hook or entangle them in the net were never relinquished. Pork was +a luxury, and no baker ever produced anything half so dainty and +delicious as our squaw bread. A strict distribution of rations was +maintained, and when the pork was fried, Pete, with a spoon, dished out +the grease into the five plates in equal shares. Into this the quarter +loaf ration of bread was broken and the mixture eaten to the last +morsel. Sometimes the men drank the warm pork grease clear. Finally it +became so precious that they licked their plates after scraping them +with their spoons, and the longing eyes that were cast at the frying +pan made me fear that some time a raid would be made on that. + +One day, an owl was shot and went into the pot to keep company with a +couple of partridges. Pete demurred. "Owl eat mice," said he. "Not +good man eat him. + +"You can count me out on owl, too," Richards volunteered. + +"Oh! they're all right," I assured them. "The Labrador people always +eat them and you'll find them very nice." + +"Not me. Owl eat mice," Pete insisted. + +"Well," I suggested, "possibly we'll be eating mice, too, before we get +home, and it's a good way to begin by eating owl--for then the mice +won't seem so bad when we have to eat them." + +Stanton took charge of the kettle and dished out the rations that night. + +"Partridge is good enough for me," said Richards, fearing that Stanton +might forget his prejudice against owl. + +"Me, too," echoed Pete. + +"I'll take owl," said I. + +Easton said nothing. + +After we had eaten, Stanton asked: "How'd you like the partridge, +Richards?" + +"It was fine," said he. "Guess it was a piece of a young one you gave +me, for it wasn't as tough as they usually are." + +"Maybe it was young, but that partridge was _owl_." "I'll be darned!" +exclaimed Richards. His face was a study for a moment, then he +laughed. "If that was owl they're all right and I'm a convert. I'll +eat all I can get after this." + +After leaving Lake Desolation the owls had begun to come to us, and +Richards was one of the best owl hunters of the party. At first one or +two a day were killed, but now whenever we halted an owl would fly into +a tree and twitter, and, with a very wise appearance, proceed to look +us over as though he wanted to find out what we were up to anyway, for +these owls were very inquisitive fellows. He immediately became a +candidate for our pot, and as many as six were shot in one day. The +men called them the "manna of the Labrador wilderness." Pete's +disinclination to eat them was quickly forgotten, for hunger is a +wonderful killer of prejudices, and he was as keen for them now as any +of us. + +An occasional partridge was killed and now and again a black duck or +two helped out our short ration, but the owls were our mainstay. We +did not have enough to satisfy the appetites of five hungry men, +however; still we did fairly well. + +The days were growing perceptibly shorter with each sunset, and the +nights were getting chilly. On the night of August twenty-fifth, the +thermometer registered a minimum temperature of twenty-five degrees +above zero, and on the twenty-sixth of August, forty-eight degrees was +the maximum at midday. + +During the forenoon of that day we reached the largest of the lakes +that the scouting party had seen three days before, and further +scouting was now necessary. At the western end of the lake, about two +miles from where we entered, a hill offered itself as a point from +which to view the country beyond, and here we camped. + +We were now out of the burned district and the scant growth of timber +was apparently the original growth, though none of the trees was more +than eight inches or so in diameter. In connection with this it might +be of interest to note here the fact that the timber line ended at an +elevation of two hundred and seventy-five feet above the lake. The +hill was four hundred feet high and there was not a vestige of +vegetation on its summit. The top of the hill was strewn with +bowlders, large and small, lying loose upon the clean, storm-scoured +bed rock, just as the glaciers had left them. + +What a view we had! To the northwest, to the west, and to the +southwest, for fifty miles in any direction was a network of lakes, and +the country was as level as a table. The men called it "the plain of a +thousand lakes," and this describes it well. To the far west a line of +blue hills extending to the northwest and southeast cut off our view +beyond. They were low, with but one high, conical peak standing out as +a landmark. Another ridge at right angles to this one ran to the +eastward, bounding the lakes on that side. I examined them carefully +through my binoculars and discovered a long line of water, like a +silver thread, following the ridge running eastward, and decided that +this must be the Nascaupee River, though later I was convinced that I +was mistaken and that the river lay to the southward of the ridge. To +the cast and north of our hill was an expanse of rolling, desolate +wilderness. Carefully I examined with my glass the great plain of +lakes, hoping that I might discover the smoke of a wigwam fire or some +other sign of life, but none was to be seen. It was as still and dead +as the day it was created. It was a solemn, awe-inspiring scene, +impressive beyond description, and one that I shall not soon forget. + +We outlined as carefully as possible the course that we should follow +through the maze of lakes, with the round peak as our objective point, +for just south of it there seemed to be an opening through the ridge: +beyond which we hoped lay Michikamau. + +The next day we portaged through a marsh and into the lake country and +made some progress, portaging from lake to lake across swampy and +marshy necks. It was Sunday, but we did not realize it until our day's +work was finished and we were snug in camp in the evening. + +Monday's dawn brought with it a day of superb loveliness. The sky was +cloudless, the earth was white with hoarfrost, the atmosphere was crisp +and cool, and we took deep breaths of it that sent the blood tingling +through our veins. It was a day that makes one love life. + +Through small lakes and short portages we worked until afternoon and +then--hurrah! we were on big water again. Thirty or forty miles in +length the lake stretched off to the westward to carry us on our way. +It was choked in places with many fir-topped islands, and the channels +in and out amongst these islands were innumerable, so Pete called it +Lake Kasheshebogamog, which in his language means "Lake of Many +Channels." + +As we paddled I dropped a troll and before we stopped for the night +landed a seven-pound namaycush, and another large one broke a troll. +The "Land of God's Curse" was behind us. We were with the fish again, +and caribou and wolf tracks were seen. + +The next day found us on our way early. A fine wind sent us spinning +before it and at the same time kept us busy with a rough sea that was +running on the wide, open lake when we were away from the shelter of +the islands. At one o'clock we boiled the kettle at the foot of a low +sand ridge, and upon climbing the ridge we found it covered with a mass +of ripe blueberries. We ate our fill and picked some to carry with us. + +At three o'clock we were brought up sharply at the end of the water +with no visible outlet. The nature of the lake and the lateness of the +season made it impracticable to turn back and look in other channels +for the connection with western waters. Former experience had taught +me that we might paddle around for a week before we found it, for these +were big waters. Five miles ahead was the high, round peak that we +were aiming for, and I had every confidence that from its top +Michikamau could be seen and a way to reach the big lake. I decided +that it must be climbed the next morning, and selected Pete and Easton +for the work. A fall the day before had given me a stiff knee, and it +was a bitter disappointment that I could not go myself, for I was +nervously anxious for a first view of Michikamau. However, I realized +that it was unwise to attempt the journey, and I must stay behind. + +That night Stanton made two roly-polies of the blueberries we picked in +the afternoon, boiling them in specimen bags, and we used the last of +our sugar for sauce. This, with coffee, followed a good supper of +boiled partridge and owl. It was like the old days when I was with +Hubbard. We were making good progress, our hopes ran high, and we must +feast. Pete's laughs, and songs and jokes added to our merriment. +Rain came, but we did not mind that. We sat by a big, blazing fire and +ate and enjoyed ourselves in spite of it. Then we went to the tent to +smoke and every one pronounced it the best night in weeks. + +On Wednesday rain poured down at the usual rising time and the men were +delayed in starting, for we were in a place where scouting in thick +weather was dangerous. It was the morning of the famous eclipse, but +we had forgotten the fact. The rain had fallen away to a drizzle and +we were eating a late breakfast when the darkness came. It did not last +long, and then the rain stopped, though the sky was still overcast. +Shortly after breakfast Pete and Easton left us. I gave Pete a new +corncob pipe as he was leaving. When he put it in his pocket he said, +"I smoke him when I see Michikaman, when I climb hill, if Michikamau +there. Sit down, me, look at big water, feel good then. Smoke pipe, +me, and call hill Corncob Hill." + +"All right," said I, laughing at Pete's fancy. "I hope the hill will +have a name to-day." + +It was really a day of anxiety for me, for if Michikamau were not +visible from the mountain top with the wide view of country that it +must offer, then we were too far away from the lake to hope to reach it. + +A mile from camp, Richards discovered a good-sized river flowing in +from the northwest and set the net in it. Then he and Stanton paddled +up the river a mile and a half to another lake, but did not explore it +farther. + +With what impatience I awaited the return of Pete and Easton can be +imagined, and when, near dusk, I saw them coming I almost dreaded to +hear their report, for what if they had not seen Michikamau? + +But they had seen Michikamau. When Pete was within talking distance of +me, he shouted exultantly, "We see him! We see him! We see +Michikamau!" + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU + +Pete and Easton had taken their course through small, shallow, rocky +lakes until they neared the base of the round hill. Here the canoe was +left, and up the steep side of the hill they climbed. "When we most +up," Pete told me afterward, "I stop and look at Easton. My heart beat +fast. I most afraid to look. Maybe Michikamau not there. Maybe I see +only hills. Then I feel bad. Make me feel bad come back and tell you +Michikamau not there. I see you look sorry when I tell you that. Then +I think if Michikamau there you feel very good. I must know quick. I +run. I run fast. Hill very steep. I do not care. I must know soon +as I can, and I run. I shut my eyes just once, afraid to look. Then I +open them and look. Very close I see when I open my eyes much water. +Big water. So big I see no land when I look one way; just water. Very +wide too, that water. I know I see Michikamau. My heart beat easy and +I feel very glad. I almost cry. I remember corncob pipe you give me, +and what I tell you. I take pipe out my pocket. I fill him, and light +him. Then I sit on rock and smoke. All the time I look at Michikamau. +I feel good and I say, 'This we call Corncob Hill.'" + +And so we were all made glad and the conical peak had a name. + +Pete told me that we should have to cut the ridge to the south of +Corncob Hill, taking a rather wide detour to reach the place. A chain +of lakes would help us, but some long portages were necessary and it +would require several days' hard work. This we did not mind now. We +were only anxious to dip our paddles into the waters of the big lake. +At last Michikamau, which I had so longed to see through two summers of +hardship in the Labrador wilds, was near, and I could hope to be +rewarded with a look at it within the week. + +But with the joy of it there was also a sadness, for I must part from +three of my loyal companions. The condition of our commissariat and +the cold weather that was beginning to be felt made it imperative that +the men be sent back from the big lake. + +The possibility of this contingency had been foreseen by me before +leaving New York, and I had mentioned it at that time. Easton had +asked me then, if the situation would permit of it, to consider him as +a candidate to go through with me to Ungava. When the matter had been +suggested at the last camp on the Nascaupee River he had again +earnestly solicited me to choose him as my companion, and upon several +subsequent occasions had mentioned it. Richards was the logical man +for me to choose, for he had had experience in rapids, and could also +render me valuable assistance in the scientific work that the others +were not fitted for. He was exceedingly anxious to continue the +journey, but his university duties demanded his presence in New York in +the winter, and I had promised his people that he should return home in +the autumn. This made it out of the question to keep him with me, and +it was a great disappointment to both of us. That I might feel better +assured of the safety of the returning men, I decided to send Pete back +with them to act as their guide. Stanton, too, wished to go on, but +Easton had spoken first, so I decided to give him the opportunity to go +with me to Ungava, as my sole companion. + +That night, after the others had gone to bed, we two sat late by the +camp fire and talked the matter over. "It's a dangerous undertaking, +Easton," I said, "and I want you to understand thoroughly what you're +going into. Before we reach the George River Post we shall have over +four hundred miles of territory to traverse. We may have trouble in +locating the George River, and when we do find it there will be heavy +rapids to face, and its whole course will be filled with perils. If +any accident happens to either of us we shall be in a bad fix. For +that reason it's always particularly dangerous for less than three men +to travel in a country like this. Then there's the winter trip with +dogs. Every year natives are caught in storms, and some of them +perish. We shall be exposed to the perils and hardships of one of the +longest dog trips ever made in a single season, and we shall be +traveling the whole winter. I want you to understand this." + +"I do understand it," he answered, "and I'm ready for it. I want to go +on." + +And so it was finally settled. + +It was not easy for me to tell the men that the time had come when we +must part, for I realized how hard it would be for them to turn back. +The next morning after breakfast, I asked them to remain by the fire +and light their pipes. Then I told them. Richards' eyes filled with +tears. Stanton at first said he would not turn back without me, but +finally agreed with me that it was best he should. Pete urged me to +let him go on. Later he stole quietly into the tent, where I was alone +writing, and without a word sat opposite me, looking very woebegone. +After awhile he spoke: "To-day I feel very sad. I forget to smoke. My +pipe go out and I do not light it. I think all time of you. Very +lonely, me. Very bad to leave you." + +Here he nearly broke down, and for a little while he could not speak. +When he could control himself he continued: + +"Seems like I take four men in bush, lose two. Very bad, that. Don't +know how I see your sisters. I go home well. They ask me, 'Where my +brother?' I don't know. I say nothing. Maybe you die in rapids. +Maybe you starve. I don't know. I say nothing. Your sisters cry." +Then his tone changed from brokenhearted dejection to one of eager +pleading: + +"Wish you let me go with you. Short grub, maybe. I hunt. Much +danger; don't care, me. Don't care what danger. Don't care if grub +short. Maybe you don't find portage. Maybe not find river. That bad. +I find him. I take you through. I bring you back safe to your +sisters. Then I speak to them and they say I do right." + +It was hard to withstand Pete's pleadings, but my duty was plain, and I +said: + +"No, Pete. I'd like to take you through, but I've got to send you back +to see the others safely out. Tell my sisters I'm safe. Tell +everybody we're safe. I'm sure we'll get through all right. We'll do +our best, and trust to God for the rest, so don't worry. We'll be all +right." + +"I never think you do this," said he. "I don't think you leave me this +way." After a pause he continued, "If grub short, come back. Don't wait +too long. If you find Indian, then you all right. He help you. You +short grub, don't find Indian, that bad. Don't wait till grub all +gone. Come back." + +Pete did not sing that day, and he did not smoke. He was very sad and +quiet. + +We spent the day in assorting and dividing the outfit, the men making a +cache of everything that they would not need until their return, that +we might not be impeded in our progress to Michikamau. They would get +their things on their way back. Eight days, Pete said, would see them +from this point to the cache we had made on the Nascaupee, and only +eight days' rations would they accept for the journey. They were more +than liberal. Richards insisted that I take a new Pontiac shirt that +he had reserved for the cold weather, and Pete gave me a new pair of +larigans. They deprived themselves that we might be comfortable. +Easton and I were to have the tent, the others would use the tarpaulin +for a wigwam shelter; each party would have two axes, and the other +things were divided as best we could. Richards presented us with a +package that we were not to open until the sixteenth of September--his +birthday. It was a special treat of some kind. + +Some whitefish, suckers and one big pike were taken out of the net, +which was also left for them to pick up upon their return. A school of +large pike had torn great holes in it, but it was still useful. + +We were a sorrowful group that gathered around the fire that night. The +evening was raw. A cold north wind soughed wearily through the fir +tops. Black patches of clouds cast a gloom over everything, and there +was a vast indefiniteness to the dark spruce forest around us. I took a +flashlight picture of the men around the fire. Then we sat awhile and +talked, and finally went to our blankets in the chilly tent. + +September came with a leaden sky and cold wind, but the clouds were +soon dispelled, and the sun came bright and warm. Our progress was +good, though we had several portages to make. On September second, at +noon, we left the larger canoe for the men to get on their way back, +and continued with the eighteen-foot canoe, which, with its load of +outfit and five men, was very deep in the water, but no wind blew and +the water was calm. + +Here the character of the lakes changed. The waters were deep and +black, the shores were steep and rocky, and some labradorite was seen. +One small, curious island, evidently of iron, though we did not stop to +examine it, took the form of a great head sticking above the water, +with the tops of the shoulders visible. + +Sunday, September third, was a memorable day, a day that I shall never +forget while I live. The morning came with all the glories of a +northern sunrise, and the weather was perfect. After two short +portages and two small lakes were crossed, Pete said, "Now we make last +portage and we reach Michikamau." It was not a long portage--a half +mile, perhaps. We passed through a thick-grown defile, Pete ahead, and +I close behind him. Presently we broke through the bush and there +before us was the lake. We threw down our packs by the water's edge. +_We had reached Michikamau._ I stood uncovered as I looked over the +broad, far-reaching waters of the great lake. I cannot describe my +emotions. I was living over again that beautiful September day two +years before when Hubbard had told me with so much joy that he had seen +the big lake--that Michikamau lay just beyond the ridge. Now I was on +its very shores--the shores of the lake that we had so longed to reach. +How well I remembered those weary wind-bound days, and the awful weeks +that followed. It was like the recollection of a horrid dream--his +dear, wan face, our kiss and embrace, my going forth into the storm and +the eternity of horrors that was crowded into days. Pete, I think, +understood, for he had heard the story. He stood for a moment in +silence, then he fashioned his hat brim into a cup, and dipping some +water handed it to me. "You reach Michikamau at last. Drink +Michikamau water before others come." I drank reverently from the hat. +Then the others joined us and we all stood for a little with bowed +uncovered beads, on the shore. + +Our camp was pitched on an elevated, rocky point a few hundred yards +farther up--the last camp that we were to have together, and the +forty-sixth since leaving Northwest River. We had made over half a +hundred portages, and traveled about three hundred and twenty-five +miles. + +The afternoon was occupied in writing letters and telegrams to the home +folks, for Richards to take out with him; after which we divided the +food. Easton and I were to take with us seventy-eight pounds of +pemmican, twelve pounds of pea meal, seven pounds of pork, some beef +extract, eight pounds of flour, one cup of corn meal, a small quantity +of desiccated vegetables, one pound of coffee, two pounds of tea, some +salt and crystallose. Richards gave us nearly all of his tobacco, and +Pete kept but two plugs for himself. + +Toward evening we gathered about our fire, and talked of our parting +and of the time when we should meet again. Every remaining moment we +had of each other's company was precious to us now. + +The day had been glorious and the night was one of rare beauty. We +built a big fire of logs, and by its light I read aloud, in accordance +with our custom on Sunday nights, a chapter from the Bible. After this +we talked for a while, then sat silent, gazing into the glowing embers +of our fire. Finally Pete began singing softly, "Home, Sweet Home" in +Indian, and followed it with an old Ojibway song, "I'm Going Far Away, +My Heart Is Sore." Then he sang an Indian hymn, "Pray For Me While I +Am Gone." When his hymn was finished he said, very reverently, "I +going pray for you fellus every day when I say my prayers. I can't +pray much without my book, but I do my best. I pray the best I can for +you every day." Pete's devotion was sincere, and I thanked him. +Stanton sang a solo, and then all joined in "Auld Lang Syne." After +this Pete played softly on the harmonica, while we watched the moon +drop behind the horizon in the west. The fire burned out and its +embers blackened. Then we went to our bed of fragrant spruce boughs, +to prepare for the day of our parting. + +The morning of September fourth was clear and beautiful and perfect, +but in spite of the sunshine and fragrance that filled the air our +hearts were heavy when we gathered at our fire to eat the last meal +that we should perhaps ever have together. + +When we were through, I read from my Bible the fourteenth of John--the +chapter that I had read to Hubbard that stormy October morning when we +said good-by forever. + +The time of our parting had come. I do not think I had fully realized +before how close my bronzed, ragged boys had grown to me in our months +of constant companionship. A lump came in my throat, and the tears +came to the eyes of Richards and Pete, as we grasped each other's hands. + +Then we left them. Easton and I dipped our paddles into the water, and +our lonely, perilous journey toward the dismal wastes beyond the +northern divide was begun. Once I turned to see the three men, with +packs on their backs, ascending the knoll back of the place where our +camp had been. When I looked again they were gone. + + + +CHAPTER XII + +OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE + +Michikamau is approximately between eighty and ninety miles in length, +including the unexplored southeast bay, and from eight to twenty-five +miles in width. It is surrounded by rugged hills, which reach an +elevation of about five hundred feet above the lake. They are +generally wooded for perhaps two hundred feet from the base, with black +spruce, larch, and an occasional small grove of white birch. Above the +timber line their tops are uncovered save by white lichens or stunted +shrubs. The western side of the lake is studded with low islands, but +its main body is unobstructed. The water is exceedingly clear, and is +said by the Indians to have a great depth. The shores are rocky, +sometimes formed of massive bed rock in which is found the beautifully +colored labradorite; sometimes strewn with loose bowlders. Our entrance +had been made in a bay several miles north of the point where the +Nascaupee River, its outlet, leaves the lake and we kept to the east +side as we paddled north. + +No artist's imaginative brush ever pictured such gorgeous sunsets and +sunrises as Nature painted for us here on the Great Lake of the +Indians. Every night the sun went down in a blaze of glory and left +behind it all the colors of the spectrum. The dark hills across the +lake in the west were silhouetted against a sky of brilliant red which +shaded off into banks of orange and amber that reached the azure at the +zenith. The waters of the lake took the reflection of the red at the +horizon and became a flood of restless blood. The sky colorings during +these few days were the finest that I ever saw in Labrador, not only in +the evening but in the morning also. + +Michikamau has a bad name amongst the Indians for heavy seas, +particularly in the autumn months when the northwest gales sometimes +blow for weeks at a time without cessation, and the Indians say that +they are often held on its shores for long periods by high running seas +that no canoe could weather. These were the same winds that held +Hubbard and me prisoners for nearly two weeks on the smaller Windbound +Lake in 1903, bringing us to the verge of starvation before we were +permitted to begin our race for life down the trail toward Northwest +River. Fate was kinder now, and but one day's rough water interfered +with progress. + +Early on the third day after parting from the other men, we found +ourselves at the end of Michikamau where a shallow river, in which +large bowlders were thickly scattered, flowed into it from the north. +This was the stream draining Lake Michikamats, the next important point +in our journey. Michikamau, it might be explained, means, in the +Indian tongue, big water--so big you cannot see the land beyond; +Michikamats means a smaller body of water beyond which land may be +seen. So somebody has paradoxically defined it "a little big lake." + +Barring a single expansion of somewhat more than a mile in length the +Michakamats River, which runs through a flat, marshy and uninteresting +country, was too shallow to float our canoes, and we were compelled to +portage almost its entire length. + +In the wide marshes between these two lakes we met the first evidences +of the great caribou migration. The ground was tramped like a +barnyard, in wide roads, by vast herds of deer, all going to the +eastward. There must have been thousands of them in the bands. Most +of the hoof marks were not above a day or two old and had all been made +since the last rain had fallen, as was evidenced by freshly turned +earth and newly tramped vegetation. We saw none of the animals, +however, and there were no hills near from which we might hope to sight +the herds. + +Evidences of life were increasing and game was becoming abundant as we +approached the height of land. Some geese and ptarmigans were killed +and a good many of both kinds of birds were seen, as well as some +ducks. We began to live in plenty now and the twittering owls were +permitted to go unmolested. + +Lake Michikamats is irregular in shape, about twenty miles long, and, +exclusive of its arms, from two to six miles wide. The surrounding +country is flat and marshy, with some low, barren hills on the westward +side of the lake. The timber growth in the vicinity is sparse and +scrubby, consisting of spruce and tamarack. The latter had now taken +on its autumnal dress of yellow, and, interspersing the dark green of +the spruce, gave an exceedingly beautiful effect to the landscape. + +Where we entered Michikamats, at its outlet, the lake is very shallow +and filled with bowlders that stand high above the water. A quarter of +a mile above this point the water deepens, and farther up seems to have +a considerable depth, though we did not sound it. The western shore of +the upper half is lined with low islands scantily covered with spruce +and tamarack. + +During two days that we spent here in a thorough exploration of the +lake, our camp was pitched on an island at the bottom of a bay that, +half way up the lake, ran six miles to the northward. This was +selected as the most likely place for the portage trail to leave the +lake, as the island had apparently, for a long period, been the regular +rendezvous of Indians, not only in summer, but also in winter. Tepee +poles of all ages, ranging from those that were old and decayed to +freshly cut ones, were numerous. They were much longer and thicker +than those used by the Indians south of Michikamau. Here, also, was a +well-built log cache, a permanent structure, which was, no doubt, +regularly used by hunting parties. Some new snowshoe frames were +hanging on the trees to season before being netted with babiche. On +the lake shore were some other camping places that had been used within +a few months, and at one of them a newly made "sweat hole," where the +medicine man had treated the sick. These sweat holes are much in favor +with the Labrador Indians, both Mountaineers and Nascaupees. They are +about two feet in depth and large enough in circumference for a man to +sit in the center, surrounded by a circle of good-sized bowlders. +Small saplings are bent to form a dome-shaped frame for the top. The +invalid is placed in the center of this circle of bowlders, which have +previously been made very hot, water is poured on them to produce +steam, and a blanket thrown over the sapling frame to confine the +steam. The Indians have great faith in this treatment as a cure for +almost every malady. + +On the mainland opposite the island upon which we were encamped was a +barren hill which we climbed, and which commanded a view of a large +expanse of country. On the top was a small cairn and several places +where fires had been made--no doubt Indian signal fires. The fuel for +them must have been carried from the valley below, for not a stick or +bush grew on the hill itself. "Signal Hill," as we called it, is the +highest elevation for many miles around and a noticeable landmark. + +To the northward, at our feet, were two small lakes, and just beyond, +trending somewhat to the northwest, was a long lake reaching up through +the valley until it was lost in the low hills and sparse growth of +trees beyond. Great bowlders were strewn indiscriminately everywhere, +and the whole country was most barren and desolate. To the south of +Michikamats was the stretch of flat swamp land which extended to +Michikaman. Petscapiskau, a prominent and rugged peak on the west +shore of Michikamau near its upper end, stood out against the distant +horizon, a lone sentinel of the wilderness. + +The head waters of the George River must now be located. There was +nothing to guide me in the search, and the Indians at Northwest River +had warned us that we were liable at this point to be led astray by an +entanglement of lakes, but I felt certain that any water flowing +northward that we might come to, in this longitude, would either be the +river itself or a tributary of it, and that some such stream would +certainly be found as soon as the divide was crossed. + +With this object in view we kept a course nearly due north, passing +through four good-sized lakes, until, one afternoon, at the end of a +short portage, we reached a narrow, shallow lake lying in an easterly +and westerly direction, whose water was very clear and of a +bottle-green color, in marked contrast to that of the preceding lakes, +which had been of a darker shade. + +This peculiarity of the water led me to look carefully for a current +when our canoe was launched, and I believed I noticed one. Then I +fancied I heard a rapid to the westward. Easton said there was no +current and he could not hear a rapid, and to satisfy myself, we +paddled toward the sound. We had not gone far when the current became +quite perceptible, and just above could be seen the waters of a brook +that fed the lake, pouring down through the rocks. We were on the +George River at last! Our feelings can be imagined when the full +realization of our good fortune came to us, and we turned our canoe to +float down on the current of the little stream that was to grow into a +mighty river as it carried us on its turbulent bosom toward Ungava Bay. + +The course of the stream here was almost due east. The surrounding +country continued low and swampy. Tamarack was the chief timber and +much of it was straight and fine, with some trees fully twelve inches +in diameter at the butt, and fifty feet in height. + +A rocky, shallow place in the river that we had to portage brought us +into an expansion of considerable size, and here we pitched our first +camp on the George River. This was an event that Hubbard had planned +and pictured through the weary weeks of hardship on the Susan Valley +trail and the long portages across the ranges in his expedition of 1903. + +"When we reach the George River, we'll meet the Indians and all will be +well," he used to say, and how anxiously we looked forward for that +day, which never came. + +At the time when he made the suggestion to turn back from Windbound +Lake I at first opposed it on the ground that we could probably reach +the George River, where game would be found and the Indians would be +met with, in much less time than it would take to make the retreat to +Northwest River. Finally I agreed that it was best to return. On the +twenty-first of September the retreat was begun and Hubbard died on the +eighteenth of October. Now, two years later, I realized that from +Windbound Lake we could have reached Michikamau in five or six days at +the very outside, and less than two weeks, allowing for delays through +bad weather and our weakened condition, would have brought us to the +George River, where, at that time of the year, ducks and ptarmigans are +always plentiful. All these things I pondered as I sat by this camp +fire, and I asked myself, "Why is it that when Fate closes our eyes she +does not lead us aright?" Of course it is all conjecture, but I feel +assured that if Hubbard and I had gone on then instead of turning back, +Hubbard would still be with us. + +Below the expansion on which our first camp on the river was pitched +the stream trickled through the thickly strewn rocks in a wide bed, +where it took a sharp turn to the northward and emptied into another +expansion several miles in length, with probably a stream joining it +from the northeast, though we were unable to investigate this, as high +winds prevailed which made canoeing difficult, and we had to content +ourselves with keeping a direct course. + +It seemed as though with the crossing of the northern divide winter had +come. On the night we reached the George River the temperature fell to +ten degrees below the freezing point, and the following day it never +rose above thirty-five degrees, and a high wind and snow squalls +prevailed that held traveling in check. On the morning of the +fifteenth we started forward in the teeth of a gale and the snow so +thick we could not see the shore a storm that would be termed a +"blizzard" in New York--and after two hours' hard work were forced to +make a landing upon a sandy point with only a mile and a quarter to our +credit. + +Here we found the first real butchering camp of the Indians--a camp of +the previous spring. Piles of caribou bones that had been cracked to +extract the marrow, many pairs of antlers, the bare poles of large +lodges and extensive arrangements, such as racks and cross poles for +dressing and curing deerskins. In a cache we found two muzzle-loading +guns, cooking utensils, steel traps, and other camping and hunting +paraphernalia. + +On the portage around the last shallow rapid was a winter camp, where +among other things was a _komatik_ (dog sledge), showing that some of +these Indians at least on the northern barrens used dogs for winter +traveling. In the south of Labrador this would be quite out of the +question, as there the bush is so thick that it does not permit the +snow to drift and harden sufficiently to bear dogs, and the use of the +komatik is therefore necessarily confined to the coast or near it. The +Indian women there are very timid of the "husky" dogs, and the animals +are not permitted near their camps. + +The sixteenth of September--the day we passed through this large +expansion--was Richards' birthday. When we bade good-by to the other +men it was agreed that both parties should celebrate the day, wherever +they might be, with the best dinner that could be provided from our +respective stores. The meal was to be served at exactly seven o'clock +in the evening, that we might feel on this one occasion that we were +all sitting down to eat together, and fancy ourselves reunited. In the +morning we opened the package that Richards gave us, and found in it a +piece of fat pork and a quart of flour, intended for a feast of our +favorite "darn goods." With self-sacrificing generosity he had taken +these from the scanty rations they had allowed themselves for their +return that we might have a pleasant surprise. With the now plentiful +game this made it possible to prepare what seemed to us a very +elaborate menu for the wild wastes of interior Labrador. First, there +was bouillon, made from beef capsules; then an entr'ee of fried +ptarmigan and duck giblets; a roast of savory black duck, with spinach +(the last of our desiccated vegetables); and for dessert French toast +_'a la Labrador_ (alias darn goods), followed by black coffee. When it +was finished we spent the evening by the camp fire, smoking and talking +of the three men retreating down our old trail, and trying to calculate +at which one of the camping places they were bivouacked. Every night +since our parting this had been our chief diversion, and I must confess +that with each day that took us farther away from them an increased +loneliness impressed itself upon us. Solemn and vast was the great +silence of the trackless wilderness as more and more we came to realize +our utter isolation from all the rest of the world and all mankind. + +The marsh and swamp land gradually gave way to hills, which increased +in size and ruggedness as we proceeded. We had found the river at its +very beginning, and for a short way portages, as has been suggested, +had to be made around shallow places, but after a little, as other +streams augmented the volume of water, this became unnecessary, and as +the river grew in size it became a succession of rapids, and most of +them unpleasant ones, that kept us dodging rocks all the while. + +Mr. A. P. Low, of the Canadian Geological Survey, in other parts of the +Labrador interior found black ducks very scarce. This was not our +experience. From the day we entered the George River until we were +well down the stream they were plentiful, and we shot what we needed +without turning our canoe out of its course to hunt them. This is +apparently a breeding ground for them. + +Several otter rubs were noted, and we saw some of the animals, but did +not disturb them. In places where the river broadened out and the +current was slack every rock that stuck above the water held its +muskrat house, and large numbers of the rats were seen. + +After the snow we had one or two fine, bright days, but they were +becoming few now, and the frosty winds and leaden skies, the +forerunners of winter, were growing more and more frequent. When the +bright days did come they were exceptional ones. I find noted in my +diary one morning: "This is a morning for the gods--a morning that +could scarcely be had anywhere in the world but in Labrador--a +cloudless sky, no breath of wind, the sun rising to light the heavy +hoarfrost and make it glint and sparkle till every tree and bush and +rock seems made of shimmering silver." + +One afternoon as we were passing through an expansion and I was +scanning, as was my custom, every bit of shore in the hope of +discovering a wigwam smoke, I saw, running down the side of a hill on +an island a quarter of a mile away, a string of Indians waving wildly +at us and signaling us to come ashore. After twelve weeks, in which +not a human being aside from our own party had been seen, we had +reached the dwellers of the wilderness, and with what pleasure and +alacrity we accepted the invitation to join them can be imagined. + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS + +It was a hunting party--four men and a half-grown boy--with two canoes +and armed with rifles. The Indians gave us the hearty welcome of the +wilderness and received us like old friends. First, the chief, whose +name was Toma, shook our hand, then the others, laughing and all +talking at once in their musical Indian tongue. It was a welcome that +said: "You are our brothers. You have come far to see us, and we are +glad to have you with us." + +After the first greetings were over they asked for _stemmo,_ and I gave +them each a plug of tobacco, for that is what stemmo means. They had +no pipes with them, so I let them have two of mine, and it did my heart +good to see the look of supreme satisfaction that crept into each dusky +face as its possessor inhaled in long, deep pulls the smoke of the +strong tobacco. It was like the food that comes to a half-starved man. +After they had had their smoke, passing the pipes from mouth to mouth, +I brought forth our kettle. In a jiffy they had a fire, and I made tea +for them, which they drank so scalding hot it must have burned their +throats. They told us they had had neither tea nor tobacco for a long +while, and were very hungry for both. These are the stimulants of the +Labrador Indians, and they will make great sacrifices to secure them. + +All the time that this was taking place we were jabbering, each in his +own tongue, neither we nor they understanding much that the other said. +I did make out from them that we were the first white men that had ever +visited them in their hunting grounds and that they were glad to see us. + +Accepting an invitation to visit their lodges and escorted by a canoe +on either side of ours, we finally turned down stream and, three miles +below, came to the main camp of the Indians, which was situated, as +most of their hunting camps are, on a slight eminence that commanded a +view of the river for several miles in either direction, that watch +might be constantly kept for bands of caribou. + +We were discovered long before we arrived at the lodges, and were met +by the whole population--men, women, children, dogs, and all. Our +reception was tumultuous and cordial. It was a picturesque group. The +swarthy-faced men, lean, sinewy and well built, with their long, +straight black hair reaching to their shoulders, most of them hatless +and all wearing a red bandanna handkerchief banded across the forehead, +moccasined feet and vari-colored leggings; the women quaint and odd; +the eager-faced children; little hunting dogs, and big wolf-like +huskies. + +All hands turned to and helped us carry our belongings to the camp, +pitch our tent and get firewood for our stove. Then the men squatted +around until eleven of them were with us in our little seven by nine +tent, while all the others crowded as near to the entrance as they +could. I treated everybody to hot tea. The men helped themselves +first, then passed their cups on to the women and children. The used +tea leaves from the kettle were carefully preserved by them to do +service again. The eagerness with which the men and women drank the +tea and smoked the tobacco aroused my sympathies, and I distributed +amongst them all of these that I could well spare from our store. In +appreciation of my gifts they brought us a considerable quantity of +fresh and jerked venison and smoked fat; and Toma, as a special mark of +favor presented me with a deer's tongue which had been cured by some +distinctive process unlike anything I had ever eaten before, and it was +delicious indeed, together with a bladder of refined fat so clear that +it was almost transparent. + +The encampment consisted of two deerskin wigwams. One was a large one +and oblong in shape, the other of good size but round. The smaller +wigwam was heated by a single fire in the center, the larger one by +three fires distributed at intervals down its length. Chief Toma +occupied, with his family, the smaller lodge, while the others made +their home in the larger one. + +This was a band of Mountaineer Indians who trade at Davis Inlet Post of +the Hudson's Bay Company, on the east coast, visiting the Post once or +twice a year to exchange their furs for such necessaries as ammunition, +clothing, tobacco and tea. Unlike their brothers on the southern +slope, they have not accustomed themselves to the use of flour, sugar +and others of the simplest luxuries of civilization, and their food is +almost wholly flesh, fish and berries. They live in the crude, +primordial fashion of their forefathers. To aid them in their hunt +they have adopted the breech-loading rifle and muzzle-loading shotgun, +but the bow and arrow has still its place with them and they were +depending wholly upon this crude weapon for hunting partridges and +other small game now, as they had no shotgun ammunition. The boys were +constantly practicing with it while at play and were very expert in its +use. + +These Indians are of medium height, well built, sinewy and strong, +alert and quick of movement. The women are generally squatty and fat, +and the greater a woman's avoirdupois the more beautiful is she +considered. + +All the Mountaineer Indians of Labrador are nominally Roman Catholics. +Those in the south are quite devoted to their priest, and make an +effort to meet him at least once a year and pay their tithes, but here +in the north this is not the case. In fact some of these people had +seen their priest but once in their life and some of the younger ones +had never seen him at all. Therefore they are still living under the +influence of the ancient superstitions of their race, though the women +are all provided with crucifixes and wear them on their breasts as +ornaments. + +They are perfectly honest. Indians, until they become contaminated by +contact with whites, always are honest. It is the white man that +teaches them to steal, either by actually pilfering from the ignorant +savage, or by taking undue advantage of him in trade. Human nature is +the same everywhere, and the Indian will, when he finds he is being +taken advantage of and robbed, naturally resent it and try to "get +even." Our things were left wholly unguarded, and were the object of a +great deal of curiosity and admiration, not only our guns and +instruments, but nearly everything we had, and were handled and +inspected by our hosts, but not the slightest thing was filched. No +Labrador Indian north of the Grand River will ever disturb a cache +unless driven to it by the direst necessity, and even then will leave +something in payment for what he takes. + +We told them of the evidences we had seen of the caribou migration +having taken place between Michikamau and Michikamats, and they were +mightily interested. They had missed it but were, nevertheless, +meeting small bands of caribou and making a good killing, as the +quantities of meat hanging everywhere to dry for winter use bore +evidence. The previous winter, they told us, was a hard one with them. +Reindeer and ptarmigan disappeared, and before spring they were on the +verge of starvation. + +Our visit was made the occasion of a holiday and they devoted +themselves wholly to our entertainment, and I believe were genuinely +sorry when, on the afternoon after our arrival, I announced my decision +to break camp and proceed. They helped us get ready, drew a rough +sketch of the river so far as they knew it, and warned us to look out +for numerous rapids and some high falls around which there was a +portage trail. Farther on, they said, the river was joined by another, +and then it became a "big, big river," and for two days' journey was +good. Beyond that it was reported to be very bad. They had never +traveled it, because they heard it was so bad, and they could not tell +us, from their own knowledge, what it was like, but repeated the +warning, "Shepoo matchi, shepoo matchi" (River bad), and told us to +look out. + +When we were ready to go, as a particular mark of good feeling, they +brought us parting gifts of smoked deer's fat and were manifestly in +earnest in their urgent invitations to us to come again. The whole +encampment assembled at the shore to see us off and, as our canoes +pushed out into the stream, the men pitched small stones after us as a +good luck omen. If the stones hit you good luck is assured. You will +have a good hunt and no harm will come to you. None of the stones +happened to hit us. We could see the group waving at us until we +rounded the point of land upon which the lodges stood; then the men all +appeared on the other side of the point, where they had run to watch us +until we disappeared around a bend in the river below, as we passed on +to push our way deeper and deeper into the land of silence and mystery. + +The following morning brought us into a lake expansion some twelve +miles long and two miles or so in width, with a great many bays and +arms which were extremely confusing to us in our search for the place +where the river left it. The lower end was blocked with islands, and +innumerable rocky bars, partially submerged, extended far out into the +water. A strong southwest wind sent heavy rollers down the lake. Low, +barren hills skirted the shores. + +Early in the afternoon we turned into a bay where I left Easton with +the canoe while I climbed one of the barren knolls. I had scarcely +reached the summit when I heard a rifle shot, and then, after a pause, +three more in quick succession. There were four cartridges in my +rifle. I ran down to the canoe where I found Easton in wild +excitement, waving the gun and calling for cartridges, and half-way +across the bay saw the heads of two caribou swimming toward the +opposite shore. I loaded the magazine and sat down to wait for the +animals to land. + +When the first deer got his footing and showed his body above the water +three hundred and fifty yards away, I took him behind the shoulder. He +dropped where he stood. The other animal stopped to look at his +comrade, and a single bullet, also behind his shoulder, brought him +down within ten feet of where he had stood when he was hit. I mention +this to show the high efficiency of the .33 Winchester. At a +comparatively long range two bullets had killed two caribou on the spot +without the necessity of a chase after wounded animals, and one bullet +had passed from behind the shoulder, the length of the neck, into the +head and glancing downward had broken the jaw. + +I desired to make a cache here that we might have something to fall +back upon in case our retreat should become necessary, and four days +were employed in fixing up the meat and preparing the cache, and this +gave us also sufficient time, in spite of continuous heavy wind and +rain, to thoroughly explore the lake and its bays. An ample supply of +the fresh venison was reserved to carry with us. + +We now had on hand, exclusive of the pemmican and other rations still +remaining, and the meat cached, eight weeks' provisions, with plenty of +ducks and ptarmigans everywhere, and there seemed to be no further +danger from lack of food. + +One day, while we were here, five caribou tarried for several minutes +within two hundred yards of us and then sauntered off without taking +alarm, and later the same day another was seen at closer range; but we +did not need them and permitted them to go unmolested. + +From a hill near this bay, where we killed the deer, on the eastern +side of the lake, we discovered a trail leading off toward a string of +lakes to the eastward. This is undoubtedly the portage trail which the +Indians follow in their journeys to the Post at Davis Inlet. Toma had +told me we might see it here, and that, not far in, on one of these +lakes was another Indian camp. + +An inordinate craving for fat takes possession of every one after a +little while in the bush. We had felt it, and now, with plenty, +overindulged, with the result that we were attacked with illness, and +for a day or two I was almost too sick to move. + +The morning we left Atuknipi, or Reindeer Lake, as we shall call the +expansion, a blinding snowstorm was raging, with a strong head wind. +Several rapids were run though it was extremely dangerous work, for at +times we could scarcely see a dozen yards ahead. At midday the snow +ceased, but the wind increased in velocity until finally we found it +quite out of the question to paddle against it, and were forced to +pitch camp on the shores of a small expansion and under the lee of a +hill. For two days the gale blew unceasingly and held us prisoners in +our camp. The waves broke on the rocky shores, sending the spray fifty +feet in the air and, freezing on the surrounding bowlders, covered them +with a glaze of ice. I cannot say what the temperature was, for on the +day of our arrival here my last thermometer was broken; but with half a +foot of snow on the ground, the freezing spray and the bitter cold +wind, we were warned that winter was reaching out her hand toward +Labrador and would soon hold us in her merciless grasp. This made me +chafe under our imprisonment, for I began to fear that we should not +reach the Post before the final freeze-up came, and further travel by +canoe would be out of the question. On the morning of September +twenty-ninth, the wind, though still blowing half a gale in our faces, +had so much abated that we were able to launch our canoe and continue +our journey. + +It was very cold. The spray froze as it struck our clothing, the canoe +was weighted with ice and our paddles became heavy with it. We ran one +or two short rapids in safety and then started into another that ended +with a narrow strip of white water with a small expansion below. We +had just struck the white water, going at a good speed in what seemed +like a clear course, when the canoe, at its middle, hit a submerged +rock. Before there was time to clear ourselves the little craft swung +in the current, and the next moment I found myself in the rushing, +seething flood rolling down through the rocks. + +When I came to the surface I was in the calm water below the rapid and +twenty feet away was the canoe, bottom up, with Easton clinging to it, +his clothing fast on a bolt under the canoe. I swam to him and, while +he drew his hunting knife and cut himself loose, steadied the canoe. We +had neglected--and it was gross carelessness in us--to tie our things +fast, and the lighter bags and paddles were floating away while +everything that was heavy had sunk beyond hope of recovery. The +thwarts, however, held fast in the overturned canoe a bag of pemmican, +one other small bag, the tent and tent stove. Treading water to keep +ourselves afloat we tried to right the canoe to save these, but our +efforts were fruitless. The icy water so benumbed us we could scarcely +control our limbs. The tracking line was fast to the stern thwart, and +with one end of this in his teeth, Easton swam to a little rocky island +just below the rapid and hauled while I swam by the canoe and steadied +the things under the thwarts. It took us half an hour to get the canoe +ashore, and we could hardly stand when he had it righted and the water +emptied out. + +Then I looked for wood to build a fire, for I knew that unless we could +get artificial heat immediately we would perish with the cold, for the +very blood in our veins was freezing. Not a stick was there nearer +than an eighth of a mile across the bay. Our paddles were gone, but we +got into the canoe and used our hands for paddles. By the time we +landed Easton had grown very pale. He began picking and clutching +aimlessly at the trees. The blood had congealed in my hands until they +were so stiff as to be almost useless. I could not guide them to the +trousers pocket at first where I kept my waterproof match-box. Finally +I loosened my belt and found the matches, and with the greatest +difficulty managed to get one between my benumbed fingers, and +scratched it on the bottom of the box. The box was wet and the match +head flew off. Everything was wet. Not a dry stone even stuck above +the snow. I tried another match on the box, but, like the first, the +head flew off, and then another and another with the same result. +Under ordinary circumstances I could have secured a light somehow and +quickly, but now my hands and fingers were stiff as sticks and refused +to grip the matches firmly. I worked with desperation, but it seemed +hopeless. Easton's face by this time had taken on the waxen shade that +comes with death, and he appeared to be looking through a haze. His +senses were leaving him. I saw something must be done at once, and I +shouted to him: "Run! run! Easton, run!" Articulation was difficult, +and I did not know my own voice. It seemed very strange and far away +to me. We tried to run but had lost control of our legs and both fell +down. With an effort I regained my feet but fell again when I tried to +go forward. My legs refused to carry me. I crawled on my hands and +knees in the snow for a short distance, and it was all I could do to +recover my feet. Easton had now lost all understanding of his +surroundings. He was looking into space but saw nothing. He was +groping blindly with his hands. He did not even know that he was cold. +I saw that only a fire could save his life, and perhaps mine, and that +we must have it quickly, and made one more superhuman effort with the +matches. One after another I tried them with the same result as before +until but three remained. All depended upon those three matches. The +first one flickered for a moment and my hopes rose, but my poor +benumbed fingers refused to hold it and it fell into the snow and went +out. The wind was drying the box bottom. I tried another--an old +sulphur match, I remember. It burned! I applied it with the greatest +care to a handful of the hairy moss that is found under the branches +next the trunk of spruce trees, and this ignited. Then I put on small +sticks, nursing the blaze with the greatest care, adding larger sticks +as the smaller ones took fire. I had dropped on my knees and could +reach the sticks from where I knelt, for there was plenty of dead wood +lying about. As the blaze grew I rose to my feet and, dragging larger +wood, piled it on. A sort of joyful mania took possession of me as I +watched the great tongues of flames shooting skyward and listened to +the crackling of the burning wood, and I stood back and laughed. I had +triumphed over fate and the elements. Our arms, our clothing, nearly +all our food, our axes and our paddles, and even the means of making +new paddles were gone, but for the present we were safe. Life, no +matter how uncertain, is sweet, and I laughed with the very joy of +living. + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +TIDE WATER AND THE POST + +When Easton came to his senses, he found himself warming by the fire. +It is wonderful how quickly a half-frozen man will revive. As soon as +we were thoroughly thawed out we stripped to our underclothing and hung +our things up to dry, permitting our underclothing to dry on us as we +stood near the blaze. We were little the worse for our dip, escaping +with slightly frosted fingers and toes. I discovered in my pockets a +half plug of black tobacco such as we use in the North, put it on the +end of a stick and dried it out, and then we had a smoke. We agreed +that we had never in our life before had so satisfactory a smoke as +that. The stimulant was needed and it put new life into us. + +Easton was very pessimistic. He was generally inclined to look upon +the dark side of things anyway, and now he believed our fate was +sealed, especially if we could not find our paddles, and he began to +talk about returning to our cache and thence to the Indians. But I had +been in much worse predicaments than this, and paddles or no paddles, +determined to go on, for we could work our way down the river somehow +with poles and the bag of pemmican would keep us alive until we reached +the Post--unless the freeze-up caught us. + +When we had dried ourselves we went to the canoe to make an inventory +of our remaining goods and chattels, and with a vague hope that a +paddle might be found on the shore. What, then, was our surprise and +our joy to find not only the paddles but our dunnage bags and my +instrument bag amongst the rocks, where an eddy below the rapid swirled +the water in. Thus our blankets and clothing were safe, we had fifty +pounds of pemmican, our tent and tent stove, and in the small bag that +I have mentioned as having remained in the canoe with the other things +was all our tea and five or six pounds of caribou tallow. Our +matches--and this was a great piece of good fortune--were uninjured, +and we had a good stock of them. The tent stove seemed useless without +the pipe, but we determined to cling to it, as our luggage now was +light. Our guns, axes, the balance of our provisions, including salt, +the tea kettle and all our other cooking utensils, were gone, and worst +of all, three hundred and fifty unexposed photographic films. Only +twenty or thirty unexposed films were saved, but fortunately, only one +roll of ten exposed films, which was in one of the cameras, was +injured, and none of the exposed films was lost. One camera was damaged +beyond use, as were also my aneroid barometer and binoculars. However, +we were fortunate to get off so easily as we did, and the accident +taught us the lesson to take no chances in rapids and to tie everything +fast at all times. Carelessness is pretty sure to demand its penalty, +and the wilderness is constantly springing surprises upon those who +submit themselves to its care. + +A pretty dreary camp we pitched that evening near the place of our +mishap. Fortunately there was plenty of dead wood loose on the ground, +and we did very well for our camp fire without the axes. A pemmican +can with the end cut off about an inch from the top, with a piece of +copper wire that I found in my dunnage bag fashioned into a bale, made +a very serviceable tea pail, from which we drank in turn, as our cups +were lost. The top of the can answered for a frying pan in which to +melt our caribou tallow and pemmican when we wanted our ration hot, and +as a plate. Tent pegs were cut with our jackknives and the tent +stretched between two trees, which avoided the necessity of tent poles. +Thus, with our cooking and living outfit reduced to the simplest and +crudest form, and with a limited and unvaried diet of pemmican, tallow +and tea, we were on the whole able, so long as loose wood could be +found for our night camps, to keep comparatively comfortable and free +from any severe hardships. + +We certainly had great reason to be thankful, and that night before we +rolled into our blankets I read aloud by the light of our camp fire +from my little Bible the one hundred and seventh Psalm, in thanksgiving. + +The next morning before starting forward we paddled out to the rapid, +in the vain hope that we might be able to recover some of the lost +articles from the bottom of the river, but at the place where the spill +had occurred the water was too swift and deep for us to do anything, +and we were forced to abandon the attempt and reluctantly resume our +journey without the things. + +That night we felt sorely the loss of the axes. Our camp was pitched +in a spot where no loose wood was to be found save very small sticks, +insufficient in quantity for an adequate fire in the open, for the +evening was cold. We could not pitch our tent wigwam fashion with an +opening at the top for the smoke to escape, as to do that several poles +were necessary, and we had no means of cutting them. However, with the +expectation that enough smoke would find its way out of the stovepipe +hole to permit us to remain inside, we built a small round Indian fire +in the center of the tent. We managed to endure the smoke and warm +ourselves while tea was making, but the experiment proved a failure and +was not to be resorted to again, for I feared it might result in an +attack of smoke-blindness. This is an affliction almost identical in +effect to snow-blindness. I had suffered from it in the first days of +my wandering alone in the Susan Valley in the winter of 1903, and knew +what it meant, and that an attack of it would preclude traveling while +it lasted, to say nothing of the pain that it would inflict. + +Here a portage was necessary around a half-mile canyon through which +the river, a rushing torrent, tumbled in the interval over a series of +small falls, and all the way the perpendicular walls of basaltic rock +that confined it rose on either side to a height of fifty to +seventy-five feet above the seething water. Just below this canyon +another river joined us from the east, increasing the volume of water +very materially. Our tumplines were gone, but with the tracking line +and pieces of deer skin we improvised new ones that answered our +purpose very well. + +The hills, barren almost to their base, and growing in altitude with +every mile we traveled, were now closely hugging the river valley, +which was almost destitute of trees. Rapids were practically +continuous and always strewn with dangerous rocks that kept us +constantly on the alert and our nerves strung to the highest tension. + +The general course of the river for several days was north, thirty +degrees east, but later assumed an almost due northerly course. It +made some wide sweeps as it worked its tortuous way through the ranges, +sometimes almost doubling on itself. At intervals small streams joined +it and it was constantly growing in width and depth. Once we came to a +place where it dropped over massive bed rock in a series of falls, some +of which were thirty or more feet in height. Few portages, however, +were necessary. We took our chances on everything that there was any +prospect of the canoe living through--rapids that under ordinary +circumstances we should never have trusted--for the grip of the cold +weather was tightening with each October day. The small lakes away +from the river, where the water was still, must even now have been +frozen, but the river current was so big and strong that it had as yet +warded off the frost shackles. When the real winter came, however, it +would be upon us in a night, and then even this mighty torrent must +submit to its power. + +At one point the valley suddenly widened and the hills receded, and +here the river broke up into many small streams--no less than five--but +some four or five miles farther on these various channels came together +again, and then the growing hills closed in until they pinched the +river banks more closely than ever. + +On the morning of October sixth we swung around a big bend in the +river, ran a short but precipitous rapid and suddenly came upon another +large river flowing in from the west. This stream came through a sandy +valley, and below the junction of the rivers the sand banks rose on the +east side a hundred feet or so above the water. The increase here in +the size of the stream was marked--it was wide and deep. A terrific +gale was blowing and caught us directly in our faces as we turned the +bend and lost the cover of the lee share above the curve, and paddling +ahead was impossible. The waves were so strong, in fact, that we +barely escaped swamping before we effected a landing. + +We here found ourselves in an exceedingly unpleasant position. We were +only fitted with summer clothing, which was now insufficient +protection. There was not enough loose wood to make an open fire to +keep us warm for more than an hour or so, and we could not go on to +look for a better camping place. In a notch between the sand ridges we +found a small cluster of trees, between two of which our tent was +stretched, but it was mighty uncomfortable with no means of warming. +"If we only had our stovepipe now we'd be able to break enough small +stuff to keep the stove going," said Easton. With nothing else to do +we climbed a knoll to look at the river below, and there on the knoll +what should we find but several lengths of nearly worn-out but still +serviceable pipe that some Indian had abandoned. "It's like Robinson +Crusoe," said Easton. "Just as soon as we need something that we can't +get on very well without we find it. A special Providence is surely +caring for us." We appropriated that pipe, all right, and it did not +take us long to get a fire in the stove, which we had clung to, useless +as it had seemed to be. + +A mass of ripe cranberries, so thick that we crushed them with every +step, grew on the hills, and we picked our pailful and stewed them, +using crystallose (a small phial of which I had in my dunnage bag) as +sweetening. A pound of pemmican a day with a bit of tallow is +sustaining, but not filling, and left us with a constant, gnawing +hunger. These berries were a godsend, and sour as they were we filled +up on them and for once gratified our appetites. We had a great +desire, too, for something sweet, and always pounced upon the stray +raisins in the pemmican. When either of us found one in his ration it +was divided between us. Our great longing was for bread and molasses, +just as it had been with Hubbard and me when we were short of food, and +we were constantly talking of the feasts we would have of these +delicacies when we reached the Post--wheat bread and common black +molasses. + +The George River all the way down to this point had been in past years +a veritable slaughter house. There were great piles of caribou antlers +(the barren-ground caribou or reindeer), sometimes as many as two or +three hundred pairs in a single pile, where the Indians had speared the +animals in the river, and everywhere along the banks were scattered dry +bones. Abandoned camps, and some of them large ones and not very old, +were distributed at frequent intervals, though we saw no more of the +Indians themselves until we reached Ungava Bay. + +Wolves were numerous. We saw their tracks in the sand and fresh signs +of them were common. They always abound where there are caribou, which +form their main living. Ptarmigans in the early morning clucked on the +river banks like chickens in a barnyard, and we saw some very large +flocks of them. Geese and black ducks, making their way to the +southward, were met with daily. But we had no arms or ammunition with +which to kill them. I saw some fox signs, but there were very few or +no rabbit signs, strange to say, until we were a full hundred miles +farther down the river. + +This camp, where we found the stovepipe, we soon discovered was nearly +at the head of Indian House Lake, so called by a Hudson's Bay Company +factor-John McLean-because of the numbers of Indians that he found +living on its shores. McLean, about seventy years earlier, had +ascended the river in the interests of his company, for the purpose of +establishing interior posts. The most inland Post that he erected was +at the lower end of this lake, which is fifty-five miles in length. He +also built a Post on a large lake which he describes in his published +journal as lying to the west of Indian House Lake. The exact location +of this latter lake is not now known, but I am inclined to think it is +one which the Indians say is the source of Whale River, a stream of +considerable size emptying into Ungava Bay one hundred and twenty miles +to the westward of the mouth of the George River. These two rivers are +doubtless much nearer together, however, farther inland, where Whale +River has its rise. The difficulty experienced by McLean in getting +supplies to these two Posts rendered them unprofitable, and after +experimenting with them for three years they were abandoned. The +agents in charge were each spring on the verge of starvation before the +opening of the waters brought fish and food or they were relieved by +the brigades from Ungava. They had to depend almost wholly upon their +hunters for provisions. It was not attempted in those days to carry in +flour, pork and other food stuffs now considered by the traders +necessaries. And almost the only goods handled by them in the Indian +trade were axes, knives, guns, ammunition and beads. + +Indian House Lake now, as then, is a general rendezvous for the Indians +during the summer months, when they congregate there to fish and to +hunt reindeer. In the autumn they scatter to the better trapping +grounds, where fur bearing animals are found in greater abundance. We +were too late in the season to meet these Indians, though we saw many +of their camping places. + +A snowstorm began on October seventh, but the wind had so far abated +that we were able to resume our journey. It was a bleak and dismal +day. Save for now and then a small grove of spruce trees in some +sheltered nook, and these at long intervals, the country was destitute +and barren of growth. Below our camp, upon entering the lake, there +was a wide, flat stretch of sand wash from the river, and below this +from the lake shore on either side, great barren, grim hills rose in +solemn majesty, across whose rocky face the wind swept the snow in +fitful gusts and squalls. Off on a mountain side a wolf disturbed the +white silence with his dismal cry, and farther on a big black fellow +came to the water's edge, and with the snow blowing wildly about him +held his head in the air and howled a challenge at us as we passed +close by. Perhaps he yearned for companionship and welcomed the sight +of living things. For my part, grim and uncanny as he looked, I was +glad to see him. He was something to vary the monotony of the great +solemn silence of our world. + +The storm increased, and early in the day the snow began to fall so +heavily that we could not see our way, and forced us to turn into a bay +where we found a small cluster of trees amongst big bowlders, and +pitched our tent in their shelter. The snow had drifted in and filled +the space between the rocks, and on this we piled armfuls of scraggy +boughs and made a fairly level and wholly comfortable bed; but it was a +long, tedious job digging with our hands and feet into the snow for +bits of wood for our stove. The conditions were growing harder and +harder with every day, and our experience here was a common one with us +for the most of the remainder of the way down the river from this point. + +The day we reached the lower end of the lake I summed up briefly its +characteristics in my field book as follows: + +"Indian House Lake has a varying width of from a quarter mile to three +miles. It is apparently not deep. Both shores are followed by ridges +of the most barren, rocky hills imaginable, some of them rising to a +height of eight to nine hundred feet and sloping down sharply to the +shores, which are strewn with large loose bowlders or are precipitous +bed rock. An occasional sand knoll occurs, and upon nearly every one +of these is an abandoned Indian camp. The timber growth--none at all +or very scanty spruce and tamarack. Length of lake (approximated) +fifty-five miles." + +I had hoped to locate the site of McLean's old Post buildings, more +than three score years ago destroyed by the Indians, doubtless for +firewood, but the snow had bidden what few traces of them time had not +destroyed, and they were passed unnoticed. The storm which raged all +the time we were here made progress slow, and it was not until the +morning of the tenth that we reached the end of the lake, where the +river, vastly increased in volume, poured out through a rapid. + +Below Indian House Lake there were only a few short stretches of slack +water to relieve the pretty continuous rapids. The river wound in and +out, in and out, rushing on its tumultuous way amongst ever higher +mountains. There was no time to examine the rapids before we shot +them. We had to take our chances, and as we swung around every curve +we half expected to find before us a cataract that would hurl us to +destruction. The banks were often sheer from the water's edge, and +made landing difficult or even impossible. In one place for a distance +of many miles the river had worn its way through the mountains, leaving +high, perpendicular walls of solid rock on either side, forming a sort +of canyon. In other places high bowlders, piled by some giant force, +formed fifty-foot high walls, which we had to scale each night to make +our camp. In the morning some peak in the blue distance would be noted +as a landmark. In a couple of hours we would rush past it and mark +another one, which, too, would soon be left behind. + +The rapids continued the characteristic of the river and were terrific. +Often it would seem that no canoe could ride the high, white waves, or +that we could not avoid the swirl of mighty cross-current eddies, which +would have swallowed up our canoe like a chip had we got into them. +There were rapids whose roar could be distinctly heard for five or six +miles. These we approached with the greatest care, and portaged around +the worst places. The water was so clear that often we found ourselves +dodging rocks, which, when we passed them, were ten or twelve feet +below the surface. It was here that a peculiar optical illusion +occurred. The water appeared to be running down an incline of about +twenty degrees. At the place where this was noticed, however, the +current was not exceptionally swift. We were in a section now where the +Indians never go, owing to the character of the river--a section that +is wholly untraveled and unhunted. + +After leaving Indian House Lake, as we descended from the plateau, the +weather grew milder. There were chilly winds and bleak rains, but the +snow, though remaining on the mountains, disappeared gradually from the +valley, and this was a blessing to us, for it enabled us to make camp +with a little less labor, and the bits of wood were left uncovered, to +be gathered with more ease. Every hour of light we needed, for with +each dawn and twilight the days were becoming noticeably shorter. The +sun now rose in the southeast, crossed a small segment of the sky, and +almost before we were aware of it set in the southwest. + +The wilderness gripped us closer and closer as the days went by. +Remembrances of the outside world were becoming like dreamland +fancies--something hazy, indefinite and unreal. We could hardly bring +ourselves to believe that we had really met the Indians. It seemed to +us that all our lives we had been going on and on through rushing +water, or with packs over rocky portages, and the Post we were aiming +to reach appeared no nearer to us than it did the day we left Northwest +River--long, long ago. We seldom spoke. Sometimes in a whole day not +a dozen words would be exchanged. If we did talk at all it was at +night over soothing pipes, after the bit of pemmican we allowed +ourselves was disposed of, and was usually of something to +eat--planning feasts of darn goods, bread and molasses when we should +reach a place where these luxuries were to be had. It was much like +the way children plan what wonderful things they will do, and what +unbounded good things they will indulge in, when they attain that high +pinnacle of their ambition--"grown-ups." + +After our upset in the rapid Easton eschewed water entirely, except for +drinking purposes. He had had enough of it, he said. I did bathe my +hands and face occasionally, particularly in the morning, to rouse me +from the torpor of the always heavy sleep of night. What savages men +will revert into when they are buried for a long period in the +wilderness and shake off the trammels and customs of the +conventionalism of civilization! It does not take long to make an +Indian out of a white man so far as habits and customs of living go. + +Our routine of daily life was always the same. Long before daylight I +would arise, kindle a fire, put over it our tea water, and then get +Easton out of his blankets. At daylight we would start. At midday we +had tea, and at twilight made the best camp we could. + +The hills were assuming a different aspect--less conical in form and +not so high. The bowlders on the river banks were superseded by +massive bed-rock granite. The coves and hollows were better wooded and +there were some stretches of slack water. On October fifteenth we +portaged around a series of low falls, below which was a small lake +expansion with a river flowing into it from the east. Here we found +the first evidence of human life that we had seen in a long while--a +wide portage trail that had been cut through now burned and dead trees +on the eastern side of the river. It was fully six feet in width and +had been used for the passage of larger boats than canoes. The moss +was still unrenewed where the tramp of many moccasins had worn it off. +This was the trail made by John McLean's brigades nearly three-quarters +of a century before, for in their journeys to Indian House Lake they +had used rowboats and not canoes for the transportation of supplies. + +The day we passed over this portage was a most miserable one. We were +soaked from morning till night with mingled snow and rain, and numb +with the cold, but when we made our night camp, below the junction of +the rivers, one or two ax cuttings were found, and I knew that now our +troubles were nearly at an end and we were not far from men. The next +afternoon (Monday, October sixteenth) we stopped two or three miles +below a rapid to boil our kettle, and before our tea was made the canoe +was high and dry on the rocks. We had reached tide water at last! How +we hurried through that luncheon, and with what light hearts we +launched the canoe again, and how we peered into every bay for the Post +buildings that we knew were now close at hand can be imagined. These +bays were being left wide stretches of mud and rocks by the receding +water, which has a tide fall here of nearly forty feet. At last, as we +rounded a rocky point, we saw the Post. The group of little white +buildings nestling deep in a cove, a feathery curl of smoke rising +peacefully from the agent's house, an Eskimo _tupek_ (tent), boats +standing high on the mud flat below, and the howl of a husky dog in the +distance, formed a picture of comfort that I shall long remember. + + + +CHAPTER XV + +OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS + +The tide had left the bay drained, on the farther side and well toward +the bottom of which the Post stands, and between us and the buildings +was a lake of soft mud. There seemed no approach for the canoe, and +rather than sit idly until the incoming tide covered the mud again so +that we could paddle in, we carried our belongings high up the side of +the hill, safely out of reach of the water when it should rise, and +then started to pick our way around the face of the clifflike hill, +with the intention of skirting the bay and reaching the Post at once +from the upper side. + +It was much like walking on the side of a wall, and to add to our +discomfiture night began to fall before we were half way around, for it +was slow work. Once I descended cautiously to the mud, thinking that I +might be able to walk across it, but a deep channel filled with running +water intercepted me, and I had to return to Easton, who had remained +above. We finally realized that we could not get around the hill +before dark and the footing was too uncertain to attempt to retrace our +steps to the canoe in the fading light, as a false move would have +hurled us down a hundred feet into the mud and rocks below. Fortunately +a niche in the hillside offered a safe resting place, and we drew +together here all the brush within reach, to be burned later as a +signal to the Post folk that some one was on the hill, hoping that when +the tide rose it would bring them in, a boat to rescue us from our +unpleasant position. When the brush was arranged for firing at an +opportune time we sat down in the thickening darkness to watch the +lights which were now flickering cozily in the windows of the Post +house. + +"Well, this _is_ hard luck," said Easton. "There's good bread and +molasses almost within hailing distance and we've likely got to sit out +here on the rocks all night without wood enough to keep fire, and it's +going to rain pretty soon and we can't even get back to our pemmican +and tent." + +"Don't give up yet, boy," I encouraged. "Maybe they'll see our fire +when we start it and take us off." + +We filled our pipes and struck matches to light them. They were wax +taper matches and made a good blaze. "Wonder what it'll be like to eat +civilized grub again and sleep in a bed," said Easton meditatively, as +he puffed uncomfortably at his pipe. + +While he was speaking the glow of a lantern appeared from the Post +house, which we could locate by its lamp-lit windows, and moved down +toward the place where we had seen the boats on the mud. The sight of +it made us hope that we had been noticed, and we jumped up and combined +our efforts in shouting until we were hoarse. Then we ignited the pile +of brush. It blazed up splendidly, shooting its flames high in the +air, sending its sparks far, and lighting weirdly the strange scene. +We stood before it that our forms might appear in relief against the +light reflected by the rocky background, waving our arms and renewing +our shouts. Once or twice I fancied I heard an answering hail from the +other side, like a far-off echo; but the wind was against us and I was +not sure. The lantern light was now in a boat moving out toward the +main river. Even though it were coming to us this was necessary, as +the tide could not be high enough yet to permit its coming directly +across to where we were. We watched its course anxiously. Finally it +seemed to be heading toward us, but we were not certain. Then it +disappeared altogether and there was nothing but blackness and silence +where it had been. + +"Some one that's been waiting for the tide to turn and he's just going +down the river, where he likely lives," remarked Easton as we sat down +again and relit our pipes. "I began to taste bread and molasses when I +saw that light," he continued, after a few minutes' pause. "It's just +our luck. We're in for a night of it, all right." + +We sat smoking silently, resigned to our fate, when all at once there +stepped out of the surrounding darkness into the radius of light cast +by our now dying fire, an old Eskimo with an unlighted lantern in his +hands, and a young fellow of fifteen or sixteen years of age. + +"Oksutingyae," * said the Eskimo, and then proceeded to light his +lantern, paying no further attention to us. "How do you do?" said the +boy. + +* [Dual form meaning "You two be strong," used by the Eskimos as a +greeting. The singular of the same is Oksunae, and the plural (more +than two) Oksusi] + +The Eskimo could understand no English, but the boy, a grandson of Johm +Ford, the Post agent, told us that the Eskimo had seen us strike the +matches to light our pipes and reported the matter at once at the +house. There was not a match at the Post nor within a hundred miles of +it, so far as they knew, so Mr. Ford concluded that some strangers were +stranded on the hill--possibly Eskimos in distress--and he gave them a +lantern and started them over in a boat to investigate. Their lantern +had blown out on the way--that was when we missed the light. + +With the lantern to guide us we descended the slippery rocks to their +boat and in ten minutes landed on the mud flat opposite, where we were +met by Ford and a group of curious Eskimos. We were immediately +conducted to the agent's residence, where Mrs. Ford received us in the +hospitable manner of the North, and in a little while spread before us +a delicious supper of fresh trout, white bread such as we had not seen +since leaving Tom Blake's, mossberry jam and tea. It was an event in +our life to sit down again to a table covered with white linen and eat +real bread. We ate until we were ashamed of ourselves, but not until +we were satisfied (for we had emerged from the bush with unholy +appetites) and barely stopped eating in time to save our reputations +from utter ruin. And now our hosts told us--and it shows how really +generous and open-hearted they were to say nothing about it until we +were through eating--that the _Pelican_, the Hudson's Bay Company's +steamer, had not arrived on her annual visit, that it was so late in +the season all hope of her coming had some time since been +relinquished, and the Post provisions were reduced to forty pounds of +flour, a bit of sugar, a barrel or so of corn meal, some salt pork and +salt beef, and small quantities of other food stuffs, and there were a +great many dependents with hungry mouths to feed. Molasses, butter and +other things were entirely gone. The storehouses were empty. + +This condition of affairs made it incumbent upon me, I believed, in +spite of a cordial invitation from Ford to stay and share with them +what they had, to move on at once and endeavor to reach Fort Chimo +ahead of the ice. Fort Chimo is the chief establishment of the fur +trading companies on Ungava Bay, and is the farthest off and most +isolated station in northern Labrador. This journey would be too +hazardous to undertake in the month of October in a canoe--the rough, +open sea of Ungava Bay demanded a larger craft--and although Ford told +me it was foolhardy to attempt it so late in the season with any craft +at all, I requested him to do his utmost the following day to engage +for us Eskimos and a small boat and we would make the attempt to get +there. It has been my experience that frontier traders are wont to +overestimate the dangers in trips of this kind, and I was inclined to +the belief that this was the case with Ford. In due time I learned my +mistake. + +Ford had no tobacco but the soggy black chewing plug dispensed to +Eskimos, and we shared with him our remaining plugs and for two hours +sat in the cozy Post house kitchen smoking and chatting. Over a year +had passed since his last communication with the outside world, for no +vessel other than the _Pelican_ when she makes her annual call with +supplies ever comes here, and we therefore had some things of interest +to tell him. + +Our host I soon discovered to be a man of intelligence. He was +sixty-six years of age, a native of the east coast of Labrador, with a +tinge of Eskimo blood in his veins, and as familiar with the Eskimo +language as with English. For twenty years, he informed me, with the +exception of one or two brief intervals, he had been buried at George +River Post, and was longing for the time when he could leave it and +enjoy the comforts of civilization. + +After our chat we were shown to our room, where the almost forgotten +luxuries of feather beds and pillows, and the great, warm, fluffy +woolen blankets of the Hudson's Bay Company--such blankets as are found +nowhere else in the world--awaited us. To undress and crawl between +them and lie there, warm and snug and dry, while we listened to the +rain, which had begun beating furiously against the window and on the +roof, and the wind howling around the house, seemed to me at first the +pinnacle of comfort; but this sense of luxury soon passed off and I +found myself longing for the tent and spruce-bough couch on the ground, +where there was more air to breathe and a greater freedom. I could not +sleep. The bed was too warm and the four walls of the room seemed +pressing in on me. After four months in the open it takes some time +for one to accustom one's self to a bed again. + +The next day at high tide, with the aid of a boat and two Eskimos, we +recovered our things from the rocks where we had cached them. + +There were no Eskimos at the Post competent or willing to attempt the +open-boat journey to Fort Chimo. Those that were here all agreed that +the ice would come before we could get through and that it was too +dangerous an undertaking. Therefore, galling as the delay was to me, +there was nothing for us to do but settle down and wait for the time to +come when we could go with dog teams overland. + +On Thursday afternoon, three days after our arrival at the Post, we saw +the Eskimos running toward the wharf and shouting as though something +of unusual importance were taking place and, upon joining the crowd, +found them greeting three strange Eskimos who had just arrived in a +boat. The real cause of the excitement we soon learned was the arrival +of the _Pelican_. The strange Eskimos were the pilots that brought her +from Fort Chimo. All was confusion and rejoicing at once. Ford manned +a boat and invited us to join him in a visit to the ship, which lay at +anchor four miles below, and we were soon off. + +When we boarded the Pelican, which, by the way, is an old British +cruiser, we were received by Mr. Peter McKenzie, from Montreal, who has +superintendence of eastern posts, and Captain Lovegrow, who commanded +the vessel. They told us that they had called at Rigolet on their way +north and there heard of the arrival of Richards, Pete and Stanton at +Northwest River. This relieved my mind as to their safety. + +We spent a very pleasant hour over a cigar, and heard the happenings in +the outside world since our departure from it, the most important of +which was the close of the Russian-Japanese war. We also learned that +the cause of delay in the ship's coming was an accident on the rocks +near Cartwright, making it necessary for them to run to St. Johns for +repairs; and also that only the fact of the distressful condition of +the Post, unprovisioned as they knew it must be, had induced them to +take the hazard of running in and chancing imprisonment for the winter +in the ice. + +Mr. McKenzie extended me a most cordial invitation to return with them +to Rigolet, but the Eskimo pilots had brought news of large herds of +reindeer that the Indians had reported as heading eastward toward the +Koksoak, the river on which Fort Chimo is situated, and I determined to +make an effort to see these deer. This determination was coupled with +a desire to travel across the northern peninsula and around the coast +in winter and learn more of the people and their life than could be +observed at the Post; and I therefore declined Mr. McKenzie's +invitation. + +Captain James Blanford, from St. Johns, was on board, acting as ship's +pilot for the east coast, and he kindly offered to carry out for me +such letters and telegrams as I might desire to send and personally +attend to their transmission. I gladly availed myself of this offer, +as it gave us an opportunity to relieve the anxiety of our friends at +home as to our safety. Captain Blanford had been with the auxiliary +supply ship of the Peary Arctic expedition during the summer and told +us of having left Commander Peary at eighty degrees north latitude in +August. The expedition, he told us, would probably winter as high as +eighty-three degrees north, and he was highly enthusiastic over the +good prospects of Peary's success in at least reaching "Farthest North." + +The Eskimo pilots of the _Pelican_ were more venturesome than their +friends at George River. They had a small boat belonging to the +Hudson's Bay Company, and in it were going to attempt to reach Fort +Chimo. Against his advice I had Ford arrange with them to permit +Easton and me to accompany them. It was a most fortunate circumstance, +I thought, that this opportunity was opened to us. + +Accordingly the letters for Captain Blanford were written, sufficient +provisions, consisting of corn meal, flour, hard-tack, pork, and tea to +last Easton and me ten days, were packed, and our luggage was taken on +board the _Pelican_ on Saturday afternoon, where we were to spend the +night as Mr. McKenzie's and Captain Lovegrow's guests. + +Mr. McKenzie, before going to Montreal, had lived nearly a quarter of a +century as Factor at Fort Chimo, and, thoroughly familiar with the +conditions of the country and the season, joined Ford in advising us +strongly against our undertaking, owing to the unusual hazard attached +to it, and the probability of getting caught in the ice and wrecked. +But we were used to hardship, and believed that if the Eskimos were +willing to attempt the journey we could get through with them some way, +and I saw no reason why I should change my plans. + +Low-hanging clouds, flying snowflakes and a rising northeast wind +threatened a heavy storm on Sunday morning, October twenty-second, when +the _Pelican_ weighed anchor at ten o'clock, with us on board and the +small boat, the _Explorer_, that was to carry us westward in tow, and +steamed down the George River, at whose mouth, twenty miles below, we +were to leave her, to meet new and unexpected dangers and hardships. + +At the Post the river is a mile and a half in width. About eight miles +farther down its banks close in and "the Narrows" occur, and then it +widens again. There is very little growth of any kind below the +Narrows. The rocks are polished smooth and bare as they rise from the +water's edge, and it is as desolate and barren a land as one's +imagination could picture, but withal possesses a rugged grand beauty +in its grim austerity that is impressive. + +About three or four miles above the open bay the _Pelican's_ engines +ceased to throb and the _Explorer_ was hauled alongside. Everything +but the provisions for the Eskimo crew was already aboard. We said a +hurried adieu and, watching our chances as the boat rose and fell on +the swell, dropped one by one into the little craft. A bag of ship's +biscuit, the provisions of our Eskimos, was thrown after us. Most of +them went into the sea and were lost, and we needed them sadly later. I +thought we should swamp as each sea hit us before we could get away, +and when we were finally off the boat was half full of water. + +The Eskimos hoisted a sail and turned to the west bank of the river, +for it was too rough outside to risk ourselves there in the little +_Explorer_. The pulse of the big ship began to beat and slowly she +steamed out into the open and left us to the mercies of the unfeeling +rocks of Ungava. + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE + +We ran to shelter in a small cove and under the lee of a ledge pitched +our tent, using poles that the Eskimos had thoughtfully provided, and +anchoring the tent down with bowlders. + +When I say the rocks here are scoured bare, I mean it literally. There +was not a stick of wood growing as big as your finger. On the lower +George, below the Narrows, and for long distances on the Ungava coast +there is absolutely not a tree of any kind to be seen. The only +exception is in one or two bays or near the mouth of streams, where a +stunted spruce growth is sometimes found in small patches. There are +places where you may skirt the coast of Ungava Bay for a hundred miles +and not see a shrub worthy the name of tree, even in the bays. + +The Koksoak (Big) River, on which Fort Chimo is situated, is the +largest river flowing into Ungava Bay. The George is the second in +size, and Whale River ranks third. Between the George River and Whale +River there are four smaller ones--Tunulik (Back) River, Kuglotook +(Overflow) River, Tuktotuk (Reindeer) River and Mukalik (Muddy) River; +and between Whale River and the Koksoak the False River. I crossed all +of these streams and saw some of them for several miles above the +mouth. The Koksoak, Mukalik and Whale Rivers are regularly traversed +by the Indians, but the others are too swift and rocky for canoes. +There are several streams to the westward of the Koksoak, notably Leaf +River, and a very large one that the Eskimos told me of, emptying into +Hope's Advance Bay, but these I did not see and my knowledge of them is +limited to hearsay. + +The hills in the vicinity of George River are generally high, but to +the westward they are much lower and less picturesque. + +After our camp was pitched we had an opportunity for the first time to +make the acquaintance of our companions. The chief was a man of about +forty years of age, Potokomik by name, which, translated, means a hole +cut in the edge of a skin for the purpose of stretching it. The next +in importance was Kumuk. Kumuk means louse, and it fitted the man's +nature well. The youngest was Iksialook (Big Yolk of an Egg). +Potokomik had been rechristened by a Hudson's Bay Company agent +"Kenneth," and Kumuk, in like manner, had had the name of "George" +bestowed upon him, but Iksialook bad been overlooked or neglected in +this respect, and his brain was not taxed with trying to remember a +Christian cognomen that none of his people would ever call or know him +by. + +Potokomik was really a remarkable man and proved most faithful to us. +It is, in fact, to his faithfulness and control over the others, +particularly Kumuk, that Easton and I owe our lives, as will appear +later. He was at one time conjurer of the Kangerlualuksoakmiut, or +George River Eskimos, and is still their leader, but during a visit to +the Atlantic coast, some three or four years ago, he came under the +influence of a missionary, embraced Christianity, and abandoned the +heathen conjuring swindle by which he was, up to that time, making a +good living. Now he lives a life about as clean and free from the +heathenism and superstitions of his race as any Eskimo can who adopts a +new religion. The missionary whom I have mentioned led Potokomik's +mother to accept Christ and renounce Torngak when she was on her +deathbed, and before she died she confessed to many sins, amongst them +that of having aided in the killing and eating, when driven to the act +by starvation, of her own mother. + +After our tent was pitched and the Eskimos had spread the _Explorer's_ +sail as a shelter for themselves, Kumuk and Iksialook left us to look +for driftwood and, in half an hour, returned with a few small sticks +that they had found on the shore. These sticks were exceedingly scarce +and, of course, very precious and with the greatest economy in the use +of the wood, a fire was made and the kettle boiled for tea. + +At first the Eskimos were always doing unexpected things and springing +surprises upon us, but soon we became more or less accustomed to their +ways. Not one of them could talk or understand English and my Eskimo +vocabulary was limited to the one word "Oksunae," and we therefore had +considerable difficulty in making each other understand, and the +pantomime and various methods of communication resorted to were often +very funny to see. Potokomik and I started in at once to learn what we +could of each other's language, and it is wonderful how much can be +accomplished in the acquirement of a vocabulary in a short time and how +few words are really necessary to convey ideas. I would point at the +tent and say, "Tent," and he would say, "Tupek"; or at my sheath knife +and say, "Knife," and he would say, "Chevik," and thus each learned the +other's word for nearly everything about us and such words as "good," +"bad," "wind" and so on; and in a few days we were able to make each +other understand in a general way, with our mixed English and Eskimo. + +The northeast wind and low-hanging clouds of the morning carried into +execution their threat, and all Sunday afternoon and all day Monday the +snowstorm raged with fury. I took pity on the Eskimos and on Sunday +night invited all of them to sleep in our tent, but only Potokomik +came, and on Monday morning, when I went out at break of day, I found +the other two sleeping under a snowdrift, for the lean-to made of the +boat sail had not protected them much. After that they accepted my +invitation and joined us in the tent. + +It did not clear until Tuesday morning, and then we hoisted sail and +started forward out of the river and into the broad, treacherous waters +of Hudson Straits, working with the oars to keep warm and accelerate +progress, for the wind was against us at first until we turned out of +the river, and we had long tacks to make. + +At the Post, as was stated, there is a rise and fall of tide of forty +feet. In Ungava Bay and the straits it has a record of sixty-two feet +rise at flood, with the spring or high tides, and this makes navigation +precarious where hidden reefs and rocks are everywhere; and there are +long stretches of coast with no friendly bay or harbor or lee shore +where one can run for cover when unheralded gales and sudden squalls +catch one in the open. The Atlantic coast of Labrador is dangerous +indeed, but there Nature has providentially distributed innumerable +safe harbor retreats, and the tide is insignificant compared with that +of Ungava Bay. "Nature exhausted her supply of harbors," some one has +said, "before she rounded Cape Chidley, or she forgot Ungava entirely; +and she just bunched the tide in here, too." + +That Tuesday night sloping rocks and ominous reefs made it impossible +for us to effect a landing, and in a shallow place we dropped anchor. +Fortunately there was no wind, for we were in an exposed position, and +had there been we should have come to grief. A bit of hardtack with +nothing to drink sufficed for supper, and after eating we curled up as +best we could in the bottom of the boat. No watch was kept. Every one +lay down. Easton and I rolled in our blankets, huddled close to each +other, pulled the tent over us and were soon dreaming of sunnier lands +where flowers bloom and the ice trust gets its prices. + +Our awakening was rude. Some time in the night I dreamed that my neck +was broken and that I lay in a pool of icy water powerless to move. +When I finally roused myself I found the boat tilted at an angle of +forty-five degrees and my head at the lower incline. All the water in +the boat had drained to that side and my shoulders and neck were +immersed. The tide was out and we were stranded on the rocks. It was +bright moonlight. Kumuk and Iksialook got up and with the kettle +disappeared over the rocks. The rising tide was almost on us when they +returned with a kettle full of hot tea. Then as soon as the water was +high enough to float the boat we were off by moonlight, fastening now +and again on reefs, and several times narrowly escaped disaster. + +It was very cold. Easton and I were still clad in the bush-ravaged +clothing that we had worn during the summer, and it was far too light +to keep out the bitter Arctic winds that were now blowing, and at night +our only protection was our light summer camping blankets. When we +reached the Post at George River not a thing in the way of clothing or +blankets was in stock and the new stores were not unpacked when we +left, so we were not able to re-outfit there. + +Wednesday night we succeeded in finding shelter, but all day Thursday +were held prisoners by a northerly gale. On Friday we made a new +start, but early in the afternoon were driven to shelter on an island, +where with some difficulty we effected a landing at low tide, and +carried our goods a half mile inland over the slippery rocks above the +reach of rising water. The Eskimos remained with the boat and worked +it in foot by foot with the tide while Easton and I pitched the tent +and hunted up and down on the rocks for bits of driftwood until we had +collected sufficient to last us with economy for a day or two. + +That night the real winter came. The light ice that we had encountered +heretofore and the snow which attained a considerable depth in the +recent storms were only the harbingers of the true winter that comes in +this northland with a single blast of the bitter wind from the ice +fields of the Arctic. It comes in a night--almost in an hour--as it +did to us now. Every pool of water on the island was congealed into a +solid mass. A gale of terrific fury nearly carried our tent away, and +only the big bowlders to which it was anchored saved it. Once we had +to shift it farther back upon the rock fields, out of reach of an +exceptionally high tide. For three days the wind raged, and in those +three days the great blocks of northern pack ice were swept down upon +us, and we knew that the _Explorer_ could serve us no longer. There +was no alternative now but to cross the barrens to Whale River on foot. +With deep snow and no snowshoes it was not a pleasant prospect. + +Our hard-tack was gone, and I baked into cakes all of our little stock +of flour and corn meal. This, with a small piece of pork, six pounds +of pemmican, tea and a bit of tobacco was all that we had left in the +way of provisions. The Eskimos had eaten everything that they had +brought, and it now devolved upon us to feed them also from our meager +store, which at the start only provided for Easton and me for ten days, +as that had been considered more than ample time for the journey. I +limited the rations at each meal to a half of one of my cakes for each +man. Potokomik agreed with me that this was a wise and necessary +restriction and protected me in it. Kumuk thought differently, and he +was seen to filch once or twice, but a close watch was kept upon him. + +With infinite labor we hauled the _Explorer_ above the high-tide level, +out of reach of the ice that would soon pile in a massive barricade of +huge blocks upon the shore, that she might be safe until recovered the +following spring. Then we packed in the boat's prow our tent and all +paraphernalia that was not absolutely necessary for the sustenance of +life, made each man a pack of his blankets, food and necessaries, and +began our perilous foot march toward Whale River. I clung to all the +records of the expedition, my camera, photographic films and things of +that sort, though Potokomik advised their abandonment. + +At low tide, when the rocks were left nearly uncovered, we forded from +the island to the mainland. It was dark when we reached it, and for +three hours after dark, bending under our packs, walking in Indian +file, we pushed on in silence through the knee-deep snow upon which the +moon, half hidden by flying clouds, cast a weird ghostlike light. +Finally the Eskimos stopped in a gully by a little patch of spruce +brush four or five feet high, and while Iksialook foraged for handfuls +of brush that was dry enough to burn, Potokomik and Kumuk cut snow +blocks, which they built into a circular wall about three feet high, as +a wind-break in which to sleep, and Easton and I broke some green brush +to throw upon the snow in this circular wind-break for a bed. While we +did this Iksialook filled the kettle with bits of ice and melted it +over his brush fire and made tea. There was only brush enough to melt +ice for one cup of tea each, which with our bit of cake made our +supper. . We huddled close and slept pretty well that night on the snow +with nothing but flying frost between us and heaven. + +We were having our breakfast the next morning a white arctic fox came +within ten yards of our fire to look us over as though wondering what +kind of animals we were. Easton and I were unarmed, but the Eskimos +each carried a 45-90 Winchester rifle. Potokomik reached for his and +shot the fox, and in a few minutes its disjointed carcass was in our +pan with a bit of pork, and we made a substantial breakfast on the +half-cooked flesh. + +That was a weary day. We came upon a large creek in the forenoon and +had to ascend its east bank for a long distance to cross it, as the +tide had broken the ice below. Some distance up the stream its valley +was wooded by just enough scattered spruce trees to hold the snow, and +wallowing and floundering through this was most exhausting. + +During the day Kumuk proposed to the other Eskimos that they take all +the food and leave the white men to their fate. They had rifles while +we had none, and we could not resist. Potokomik would not hear of it. +He remained our friend. Kumuk did not like the small ration that I +dealt out, and if they could get the food out of our possession they +would have more for themselves. + +That night a snow house was built, with the exception of rounding the +dome at the top, over which Potokomik spread his blanket; but it was a +poor shelter, and not much warmer than the open. When I lay down I was +dripping with perspiration from the exertion of the day and during the +night had a severe chill. + +The next day a storm threatened. We crossed another stream and halted, +at twelve o'clock, upon the western side of it to make tea. The Eskimos +held a consultation here and then Potokomik told us that they were +afraid of heavy snow and that it was thought best to cache everything +that we had--blankets, food and everything--and with nothing to +encumber us hurry on to a tupek that we should reach by dark, and that +there we should find shelter and food. Accordingly everything was left +behind but the rifles, which the Eskimos clung to, and we started on at +a terrific pace over wind-swept hills and drift-covered valleys, where +all that could be seen was a white waste of unvarying snow. We had +been a little distance inland, but now worked our way down toward the +coast. Once we crossed an inlet where we had to climb over great +blocks of ice that the tide in its force had piled there. + +Just at dusk the Eskimos halted. We had reached the place where the +tupek should have been, but none was there. Afterward I learned that +the people whom Potokomik expected to find here had been caught on +their way from Whale River by the ice and their boat was crushed. + +Another consultation was held, and as a result we started on again. +After a two hours' march Potokomik halted and the others left us. +Easton and I threw ourselves at full length upon the snow and went to +sleep on the instant. A rifle shot aroused us, and Potokomik jumped to +his feet with the exclamation, "Igloo!" We followed him toward where +Kumuk was shouting, through a bit of bush, down a bank, across a frozen +brook and up a slope, where we found a miserable little log shack. No +one was there. It was a filthy place and snow had drifted in through +the openings in the roof and side. The previous occupant of the hut +had left behind him an ax and an old stove, and with a few sticks of +wood that we found a fire was started and we huddled close to it in a +vain effort to get warm. When the fire died out we found places to lie +down, and, shivering with the cold, tried with poor success to sleep. + +I had another chill that night and severe cramps in the calves of my +legs, and when morning came and Easton said he could not travel another +twenty yards, I agreed at once to a plan of the Eskimos to leave us +there while they went on to look for other Eskimos whom they expected +to find in winter quarters east of Whale River. Potokomik promised to +send them with dogs to our rescue and then go on with a letter to Job +Edmunds, the Hudson's Bay Company's agent at Whale River. This letter +to Edmunds I scribbled on a stray bit of paper I found in my pocket, +and in it told him of our position, and lack of food and clothing. + +Potokomik left his rifle and some cartridges with us, and then with the +promise that help should find us ere we had slept three times, we shook +hands with our dusky friend upon whose honor and faithfulness our lives +now depended, and the three were gone in the face of a blinding +snowstorm. + +Shortly after the Eskimos left us we heard some ptarmigans clucking +outside, and Easton knocked three of them over with Potokomik's rifle. +There were four, but one got away. It can be imagined what work the +.45 bullet made of them. After separating the flesh as far as possible +from the feathers, we boiled it in a tin can we had found amongst the +rubbish in the hut, and ate everything but the bills and +toe-nails--bones, entrails and all. This, it will be remembered, was +the first food that we had had since noon of the day before. We had no +tea and our only comfort-providing asset was one small piece of plug +tobacco. + +Fortunately wood was not hard to get, but still not sufficiently +plentiful for us to have more than a light fire in the stove, which we +hugged pretty closely. + +The storm grew in fury. It shrieked around our illy built shack, +drifting the snow in through the holes and crevices until we could not +find a place to sit or lie that was free from it. On the night of the +third day the weather cleared and settled, cold and rasping. I took +the rifle and looked about for game, but the snow was now so deep that +walking far in it was out of the question. I did not see the track or +sign of any living thing save a single whisky-jack, but even he was shy +and kept well out of range. + +We had nothing to eat--not a mouthful of anything--and only water to +drink; even our tobacco was soon gone. Day after day we sat, sometimes +in silence, for hours at a time, sometimes calculating upon the +probabilities of the Eskimos having perished in the storm, for they +were wholly without protection. I had faith in Potokomik and his +resourcefulness, and was hopeful they would get out safely. If there +had been timber in the country where night shelter could be made, we +might have started for Whale River without further delay. But in the +wide waste barrens, illy clothed, with deep snow to wallow through, it +seemed to me absolutely certain that such an attempt would end in +exhaustion and death, so we restrained our impatience and waited. On +scraps of paper we played tit-tat-toe; we improvised a checkerboard and +played checkers. These pastimes broke the monotony of waiting +somewhat. No matter what we talked about, our conversation always +drifted to something to eat. We planned sumptuous banquets we were to +have at that uncertain period "when we get home," discussing in the +minutest detail each dish. Once or twice Easton roused me in the night +to ask whether after all some other roast or soup had not better be +selected than the one we had decided upon, or to suggest a change in +vegetables. + +We slept five times instead of thrice and still no succor came. The +days were short, the nights interminably long. I knew we could live +for twelve or fifteen days easily on water. I had recovered entirely +from the chills and cramps and we were both feeling well but, of +course, rather weak. We had lost no flesh to speak of. The extreme +hunger had passed away after a couple of days. It is only when +starving people have a little to eat that the hunger period lasts +longer than that. Novelists write a lot of nonsense about the pangs of +hunger and the extreme suffering that accompanies starvation. It is +all poppycock. Any healthy person, with a normal appetite, after +missing two or three meals is as hungry as he ever gets. After awhile +there is a sense of weakness that grows on one, and this increases with +the days. Then there comes a desire for a great deal of sleep, a sort +of lassitude that is not unpleasant, and this desire becomes more +pronounced as the weakness grows. The end is always in sleep. There +is no keeping awake until the hour of death. + +While, as I have said, the real sense of hunger passes away quickly +there remains the instinct to eat. That is the working of the first +law of nature--self-preservation. It prompts one to eat anything that +one can chew or swallow, and it is what makes men eat refuse the +thought of which would sicken them at other times. Of course, Easton +and I were like everybody else under similar conditions. Easton said +one day that he would like to have something to chew on. In the refuse +on the floor I found a piece of deerskin about ten inches square. I +singed the hair off of it and divided it equally between us and then we +each roasted our share and ate it. That was the evening after we had +"slept" five times. + +After disposing of our bit of deerskin we huddled down on the floor +with our heads pillowed upon sticks of wood, as was our custom, for a +sixth night, after discussing again the probable fate of the Eskimos. +While I did not admit to Easton that I entertained any doubt as to our +ultimate rescue, as the days passed and no relief came I felt grave +fears as to the safety of Potokomik and his companions. The severe +storm that swept over the country after their departure from the shack +had no doubt materially deepened the snow, and I questioned whether or +not this had made it impossible for them to travel without snowshoes. +The wind during the second day of the storm had been heavy, and it was +my hope that it had swept the barrens clear of the new snow, but this +was uncertain and doubtful. Then, too, I did not know the nature of +Eskimos--whether they were wont to give up quickly in the face of +unusual privations and difficulties such as these men would have to +encounter. They were in a barren country, with no food, no blankets, +no tent, no protection, in fact, of any kind from the elements, and it +was doubtful whether they would find material for a fire at night to +keep them from freezing, and, even if they did find wood, they had no +ax with which to cut it. How far they would have to travel surrounded +by these conditions I had no idea. Indians without wood or food or a +sheltering bush would soon give up the fight and lie down to die. If +Potokomik and his men had perished, I knew that Easton and I could hope +for no relief from the outside and that our salvation would depend +entirely upon our own resourcefulness. It seemed to me the time had +come when some action must be taken. + +It was a long while after dark, I do not know how long, and I still lay +awake turning these things over in my mind, when I heard a strange +sound. Everything had been deathly quiet for days, and I sat up. In +the great unbroken silence of the wilderness a man's fancy will make +him hear strange things. I have answered the shouts of men that my +imagination made me hear. But this was not fancy, for I heard it +again--a distinct shout! I jumped to my feet and called to Easton: +"They've come, boy! Get up, there's some one coming!" Then I hurried +outside and, in the dim light on the white stretch of snow, saw a black +patch of men and dogs. Our rescuers had come. + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO + +The feeling of relief that came to me when I heard the shout and saw +the men and dogs coming can be appreciated, and something of the +satisfaction I felt when I grasped the hands of the two Eskimos that +strode up on snowshoes can be understood. + +The older of the two was an active little fellow who looked much like a +Japanese. He introduced himself as Emuk (Water). His companion, who, +we learned later, rejoiced in the name Amnatuhinuk (Only a Woman), was +quite a young fellow, big, fat and goodnatured. + +Without any preliminaries Emuk pushed right into the shack and, from a +bag that he carried, produced some tough dough cakes which he gave us +to eat, and each a plug of tobacco to smoke. He was all activity and +command, working quickly himself and directing Amnatuhinuk. A candle +from his bag was lighted. Amnatuhinuk was sent for a kettle of water; +wood was piled into the stove, and the kettle put over to boil. The +stove proved too slow for Emuk and he built a fire outside where tea +could be made more quickly, and when it was ready he insisted upon our +drinking several cups of it to stimulate us. Then he brought forth a +pail containing strong-smelling beans cooked in rancid seal oil, which +he heated. This concoction he thought was good strong food and just +the thing for half-starved men, and he set it before us with the air of +one who has done something especially nice. We ate some of it but were +as temperate as Emuk with his urgings would permit us to be, for I knew +the penalty that food exacts after a long fast. + +A comfortable bed of boughs and blankets was spread for us, and we were +made to lie down. Emuk, on more than one occasion, bad been in a +similar position to ours and others had come to his aid, and he wanted +to pay the debt he felt he owed to humanity. + +He told us that Potokomik and the others, after suffering great +hardships, had reached his tupek near the Mukalik the day before, but I +could not understand his language well enough to draw from him any of +the details of their trip out. + +At midnight Emuk made tea again and roused us up to partake of it and +eat more dough cakes and beans with seal oil. I feared the +consequences, but I could not refuse him, for he did not understand why +we should not want to eat a great deal. The result was that with +happiness and stomach ache I could not sleep, and before morning was +going out to vomit. Even at the danger of seeming not to appreciate +Emuk's hospitality, I was constrained to decline to eat any breakfast. + +Emuk noticed a hole in the bottom of one of my seal-skin boots. He +promptly pulled off his own and made me put them on. He had another +though poorer pair for himself. + +It was a delight to be moving again. We were on the trail before dawn, +Emuk with his snowshoes tramping the road ahead of the dogs and +Amnatuhinuk driving the team. The temperature must have been at least +ten degrees below zero. The weather was bitterly cold for men so +thinly clad as Easton and I were, and the snow was so deep that we +could not exercise by running, for we had no snowshoes, and while we +wallowed through the deep snow the dogs would have left us behind, so +we could do nothing but sit on the komatik (sledge) and shiver. + +At noon we stopped at the foot of a hill before ascending it, and the +men threw up a wind-break of snow blocks, back of which they built a +fire and put over the teakettle. Easton and I had just squatted close +to the fire to warm our benumbed hands when the husky dogs put their +noses in the air and gave out the long weird howl of welcome or +defiance that announces the approach of other dogs, and almost +immediately a loaded team with two men came over the hill and down the +slope at a gallop toward us. It proved to be Job Edmunds, the +half-breed Hudson's Bay Company officer from Whale River, and his +Eskimo servant, coming to our aid. + +Edmunds was greatly relieved to find us safe. He knew exactly what to +do. From his komatik box he produced a bottle of port wine and made us +each take a small dose of it which he poured into a tin cup. He put a +big, warm reindeer-skin koolutuk [the outer garment of deerskin worn by +the Eskimos] on each of us and pulled the hoods over our heads. He had +warm footwear--in fact, everything that was necessary for our comfort. +Then he cut two ample slices of wheat bread from a big loaf, and +toasted and buttered them for us. He was very kind and considerate. +Edmunds has saved many lives in his day. Every winter he is called +upon to go to the rescue of Eskimos who have been caught in the barrens +without food, as we were. He had saved Emuk from starvation on one or +two occasions. + +After a half-hour's delay we were off again, I on the komatik with +Edmunds, and Easton with Emuk. We passed the snow house where Edmunds +and his man had spent the previous night. They would have come on in +the dark, but they knew Emuk was ahead and would reach us anyway. + +Edmunds had a splendid team of dogs, wonderfully trained. The big, +wolfish creatures loved him and they feared him. He almost never had +to use the long walrus-hide whip. They obeyed him on the instant +without hesitation--"Ooisht," and they pulled in the harness as one; +"Aw," and they stopped. There was a power in his voice that governed +them like magic. The wind had packed the snow hard enough on the +barrens beyond the Tuktotuk--and the country there was all barren--to +bear up the komatik; the dogs were in prime condition and traveled at a +fast trot or a gallop, and we made good time. Once Emuk stopped to +take a white fox out of a trap. He killed it by pressing his knee on +its breast and stifling its heart beats. + +Big cakes of ice were piled in high barricades along the rivers where +we crossed them, and at these places we had to let the komatik down +with care on one side and help the dogs haul it up with much labor on +the other; and on the level, through the rough ice hummocks or amongst +the rocks, the drivers were kept busy steering to prevent collisions +with the obstructions, while the dogs rushed madly ahead, and we, on +the komatik, clung on for dear life and watched our legs that they +might not get crushed. Once or twice we turned over, but the drivers +never lost their hold of the komatik or control of the dogs. + +It was dark when we reached Emuk's skin tupek and were welcomed by a +group of Eskimos, men, women and children. Iksialook was of the +number, and he was so worn and haggard that I scarcely recognized him. +He had seen hardship since our parting. The people were very dirty and +very hospitable. They took us into the tupek at once, which was +extremely filthy and made insufferably hot by a sheet-iron tent stove. +The women wore sealskin trousers and in the long hoods of their +_adikeys_, or upper garments, carried babies whose bright little +dusky-hued faces peeped timidly out at us over the mothers' shoulders. +A ptarmigan was boiled and divided between Easton and me, and with that +and bread and butter from Edmunds's box and hot tea we made a splendid +supper. After a smoke all around, for the women smoke as well as the +men, polar bear and reindeer skins were spread upon spruce boughs, +blankets were given us for covering, and we lay down. Eleven of us +crowded into the tupek and slept there that night. How all the Eskimos +found room I do not know. I was crowded so tightly between one of the +fat women on one side and Easton on the other that I could not turn +over; but I slept as I had seldom ever slept before. + +The next forenoon we crossed the Mukalik River and soon after reached +Whale River, big and broad, with blocks of ice surging up and down upon +the bosom of the restless tide. The Post is about ten miles from its +mouth. We turned northward along its east bank and, in a little while, +came to some scattered spruce woods, which Edmunds told me were just +below his home. Then at a creek, above which stood the miniature log +cabin and small log storehouse comprising the Post buildings, I got off +and climbed up through rough ice barricades. + +Never in my life have I had such a welcome as I received here. Mrs. +Edmunds came out to meet me. She told me that they had been watching +for us at the Post all the morning and how glad they were that we were +safe, and that we had come to see them, and that we must stay a good +long time and rest. For two-score years they had lived in that +desolate place and never before had a traveler come to visit them. In +all that time the only white people they had ever met were the three or +four connected with the Post at Fort Chimo, for the ship never calls at +Whale River on her rounds. Edmunds brings the provisions over from +Fort Chimo in a little schooner. There are five in the family--Edmunds +and his wife, their daughter (a young woman of twenty) and her husband, +Sam Ford (a son of John Ford at George River), and Mary's baby. + +A good wash and clean clothing followed by a sumptuous dinner of +venison put us on our feet again. I suffered little as a result of the +fasting period, but Easton had three or four days of pretty severe +colic. This is the usual result of feast after famine, and was to be +expected. + +And now I learned the details of Potokomik's journey out. When the +three Eskimos left us in the shack they started at once in search of +Emuk's tupek. The storm that raged for two days swept pitilessly +across their path, but they never halted, pushing through the deepening +snow in single file, taking turns at going ahead and breaking the way, +until night, and then they stopped. They had no ax and could have no +fire, so they built themselves a snow igloo as best they could without +the proper implements and it protected them against the drifting snow +and piercing wind while they slept. On the second day they shot, with +their rifles, seven ptarmigans. These they plucked and ate raw. They +saw no more game, and finally became so weak and exhausted they could +carry their rifles no farther and left them on the trail. Each night +they built a snow house. With increasing weakness their progress was +very slow; still they kept going, staggering on and on through the +snow. It was only their lifelong habit of facing great odds and +enduring great hardships that kept them up. Men less inured to cold +and privation would surely have succumbed. They were making their +final fight when at last they stumbled into Emuk's tupek. Kumuk sat +down and cried like a child. It was two weeks before any of them was +able to do any physical work. They looked like shadows of their former +selves when I saw them at Whale River. + +It was after dark Sunday night when my letter to Edmunds reached the +Post. Earlier in the evening Edmunds and his man had crossed the +river, which is here over half a mile in width, and pitched their camp +on the opposite shore, preparatory to starting up the river the next +morning on a deer hunt, herds having been reported to the northward by +Eskimos. Mrs. Edmunds read the letter, and she and Mary were at once +all excitement. They lighted a lantern and signaled to the camp on the +other side and fired guns until they had a reply. Then, for fear that +Edmunds might not understand the urgency of his immediate returns they +kept firing at intervals all night, stopping only to pack the komatik +box with the clothing and food that Edmunds was to bring to us. +Neither of the women slept. With the thought of men starving out in +the snow they could not rest. The floating ice in the river and the +swift tide made it impossible for a boat to cross in the darkness, but +with daylight Edmunds returned, harnessed his dogs, and was off to meet +us as has been described. + +We had left George River on October twenty-second, and it was the +eighth of November when we reached Whale River, and in this interval +the caribou herds that the Indians had reported west of the Koksoak had +passed to the east of Whale River and turned to the northward. Fifty +miles inland the Indian and Eskimo hunters had met them. The killing +was over and they told us hundreds of the animals lay dead in the snow +above. So many had been butchered that all the dogs and men in Ungava +would be well supplied with meat during the winter, and numbers of the +carcasses would feed the packs of timber wolves that infested the +country or rot in the next summer's sun. Sam Ford had gone inland but +was too late for the big hunt and only killed four or five deer. The +wolves were so thick, he told us, that he could not sleep at night in +his camp with the noise of their howling. One Eskimo brought in two +wolf skins that were so large when they were stretched a man could +almost have crawled into either of them. I saw wolf tracks myself +within a quarter mile of the Post, for the animals were so bold they +ventured almost to the door. + +Edmunds is a famous hunter. During the previous winter, besides +attending to his post duties, he killed nearly half a hundred caribou +to supply his Post and Fort Chimo with man and dog food, and in the +same season his traps yielded him two hundred fox pelts--mostly white +ones--his personal catch. This was not an unusual year's work for him. +Mary inherits her father's hunting instincts. In the morning she would +put her baby in the hood of her adikey, shoulder her gun, don her +snowshoes, and go to "tend" her traps. One day she did not take her +gun, and when she had made her rounds of the traps and started homeward +discovered that she was being followed by a big gray timber wolf. When +she stopped, the wolf stopped; when she went on, it followed, stealing +gradually closer and closer to her, almost imperceptibly, but still +gaining upon her. She wanted to run, but she realized that if she did +the wolf would know at once that she was afraid and would attack and +kill her and her baby; so without hastening her pace, and only looking +back now and again to note the wolf's gain, she reached the door of the +house and entered with the animal not ten paces away. Now she always +carries a gun and feels no fear, for she can shoot. + +I took advantage of the delay at Whale River to partially outfit for +the winter. Edmunds and his family rendered us valuable assistance and +advice, securing for us, from the Eskimos, sealskin boots, and from the +Indians who came to the Post while we were there, deer skins for +trousers, koolutuks and sleeping bags, Mrs. Edmunds and Mary themselves +making our moccasins, mittens and duffel socks. + +The Eskimos were all away at their hunting grounds and it was not +possible to secure a dog team to carry us on to Fort Chimo. Therefore, +when Edmunds announced one day that he must send Sam Ford and the +Eskimo servant over with the Post team for a load of provisions, I +availed myself of the opportunity to accompany them, and on the +twenty-eighth of November we said good-by to the friends who had been +so kind to us and again faced toward the westward. + +The morning was clear, crisp and bracing; the temperature was twenty +degrees below zero. We ascended the river some seven or eight miles +before we found a safe crossing, as the tide had kept the ice broken in +the center of the channel below, and piled it like hills along the +banks. + +I noted that the Whale River valley was much better wooded than any +country we had seen for a long time--since we had left the head waters +of the George River, in fact--and the Indians say it is so to its +source. The trees are small black spruce and larch, but a fairly thick +growth. This "bush," however, is evidently quite restricted in width, +for after crossing the river we were almost immediately out of it, and +the same interminable, barren, rocky, treeless country that we had seen +to the eastward extended westward to the Koksoak. + +That night was spent in a snow igloo. The next day we crossed the +False River, a wide stream at its mouth, but a little way up not over +two hundred yards wide. At twelve o'clock a halt was made at an Eskimo +tupek for dinner. + +The people were, as these northern people always are, most hospitable, +giving us the best they had--fresh venison and tea. After but an +hour's delay we were away again, and at three o'clock, with the dogs on +a gallop, rounded the hill above Fort Chimo and pulled into the Post, +the farthest limit of white man's habitation in all Labrador. + +We were welcomed by Mr. Duncan Mathewson, the Chief Trader, who has +charge of the Ungava District for the Hudson's Bay Company, and Dr. +Alexander Milne, Assistant Commissioner of the Company, from Winnipeg, +who had arrived on the _Pelican_ and was on a tour of inspection of the +Labrador Coast Posts. + +The Chief Trader's residence is a small building, and Mr. Mathewson was +unable to entertain us in the house, but he gave orders at once to have +a commodious room in one of the dozen or so other buildings of the Post +fitted up for us with beds, stove and such simple furnishings as were +necessary to establish us in housekeeping and make us comfortable +during our stay with him. Here we were to remain until the Indian and +Eskimo hunters came for their Christmas and New Year's trading, at +which time, I was advised, I should probably be able to engage Eskimo +drivers and dogs to carry us eastward to the Atlantic coast. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH + +Fort Chmio is situated upon the east bank of the Koksoak River and +about twenty-five miles from its mouth, where the river is nearly a +mile and a half wide. There are two trading posts here; one, that of +the Hudson's Bay Company, consisting of a dozen or so buildings, which +include dwelling and storehouses and native cabins; the other that of +Revellion Brothers, the great fur house of Paris, colloquially referred +to as "the French Company," which stands just above and adjoining the +station of the Hudson's Bay Company. This latter Post was erected in +the year 1903, and has nearly as many buildings as the older +establishment. We used to refer to them respectively as "London" and +"Paris." + +The history of Fort Chimo extends back to the year 1811, when Kmoch and +Kohlmeister, two of the Moravian Brethren of the Okak Mission on the +Atlantic coast, in the course of their efforts for the conversion of +the Eskimos to Christianity cruised into Ungava Bay, discovered the +George River, which they named in honor of King George the Third, and +then proceeded to the Koksoak, which they ascended to the point of the +present settlement. The natives received them well. They erected a +beacon on a hill, tarried but a few days and then turned back to Okak. +Upon their return they gave glowing accounts of their reception by the +natives and the great possibilities for profitable trade, but they did +not deem it advisable themselves to extend their labors to that field. + +In the course of time this report drifted to England and to the ears of +the officials of the Hudson's Bay Company, who were attracted by it, +and in 1827 Dr. Mendry, an officer of the Company at Moose Factory, +with a party of white men and Indian guides crossed the peninsula from +Richmond Gulf, through Clearwater Lake to the head waters of the Larch +River, a tributary of the Koksoak, thence descended the Larch and +Koksoak to the place where the Moravians had erected the beacon, and on +a low terrace, just across the river from the beacon, established the +original Fort Chimo. The difficulties of navigation and the consequent +uncertainty and expense of keeping the Post supplied with provisions +and articles of trade were such, however, that after a brief trial +Ungava was abandoned. + +The opportunities for lucrative trade here were not forgotten by the +Company, and in the year 1837 Factor John McLean was detailed to +re-establish Fort Chimo. This he did, and a year later built the first +Post at George River. During the succeeding winter he crossed the +interior with dogs to Northwest River. Upon their return journey +McLean and his party ate their dogs and barely escaped perishing from +starvation; one of his Indians, who was sent ahead, reaching Fort Chimo +and bringing succor when McLean and the others, through extreme +weakness, were unable to proceed farther. In the following summer +McLean built the fort on Indian House Lake, and the other one that has +been mentioned, on a large lake to the westward--Lake Eraldson he +called it--presumably the source of Whale River. Later he succeeded in +crossing to Northwest River by canoe, ascending the George River and +descending the Atlantic slope of the plateau by way of the Grand River. +His object was to establish a regular line of communication between +Fort Chimo and Northwest River, with interior posts along the route. +The natural obstacles which the country presented finally forced the +abandonment of this plan as impracticable, and the two interior posts +were closed after a brief trial. This was before the days of steam +navigation, and with sailing vessels it was only possible to reach +these isolated northern stations in Ungava Bay with supplies once every +two years. Even these infrequent visits were so fraught with danger +and uncertainty that finally, in 1855, Fort Chimo and George River were +again abandoned as unprofitable. In 1866, however, the building of the +Company's steamship Labrador made yearly visits possible, and in that +year another attack was made upon the Ungava district and Fort Chimo +was rebuilt, George River Post re-established, and a little later the +small station at Whale River was erected. With the improved facilities +for transportation the trade with Indians and Eskimos, and the salmon +and white whale fisheries carried on by the Posts, now proved most +profitable, and the Company has since and is still reaping the reward +of its persistence. + +Dr. Milne, as has been stated, was not a permanent resident of the +Post. Regularly stationed here, besides Mathewson, there is a young +clerk, a cooper, a carpenter, and a handy man, all Scotchmen, and a +comparatively new arrival, Rev. Samuel M. Stewart, a missionary of the +Church Mission Society of England. Of Mr. Stewart, who did much to +relieve the monotony of our several weeks' sojourn at Fort Chimo, and +his remarkable self-sacrifice and work, I shall have something to say +later. + +The day after our arrival we took occasion to pay our respects to +Monsieur D. The'venet, the officer in charge of the "French Post." Our +reception was most cordial. M. The'venet is a gentleman by birth. He +was at one time an officer in the French cavalry, but his love of +adventure and active temperament rebelled against the inactivity of +garrison duty and he resigned his commission in the army, came to +Canada, and joined the Northwest mounted police in the hope of +obtaining a detail in the Klondike. In this he was disappointed, and +the outbreak of the South African war offering a new field of adventure +he quit the police, enlisted in the Canadian Mounted Rifles, and served +in the field throughout the war. After his return to Canada and +discharge from the army, he took service with Revellion Brothers. + +M. The'venet invited us to dine with him that very evening, and we were +not slow to accept his hospitality. His bright conversation, pleasing +personality and unstinted hospitality offered a delightful evening and +we were not disappointed. This and many other pleasant evenings spent +in his society during our stay at Fort Chimo were some of the most +enjoyable of our trip. + +Here an agreeable surprise awaited me. When we sat down to dinner +The'venet called in his new half-breed French-Indian interpreter, and +who should he prove to be but Belfleur, one of the dog drivers who in +April, 1904, accompanied me from Northwest River to Rigolet, when I +began that anxious journey over the ice with Hubbard's body. He was +apparently as well pleased at the meeting as I. Belfleur and a +half-breed Scotch-Eskimo named Saunders are employed as Indian and +Eskimo interpreters at the French Post, and are the only ones of M. +The'venet's people with whom he can converse. Belfleur speaks French +and broken English, and Saunders English, besides their native +languages. + +None of the people of Ungava, with the exception of two or three, +speaks any but his mother tongue, and they have no ambition, +apparently, to extend their linguistic acquirements. It is, indeed, a +lonely life for the trader, who but once a year, when his ship arrives, +has any communication with the great world which he has left behind +him. No white woman is here with her softening influence, no physician +or surgeon to treat the sick and injured, and never until the advent of +Mr. Stewart any permanent missionary. + +The natives that remain at Fort Chimo all the year are three or four +families of Eskimos, a few old or crippled Indians, and some half-breed +Indians and Eskimos, who do chores around the Posts and lead an +uncertain existence. The half-breed Indian children are taken care of +at the "Indian house," a log structure presided over by the "Queen" of +Ungava, a very corpulent old Nascaupee woman, who lives by the labor of +others and draws tribute from trading Indians who make the Indian house +their rendezvous when they visit the Post. She is and always has been +very kind, and a sort of mother, to the little waifs that nearly every +trader or white servant has left behind him, when the Company's orders +transferred him to some other Post and he abandoned his temporary wife +forever. + +The Indians of the Ungava district are chiefly Nascaupees, with +occasionally a few Crees from the West. "Nenenot" they call +themselves, which means perfect, true men. "Nascaupee" means false or +untrue men and is a word of opprobrium applied to them by the +Mountaineers in the early days, because of their failure to keep a +compact to join forces with the latter at the time of the wars for +supremacy between the Indians and Eskimos. Nascaupee is the name by +which they are known now, outside of their own lodges, and the one +which we shall use in referring to them. In like manner I have chosen +to use the English Mountaineer, rather than the French _Montagnais_, in +speaking of the southern Indians. North of the Straits of Belle Isle +the French word is never heard, and if you were to refer to these +Indians as "Montagnais" to the Labrador natives it is doubtful whether +you would be understood. + +Both Mountaineers and Nascaupees are of Cree origin, and belong to the +great Algonquin family. Their language is similar, with only the +variation of dialect that might be expected with the different +environments. The Nascaupees have one peculiarity of speech, however, +which is decidedly their own. In conversation their voice is raised to +a high pitch, or assumes a whining, petulant tone. An outsider might +believe them to be quarreling and highly excited, when in fact they are +on the best of terms and discussing some ordinary subject in a most +matter of fact way. + +In personal appearance the Nascaupees are taller and more angular than +their southern brothers, but the high cheek bones, the color and +general features are the same. They are capable of enduring the +severest cold. In summer cloth clothing obtained in barter at the +Posts is, worn, but in winter deerskin garments are usual. The coat +has the hair inside, and the outside of the finely dressed, chamoislike +skin is decorated with various designs in color, in startling +combinations of blue, red and yellow, painted on with dyes obtained at +the Post or manufactured by themselves from fish roe and mineral +products. When the garment has a hood it is sometimes the skin of a +wolf's head, with the ears standing and hair outside, giving the wearer +a startling and ferocious appearance. Tight-fitting deerskin or red +cloth leggings decorated with beads, and deerskin moccasins complete +the costume. + +Some beadwork trimming is made by the women, but they do little in the +way of needlework embroidery, and the results of their attempts in this +direction are very indifferent. This applies to the full-blood +Nascaupees. I have seen some fairly good specimens of moccasin +embroidery done by the half-breed women at the Post, and by the +Mountaineer women in the South. + +The Nascaupees are not nearly so clean nor so prosperous as the +Mountaineers, and, coming very little in contact with the whites, live +now practically as their forefathers lived for untold generations +before them--just as they lived, in fact, before the white men came. +They are perhaps the most primitive Indians on the North American +continent to-day. + +The Mountaineers, on the other hand, see much more, particularly during +the summer months, of the whites and half-breeds of the coast. Most of +those who spend their summers on the St. Lawrence, west of St. +Augustine, have more or less white blood in their veins through +consorting with the traders and settlers. With but two or three +exceptions the Mountaineers of the Atlantic coast, Groswater Bay, and +at St. Augustine and the eastward, are pure, uncontaminated Indians. + +The line of territorial division between the Nascaupee and Mountaineer +Indians' hunting grounds is pretty closely drawn. The divide north of +Lake Michikamau is the southern and the George River the eastern +boundary of the Nascaupee territory, and to the south and to the east +of these boundaries, lie the hunting grounds of the Mountaineers. + +These latter, south of the height of land, as has been stated, are +practically all under the influence of the Roman Catholic Church, and +are most devout in the observance of their religious obligations. While +it is true that their faith is leavened to some extent by the +superstitions that their ancestors have handed down to them, yet even +in the long months of the winter hunting season they never forget the +teachings of their father confessor. + +The Nascaupees are heathens. About the year 1877 or 1878 Father P'ere +Lacasse crossed overland from Northwest River, apparently by the Grand +River route, to Fort Chimo, in an attempt to carry the work of the +mission into that field. The Nascaupees, however, did not take kindly +to the new religion, and unfortunately during the priest's stay among +them, which was brief, the hunting was bad. This was attributed to the +missionary's presence, and the sachems were kept busy for a time +dispelling the evil charm. No one was converted. Let us hope that Mr. +Stewart, who is there to stay, and is an earnest, persistent worker, +will reach the savage confidence and conscience, though his opportunity +with the Indians is small, for these Nascaupees tarry but a very brief +time each year within his reach. With open water in the summer they +come to the Fort with the pelts of their winter catch. These are +exchanged for arms, ammunition, knives, clothing, tea and tobacco, +chiefly. Then, after a short rest they disappear again into the +fastnesses of the wilderness above, to fish the interior lakes and hunt +the forests, and no more is seen of them until the following summer, +excepting only a few of the younger men who usually emerge from the +silent, snow-bound land during Christmas week to barter skins for such +necessaries as they are in urgent need of, and to get drunk on a sort +of beer, a concoction of hops, molasses and unknown ingredients, that +the Post dwellers make and the "Queen" dispenses during the holiday +festivals. + +Reindeer, together with ptarmigans (Arctic grouse) and fish, form their +chief food supply, with tea always when they can get it. All of these +northern Indiana are passionately fond of tea, and drink unbelievable +quantities of it. Little flour is used. The deer are erratic in their +movements and can never be depended upon with any degree of certainty, +and should the Indians fail in their hunt they are placed face to face +with starvation, as was the case in the winter of 1892 and 1893, when +full half of the people perished from lack of food. + +Formerly the migrating herds pretty regularly crossed the Koksoak very +near and just above the Post in their passage to the eastward in the +early autumn, but for several years now only small bands have been seen +here, the Indians meeting the deer usually some forty or fifty miles +farther up the river. When the animals swim the river they bunch close +together; Indian canoe men head them off and turn them up-stream, +others attacking the helpless animals with spears. An agent of the +Hudson's Bay Company told me that he had seen nearly four hundred +animals slaughtered in this manner in a few hours. When bands of +caribou are met in winter they are driven into deep snow banks, and, +unable to help themselves, are speared at will. + +Of course when the killing is a large one the flesh of all the animals +cannot be preserved, and frequently only the tongues are used. Of late +years, however, owing to the growing scarcity of reindeer, it is said +the Indians have learned to be a little less wasteful than formerly, +and to restrict their kill more nearly to their needs, though during +the winter I was there hundreds were slaughtered for tongues and sinew +alone. Large quantities of the venison are dried and stored up against +a season of paucity. Pemmican, which was formerly so largely used by +our western Indians, is occasionally though not generally made by those +of Labrador. When deer are killed some bone, usually a shoulder blade, +is hung in a tree as an offering to the Manitou, that he may not +interfere with future hunts, and drive the animals away. + +The Indian religion is not one of worship, but one of fear and +superstition. They are constanly in dread of imaginary spirits that +haunt the wilderness and drive away the game or bring sickness or other +disaster upon them. The conjurer is employed to work his charms to +keep off the evil ones. They evidently have some sort of indefinite +belief in a future existence, and hunting implements and other +offerings are left with the dead, who, where the conditions will +permit, are buried in the ground. + +Sometimes the very old people are abandoned and left to die of +starvation unattended. Be it said to the honor of the trading +companies that they do their utmost to prevent this when it is +possible, and offer the old and decrepit a haven at the Post, where +they are fed and cared for. + +The marriage relation is held very lightly and continence and chastity +are not in their sight virtues. A child born to an unmarried woman is +no impediment to her marriage. If it is a male child it is, in fact, +an advantage. Love does not enter into the Indian's marriage +relationship. It is a mating for convenience. Gifts are made to the +girl's father or nearest male relative, and she is turned over, whether +she will or no, to the would-be husband. There is no ceremony. A +hunter has as many wives as he is physically able to control and take +care of--one, two or even three. Sometimes it happens that they +combine against him and he receives at their hands what is doubtless +well-merited chastisement. + +The men are the hunters, the women the slaves. No one finds fault with +this, not even the women, for it is an Indian custom immemorial for the +woman to do all the hard, physical work. + +The Mountaineer Indians that we met on the George River, and one Indian +who visited Fort Chimo while we were there, are the only ones of the +Labrador that I have ever seen drive dogs. This Fort Chimo Indian, +unlike the other hunters of his people, has spent much time at the +Post, and mingled much with the white traders and the Eskimos, and, for +an Indian, entertains very progressive and broad views. He was, with +the exception of a humpbacked post attache' who had an Eskimo wife, the +only Indian I met that would not be insulted when one addressed him in +Eskimo, for the Indians and Eskimos carry on no social intercourse and +the Indians rather despise the Eskimos. The Indian referred to, +however, has learned something of the Eskimo language, and also a +little English--English that you cannot always understand, but must +take for granted. He informed me, "Me three man--Indian, husky +(Eskimo), white man." He was very proud of his accomplishments. + +The Indian hauls his loads in winter on toboggans, which he +manufactures himself with his ax and crooked knife--the only +woodworking tools he possesses. The crooked knives he makes, too, from +old files, shaping and tempering them. + +The snowshoe frames are made by the men, the babiche is cut and netted +by the women, who display wonderful skill in this work. The +Mountaineers make much finer netted snowshoes than the Nascaupees, and +have great pride in the really beautiful, light snowshoes that they +make. No finer ones are to be found anywhere than those made by the +Groswater Bay Mountaineers. Three shapes are in vogue--the beaver +tail, the egg tail and the long tail. The beaver-tail snowshoes are +much more difficult to make, and are seldom seen amongst the +Nascaupees. With them the egg tail is the favorite. + +The Ungava Indians never go to the open bay in their canoes. They have +a superstition that it will bring them bad luck, for there they say the +evil spirits dwell. Of all the Indians that visit Fort Chimo only two +or three have ever ventured to look upon the waters of Ungava Bay, and +these had their view from a hilltop at a safe distance. + +It is safe to say that there is not a truthful Indian in Labrador. In +fact it is considered an accomplishment to lie cheerfully and well. +They are like the Crees of James Bay and the westward in this respect, +and will lie most plausibly when it will serve their purpose better +than truth, and I verily believe these Indians sometimes lie for the +mere pleasure of it when it might be to their advantage to tell the +truth. + +One good and crowning characteristic these children of the Ungava +wilderness possess--that of honesty. They will not steal. You may +have absolute confidence in them in this respect. And I may say, too, +that they are most hospitable to the traveler, as our own experience +with them exemplified. For their faults they must not be condemned. +They live according to their lights, and their lights are those of the +untutored savage who has never heard the gospel of Christianity and +knows nothing of the civilization of the great world outside. Their +life is one of constant struggle for bare existence, and it is truly +wonderful how they survive at all in the bleak wastes which they +inhabit. + +NOTE.--It must not be supposed that all of the statements made in this +chapter with reference to the Indian, particularly the Nascaupees, are +the result of my personal observations. During our brief stay at +Ungava, much of this information was gleaned from the officers of the +two trading companies, and from natives. In a number of instances they +were verified by myself, but I have taken the liberty, when doubt or +conflicting statements existed, of referring to the works of Mr. A. P. +Low of the Canadian Geological Society and Mr. Lucien M. Turner of the +Bureau of Ethnology at Washington, to set myself right. + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR + +During our stay in Ungava, and the succeeding weeks while we traveled +down the ice-bound coast, we were brought into constant and intimate +contact with the Eskimos. We saw them in almost every phase of their +winter life, eating and sleeping with them in their tupeks and igloos, +and meeting them in their hunting camps and at the Fort, when they came +to barter and to enjoy the festivities of the Christmas holiday week. + +The Cree Indians used to call these people "Ashkimai," which means "raw +meat eaters," and it is from this appellation that our word Eskimo is +derived. Here in Ungava and on the coast of Hudson's Bay, they are +pretty generally known as "Huskies," a contraction of "Huskimos," the +pronunciation given to the word _Eskimos_ by the English sailors of the +trading vessels, with their well-known penchant for tacking on the "h" +where it does not belong, and leaving it off when it should be +pronounced. + +The Eskimos call themselves "Innuit," [Singular, Innuk; dual, Innuek] +which means people--humans. The white visitor is a "Kablunak," or +outlander, while a breed born in the country is a "Kablunangayok," or +one partaking of the qualities of both the Innuk and the Kablunak. +Those who live in the Koksoak district are called "Koksoagmiut," * and +those of the George River district are the "Kangerlualuksoagmiut." ** + +The ethnologists, I believe, have never agreed upon the origin of the +Eskimo, some claiming it is Mongolian, some otherwise. In passing I +shall simply remark that in appearance they certainly resemble the +Mongolian race. If some of the men that I saw in the North were +dressed like Japanese or Chinese and placed side by side with them, the +one could not be told from the other so long as the Eskimos kept their +mouths closed. + +In our old school geographies we used to see them pictured as stockily +built little fellows. In real life they compare well in stature with +the white man of the temperate zone. With a very few exceptions the +Eskimos of Ungava average over five feet eight inches in height, with +some six-footers. + +* _Kok_, river; _soak_, big; _miut_, inhabitants; _Koksoagmiut_, +inhabitants of the big river. + +** Literally, inhabitants of the very big bay. The George River mouth +widens into a bay which is known as the Very Big Bay. + +Their legs are shorter and their bodies longer than the white man's, +and this probably is one reason why they have such wonderful capacity +for physical endurance. In this respect they are the superior of the +Indian. With plenty of food and a bush to lie under at night the +Indian will doubtless travel farther in a given time than the Eskimo. +But turn them both loose with only food enough for one meal a day for a +month on the bare rocks or ice fields of the Arctic North, and your +Indian will soon be dead, while your Eskimo will emerge from the test +practically none the worse for his experience, for it is a usual +experience with him and he has a wonderful amount of dogged +perseverance. The Eskimo knows better how to husband his food than the +Indian; and give him a snow bank and he can make himself comfortable +anywhere. The most gluttonous Indian would turn green with envy to see +the quantities of meat the Eskimo can stow away within his inner self +at a single sitting; but on the other hand he can live, and work hard +too, on a single scant meal a day, just as his dogs do. + +The facial characteristics of the Eskimo are wide cheek bones and +round, full face, with a flat, broad nose. I used to look at these +flat, comfortable noses on very cold days and wish that for winter +travel I might be able to exchange the longer face projection that my +Scotch-Irish forbears have handed down to me for one of them, for they +are not so easily frosted in a forty or fifty degrees below zero +temperature. By the way, if you ever get your nose frozen do not rub +snow on it. If you do you will rub all the skin off, and have a pretty +sore member to nurse for some time afterward. Grasp it, instead, in +your bare hand. That is the Eskimo's way, and he knows. My advice is +founded upon experience. + +They are not so dark-hued as the Indians--in fact, many of them are no +darker than the average white man under like conditions of exposure to +wind and storm and sun would be. The hair is straight, black, coarse +and abundant. The men usually wear it hanging below their ears, cut +straight around, with a forehead bang reaching nearly to the eyebrows. +The women wear it braided and looped up on the sides of the head. + +What constitutes beauty is of course largely a question of individual +taste. My own judgment of the Eskimos is that they are very ugly, +although I have seen young women among them whom I thought actually +handsome. This was when they first arrived at the Post with dogs and +komatik and they were dressed in their native costume of deerskin +trousers and Koolutuk, their cheeks red and glowing with the exercise +of travel and the keen, frosty atmosphere. A half hour later I have +seen the same women when stringy, dirty skirts had replaced the +neat-fitting trousers, and Dr. Grenfell's description of them when thus +clad invariably came to my mind: "A bedraggled kind of mop, soaked in +oil and filth." This tendency to ape civilization by wearing civilized +garments, is happily confined to their brief sojourns at the Post. +When they are away at their camps and igloos their own costume is +almost exclusively worn, and is the best possible costume for the +climate and the country. The adikey, or koolutuk, of the women, has a +long flap or tail, reaching nearly to the heels, and a sort of apron in +front. The hood is so commodious in size that a baby can be tucked +away into it, and that is the way the small children are carried. The +men wear cloth trousers except in the very cold weather, when they don +their deer or seal skins. Their adikey or koolutuk reaches half way to +their knees, and is cut square around. The hood of course, in their +case, is only large enough to cover the head. It might be of interest +to explain that if this garment is made of cloth it is an _adikey_; if +of deerskin, a _koolutuk_, and if made of sealskin, a _netsek_--all cut +alike. If they wear two cloth garments at the same time, as is usually +the case, the inner one only is an adikey, the outer one a silapak. + +Their language is the same from Greenland to Alaska. Of course +different localities have different dialects, but this is the natural +result of a different environment. Missionary Bohlman, whom I met at +Hebron, told me that before coming to Labrador he was attached to a +Greenland mission. When he came to his new field he found the language +so similar to that in Greenland that he had very little difficulty in +making himself understood. When Missionary Stecker a few years ago +went from Labrador to Alaska he was able to converse with the Alaskan +Eskimos. It is held by some authorities that Greenland was peopled by +Labrador Eskimos who crossed Hudson Strait to Baffin Land, and thence +made their way to Greenland, having originally crossed from Siberia +into Alaska, thence eastward, skirting Hudson Bay. This is entirely +feasible. I heard of one _umiak_ (skin boat) only a few years ago +having crossed to Cape Chidley from Baffin Land. Even in Labrador +there are many different dialects. The "Northerners," the people +inhabiting the northwest arm of the peninsula, have many words that the +Koksoagmiut do not understand. The intonation of the Ungava Eskimos, +particularly the women, is like a plaint. At Okak they sing their +words. Each settlement on the Atlantic coast has its own dialect. It +is a difficult language to learn. Words are compounded until they +reach a great and almost unpronounceable length.* Naturally the coming +of the trader has introduced many new words, as tobaccomik, teamik, +etc., "mik" being the accusative ending. The Eskimo in his language +cannot count beyond ten. If he wishes to express twelve, for instance, +he will say, "as many fingers as a man has and two more." To express +one hundred he would say, "five times as many fingers and toes as a man +has," and so on. It is not a written language, but the Moravians have +adapted the English alphabet to it and are teaching the Eskimos to read +and write. Mr. Stewart in his work has adapted the Cree syllabic +characters to the Eskimo, and he is teaching the Ungava people to write +by this method, which is largely phonetic. Both the Moravians and Mr. +Stewart are instructing them in the mystery of counting in German. + +*The following will illustrate this; it is part of a sentence quoted +from a Moravian missionary pamphlet: "Taimailinganiarpok, illagget +Labradormiut namgminek akkilejungnalerkartinaget pijariakartamingnik +tamainik, sakkertitsijungnalerkartinagillo ajokertnijunik." + +** The Eskimo numerals are as follows: 1, attansek; 2, magguk; 3, +pingasut; 4, sittamat; 5, tellimat; 6, pingasoyortut; 7, aggartut; 8, +sittamauyortut; 9, sittamartut; 10, tellimauyortut. + +Cleanliness is not one of the Eskimos' virtues, and they are frequently +infested with vermin, which are wont to transfer their allegiance to +visitors, as we learned in due course, to our discomfiture. For many +months of the year the only water they have is obtained by melting snow +or ice. In sections where there is no wood for fuel this must be done +over stone lamps in which seal oil is burned, and it is so slow a +process that the water thus procured is held too precious to be wasted +in cleansing body or clothing. One of the missionaries remarked that +"the children must be very clean little creatures, for the parents +never find it necessary to wash them." + +They treat the children with the greatest kindness and +consideration--not only their own, but all children, generally. I did +not once see an Eskimo punish a child, nor hear a harsh word spoken to +one, and they are the most obedient youngsters in the world. A +missionary on the Atlantic coast told me that once when he punished his +child an Eskimo standing near remarked: "You don't love you child or +you wouldn't punish it." And this is the sentiment they hold. + +Love is not essential to a happy marriage among the Eskimos. When a +man wants a woman he takes her. In fact they believe that an unwilling +bride makes a good wife. Potokomik's wife was most unwilling, and he +took her, dragging her by the tail of her adikey from her father's +igloo across the river on the ice to his own, and they have "lived +happily ever after," which seems to prove the correctness of the Eskimo +theory as to unwilling brides. Of course if Potokomik's wife had not +liked him after a fair trial, she could have left him, or if she had +not come up to his expectations he could have sent her back home and +tried another. It is all quite simple, for there is no marriage +ceremony and resort to South Dakota courts for divorce is unnecessary. +If a man wants two wives, why he has them, if there are women enough. +That, too, is a very agreeable arrangement, for when he is away hunting +the women keep each other company. Small families are the rule, and I +did not hear of a case where twins had ever been born to the Eskimos. + +Dancing and football are among their chief pastimes. The men enter +into the dance with zest, but the women as though they were performing +some awful penance. Both sexes play football. They have learned the +use of cards and are reckless gamblers, sometimes staking even the +garments on their backs in play. + +The Eskimo is a close bargainer, and after he has agreed to do you a +service for a consideration will as likely as not change his mind at +the last moment and leave you in the lurch. At the same time he is in +many respects a child. + +The dwellings are of three kinds: The _tupek_--skin tent; +_igloowiuk_--snow house; and permanent igloo, built of driftwood, +stones and turf--the larger ones are _igloosoaks_. + +Flesh and fish, as is the case with the Indians, form the principal +food, but while the Indians cook everything the Eskimos as often eat +their meat and fish raw, and are not too particular as to its age or +state of decay. They are very fond of venison and seal meat, and for +variety's sake welcome dog meat. A few years ago a disease carried off +several of the dogs at Fort Chimo and every carcass was eaten. One old +fellow, in fact, as Mathewson related to me, ate nothing else during +that time, and when the epidemic was over bemoaned the fact that no +more dog meat could be had. + +On the Atlantic coast where the snow houses are not used and the +Eskimos live more generally during the winter in the close, vile +igloos, there is more or less tubercular trouble. Even farther south, +where the natives have learned cleanliness, and live in comfortable log +cabins that are fairly well aired, this is the prevailing disease. +After leaving Ramah, the farther south you go the more general is the +adoption of civilized customs, food and habits of life, and with the +increase of civilization so also comes an increased death rate amongst +the Eskimos. Formerly there was a considerable number of these people +on the Straits of Belle Isle. Now there is not one there. South of +Hamilton Inlet but two full-blood Eskimos remain. Below Ramah the +deaths exceed the births, and at one settlement alone there are fifty +less people to-day than three years ago. + +Civilization is responsible for this. At the present time there +remains on the Atlantic coast, between the Straits of Belle Isle and +Cape Chidley, but eleven hundred and twenty-seven full-blood Eskimos. +Five years hence there will not be a thousand. In Ungava district, +where they have as yet accepted practically nothing of civilization, +the births exceed the deaths, and I did not learn of a single +well-authenticated case of tuberculosis while I was there. There were +a few cases of rheumatism. Death comes early, however, owing to the +life of constant hardship and exposure. Usually they do not exceed +sixty or sixty-five years of age, though I saw one man that had rounded +his three score years and ten. + +Formerly they encased their dead in skins and lay them out upon the +rocks with the clothing and things they had used in life. Now rough +wooden boxes are provided by the traders. The dogs in time break the +coffins open and pick the bones, which lie uncared for, to be bleached +by the frosts of winter and suns of summer. Mr. Stewart has collected +and buried many of these bones, and is endeavoring now to have all +bodies buried. + +Of all the missionaries that I met in this bleak northern land, devoted +as every one of them is to his life work, none was more devoted and +none was doing a more self-sacrificing work than the Rev. Samuel +Milliken Stewart of Fort Chimo. His novitiate as a missionary was +begun in one of the little out-port fishing villages of Newfoundland. +Finally he was transferred to that fearfully barren stretch among the +heathen Eskimos north of Nachvak. Here he and his Eskimo servant +gathered together such loose driftwood as they could find, and with +this and stones and turf erected a single-roomed igloo. It was a small +affair, not over ten by twelve or fourteen feet in size, and an +imaginary line separated the missionary's quarters from his servant's. +On his knees, in an old resting place for the dead, with the bleaching +bones of heathen Eskimos strewn over the rocks about him, he +consecrated his life efforts to the conversion of this people to +Christianity. Then he went to work to accomplish this purpose in a +businesslike way. He set himself the infinite task of mastering the +difficult language. He lived their life with them, visiting and +sleeping with them in their filthy igloos--so filthy and so filled with +stench from the putrid meat and fish scraps that they permit to lie +about and decay that frequently at first, until he became accustomed to +it, he was forced to seek the open air and relieve the resulting +nausea. But Stewart is a man of iron will, and he never wavered. He +studied his people, administered medicines to the sick, and taught the +doctrines of Christianity--Love, Faith and Charity--at every +opportunity. That first winter was a trying one. All his little stock +of fuel was exhausted early. The few articles of furniture that he had +brought with him he burned to help keep out the frost demon, and before +spring suffered greatly with the cold. The winter before our arrival +he transferred his efforts to the Fort Chimo district, where his field +would be larger and he could reach a greater number of the heathens. +During the journey to Fort Chimo, which was across the upper peninsula, +with dogs, he was lost in storms that prevailed at the time, his +provisions were exhausted, and one dog had been killed to feed the +others, before he finally met Eskimos who guided him in safety to +George River. At Fort Chimo the Hudson's Bay Company set aside two +small buildings to his use, one for a chapel, the other a little cabin +in which he lives. Here we found him one day with a pot of +high-smelling seal meat cooking for his dogs and a pan of dough cakes +frying for himself. With Stewart in this cabin I spent many delightful +hours. His constant flow of well-told stories, flavored with native +Irish wit, was a sure panacea for despondency. I believe Stewart, with +his sunny temperament, is really enjoying his life amongst the heathen, +and he has made an obvious impression upon them, for every one of them +turns out to his chapel meetings, where the services are conducted in +Eskimo, and takes part with a will. + +The Eskimo religion, like that of the Indian, is one of fear. Numerous +are the spirits that people the land and depths of the sea, but the +chief of them all is Torngak, the spirit of Death, who from his cavern +dwelling in the heights of the mighty Torngaeks (the mountains north of +the George River toward Cape Chidley) watches them always and rules +their fortunes with an iron hand, dealing out misfortune, or +withholding it, at his will. It is only through the medium of the +Angakok, or conjurer, that the people can learn what to do to keep +Torngak and the lesser spirits of evil, with their varying moods, in +good humor. Stewart has led some of the Eskimos to at least outwardly +renounce their heathenism and profess Christianity. In a few instances +I believe they are sincere. If he remains upon the field, as I know he +wishes to do, he will have them all professing Christianity within the +next few years, for they like him. But he has no more regard for +danger, when he believes duty calls him, than Dr. Grenfell has, and it +is predicted on the coast that some day Dr. Grenfell will take one +chance too many with the elements. + +Of course, coming among the Eskimos as we did in winter, we did not see +them using their kayaks or their umiaks,* but our experience with dogs +and komatik was pretty complete. These dogs are big wolfish creatures, +which resemble wolves so closely in fact that when the dogs and wolves +are together the one can scarcely be told from the other. It sometimes +happens that a stray wolf will hobnob with the dogs, and litters of +half wolf, half dog have been born at the posts. + +* A large open boat with wooden frame and sealskin covering. The women +row the umiaks while the men sit idle. It is beneath the dignity of +the latter to handle the oars when women are present to do it. + +There are no better Eskimo dogs to be found anywhere in the far north +than the husky dogs of Ungava. Wonderful tales are told of long +distances covered by them in a single day, the record trip of which I +heard being one hundred and twelve miles. But this was in the spring, +when the days were long and the snow hard and firm. The farthest I +ever traveled myself in a single day with dogs and komatik was sixty +miles. When the snow is loose and the days are short, twenty to thirty +miles constitute a day's work. + +From five to twelve dogs are usually driven in one team, though +sometimes a man is seen plodding along with a two-dog team, and +occasionally as many as sixteen or eighteen are harnessed to a komatik, +but these very large teams are unwieldy. + +The komatiks in the Ungava district vary from ten to eighteen feet in +length. The runners are about two and one-half inches thick at the +bottom, tapering slightly toward the top to reduce friction where they +sink into the snow. They are usually placed sixteen inches apart, and +crossbars extending about an inch over the outer runner on either side +are lashed across the runners by means of thongs of sealskin or heavy +twine, which is passed through holes bored into the crossbars and the +runners. The use of lashings instead of nails or screws permits the +komatik to yield readily in passing over rough places, where metal +fastenings would be pulled out, or be snapped off by the frost. On +either side of each end of the overlapping ends of the crossbars +notches are cut, around which sealskin thongs are passed in lashing on +the load. The bottoms of the komatik runners are "mudded." During the +summer the Eskimos store up turf for this purpose, testing bits of it +by chewing it to be sure that it contains no grit. When the cold +weather comes the turf is mixed with warm water until it reaches the +consistency of mud. Then with the hands it is molded over the bottom +of the runners. The mud quickly freezes, after which it is carefully +planed smooth and round. Then it is iced by applying warm water with a +bit of hairy deerskin. These mudded runners slip very smoothly over +the soft snow, but are liable to chip off on rough ice or when they +strike rocks, as frequently happens, for the frozen mud is as brittle +as glass. On the Atlantic coast from Nachvak south, mud is never used, +and there the komatiks are wider and shorter with runners of not much +more than half the thickness, and as you go south the komatiks continue +to grow wider and shorter. In the south, too, hoop iron or whalebone +is used for runner shoeing. + +A sealskin thong called a bridle, of a varying length of from twenty to +forty feet, is attached to the front of the komatik, and to the end of +this the dogs' traces are fastened. Each dog has an individual trace +which may be from eight to thirty feet in length, depending upon the +size of the team, so arranged that not more than two dogs are abreast, +the "leader" having, of course, the longest trace of the pack. This +long bridle and the long traces are made necessary by the rough +country. They permit the animals to swerve well to one side clear of +the komatik when coasting down a hillside. In the length of bridle and +trace there is also a wide variation in different sections, those used +in the south being very much shorter than those in the north. The dog +harness is made usually of polar bear or sealskin. There are no reins. +The driver controls his team by shouting directions, and with a walrus +hide whip, which is from twenty-five to thirty-five feet in length. An +expert with this whip, running after the dogs, can hit any dog he +chooses at will, and sometimes he is cruel to excess. + +To start his team the driver calls "oo-isht," (in the south this +becomes "hoo-eet") to turn to the right "ouk," to the left "ra-der, +ra-der" and to stop "aw-aw." The leader responds to the shouted +directions and the pack follow. + +The Ungava Eskimo never upon any account travels with komatik and dogs +without a snow knife. With this implement he can in a little while +make himself a comfortable snow igloo, where he may spend the night or +wait for a storm to pass. + +In winter it is practically impossible to buy a dog in Ungava. The +people have only enough for their own use, and will not part with them, +and if they have plenty to eat it is difficult to employ them for any +purpose. This I discovered very promptly when I endeavored to induce +some of them to take us a stage on our journey homeward. + + + +CHAPTER XX + +THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN + +Tighter and tighter grew the grip of winter. Rarely the temperature +rose above twenty-five degrees below zero, even at midday, and oftener +it crept well down into the thirties. The air was filled with rime, +which clung to everything, and the sun, only venturing now a little way +above the southern horizon, shone cold and cheerless, weakly +penetrating the ever-present frost veil. The tide, still defying the +shackles of the mighty power that had bound all the rest of the world, +surged up and down, piling ponderous ice cakes in mountainous heaps +along the river banks. Occasionally an Eskimo or two would suddenly +appear out of the snow fields, remain for a day perhaps, and then as +suddenly disappear into the bleak wastes whence he had come. + +Slowly the days dragged along. We occupied the short hours of light in +reading old newspapers and magazines, or walking out over the hills, +and in the evenings called upon the Post officers or entertained them +in our cabin, where Mathewson often came to smoke his after-supper pipe +and relate to us stories of his forty-odd years' service as a fur +trader in the northern wilderness. + +One bitter cold morning, long before the first light of day began to +filter through the rimy atmosphere, we heard the crunch of feet pass +our door, and a komatik slipped by. It was Dr. Milne, away to George +River and the coast on his tour of Post inspection, and our little +group of white men was one less in number. + +We envied him his early leaving. We could not ourselves start for home +until after New Year's, for there were no dogs to be had for love or +money until the Eskimos came in from their hunting camps to spend the +holidays. Everything, however, was made ready for that longed-for +time. Through the kindness of The'venet, who put his Post folk to work +for us, the deerskins I had brought from Whale River were dressed and +made up into sleeping bags and skin clothing, and other necessaries +were got ready for the long dog journey out. + +Christmas eve came finally, and with it komatik loads of Eskimos, who +roused the place from its repose into comparative wakefulness. The +newcomers called upon us in twos or threes, never troubling to knock +before they entered our cabin, looked us and our things over with much +interest, a proceeding which occupied usually a full half hour, then +went away, sometimes to bring back newly arriving friends, to introduce +them. A multitude of dogs skulked around by day and made night hideous +with howling and fighting, and it was hardly safe to walk abroad +without a stick, of which they have a wholesome fear, as, like their +progenitors, the wolves, they are great cowards and will rarely attack +a man when he has any visible means of defense at hand. + +Christmas afternoon was given over to shooting matches, and the evening +to dancing. We spent the day with The'venet. Mathewson was not in +position to entertain, as the Indian woman that presided in his kitchen +partook so freely of liquor of her own manufacture that she became +hilariously drunk early in the morning, and for the peace of the +household and safety of the dishes, which she playfully shied at +whoever came within reach, she was ejected, and Mathewson prepared his +own meals. At The'venet's, however, everything went smoothly, and the +sumptuous meal of baked whitefish, venison, with canned vegetables, +plum pudding, cheese and coffee--delicacies held in reserve for the +occasion--made us forget the bleak wilderness and ice-bound land in +which we were. + +It seemed for a time even now as though we should not be able to secure +dogs and drivers. No one knew the way to Ramah, and on no account +would one of these Eskimos undertake even a part of the journey without +permission from the Hudson's Bay Company. As a last resort The'venet +promised me his dogs and driver to take us at least as far as George +River, but finally Emuk arrived and an arrangement was made with him to +carry us from Whale River to George River, and two other Eskimos agreed +to go with us to Whale River. The great problem that confronted me now +was how to get over the one hundred and sixty miles of barrens from +George River to Ramah, and it was necessary to arrange for this before +leaving Fort Chimo, as dogs to the eastward were even scarcer than +here. Mathewson finally solved it for me with his promise to instruct +Ford at George River to put his team and drivers at my disposal. Thus, +after much bickering, our relays were arranged as far as the Moravian +mission station at Ramah, and I trusted in Providence and the coast +Eskimos to see us on from there. The third of January was fixed as the +day of our departure. + +Our going in winter was an event. It gave the Post folk an opportunity +to send out a winter mail, which I volunteered to carry to Quebec. + +Straggling bands of Indians, hauling fur-laden toboggans, began to +arrive during the week, and the bartering in the stores was brisk, and +to me exceedingly interesting. Money at Fort Chimo is unknown. Values +are reckoned in "skins"--that is, a "skin" is the unit of value. There +is no token of exchange to represent this unit, however, and if a +hunter brings in more pelts than sufficient to pay for his purchases, +the trader simply gives him credit on his books for the balance due, to +be drawn upon at some future time. As a matter of fact, the hunter is +almost invariably in debt to the store. A "skin" will buy a pint of +molasses, a quarter pound of tea or a quarter pound of black stick +tobacco. A white arctic fox pelt is valued at seven skins, a blue fox +pelt at twelve, and a black or silver fox at eighty to ninety skins. +South of Hamilton Inlet, where competition is keen with the fur +traders, they pay in cash six dollars for white, eight dollars for blue +(which, by the way, are very scarce there) and not infrequently as high +as three hundred and fifty dollars or even more for black and silver +fox pelts. The cost of maintaining posts at Fort Chimo, however, is +somewhat greater than at these southern points. + +Here at Ungava the Eskimos' hunt is confined almost wholly to foxes, +polar bears, an occasional wolf and wolverine, and, of course, during +the season, seals, walrus, and white whales. An average hunter will +trap from sixty to seventy foxes in a season, though one or two +exceptional ones I knew have captured as many as two hundred. The +Indians, who penetrate far into the interior, bring out marten, mink +and otter principally, with a few foxes, an occasional beaver, black +bear, lynx and some wolf and wolverine skins. There is a story of a +very large and ferocious brown bear that tradition says inhabits the +barrens to the eastward toward George River. Mr. Peter McKenzie told +me that many years ago, when he was stationed at Fort Chimo, the +Indians brought him one of the skins of this animal, and Ford at George +River said that, some twenty years since, he saw a piece of one of the +skins. Both agreed that the hair was very long, light brown in color, +silver tipped and of a decidedly different species from either the +polar or black bear. This is the only definite information as to it +that I was able to gather. The Indians speak of it with dread, and +insist that it is still to be found, though none of them can say +positively that he has seen one in a decade. I am inclined to believe +that the brown bear, so far as Labrador is concerned, has been +exterminated. + +New Year's is the great day at Fort Chimo. All morning there were +shooting matches and foot races, and in the afternoon football games in +progress, in which the Eskimo men and women alike joined. The Indians, +who were recovering from an all-night drunk on their vile beer, and a +revel in the "Queen's" cabin, condescended to take part in the shooting +matches, but held majestically aloof from the other games. Some of +them came into the French store in the evening to squat around the room +and watch the dancing while they puffed in silence on their pipes and +drank tea when it was passed. That was their only show of interest in +the festivities. Early on the morning of the second they all +disappeared. But these were only a fragment of those that visit the +Post in summer. It is then that they have their powwow. + +At last the day of our departure arrived, with a dull leaden sky and +that penetrating cold that eats to one's very marrow. The'venet and +Belfleur came early and brought us a box of cigars to ease the tedium +of the long evenings in the snow houses. All the little colony of +white men were on hand to see us off, and I believe were genuinely +sorry to have us go, for we had become a part of the little coterie and +our coming had made a break in the lives of these lonely exiles. Men +brought together under such conditions become very much attached to +each other in a short time. "It's going to be lonesome now," said +Stewart. "I'm sorry you have to leave us. May God speed you on your +way, and carry you through your long journey in safety." + +Finally our baggage was lashed on the komatik; the dogs, leaping and +straining at their traces, howled their eagerness to be gone; we shook +hands warmly with everybody, even the Eskimos, who came forward +wondering at what seemed to them our stupendous undertaking, the +komatik was "broken" loose, and we were away at a gallop. + +Traveling was good, and the nine dogs made such excellent time that we +had to ride in level places or we could not have kept pace with them. +When there was a hill to climb we pushed on the komatik or hauled with +the dogs on the long bridle to help them along. When we had a descent +to make, the drag--a hoop of walrus hide--was thrown over the front end +of one of the komatik runners at the top, and if the place was steep +the Eskimos, one on either side of the komatik, would cling on with +their arms and brace their feet into the snow ahead, doing their utmost +to hold back and reduce the momentum of the heavy sledge. To the +uninitiated they would appear to be in imminent danger of having their +legs broken, for the speed down some of the grades when the crust was +hard and icy was terrific. When descending the gentler slopes we all +rode, depending upon the drag alone to keep our speed within reason. +This coasting down hill was always an exciting experience, and where +the going was rough it was not easy to keep a seat on the narrow +komatik. Occasionally the komatik would turn over. When we saw this +was likely to happen we discreetly dropped off, a feat that demanded +agility and practice to be performed successfully and gracefully. + +It was a relief beyond measure to feel that we were at length, after +seven long months, actually headed toward home and civilization. Words +cannot express the feeling of exhilaration that comes to one at such a +time. + +We did not have to go so far up Whale River to find a crossing as on +our trip to Fort Chimo, and reached the eastern side before dark. +Sometimes the ice hills are piled so high here by the tide that it +takes a day or even two to cut a komatik path through them and cross +the river, but fortunately we had very little cutting to do. Not long +after dark we coasted down the hill above the Post, and the cheerful +lights of Edmunds' cabin were at hand. + +Here we had to wait two days for Emuk, and in the interim Mrs. Edmunds +and Mary went carefully over our clothes, sewed sealskin legs to +deerskin moccasins, made more duffel socks, and with kind solicitation +put all our things into the best of shape and gave us extra moccasins +and mittens. "It is well to have plenty of everything before you +start," said Mrs. Edmunds, "for if the huskies are hunting deer the +women will do no sewing on sealskin, and if they're hunting seals +they'll not touch a needle to your deerskins, though you are freezing." + +"Why is that?" I asked. + +"Oh, some of their heathen beliefs," she answered. "They think it +would bring bad luck to the hunters. They believe all kinds of +foolishness." + +Emuk had never been so far away as George River, and Sam Ford was to be +our pilot to that point, and to return with Emuk. The Eskimos do not +consider it safe for a man to travel alone with dogs, and they never do +it when there is the least probability that they will have to remain +out over night. Two men are always required to build a snow igloo, +which is one reason for this. It was therefore necessary for me at +each point, when employing the Eskimo driver for a new stage of our +journey, also to engage a companion for him, that he might have company +when returning home. + +Our coming to Whale River two months before had made a welcome +innovation in the even tenor of the cheerless, lonely existence of our +good friends at the Post--an event in their confined life, and they +were really sorry to part from us. + +"It will be a long time before any one comes to see us again--a long +time," said Mrs. Edmunds, sadly adding: "I suppose no one will ever +come again." + +When we said our farewells the women cried. In their Godspeed the note +of friendship rang true and honest and sincere. These people had +proved themselves in a hundred ways. In civilization, where the +selfish instinct governs so generally, there are too many Judases. On +the frontier, in spite of the rough exterior of the people, you find +real men and women. That is one reason why I like the North so well. + +We left Whale River on Saturday, the sixth of January, with one hundred +and twenty miles of barrens to cross before reaching George River Post, +the nearest human habitation to the eastward. Our fresh team of nine +dogs was in splendid trim and worked well, but a three or four inch +covering of light snow upon the harder under crust made the going hard +and wearisome for the animals. The frost flakes that filled the air +covered everything. Clinging to the eyelashes and faces of the men it +gave them a ghostly appearance, our skin clothing was white with it, +long icicles weighted our beards, and the sharp atmosphere made it +necessary to grasp one's nose frequently to make certain that the +member was not freezing. + +When we stopped for the night our snow house which Emuk and Sam soon +had ready seemed really cheerful. Our halt was made purposely near a +cluster of small spruce where enough firewood was found to cook our +supper of boiled venison, hard-tack and tea, water being procured by +melting ice. Spruce boughs were scattered upon the igloo floor and +deerskins spread over these. + +After everything was made snug, and whatever the dogs might eat or +destroy put safely out of their reach, the animals were unharnessed and +fed the one meal that was allowed them each day after their work was +done. Feeding the dogs was always an interesting function. While one +man cut the frozen food into chunks, the rest of us armed with cudgels +beat back the animals. When the word was given we stepped to one side +to avoid the onrush as they came upon the food, which was bolted with +little or no chewing. They will eat anything that is fed them--seal +meat, deer's meat, fish, or even old hides. There was always a fight +or two to settle after the feeding and then the dogs made holes for +themselves in the snow and lay down for the drift to cover them. + +The dogs fed, we crawled with our hot supper into the igloo, put a +block of snow against the entrance and stopped the chinks around it +with loose snow. Then the kettle covers were lifted and the place was +filled at once with steam so thick that one could hardly see his elbow +neighbor. By the time the meal was eaten the temperature had risen to +such a point that the place was quite warm and comfortable--so warm +that the snow in the top of the igloo was soft enough to pack but not +quite soft enough to drip water. Then we smoked some of The'venet's +cigars and blessed him for his thoughtfulness in providing them. + +Usually our snow igloos allowed each man from eighteen to twenty inches +space in which to lie down, and just room enough to stretch his legs +well. With our sleeping bags they were entirely comfortable, no matter +what the weather outside. The snow is porous enough to admit of air +circulation, but even a gale of wind without would not affect the +temperature within. It is claimed by the natives that when the wind +blows, a snow house is warmer than in a period of still cold. I could +see no difference. A new snow igloo is, however, more comfortable than +one that has been used, for newly cut snow blocks are more porous. In +one that has been used there is always a crust of ice on the interior +which prevents a proper circulation of air. + +On the second day we passed the shack where Easton and I had held our +five-day fast, and shortly after came out upon the plains--a wide +stretch of flat, treeless country where no hills rise as guiding +landmarks for the voyageur. This was beyond the zone of Emuk's +wanderings, and Sam went several miles astray in his calculations, +which, in view of the character of the country, was not to be wondered +at, piloting as he did without a compass. However, we were soon set +right and passed again into the rolling barrens, with ever higher hills +with each eastern mile we traveled. + +At two o'clock on the afternoon of Tuesday, January ninth, we dropped +over the bank upon the ice of George River just above the Post, and at +three o'clock were under Mr. Ford's hospitable roof again. + +Here we had to encounter another vexatious delay of a week. Ford's +dogs had been working hard and were in no condition to travel and not +an Eskimo team was there within reach of the Post that could be had. +There was nothing to do but wait for Ford's team to rest and get into +condition before taking them upon the trying journey across the barren +grounds that lay between us and the Atlantic. + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +CROSSING THE BARRENS + +On Tuesday morning, January sixteenth, we swung out upon the river ice +with a powerful team of twelve dogs. Will Ford and an Eskimo named +Etuksoak, called by the Post folk "Peter," for short, were our drivers. + +The dogs began the day with a misunderstanding amongst themselves, and +stopped to fight it out. When they were finally beaten into docility +one of them, apparently the outcast of the pack, was limping on three +legs and leaving a trail of blood behind him. Every team has its +bully, and sometimes its outcast. The bully is master of them all. He +fights his way to his position of supremacy, and holds it by punishing +upon the slightest provocation, real or fancied, any encroachment upon +his autocratic prerogatives. Likewise he disciplines the pack when he +thinks they need it or when he feels like it, and he is always the +ringleader in mischief. When there is an outcast he is a doomed dog. +The others harass and fight him at every opportunity. They are +pitiless. They do not associate with him, and sooner or later a +morning will come when they are noticed licking their chops +contentedly, as dogs do when they have had a good meal--and after that +no more is seen of the outcast. The bully is not always, or, in fact, +often the leader in harness. The dog that the driver finds most +intelligent in following a trail and in answering his commands is +chosen for this important position, regardless of his fighting prowess. + +This morning as we started the weather was perfect--thirty-odd degrees +below zero and a bright sun that made the hoar frost sparkle like +flakes of silver. For ten miles our course lay down the river to a +point just below the "Narrows." Then we left the ice and hit the +overland trail in an almost due northerly direction. It was a rough +country and there was much pulling and hauling and pushing to be done +crossing the hills. Before noon the wind began to rise, and by the +time we stopped to prepare our snow igloo for the night a northwest +gale had developed and the air was filled with drifting snow. + +Early in the afternoon I began to have cramps in the calves of my legs, +and finally it seemed to me that the muscles were tied into knots. +Sharp, intense pains in the groin made it torture to lift in feet above +the level of the snow, and I was never more thankful for rest in my +life than when that day's work was finished. Easton confessed to me +that he had an attack similar to my own. This was the result of our +inactivity at Fort Chimo. We were suffering with what among the +Canadian voyageurs is known as _mal de roquette_. There was nothing to +do but endure it without complaint, for there is no relief until in +time it gradually passes away of its own accord. + +This first night from George River was spent upon the shores of a lake +which, hidden by drifted snow, appeared to be about two miles wide and +seven or eight miles long. It lay amongst low, barren hills, where a +few small bunches of gnarled black spruce relieved the otherwise +unbroken field of white. + +The following morning it was snowing and drifting, and as the day grew +the storm increased. An hour's traveling carried us to the Koroksoak +River--River of the Great Gulch--which flows from the northeast, +following the lower Torngaek mountains and emptying into Ungava Bay +near the mouth of the George. The Koroksoak is apparently a shallow +stream, with a width of from fifty to two hundred yards. Its bed forms +the chief part of the komatik route to Nachvak, and therefore our +route. For several miles the banks are low and sandy, but farther up +the sand disappears and the hills crowd close upon the river. The +gales that sweep down the valley with every storm had blown away the +snow and drifted the bank sand in a layer over the river ice. This +made the going exceedingly hard and ground the mud from the komatik +runners. + +The snowstorm, directly in our teeth, increased in force with every +mile we traveled, and with the continued cramps and pains in my legs it +seemed to me that the misery of it all was about as refined and +complete as it could be. It may be imagined, therefore, the relief I +felt when at noon Will and Peter stopped the komatik with the +announcement that we must camp, as further progress could not be made +against the blinding snow and head wind. + +Advantage was taken of the daylight hours to mend the komatik mud. This +was done by mixing caribou moss with water, applying the mixture to the +mud where most needed, and permitting it to freeze, which it did +instantly. Then the surface was planed smooth with a little jack plane +carried for the purpose. + +That night the storm blew itself out, and before daylight, after a +breakfast of coffee and hard-tack, we were off. The half day's rest +had done wonders for me, and the pains in my legs were not nearly so +severe as on the previous day. + +January and February see the lowest temperatures of the Labrador +winter. Now the cold was bitter, rasping--so intensely cold was the +atmosphere that it was almost stifling as it entered the lungs. The +vapor from our nostrils froze in masses of ice upon our beards. The +dogs, straining in the harness, were white with hoar frost, and our +deerskin clothing was also thickly coated with it. For long weeks +these were to be the prevailing conditions in our homeward march. + +Dark and ominous were the spruce-lined river banks on either side that +morning as we toiled onward, and grim and repellent indeed were the +rocky hills outlined against the sky beyond. Everything seemed frozen +stiff and dead except ourselves. No sound broke the absolute silence +save the crunch, crunch, crunch of our feet, the squeak of the komatik +runners complaining as they slid reluctantly over the snow, and the +"oo-isht-oo-isht, oksuit, oksuit" of the drivers, constantly urging the +dogs to greater effort. Shimmering frost flakes, suspended in the air +like a veil of thinnest gauze, half hid the sun when very timidly he +raised his head above the southeastern horizon, as though afraid to +venture into the domain of the indomitable ice king who had wrested the +world from his last summer's power and ruled it now so absolutely. + +With every mile the spruce on the river banks became thinner and +thinner, and the hills grew higher and higher, until finally there was +scarcely a stick to be seen and the lower eminences had given way to +lofty mountains which raised their jagged, irregular peaks from two to +four thousand feet in solemn and majestic grandeur above our heads. The +gray basaltic rocks at their base shut in the tortuous river bed, and +we knew now why the Koroksoak was called the "River of the Great +Gulch." These were the mighty Torngaeks, which farther north attain an +altitude above the sea of full seven thousand feet. We passed the +place where Torngak dwells in his mountain cavern and sends forth his +decrees to the spirits of Storm and Starvation and Death to do +destruction, or restrains them, at his will. + +In the forenoon of the third day after leaving George River we stopped +to lash a few sticks on top of our komatik load. "No more wood," said +Will. "This'll have to see us through to Nachvak." That afternoon we +turned out of the Koroksoak River into a pass leading to the northward, +and that night's igloo was at the headwaters of a stream that they said +ran into Nachvak Bay. + +The upper part of this new gulch was strewn with bowlders, and much +hard work and ingenuity were necessary the following morning to get the +komatik through them at all. Farther down the stream widened. Here the +wind had swept the snow clear of the ice, and it was as smooth as a +piece of glass, broken only by an occasional bowlder sticking above the +surface. A heavy wind blew in our backs and carried the komatik before +it at a terrific pace, with the dogs racing to keep out of the way. +Sometimes we were carried sidewise, sometimes stern first, but seldom +right end foremost. Lively work was necessary to prevent being wrecked +upon the rocks, and occasionally we did turn over, when a bowlder was +struck side on. + +There were several steep down grades. Before descending one of the +first of these a line was attached to the rear end of the komatik and +Will asked Easton to hang on to it and hold back, to keep the komatik +straight. There was no foothold for him, however, on the smooth +surface of the ice, and Easton found that he could not hold back as +directed. The momentum was considerable, and he was afraid to let go +for fear of losing his balance on the slippery ice, and so, wild-eyed +and erect, he slid along, clinging for dear life to the line. Pretty +soon he managed to attain a sitting posture, and with his legs spread +before him, but still holding desperately on, he skimmed along after +the komatik. The next and last evolution was a "belly-gutter" +position. This became too strenuous for him, however, and the line was +jerked out of his hands. I was afraid he might have been injured on a +rock, but my anxiety was soon relieved when I saw him running along the +shore to overtake the komatik where it had been stopped to wait for him +below. + +This gulch was exceedingly narrow, with mountains, lofty, rugged and +grand rising directly from the stream's bank, some of them attaining an +altitude of five thousand feet or more. At one point they squeezed the +brook through a pass only ten feet in width, with perpendicular walls +towering high above our heads on either side. This place is known to +the Hudson's Bay Company people as "The Porch." + +In the afternoon Peter caught his foot in a crevice, and the komatik +jammed him with such force that he narrowly escaped a broken leg and +was crippled for the rest of the journey. Early in the afternoon we +were on salt water ice, and at two o'clock sighted Nachvak Post of the +Hudson's Bay Company, and at half past four were hospitably welcomed by +Mrs. Ford, the wife of George Ford, the agent. + +This was Saturday, January twentieth. Since the previous Tuesday +morning we had had no fire to warm ourselves by and had been living +chiefly on hard-tack, and the comfort and luxury of the Post sitting +room, with the hot supper of arctic hare that came in due course, were +appreciated. Mr. Ford had gone south with Dr. Milne to Davis Inlet +Post and was not expected back for a week, but Mrs. Ford and her son +Solomon Ford, who was in charge during his father's absence, did +everything possible for our comfort. + +The injury to Peter's leg made it out of the question for him to go on +with us, and we therefore found it necessary to engage another team to +carry us to Ramah, the first of the Moravian missionary stations on our +route of travel, and this required a day's delay at Nachvak, as no +Eskimos could be seen that night. The Fords offered us every +assistance in securing drivers, and went to much trouble on our behalf. +Solomon personally took it upon himself to find dogs and drivers for +us, and through his kindness arrangements were made with two Eskimos, +Taikrauk and Nikartok by name, who agreed to furnish a team of ten dogs +and be on hand early on Monday morning. I considered myself fortunate +in securing so large a team, for the seal hunt had been bad the +previous fall and the Eskimos had therefore fallen short of dog food +and had killed a good many of their dogs. I should not have been so +ready with my self-congratulation had I seen the dogs that we were to +have. + +Nachvak is the most God-forsaken place for a trading post that I have +ever seen. Wherever you look bare rocks and towering mountains stare +you in the face; nowhere is there a tree or shrub of any kind to +relieve the rock-bound desolation, and every bit of fuel has to be +brought in during the summer by steamer. They have coal, but even the +wood to kindle the coal is imported. The Eskimos necessarily use stone +lamps in which seal oil is burned to heat their igloos. The Fords have +lived here for a quarter of a century, but now the Company is +abandoning the Post as unprofitable and they are to be transferred to +some other quarter. + +"God knows how lonely it is sometimes," Mrs. Ford said to me, "and how +glad I'll be if we go where there's some one besides just greasy +heathen Eskimos to see." + +The Moravian mission at Killenek, a station three days' travel to the +northward, on Cape Chidley, has deflected some of the former trade from +Nachvak and the Ramah station more of it, until but twenty-seven +Eskimos now remain at Nachvak. + +Early on Monday morning not only our two Eskimos appeared, but the +entire Eskimo population, even the women with babies in their hoods, to +see us off. The ten-dog team that I had congratulated myself so +proudly upon securing proved to be the most miserable aggregation of +dogskin and bones I had ever seen, and in so horribly emaciated a +condition that had there been any possible way of doing without them I +should have declined to permit them to haul our komatik. However I had +no choice, as no other dogs were to be had, and at six o'clock--more +than two hours before daybreak--we said farewell to good Mrs. Ford and +her family and started forward with our caravan of followers. + +We took what is known as the "outside" route, turning right out toward +the mouth of the bay. By this route it is fully forty miles to Ramah. +By a short cut overland, which is not so level, the distance is only +about thirty miles, but our Eskimos chose the level course, as it is +doubtful whether their excuses for dogs could have hauled the komatik +over the hills on the short cut. An hour after our start we passed a +collection of snow igloos, and all our following, after shaking hands +and repeating, "Okusi," left us--all but one man, Korganuk by name, who +decided to honor us with his society to Ramah; so we had three Eskimos +instead of the more than sufficient two. + +Though the traveling was fairly good the poor starved dogs crawled +along so slowly that with a jog trot we easily kept in advance of them, +and not even the extreme cruelty of the heathen drivers, who beat them +sometimes unmercifully, could induce them to do better. I remonstrated +with the human brutes on several occasions, but they pretended not to +understand me, smiling blandly in return, and making unintelligible +responses in Eskimo. + +Before dawn the sky clouded, and by the time we reached the end of the +bay and turned southward across the neck, toward noon, it began to snow +heavily. This capped the climax of our troubles and I questioned +whether our team would ever reach our destination with this added +impediment of soft, new snow to plow through. + +From the first the snow fell thick and fast. Then the wind rose, and +with every moment grew in velocity. I soon realized that we were +caught under the worst possible conditions in the throes of a Labrador +winter storm--the kind of storm that has cost so many native travelers +on that bleak coast their lives. + +We were now on the ice again beyond the neck. Perpendicular, clifflike +walls shut us off from retreat to the land and there was not a +possibility of shelter anywhere. Previous snows had found no lodgment +into banks, and an igloo could not be built. Our throats were parched +with thirst, but there was no water to drink and nowhere a stick of +wood with which to build a fire to melt snow. The dogs were lying down +in harness and crying with distress, and the Eskimos had continually to +kick them into renewed efforts. On we trudged, on and endlessly on. +We were still far from our goal. + +All of us, even the Eskimos, were utterly weary. Finally frequent +stops were necessary to rest the poor toiling brutes, and we were glad +to take advantage of each opportunity to throw ourselves at full length +on the snow-covered ice for a moment's repose. Sometimes we would walk +ahead of the komatik and lie down until it overtook us, frequently +falling asleep in the brief interim. Now and again an Eskimo would +look into my face and repeat, "Oksunae" (be strong), and I would +encourage him in the same way. + +Darkness fell thick and black. No signs of land were visible--nothing +but the whirling, driving, pitiless snow around us and the ice under +our feet. Sometimes one of us would stumble on a hummock and fall, +then rise again to resume the mechanical plodding. I wondered +sometimes whether we were not going right out to sea and how long it +would be before we should drop into open water and be swallowed up. My +faculties were too benumbed to care much, and it was just a calculation +in which I had no particular but only a passive interest. + +The thirst of the snow fields is most agonizing, and can only be +likened to the thirst of the desert. The snow around you is +tantalizing, for to eat it does not quench the thirst in the slightest; +it aggravates it. If I ever longed for water it was then. + +Hour after hour passed and the night seemed interminable. But somehow +we kept going, and the poor crying brutes kept going. All misery has +its ending, however, and ours ended when I least looked for it. +Unexpectedly the dogs' pitiful cries changed to gleeful howls and they +visibly increased their efforts. Then Korganuk put his face close to +mine and said: "Ramah! Ramah!" and quite suddenly we stopped before +the big mission house at Ramah. + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +ON THE ATLANTIC ICE + +The dogs had stopped within a dozen feet of the building, but it was +barely distinguishable through the thick clouds of smothering snow +which the wind, risen to a terrific gale, swirled around us as it swept +down in staggering gusts from the invisible hills above. A light +filtered dimly through one of the frost-encrusted windows, and I tapped +loudly upon the glass. + +At first there was no response, but after repeated rappings some one +moved within, and in a moment the door opened and a voice called to us, +"Come, come out of the snow. It is a nasty night." Without further +preliminaries we stepped into the shelter of the broad, comfortable +hall. Holding a candle above his head, and peering at us through the +dim light that it cast, was a short, stockily built, bearded man in his +shirt sleeves and wearing hairy sealskin trousers and boots. To him I +introduced myself and Easton, and he, in turn, told us that he was the +Reverend Paul Schmidt, the missionary in charge of the station. + +Mr. Schmidt's astonishment at our unexpected appearance at midnight and +in such a storm was only equaled by his hospitable welcome. His broken +English sounded sweet indeed, inviting us to throw off our snow-covered +garments. He ushered us to a neat room on the floor above, struck a +match to a stove already charged with kindling wood and coal, and in +five minutes after our entrance we were listening to the music of a +crackling fire and warming our chilled selves by its increasing heat. + +Our host was most solicitous for our every comfort. He hurried in and +out, and by the time we were thoroughly warmed told us supper was ready +and asked us to his living room below, where Mrs. Schmidt had spread +the table for a hot meal. Each mission house has a common kitchen and +a common dining room, and besides having the use of these the separate +families are each provided with a private living room and a sleeping +room. + +It is not pleasant to be routed out of bed in the middle of the night, +but these good missionaries assured us that it was really a pleasure to +them, and treated us like old friends whom they were overjoyed to see. +"Well, well," said Mr. Schmidt, again and again, "it is very good for +you to come. I am very glad that you came tonight, for now we shall +have company, and you shall stay with us until the weather is fine +again for traveling, and we will talk English together, which is a +pleasure for me, for I have almost forgotten my English, with no one to +talk it to." + +It was after two o'clock when we went to bed, and I verily believe that +Mr. Schmidt would have talked all night had it not been for our hard +day's work and evident need of rest. + +When we arose in the morning the storm was still blowing with unabated +fury. We had breakfast with Mr. Schmidt in his private apartment and +were later introduced to Mr. Karl Filsehke, the storekeeper, and his +wife, who, like the Schmidts, were most hospitable and kind. At all of +the Moravian missions, with the exception of Killinek "down to +Chidley," and Makkovik, the farthest station "up south," there is, +besides the missionary, who devotes himself more particularly to the +spiritual needs of his people, a storekeeper who looks after their +material welfare and assists in conducting the meetings. + +In Labrador these missions are largely, though by no means wholly, +self-supporting. Furs and blubber are taken from the Eskimos in +exchange for goods, and the proflts resulting from their sale in Europe +are applied toward the expense of maintaining the stations. They own a +small steamer, which brings the supplies from London every summer and +takes away the year's accumulation of fur and oil. Since the first +permanent establishment was erected at Nain, over one hundred and fifty +years ago, they have followed this trade. + +During the day I visited the store and blubber house, where Eskimo men +and women were engaged in cutting seal blubber into small slices and +pounding these with heavy wooden mallets. The pounded blubber is +placed in zinc vats, and, when the summer comes, exposed in the vats to +the sun's heat, which renders out a fine white oil. This oil is put +into casks and shipped to the trade. + +In the depth of winter seal hunting is impossible, and during that +season the Eskimo families gather in huts, or igloosoaks, at the +mission stations. There are sixty-nine of these people connected with +the Ramah station and I visited them all with Mr. Schmidt. Their huts +were heated with stone lamps and seal oil, for the country is bare of +wood. The fuel for the mission house is brought from the South by the +steamer. + +The Eskimos at Ramah and at the stations south are all supposed to be +Christians, but naturally they still retain many of the traditional +beliefs and superstitions of their people. They will not live in a +house where a death has occurred, believing that the spirit of the +departed will haunt the place. If the building is worth it, they take +it down and set it up again somewhere else. + +Not long ago the wife of one of the Eskimos was taken seriously ill, +and became delirious. Her husband and his neighbors, deciding that she +was possessed of an evil spirit, tied her down and left her, until +finally she died, uncared for and alone, from cold and lack of +nourishment. This occurred at a distance from the station, and the +missionaries did not learn of it until the woman was dead and beyond +their aid. They are most kind in their ministrations to the sick and +needy. + +Once Dr. Grenfell visited Ramah and exhibited to the astonished Eskimos +some stereopticon views--photographs that he had taken there in a +previous year. It so happened that one of the pictures was that of an +old woman who had died since the photograph was made, and when it +appeared upon the screen terror struck the hearts of the simple-minded +people. They believed it was her spirit returned to earth, and for a +long time afterward imagined that they saw it floating about at night, +visiting the woman's old haunts. + +The daily routine of the mission station is most methodical. At seven +o'clock in the morning a bell calls the servants to their duties; at +nine o'clock it rings again, granting a half hour's rest; at a quarter +to twelve a third ringing sends them to dinner; they return at one +o'clock to work until dark. Every night at five o'clock the bell +summons them to religious service in the chapel, where worship is +conducted in Eskimo by either the missionary or the storekeeper. The +women sit on one side, the men on the other, and are always in their +seats before the last tone of the bell dies out. I used to enjoy these +services exceedingly--watching the eager, expectant faces of the people +as they heard the lesson taught, and their hearty singing of the hymns +in Eskimo made the evening hour a most interesting one to me. + +It is a busy life the missionary leads. From morning until night he is +kept constantly at work, and in the night his rest is often broken by +calls to minister to the sick. He is the father of his flock, and his +people never hesitate to call for his help and advice; to him all their +troubles and disagreements are referred for a wise adjustment. + +I am free to say that previous to meeting them upon their field of +labor I looked upon the work of these missionaries with indifference, +if not disfavor, for I had been led to believe that they were +accomplishing little or nothing. But now I have seen, and I know of +what incalculable value the services are that they are rendering to the +poor, benighted people of this coast. + +They practically renounce the world and their home ties to spend their +lives, until they are too old for further service or their health +breaks down, in their Heaven-inspired calling, surrounded by people of +a different race and language, in the most barren, God-cursed land in +the world. + +When their children reach the age of seven years they must send them to +the church school at home to be educated. Very often parent and child +never meet again. This is, as many of them told me, the greatest +sacrifice they are called upon to make, but they realize that it is for +the best good of the child and their work, and they do not murmur. +What heroes and heroines these men and women are! One _must_ admire +and honor them. + +There were some little ones here at Ramah who used to climb upon my +knees and call me "Uncle," and kiss me good morning and good night, and +I learned to love them. My recollections of these days at Ramah are +pleasant ones. + +Philippus Inglavina and Ludwig Alasua, two Eskimos, were engaged to +hold themselves in readiness with their team of twelve dogs for a +bright and early start for Hebron on the first clear morning. On the +fourth morning after our arrival they announced that the weather was +sufficiently clear for them to find their way over the hills. Mrs. +Schmidt and Mrs. Filsehke filled an earthen jug with hot coffee and +wrapped it, with some sandwiches, in a bearskin to keep from freezing +for a few hours; sufficient wood to boil the kettle that night and the +next morning was lashed with our baggage on the komatik; the Eskimos +each received the daily ration of a plug of tobacco and a box of +matches, which they demand when traveling, and then we said good-by and +started. The komatik was loaded with Eskimos, and the rest of the +native population trailed after us on foot. It is the custom on the +coast for the people to accompany a komatik starting on a journey for +some distance from the station. + +The wind, which had died nearly out in the night, was rising again. It +was directly in our teeth and shifting the loose snow unpleasantly. We +had not gone far when one of the trailing Eskimos came running after us +and shouting to our driver to stop. We halted, and when he overtook us +he called the attention of Philippus to a high mountain known as +Attanuek (the King), whose peak was nearly hidden by drifting snow. A +consultation decided them that it would be dangerous to attempt the +passes that day, and to our chagrin the Eskimos turned the dogs back to +the station. + +The next morning Attanuek's head was clear, the wind was light, the +atmosphere bitter cold, and we were off in good season. We soon +reached "Lamson's Hill," rising three thousand feet across our path, +and shortly after daylight began the wearisome ascent, helping the dogs +haul the komatik up steep places and wallowing through deep snow banks. +Before noon one of our dogs gave out, and we had to cut him loose. An +hour later we met George Ford on his way home to Nachvak from Davis +Inlet, and some Eskimos with a team from the Hebron Mission, and from +this latter team we borrowed a dog to take the place of the one that we +had lost. Ford told us that his leader had gone mad that morning and +he had been compelled to shoot it. He also informed me that wolves had +followed him all the way from Okak to Hebron, mingling with his dogs at +night, but at Hebron had left his trail. + +At three o'clock we reached the summit of Lamson's Hill and began the +perilous descent, where only the most expert maneuvering on the part of +the Eskimos saved our komatik from being smashed. In many places we +had to let the sledge down over steep places, after first removing the +dogs, and it was a good while after dark when we reached the bottom. +Then, after working the komatik over a mile of rough bowlders from +which the wind had swept the snow, we at length came upon the sea ice +of Saglak Bay, and at eight o'clock drew up at an igloosoak on an +island several miles from the mainland. + +This igloosoak was practically an underground dwelling, and the +entrance was through a snow tunnel. From a single seal-gut window a +dim light shone, but there was no other sign of human life. I groped +my way into the tunnel, bent half double, stepping upon and stumbling +over numerous dogs that blocked the way, and at the farther end bumped +into a door. Upon pushing this open I found myself in a room perhaps +twelve by fourteen feet in size. Three stone lamps shed a gloomy half +light over the place, and revealed a low bunk, covered with sealskins, +extending along two sides of the room, upon which nine Eskimos--men, +women and children--were lying. A half inch of soft slush covered the +floor. The whole place was reeking in filth, infested with vermin, and +the stench was sickening. + +The people arose and welcomed us as Eskimos always do, most cordially. +Our two drivers, who followed me with the wood we had brought, made a +fire in a small sheet-iron tent stove kept in the shack by the +missionaries for their use when traveling, and on it we placed our +kettle full of ice for tea, and our sandwiches to thaw, for they were +frozen as hard as bullets. One of the old women was half dead with +consumption, and constantly spitting, and when we saw her turning our +sandwiches on the stove our appetite appreciably diminished. + +At Ramah I had purchased some dried caplin for dog food for the night. +The caplin is a small fish, about the size of a smelt or a little +larger, and is caught in the neighborhood of Hamilton Inlet and south. +They are brought north by the missionaries to use for dog food when +traveling in the winter, as they are more easily packed on the komatik +than seal meat. The Eskimos are exceedingly fond of these dried fish, +and they appealed to our men as too great a delicacy to waste upon the +dogs. Therefore when feeding time came, seal blubber, of which there +was an abundant supply in the igloo, fell to the lot of the animals, +while our drivers and hosts appropriated the caplin to themselves. The +bag of fish was placed in the center, with a dish of raw seal fat +alongside, with the men, women and children surrounding it, and they +were still banqueting upon the fish and fat when I, weary with +traveling, fell asleep in my bag. + +It was not yet dark the next evening when we came in sight of the +Eskimo village at the Hebron mission, and the whole population of one +hundred and eighty people and two hundred dogs, the former shouting, +the latter howling, turned out to greet us. Several of the young men, +fleeter of foot than the others, ran out on the ice, and when they had +come near enough to see who we were, turned and ran back again ahead of +our dogs, shouting "Kablunot! Kablunot!" (outlanders), and so, in the +midst of pandemonium, we drew into the station, and received from the +missionaries a most cordial welcome. + +Here I was fortunate in securing for the next eighty miles of our +journey an Eskimo with an exceptionally fine team of fourteen dogs. +This new driver--Cornelius was his name--made my heart glad by +consenting to travel without an attendant. I was pleased at this +because experience had taught me that each additional man meant just so +much slower progress. + +No time was lost at Hebron, for the weather was fine, and early morning +found us on our way. At Napartok we reached the "first wood," and the +sight of a grove of green spruce tops above the snow seemed almost like +a glimpse of home. + +It was dreary, tiresome work, this daily plodding southward over the +endless snow, sometimes upon the wide ice field, sometimes crossing +necks of land with tedious ascents and dangerous descents of hills, +making no halt while daylight lasted, save to clear the dogs' entangled +traces and snatch a piece of hard-tack for a cheerless luncheon. + +Okak, two days' travel south of Hebron, with a population of three +hundred and twenty-nine, is the largest Eskimo village in Labrador and +an important station of the Moravian missionaries. Besides the chapel, +living apartments and store of the mission a neat, well-organized +little hospital has just been opened by them and placed in charge of +Dr. S. Hutton, an English physician. Young, capable and with every +prospect of success at home, he and his charming wife have resigned all +to come to the dreary Labrador and give their lives and efforts to the +uplifting of this bit of benighted humanity. + +We were entertained by the doctor and Mrs. Hutton and found them most +delightful people. The only other member of the hospital corps was +Miss S. Francis, a young woman who has prepared herself as a trained +nurse to give her life to the service. I had an opportunity to visit +with Dr. Hutton several of the Eskimo dwellings, and was struck by +their cleanliness and the great advance toward civilization these +people have made over their northern kinsmen. We had now reached a +section where timber grows, and some of the houses were quite +pretentious for the frontier--well furnished, of two or three rooms, +and far superior to many of the homes of the outer coast breeds to the +south. This, of course, is the visible result of the century of +Moravian labors. Here I engaged, with the aid of the missionaries, +Paulus Avalar and Boas Anton with twelve dogs to go with us to Nain, +and after one day at Okak our march was resumed. + +It is a hundred miles from Okak to Nain and on the way the Kiglapait +Mountain must be crossed, as the Atlantic ice outside is liable to be +shattered at any time should an easterly gale blow, and there is no +possible retreat and no opportunity to escape should one be caught upon +it at such a time, as perpendicular cliffs rise sheer from the sea ice +here. + +We had not reached the summit of the Kiglapait when night drove us into +camp in a snow igloo. The Eskimos here are losing the art of +snow-house building, and this one was very poorly constructed, and, +with a temperature of thirty or forty degrees below zero, very cold and +uncomfortable. + +When we turned into our sleeping bags Paulus, who could talk a few +words of English, remarked to me: "Clouds say big snow maybe. Here +very bad. No dog feed. We go early," and pointing to my watch face +indicated that we should start at midnight. At eleven o'clock I heard +him and Boas get up and go out. Half an hour later they came back with +a kettle of hot tea and we had breakfast. Then the two Eskimos, by +candlelight read aloud in their language a form of worship and sang a +hymn. All along the coast between Hebron and Makkovik I found morning +and evening worship and grace before and after meals a regular +institution with the Eskimos, whose religious training is carefully +looked after by the Moravians. + +By midnight our komatik was packed. "Ooisht! ooisht!" started the dogs +forward as the first feathery flakes of the threatened storm fell +lazily down. Not a breath of wind was stirring and no sound broke the +ominous silence of the night save the crunch of our feet on the snow +and the voice of the driver urging on the dogs. + +Boas went ahead, leading the team on the trail. Presently he halted +and shouted back that he could not make out the landmarks in the now +thickening snow. Then we circled about until an old track was found +and went on again. Time and again this maneuver was repeated. The +snow now began to fall heavily and the wind rose. + +No further sign of the track could be discovered and short halts were +made while Paulus examined my compass to get his bearings. + +Finally the summit of the Kiglapait was reached, and the descent was +more rapid. At one place on a sharp down grade the dogs started on a +run and we jumped upon the komatik to ride. Moving at a rapid pace the +team, dimly visible ahead, suddenly disappeared. Paulus rolled off the +komatik to avoid going over the ledge ahead, but the rest of us had no +time to jump, and a moment later the bottom fell out of our track and +we felt ourselves dropping through space. It was a fall of only +fifteen feet, but in the night it seemed a hundred. Fortunately we +landed on soft snow and no harm was done, but we had a good shaking up. + +The storm grew in force with the coming of daylight. Forging on +through the driving snow we reached the ocean ice early in the forenoon +and at four o'clock in the afternoon the shelter of an Eskimo hut. + +The storm was so severe the next morning our Eskimos said to venture +out in it would probably mean to get lost, but before noon the wind so +far abated that we started. + +The snow fell thickly all day, the wind began to rise again, and a +little after four o'clock the real force of the gale struck us in one +continued, terrific sweep, and the snow blew so thick that we nearly +smothered. The temperature was thirty degrees below zero. We could +not see the length of the komatik. We did not dare let go of it, for +had we separated ourselves a half dozen yards we should certainly have +been lost. + +Somehow the instincts of drivers and dogs, guided by the hand of a good +Providence, led us to the mission house at Nain, which we reached at +five o'clock and were overwhelmed by the kindness of the Moravians. +This is the Moravian headquarters in Labrador, and the Bishop, Right +Reverend A. Martin, with his aids, is in charge. + +It was Saturday night when we reached Nain, and Sunday was spent here +while we secured new drivers and dogs and waited for the storm to blow +over. + +Every one was so cordial and hospitable that I almost regretted the +necessity of leaving on Monday morning. The day was excessively cold +and a head wind froze cheeks and noses and required an almost constant +application of the hand to thaw them out and prevent them from freezing +permanently. Easton even frosted his elbow through his heavy clothing +of reindeer skin. + +During the second day from Nain we met Missionary Christian Schmitt +returning from a visit to the natives farther south, and on the ice had +a half hour's chat. + +That evening we reached Davis Inlet Post of the Hudson's Bay Company, +and spent the night with Mr. Guy, the agent, and the following morning +headed southward again, passed Cape Harrigan, and in another two days +reached Hopedale Mission, where we arrived just ahead of one of the +fierce storms* so frequent here at this season of the year, which held +us prisoners from Thursday night until Monday morning. Two days later +we pulled in at Makkovik, the last station of the Moravians on our +southern trail. + +* Since writing the above I have learned that a half-breed whom I met +at Davis Inlet, his wife and a young native left that point for +Hopedale just after us, were overtaken by this storm, lost their way, +and were probably overcome by the elements. Their dogs ate the bodies +and a week later returned, well fed, to Davis Inlet. Dr. Grenfell +found the bones in the spring. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER + +We had now reached an English-speaking country; that is, a section +where every one talked understandable English, though at the same time +nearly every one was conversant with the Eskimo language. + +All down the coast we had been fortunate in securing dogs and drivers +with little trouble through the intervention of the missionaries; but +at Makkovik dogs were scarce, and it seemed for a time as though we +were stranded here, but finally, with missionary Townley's aid I +engaged an old Eskimo named Martin Tuktusini to go with us to Rigolet. +When I looked at Martin's dogs, however, I saw at once that they were +not equal to the journey, unaided. Neither had I much faith in Martin, +for he was an old man who had nearly reached the end of his usefulness. + +A day was lost in vainly looking around for additional dogs, and then +Mr. Townley generously loaned us his team and driver to help us on to +Big Bight, fifteen miles away, where he thought we might get dogs to +supplement Martin's. + +At Big Bight we found a miserable hut, where the people were +indescribably poor and dirty. A team was engaged after some delay to +carry us to Tishialuk, thirty miles farther on our journey, which place +we reached the following day at eleven o'clock. + +There is a single hovel at Tishialuk, occupied by two brothers--John +and Sam Cove--and their sister. Their only food was flour, and a +limited quantity of that. Even tea and molasses, usually found amongst +the "livyeres" (live-heres) of the coast, were lacking. Sam was only +too glad of the opportunity to earn a few dollars, and was engaged with +his team to join forces with Martin as far as Rigolet. + +There are two routes from Tishialuk to Rigolet. One is the "Big Neck" +route over the hills, and much shorter than the other, which is known +as the outside route, though it also crosses a wide neck of land inside +of Cape Harrison, ending at Pottle's Bay on Hamilton Inlet. It was my +intention to take the Big Neck trail, but Martin strenuously opposed it +on the ground that it passed over high hills, was much more difficult, +and the probabilities of getting lost should a storm occur were much +greater by that route than by the other. His objections prevailed, and +upon the afternoon of the day after our arrival Sam was ready, and in a +gale of wind we ran down on the ice to Tom Bromfield's cabin at Tilt +Cove, that we might be ready to make an early start for Pottle's Bay +the following morning, as the whole day would be needed to cross the +neck of land to Pottle's Bay and the neatest shelter beyond. + +Tom is a prosperous and ambitious hunter, and is fairly well-to-do as +it goes on the Labrador. His one-room cabin was very comfortable, and +he treated us to unwonted luxuries, such as butter, marmalade, and +sugar for our tea. + +During the evening he displayed to me the skin of a large wolf which he +had killed a few days before, and told us the story of the killing. + +"I were away, sir," related he, "wi' th' dogs, savin' one which I +leaves to home, 'tendin' my fox traps. The woman (meaning his wife) +were alone wi' the young ones. In the evenin' (afternoon) her hears a +fightin' of dogs outside, an' thinkin' one of the team was broke loose +an' run home, she starts to go out to beat the beasts an' put a stop to +the fightin'. But lookin' out first before she goes, what does she see +but the wolf that owned that skin, and right handy to the door he were, +too. He were a big divil, as you sees, sir. She were scared. Her +tries to take down the rifle--the one as is there on the pegs, sir. +The wolf and the dog be now fightin' agin' the door, and she thinks +they's handy to breakin' in, and it makes her a bit shaky in the hands, +and she makes a slip and the rifle he goes off bang! makin' that hole +there marrin' the timber above the windy. Then the wolf he goes off +too; he be scared at the shootin'. When I comes home she tells me, and +I lays fur the beast. 'Twere the next day and I were in the house when +I hears the dogs fightin' and I peers out the windy, and there I sees +the wolf fightin' wi' the dogs, quite handy by the house. Well, sir, I +just gits the rifle down and goes out, and when the dogs sees me they +runs and leaves the wolf, and I up and knocks he over wi' a bullet, and +there's his skin, worth a good four dollars, for he be an extra fine +one, sir." + +We sat up late that night listening to Tom's stories. + +The next morning was leaden gray, and promised snow. With the hope of +reaching Pottle's Bay before dark we started forward early, and at one +o'clock in the afternoon were in the soft snow of the spruce-covered +neck. Traveling was very bad and progress so slow that darkness found +us still amongst the scrubby firs. Martin and I walked ahead of the +dogs, making a path and cutting away the growth where it was too thick +to permit the passage of the teams. + +Martin was guiding us by so circuitous a path that finally I began to +suspect he had lost his way, and, calling a halt, suggested that we had +better make a shelter and stop until daylight, particularly as the snow +was now falling. When you are lost in the bush it is a good rule to +stop where you are until you make certain of your course. Martin in +this instance, however, seemed very positive that we were going in the +right direction, though off the usual trail, and he said that in +another hour or so we would certainly come out and find the salt-water +ice of Hamilton Inlet. So after an argument I agreed to proceed and +trust in his assurances. + +Easton, who was driving the rear team, was completely tired out with +the exertion of steering the komatik through the brush and untangling +the dogs, which seemed to take a delight in spreading out and getting +their traces fast around the numerous small trees, and I went to the +rear to relieve him for a time from the exhausting work. + +It was nearly two o'clock in the morning when we at length came upon +the ice of a brook which Martin admitted he had never seen before and +confessed that he was completely lost. I ordered a halt at once until +daylight. We drank some cold water, ate some hard-tack and then +stretched our sleeping bags upon the snow and, all of us weary, lay +down to let the drift cover us while we slept. + +At dawn we were up, and with a bit of jerked venison in my hand to +serve for breakfast, I left the others to lash the load on the komatiks +and follow me and started on ahead. I had walked but half a mile when +I came upon the rough hummocks of the Inlet ice. Before noon we found +shelter from the now heavily driving snowstorm in a livyere's hut and +here remained until the following morning. + +Just beyond this point, in crossing a neck of land, we came upon a +small hut and, as is usual on the Labrador, stopped for a moment. The +people of the coast always expect travelers to stop and have a cup of +tea with them, and feel that they have been slighted if this is not +done. Here I found a widow named Newell, whom I knew, and her two or +three small children. It was a miserable hut, without even the +ordinary comforts of the poorer coast cabins, only one side of the +earthen floor partially covered with rough boards, and the people +destitute of food. Mrs. Newell told me that the other livyeres were +giving her what little they had to eat, and had saved them during the +winter from actual starvation. I had some hardtack and tea in my "grub +bag," and these I left with her. + +Two days later we pulled in at Rigolet and were greeted by my friend +Fraser. It was almost like getting home again, for now I was on old, +familiar ground. A good budget of letters that had come during the +previous summer awaited us and how eagerly we read them! This was the +first communication we had received from our home folks since the +previous June and it was now February twenty-first. + +We rested with Fraser until the twenty-third, and then with Mark +Pallesser, a Groswater Bay Eskimo, turned in to Northwest River where +Stanton, upon coming from the interior, had remained to wait for our +return that he might join us for the balance of the journey out. The +going was fearful and snowshoeing in the heavy snow tiresome. It +required two days to reach Mulligan, where we spent the night with +skipper Tom Blake, one of my good old friends, and at Tom's we feasted +on the first fresh venison we had had since leaving the Ungava +district. In the whole distance from Whale River not a caribou had +been killed during the winter by any one, while in the previous winter +a single hunter at Davis Inlet shot in one day a hundred and fifty, and +only ceased then because he had no more ammunition. Tom had killed +three or four, and south of this point I learned of a hunter now and +then getting one. + +Northwest River was reached on Monday, February twenty-sixth, and we +took Cotter by complete surprise, for he had not expected us for +another month. + +The day after our arrival Stanton came to the Post from a cabin three +miles above, where he had been living alone, and he was delighted to +see us. + +The lumbermen at Muddy Lake, twenty miles away, heard of our arrival +and sent down a special messenger with a large addition to the mail +which I was carrying out and which had been growing steadily in bulk +with its accumulations at every station. + +This is the stormiest season of the year in Labrador, and weather +conditions were such that it was not until March sixth that we were +permitted to resume our journey homeward. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL + +The storm left the ice covered with a depth of soft snow into which the +dogs sank deep and hauled the komatik with difficulty. Snowshoeing, +too, was unusually hard. The day we left Northwest River (Tuesday, +March sixth) the temperature rose above the freezing point, and when it +froze that night a thin crust formed, through which our snowshoes +broke, adding very materially to the labor of walking--and of course it +was all walking. + +As the days lengthened and the sun asserting his power, pushed higher +and higher above the horizon, the glare upon the white expanse of snow +dazzled our eyes, and we had to put on smoked glasses to protect +ourselves from snow-blindness. Even with the glasses our driver, Mark, +became partially snow-blind, and when, on the evening of the third day +after leaving Northwest River, we reached his home at Karwalla, an +Eskimo settlement a few miles west of Rigolet, it became necessary for +us to halt until he was sufficiently recovered to enable him to travel +again. + +Here we met some of the Eskimos that had been connected with the Eskimo +village at the World's Fair at Chicago, in 1893. Mary, Mark's wife, +was one of the number. She told me of having been exhibited as far +west as Portland, Oregon, and I asked: + +"Mary, aren't you discontented here, after seeing so much of the world? +Wouldn't you like to go back?" + +"No, sir," she answered. "'Tis fine here, where I has plenty of +company. 'Tis too lonesome in the States, sir." + +"But you can't get the good things to eat here--the fruits and other +things," I insisted. + +"I likes the oranges and apples fine, sir--but they has no seal meat or +deer's meat in the States." + +It was not until Tuesday, March thirteenth, three days after our +arrival at Karwalla, that Mark thought himself quite able to proceed. +The brief "mild" gave place to intense cold and blustery, snowy +weather. We pushed on toward West Bay, on the outer coast again, by +the "Backway," an arm of Hamilton Inlet that extends almost due east +from Karwalla. + +At West Bay I secured fresh dogs to carry us on to Cartwright, which I +hoped to reach in one day more. But the going was fearfully poor, soft +snow was drifted deep in the trail over Cape Porcupine, the ice in +Traymore was broken up by the gales, and this necessitated a long +detour, so it was nearly dark and snowing hard when we at last reached +the house of James Williams, at North River, just across Sandwich Bay +from Cartwright Post. The greeting I received was so kindly that I was +not altogether disappointed at having to spend the night here. + +"We've been expectin' you all winter, sir," said Mrs. Williams. "When +you stopped two years ago you said you'd come some other time, and we +knew you would. 'Tis fine to see you again, sir." + +On the afternoon of March seventeenth we reached Cartwright Post of the +Hudson's Bay Company, and my friend Mr. Ernest Swaffield, the agent, +and Mrs. Swaffield, who had been so kind to me on my former trip, gave +us a cordial welcome. Here also I met Dr. Mumford, the resident +physician at Dr. Grenfell's mission hospital at Battle Harbor, who was +on a trip along the coast visiting the sick. + +Another four days' delay was necessary at Cartwright before dogs could +be found to carry us on, but with Swaffield's aid I finally secured +teams and we resumed our journey, stopping at night at the native +cabins along the route. Much bad weather was encountered to retard us +and I had difficulty now and again in securing dogs and drivers. Many +of the men that I had on my previous trip, when I brought Hubbard's +body out to Battle Harbor, were absent hunting, but whenever I could +find them they invariably engaged with me again to help me a stage upon +the journey. + +From Long Pond, near Seal Islands, neither I nor the men I had knew the +way (when I traveled down the coast on the former occasion my drivers +took a route outside of Long Pond), and that afternoon we went astray, +and with no one to set us right wandered about upon the ice until long +after dark, looking for a hut at Whale Bight, which was finally located +by the dogs smelling smoke and going to it. + +A little beyond Whale Bight we came upon a bay that I recognized, and +from that point I knew the trail and headed directly to Williams' +Harbor, where I found John and James Russell, two of my old drivers, +ready to take us on to Battle Harbor. + +At last, on the afternoon of March twenty-sixth we reached the +hospital, and how good it seemed to be back almost within touch of +civilization. It was here that I ended that long and dreary sledge +journey with the last remains of dear old Hubbard, in the spring of +1904, and what a flood of recollections came to me as I stood in front +of the hospital and looked again across the ice of St. Lewis Inlet! How +well I remembered those weary days over there at Fox Harbor, watching +the broken, heaving ice that separated me from Battle Island; the +little boat that one day came into the ice and worked its way slowly +through it until it reached us and took us to the hospital and the +ship; and how thankful I felt that I had reached here with my precious +burden safe. + +Mrs. Mumford made us most welcome, and entertained me in the doctor's +house, and was as good and kind as she could be. + +I must again express my appreciation of the truly wonderful work that +Dr. Grenfell and his brave associates are carrying on amongst the +people of this dreary coast. Year after year, they brave the hardships +and dangers of sea and fog and winter storms that they may minister to +the lowly and needy in the Master's name. It is a saying on the coast +that "even the dogs know Dr. Grenfell," and it is literally true, for +his activities carry him everywhere and God knows what would become of +some of the people if he were not there to look after them. His +practice extends over a larger territory than that of any other +physician in the world, but the only fee he ever collects is the +pleasure that comes with the knowledge of work well done. + +At Battle Harbor I was told by a trader that it would be difficult, if +not impossible, to procure dogs to carry us up the Straits toward +Quebec, and I was strongly advised to end my snowshoe and dog journey +here and wait for a steamer that was expected to come in April to the +whaling station at Cape Charles, twelve miles away. This seemed good +advice, for if we could get a steamer here within three weeks or so +that would take us to St. Johns we should reach home probably earlier +than we possibly could by going to Quebec. + +There is a government coast telegraph line that follows the north shore +of the St. Lawrence from Quebec to Chateau Bay, but the nearest office +open at this time was at Red Bay, sixty-five miles from Battle Harbor, +and I determined to go there and get into communication with home and +at the same time telegraph to Bowring Brothers in St. Johns and +ascertain from them exactly when I might expect the whaling steamer. + +William Murphy offered to carry me over with his team, and, leaving +Stanton and Easton comfortably housed at Battle Harbor and both of them +quite content to end their dog traveling here, on the morning after my +arrival Murphy and I made an early start for Red Bay. + +Except in the more sheltered places the bay ice had broken away along +the Straits and we had to follow the rough ice barricades, sometimes +working inland up and down the rocky hills and steep grades. Before +noon we passed Henley Harbor and the Devil's Dining Table--a basaltic +rock formation--and a little later reached Chateau Bay and had dinner +in a native house. Beyond this point there are cabins built at +intervals of a few miles as shelter for the linemen when making repairs +to the wire. We passed one of these at Wreck Cove toward evening, but +as a storm was threatening, pushed on to the next one at Green Bay, +fifty-five miles from Battle Harbor. It was dark before we got there, +and to reach the Bay we had to descend a steep hill. I shall never +forget the ride down that hill. It is very well to go over places like +that when you know the way and what you are likely to bring up against, +but I did not know the way and had to pin my faith blindly on Murphy, +who had taken me over rotten ice during the day--ice that waved up and +down with our weight and sometimes broke behind us. My opinion of him +was that he was a reckless devil, and when we began to descend that +hill, five hundred feet to the bay ice, this opinion was strengthened. +I would have said uncomplimentary things to him had time permitted. I +expected anything to happen. It looked in the night as though a sheer +precipice with a bottomless pit below was in front of us. Two drags +were thrown over the komatik runners to hold us back, but in spite of +them we went like a shot out of a gun, he on one side, I on the other, +sticking our heels into the hard snow as we extended our legs ahead, +trying our best to hold back and stop our wild progress. But, much to +my surprise, when we got there, and I verily believe to Murphy's +surprise also, we landed right side up at the bottom, with no bones +broken. There were three men camped in the shack here, and we spent +the night with them. + +Early the next day we reached Red Bay and the telegraph office. There +are no words in the English language adequate to express my feelings of +gratification when I heard the instruments clicking off the messages. +It had been seventeen years since I had handled a telegraph key--when I +was a railroad telegrapher down in New England--and how I fondled that +key, and what music the click of the sounder was to my ears! + +My messages were soon sent, and then I sat down to wait for the replies. + +The office was in the house of Thomas Moors, and he was good enough to +invite me to stop with him while in Red Bay. His daughter was the +telegraph operator. + +The next day the answers to my telegrams came, and many messages from +friends, and one from Bowring & Company stating that no steamer would +be sent to Cape Charles. I had been making inquiries here, however, in +the meantime, and learned that it was quite possible to secure dogs and +continue the journey up the north shore, so I was not greatly +disappointed. I dispatched Murphy at once to Battle Harbor to bring on +the other men, waiting myself at Red Bay for their coming, and holding +teams in readiness for an immediate departure when they should arrive. + +They drove in at two o'clock on April fourth, and we left at once. On +the morning of the sixth we passed through Blanc Sablon, the boundary +line between Newfoundland and Canadian territory, and here I left the +Newfoundland letters from my mail bag. From this point the majority of +the natives are Acadians, and speak only French. + +At Brador Bay I stopped to telegraph. No operator was there, so I sent +the message myself, left the money on the desk and proceeded. + +Three days more took us to St. Augustine Post of the Hudson's Bay +Company, where we arrived in the morning and accepted the hospitality +of Burgess, the Agent. + +Our old friends the Indians whom we met on our inland trip at Northwest +River were here, and John, who had eaten supper with us at our camp on +the hill on the first portage, expressed great pleasure at meeting us, +and had many questions to ask about the country. They had failed in +their deer hunt, and had come out half starved a week or so before, +from the interior. + +We did fifty miles on the eleventh, changing dogs at Harrington at noon +and running on to Sealnet Cove that night. Here we found more Indians +who had just emerged from the interior, driven to the coast for food +like those at St. Augustine as the result of their failure to find +caribou. + +Two days later we reached the Post at Romain, and on the afternoon of +April seventeenth reached Natashquan and open water. Here I engaged +passage on a small schooner--the first afloat in the St. Lawrence--to +take us on to Eskimo Point, seventy miles farther, where the Quebec +steamer, _King Edward_, was expected to arrive in a week or so. That +night we boarded the schooner and sailed at once. Into the sea I threw +the clothes I had been wearing, and donned fresh ones. What a relief +it was to be clear of the innumerable horde "o' wee sma' beasties" that +had been my close companions all the way down from the Eskimo igloos in +the North. I have wondered many times since whether those clothes swam +ashore, and if they did what happened to them. + +It was a great pleasure to be upon the water again, and see the shore +slip past, and feel that no more snowstorms, no more bitter northern +blasts, no more hungry days and nights were to be faced. + +Since June twenty-fifth, the day we dipped our paddles into the water +of Northwest River and turned northward into the wastes of the great +unknown wilderness, eight hundred miles had been traversed in reaching +Fort Chimo, and on our return journey with dogs and komatik and +snowshoes, two thousand more. + +We reached Eskimo Point on April twentieth, and that very day a rain +began that turned the world into a sea of slush. I was glad indeed +that our komatik work was finished, for it would now have been very +difficult, if not impossible, to travel farther with dogs. + +I at once deposited in the post office the bag of letters that I had +carried all the way from far-off Ungava. This was the first mail that +any single messenger had ever carried by dog train from that distant +point, and I felt quite puffed up with the honor of it. + +The week that we waited here for the _King Edward_ was a dismal one, +and when the ship finally arrived we lost no time in getting ourselves +and our belongings aboard. It was a mighty satisfaction to feel the +pulse of the engines that with every revolution took us nearer home, +and when at last we tied up at the steamer's wharf in Quebec, I heaved +a sigh of relief. + +On April thirtieth, after an absence of just eleven months, we found +ourselves again in the whirl and racket of New York. The portages and +rapids and camp fires, the Indian wigwams and Eskimo igloos and the +great, silent white world of the North that we had so recently left +were now only memories. We had reached the end of The Long Trail. The +work of exploration begun by Hubbard was finished. + + + +APPENDIX + +LABRADOR PLANTS + +Specimens collected along the route of the expedition between Northwest +River and Lake Michikamau. Determined at the New York Botanical +Gardens: + +Ledum groonlandicum, Oeder. Comarum palustre L. Rubus arcticus L. +Solidago multiradiata. Ait. Sanguisorba Canadensis L. Linnaea +Americana, Forbes. Dasiphora fruticosa (L), Rydb. Chamnaerion +latifolium (L), Sweet. Viburnum pancifloram, Pylaim. Viscaxia alpina +(L), Roehl. Menyanthes trifoliata L. Vaznera trifolia (L), Morong. +Ledum prostratum, Rotlb. Betula glandulosa, Michx. Kalmia angustifolia. +Aronia nigra (Willd), Britt. Comus Canadensis L. Arenaria groenlandica +(Retz), Spreng. Barbarea stricta, Audry. Eriophorum russeolum, Fries. +Eriophorum polystachyon L. Phegopteris Phegopt@ (L), Fee. + +LICHENS + +Cladonia deformis (L), Hoffen. Alectoria dehrolenea (Ehrh.), Nyl. +Umbilicaria Neuhlenbergii (Ac L.), Tuck. + +GEOLOGICAL NOTES By G. M. Richards All bearings given, refer to the +true meridian. + +My sincere thanks are due Prof. J.F. Kemp and Dr. C.P. Berkey, whose +generous assistance has made this work possible. + +ROUTE FOLLOWED + +The route was by steamer to the head of Hamilton Inlet, +Labrador--thence by canoes up Grand Lake and the Nascaupee River. +Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, a portage route was followed which +makes a long detour through a series of lakes to avoid rapids in the +river. This trail again returns to the Nascaupee River at Seal Lake +and for some fifty miles above Seal Lake, follows the river. It then +leaves the Nascaupee, making a second long detour through lakes to the +north. On one of these lakes (Bibiquasin Lake) the trail was lost, and +thereafter we traveled in a westerly direction until reaching Lake +Michikamau. + +Our food supply was then in so depleted a condition the party was +obliged to separate, three of us returning to Northwest River. + +It will be understood that the circumstances would allow of but a very +limited examination of the geological features of the country. Only +typical rock specimens, or those whose character was at all doubtful +were brought back. + +PREVIOUS EXPLORATION + +Mr. A.P. Low penetrated to Lake Michikamau, by way of the Grand River. +He has thoroughly described the lake in his report to the Canadian +Geological Survey, 1895, and it is not touched upon in the following +paper. In the summer of 1903, an expedition led by Leonidas Hubbard, +Jr., attempted to reach Lake Michikamau by ascending the Nascaupee +River; they, however, missed the mouth of that stream on Grand Lake and +followed the Susan River instead, pursuing a northwesterly course for +two months without reaching the lake. On the return journey, Mr. +Hubbard died of starvation, his two companions, Mr. Wallace and a +half-breed Indian, barely escaping a similar fate. + +GEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION + +The Northwest River represented on the map of the Canadian Geological +Survey (made from information obtained from the Indians) as draining +Lake Michikamau, is but three and one-half miles long, and connects +Grand Lake with Hamilton Inlet. There are six streams flowing into +Grand Lake, instead of only one. It is the Nascaupee River that flows +from Lake Michikamau to Grand Lake; and Seal Lake instead of being the +source of the Nascaupee River is merely an expansion of it. + +The source of the Crooked River was also discovered and mapped, as well +as a great number of smaller lakes. + +On the Northern Slope the George and Koroksoak Rivers and several lakes +were mapped, and some smaller rivers located. + +DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ROUTE EXPLORED + +Northwest River which flows into a small sandy bay at the head of +Hamilton Inlet is only three and one-half miles long and drains Grand +Lake. + +For one-quarter of a mile above its mouth the river maintains an +average width of one hundred and fifty yards, and a depth of two and +one-half fathoms. It then expands into a shallow sheet of water two +miles wide and three miles long, known locally as "The Little Lake." At +the head of this small expansion the river again contracts where it +flows out of Grand Lake. This point is known as "The Rapids," and +although there is a strong current, the stream may be ascended in +canoes without tracking. + +At the foot of "The Rapids" the effect of the spring tides is barely +perceptible. Between Grand Lake and the head of Hamilton Inlet, +Northwest River flows through a deposit of sand marked by several +distinct marine terraces. + +Grand Lake is a body of fresh water forty miles long and from two to +six miles in width, having a direction N. 75 degrees W. It lies in a +deep valley between rocky hills that rise to a height of about four +hundred feet above the lake, and was doubtless at one time an extension +of Hamilton Inlet. At Cape Corbeau and Berry Head the rocks rise +almost perpendicularly from the water; at the former place, to a height +of three hundred feet. Except in a few places the hills are covered to +their summits by a thick growth of small spruce and fir. + +At the head of the lake there are two bays, one extending slightly to +the southwest, the other nearly due north. Into the former flow the +Susan and Beaver Rivers, while into the latter empties the water of the +Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers. Besides these there are two small +streams, the Cape Corbeau River on the south, and Watty's Brook on the +north shore. + +At the point where the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers enter the lake +there are two low islands of sand, and a great deal of sand is being +carried down by the two streams and deposited in the lake, which is +very shallow for some distance from the shore. + +Three miles above the mouth of the Nascaupee River it is separated from +the Crooked River by a plain of stratified sand and gravel, +three-quarters of a mile wide, with two well-defined terraces. The +first is twenty feet above the river and extends back some three +hundred yards to a second terrace, rising seventy-five feet above the +first. + +Half way between this terrace and the Crooked River is, the old bed of +the Nascaupee River, nearly parallel to its present course. A similar +abandoned channel curve was found, making a small arc to the south of +the Crooked River. + +Above Grand Lake the Nascaupee River flows through an ancient valley, +which is from a few hundred yards to a mile wide and cut deep into the +old Archaean rocks, affording an excellent example of river erosion. +The banks are of sand, and in some places clay, extending back to the +foot of the precipitous hills. Apparently the ancient river valley has +been partly filled with drift, down through which the river has cut its +way; the present bed of the stream being of post glacial formation. +The general direction of the river is N. 83 degrees W. + +Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, the Red River joins the main stream, +coming from N. 87 degrees W. Below its junction with the latter stream, +the Nascaupee River has a width varying between two and three hundred +yards, and an average depth of about ten feet. + +The Red River is two hundred feet wide, and its water, unlike that of +the main stream, has a red brown color, like that of many of the +streams of Ontario which have their source in swamp or Muskeg lands. + +The first rapids in the Red River are said to be eight miles above its +mouth. Directly opposite the junction of the two streams the portage +leaves the Nascaupee River. The direction is N. 24 degrees E. and the +distance five and one-half miles, with an elevation of 1050 feet above +the river at the end of the second mile. + +The last three and one-half miles lead across a level tableland, to a +small lake, from which the trail descends through two lakes into a +shallow valley. + +The entire country from the head of Grand Lake to this point has been +devastated by fire, only a few trees near the water having escaped +destruction, and the ground, except in a few places, is destitute even +of its usual covering of reindeer moss. + +The underlying rock is gneiss, and the country from the Nascaupee River +is thickly strewn with huge glacial bowlders. + +The majority of these bowlders have been derived from the immediate +vicinity, but many consisting of a coarse pegmatite carrying +considerable quantities of ilmenite were observed. None of this rock +was seen in place. + +The valley last mentioned is separated from the Crooked River by +Caribou Ridge, a broad, flat-topped elevation, three hundred and fifty +feet high, dotted by small lakes, which fill almost every appreciable +depression in the rock. + +The general course to the Crooked River is northeast; at the point +where the portage reaches it the stream is fifty yards wide and very +shallow; flowing over a bed of coarse drift, which obstructs the river, +forming a series of small lake expansions with rapids at the outlet of +each. Between Grand Lake and the point where we reached the river, +the Indians say it is not navigable in canoes, owing to rapids. + +The Crooked River has its source in Lake Nipishish, which is about +twenty-two miles long, with an average width of three miles, and a +course due north. Six miles above the outlet of the lake is a bay, +five miles long, extending N. 80 degrees W. + +Along the north shore of the lake and in the bay are several small +islands of drift, and many huge angular bowlders projecting above the +water. The country in the vicinity of the lake and in the valley of +the Crooked River is covered with mounds and ridges of drift and many +small moraines. + +These moraines consisting of bowlders for the most part from the +immediate vicinity, seemed to have no given direction, but were usually +found at the ends of, and in a transverse direction to the ridges. + +The trail leaves Lake Nipishish near the head of the large bay, +continuing in a direction between north and northwest, through several +insignificant lakes, all drained indirectly by the Crooked River, until +it reached Otter Lake, which is eight miles long, running nearly north +and south, and is five hundred and fifty feet below the summits of the +surrounding hills. + +From Otter Lake, the course is west through five diminutive lakes, and +across a series of sandy ridges to a small shallow lake, which is the +source of Babewendigash River. Between this lake and Seal Lake +intervene a high range of mountains--the highest seen on the journey to +Lake Michikamau--rising fully one thousand feet above the level of Seal +Lake. They are visible for miles in any direction, and were seen from +Caribou Ridge nearly a month before we reached them. + +They are glaciated to their summits, which are entirely destitute of +vegetation and in August were still, in places, covered with snow. +Babewendigash River winds to and fro between the mountains, its course +being determined to a great extent by esker ridges that follow it on +either side and which are often more than one hundred feet high. +Throughout its length of twenty-five miles there are five rapids and +three small lake expansions. + +Seal Lake, into which the river flows, is in part an expansion of the +Nascaupee River and fills a basin surrounded on every side by +mountains, rising several hundred feet above the water. The lake is +comparatively shallow, and has a perceptible current. There are +several small islands of drift, covered by a scanty growth of spruce +and willow. The main lake has direction N. 45 degrees W., and is ten +miles long and two and one-half miles wide. The northwestern arm is +fifteen miles long, with the same width, and a course N. 80 degrees W. + +The steep rocky shores have precluded the formation of terraces. Above +Seal Lake the course of the Nascaupee River varies between N. 40 +degrees W. and N. 80 degrees W. + +Five miles above the lake there is an expansion of the river, called +Wuchusk Nipi, or Muskrat Lake, which is eight miles long and a mile and +a half wide, with a course N. 40 degrees W. Except for a channel along +the western shore, the lake is very shallow, being nearly filled with +sand carried down by the river. There is a small stream flowing into +this lake expansion near its head, called Wuchusk Nipishish. + +For fifty miles above Muskrat Lake, the river flows between sandy +banks, marked on either side by two well-defined terraces. The river +valley gradually becomes more narrow and the current stronger and with +the exception of a few small expansions, progress is only possible by +means of tracking. There are, however, in this distance but two rapids +necessitating portages. + +Opposite the point where the portage leaves the Nascaupee to make a +second long detour around rapids, a small river flows in from the +southwest, having a sheer fall of almost fifty feet, just above its +junction with the main stream. + +The trail, after leaving the river, has a course N. 35 degrees W. for +two miles; it then turns N. 85 degrees W. six miles, and again N. 55 +degrees W. four miles. + +In its course are four small lakes, but there is an unbroken portage of +eight miles between the last two. Nearly the whole country has been +denuded by fire, and the prospect is desolate in the extreme. The end +of the portage is on the high rolling plateau of the interior, timbered +by a sparse and stunted second growth of spruce, covered everywhere +with white reindeer moss, and strewn with lakes innumerable. + +The trail which runs N. 50 degrees W. and has not been used for eight +years, gradually became more and more indistinct, until on Bibiquasin +Lake it disappeared entirely. Thereafter the course was N. 70 degrees +W., and finally due west, through a series of lakes which at last +brought us to Lake Michikamau. The largest of this series is +Kasheshebogamog Lake, a sheet of water twenty-three miles long, but +broken by numerous bays and countless islands of drift, with a +direction S. 75 degrees W. The lake is confined between long +bowlder-covered ridges, and is fed at its western end by a small stream. + +Although its outlet was not discovered, it doubtless drains into the +Nascaupee River. + +On the return journey an attempt was made to descend the Nascaupee +River below Seal Lake. + +The river leaves the lake at its southeastern extremity, flowing +between hills that rise almost straight from the waters edge, and is +one long continuation of heavy rapids. After following the stream for +two days we were obliged to retrace our steps to Seal Lake, thereafter +keeping to the course pursued on the inland journey. + +DETAILS OF ROCK EXPOSURE + +The numbers following the names of rocks refer to corresponding numbers +in appendix. + +Of the rocks observed, by far the greater number are foliated basic +eruptives,--schists and gneisses. There are, however, some that are of +undoubted sedimentary origin, but highly metamorphosed. + +The general direction of foliation is a few degrees south of east, +subject, of course, to many local changes. + +Along Grand Lake the rock is a compact amphibolite [3] with a strike S. +78 degrees E. cut by numerous pegmatite dikes, having a strike N. 30 +degrees W. and a dip 79 degrees W.. These dikes vary in width from +three to twenty feet. Half way to the head of the lake is a dike [1] +having a total width of eight feet, consisting of a central band of +segregated quartz, six feet wide, cut by numerous thin sheets of +biotite, which probably mark the planes of shearing. The quartz is +bordered on either side by a band of orthoclase,' one foot in width. +Between these bands of orthoclase and the neighboring amphibolite are +narrow bands of schist [2] + +One hundred feet south of the above point is a second dike having a +similar strike and dip and a width of eighteen feet. A third narrow +dike, containing small pockets of magnetite, is twenty-five feet south +of the second. Only the first is distinguished by the segregation of +the quartz. + +The next outcrop observed was on the portage from the Nascaupee River. +The rock, a biotite granite gneiss [4] having a strike N. 82 degrees E. +is much weathered and split by the action of the frost, and marked by +pockets of quartz, usually four or five inches in width. + +Between this point and Lake Nipishish the underlying rock differs only +in being more extremely crushed and foliated. The one exception is on +Caribou Ridge, which is capped by a much altered gabbro. [6] + +The first noticeable change in the character of the country rock is a +Washkagama Lake, where a fine grained epidotic schist [7] was observed, +having a dip 82 degrees W. and a strike S. 78 degrees E. + +At Otter Lake a much foliated and weathered phyllite [8] was found. +Strike N. 73 degrees E. and a dip of 16 degrees. + +On the Babewendigash River seven miles east of Seal Lake is an exposure +of highly metamorphosed ancient sedimentary rocks. The outcrop occurs +at a height of four hundred feet above the river; and there is a +well-marked stratification. + +The lowest bed of a calcarous sericitic schist [9] is four feet thick +and underlies a bed of schistose lime stone [10] six feet in thickness, +which is in turn covered by a finely laminated phyllite, [11] ten feet +thick. The whole is capped by thirty feet of quartzite, [12] which +forms the top of a long ridge. + +Owing to the strong weathering action this thickness of quartzite is +doubtless much less than it was originally. + +Forty-six miles above Seal Lake an exposure of phyllite was seen, the +same in every respect as the one east of Seal Lake, just mentioned. + +The general direction of foliation is S. 70 degrees E. and the dip 70 +degrees. The higher hills west of Seal Lake are capped by a much +altered gabbro [13] that has undergone considerable weathering. + +Between the Nascaupee River and a few miles beyond Bibiquasin Lake the +rock is quartzite, [14] considerably weathered and covered by drift. +Bowlders of this quartzite were seen along the Nascaupee River long +before the first outcrop was reached, showing the general direction of +the glacial movement to have been to the southeast. From Bibiquasin +Lake to Lake Kasheshebogamog the country is covered with much drift; +the only exposures are on the steep hillsides. The rock being a coarse +hornblende granite. + +The western end of Kasheshebogamog Lake lies within the limit of the +anorthosite [15] area, which extends from that point to Lake +Michikamau, a direct distance of twenty miles and was the only +anorthosite observed on the journey. + +GLACIAL STRIAE + +First portage opposite Red River S. 45 degrees E. On Caribou +Ridge E. At Washkagama Lake +S. 70 degrees E. Near Seal Lake N. 85 +degrees E. At Wuchusk Nipi S. 75 degrees E. +Thirty-two miles above Wuchusk Nipi S. 70 degrees E. + +MICROSCOPICAL FEATURES OF THE ROCK SPECIMENS + +By G. M. Richards, Columbia University 1--Pegmatite-Grand Lake. The +specimen was taken from a pegmatite dike at its contact with an +amphibolite. In the hand specimen it is an apparently pure orthoclase +but in the thin section small scattered quartz grains are observed; as +well as the alteration products, Kaolin and sericite. + +The minerals at contact are quartz, biotite, magnetite and hornblende. + +Both the quartz and orthoclase contain dust inclusions and +crystallites, while the evidences of shearing and crushing are abundant. + +2-Quartz Biotite Schist. + +Contact between above dike and amphibolite. A coarse black rock +carrying magnetite and pyrites in considerable quantities. + +Under the microscope some of the biotite has a green coloration from +decomposition and is surrounded by strong pleochroic halos. + +Small grains of secondary pyroxene are numerous. + +AMPHIBOLITE + +3-Grand Lake. + +A dark, compact rock, having a mottled appearance due to grains of +plagioclase, and a green color in section. + +Minerals present are hornblende, biotite, plagioclase, pyroxene, quartz +and the alteration products from the feldspar. + +The rock has been subjected to a strong crushing action, which has been +resisted by only small portions of it. The spaces between the grains, +which are intact, are filled with a confused mass of peripherally +granulated minerals, in which strain shadows are very prominent. + +The rock has been derived by dynamic metamorphism from a basic igneous +rock. + +4-Biotite Granite Gneiss. + +Eighteen miles above mouth of Nascaupee River. A fine-grained rock of +gneissic structure having a faint pink color. + +Plagioclase, microcline and quartz are the predominating minerals, +while biotite, titanite, epidote, apatite, zircon and garnet are +present in smaller quantities. + +There is also a small amount of hematite, pyroxene and sericite. + +The rock, which is of a granitic composition, contains numerous +crystallites and has been subjected to considerable strain and +crushing, which has resulted in foliation. + +5-Mica Granite Gneiss--Country Rock--near Caribou Ridge. + +In the hand specimen the rock has the same appearance as No. 4, if +anything, it is somewhat more compact. + +The principal minerals are, plagioclase, biotite and microcline, with +smaller quantities of quartz, iron oxide, pyroxene and garnet. + +The feldspar is decomposed with the resulting formation of epidote, +which is quite prominent. There are also numerous included crystals. + +The rock has been greatly crushed and sheared, and is much finer than +No. 4. + +6--Cap of Caribou Ridge. + +A hard compact rock of dark green color, having a mottled appearance, +due to the presence of a white mineral. + +Pyroxene, quartz and augite form the groundmass, as seen in section. +There are a few small grains of magnetite. + +The severe crushing to which the rock has been subjected has resulted +in the conversion of the plagioclase into scapolite and also in the +formation of zoisite by the characteristic alteration of the lime +bearing silicate of the feldspar in conjunction with other constituents +of the rock. + +The light mineral is finely granulated and the whole is marked by +uneven extinction. + +The rock has probably been derived by dynamic metamorphism, from a +coarse igneous rock like a gabbro. + +7--Epidotic Sericitic Schist. Washkagama Lake. + +A fine grained compact gray rock, of aggregate structure, consisting +chiefly of quartz, plagioclase and biotite, and the alteration products +epidote and sericite. + +Under the microscope it is a confused mass of finely granulated +minerals, with numerous included crystals. + +The rock has undergone complete metamorphism and its origin is unknown. + +8--Phyllite-Near Otter Lake. + +A soft extremely fine grained gray rock, with a well developed +schistose structure, carrying much magnetite, plagioclase, orthoclase +and their alteration products. + +The strain to which the rock has been subjected has resulted in a very +fine lamination, and it is _considerably weathered_. + +9--Calcarous Sericite Schist.--Seven Miles East of Seal Lake. + +A dark compact rock, in which calcite and sericite predominate. Quartz +is less plentiful. The results of shearing and pressure are very +prominent and bring out the foliation, even in the calcite. + +10--Schistose Limestone--Same location as No. 9. + +A white rock having a peculiar mottled appearance due to the inclusions +of decomposing biotite which project from the surrounding mass of +calcite. There is some sericite present, also magnetite, resulting +from the decomposition of the biotite. + +The bent and metamorphosed condition of the calcite shows the shearing +and crushing which the rock has undergone. + +11--Phyllite--same location as No. 9. + +A dark red, finely laminated rock consisting chiefly of decomposed +biotite and feldspar, occasional quartz grains and sericite and much +iron oxide. + +The rock has been subjected to strong shearing force, producing a good +example of schistose structure. + +12--Quartzite--Same location as No. 9. + +A compact rock of light red color, made up of uniformly rounded grains +of quartz, and the feldspar with occasional grain of magnetite. + +A fine siliceous material discolored by iron oxide, acts as a cement +between the grains. + +The quartz grains show secondary growth. 13--Altered Gabbro--Thirty-two +Miles Above Wuchusk Nipi on Nascaupee River. + +A coarse dark green rock whose principal constituents are pyroxene +plagioclase and magnetite. + +There is a slightly developed diabasic structure and the rock is much +altered by weathering; the resultant product being chlorite. + +14--Quartizite--Bibiquagin Lake. + +Hard compact rock of light red color, cut in all directions by narrow +veins of quartz, from microscope size to one-half an inch in width. + +The grains of the constituent minerals, quartz, feldspar and magnetite +have an angular brecciated appearance; showing uneven extinction and +strong crushing effects. + +The magnetite is somewhat decomposed, the resulting hematite filling +the spaces between the quartz grains. + +15--Anorthosite--Shore of Lake Michikamau. + +A coarse grained rock of dark gray color, in which labradorite is the +chief mineral. Magnetite and Kaolin are present in small quantities. + +The labradorite contains inclusions of rutile and biotite and has a +well-developed wedge structure and cross fracture due to the pressure +and shearing which it has undergone. + +It is also somewhat stained by the decomposition of the magnetite. + + + +SOURCES OF INFORMATION + +On the map of the portage route to Lake Michikamau; that lake, the +Grand River and Groswater Bay are taken from the map accompanying the +report of Mr. A. P. Low. + +The location of the Susan and Beaver Rivers with their tributaries was +obtained from Dillon Wallace's map in "The Lure of the Labrador Wild." + +The instruments used were a Brunton Pocket Transit, a small taffrail +log and an Aneroid Barometer. Distances on land were approximated by +means of a pedometer and by rough triangulation. + + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + +***** This file should be named 9857.txt or 9857.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/9/8/5/9857/ + +Produced by Martin Schub + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/9857.zip b/9857.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c25e471 --- /dev/null +++ b/9857.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26c3ca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #9857 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/9857) diff --git a/old/llbtr10.txt b/old/llbtr10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a9705e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/llbtr10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8351 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Long Labrador Trail + +Author: Dillon Wallace + +Release Date: February, 2006 [EBook #9857] +[This file was first posted on October 24, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: iso-8859-1 + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + + + + +E-text produced by Martin Schub + + + + + + + +THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL + +by + +DILLON WALLACE + +Author of "The Lure of the Labrador Wild," etc. + +Illustrated + +MCMXVII + + + + + + + TO THE + MEMORY OF MY WIFE + + + + "A drear and desolate shore! + Where no tree unfolds its leaves, + And never the spring wind weaves + Green grass for the hunter's tread; + A land forsaken and dead, + Where the ghostly icebergs go + And come with the ebb and flow..." + + Whittier's "The Rock-tomb of Bradore." + + + +PREFACE + +In the summer of 1903 when Leonidas Hubbard, Jr., went to Labrador to +explore a section of the unknown interior it was my privilege to +accompany him as his companion and friend. The world has heard of the +disastrous ending of our little expedition, and how Hubbard, fighting +bravely and heroically to the last, finally succumbed to starvation. + +Before his death I gave him my promise that should I survive I would +write and publish the story of the journey. In "The Lure of The +Labrador Wild" that pledge was kept to the best of my ability. + +While Hubbard and I were struggling inland over those desolate wastes, +where life was always uncertain, we entered into a compact that in +case one of us fall the other would carry to completion the +exploratory work that he had planned and begun. Providence willed +that it should become my duty to fulfil this compact, and the +following pages are a record of how it was done. + +Not I, but Hubbard, planned the journey of which this book tells, and +from him I received the inspiration and with him the training and +experience that enabled me to succeed. It was his spirit that led me +on over the wearisome trails, and through the rushing rapids, and to +him and to his memory belong the credit and the honor of success. + +D. W. +February, 1907. + + + +CONTENTS + +CHAPTER + I THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS + II ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN + III THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION + IV ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL + V WE GO ASTRAY + VI LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED + VII SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL +VIII SEAL LAKE AT LAST + IX WE LOSE THE TRAIL + X "WE SEE MICHIKAMAU" + XI THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU + XII OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE +XIII DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS +XIV TIDE WATER AND THE POST + XV OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS +XVI CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE +XVII TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO +XVIII THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH +XIX THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR +XX THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN +XXI CROSSING THE BARRENS +XXII ON THE ATLANTIC ICE +XXIII BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER +XXIV THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL + APPENDIX + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + +The Perils of the Rapids (in color, from a painting by Oliver Kemp) +Ice Encountered Off the Labrador Coast +"The Time For Action Had Come" +"Camp Was Moved to the First Small Lake" +"We Found a Long-disused Log Cache of the Indians" +Below Lake Nipishish +Through Ponds and Marshes Northward Toward Otter Lake +"We Shall Call the River Babewendigash" +"Pete, Standing by the Prostrate Caribou, Was Grinning From Ear to Ear" +"A Network of Lakes and the Country as Level as a Table" +Michikamau +"Writing Letters to the Home Folks" +"Our Lonely Perilous Journey Toward the Dismal Wastes ...Was Begun" +Abandoned Indian Camp On the Shore of Lake Michikamats +"One of the Wigwams Was a Large One and Oblong in Shape" +"At Last ...We Saw the Post" +"A Miserable Little Log Shack" +A Group of Eskimo Women +A Labrador Type +Eskimo Children +A Snow Igloo +The Silence of the North (in color, from a painting by Frederic C. Stokes) +"Nachvak Post of the Hudson's Bay Company". +"The Hills Grew Higher and Higher" +"We Turned Into a Pass Leading to the Northward" +The Moravian Mission at Ramah +"Plodding Southward Over the Endless Snow" +"Nain, the Moravian Headquarters in Labrador" +"The Indians Were Here" +Geological Specimens +Maps. + + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS + +"It's always the way, Wallace! When a fellow starts on the long +trail, he's never willing to quit. It'll be the same with you if you +go with me to Labrador. When you come home, you'll hear the voice of +the wilderness calling you to return, and it will lure you back +again." + +It seems but yesterday that Hubbard uttered those prophetic words as +he and I lay before our blazing camp fire in the snow-covered +Shawangunk Mountains on that November night in the year 1901, and +planned that fateful trip into the unexplored Labrador wilderness +which was to cost my dear friend his life, and both of us +indescribable sufferings and hardships. And how true a prophecy it +was! You who have smelled the camp fire smoke; who have drunk in the +pure forest air, laden with the smell of the fir tree; who have dipped +your paddle into untamed waters, or climbed mountains, with the +knowledge that none but the red man has been there before you; or +have, perchance, had to fight the wilds and nature for your very +existence; you of the wilderness brotherhood can understand how the +fever of exploration gets into one's blood and draws one back again to +the forests and the barrens in spite of resolutions to "go no more." + +It was more than this, however, that lured me back to Labrador. There +was the vision of dear old Hubbard as I so often saw him during our +struggle through that rugged northland wilderness, wasted in form and +ragged in dress, but always hopeful and eager, his undying spirit and +indomitable will focused in his words to me, and I can still see him +as he looked when he said them: + +"The work must be done, Wallace, and if one of us falls before it is +completed the other must finish it." + +I went back to Labrador to do the work he had undertaken, but which he +was not permitted to accomplish. His exhortation appealed to me as a +command from my leader--a call to duty. + +Hubbard had planned to penetrate the Labrador peninsula from Groswater +Bay, following the old northern trail of the Mountaineer Indians from +Northwest River Post of the Hudson's Bay Company, situated on +Groswater Bay, one hundred and forty miles inland from the eastern +coast, to Lake Michikamau, thence through the lake and northward over +the divide, where he hoped to locate the headwaters of the George +River. + +It was his intention to pass down this river until he reached the +hunting camps of the Nenenot or Nascaupee Indians, there witness the +annual migration of the caribou to the eastern seacoast, which +tradition said took place about the middle or latter part of +September, and to be present at the "killing," when the Indians, it +was reported, secured their winter's supply of provisions by spearing +the caribou while the herds were swimming the river. The caribou hunt +over, he was to have returned across country to the St. Lawrence or +retrace his steps to Northwest River Post, whichever might seem +advisable. Should the season, however, be too far advanced to permit +of a safe return, he was to have proceeded down the river to its +mouth, at Ungava Bay, and return to civilization in winter with dogs. + +The country through which we were to have traveled was to be mapped so +far as possible, and observations made of the geological formation and +of the flora, and as many specimens collected as possible. + +This, then, Hubbard's plan, was the plan which I adopted and which I +set out to accomplish, when, in March, 1905, I finally decided to +return to Labrador. + +It was advisable to reach Hamilton Inlet with the opening of +navigation and make an early start into the country, for every +possible day of the brief summer would be needed for our purpose. + +It was, as I fully realized, no small undertaking. Many hundreds of +miles of unknown country must be traversed, and over mountains and +through marshes for long distances our canoes and outfit would have to +be transported upon the backs of the men comprising my party, as pack +animals cannot be used in Labrador. + +Through immense stretches of country there would be no sustenance for +them, and, in addition to this, the character of the country itself +forbids their use. + +The personnel of the expedition required much thought. I might with +one canoe and one or two professional Indian packers travel more +rapidly than with men unused to exploration work, but in that case +scientific research would have to be slighted. I therefore decided to +sacrifice speed to thoroughness and to take with me men who, even +though they might not be physically able to carry the large packs of +the professional voyageur, would in other respects lend valuable +assistance to the work in hand. + +My projected return to Labrador was no sooner announced than numerous +applications came to me from young men anxious to join the expedition. +After careful investigation, I finally selected as my companions +George M. Richards, of Columbia University, as geologist and to aid me +in the topographical work, Clifford H. Easton, who had been a student +in the School of Forestry at Biltmore, North Carolina (both residents +of New York), and Leigh Stanton, of Halifax, Nova Scotia, a veteran of +the Boer War, whom I had met at the lumber camps in Groswater Bay, +Labrador, in the winter of 1903-1904, when he was installing the +electric light plant in the large lumber mill there. + +It was desirable to have at least one Indian in the party as woodsman, +hunter and general camp servant. For this position my friend, Frank +H. Keefer, of Port Arthur, Ontario, recommended to me, and at my +request engaged, Peter Stevens, a full-blood Ojibway Indian, of Grand +Marais, Minnesota. "Pete" arrived in New York under the wing of the +railway conductor during the last week in May. + +In the meantime I had devoted myself to the selection and purchase of +our instruments and general outfit. Everything must be purchased in +advance--from canoes to repair kit--as my former experience in +Labrador had taught me. It may be of interest to mention the most +important items of outfit and the food supply with which we were +provided: Two canvas-covered canoes, one nineteen and one eighteen +feet in length; one seven by nine "A" tent, made of waterproof +"balloon" silk; one tarpaulin, seven by nine feet; folding tent stove +and pipe; two tracking lines; three small axes; cooking outfit, con- +sisting of two frying pans, one mixing pan and three aluminum kettles; +an aluminum plate, cup and spoon for each man; one .33 caliber high- +power Winchester rifle and two 44-40 Winchester carbines (only one of +these carbines was taken with us from New York, and this was intended +as a reserve gun in case the party should separate and return by +different routes. The other was one used by Stanton when previously +in Labrador, and taken by him in addition to the regular outfit). One +double barrel 12-gauge shotgun; two ten-inch barrel single shot .22 +caliber pistols for partridges and small game; ammunition; tumplines; +three fishing rods and tackle, including trolling outfits; one three +and one-half inch gill net; repair kit, including necessary material +for patching canoes, clothing, etc.; matches, and a medicine kit. + +The following instruments were also carried: Three minimum registering +thermometers; one aneroid barometer which was tested and set for me by +the United States Weather Bureau; one clinometer; one pocket transit; +three compasses; one pedometer; one taffrail log; one pair binoculars; +three No. 3A folding pocket Kodaks, sixty rolls of films, each roll +sealed in a tin can and waterproofed, and six "Vanguard" watches +mounted in dust-proof cases. + +Each man was provided with a sheath knife and a waterproof match box, +and his personal kit, containing a pair of blankets and clothing, was +carried in a waterproof canvas bag. + +I may say here in reference to these waterproof bags and the "balloon" +silk tent that they were of the same manufacture as those used on the +Hubbard expedition and for their purpose as nearly perfect as it is +possible to make them. The tent weighed but nine pounds, was +windproof, and, like the bags, absolutely waterproof, and the, +material strong and firm. + +Our provision supply consisted of 298 pounds of pork; 300 pounds of +flour; 45 pounds of corn meal; 40 pounds of lentils; 28 pounds of +rice; 25 pounds of erbswurst; 10 pounds of prunes; a few packages of +dried vegetables; some beef bouillon tablets; 6 pounds of baking +powder; 16 pounds of tea; 6 pounds of coffee; 15 pounds of sugar; 14 +pounds of salt; a small amount of saccharin and crystallose, and 150 +pounds of pemmican. + +Everything likely to be injured by water was packed in waterproof +canvas bags. + +My friend Dr. Frederick A. Cook, of the Arctic Club, selected my +medical kit, and instructed me in the use of its simple remedies. It +was also upon the recommendation of Dr. Cook and others of my Arctic +Club friends that I purchased the pemmican, which was designed as an +emergency ration, and it is worth noting that one pound of pemmican, +as our experience demonstrated, was equal to two or even three pounds +of any other food that we carried. Its ingredients are ground dried +beef, tallow, sugar, raisins and currants. + +We had planned to go north from St. Johns on the Labrador mail boat +_Virginia Lake_, which, as I had been informed by the Reid- +Newfoundland Company, was expected to sail from St. Johns on her first +trip on or about June tenth. This made it necessary for us to leave +New York on the Red Cross Line steamer _Rosalind_ sailing from +Brooklyn on May thirtieth; and when, at eleven-thirty that Tuesday +morning, the _Rosalind_ cast loose from her wharf, we and our outfit +were aboard, and our journey of eleven long months was begun. + +As I waved farewell to our friends ashore I recalled that other day +two years before, when Hubbard and I had stood on the _Silvia's_ deck, +and I said to myself: + +"Well, this, too, is Hubbard's trip. His spirit is with me. It was +he, not I, who planned this Labrador work, and if I succeed it will be +because of him and his influence." + +I was glad to be away. With every throb of the engine my heart grew +lighter. I was not thinking of the perils I was to face with my new +companions in that land where Hubbard and I had suffered so much. The +young men with me were filled with enthusiasm at the prospect of +adventure in the silent and mysterious country for which they were +bound. + + + +CHAPTER II + +ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN + +"When shall we reach Rigolet, Captain?" + +"Before daylight, I hopes, sir, if the fog holds off, but there's a +mist settling, and if it gets too thick, we may have to come to." + +Crowded with an unusual cargo of humanity, fishermen going to their +summer work on "The Labrador" with their accompanying tackle and +household goods, meeting with many vexatious delays in discharging the +men and goods at the numerous ports of call, and impeded by fog and +wind, the mail boat _Virginia Lake_ had been much longer than is her +wont on her trip "down north." + +It was now June twenty-first. Six days before (June fifteenth), when +we boarded the ship at St. Johns we had been informed that the steamer +_Harlow_, with a cargo for the lumber mills at Kenemish, in Groswater +Bay, was to leave Halifax that very afternoon. She could save us a +long and disagreeable trip in an open boat, ninety miles up Groswater +Bay, and I bad hoped that we might reach Rigolet in time to secure a +passage for myself and party from that point. But the _Harlow_ had no +ports of call to make, and it was predicted that her passage from +Halifax to Rigolet would be made in four days. + +I had no hope now of reaching Rigolet before her, or of finding her +there, and, resigned to my fate, I left the captain on the bridge and +went below to my stateroom to rest until daylight. Some time in the +night I was aroused by some one saying: + +"We're at Rigolet, sir, and there's a ship at anchor close by." + +Whether I had been asleep or not, I was fully awake now, and found +that the captain had come to tell me of our arrival. The fog had held +off and we had done much better than the captain's prediction. +Hurrying into my clothes, I went on deck, from which, through the +slight haze that hung over the water, I could discern the lights of a +ship, and beyond, dimly visible, the old familiar line of Post +buildings showing against the dark spruce-covered hills behind, where +the great silent forest begins. + +All was quiet save for the thud, thud, thud of the oarlocks of a small +boat approaching our ship and the dismal howl of a solitary "husky" +dog somewhere ashore. The captain had preceded me on deck, and in +answer to my inquiries as to her identity said he did not know whether +the stranger at anchor was the _Harlow_ or not, but he thought it was. + +We had to wait but a moment, however, for the information. The small +boat was already alongside, and John Groves, a Goose Bay trader and +one of my friends of two years before, clambered aboard and had me by +the hand. + +"I'm glad to see you, sir; and how is you?" + +Assuring him that I was quite well, I asked the name of the other +ship. + +"The _Harlow_, sir, an' she's goin' to Kenemish with daylight." + +"Well, I must get aboard of her then, and try to get a passage up. Is +your flat free, John, to take me aboard of her?" + +"Yes, sir. Step right in, sir. But I thinks you'd better go ashore, +for the _Harlow's_ purser's ashore. If you can't get passage on the +_Harlow_ my schooner's here doing nothin' while I goes to St. Johns +for goods, and I'll have my men run you up to Nor'west River." + +I thanked him and lost no time in going ashore in his boat, where I +found Mr. James Fraser, the factor, and received a hearty welcome. In +Mr. Fraser's office I found also the purser of the _Harlow_, and I +quickly arranged with him for a passage to Kenemish, which is ninety +miles up the inlet, and just across Groswater Bay (twelve miles) from +Northwest River Post. The _Harlow_ was to sail at daylight and I at +once returned to the mail boat, called the boys and, with the help of +the _Virginia's_ crew and one of their small boats, we were +transferred, bag and baggage, to the _Harlow_. + +Owing to customs complications the _Harlow_ was later than expected in +leaving Rigolet, and it was evening before she dropped anchor at +Kenemish. I went ashore in the ship's boat and visited again the +lumber camp "cook house" where Dr. Hardy and I lay ill throng those +weary winter weeks, and where poor Hardy died. Hardy was the young +lumber company doctor who treated my frozen feet in the winter of +1903-1904. Here I met Fred Blake, a Northwest River trapper. Fred +had his flat, and I engaged him to take a part of our luggage to +Northwest River. Then I returned to the ship to send the boys ahead +with the canoes and some of our baggage, while I waited behind to +follow with Fred and the rest of the kit in his flat a half hour +later. + +Fred and I were hardly a mile from the ship when a heavy thunderstorm +broke upon us, and we were soon drenching wet--the baptism of our +expedition. This rain was followed by a dense fog and early darkness. +On and on we rowed, and I was berating myself for permitting the men +to go on so far ahead of us with the canoes, for they did not know the +way and the fog had completely shut out the lights of the Post +buildings, which otherwise would have been visible across the bay for +a considerable distance. + +Suddenly through the fog and darkness, from shoreward, came a "Hello! +Hello!" We answered, and heading our boat toward the sound of +continued "Hellos," found the men, with the canoes unloaded and hauled +ashore, preparing to make a night camp. I joined them and, launching +and reloading the canoes again, with Richards and Easton in one canoe +and Pete and I in the other, we followed Fred and Stanton, who +preceded us in the rowboat, keeping our canoes religiously within +earshot of Fred's thumping oarlocks. Finally the fog lifted, and not +far away we caught a glimmer of lights at the French Post. All was +dark at the Hudson Bay Post across the river when at last our canoes +touched the sandy beach and we sprang ashore. + +What a flood of remembrances came to me as I stepped again upon the +old familiar ground! How vividly I remembered that June day when +Hubbard and I had first set foot on this very ground and Mackenzie had +greeted us so cordially! And also that other day in November when, +ragged and starved, I came here to tell of Hubbard, lying dead in the +dark forest beyond! The same dogs that I had known then came running +to meet us now, the faithful fellows with which I began that sad +funeral journey homeward over the ice. I called some of them by name +"Kumalik," "Bo'sun," "Captain," "Tinker"--and they pushed their great +heads against my legs and, I believe, recognized me. + +It was nearly two o'clock in the morning. We went immediately to the +Post house and roused out Mr. Stuart Cotter, the agent (Mackenzie is +no longer there), and received from him a royal welcome. He called +his Post servant and instructed him to bring in our things, and while +we changed our dripping clothes for dry ones, his housekeeper prepared +a light supper. It was five o'clock in the morning when I retired. + +In the previous autumn I had written Duncan McLean, one of the four +men who came to my rescue on the Susan River, that should I ever come +to Labrador again and be in need of a man I would like to engage him. +Cotter told me that Duncan had just come from his trapping path and +was at the Post kitchen, so when we had finished breakfast, at eight +o'clock that morning, I saw Duncan and, as he was quite willing to go +with us, I arranged with him to accompany us a short distance into the +country to help us pack over the first portage and to bring back +letters. + +He expressed a wish to visit his father at Kenemish before starting +into the country, but promised to be back the next evening ready for +the start on Monday morning, the twenty-sixth, and I consented. I +knew hard work was before us, and as I wished all hands to be well +rested and fresh at the outset, I felt that a couple of days' idleness +would do us no harm. + +Some five hundred yards east of Mr. Cotter's house is an old, +abandoned mission chapel, and behind it an Indian burying ground. The +cleared space of level ground between the house and chapel was, for a +century or more, the camping ground of the Mountaineer Indians who +come to the Post each spring to barter or sell their furs. In the +olden time there were nearly a hundred families of them, whose hunting +ground was that section of country between Hamilton Inlet and the +Upper George River. + +These people now, for the most part, hunt south of the inlet and trade +at the St. Lawrence Posts. The chapel was erected about 1872, but ten +years ago the Jesuit missionary was withdrawn, and since then the +building has fallen into decay and ruin, and the crosses that marked +the graves in the old burying grounds have been broken down by the +heavy winter snows. It was this withdrawal of the missionary that +turned the Indians to the southward, where priests are more easily +found. The Mountaineer Indian, unlike the Nascaupee, is very +religious, and must, at least once a year, meet his father confessor. +The camping ground since the abandonment of the mission, has lain +lonely and deserted, save for three or four families who, occasionally +in the summer season, come back again to pitch their tents where their +forefathers camped and held their annual feasts in the old days. + +Competition between the trading companies at this point has raised the +price of furs to such an extent that the few families of Indians that +trade at this Post are well-to-do and very independent. There were +two tents of them here when we arrived--five men and several women and +children. I found two of my old friends there--John and William +Ahsini. They expressed pleasure in meeting me again, and a lively +interest in our trip. With Mr. Cotter acting as interpreter, John +made for me a map of the old Indian trail from Grand Lake to Seal +Lake, and William a map to Lake Michikamau and over the height of land +to the George River, indicating the portages and principal intervening +lakes as they remembered them. + +Seal Lake is a large lake expansion of the Nascaupee River, which +river, it should be explained, is the outlet of Lake Michikamau and +discharges its waters into Grand Lake and through Grand Lake into +Groswater Bay. Lake Michikamau, next to Lake Mistasinni, is the larg- +est lake in the Labrador peninsula, and approximately from eighty to +ninety miles in length. Neither John nor William had been to Lake +Michikamau by this route since they were young lads, but they told us +that the Indians, when traveling very light without their families, +used to make the journey in twenty-three days. + +During my previous stay in Labrador one Indian told me it could be +done in ten days, while another said that Indians traveling very fast +would require about thirty days. It is difficult to base calculations +upon information of this kind. But I was sure that, with our com- +paratively heavy outfit, and the fact that we would have to find the +trail for ourselves, we should require at least twice the time of the +Indians, who know every foot of the way as we know our familiar city +streets at home. + +They expressed their belief that the old trail could be easily found, +and assured us that each portage, as we asked about it in detail, was +a "miam potagan" (good portage), but at the same time expressed their +doubts as to our ability to cross the country safely. + +In fact, it has always been the Indians' boast, and I have heard it +many times, that no white man could go from Groswater Bay to Ungava +alive without Indians to help him through. "Pete" was a Lake Superior +Indian and had never run a rapid in his life. He was to spend the +night with Tom Blake and his family in their snug little log cabin, +and be ready for an early start up Grand Lake on the morrow. It was +Tom that headed the little party sent by me up the Susan Valley to +bring to the Post Hubbard's body in March, 1904; and it was through +his perseverance, loyalty and hard work at the time that I finally +succeeded in recovering the body. Tom's daughter, Lillie, was +Mackenzie's little housekeeper, who showed me so many kindnesses then. +The whole family, in fact, were very good to me during those trying +days, and I count them among my true and loyal friends. + +We had supper with Cotter, who sang some Hudson's Bay songs, Richards +sang a jolly college song or two, Stanton a "classic," and then all +who could sing joined in "Auld Lang Syne." + +My thoughts were of that other day, when Hubbard, so full of hope, had +begun this same journey-of the sunshine and fleecy clouds and +beckoning fir tops, and I wondered what was in store for us now. + + + +CHAPTER III + +THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION + +The time for action had come. Our canoes were loaded near the wharf, +we said good-by to Cotter and a group of native trapper friends, and +as we took our places in the canoes and dipped our paddles into the +waters that were to carry us northward the Post flag was run up on the +flagpole as a salute and farewell, and we were away. We soon rounded +the point, and Cotter and the trappers and the Post were lost to view. +Duncan was to follow later in the evening in his rowboat with some of +our outfit which we left in his charge. + +Silently we paddled through the "little lake." The clouds hung somber +and dull with threatening rain, and a gentle breeze wafted to us now +and again a bit of fragrance from the spruce-covered hills above us. +Almost before I realized it we were at the rapid. Away to the +westward stretched Grand Lake, deep and dark and still, with the +rugged outline of Cape Corbeau in the distance. + +Tom Blake and his family, one and all, came out to give us the whole- +souled, hospitable welcome of "The Labrador." Even Atikamish, the +little Indian dog that Mackenzie used to have, but which he had given +to Tom when he left Northwest River, was on hand to tell me in his dog +language that he remembered me and was delighted to see me back. Here +we would stay for the night--the last night for months that we were to +sleep in a habitation of civilized man. + +The house was a very comfortable little log dwelling containing a +small kitchen, a larger living-room which also served as a sleeping- +room, and an attic which was the boys' bedroom. The house was +comfortably furnished, everything clean to perfection, and the atmos- +phere of love and home that dwelt here was long remembered by us while +we huddled in many a dreary camp during the weeks that followed. + +Duncan did not come that night, and it was not until ten o'clock the +next morning (June twenty-seventh) that he appeared. Then we made +ready for the start. Tom and his young son Henry announced their +intention of accompanying us a short distance up Grand Lake in their +small sailboat. Mrs. Blake gave us enough bread and buns, which she +had baked especially for us, to last two or three days, and she gave +us also a few fresh eggs, saying, "'Twill be a long time before you +has eggs again." + +At half-past ten o'clock our canoes were afloat, farewell was said, +and we were beyond the last fringe of civilization. + +The morning was depressing and the sky was overcast with low-hanging, +heavy clouds, but almost with our start, as if to give us courage for +our work and fire our blood, the leaden curtain was drawn aside and +the deep blue dome of heaven rose above us. The sun shone warm and +bright, and the smell of the fresh damp forest, the incense of the +wilderness gods, was carried to us by a puff of wind from the south +which enabled Duncan to hoist his sails. The rest of us bent to our +paddles, and all were eager to plunge into the unknown and solve the +mystery of what lay beyond the horizon. + +Our nineteen-foot canoe was manned by Pete in the bow, Stanton in the +center and Easton in the stern, while I had the bow and Richards the +stern of the eighteen-foot canoe. We paddled along the north shore of +the lake, close to land. Stanton, with an eye for fresh meat, espied +a porcupine near the water's edge and stopped to kill it, thus gaining +the honor of having bagged the first game of the trip. At twelve +o'clock we halted for luncheon, in almost the same spot where Hubbard +and I had lunched when going up Grand Lake two years before. While +Pete cooked bacon and eggs and made tea, Stanton and Richards dressed +the porcupine for supper. + +After luncheon we cut diagonally across the lake to the southern +shore, passed Cape Corbeau River and landed near the base of Cape +Corbeau bluff, that the elevation might be taken and geological +specimens secured. After making our observations we turned again +toward the northern shore, where more specimens were collected. Here +Tom and Henry Blake said goodby to us and turned homeward. + +During the afternoon Stanton and I each killed a porcupine, making +three in all for the day--a good beginning in the matter of game. + +At sunset we landed at Watty's Brook, a small stream flowing into +Grand Lake from the north, and some twenty miles above the rapid. Our +progress during the day had been slow, as the wind had died away and +we had, several times, to wait for Duncan to overtake us in his slower +rowboat. + +While the rest of us "made camp" Duncan cut wood for a rousing fire, +as the evening was cool, and Pete put a porcupine to boil for supper. +We were a hungry crowd when we sat down to eat. I had told the boys +how good porcupine was, how it resembled lamb and what a treat we were +to have. But all porcupines are not alike, and this one was not +within my reckoning. Tough! He was certainly "the oldest +inhabitant," and after vain efforts to chew the leathery meat, we +turned in disgust to bread and coffee, and Easton, at least, lost +faith forever in my judgment of toothsome game, and formed a +particular prejudice against porcupines which he never overcame. Pete +assured us, however, that, "This porcupine, he must boil long. I boil +him again to-night and boil him again to-morrow morning. Then he very +good for breakfast. Porcupine fine. Old one must be cooked long." + +So Pete, after supper, put the porcupine on to cook some more, +promising that we should find it nice and tender for breakfast. + +As I sat that night by the low-burning embers of our first camp fire I +forgot my new companions. Through the gathering night mists I could +just discern the dim outlines of the opposite shore of Grand Lake. It +was over there, just west of that high spectral bluff, that Hubbard +and I, on a wet July night, had pitched our first camp of the other +trip. In fancy I was back again in that camp and Hubbard was talking +to me and telling me of the "bully story" of the mystic land of won- +ders that lay "behind the ranges" he would have to take back to the +world. + +"We're going to traverse a section no white man has ever seen," he +exclaimed, "and we'll add something to the world's knowledge of +geography at least, and that's worth while. No matter how little a +man may add to the fund of human knowledge it's worth the doing, for +it's by little bits that we've learned to know so much of our old +world. There's some hard work before us, though, up there in those +hills, and some hardships to meet." + +Ah, if we had only known! + +Some one said it was time to "turn in," and I was brought suddenly to +a sense of the present, but a feeling of sadness possessed me when I +took my place in the crowded tent, and I lay awake long, thinking of +those other days. + +Clear and crisp was the morning of June twenty-eighth. The atmosphere +was bracing and delightful, the azure of the sky above us shaded to +the most delicate tints of blue at the horizon, and, here and there, +bits of clouds, like bunches of cotton, flecked the sky. The sun +broke grandly over the rugged hills, and the lake, like molten silver, +lay before us. + +A fringe of ice had formed during the night along the shore. We broke +it and bathed our hands and faces in the cool water, then sat down in +a circle near our camp fire to renew our attack upon the porcupine, +which had been sending out a most delicious odor from the kettle where +Pete had it cooking. But alas for our expectations! Our teeth would +make no impression upon it, and Easton remarked that "the rubber trust +ought to hunt porcupines, for they are a lot tougher than rubber and +just as pliable." + +"I don't know why," said Pete sadly. "I boil him long time." + +That day we continued our course along the northern shore of the lake +until we reached the deep bay which Hubbard and I had failed to enter +and explore on the other trip, and which failure had resulted so +tragically. This bay is some five miles from the westerly end of +Grand Lake, and is really the mouth of the Nascaupee and Crooked +Rivers which flow into the upper end of it. There was little or no +wind and we had to go slowly to permit Duncan, in his rowboat, to keep +pace with us. Darkness was not far off when we reached Duncan's tilt +(a small log hut), three miles up the Nascaupee River, where we +stopped for the night. + +This is the tilt in which Allen Goudy and Duncan lived at the time +they came to my rescue in 1903, and where I spent three days getting +strength for my trip down Grand Lake to the Post. It is Duncan's sup- +ply base in the winter months when he hunts along the Nascaupee River, +one hundred and twenty miles inland to Seal Lake. On this hunting +"path" Duncan has two hundred and fifty marten and forty fox traps, +and, in the spring, a few bear traps besides. + +The country has been burned here. Just below Duncan's tilt is a +spruce-covered island, but the mainland has a stunted new growth of +spruce, with a few white birch, covering the wreck of the primeval +forest that was flame swept thirty odd years ago. Over some +considerable areas no new growth to speak of has appeared, and the +charred remains of the dead trees stand stark and gray, or lie about +in confusion upon the ground, giving the country a particularly dreary +and desolate appearance. + +The morning of June twenty-ninth was overcast and threatened rain, but +toward evening the sky cleared. + +Progress was slow, for the current in the river here was very strong, +and paddling or rowing against it was not easy. We had to stop +several times and wait for Duncan to overtake us with his boat. Once +he halted to look at a trap where he told us he had caught six black +bears. It was nearly sunset when we reached the mouth of the Red +River, nineteen miles above Grand Lake, where it flows into the +Nascaupee from the west. This is a wide, shallow stream whose red- +brown waters were quite in contrast to the clear waters of the Nas- +caupee. + +Opposite the mouth of the Red River, and on the eastern shore of the +Nascaupee, is the point where the old Indian trail was said to begin, +and on a knoll some fifty feet above the river we saw the wigwam poles +of an old Indian camp, and a solitary grave with a rough fence around +it. Here we landed and awaited Duncan, who had stopped at another of +his trapping tilts three or four hundred yards below. When he joined +us a little later, in answer to my inquiry as to whether this was the +beginning of the old trail, he answered, "'Tis where they says the +Indians came out, and some of the Indians has told me so. I supposes +it's the place, sir." + +"But have you never hunted here yourself?" I asked. + +"No, sir, I've never been in here at all. I travels right past up the +Nascaupee. All I knows about it, sir, is what they tells me. I +always follows the Nascaupee, sir." + +Above us rose a high, steep hill covered for two-thirds of the way +from its base with a thick growth of underbrush, but quite barren on +top save for a few bunches of spruce brush. + +The old trail, unused for eight or ten years, headed toward the hill +and was quite easily traced for some fifty yards from the old camp. +Then it disappeared completely in a dense undergrowth of willows, +alders and spruce. + +While Pete made preparation for our supper and Duncan unloaded his +boat and hauled it up preparatory to leaving it until his return from +the interior, the rest of us tried to follow the trail through the +brush. But beyond where the thick undergrowth began there was nothing +at all that, to us, resembled a trail. Finally, I instructed Pete to +go with Richards and see what he could do while the rest of us made +camp. Pete started ahead, forging his way through the thick growth. +In ten minutes I heard him shout from the hillside, "He here--I find +him," and saw Pete hurrying up the steep incline. + +When Richards and Pete returned an hour later we had camp pitched and +supper cooking. They reported the trail, as far as they had gone, +very rough and hard to find. For some distance it would have to be +cut out with an ax, and nowhere was it bigger than a rabbit run. +Duncan rather favored going as far, as Seal Lake by the trail that he +knew and which followed the Nascaupee. This trail he believed to be +much easier than the long unused Indian trail, which was undoubtedly +in many places entirely obscured and in any case extremely difficult +to follow. I dismissed his suggestion, however, with little +consideration. My, object was to trace the old Indian trail and +explore as much of the country as possible, and not to hide myself in +an enclosed river valley. Therefore, I decided that next day we +should scout ahead to the first water to which the trail led and cut +out the trail where necessary. The work I knew would be hard, but we +were expecting to do hard work. We were not on a summer picnic. + +A rabbit which Stanton had shot and a spruce grouse that fell before +Pete's pistol, together with what remained of our porcupine, hot +coffee, and Mrs. Blake's good bread, made a supper that we ate with +zest while we talked over the prospects of the trail. Supper fin- +ished, Pete carefully washed his dishes, then carefully washed his +dishcloth, which latter he hung upon a bough near the fire to dry. +His cleanliness about his cooking was a revelation to me. I had never +before seen a camp man or guide so neat in this respect. + +The real work of the trip was now to begin, the hard portaging, the +trail finding and trail making, and we were to break the seal of a +land that had, through the ages, held its secret from all the world, +excepting the red man. This is what we were thinking of when we +gathered around our camp fire that evening, and filled and lighted our +pipes and puffed silently while we watched the newborn stars of +evening come into being one by one until the arch of heaven was aglow +with the splendor of a Labrador night. And when we at length went to +our bed of spruce boughs it was to dream of strange scenes and new +worlds that we were to conquer. + + + +CHAPTER IV + +ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL + +Next morning we scouted ahead and found that the trail led to a small +lake some five and a half miles beyond our camp. For a mile or so the +brush was pretty thick and the trail was difficult to follow, but +beyond that it was comparatively well defined though exceedingly +steep, the hill rising to an elevation of one thousand and fifty feet +above the Nascaupee River in the first two miles. We had fifteen +hundred pounds of outfit to carry upon our backs, and I realized that +at first we should have to trail slowly and make several loads of it, +for, with the exception of Pete, none of the men was in training. The +work was totally different from anything to which they had been +accustomed, and as I did not wish to break their spirits or their +ardor, I instructed them to carry only such packs as they could walk +under with perfect ease until they should become hardened to the work. + +The weather had been cool and bracing, but as if to add to our +difficulties the sun now boiled down, and the black flies--"the +devil's angels" some one called them, came in thousands to feast upon +the newcomers and make life miserable for us all. Duncan was as badly +treated by them as any of us, although he belonged to the country, and +I overheard him swearing at a lively gait soon after the little beasts +began their attacks. + +"Why, Duncan," said I, "I didn't know you swore." + +"I does, sir, sometimes--when things makes me," he replied. + +"But it doesn't help matters any to swear, does it?" + +"No, sir, but" (swatting his face) "damn the flies--it's easin' to the +feelin's to swear sometimes." + +On several occasions after this I heard Duncan "easin' his feelin's" +in long and astounding bursts of profane eloquence, but he did try to +moderate his language when I was within earshot. Once I asked him: + +"Where in the world did you learn to swear like that, Duncan?" + +"At the lumber camps, sir," he replied. + +In the year I had spent in Labrador I had never before heard a planter +or native of Groswater Bay swear. But this explained it. The +lumbermen from "civilization" were educating them. + +At one o'clock on July first, half our outfit was portaged to the +summit of the hill and we ate our dinner there in the broiling sun, +for we were above the trees, which ended some distance below us. It +was fearfully hot--a dead, suffocating heat--with not a breath of wind +to relieve the stifling atmosphere, and some one asked what the +temperature was. + +"Eighty-seven in the shade, but no shade," Richards remarked as he +threw down his pack and consulted the thermometer where I had placed +it under a low bush. "I'll swear it's a hundred and fifty in the +sun." + +During dinner Pete pointed to the river far below us, saying, "Look! +Indian canoe." I could not make it out without my binoculars, but +with their aid discerned a canoe on the river, containing a solitary +paddler. None of us, excepting Pete, could see the canoe without the +glasses, at which he was very proud and remarked: "No findin' glass +need me. See far, me. See long way off." + +On other occasions, afterward, I had reason to marvel at Pete's +clearness of vision. + +It was John Ahsini in the canoe, as we discovered later when he joined +us and helped Stanton up the hill with his last pack to our night camp +on the summit. I invited John to eat supper with us and he accepted +the invitation. He told us he was hunting "moshku" (bear) and was +camped at the mouth of the Red River. He assured us that we would +find no more hills like this one we were on, and, pointing to the +northward, said, "Miam potagan" (good portage) and that we would find +plenty "atuk" (caribou), "moshku" and "mashumekush" (trout). After +supper I gave John some "stemmo," and he disappeared down the trail to +join his wife in their wigwam below. + +We were all of us completely exhausted that night. Stanton was too +tired to eat, and lay down upon the bare rocks to sleep. Pete +stretched our tent wigwam fashion on some old Indian tepee poles, and, +without troubling ourselves to break brush for a bed, we all soon +joined Stanton in a dreamless slumber upon his rocky couch. + +The night, like the day, was very warm, and when I aroused Pete at +sunrise the next morning (July second) to get breakfast the mosquitoes +were about our heads in clouds. + +A magnificent panorama lay before us. Opposite, across the valley of +the Nascaupee, a great hill held its snow-tipped head high in the +heavens. Some four miles farther up to the northwest, the river +itself, where it was choked with blocks of ice, made its appearance +and threaded its way down to the southeast until it was finally lost +in the spruce-covered valley. Beyond, bits of Grand Lake, like silver +settings in the black surrounding forest, sparkled in the light of the +rising sun. Away to the westward could be traced the rushing waters +of the Red River making their course down through the sandy ridges +that enclose its valley. To the northward lay a great undulating +wilderness, the wilderness that we were to traverse. It was Sunday +morning, and the holy stillness of the day engulfed our world. + +When Pete had the fire going and the kettle singing I roused the boys +and told them we would make this, our first Sunday in the bush, an +easy one, and simply move our camp forward to a more hospitable and +sheltered spot by a little brook a mile up the trail, and then be +ready for the "tug of war" on Monday. + +In accordance with this plan, after eating our breakfast we each +carried a light pack to our new camping ground, and there pitched our +tent by a tiny brook that trickled down through the rocks. While +Stanton cooked dinner, Pete brought forward a second pack. After we +had eaten, Richards suggested to Pete that they take the fish net +ahead and set it in the little lake which was still some two and a +half miles farther on the trail. They had just returned when a +terrific thunderstorm broke upon us, and every moment we expected the +tent to be carried away by the gale that accompanied the downpour of +rain. It was then that Richards remembered that he had left his +blankets to dry upon the tepee poles at the last camp. The rain +ceased about five o'clock, and Duncan volunteered to return with +Richards and help him recover his blankets, which they found far from +dry. + +Mosquitoes, it seemed to me, were never so numerous or vicious as +after this thunderstorm. We had head nets that were a protection from +them generally, but when we removed the nets to eat, the attacks of +the insects were simply insufferable, so we had our supper in the +tent. After our meal was finished and Pete had washed the dishes, I +read aloud a chapter from the Bible--a Sunday custom that was +maintained throughout the trip--and Stanton sang some hymns. Then we +prevailed upon him to entertain us with other songs. He had an +excellent tenor voice and a repertoire ranging from "The Holy City" to +"My Brother Bob," and these and some of the old Scotch ballads, which +he sang well, were favorites that he was often afterward called upon +to render as we gathered around our evening camp fire, smoking our +pipes and drinking in the tonic fragrance of the great solemn forest +around us after a day of hard portaging. These impromptu concerts, +story telling, and reading aloud from two or three "vest pocket" +classics that I carried, furnished our entertainment when we were not +too tired to be amused. + +The rain cleared the atmosphere, and Monday was cool and delightful, +and, with the exception of two or three showers, a perfect day. Camp +was moved and our entire outfit portaged to the first small lake. Our +net, which Pete and Richards had set the day before, yielded us +nothing, but with my rod I caught enough trout for a sumptuous supper. + +The following morning (July fourth) Pete and I, who arose at half-past +four, had just finished preparing breakfast of fried pork, flapjacks +and coffee, and I had gone to the tent to call the others, when Pete +came rushing after me in great excitement, exclaiming, "Caribou! +Rifle quick!" He grabbed one of the 44's and rushed away and soon we +heard bang-bang-bang seven times from up the lake shore. It was not +long before Pete returned with a very humble bearing and crestfallen +countenance, and without a word leaned the rifle against a tree and +resumed his culinary operations. + +"Well, Pete," said I, "how many caribou did you kill?" + +"No caribou. Miss him," he replied. + +"But I heard seven shots. How did you miss so many times?" I asked. + +"Miss him," answered Pete. "I see caribou over there, close to water, +run fast, try get lee side so he don't smell me. Water in way. Go +very careful, make no noise, but he smell me. He hold his head up +like this. He sniff, then he start. He go through trees very quick. +See him, me, just little when he runs through trees. Shoot seven +times. Hit him once, not much. He runs off. No good follow. Not +hurt much, maybe goes very far." + +"You had caribou fever, Pete," suggested Richards. + +"Yes," said Easton, "caribou fever, sure thing." + +"I don't believe you'd have hit him if he hadn't winded you," Stanton +remarked. "The trouble with you, Pete, is you can't shoot." + +"No caribou fever, me," rejoined Pete, with righteous indignation at +such a suggestion. "Kill plenty moose, kill red deer; never have +moose fever, never have deer fever." Then turning to me he asked, "You +want caribou, Mr. Wallace?" + +"Yes," I answered, "I wish we could get some fresh meat, but we can +wait a few days. We have enough to eat, and I don't want to take time +to hunt now." + +"Plenty signs. I get caribou any day you want him. Tell me when you +want him, I kill him," Pete answered me, ignoring the criticisms of +the others as to his marksmanship and hunting prowess. All that day +and all the next the men let no opportunity pass to guy Pete about his +lost caribou, and on the whole he took the banter very good-naturedly, +but once confided to me that "if those boys get up early, maybe they +see caribou too and try how much they can do." + +After breakfast Pete and I paddled to the other end of the little lake +to pick up the trail while the others broke camp. In a little while +he located it, a well-defined path, and we walked across it half a +mile to another and considerably larger lake in which was a small, +round, moundlike, spruce-covered island so characteristic of the +Labrador lakes. + +On our way back to the first lake Pete called my attention to a fresh +caribou track in the hard earth. It was scarcely distinguishable, and +I had to look very closely to make it out. Then he showed me other +signs that I could make nothing of at all--a freshly turned pebble or +broken twig. These, he said, were fresh deer signs. A caribou had +passed toward the larger lake that very morning. + +"If you want him, I get him," said Pete. I could see he felt rather +deeply his failure of the morning and that he was anxious to redeem +himself. I wanted to give him the opportunity to do so, especially as +the young men, unused to deprivations, were beginning to crave fresh +meat as a relief from the salt pork. At the same time, however, I +felt that the fish we were pretty certain to get from this time on +would do very well for the present, and I did not care to take time to +hunt until we were a little deeper into the country. Therefore I told +him, "No, we will wait a day or two." + +Pete, as I soon discovered, had an insatiable passion for hunting, and +could never let anything in the way of game pass him without qualms of +regret. Sometimes, where a caribou trail ran off plain and clear in +the moss, it was hard to keep from running after it. Nothing ever +escaped his ear or eye. He had the trained senses and instincts of +the Indian hunter. When I first saw him in New York he looked so +youthful and evidently had so little confidence in himself, answering +my question as to whether he could do this or that with an aggravating +"I don't know," that I felt a keen sense of disappointment in him. +But with every stage of our journey he had developed, and now was in +his element. He was quite a different individual from the green +Indian youth whom I had first seen walking timidly beside the railway +conductor at the Grand Central Station in New York. + +The portage between the lakes was an easy one and, as I have said, +well defined, and we reached the farther shore of the second lake +early in the afternoon. Here we found an old Indian camping ground +covering several acres. It had evidently been at one time a general +rendezvous of the Indians hunting in this section, as was indicated by +the large number of wigwams that had been pitched here. That was a +long while ago, however, for the old poles were so decayed that they +fell into pieces when we attempted to pick them up. + +There was no sign of a trail leading from the old camp ground, and I +sent Pete and Richards to circle the bush and endeavor to locate one +that I knew was somewhere about, while I fished and Stanton and Duncan +prepared an early supper. A little later the two men returned, +unsuccessful in their quest. They had seen two or three trails, any +of which might be our trail. Of course but one of them _could_ be the +right one. + +This report was both perplexing and annoying, for I did not wish to +follow for several days a wrong route and then discover the error when +much valuable time had been lost. + +I therefore decided that we must be sure of our position before +proceeding, and early the following morning dispatched Richards and +Pete on a scouting expedition to a high hill some distance to the +northeast that they might, from that view-point, note the general +contour of the land and the location of any visible chain of lakes +leading to the northwest through which the Indian trail might pass, +and then endeavor to pick up the trail from one of these lakes, noting +old camping grounds and other signs. As a precaution, in case they +were detained over night each carried some tea and some erbswurst, a +rifle, a cup at his belt and a compass. When Pete took the rifle he +held it up meaningly and said, "Fresh meat to-night. Caribou," and I +could see that he was planning to make a hunt of it. + +When they were gone, I took Easton with me and climbed another hill +nearer camp, that I might get a panoramic view of the valley in which +we were camped. From this vantage ground I could see, stretching off +to the northward, a chain of three or four small lakes which, I +concluded, though there was other water visible, undoubtedly marked +our course. Far to the northwest was a group of rugged, barren, snow- +capped mountains which were, perhaps, the "white hills," behind which +the Indians had told us lay Seal Lake. At our feet, sparkling in the +sunlight, spread the lake upon whose shores our tent, a little white +dot amongst the green trees, was pitched. A bit of smoke curled up +from our camp fire, where I knew Stanton and Duncan were baking "squaw +bread." + +We returned to camp to await the arrival and report of Richards and +Pete, and occupied the afternoon in catching trout which, though more +plentiful than in the first lake, were very small. + +Toward evening, when a stiff breeze blew in from the lake and cleared +the black flies and mosquitoes away. Easton took a canoe out, +stripped, and sprang into the water, while I undressed on shore and +was in the midst of a most refreshing bath when, suddenly, the wind +died away and our tormentors came upon us in clouds. It was a +scramble to get into our clothes again, but before I succeeded in +hiding my nakedness from them, I was pretty severely wounded. + +It was scarcely six o'clock when Richards and Pete walked into camp +and proudly threw down some venison. Pete had kept his promise. On +the lookout at every step for game, he had espied an old stag, and, +together, he and Richards had stalked it, and it had received bullets +from both their rifles. I shall not say to which hunter belonged the +honor of killing the game. They were both very proud of it. + +But best of all, they had found, to a certainty, the trail leading to +one of the chain of little lakes which Easton and I had seen, and +these lakes, they reported, took a course directly toward a larger +lake, which they had glimpsed. I decided that this must be the lake +of which the Indians at Northwest River had told us--Lake Nipishish +(Little Water). This was very gratifying intelligence, as Nipishish +was said to be nearly half way to Seal Lake, from where we had begun +our portage on the Nascaupee. + +What a supper we had that night of fresh venison, and new "squaw +bread," hot from the pan! + +In the morning we portaged our outfit two miles, and removed our camp +to the second one of the series of lakes which Easton and I had seen +from the hill, and the fourth lake after leaving the Nascaupee River. +The morning was fearfully hot, and we floundered through marshes with +heavy packs, bathed in perspiration, and fairly breathing flies and +mosquitoes. Not a breath of air stirred, and the humidity and heat +were awful. Stanton and Duncan remained to pitch the tent and bring +up some of our stuff that had been left at the second lake, while +Richards, Easton, Pete and I trudged three miles over the hills for +the caribou meat which had been cached at the place where the animal +was killed, Richards and Pete having brought with them only enough for +two or three meals. + +The country here was rough and broken, with many great bowlders +scattered over the hilltops. When we reached the cache we were +ravenously hungry, and built a fire and had a very satisfying luncheon +of broiled venison steak and tea. We bad barely finished our meal +when heavy black clouds overcast the sky, and the wind and rain broke +upon us in the fury of a hurricane. With the coming of the storm the +temperature dropped fully forty degrees in half as many minutes, and +in our dripping wet garments we were soon chilled and miserable. We +hastened to cut the venison up and put it into packs, and with each a +load of it, started homeward. On the way I stopped with Pete to climb +a peak that I might have a view of the surrounding country and see the +large lake to the northward which he and Richards had reported the +evening before. The atmosphere was sufficiently clear by this time +for me to see it, and I was satisfied that it was undoubtedly Lake +Nipishish, as no other large lake had been mentioned by the Indians. + +We hastened down the mountain and made our way through rain-soaked +bushes and trees that showered us with their load of water at every +step, and when at last we reached camp and I threw down my pack, I was +too weary to change my wet garments for dry ones, and was glad to lie +down, drenched as I was, to sleep until supper was ready. + +None of our venison must be wasted. All that we could not use within +the next day or two must be "jerked," that is, dried, to keep it from +spoiling. To accomplish this we erected poles, like the poles of a +wigwam, and suspended the meat from them, cut in thin strips, and in +the center, between the poles, made a small, smoky fire to keep the +greenbottle flies away, that they might not "blow" the venison, as +well as to aid nature in the drying process. + +All day on July seventh the rain poured down, a cold, northwest wind +blew, and no progress was made in drying our meat. There was nothing +to do but wait in the tent for the storm to clear. + +When Pete went out to cook dinner I told him to make a little corn +meal porridge and let it go at that, but what a surprise he had for us +when, a little later, dripping wet and hands full of kettles, he +pushed his way into the tent! A steaming venison potpie, broiled +venison steaks, hot fried bread dough, stewed prunes for dessert and a +kettle of hot tea! All experienced campers in the north woods are +familiar with the fried bread dough. It is dough mixed as you would +mix it for squaw bread, but not quite so stiff, pulled out to the size +of your frying pan, very thin, and fried in swimming pork grease. In +taste it resembles doughnuts. Hubbard used to call it "French toast." +Our young men had never eaten it before, and Richards, taking one of +the cakes, asked Pete: + +"What do you call this?" + +"I don't know," answered Pete. + +"Well," said Richards, with a mouthful of it, "I call it darn good." + +"That's what we call him then," retorted Pete, "darn good." + +And so the cakes were christened "darn goods," and always afterward we +referred to them by that name. + +The forest fire which I have mentioned as having swept this country to +the shores of Grand Lake some thirty-odd years ago, had been +particularly destructive in this portion of the valley where we were +now encamped. The stark dead spruce trees, naked skeletons of the old +forest, stood all about, and that evening, when I stepped outside for +a look at the sky and weather, I was impressed with the dreariness of +the scene. The wind blew in gusts, driving the rain in sheets over +the face of the hills and through the spectral trees, finally dashing +it in bucketfuls against our tent. + +The next forenoon, however, the sky cleared, and in the afternoon +Richards and I went ahead in one of the canoes to hunt the trail. We +followed the north shore of the lake to its end, then portaged twenty +yards across a narrow neck into another lake, and keeping near the +north shore of this lake also, continued until we came upon a creek of +considerable size running out of it and taking a southeasterly course. +Where the creek left the lake there was an old Indian fishing camp. +It was out of the question that our trail should follow the valley of +this creek, for it led directly away from our goal. We, therefore, +returned and explored a portion of the north shore of the lake, which +was very bare, bowlder strewn, and devoid of vegetation for the most +part--even moss. + +Once we came upon a snow bank in a hollow, and cooled ourselves by +eating some of the snow. Our observations made it quite certain that +the trail left the northern side of the second lake through a bowlder- +strewn pass over the hills, though there were no visible signs of it, +and we climbed one of the hills in the hope of seeing lakes beyond. +There were none in sight. It was too late to continue our search that +day and we reluctantly returned to camp. Our failure was rather +discouraging because it meant a further loss of time, and I had hoped +that our route, until we reached Nipishish at least, would lie +straight and well defined before us. + +Sunday was comfortably cool, with a good stiff breeze to drive away +the flies. I dispatched Richards, with Pete and Easton to accompany +him, to follow up our work of the evening before, and look into the +pass through the hills, while I remained behind with Stanton and +Duncan and kept the fire going under our venison. + +I Had expected that Duncan, with his lifelong experience as a native +trapper and hunter in the Labrador interior, would be of great +assistance to us in locating the trail; but to my disappointment I +discovered soon after our start that he was far from good even in +following a trail when it was found, though he never got lost and +could always find his way back, in a straight line, to any given +point. + +The boys returned toward evening and reported that beyond the hills, +through the pass, lay a good-sized lake, and that some signs of a +trail were found leading to it. This was what I had hoped for. + +Our meat was now sufficiently dried to pack, and, anxious to be on the +move again, I directed that on the morrow we should break camp and +cross the hills to the lakes beyond. + + + +CHAPTER V + +WE GO ASTRAY + +At half-past four on Monday morning I called the men, and while Pete +was preparing breakfast the rest of us broke camp and made ready for a +prompt start. All were anxious to see behind the range of bowlder- +covered hills and to reach Lake Nipishish, which we felt could not now +be far away. As soon as our meal was finished the larger canoe was +loaded and started on ahead, while Richards, Duncan and I remained +behind to load and follow in the other. + +With the rising sun the day had become excessively warm, and there was +not a breath of wind to cool the stifling atmosphere. The trail was +ill-defined and rough, winding through bare glacial bowlders that were +thick-strewn on the ridges; and the difficulty of following it, +together with the heat, made the work seem doubly hard, as we trudged +with heavy packs to the shores of a little lake which nestled in a +notch between the bills a mile and a half away. Once a fox ran before +us and took refuge in its den under a large rock, but save the always +present cloud of black flies, no other sign of life was visible on the +treeless hills. Finally at midday, after three wearisome journeys +back and forth, bathed in perspiration and dripping fly dope and pork +grease, which we had rubbed on our faces pretty freely as a protection +from the winged pests, we deposited our last load upon the shores of +the lake, and thankfully stopped to rest and cook our dinner. + +We were still eating when we heard the first rumblings of distant +thunder and felt the first breath of wind from a bank of black clouds +in the western sky, and had scarcely started forward again when the +heavens opened upon us with a deluge. + +The brunt of the storm soon passed, but a steady rain continued as we +paddled through the lake and portaged across a short neck of land into +a larger lake, down which we paddled to a small round island near its +lower end. Here, drenched to the bone and thoroughly tired, we made +camp, and in the shelter of the tent ate a savory stew composed of +duck, grouse, venison and fat pork that Pete served in the most +appetizing camp style. + +I was astounded by the amount of squaw bread and "darn goods" that the +young men of my party made away with, and began to fear not only for +the flour supply, but also for the health of the men. One day when I +saw one of my party eat three thick loaves of squaw bread in addition +to a fair quantity of meat, I felt that it was time to limit the flour +part of the ration. I expressed my fears to Pete, and advised that he +bake less bread, and make the men eat more of the other food. + +"Bread very good for Indian. Not good when white an eat so much. +Good way fix him. Use not so much baking powder, me. Make him +heavy," suggested Pete. + +"No, Pete, use enough baking powder to make the bread good, and I'll +speak to the men. Then if they don't eat less bread of their own +accord, we'll have to limit them to a ration." + +I decided to try this plan, and that evening in our camp on the island +I told them that a ration of bread would soon have to be resorted to. +They looked very solemn about it, for the bare possibility of a +limited ration, something that they had never had to submit to, +appeared like a hardship to them. + +On Tuesday morning when we awoke the rain was still falling steadily. +During the forenoon the storm abated somewhat and we broke camp and +transferred our goods to the mainland, where the trail left the lake +near a good-sized brook. Our portage led us over small bills and +through marshes a mile and a half to another lake. While Pete +remained at our new camp to prepare supper and Easton stayed with him, +the rest of us brought forward the last load. Richards and I with a +canoe and packs attempted to run down the brook, which emptied into +the lake near our camp; but we soon found the stream too rocky, and +were forced to cut our way through a dense growth of willows and carry +the canoe and packs to camp on our backs. + +The rain had ceased early in the afternoon, and the evening was +delightfully cool, so that the warmth of a big camp fire was most +grateful and comforting. Our day's march had carried us into a well- +wooded country, and the spectral dry sticks of the old burnt forest +were behind us. The clouds hung low and threatening, and in the +twilight beyond the glow of our leaping fire made the still waters of +the lake, with its encircling wilderness of fir trees, seem very dark +and somber. The genial warmth of the fire was so in contrast to the +chilly darkness of the tent that we sat long around it and talked of +our travels and prospects and the lake and the wilderness before us +that no white man had ever before seen, while the brook near by +tumbling over its rocky bed roared a constant complaint at our +intrusion into this land of solitude. + +The following morning was cool and fine, but showers developed during +the day. Our venison, improderly dried, was molding, and much of it +we found, upon unpacking, to be maggoty. After breakfast I instructed +the others to cut out the wormy parts as far as possible and hang the +good meat over the fire for further drying, while with Easton I +explored a portion of the lake shore in search of the trail leading +out. We returned for a late dinner, and then while Easton, Richards +and I caught trout, I dispatched Pete and Stanton to continue the +search beyond the point where Easton and I had left off. It was near +evening when they came back with the information that they had found +the trail, very difficult to follow, leading to a river, some two +miles and a half beyond our camp. This was undoubtedly the Crooked +River, which empties into Grand Lake close to the Nascaupee, and which +the Indians had told us had its rise in Lake Nipishish. + +The evening was very warm, and mosquitoes were so thick in the tent +that we almost breathed them. Stanton, after much turning and +fidgeting, finally took his blanket out of doors, where he said it was +cooler and he could sleep with his head covered to protect him; but in +an hour he was back, and with his blanket wet with dew took his usual +place beside me. + +Below the point where the trail enters the Crooked River it is said by +the Indians to be exceedingly rough and entirely impassable. We +portaged into it the next morning, paddled a short distance up the +stream, which is here some two hundred yards in width and rather +shallow, then poled through a short rapid and tracked through two +others, wading almost to our waists in some places. We now came to a +widening of the river where it spread out into a small lake. Near the +upper end of this expansion was an island upon which we found a long- +disused log cache of the Indians. A little distance above the island +what appeared to be two rivers flowed into the expansion. Richards, +Duncan and I explored up the right-hand branch until we struck a +rapid. Upon our return to the point where the two streams came +together we found that the other canoe, against my positive +instructions not to proceed at uncertain points until I had decided +upon the proper route to take, had gone up the branch on the left, +tracked through a rapid and disappeared. + +There were no signs of Indians on either of these branches so far as +we could discover, and I was well satisfied that somewhere on the +north bank of the expansion, probably not far from the island and old +cache which we had passed, was the trail. But evening was coming on +and rain was threatening, so there was nothing to do but follow the +other canoe, which had gone blindly ahead, until we should overtake +it, as it contained all the cooking utensils and our tent. This fail- +ure of the men to obey instructions took us a considerable distance +out of our way and cost us several days' time, as we discovered later. + +We tracked through some rapids and finally overhauled the others at a +place where the river branched again. It was after seven o'clock, a +drizzling rain was falling, and here we pitched camp on the east side +of the river just opposite the junction of the two branches. + +On the west fork and directly across from our camp was a rough rapid, +and while supper was cooking I paddled over with Richards to try for +fish. We made our casts, and I quickly landed a twenty-inch +ouananiche and Richards hooked a big trout that, after much play, was +brought ashore. It measured twenty-two and a half inches from tip to +tip and eleven and a half inches around the shoulders. I had landed a +couple more large trout, when Richards enthusiastically announced that +he had a big fellow hooked. He played the fish for half an hour +before he brought it to the edge of the rock, so completely exhausted +that it could scarcely move a fin. We had no landing net and he +attempted to lift it out by the line, when snap went the hook and the +fish was free! I made a dash, caught it in my hands and triumphantly +brought it ashore. It proved to be an ouananiche that measured +twenty-seven and one-half inches in length by eleven and one-quarter +inches in girth. + +In our excitement we had forgotten all about supper and did not even +know that it was raining; but we now saw Pete on the further shore +gesticulating wildly and pointing at his open mouth, in pantomime +suggestion that the meal was waiting. + +"Well, that _is_ fishing!" remarked Richards. "I never landed a fish +as big as that before." + +"Yes," I answered; "we're getting near the headwaters of the river +now, where the big fish are always found." + +"I never expected any such sport as that. It's worth the hard work +just for this hour's fishing." + +"You'll get plenty more of it before we're through the country. There +are some big fellows under that rapid. The Indians told us we should +find salmon in this section too, but we're ahead of the salmon, I +think. They're hardly due for a month yet." + +"Let's show the fellows the trout, first. They're big enough to make +'em open their eyes. Then we'll spring the ouananiche on 'cm and +they'll faint. It'll, be enough to make Easton want to come and try a +cast too." + +So when we pushed through the dripping bushes to the tent we presented +only the few big trout, which did indeed create a sensation. Then +Richards brought forward his ouananiche, and it produced the desired +effect. After supper Pete and Easton must try their hand at the fish, +and they succeeded in catching five trout averaging, we estimated, +from two to three pounds each. Richards, however, still held the +record as to big fish, both trout and ouananiche, and the others vowed +they would take it from him if they had to fish nights to do it. + +_En route_ up the river, in the afternoon, Pete had shot a muskrat, +and I asked him that night what he was going to do with it. + +"I don't know," he answered. "Muskrat no good now." + +"Well, never kill any animal while you are with me that you cannot +use, except beasts of prey." + +This was one of the rules that I had laid down at the beginning: that +no member of the party should kill for the sake of killing any living +thing. I could not be angry with Pete, however, for he was always so +goodnatured. No matter how sharply I might reprove him, in five +minutes he would be doing something for my comfort, or singing some +Indian song as he went lightheartedly about his work. I understood +how hard it was for him to down the Indian instinct to kill, and that +the muskrat bad been shot thoughtlessly without considering for a +moment whether it were needed or not. The flesh of the muskrat at +this season of the year is very strong in flavor and unpalatable, and +besides, with the grouse that were occasionally killed, the fish that +we were catching, and the dried venison still on hand, we could not +well use it. No fur is, of course, in season at this time of year, +and so there was no excuse for killing muskrats for the pelts. + +In the vicinity of this camp we saw some of the largest spruce timber +that we came upon in the whole journey across Labrador. Some of these +trees were fully twenty-two inches in diameter at the butt and perhaps +fifty to sixty feet in height. These large trees were very scattered, +however, and too few to be of commercial value. For the most part the +trees that we met with were six to eight, and, occasionally, ten +inches through, scrubby and knotted. In Labrador trees worth the +cutting are always located near streams in sheltered valleys. + +That evening before we retired the drizzle turned to a downpour, and +we were glad to leave our unprotected camp fire for the unwarmed +shelter of our tent. While I lay within and listened to the storm, I +wrote in my diary: "As I lie here, the rain pours upon the tent over +my head and drips--drips--drips through small holes in the silk; the +wind sweeps through the spruce trees outside and a breath of the +fragrance of the great damp forest comes to me. I hear the roar of +the rapid across the river as the waters pour down over the rocks in +their course to the sea. I wonder if some of those very waters do not +wash the shores of New York. How far away the city seems, and how +glad I shall be to return home when my work here is finished! + +"This is a feeling that comes to one often in the wilderness. Perhaps +it is a touch of homesickness--a hunger for the sympathy and +companionship of our friends." + +The days that followed were days of weary waiting and inactivity. A +cold northeast storm was blowing and the rain fell heavily and +incessantly day and night. Trail hunting was impracticable while the +storm lasted, but the halt offered an opportunity that was taken +advantage of to repair our outfit; also there was much needed mending +to be done, as some of our clothing was badly torn. + +Everything we had in the way of wearing apparel was wet, and we set up +our tent stove for the first time, that we might dry our things under +cover. This stove proved a great comfort to us, and all agreed that +it was an inspiration that led me to bring it. It was not an +inspiration, however, but my experience on the trip with Hubbard that +taught the necessity of a stove for just such occasions as this, and +for the colder weather later. + +Some of us went to the rapid to fish, but it was too cold for either +fly or bait, and we soon gave it up. I slipped off a rock in the +lower swirl of the rapid, and went into the river over head and ears. +Pete, who was with me, gave audible expression to his amusement at my +discomfiture as I crawled out of the water like a half drowned rat; +but I could see no occasion for his hilarity and I told him so. + +This experience dampened my enthusiasm as a fisherman for that day. +The net was set, however, which later yielded us some trout. A fish +planked on a dry spruce log hewn flat on one side, made a delicious +dinner, and a savory kettle of fish chowder made of trout and dried +onions gave us an equally good supper. + +On July fifteenth sleet was mingled with the rain in the early +morning, and it was so cold that Duncan used his mittens when doing +outdoor work. Easton was not feeling well, and I looked upon our +delay as not altogether lost time, as it gave him an opportunity to +get into shape again. + +A pocket copy of "Hiawatha," from which Stanton read aloud, furnished +us with entertainment. Pete was very much interested in the reading, +and I found he was quite familiar with the legends of his Indian hero, +and he told us some stories of Hiawatha that I had never heard. +"Hiawatha," said Pete, "he the same as Christ. He do anything he want +to." Pete produced his harmonica and proved himself a very good +performer. + +July sixteenth was Sunday, and I decided that rain or shine we must +break camp on Monday and move forwards for the inactivity was becoming +unendurable. + +A little fishing was done, and Pete landed a twenty-two and three- +quarter inch trout, thus wresting the big-trout record from Richards. +Pete was proud and boasted a great deal of this feat, which he claimed +proved his greater skill as a fisherman, but which the others +attributed to luck. + +We were enabled to do some scouting in the afternoon, which resulted +in the discovery that our camp was on an island. Nowhere could we +find any Indian signs, and we were therefore quite evidently off the +trail. + + + +CHAPTER VI + +LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED + +As already stated, the Indians at Northwest River Post had informed us +that the Crooked River had its rise in Lake Nipishish, and I therefore +decided to follow the stream from the point where we were now encamped +to the lake, or until we should come upon the trail again, as I felt +sure we should do farther up, rather than retrace our steps to the +abandoned cache on the island in the expansion below, and probably +consume considerable time in locating the old portage route from that +point. + +Accordingly, on Monday morning we began our work against the almost +continuous rapids, which we discovered as we proceeded were +characteristic of the river. A heavy growth of willows lined the +banks, forcing us into the icy water, where the swift current made it +very difficult to keep our footing upon the slippery bowlders of the +river bed. Tracking lines were attached to the bows of the canoes and +we floundered forward. + +The morning was cloudy and cool and resembled a day in late October, +but before noon the sun graciously made his appearance and gave us new +spirit for our work. When we stopped for dinner I sent Pete and +Easton to look ahead, and Pete brought back the intelligence that a +half-mile portage would cut off a considerable bend in the river and +take us into still water. It was necessary to clear a portion of the +way with the ax. This done, the portage was made, and then we found to +our disappointment that the still water was less than a quarter mile +in length, when rapids occurred again. + +As I deemed it wise to get an idea of the lay of the land before +proceeding farther, I took Pete with me and went ahead to scout the +route. Less than a mile away we found two small lakes, and climbing a +ridge two miles farther on, we had a view of the river, which, so far +as we could see, continued to be very rough, taking a turn to the +westward above where our canoes were stationed, and then swinging +again to the northeast in the direction of Nipishish, which was +plainly visible. The Indians, instead of taking the longer route that +we were following, undoubtedly crossed from the old cache to a point +in the river some distance above where it took its westward swing, and +thus, in one comparatively easy portage, saved themselves several +miles of rough traveling. It was too late for us now, however, to +take advantage of this. + +Pete and I hurried back to the others. The afternoon was well +advanced, but sufficient daylight remained to permit us to proceed a +little way up the river, and portage to the shores of one of the +lakes, where camp was made just at dusk. + +Field mice in this section were exceedingly troublesome. They would +run over us at night, sample our food, and gnawed a hole as large as a +man's hand in the side of the tent. Porcupines, too, were something +of a nuisance. One night one of them ate a piece out of my tumpline, +which was partially under my head, while I slept. + +The next morning we passed through the lakes to the river above, and +for three days, in spite of an almost continuous rain and wind storm, +worked our way up stream, "tracking" the canoes through a succession +of rapids or portaging around them, with scarcely any opportunity to +paddle. + +On the afternoon of the third day, with the wind dashing the rain in +sheets into our faces, we halted on a rough piece of ground just above +the river bank and pitched our tent. + +When camp was made Pete took me to a rise of ground a little distance +away, and pointing to the northward exclaimed: "Look, Lake Nipishish! +I know we reach him to-day." + +And sure enough, there lay Lake Nipishish close at hand! I was more +thankful than I can say to see the water stretching far away to the +northward, for I felt that now the hardest and roughest part of our +journey to the height of land was completed. + +"That's great, Pete," said I. "We'll have more water after this and +fewer and easier portages, and we can travel faster." + +"Maybe better, I don't know," remarked Pete, rather skeptically. +"Always hard find trail out big lakes. May leave plenty places. Take +more time hunt trail maybe now. Indian maps no good. Maybe easier +when we find him." + +Pete was right, and I did not know the difficulties still to be met +with before we should reach Michikamau. + +Duncan was of comparatively little help to us now, and as I knew that +he was more than anxious to return to Groswater Bay, I decided to +dispense with his further services and send him back with letters to +be mailed home. When I returned to the tent I said to him: + +"Duncan, I suppose you would like to go home now, and I will let you +turn back from here and take some letters out. Does that suit you?" + +"Yes, sir, that suits me fine," replied be promptly, and in a tone +that left no doubt of the fact that he was glad to go. + +"Well, this is Thursday. I'll write my letters tomorrow, and you may +go on Saturday." + +"All right, sir." + +The letters were all written and ready for Duncan on Friday night, and +he packed sufficient provisions into a waterproof bag I gave him to +carry him out, and prepared for an early start in the morning. But +the rain that had been falling for several days still poured down on +Saturday, and he decided to postpone his departure another day in the +hope of better weather on Sunday. He needed the time anyway to mend +his sealskin boots before starting back, for he had pretty nearly worn +them out on the sharp rocks on the portages. The rest of us were well +provided with oil-tanned moccasins (sometimes called larigans or shoe- +packs), which I have found are the best footwear for a journey like +ours. Pete's khaki trousers were badly torn; and Richards and Easton, +who wore Mackinaw trousers, were in rags. This cloth had not +withstood the hard usage of Labrador travel a week, and both men, when +they bad a spare hour, occupied it in sewing on canvas patches, until +now there was almost as much canvas patch as Mackinaw cloth in these +garments. Richards, however, carried an extra pair of moleskin +trousers, and I wore moleskin. This latter material is the best +obtainable, so far as my experience goes, for rough traveling in the +bush, and my trousers stood the trip with but one small patch until +winter came. + +Sunday morning was still stormy, but before noon the rain ceased, and +Duncan announced his intention of starting homeward at once. We +raised our flags and exchanged our farewells and Godspeeds with him. +Then he left us, and as be disappeared down the trail a strange sense +of loneliness came upon us, for it seemed to us that his going broke +the last link that connected us with the outside world. Duncan was +always so cheerful, with his quaint humor, and so ready to do his work +to the very best of his ability, that we missed him very much, and +often spoke of him in the days that followed. + +We had made the best of our enforced idleness in this camp to repack +and condense and dry our outfit as much as possible. The venison, at +the first imperfectly cured, had been so continuously soaked that the +most of what remained of it was badly spoiled and we could not use it, +and with regret we threw it away. The erbswurst was also damp, and +this we put into small canvas bags, which were then placed near the +stove to dry. + +A rising barometer augured good weather for Monday morning. A light +wind scattered the clouds that had for so many days entombed the world +in storm and gloom, and the sun broke out gloriously, setting the +moisture-laden trees aglinting as though hung with a million pearls +and warming the damp fir trees until the air was laden with the forest +perfume. It was as though a pall had been lifted from the world. How +our hearts swelled with the new enthusiasm of the returned sunshine! +It was always so. It seemed as if the long-continued storms bound up +our hearts and crushed the buoyancy from them; but the returning +sunshine melted the bonds at once and gave us new ambition. A robin +sang gayly from a near-by tree--a messenger from the kindlier +Southland come to cheer us--and the "whisky jacks," who had not shown +themselves for several days, appeared again with their shrill cries, +venturing impudently into the very door of our tent to claim scraps of +refuse. + +I was for moving forward that very afternoon, but some of our things +were still wet, and I deemed it better judgment to let them have the +day in which to dry and to delay our start until Monday morning. + +After supper, in accordance with the Sunday custom established by +Hubbard when I was with him, I read aloud a selection from the +Testament--the last chapter of Revelation--and then went out of the +tent to take the usual nine o'clock weather observation. Between the +horizon and a fringe of black clouds that hung low in the north the +reflected sun set the heavens afire, and through the dark fir trees +the lake stretched red as a lake of blood. I called the others to see +it and Easton joined me. We climbed a low hill close at hand to view +the scene, and while we looked the red faded into orange, and the lake +was transformed into a mirror, which reflected the surrounding trees +like an inverted forest. In the direction from which we had come we +could see the high blue hills beyond the Nascaupee, very dim in the +far distance. Below us the Crooked River lost itself as it wound its +tortuous way through the wooded valley that we had traversed. +Somewhere down there Duncan was bivouacked, and we wondered if his +fire was burning at one of our old camping places. + +Darkness soon came and we returned to the tent to find the others +rolled in their blankets, and we joined them at once that we might +have a good night's rest preparatory to an early morning advance. + +Before seven o'clock on Monday morning (July twenty-fourth) we had +made our portage to the water that we had supposed to be an arm of +Lake Nipishish, but which proved instead to be an expansion of the +river into which the lake poured its waters through a short rapid. +This rapid necessitated another short portage before we were actually +afloat upon the bosom of Nipishish itself. There was not a cloud to +mar the azure of the sky, hardly a breath of wind to make a ripple on +the surface of the lake, and the morning was just cool enough to be +delightful. + +It was the kind of day and kind of wilderness that makes one want to +go on and on. I felt again the thrill in my blood of that magic +something that had held possession of Hubbard and me and lured us into +the heart of this unknown land two years before, and as I looked +hungrily away toward the hills to the northward, I found myself +repeating again one of those selections from Kipling that I had +learned from him: + + "Something hidden. Go and find it. Go and look behind the Ranges-- + Something lost behind the Ranges. Lost and waiting for you. Go!" + + + +CHAPTER VII + +SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL + +Lake Nipishish is approximately twenty miles in length, and at its +broadest part ten or twelve miles in width. It extends in an almost +due easterly direction from the place where we launched our canoes +near its outlet. The shores are rocky and rise gradually into low, +well-wooded hills, by which the lake is surrounded. Five miles from +the outlet a rocky point juts out into the water, and above the point +an arm of the lake reaches into the hills to the northward to a +distance of six miles, almost at right angles to the main lake. In +the arm there are several small, rocky islands which sustain a scrubby +growth of black spruce and fir balsam. + +Hitherto the Indian maps had been of little assistance to us. No +estimate of distance could be made from them, and the lakes through +which we had passed (not all of them shown on the map) were +represented by small circles with nothing to indicate at what point on +their shores the trail was to be found. Lake Nipishish, however, was +drawn on a larger scale and with more detail, and we readily located +the trail leading out of the arm which I have mentioned. + +After a day's work through several small lakes or ponds, with short +intervening portages, and a trail on the whole well defined and easily +followed, we came one afternoon to a good-sized lake of irregular +shape which Pete promptly named Washkagama (Crooked Lake). + +A stream flowed into Washkagama near the place where we went ashore, +and it seemed to me probable that our route might be along this +stream, which it was likely drained lakes farther up; but a search in +the vicinity failed to uncover any signs of the trail, and the irregu- +lar shape of the lake suggested several other likely places for it. +We were, therefore, forced to go into camp, disappointing as it was, +until we should know our position to a certainty. + +The next day was showery, but we began in the morning a determined +hunt for the trail. Stanton remained in camp to make needed repairs +to the outfit; Easton went with Pete to the northward, while Richards +and I in one of the canoes paddled to the eastern side of the lake +arm, upon which we were encamped, to climb a barren hill from which we +hoped to get a good view of the country, and upon reaching the summit +we were not disappointed. A wide panorama was spread before us. To +the north lay a great rolling country covered with a limitless forest +of firs, with here and there a bit of sparkling water. A mile from +our camp a creek, now and again losing itself in the green woods, +rushed down to join Washkagama, anxious to gain the repose of the +lake. To the northeast the rugged white hills, that we were hoping to +reach soon, loomed up grand and majestic, with patches of snow, like +white sheets, spread over their sides and tops. From Nipishish to +Washkagama we had passed through a burned and rocky country where no +new growth save scant underbrush and a few scattering spruce, balsam +and tamarack trees had taken the place of the old destroyed forest. +The dead, naked tree trunks which, gaunt and weather-beaten, still +stood upright or lay in promiscuous confusion on the ground, gave this +part of the country from our hilltop view an appearance of solitary +desolation that we had not noticed when we were traveling through it. +But this unregenerated district ended at Washkagama; and below it +Nipishish, with its green-topped hills, seemed almost homelike. + +The creek that I have mentioned as flowing into the lake a mile from +our camp seemed to me worthy to be explored for the trail, and I +determined to go there at once upon our return to camp, while Richards +desired to climb a rock-topped hill which held its head above the +timber line three or four miles to the northwest, that he might make +topographical and geological observations there. + +We returned to camp, and Richards, with a package of erbswurst in his +pocket to cook for dinner and my rifle on his shoulder, started +immediately into the bush, and was but just gone when Pete and Easton +appeared with the report that two miles above us lay a large lake, and +that they had found the trail leading from it to the creek I had seen +from the hill. The lake lay among the hills to the northward, and the +bits of water I had seen were portions of it. I was anxious to break +camp and start forward, but this could not be done until Richards' +return. Easton, Pete and I paddled up to the creek's mouth, +therefore, and spent the day fishing, and landed eighty-seven trout, +ranging from a quarter pound to four pounds in weight. The largest +ones Stanton split and hung over the fire to dry for future use, while +the others were applied to immediate need. + +When Richards came into camp in the evening he brought with him an +excellent map of the country that he had seen from the hill and +reported having counted ten lakes, including the large one that Easton +and Pete had visited. He also had found the trail and followed it +back. + +The next morning some tracking and wading up the creek was necessary +before we found ourselves upon the trail with packs on our backs, and +before twelve o'clock we arrived with all our outfit at the lake, +which we shall call Minisinaqua. It was an exceedingly beautiful +sheet of water, the main body, perhaps, ten or twelve miles in length, +but narrow, and with many arms and indentations and containing +numerous round green islands. The shores and surrounding country were +well wooded with spruce, fir, balsam, larch, and an occasional small +white birch. + +I took my place in the larger canoe with Pete and Easton and left +Stanton to follow with Richards. Pete's eyes, as always, were +scanning with keen scrutiny every inch of shore. Suddenly he +straightened up, peered closely at an island, and in a stage whisper +exclaimed "Caribou! Caribou! Don't make noise! Paddle, quick!" + +We saw them then--two old stags and a fawn--on an island, but they had +seen us, too, or winded us more likely, and, rushing across the +island, took to the water on the opposite side, making for the +mainland. We bent to our paddles with all our might, hoping to get +within shooting distance of them, but they had too much lead. We all +tried some shots when we saw we could not get closer, but the deer +were five hundred yards away, and from extra exertion with our +paddles, we were unable to hold steady, and missed. + +Our canoes were turned into an arm of the lake leading to the +northward. Amongst some islands we came upon a flock of five geese-- +two old ones and three young ones. The old ones had just passed +through the molting season, and their new wing feathers were not long +enough to bear them, and the young ones, though nearly full grown, had +not yet learned to fly. Pete brought the mother goose and two of her +children down with the shotgun, but father gander and the other +youngster escaped, flapping away on the surface of the lake at a +remarkable speed, and they were allowed to go with their lives without +a chase. + +We stumbled upon the trail leading from Lake Minisinaqua, almost +immediately upon landing. Its course was in a northerly direction +through the valley of a small river that emptied into the lake. This +valley was inclosed by low hills, and the country, like that between +Washkagama and Lake Minisinaqua, was well covered with the same +varieties of small trees that were found there. For a mile and three- +quarters, the stream along which the trail ran was too swift for +canoeing, but it then expanded into miniature lakes or ponds which +were connected by short rapids. Each of us portaged a load to the +first pond, where the canoes were to be launched, and I directed Pete +and Stanton to remain here, pluck the geese, and prepare two of them +for an evening dinner, while Richards, Easton and I brought forward a +second load and pitched camp. + +This was Easton's twenty-second birthday and it occurred to me that it +would be a pleasant variation to give a birthday dinner in his honor +and to have a sort of feast to relieve the monotony of our daily life, +and give the men something to think about and revive their spirits; +for "bucking the trail" day after day with no change but the gradual +change of scenery does grow monotonous to most men, and the ardor of +the best of them, especially men unaccustomed to roughing it, will +become damped in time unless some variety, no matter how slight, can +be brought into their lives. A good dinner always has this effect, +for after men are immersed in a wilderness for several weeks, good +things to eat take the first place in their thoughts and, to judge +from their conversation, the attainment of these is their chief aim in +life. + +My instructions to Pete included the baking of an extra ration of +bread to be served hot with the roast geese, and I asked Stanton to +try his hand at concocting some kind of a pudding out of the few +prunes that still remained, to be served with sugar as sauce, and +accompanied by black coffee. Our coffee supply was small and it was +used only on Sundays now, or at times when we desired an especial +treat. + +We were pretty tired when we returned with our second packs and +dropped them on a low, bare knoll some fifty yards above the fire +where Pete and Stanton were carrying on their culinary operations, but +a whiff of roasting goose came to us like a tonic, and it did not take +us long to get camp pitched. + +"Um-m-m," said Easton, stopping in his work of driving tent pegs to +sniff the air now bearing to us appetizing odors of goose and coffee, +"that smells like home." + +"You bet it does," assented Richards. "I haven't been filled up for a +week, but I'm going to be to-night." + +At length dinner was ready, and we fell to with such good purpose that +the two birds, a generous portion of hot bread, innumerable cups of +black coffee, and finally, a most excellent pudding that Stanton had +made out of bread dough and prunes and boiled in a canvas specimen bag +disappeared. + +How we enjoyed it! "No hotel ever served such a banquet," one of the +boys remarked as we filled our pipes and lighted them with brands from +the fire. Then with that blissful feeling that nothing but a good +dinner can give, we lay at full length on the deep white moss, peace- +fully puffing smoke at the stars as they blinked sleepily one by one +out of the blue of the great arch above us until the whole firmament +was glittering with a mass of sparkling heaven gems. The soft perfume +of the forest pervaded the atmosphere; the aurora borealis appeared in +the northern sky, and its waves of changing light swept the heavens; +the vast silence of the wilderness possessed the world and, wrapped in +his own thoughts, no man spoke to break the spell. Finally Pete began +a snatch of Indian song: + + "Puhgedewawa enenewug + Nuhbuggesug kamiwauw." + +Then he drew from his pocket a harmonica, and for half an hour played +soft music that harmonized well with the night and the surroundings; +when he ceased, all but Richards and I went to their blankets. We two +remained by the dying embers of our fire for another hour to enjoy the +perfect night, and then, before we turned to our beds, made an +observation for compass variation, which calculations the following +morning showed to be thirty-seven degrees west of the true north. + +Paddling through the ponds, polling and tracking through the rapids or +portaging around them up the little river on which we were encamped +the night before, brought us to Otter Lake, which was considerably +larger than Lake Minisinaqua, but not so large as Nipishish. The main +body was not over a mile and a half in width, but it had a number of +bays and closely connected tributary lakes. Its eastern end, which we +did not explore, penetrated low spruce and balsam-covered hills. To +the north and northeast were rugged, rock-tipped hills, rising to an +elevation of some seven hundred feet above the lake. The country at +their base was covered with a green forest of small fir, spruce and +birch, and near the water, in marshy places, as is the case nearly +everywhere in Labrador, tamarack, but the hills themselves had been +fire swept, and were gray with weather-worn, dead trees. On the +summits, and for two hundred feet below, bare basaltic rock indicated +that at this elevation they had never sustained any growth, save a few +straggling bushes. On some of these hills there still remained +patches of snow of the previous winter. + +We paddled eastward along the northern shore of the lake. Once we saw +a caribou swimming far ahead of us, but he discovered our approach and +took to the timber before we were within shooting distance of him. A +flock of sawbill ducks avoided us. No sign of Indians was seen, and +four miles up the lake we stopped upon a narrow, sandy point that +jutted out into the water for a distance of a quarter mile, to pitch +camp and scout for the trail. All along the point and leading back +into the bush, were fresh caribou tracks, where the animals came out +to get the benefit of the lake breezes and avoid the flies, which +torment them terribly. Natives in the North have told me of caribou +having been worried to death by the insects, and it is not improbable. +The "bulldogs" or "stouts," as they are sometimes called, which are as +big as bumblebees, are very vicious, and follow the poor caribou in +swarms. The next morning a caribou wandered down to within a hundred +and fifty yards of camp, and Pete and Stanton both fired at it, but +missed, and it got away unscathed. + +After breakfast, with Pete and Easton, I climbed one of the higher +hills for a view of the surrounding country. Near the foot of the +hill, and in the depth of the spruce woods, we passed a lone Indian +grave, which we judged from its size to be that of a child. It was +inclosed by a rough fence, which had withstood the pressure of the +heavy snows of many winters and a broken cross lay on it. From the +summit of the hill we could see a string of lakes extending in a +general northwesterly direction until they were lost in other hills +above, and also numerous lakes to the south, southwest, east and +northeast. We could count from one point nearly fifty of these lakes, +large and small. To the north and northwest the country was rougher +and more diversified, and the hills much higher than any we had as yet +passed through. + +Down by our camp it had been excessively warm, but here on the hilltop +a cold wind was blowing that made us shiver. We found a few scattered +dry sticks, and built a fire under the lee of a high bowlder, where we +cooked for luncheon some pea-meal porridge with water that Pete, with +foresight, had brought with him from a brook that we passed half way +down the hillside. We then continued our scouting tour several miles +inland, climbing two other high hills, from one of which an excellent +view was had of the string of lakes penetrating the northwestern +hills. Everywhere so far as our vision extended the valleys were +comparatively well wooded, but the treeless, rock-bound hills rose +grimly above the timber line. + +When we returned to camp we were still unsettled as to where the trail +left the lake, but there was one promising bay that had not been +explored, and Richards and Easton volunteered to take a canoe and +search this bay. They were supplied with tarpaulin, blankets, an ax +and one day's rations, and started immediately. + +I felt some anxiety as to our slow progress. August was almost upon +us and we had not yet reached Seal Lake. Here, as at other places, we +had experienced much delay in finding the trail, and we did not know +what difficulties in that direction lay before us. I had planned to +reach the George River by early September, and the question as to +whether we could do it or not was giving me much concern. + +Pete and Stanton had been in bed and asleep for an hour, but I was +still awake, turning over in my mind the situation, and planning to- +morrow's campaign, when at ten o'clock I heard the soft dip of +paddles, and a few moments later Richards and Easton appeared out of +the night mist that hung over the lake, with the good news that they +had found the trail leading northward from the bay. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +SEAL LAKE AT LAST + +A thick, impenetrable mist, such as is seldom seen in the interior of +Labrador, hung over the water and the land when we struck camp and +began our advance. For two days we traveled through numerous small +lakes, making several short portages, before we came to a lake which +we found to be the headwaters of a river flowing to the northwest. +This lake was two miles long, and we camped at its lower end, where +the river left it. Portage Lake we shall call it, and the river that +flowed out of it Babewendigash. + +The portage into the lake crossed a sand desert, upon which not a drop +of water was seen, and instead of the usual rocks there were uncovered +sand and gravel knolls and valleys, where grew only occasional bunches +of very stunted brush; the surface of the sand was otherwise quite +bare and sustained not even the customary moss and lichens. The heat +of the sun reflected from the sand was powerful. The day was one of +the most trying ones of the trip, and the men, with faces and hands +swollen and bleeding from the attacks of not only the small black +flies, which were particularly bad, but also the swarms of "bulldogs," +complained bitterly of the hardships. When we halted to eat our +luncheon one of the men remarked, "Duncan said once that if there are +no flies there, hell can't be as bad as this, and he's pretty near +right." + +The river left the lake in a rapid, and while Pete was making his +fire, Richards, Easton and I went down to catch our supper, and in +half an hour had secured forty-five good-sized trout--sufficient for +supper that night and breakfast and dinner the next day. + +Since leaving Otter Lake, caribou signs had been plentiful, fresh +trails running in every direction. Pete was anxious to halt a day to +hunt, but I decreed otherwise, to his great disappointment. + +The scenery at this point was particularly fine, with a rugged, wild +beauty that could hardly be surpassed. Below us the great, bald snow +hills loomed very close at hand, with patches of snow glinting against +the black rocks of the hills, as the last rays of the setting sun +kissed them good-night. Nearer by was the more hospitable wooded +valley and the shining river, and above us the lake, placid and +beautiful, and beyond it the line of low sand hills of the miniature +desert we had crossed. One of the snow hills to the northwest had two +knobs resembling a camel's back, and was a prominent landmark. We +christened it "The Camel's Hump." + +Heretofore the streams had been taking a generally southerly +direction, but this river flowed to the northwest, which was most +encouraging, for running in that direction it could have but one +outlet-the Nascaupee River. + +A portage in the morning, then a short run on the river, then another +portage, around a shallow rapid, and we were afloat again on one of +the prettiest little rivers I have ever seen. The current was strong +enough to hurry us along. Down we shot past the great white hills, +which towered in majestic grandeur high above our heads, in some +places rising almost perpendicularly from the water, with immense +heaps of debris which the frost had detached from their sides lying at +their base. The river was about fifty yards wide, and in its windings +in and out among the hills almost doubled upon itself sometimes. The +scenery was fascinating. One or two small lake expansions were +passed, but generally there was a steady current and a good depth of +water. "This is glorious!" some one exclaimed, as we shot onward, and +we all appreciated the relief from the constant portaging that had +been the feature of our journey since leaving the Nascaupee River. + +The first camp on this river was pitched upon the site of an old +Indian camp, above a shallow rapid. The many wigwam poles, in varying +states of decay, together with paddles, old snowshoes, broken sled +runners, and other articles of Indian traveling paraphernalia, in- +dicated that it had been a regular stopping place of the Indians, both +in winter and in summer, in the days when they had made their +pilgrimages to Northwest River Post. Near this point we found some +beaver cuttings, the first that we had seen since leaving the Crooked +River. + +Babewendigash soon carried us into a large lake expansion, and six +hours were consumed paddling about the lake before the outlet was +discovered. At first we thought it possible we were in Seal Lake, but +I soon decided that it was not large enough, and its shape did not +agree with the description of Seal Lake that Donald Blake and Duncan +McLean had given me. + +During the morning I dropped a troll and landed the first namaycush of +the trip--a seven-pound fish. The Labrador lakes generally have a +great depth of water, and it is in the deeper water that the very +large namaycush, which grow to an immense size, are to be caught. Our +outfit did not contain the heavy sinkers and larger trolling spoons +necessary in trolling for these, and we therefore had to content +ourselves with the smaller fish caught in the shallower parts of the +lakes. We had two more portages before we shot the first rapid of the +trip, and then camped on the shores of a small expansion just above a +wide, shallow rapid where the river swung around a ridge of sand +hills. This ridge was about two hundred feet in elevation, and +followed the river for some distance below. In the morning we climbed +it, and walked along its top for a mile or so, to view the rapid, and +suddenly, to the westward, beheld Seal Lake. It was a great moment, +and we took off our hats and cheered. The first part of our fight up +the long trail was almost ended. + +The upper part of the rapid was too shallow to risk a full load in the +canoes, so we carried a part of our outfit over the ridge to a point +where the river narrowed and deepened, then ran the rapid and picked +up our stuff below. Not far from here we passed a hill whose head +took the form of a sphinx and we noted it as a remarkable landmark. +Stopping but once to climb a mountain for specimens, at twelve o'clock +we landed on a sandy beach where Babewendigash River emptied its +waters into Seal Lake. We could hardly believe our good fortune, and +while Pete cooked dinner I climbed a hill to satisfy myself that it +was really Seal Lake. There was no doubt of it. It had been very +minutely described and sketched for me by Donald and Duncan. We had +halted at what they called on their maps "The Narrows," where the lake +narrowed down to a mere strait, and that portion of it below the +canoes was hidden from my view. It stretched out far to the +northwest, with some distance up a long arm reaching to the west. A +point which I recognized from Duncan's description as the place where +the winter tilt used by him and Donald was situated extended for some +distance out into the water. The entire length of Seal Lake is about +forty miles, but only about thirty miles of it could be seen from the +elevation upon which I stood. Its shores are generally well wooded +with a growth of young spruce. High hills surround it. + +We visited the tilt as we passed the point and, in accordance with an +arrangement made with Duncan, added to our stores about twenty-five +pounds of flour that he had left there during the previous winter. +Five miles above the point where Babewendigash River empties into Seal +Lake we entered the Nascaupee, up which we paddled two miles to the +first short rapid. This we tracked, and then made camp on an island +where the river lay placid and the wind blew cool and refreshing. + +Long we sat about our camp fire watching the glories of the northern +sunset, and the new moon drop behind the spruce-clad hills, and the +aurora in all its magnificence light our silent world with its +wondrous fire. Finally the others left me to go to their blankets. + +When I was alone I pushed in the ends of the burning logs and sat down +to watch the blaze as it took on new life. Gradually, as I gazed into +its depths, fantasy brought before my eyes the picture of another camp +fire. Hubbard was sitting by it. It was one of those nights in the +hated Susan Valley. We had been toiling up the trail for days, and +were ill and almost disheartened; but our camp fire and the relaxation +from the day's work were giving us the renewed hope and cheer that +they always brought, and rekindled the fire of our half-lost +enthusiasm. "Seal Lake can't be far off now," Hubbard was saying. +"We're sure to reach it in a day or two. Then it'll be easy work to +Michikamau, and we 'll soon be with the Indians after that, and forget +all about this hard work. We'll be glad of it all when we get home, +for we're going to have a bully trip." How much lighter my pack felt +the next day, when I recalled his words of encouragement! How we +looked and looked for Seal Lake, but never found it. It lay hidden +among those hills that were away to the northward of us, with its +waters as placid and beautiful as they were to-day when we passed +through it. I had never seen Michikamau. Was I destined to see it +now? + +The fire burned low. Only a few glowing coals remained, and as they +blackened my picture dissolved. The aurora, like a hundred +searchlights, was whipping across the sky. The forest with its hidden +mysteries lay dark beneath. A deep, impenetrable silence brooded over +all. The vast, indescribable loneliness of the wilderness possessed +my soul. I tried to shake off the feeling of desolation as I went to +my bed of boughs. + +To-morrow a new stage of our journey would begin. It was ho for +Michikamau! + + + +CHAPTER IX + +WE LOSE THE TRAIL + +Saturday morning, August fifth, broke with a radiance and a glory +seldom equaled even in that land of glorious sunrises and sunsets. A +flame of red and orange in the east ushered in the rising sun, not a +cloud marred the azure of the heavens, the moss was white with frost, +and the crisp, clear atmosphere sweet with the scent of the new day. +Labrador was in her most amiable mood, displaying to the best +advantage her peculiar charms and beauties. + +While we ate a hurried breakfast of corn-meal mush, boiled fat pork +and tea, and broke camp, Michikamau was the subject of our +conversation, for now it was ho for the big lake! A rapid advance was +expected upon the river, and the trail above, where it left the +Nascaupee to avoid the rapids which the Indians had told us about, +would probably be found without trouble. So this new stage of our +journey was begun with something of the enthusiasm that we had felt +the day we left Tom Blake's cabin and started up Grand Lake. + +We had gone but a mile when Pete drew his paddle from the water and +pointed with it at a narrow, sandy beach ahead, above which rose a +steep bank. Almost at the same instant I saw the object of his +interests--a buck caribou asleep on the sand. The wind was blowing +toward the river, and maintaining absolute silence, we landed below a +bend that hid us from the caribou. Fresh meat was in sight and we +must have it, for we were hungry now for venison. To cover the +retreat of the animal should it take alarm, Pete was to go on the top +of the bank above it, Easton to take a stand opposite it and I a +little below it. We crawled to our positions with the greatest care; +but the caribou was alert. The shore breeze carried to it the scent +of danger, and almost before we knew, that we were discovered it was +on its feet and away. For a fraction of a second I had one glimpse of +the animal through the brush. Pete did not see it when it started, +but heard it running up the shore, and away be started in that +direction, running and leaping recklessly over the fallen tree trunks. +Presently the caribou turned from the river and showed itself on the +burned plateau above, two hundred yards from Pete. The Indian halted +for a moment and fired--then fired again. I hastened up and came upon +Pete standing by the prostrate caribou and grinning from ear to ear. + +The carcass was quickly skinned and the meat stripped from the bones +and carried to the canoe. Here on the shore we made a fire, broiled +some thick luscious steaks, roasted some marrow bones and made tea. +All the bones except the marrow bones of the legs were abandoned as an +unnecessary weight. Pete broke a hole through one of the shoulder +blades and stuck it on a limb of a tree above the reach of animals. +That, you know, insures further good luck in hunting. It is a sort of +offering to the Manitou. We took the skin with us. "Maybe we need +him for something," said Pete. "Clean and smoke him nice, me; maybe +mend clothes with him." + +The larger pieces of our venison were to be roasted when we halted in +the evening. We could not dally now, and I chose this method of +preserving the meat, rather than "jerk" it (that is, dry it in the +open air over a smoky fire), which would have necessitated a halt of +three or four days. + +Within three hours after we had first seen the caribou we were on our +way again. The river up which we were passing was from two to four +hundred yards in width, and with the exception of an occasional rock, +had a gravelly bottom, and the banks were generally low and gravelly. +A little distance back ridges of low hills paralleled the stream, and +on the south side behind the lower ridge was a higher one of rough +hills; but none of them with an elevation above the valley of more +than three hundred feet. The country had been burned on both sides of +the river and there was little new growth to hide the dead trees. + +Twenty-five miles above Seal Lake we encountered a rapid which +necessitated a mile and a half portage around it. Where we landed to +make the portage I noticed along the edge of the sandy beach a black +band about two feet in width. I thought at first that the water had +discolored the sand, but upon a closer examination discovered that it +was nothing more nor less than myriads of our black fly pests that had +lost their lives in the water and been washed ashore. + +We had much rain and progress was slow and difficult in the face of a +strong wind and current. Seven or eight miles above the rapid around +which we had portaged we passed into a large expansion of the river +which the Indians at Northwest River Post had told us to look for, and +which they called Wuchusknipi (Big Muskrat) Lake. + +High gravelly banks, rising in terraces sometimes fully fifty feet +above the water's edge, had now become the feature of the stream. The +current increased in strength, and only for short distances above +Wuchusknipi, where the river occasionally broadened, were we able to +paddle. The tracking lines were brought into service, one man hauling +each canoe, while the others, wading in the water, or walking on the +bank with poles where the stream was too deep to wade, kept the canoes +straight in the current and clear of the shore. Once when it became +necessary to cross a wide place in the river a squall struck us, and +Richards and Stanton in the smaller canoe were nearly swamped. The +strong head wind precluded paddling, even when the current would +otherwise have permitted it. + +Finally the sky cleared and the wind ceased to blow; but with the calm +came a cause for disquietude. A light smoke had settled in the valley +and the air held the odor of it, suggesting a forest fire somewhere +above. This would mean retreat, if not disaster, for when these fires +once start rivers and lakes prove small obstacles in their path. From +a view-point on the hills no dense smoke could be discovered, only the +light haze that we had seen and smelled in the valley, and we +therefore decided that the gale that had blown for several days from +the northwest may have carried it for a long distance, even from the +district far west of Michikamau, and that at any rate there was no +cause for immediate alarm. + +The ridges with an increasing altitude were crowding in upon us more +closely. Once when we stopped to portage around a low fall we climbed +some of the hills that were near at hand that we might obtain a better +knowledge of the topography of the country than could be had from the +confined river valley. Away to the northwest we found the country to +be much more rugged than the district we had recently passed through. +Observations showed us that the highest of the hills we were on had an +elevation of six hundred feet above the river. We had but a single +day of fine weather and then a fog came so thick that we could not see +the opposite banks of the Nascaupee, and after it a cold rain set in +which made our work in the icy current doubly hard. One morning I +slipped on a bowlder in the river and strained my side, and for me the +remainder of the day was very trying. That evening we reached a +little group of three or four islands, where the Nascaupee was wide +and shallow, but just above the islands it narrowed down again and a +low fall occurred. Not far from the fall a small river tumbled down +over the rocks a sheer thirty feet, and emptied into the Nascaupee. +Since leaving Seal Lake we had passed two rivers flowing in from the +north, and this was the second one coming from the south, marking the +point on the Indian map where we were to look for the portage trail +leading to the northward. Therefore a halt was made and camp was +pitched. + +During the night the weather cleared, and Pete, Richards and Easton +were dispatched in the morning to scout the country to the northward +in search of the trail and signs of Indians. The ligaments of my side +were very stiff and sore from the strain they received the previous +day, and I remained in camp with Stanton to write up my records, take +an inventory of our food supply, and consider plans for the future. + +It was August twelfth. How far we had still to go before reaching +Michikamau was uncertain, but, in view of our experiences below Seal +Lake and the difficulties met with in finding and following the old +Indian trail there, our progress would now, for a time at least, if we +traveled the portage route, be slower than on the river where we had +done fairly well. True, our outfit was much lighter than it had been +in the beginning, and we were in better shape for packing and were +able to carry heavier loads. Still we must make two trips over every +portage, and that meant, for every five miles of advance, fifteen +miles of walking and ten of those miles with packs on our backs. Had +we not better, therefore, abandon the further attempt to locate the +trail and, instead, follow the river which was beyond doubt the +quicker and the easier route? My inclinations rebelled against this +course. One of the objects of the expedition, for it was one of the +things that Hubbard had planned to do, was to locate the old trail, if +possible. To abandon the search for it now, and to follow the easier +route, seemed to me a surrender. + +On the other hand, should we not find game or fish and have delays +scouting for the trail, it would be necessary to go on short rations +before reaching Michikamau, for enough food must be held back to take +us out of the country in safety. + +In my present consideration of the situation it seemed to me highly +improbable that we could reach George River Post in season to connect +with the Hudson's Bay Company's steamer _Pelican_, which touches there +to land supplies about the middle of September, and that is the only +steamer that ever visits that Post. Not to connect with the _Pelican_ +would, therefore, mean imprisonment in the north for an entire year, +or a return around the coast by dog train in winter. The former of +these alternatives was out of the question; the latter would be +impossible with an encumbrance of four men, for dog teams and drivers +in the early winter are usually all away to the hunting grounds and +hard to engage. I therefore concluded that but one course was open to +me. Three of the men must be sent back and with a single companion I +would push on to Ungava. This, then, was the line of action I decided +upon. + +Toward evening gathering clouds augured an early renewal of the storm, +and Stanton and I had just put up the stove in the tent in +anticipation of it when Pete and Easton, the latter thoroughly fagged +out, came into camp. + +"Well, Pete," I asked, "what luck?" + +"Find trail all right," he answered. "Can't follow him easy. Long +carry. First lake far, maybe eleven, twelve mile. Little ponds not +much good for canoe. Trail old. Not used long time. All time go up +hill." + +"Where's Richards?" I inquired, noticing his absence. + +"Left us about four miles back to take a short cut to the river and +follow it down to camp," said Easton. "He thought you might want to +know how it looked above, and perhaps keep on that way instead of +tackling the portage, for the trail's going to be mighty hard. It +looks as though the river would be better." + +We waited until near dark for Richards, but he did not come. Then we +ate our supper without him. + +The rain grew into a downpour and darkness came, but no Richards, and +at length I became alarmed for his safety. I pushed back the tent +flaps and peered out into the pitchy darkness and pouring rain. + +"He'll never get in to-night," I remarked. "No," said some one, "and +he'll have a hard time of it out there in the rain." There was nothing +to do but wait. Pete rummaged in his bag and produced a candle (we +had a dozen in our outfit), sharpened one end of a stick, split the +other end for two or three inches down, forced open the split end and +set the candle in it and stuck the sharpened end in the ground, all +the while working in the dark. Then he lit the candle. + +I do not know how long we had been sitting by the candle light and +putting forth all sorts of conjectures about Richards and his +uncomfortable position in the bush without cover and the probable +reasons for his failure to return, when the tent front opened and in +he came, as wet as though he had been in the river. + +"Well, Richards," I asked, when he was comfortably settled at his +meal, "what do you think of the river?" + +"The river!" he paused between mouthfuls to exclaim, "that's the only +thing within twenty miles that I didn't see. I've been looking for it +for four hours, but it kept changing its location and I never found it +till I struck camp just now." + +"Now, boys," said I, when all the pipes were going, "I've something to +say to you. Up to this time we've had no real hardships to meet. +We've had hard work, and it's been most trying at times, but there's +been no hardship to endure that might not be met with upon any journey +in the bush. If we go on we _shall_ have hardships, and perhaps, some +pretty severe ones. There'll soon be sleet and snow in the air, and +cold days and shivery nights, and the portages will be long and hard. +On the whole, there's been plenty to eat--not what we would have had +at home, perhaps, but good, wholesome grub--and we're all in better +condition and stronger than when we started, but flour and pork are +getting low, lentils and corn meal are nearly gone, and short rations, +with hungry days, are soon to come if we don't strike game, and you +know how uncertain that is. I cannot say what is before us, and I'm +not going to drag you fellows into trouble. I'm going to ask for one +volunteer to go on with me to Ungava with the small canoe, and let the +rest return from here with the other canoe and what grub they need to +take them out. Who wants to go home?" + +It came to them like a shock. Outside, the wind howled through the +trees and dashed the rain spitefully against the tent. The water +dripped through on us, and the candle flickered and sputtered and +almost went out. In the weird light I could see the faces of the men +work with emotion. For a moment no one spoke. Finally Richards, in a +tone of reproach that made me feel sorry for the very suggestion, +asked: "Do you think there's a quitter here?" + +The loyalty and grit of the men touched my heart. Not one of them +would think of leaving me. Nothing but a positive order would have +turned them back, and I decided to postpone our parting until we +reached Michikaumau at least, if it could be postponed so long +consistently with safety. + +The next day was Sunday, and it was spent in rest and in preparation +for our advance up the trail. The weather was damp and cheerless, +with rain falling intermittently throughout the day. + +To cover a possible retreat a cache was made near our camp of thirty +pounds of pemmican in tin cans and forty-five pounds of flour and some +tea in a waterproof bag. A hole was dug in the ground and the +provisions were deposited in it, then covered with stones as a pro- +tection from animals. + +By Monday morning the storm had gained new strength, and steadily and +pitilessly the rain fell, accompanied by a cold, northwest wind. + +What narrowly escaped being a serious accident occurred when we halted +that day for dinner. Easton was cutting firewood, when suddenly he +dropped the ax he was using with the exclamation "That fixes me!" He +had given himself what looked at first like an ugly cut near the shin +bone. Fortunately, however, upon examination, it proved to be only a +flesh wound and not sufficiently severe to interfere with his +traveling. Stanton dressed the cut. Our adhesive plaster we found +had become useless by exposure and electrician's tape was substituted +for it to draw the flesh together. + +On the evening of the second day after leaving the Nascaupee, our tent +was pitched upon the site of an extensive but ancient Indian camp +beside a mile-long lake, four hundred and fifty feet above the river. +Five ponds had been passed _en route_, but all of them so small it was +scarcely worth while floating the canoe in any of them. + +In these two days we had covered but eleven miles, but during the +whole time the wind had driven the rain in sweeping gusts into our +faces and made it impossible for a man, single-handed, to portage a +canoe. Thus, with two men to carry each canoe we had been compelled +to make three loads of our outfit, and this meant fifty-five miles +actual walking, and thirty-three miles of this distance with packs on +our backs. The weather conditions had made the work more than hard-- +it was heartrending--as we toiled over naked hills, across marshes and +moraines, or through dripping brush and timber land. + +A beautiful afternoon, two days later, found us paddling down the +first lake worthy of mention since leaving the Nascaupee River. The +azure sky overhead shaded to a pearly blue at the horizon, with a +fleecy cloud or two floating lazily across its face. The atmosphere +was perfect in its purity, and only the sound of screeching gulls and +the dip of our paddles disturbed the quiet of the wilderness. Lake +Bibiquasin, as we shall call it, was five miles in length and nestled +between ridges of low, moss-covered hills. It lay in a southeasterly +and northwesterly direction, and rested upon the summit of a sub- +sidiary divide that we had been gradually ascending. A creek ran out +of its northwesterly end, flowing in that direction. + +Until now we had found the trail with little difficulty, but here we +were baffled. A search in the afternoon failed to uncover it, and we +were forced to halt, perplexed again as to our course. Camp was +pitched in a grove of spruces at the lower end of the lake. Not far +from us was an old hunting camp which Pete said was "most hundred +years old," and he was not far wrong in his estimate, for the frames +upon which the Indians had stretched skins and the tepee poles +crumbled to pieces when we touched them. + +Strange to say, not a fish of any description had been seen for +several days and not one could be induced to rise to fly or bait, and +our net was always empty now. Game, too, was scarce. There were no +fresh caribou tracks this side of the Nascaupee River, and but one +duck and one spruce partridge had been killed. The last bit of our +venison was eaten the day before. It was pretty badly spoiled and +turning a little green in color, but Pete washed it well several times +and we all avoided the lee side of the kettle while it was cooking. +It was pronounced "not so bad." + +Another day was lost on Lake Bibiquasin in an ineffectual hunt for the +trail. I scouted alone all day and in my wanderings came upon the +first ptarmigans of the trip and shot one of them with my rifle. The +others flew away. They wore their mottled summer coat, as it was +still too early for them to don their pure white dress of winter. + +During my scouting trip I also discovered the first ripe bake-apple +berries we had seen. This is a salmon-colored berry resembling in +size and shape the raspberry, and grows on a low plant like the +strawberry. + +On Saturday morning, August nineteenth, the temperature was four +degrees below the freezing point, and the ground was stiff with frost. +In a further search on the north side of the lake opposite our camp we +found an old blaze and a trail leading from it along a ridge and +through marshes to a small lake. This was the only trail that we +could find anywhere, so we decided to follow it, though it did not +bear all the earmarks of the portage trail we had been tracing--it was +decidedly more ancient. We started our work with a will. It was a +hard portage and we sometimes sank knee deep into the marsh and got +mired frequently, but finally reached the lake. + +Indian signs now completely disappeared. Down the lake, where a creek +flowed out, was a bare hill, and Pete and I climbed it. From its +summit we could easily locate the creek taking a turn to the north and +then to the northeast and, finally, flowing into one of a series of +lakes extending in an easterly and westerly direction. The land was +comparatively flat to the eastward and the lakes no doubt fed a river +flowing out of that end, probably one of those that we had noted as +joining the Nascaupee on its north side. To the north of these lakes +were high, rugged ridges. It was possible there was an opening in the +hills to the westward, where they seemed lower; we could not tell from +where we were, but we determined to portage along the creek into the +lakes with that hope. + +Again the smoke of a forest fire hung in the valleys and over the +hills, and the air was heavy with the smell of it, which revived the +former uneasiness, but by the next day every trace of it had +disappeared. + +Another day found us afloat upon the first of the lakes. Several +short carries across necks of land took us from this lake into the one +which Pete and I had seen extending back to the ridges to the +westward, and which we shall call Lake Desolation. + +On the northern shore of Lake Desolation we stopped to climb a +mountain. A decided change in the features of the country had taken +place since leaving Lake Bibiquasin, and the low moss-covered hills +had given place to rough mountains of bare rock. To the northward +from where we stood nothing but higher mountains of similar formation +met our view--a great, rolling vista of bare, desolate rocks. To the +westward the country was not, perhaps, so rough, though there, too, in +the far distance could be discerned the tops of rugged hills breaking +the line of the horizon. Through a valley in that direction was +distinguishable, with a considerable interval between them, a string +of small lakes or ponds. This valley led up from the western end of +Lake Desolation, and there was no other possible place for the trail +to leave the lake. The valley was the only opening. + +Our mountain climbing had consumed a good part of an afternoon, and it +was evening when finally we reached the western end of the lake and +pitched our camp near a creek flowing in. As we paddled we tried our +trolls, but were not rewarded with a single strike. When camp was +made the net was stretched across the creek's mouth and we tried our +rods in the stream for trout, but our efforts were useless. No fish +were caught. + +The prospect for game had not improved, in fact was growing steadily +worse. We were now in a country that had been desolated by a forest +fire within four or five years. The moss under foot had not renewed +itself and where any of it remained at all, it was charred and black. +The trees were dead and the land harbored almost no life. It seemed +to me that even the fish had been scalded out of the water and the +streams had never restocked themselves. + +A thorough search was made for Indian signs, but there were absolutely +none. There was nothing to show that any human being had ever been +here before us. Back on Lake Bibiquasin we had lost the trail and now +on Lake Desolation we were far and hopelessly astray, with only the +compass to guide us. + +After supper the men sat around the camp fire, smoking and talking of +their friends at home, while I walked alone by the lake shore. It was +a wild scene that lay before me--the aurora, with its waves of +changing color flashing weirdly as they swept and lighted the sky, the +dead trees everywhere like skeletons gray and gaunt, the blazing camp +fire in the foreground, with the figures lying about it and the little +white tent in the background. Somewhere hidden in the depths of that +vast and silent wilderness to the westward lay Michikamau. + +There was no mark on the face of the earth to direct us on our road. +We must blaze a new trail up that valley and over those ridges that +looked so dark and forbidding in the uncertain light of the aurora. +We must find Michikamau. + + + +CHAPTER X + +"WE SEE MICHIKAMAU" + +"It's no use, Pete. You may as well go back to your blankets." + +It was the morning of the second day after reaching the lake which we +named Desolation. We had portaged through a valley and over a low +ridge to the shores of a pond, out of which a small stream ran to the +southeast. The country was devastated by fire and to the last degree +inhospitable. Not a green shrub over two feet in height was to be +seen, the trees were dead and blackened; not even the customary moss +covered the naked earth, and loose bowlders were scattered everywhere +about. + +There was no fixed trail now to look for or to guide us, but by +keeping a general westerly course, we knew that we must, sooner or +later, reach Michikamau. Rough, irregular ridges blocked our path and +it was necessary to look ahead that we might not become tangled up +amongst them. One hill, higher than the others, a solitary bailiff +that guarded the wilderness beyond, was to have been climbed this +morning, but when Pete and I at daybreak came out of the tent we were +met by driving rain and dashes of sleet that cut our faces, and a mist +hung over the earth so thick we could not even see across the tiny +lake at our feet. I looked longingly into the storm and mist in the +direction in which I knew the big hill lay, and realized the +hopelessness and foolhardiness of attempting to reach it. + +"It's no use, Pete," I continued, "to try to scout in this storm. You +could see nothing from the hill if you reached it, and the chances +are, with every landmark hidden, you couldn't find the tent again. I +don't want to lose you yet. Go back and sleep." + +Later in the morning to my great relief the weather cleared, and +Richards and Pete were at once dispatched to scout. We who remained +"at home," as we called our camp, found plenty of work to keep us +occupied. The bushes had ravaged our clothing to such an extent that +some of us were pretty ragged, and every halt was taken advantage of +to make much needed repairs. + +It was nearly dark when Richards and Pete came back. They had reached +the high hill and from its summit saw, some distance to the westward, +long stretches of water reaching far away to the hills in that +direction. A portage of several miles in which some small lakes +occurred would take us, they said, into a large lake. Beyond this +they could not see. + +Pete brought back with him a hatful of ripe currants which he stewed +and which proved a very welcome addition to our supper of corn-meal +mush. + +The report of water ahead made us happy. It was now August twenty- +third. If we could reach Michikamau by September first that should +give me ample time, I believed, to reach the George River before the +caribou migration would take place. + +The following morning we started forward with a will, and with many +little lakes to cross and short portages between them, we made fairly +good progress, and each lake took us one step higher on the plateau. + +The character of the country was changing, too. The naked land and +rocks and dead trees gave way to a forest of green spruce, and the +ground was again covered with a thick carpet of white caribou moss. + +We were catching no fish, however, although our efforts to lure them +to the hook or entangle them in the net were never relinquished. Pork +was a luxury, and no baker ever produced anything half so dainty and +delicious as our squaw bread. A strict distribution of rations was +maintained, and when the pork was fried, Pete, with a spoon, dished +out the grease into the five plates in equal shares. Into this the +quarter loaf ration of bread was broken and the mixture eaten to the +last morsel. Sometimes the men drank the warm pork grease clear. +Finally it became so precious that they licked their plates after +scraping them with their spoons, and the longing eyes that were cast +at the frying pan made me fear that some time a raid would be made on +that. + +One day, an owl was shot and went into the pot to keep company with a +couple of partridges. Pete demurred. "Owl eat mice," said he. "Not +good man eat him. + +"You can count me out on owl, too," Richards volunteered. + +"Oh! they're all right," I assured them. "The Labrador people always +eat them and you'll find them very nice." + +"Not me. Owl eat mice," Pete insisted. + +"Well," I suggested, "possibly we'll be eating mice, too, before we +get home, and it's a good way to begin by eating owl--for then the +mice won't seem so bad when we have to eat them." + +Stanton took charge of the kettle and dished out the rations that +night. + +"Partridge is good enough for me," said Richards, fearing that Stanton +might forget his prejudice against owl. + +"Me, too," echoed Pete. + +"I'll take owl," said I. + +Easton said nothing. + +After we had eaten, Stanton asked: "How'd you like the partridge, +Richards?" + +"It was fine," said he. "Guess it was a piece of a young one you gave +me, for it wasn't as tough as they usually are." + +"Maybe it was young, but that partridge was _owl_." "I'll be darned!" +exclaimed Richards. His face was a study for a moment, then he +laughed. "If that was owl they're all right and I'm a convert. I'll +eat all I can get after this." + +After leaving Lake Desolation the owls had begun to come to us, and +Richards was one of the best owl hunters of the party. At first one +or two a day were killed, but now whenever we halted an owl would fly +into a tree and twitter, and, with a very wise appearance, proceed to +look us over as though he wanted to find out what we were up to +anyway, for these owls were very inquisitive fellows. He immediately +became a candidate for our pot, and as many as six were shot in one +day. The men called them the "manna of the Labrador wilderness." +Pete's disinclination to eat them was quickly forgotten, for hunger is +a wonderful killer of prejudices, and he was as keen for them now as +any of us. + +An occasional partridge was killed and now and again a black duck or +two helped out our short ration, but the owls were our mainstay. We +did not have enough to satisfy the appetites of five hungry men, +however; still we did fairly well. + +The days were growing perceptibly shorter with each sunset, and the +nights were getting chilly. On the night of August twenty-fifth, the +thermometer registered a minimum temperature of twenty-five degrees +above zero, and on the twenty-sixth of August, forty-eight degrees was +the maximum at midday. + +During the forenoon of that day we reached the largest of the lakes +that the scouting party had seen three days before, and further +scouting was now necessary. At the western end of the lake, about two +miles from where we entered, a hill offered itself as a point from +which to view the country beyond, and here we camped. + +We were now out of the burned district and the scant growth of timber +was apparently the original growth, though none of the trees was more +than eight inches or so in diameter. In connection with this it might +be of interest to note here the fact that the timber line ended at an +elevation of two hundred and seventy-five feet above the lake. The +hill was four hundred feet high and there was not a vestige of +vegetation on its summit. The top of the hill was strewn with +bowlders, large and small, lying loose upon the clean, storm-scoured +bed rock, just as the glaciers had left them. + +What a view we had! To the northwest, to the west, and to the +southwest, for fifty miles in any direction was a network of lakes, +and the country was as level as a table. The men called it "the plain +of a thousand lakes," and this describes it well. To the far west a +line of blue hills extending to the northwest and southeast cut off +our view beyond. They were low, with but one high, conical peak +standing out as a landmark. Another ridge at right angles to this one +ran to the eastward, bounding the lakes on that side. I examined them +carefully through my binoculars and discovered a long line of water, +like a silver thread, following the ridge running eastward, and +decided that this must be the Nascaupee River, though later I was +convinced that I was mistaken and that the river lay to the southward +of the ridge. To the cast and north of our hill was an expanse of +rolling, desolate wilderness. Carefully I examined with my glass the +great plain of lakes, hoping that I might discover the smoke of a +wigwam fire or some other sign of life, but none was to be seen. It +was as still and dead as the day it was created. It was a solemn, +awe-inspiring scene, impressive beyond description, and one that I +shall not soon forget. + +We outlined as carefully as possible the course that we should follow +through the maze of lakes, with the round peak as our objective point, +for just south of it there seemed to be an opening through the ridge: +beyond which we hoped lay Michikamau. + +The next day we portaged through a marsh and into the lake country and +made some progress, portaging from lake to lake across swampy and +marshy necks. It was Sunday, but we did not realize it until our +day's work was finished and we were snug in camp in the evening. + +Monday's dawn brought with it a day of superb loveliness. The sky was +cloudless, the earth was white with hoarfrost, the atmosphere was +crisp and cool, and we took deep breaths of it that sent the blood +tingling through our veins. It was a day that makes one love life. + +Through small lakes and short portages we worked until afternoon and +then--hurrah! we were on big water again. Thirty or forty miles in +length the lake stretched off to the westward to carry us on our way. +It was choked in places with many fir-topped islands, and the channels +in and out amongst these islands were innumerable, so Pete called it +Lake Kasheshebogamog, which in his language means "Lake of Many +Channels." + +As we paddled I dropped a troll and before we stopped for the night +landed a seven-pound namaycush, and another large one broke a troll. +The "Land of God's Curse" was behind us. We were with the fish again, +and caribou and wolf tracks were seen. + +The next day found us on our way early. A fine wind sent us spinning +before it and at the same time kept us busy with a rough sea that was +running on the wide, open lake when we were away from the shelter of +the islands. At one o'clock we boiled the kettle at the foot of a low +sand ridge, and upon climbing the ridge we found it covered with a +mass of ripe blueberries. We ate our fill and picked some to carry +with us. + +At three o'clock we were brought up sharply at the end of the water +with no visible outlet. The nature of the lake and the lateness of +the season made it impracticable to turn back and look in other +channels for the connection with western waters. Former experience +had taught me that we might paddle around for a week before we found +it, for these were big waters. Five miles ahead was the high, round +peak that we were aiming for, and I had every confidence that from its +top Michikamau could be seen and a way to reach the big lake. I +decided that it must be climbed the next morning, and selected Pete +and Easton for the work. A fall the day before had given me a stiff +knee, and it was a bitter disappointment that I could not go myself, +for I was nervously anxious for a first view of Michikamau. However, +I realized that it was unwise to attempt the journey, and I must stay +behind. + +That night Stanton made two roly-polies of the blueberries we picked +in the afternoon, boiling them in specimen bags, and we used the last +of our sugar for sauce. This, with coffee, followed a good supper of +boiled partridge and owl. It was like the old days when I was with +Hubbard. We were making good progress, our hopes ran high, and we +must feast. Pete's laughs, and songs and jokes added to our +merriment. Rain came, but we did not mind that. We sat by a big, +blazing fire and ate and enjoyed ourselves in spite of it. Then we +went to the tent to smoke and every one pronounced it the best night +in weeks. + +On Wednesday rain poured down at the usual rising time and the men +were delayed in starting, for we were in a place where scouting in +thick weather was dangerous. It was the morning of the famous +eclipse, but we had forgotten the fact. The rain had fallen away to a +drizzle and we were eating a late breakfast when the darkness came. +It did not last long, and then the rain stopped, though the sky was +still overcast. Shortly after breakfast Pete and Easton left us. I +gave Pete a new corncob pipe as he was leaving. When he put it in his +pocket he said, "I smoke him when I see Michikaman, when I climb hill, +if Michikamau there. Sit down, me, look at big water, feel good then. +Smoke pipe, me, and call hill Corncob Hill." + +"All right," said I, laughing at Pete's fancy. "I hope the hill will +have a name to-day." + +It was really a day of anxiety for me, for if Michikamau were not +visible from the mountain top with the wide view of country that it +must offer, then we were too far away from the lake to hope to reach +it. + +A mile from camp, Richards discovered a good-sized river flowing in +from the northwest and set the net in it. Then he and Stanton paddled +up the river a mile and a half to another lake, but did not explore it +farther. + +With what impatience I awaited the return of Pete and Easton can be +imagined, and when, near dusk, I saw them coming I almost dreaded to +hear their report, for what if they had not seen Michikamau? + +But they had seen Michikamau. When Pete was within talking distance +of me, he shouted exultantly, "We see him! We see him! We see +Michikamau!" + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU + +Pete and Easton had taken their course through small, shallow, rocky +lakes until they neared the base of the round hill. Here the canoe +was left, and up the steep side of the hill they climbed. "When we +most up," Pete told me afterward, "I stop and look at Easton. My +heart beat fast. I most afraid to look. Maybe Michikamau not there. +Maybe I see only hills. Then I feel bad. Make me feel bad come back +and tell you Michikamau not there. I see you look sorry when I tell +you that. Then I think if Michikamau there you feel very good. I +must know quick. I run. I run fast. Hill very steep. I do not +care. I must know soon as I can, and I run. I shut my eyes just +once, afraid to look. Then I open them and look. Very close I see +when I open my eyes much water. Big water. So big I see no land when +I look one way; just water. Very wide too, that water. I know I see +Michikamau. My heart beat easy and I feel very glad. I almost cry. +I remember corncob pipe you give me, and what I tell you. I take pipe +out my pocket. I fill him, and light him. Then I sit on rock and +smoke. All the time I look at Michikamau. I feel good and I say, +'This we call Corncob Hill.'" + +And so we were all made glad and the conical peak had a name. + +Pete told me that we should have to cut the ridge to the south of +Corncob Hill, taking a rather wide detour to reach the place. A chain +of lakes would help us, but some long portages were necessary and it +would require several days' hard work. This we did not mind now. We +were only anxious to dip our paddles into the waters of the big lake. +At last Michikamau, which I had so longed to see through two summers +of hardship in the Labrador wilds, was near, and I could hope to be +rewarded with a look at it within the week. + +But with the joy of it there was also a sadness, for I must part from +three of my loyal companions. The condition of our commissariat and +the cold weather that was beginning to be felt made it imperative that +the men be sent back from the big lake. + +The possibility of this contingency had been foreseen by me before +leaving New York, and I had mentioned it at that time. Easton had +asked me then, if the situation would permit of it, to consider him as +a candidate to go through with me to Ungava. When the matter had been +suggested at the last camp on the Nascaupee River be had again +earnestly solicited me to choose him as my companion, and upon several +subsequent occasions had mentioned it. Richards was the logical man +for me to choose, for he had had experience in rapids, and could also +render me valuable assistance in the scientific work that the others +were not fitted for. He was exceedingly anxious to continue the +journey, but his university duties demanded his presence in New York +in the winter, and I had promised his people that he should return +home in the autumn. This made it out of the question to keep him with +me, and it was a great disappointment to both of us. That I might +feel better assured of the safety of the returning men, I decided to +send Pete back with them to act as their guide. Stanton, too, wished +to go on, but Easton had spoken first, so I decided to give him the +opportunity to go with me to Ungava, as my sole companion. + +That night, after the others had gone to bed, we two sat late by the +camp fire and talked the matter over. "It's a dangerous undertaking, +Easton," I said, "and I want you to understand thoroughly what you're +going into. Before we reach the George River Post we shall have over +four hundred miles of territory to traverse. We may have trouble in +locating the George River, and when we do find it there will be heavy +rapids to face, and its whole course will be filled with perils. If +any accident happens to either of us we shall be in a bad fix. For +that reason it's always particularly dangerous for less than three men +to travel in a country like this. Then there's the winter trip with +dogs. Every year natives are caught in storms, and some of them +perish. We shall be exposed to the perils and hardships of one of the +longest dog trips ever made in a single season, and we shall be +traveling the whole winter. I want you to understand this." + +"I do understand it," he answered, "and I'm ready for it. I want to go +on." + +And so it was finally settled. + +It was not easy for me to tell the men that the time had come when we +must part, for I realized how hard it would be for them to turn back. +The next morning after breakfast, I asked them to remain by the fire +and light their pipes. Then I told them. Richards' eyes filled with +tears. Stanton at first said he would not turn back without me, but +finally agreed with me that it was best he should. Pete urged me to +let him go on. Later he stole quietly into the tent, where I was +alone writing, and without a word sat opposite me, looking very woe- +begone. After awhile he spoke: "To-day I feel very sad. I forget to +smoke. My pipe go out and I do not light it. I think all time of +you. Very lonely, me. Very bad to leave you." + +Here he nearly broke down, and for a little while he could not speak. +When he could control himself he continued: + +"Seems like I take four men in bush, lose two. Very bad, that. Don't +know how I see your sisters. I go home well. They ask me, 'Where my +brother?' I don't know. I say nothing. Maybe you die in rapids. +Maybe you starve. I don't know. I say nothing. Your sisters cry." +Then his tone changed from brokenhearted dejection to one of eager +pleading: + +"Wish you let me go with you. Short grub, maybe. I hunt. Much +danger; don't care, me. Don't care what danger. Don't care if grub +short. Maybe you don't find portage. Maybe not find river. That +bad. I find him. I take you through. I bring you back safe to your +sisters. Then I speak to them and they say I do right." + +It was hard to withstand Pete's pleadings, but my duty was plain, and +I said: + +"No, Pete. I'd like to take you through, but I've got to send you +back to see the others safely out. Tell my sisters I'm safe. Tell +everybody we're safe. I'm sure we'll get through all right. We'll do +our best, and trust to God for the rest, so don't worry. We'll be all +right." + +"I never think you do this," said he. "I don't think you leave me +this way." After a pause be continued, "If grub short, come back. +Don't wait too long. If you find Indian, then you all right. He help +you. You short grub, don't find Indian, that bad. Don't wait till +grub all gone. Come back." + +Pete did not sing that day, and he did not smoke. He was very sad and +quiet. + +We spent the day in assorting and dividing the outfit, the men making +a cache of everything that they would not need until their return, +that we might not be impeded in our progress to Michikamau. They +would get their things on their way back. Eight days, Pete said, +would see them from this point to the cache we had made on the +Nascaupee, and only eight days' rations would they accept for the +journey. They were more than liberal. Richards insisted that I take +a new Pontiac shirt that he had reserved for the cold weather, and +Pete gave me a new pair of larigans. They deprived themselves that we +might be comfortable. Easton and I were to have the tent, the others +would use the tarpaulin for a wigwam shelter; each party would have +two axes, and the other things were divided as best we could. +Richards presented us with a package that we were not to open until +the sixteenth of September--his birthday. It was a special treat of +some kind. + +Some whitefish, suckers and one big pike were taken out of the net, +which was also left for them to pick up upon their return. A school +of large pike had torn great holes in it, but it was still useful. + +We were a sorrowful group that gathered around the fire that night. +The evening was raw. A cold north wind soughed wearily through the +fir tops. Black patches of clouds cast a gloom over everything, and +there was a vast indefiniteness to the dark spruce forest around us. +I took a flashlight picture of the men around the fire. Then we sat +awhile and talked, and finally went to our blankets in the chilly +tent. + +September came with a leaden sky and cold wind, but the clouds were +soon dispelled, and the sun came bright and warm. Our progress was +good, though we had several portages to make. On September second, at +noon, we left the larger canoe for the men to get on their way back, +and continued with the eighteen-foot canoe, which, with its load of +outfit and five men, was very deep in the water, but no wind blew and +the water was calm. + +Here the character of the lakes changed. The waters were deep and +black, the shores were steep and rocky, and some labradorite was seen. +One small, curious island, evidently of iron, though we did not stop +to examine it, took the form of a great head sticking above the water, +with the tops of the shoulders visible. + +Sunday, September third, was a memorable day, a day that I shall never +forget while I live. The morning came with all the glories of a +northern sunrise, and the weather was perfect. After two short +portages and two small lakes were crossed, Pete said, "Now we make +last portage and we reach Michikamau." It was not a long portage--a +half mile, perhaps. We passed through a thick-grown defile, Pete +ahead, and I close behind him. Presently we broke through the bush +and there before us was the lake. We threw down our packs by the +water's edge. _We had reached Michikamau._ I stood uncovered as I +looked over the broad, far-reaching waters of the great lake. I +cannot describe my emotions. I was living over again that beautiful +September day two years before when Hubbard had told me with so much +joy that he had seen the big lake--that Michikamau lay just beyond the +ridge. Now I was on its very shores--the shores of the lake that we +had so longed to reach. How well I remembered those weary wind-bound +days, and the awful weeks that followed. It was like the recollection +of a horrid dream--his dear, wan face, our kiss and embrace, my going +forth into the storm and the eternity of horrors that was crowded into +days. Pete, I think, understood, for he bad heard the story. He +stood for a moment in silence, then he fashioned his hat brim into a +cup, and dipping some water handed it to me. "You reach Michikamau at +last. Drink Michikamau water before others come." I drank reverently +from the hat. Then the others joined us and we all stood for a little +with bowed uncovered beads, on the shore. + +Our camp was pitched on an elevated, rocky point a few hundred yards +farther up--the last camp that we were to have together, and the +forty-sixth since leaving Northwest River. We had made over half a +hundred portages, and traveled about three hundred and twenty-five +miles. + +The afternoon was occupied in writing letters and telegrams to the +home folks, for Richards to take out with him; after which we divided +the food. Easton and I were to take with us seventy-eight pounds of +pemmican, twelve pounds of pea meal, seven pounds of pork, some beef +extract, eight pounds of flour, one cup of corn meal, a small quantity +of desiccated vegetables, one pound of coffee, two pounds of tea, some +salt and crystallose. Richards gave us nearly all of his tobacco, and +Pete kept but two plugs for himself. + +Toward evening we gathered about our fire, and talked of our parting +and of the time when we should meet again. Every remaining moment we +had of each other's company was precious to us now. + +The day had been glorious and the night was one of rare beauty. We +built a big fire of logs, and by its light I read aloud, in accordance +with our custom on Sunday nights, a chapter from the Bible. After +this we talked for a while, then sat silent, gazing into the glowing +embers of our fire. Finally Pete began singing softly, "Home, Sweet +Home" in Indian, and followed it with an old Ojibway song, "I'm Going +Far Away, My Heart Is Sore." Then he sang an Indian hymn, "Pray For +Me While I Am Gone." When his hymn was finished he said, very +reverently, "I going pray for you fellus every day when I say my +prayers. I can't pray much without my book, but I do my best. I pray +the best I can for you every day." Pete's devotion was sincere, and I +thanked him. Stanton sang a solo, and then all joined in "Auld Lang +Syne." After this Pete played softly on the harmonica, while we +watched the moon drop behind the horizon in the west. The fire burned +out and its embers blackened. Then we went to our bed of fragrant +spruce boughs, to prepare for the day of our parting. + +The morning of September fourth was clear and beautiful and perfect, +but in spite of the sunshine and fragrance that filled the air our +hearts were heavy when we gathered at our fire to eat the last meal +that we should perhaps ever have together. + +When we were through, I read from my Bible the fourteenth of John--the +chapter that I had read to Hubbard that stormy October morning when we +said good-by forever. + +The time of our parting had come. I do not think I had fully realized +before how close my bronzed, ragged boys had grown to me in our months +of constant companionship. A lump came in my throat, and the tears +came to the eyes of Richards and Pete, as we grasped each other's +hands. + +Then we left them. Easton and I dipped our paddles into the water, +and our lonely, perilous journey toward the dismal wastes beyond the +northern divide was begun. Once I turned to see the three men, with +packs on their backs, ascending the knoll back of the place where our +camp had been. When I looked again they were gone. + + + +CHAPTER XII + +OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE + +Michikamau is approximately between eighty and ninety miles in length, +including the unexplored southeast bay, and from eight to twenty-five +miles in width. It is surrounded by rugged hills, which reach an +elevation of about five hundred feet above the lake. They are +generally wooded for perhaps two hundred feet from the base, with +black spruce, larch, and an occasional small grove of white birch. +Above the timber line their tops are uncovered save by white lichens +or stunted shrubs. The western side of the lake is studded with low +islands, but its main body is unobstructed. The water is exceedingly +clear, and is said by the Indians to have a great depth. The shores +are rocky, sometimes formed of massive bed rock in which is found the +beautifully colored labradorite; sometimes strewn with loose bowlders. +Our entrance had been made in a bay several miles north of the point +where the Nascaupee River, its outlet, leaves the lake and we kept to +the east side as we paddled north. + +No artist's imaginative brush ever pictured such gorgeous sunsets and +sunrises as Nature painted for us here on the Great Lake of the +Indians. Every night the sun went down in a blaze of glory and left +behind it all the colors of the spectrum. The dark hills across the +lake in the west were silhouetted against a sky of brilliant red which +shaded off into banks of orange and amber that reached the azure at +the zenith. The waters of the lake took the reflection of the red at +the horizon and became a flood of restless blood. The sky colorings +during these few days were the finest that I ever saw in Labrador, not +only in the evening but in the morning also. + +Michikamau has a bad name amongst the Indians for heavy seas, +particularly in the autumn months when the northwest gales sometimes +blow for weeks at a time without cessation, and the Indians say that +they are often held on its shores for long periods by high running +seas that no canoe could weather. These were the same winds that held +Hubbard and me prisoners for nearly two weeks on the smaller Windbound +Lake in 1903, bringing us to the verge of starvation before we were +permitted to begin our race for life down the trail toward Northwest +River. Fate was kinder now, and but one day's rough water interfered +with progress. + +Early on the third day after parting from the other men, we found +ourselves at the end of Michikamau where a shallow river, in which +large bowlders were thickly scattered, flowed into it from the north. +This was the stream draining Lake Michikamats, the next important +point in our journey. Michikamau, it might be explained, means, in +the Indian tongue, big water--so big you cannot see the land beyond; +Michikamats means a smaller body of water beyond which land may be +seen. So somebody has paradoxically defined it "a little big lake." + +Barring a single expansion of somewhat more than a mile in length the +Michakamats River, which runs through a flat, marshy and uninteresting +country, was too shallow to float our canoes, and we were compelled to +portage almost its entire length. + +In the wide marshes between these two lakes we met the first evidences +of the great caribou migration. The ground was tramped like a +barnyard, in wide roads, by vast herds of deer, all going to the +eastward. There must have been thousands of them in the bands. Most +of the hoof marks were not above a day or two old and had all been +made since the last rain had fallen, as was evidenced by freshly +turned earth and newly tramped vegetation. We saw none of the +animals, however, and there were no hills near from which we might +hope to sight the herds. + +Evidences of life were increasing and game was becoming abundant as we +approached the height of land. Some geese and ptarmigans were killed +and a good many of both kinds of birds were seen, as well as some +ducks. We began to live in plenty now and the twittering owls were +permitted to go unmolested. + +Lake Michikamats is irregular in shape, about twenty miles long, and, +exclusive of its arms, from two to six miles wide. The surrounding +country is flat and marshy, with some low, barren hills on the +westward side of the lake. The timber growth in the vicinity is +sparse and scrubby, consisting of spruce and tamarack. The latter had +now taken on its autumnal dress of yellow, and, interspersing the dark +green of the spruce, gave an exceedingly beautiful effect to the +landscape. + +Where we entered Michikamats, at its outlet, the lake is very shallow +and filled with bowlders that stand high above the water. A quarter +of a mile above this point the water deepens, and farther up seems to +have a considerable depth, though we did not sound it. The western +shore of the upper half is lined with low islands scantily covered +with spruce and tamarack. + +During two days that we spent here in a thorough exploration of the +lake, our camp was pitched on an island at the bottom of a bay that, +half way up the lake, ran six miles to the northward. This was +selected as the most likely place for the portage trail to leave the +lake, as the island had apparently, for a long period, been the +regular rendezvous of Indians, not only in summer, but also in winter. +Tepee poles of all ages, ranging from those that were old and decayed +to freshly cut ones, were numerous. They were much longer and thicker +than those used by the Indians south of Michikamau. Here, also, was a +well-built log cache, a permanent structure, which was, no doubt, +regularly used by hunting parties. Some new snowshoe frames were +hanging on the trees to season before being netted with babiche. On +the lake shore were some other camping places that had been used +within a few months, and at one of them a newly made "sweat hole," +where the medicine man had treated the sick. These sweat holes are +much in favor with the Labrador Indians, both Mountaineers and +Nascaupees. They are about two feet in depth and large enough in +circumference for a man to sit in the center, surrounded by a circle +of good-sized bowlders. Small saplings are bent to form a dome-shaped +frame for the top. The invalid is placed in the center of this circle +of bowlders, which have previously been made very hot, water is poured +on them to produce steam, and a blanket thrown over the sapling frame +to confine the steam. The Indians have great faith in this treatment +as a cure for almost every malady. + +On the mainland opposite the island upon which we were encamped was a +barren hill which we climbed, and which commanded a view of a large +expanse of country. On the top was a small cairn and several places +where fires had been made--no doubt Indian signal fires. The fuel for +them must have been carried from the valley below, for not a stick or +bush grew on the hill itself. "Signal Hill," as we called it, is the +highest elevation for many miles around and a noticeable landmark. + +To the northward, at our feet, were two small lakes, and just beyond, +trending somewhat to the northwest, was a long lake reaching up +through the valley until it was lost in the low hills and sparse +growth of trees beyond. Great bowlders were strewn indiscriminately +everywhere, and the whole country was most barren and desolate. To +the south of Michikamats was the stretch of flat swamp land which +extended to Michikaman. Petscapiskau, a prominent and rugged peak on +the west shore of Michikamau near its upper end, stood out against the +distant horizon, a lone sentinel of the wilderness. + +The head waters of the George River must now be located. There was +nothing to guide me in the search, and the Indians at Northwest River +had warned us that we were liable at this point to be led astray by an +entanglement of lakes, but I felt certain that any water flowing +northward that we might come to, in this longitude, would either be +the river itself or a tributary of it, and that some such stream would +certainly be found as soon as the divide was crossed. + +With this object in view we kept a course nearly due north, passing +through four good-sized lakes, until, one afternoon, at the end of a +short portage, we reached a narrow, shallow lake lying in an easterly +and westerly direction, whose water was very clear and of a bottle- +green color, in marked contrast to that of the preceding lakes, which +had been of a darker shade. + +This peculiarity of the water led me to look carefully for a current +when our canoe was launched, and I believed I noticed one. Then I +fancied I heard a rapid to the westward. Easton said there was no +current and he could not hear a rapid, and to satisfy myself, we +paddled toward the sound. We had not gone far when the current became +quite perceptible, and just above could be seen the waters of a brook +that fed the lake, pouring down through the rocks. We were on the +George River at last! Our feelings can be imagined when the full +realization of our good fortune came to us, and we turned our canoe to +float down on the current of the little stream that was to grow into a +mighty river as it carried us on its turbulent bosom toward Ungava +Bay. + +The course of the stream here was almost due east. The surrounding +country continued low and swampy. Tamarack was the chief timber and +much of it was straight and fine, with some trees fully twelve inches +in diameter at the butt, and fifty feet in height. + +A rocky, shallow place in the river that we had to portage brought us +into an expansion of considerable size, and here we pitched our first +camp on the George River. This was an event that Hubbard had planned +and pictured through the weary weeks of hardship on the Susan Valley +trail and the long portages across the ranges in his expedition of +1903. + +"When we reach the George River, we'll meet the Indians and all will +be well," he used to say, and how anxiously we looked forward for that +day, which never came. + +At the time when he made the suggestion to turn back from Windbound +Lake I at first opposed it on the ground that we could probably reach +the George River, where game would be found and the Indians would be +met with, in much less time than it would take to make the retreat to +Northwest River. Finally I agreed that it was best to return. On the +twenty-first of September the retreat was begun and Hubbard died on +the eighteenth of October. Now, two years later, I realized that from +Windbound Lake we could have reached Michikamau in five or six days at +the very outside, and less than two weeks, allowing for delays through +bad weather and our weakened condition, would have brought us to the +George River, where, at that time of the year, ducks and ptarmigans +are always plentiful. All these things I pondered as I sat by this +camp fire, and I asked myself, "Why is it that when Fate closes our +eyes she does not lead us aright?" Of course it is all conjecture, +but I feel assured that if Hubbard and I had gone on then instead of +turning back, Hubbard would still be with us. + +Below the expansion on which our first camp on the river was pitched +the stream trickled through the thickly strewn rocks in a wide bed, +where it took a sharp turn to the northward and emptied into another +expansion several miles in length, with probably a stream joining it +from the northeast, though we were unable to investigate this, as high +winds prevailed which made canoeing difficult, and we had to content +ourselves with keeping a direct course. + +It seemed as though with the crossing of the northern divide winter +had come. On the night we reached the George River the temperature +fell to ten degrees below the freezing point, and the following day it +never rose above thirty-five degrees, and a high wind and snow squalls +prevailed that held traveling in check. On the morning of the +fifteenth we started forward in the teeth of a gale and the snow so +thick we could not see the shore a storm that would be termed a +"blizzard" in New York--and after two hours' hard work were forced to +make a landing upon a sandy point with only a mile and a quarter to +our credit. + +Here we found the first real butchering camp of the Indians--a camp of +the previous spring. Piles of caribou bones that had been cracked to +extract the marrow, many pairs of antlers, the bare poles of large +lodges and extensive arrangements, such as racks and cross poles for +dressing and curing deerskins. In a cache we found two muzzle-loading +guns, cooking utensils, steel traps, and other camping and hunting +paraphernalia. + +On the portage around the last shallow rapid was a winter camp, where +among other things was a _komatik_ (dog sledge), showing that some of +these Indians at least on the northern barrens used dogs for winter +traveling. In the south of Labrador this would be quite out of the +question, as there the bush is so thick that it does not permit the +snow to drift and harden sufficiently to bear dogs, and the use of the +komatik is therefore necessarily confined to the coast or near it. +The Indian women there are very timid of the "husky" dogs, and the +animals are not permitted near their camps. + +The sixteenth of September--the day we passed through this large +expansion--was Richards' birthday. When we bade good-by to the other +men it was agreed that both parties should celebrate the day, wherever +they might be, with the best dinner that could be provided from our +respective stores. The meal was to be served at exactly seven o'clock +in the evening, that we might feel on this one occasion that we were +all sitting down to eat together, and fancy ourselves reunited. In +the morning we opened the package that Richards gave us, and found in +it a piece of fat pork and a quart of flour, intended for a feast of +our favorite "darn goods." With self-sacrificing generosity he had +taken these from the scanty rations they had allowed themselves for +their return that we might have a pleasant surprise. With the now +plentiful game this made it possible to prepare what seemed to us a +very elaborate menu for the wild wastes of interior Labrador. First, +there was bouillon, made from beef capsules; then an entr'ee of fried +ptarmigan and duck giblets; a roast of savory black duck, with spinach +(the last of our desiccated vegetables); and for dessert French toast +_'a la Labrador_ (alias darn goods), followed by black coffee. When +it was finished we spent the evening by the camp fire, smoking and +talking of the three men retreating down our old trail, and trying to +calculate at which one of the camping places they were bivouacked. +Every night since our parting this had been our chief diversion, and I +must confess that with each day that took us farther away from them an +increased loneliness impressed itself upon us. Solemn and vast was +the great silence of the trackless wilderness as more and more we came +to realize our utter isolation from all the rest of the world and all +mankind. + +The marsh and swamp land gradually gave way to hills, which increased +in size and ruggedness as we proceeded. We had found the river at its +very beginning, and for a short way portages, as has been suggested, +had to be made around shallow places, but after a little, as other +streams augmented the volume of water, this became unnecessary, and as +the river grew in size it became a succession of rapids, and most of +them unpleasant ones, that kept us dodging rocks all the while. + +Mr. A. P. Low, of the Canadian Geological Survey, in other parts of +the Labrador interior found black ducks very scarce. This was not our +experience. From the day we entered the George River until we were +well down the stream they were plentiful, and we shot what we needed +without turning our canoe out of its course to hunt them. This is +apparently a breeding ground for them. + +Several otter rubs were noted, and we saw some of the animals, but did +not disturb them. In places where the river broadened out and the +current was slack every rock that stuck above the water held its +muskrat house, and large numbers of the rats were seen. + +After the snow we had one or two fine, bright days, but they were +becoming few now, and the frosty winds and leaden skies, the +forerunners of winter, were growing more and more frequent. When the +bright days did come they were exceptional ones. I find noted in my +diary one morning: "This is a morning for the gods--a morning that +could scarcely be had anywhere in the world but in Labrador--a +cloudless sky, no breath of wind, the sun rising to light the heavy +hoarfrost and make it glint and sparkle till every tree and bush and +rock seems made of shimmering silver." + +One afternoon as we were passing through an expansion and I was +scanning, as was my custom, every bit of shore in the hope of +discovering a wigwam smoke, I saw, running down the side of a hill on +an island a quarter of a mile away, a string of Indians waving wildly +at us and signaling us to come ashore. After twelve weeks, in which +not a human being aside from our own party had been seen, we had +reached the dwellers of the wilderness, and with what pleasure and +alacrity we accepted the invitation to join them can be imagined. + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS + +It was a hunting party--four men and a half-grown boy--with two canoes +and armed with rifles. The Indians gave us the hearty welcome of the +wilderness and received us like old friends. First, the chief, whose +name was Toma, shook our hand, then the others, laughing and all +talking at once in their musical Indian tongue. It was a welcome that +said: "You are our brothers. You have come far to see us, and we are +glad to have you with us." + +After the first greetings were over they asked for _stemmo,_ and I +gave them each a plug of tobacco, for that is what stemmo means. They +had no pipes with them, so I let them have two of mine, and it did my +heart good to see the look of supreme satisfaction that crept into +each dusky face as its possessor inhaled in long, deep pulls the smoke +of the strong tobacco. It was like the food that comes to a half- +starved man. After they had had their smoke, passing the pipes from +mouth to mouth, I brought forth our kettle. In a jiffy they had a +fire, and I made tea for them, which they drank so scalding hot it +must have burned their throats. They told us they had had neither tea +nor tobacco for a long while, and were very hungry for both. These +are the stimulants of the Labrador Indians, and they will make great +sacrifices to secure them. + +All the time that this was taking place we were jabbering, each in his +own tongue, neither we nor they understanding much that the other +said. I did make out from them that we were the first white men that +had ever visited them in their hunting grounds and that they were glad +to see us. + +Accepting an invitation to visit their lodges and escorted by a canoe +on either side of ours, we finally turned down stream and, three miles +below, came to the main camp of the Indians, which was situated, as +most of their hunting camps are, on a slight eminence that commanded a +view of the river for several miles in either direction, that watch +might be constantly kept for bands of caribou. + +We were discovered long before we arrived at the lodges, and were met +by the whole population--men, women, children, dogs, and all. Our +reception was tumultuous and cordial. It was a picturesque group. +The swarthy-faced men, lean, sinewy and well built, with their long, +straight black hair reaching to their shoulders, most of them hatless +and all wearing a red bandanna handkerchief banded across the +forehead, moccasined feet and vari-colored leggings; the women quaint +and odd; the eager-faced children; little hunting dogs, and big wolf- +like huskies. + +All hands turned to and helped us carry our belongings to the camp, +pitch our tent and get firewood for our stove. Then the men squatted +around until eleven of them were with us in our little seven by nine +tent, while all the others crowded as near to the entrance as they +could. I treated everybody to hot tea. The men helped themselves +first, then passed their cups on to the women and children. The used +tea leaves from the kettle were carefully preserved by them to do +service again. The eagerness with which the men and women drank the +tea and smoked the tobacco aroused my sympathies, and I distributed +amongst them all of these that I could well spare from our store. In +appreciation of my gifts they brought us a considerable quantity of +fresh and jerked venison and smoked fat; and Toma, as a special mark +of favor presented me with a deer's tongue which had been cured by +some distinctive process unlike anything I had ever eaten before, and +it was delicious indeed, together with a bladder of refined fat so +clear that it was almost transparent. + +The encampment consisted of two deerskin wigwams. One was a large one +and oblong in shape, the other of good size but round. The smaller +wigwam was heated by a single fire in the center, the larger one by +three fires distributed at intervals down its length. Chief Toma +occupied, with his family, the smaller lodge, while the others made +their home in the larger one. + +This was a band of Mountaineer Indians who trade at Davis Inlet Post +of the Hudson's Bay Company, on the east coast, visiting the Post once +or twice a year to exchange their furs for such necessaries as +ammunition, clothing, tobacco and tea. Unlike their brothers on the +southern slope, they have not accustomed themselves to the use of +flour, sugar and others of the simplest luxuries of civilization, and +their food is almost wholly flesh, fish and berries. They live in the +crude, primordial fashion of their forefathers. To aid them in their +hunt they have adopted the breech-loading rifle and muzzle-loading +shotgun, but the bow and arrow has still its place with them and they +were depending wholly upon this crude weapon for hunting partridges +and other small game now, as they had no shotgun ammunition. The boys +were constantly practicing with it while at play and were very expert +in its use. + +These Indians are of medium height, well built, sinewy and strong, +alert and quick of movement. The women are generally squatty and fat, +and the greater a woman's avoirdupois the more beautiful is she +considered. + +All the Mountaineer Indians of Labrador are nominally Roman Catholics. +Those in the south are quite devoted to their priest, and make an +effort to meet him at least once a year and pay their tithes, but here +in the north this is not the case. In fact some of these people had +seen their priest but once in their life and some of the younger ones +had never seen him at all. Therefore they are still living under the +influence of the ancient superstitions of their race, though the women +are all provided with crucifixes and wear them on their breasts as +ornaments. + +They are perfectly honest. Indians, until they become contaminated by +contact with whites, always are honest. It is the white man that +teaches them to steal, either by actually pilfering from the ignorant +savage, or by taking undue advantage of him in trade. Human nature is +the same everywhere, and the Indian will, when he finds he is being +taken advantage of and robbed, naturally resent it and try to "get +even." Our things were left wholly unguarded, and were the object of +a great deal of curiosity and admiration, not only our guns and +instruments, but nearly everything we had, and were handled and +inspected by our hosts, but not the slightest thing was filched. No +Labrador Indian north of the Grand River will ever disturb a cache +unless driven to it by the direst necessity, and even then will leave +something in payment for what he takes. + +We told them of the evidences we had seen of the caribou migration +having taken place between Michikamau and Michikamats, and they were +mightily interested. They had missed it but were, nevertheless, +meeting small bands of caribou and making a good killing, as the +quantities of meat hanging everywhere to dry for winter use bore +evidence. The previous winter, they told us, was a hard one with +them. Reindeer and ptarmigan disappeared, and before spring they were +on the verge of starvation. + +Our visit was made the occasion of a holiday and they devoted +themselves wholly to our entertainment, and I believe were genuinely +sorry when, on the afternoon after our arrival, I announced my +decision to break camp and proceed. They helped us get ready, drew a +rough sketch of the river so far as they knew it, and warned us to +look out for numerous rapids and some high falls around which there +was a portage trail. Farther on, they said, the river was joined by +another, and then it became a "big, big river," and for two days' +journey was good. Beyond that it was reported to be very bad. They +had never traveled it, because they heard it was so bad, and they +could not tell us, from their own knowledge, what it was like, but +repeated the warning, "Shepoo matchi, shepoo matchi" (River bad), and +told us to look out. + +When we were ready to go, as a particular mark of good feeling, they +brought us parting gifts of smoked deer's fat and were manifestly in +earnest in their urgent invitations to us to come again. The whole +encampment assembled at the shore to see us off and, as our canoes +pushed out into the stream, the men pitched small stones after us as a +good luck omen. If the stones hit you good luck is assured. You will +have a good hunt and no harm will come to you. None of the stones +happened to hit us. We could see the group waving at us until we +rounded the point of land upon which the lodges stood; then the men +all appeared on the other side of the point, where they had run to +watch us until we disappeared around a bend in the river below, as we +passed on to push our way deeper and deeper into the land of silence +and mystery. + +The following morning brought us into a lake expansion some twelve +miles long and two miles or so in width, with a great many bays and +arms which were extremely confusing to us in our search for the place +where the river left it. The lower end was blocked with islands, and +innumerable rocky bars, partially submerged, extended far out into the +water. A strong southwest wind sent heavy rollers down the lake. +Low, barren hills skirted the shores. + +Early in the afternoon we turned into a bay where I left Easton with +the canoe while I climbed one of the barren knolls. I had scarcely +reached the summit when I heard a rifle shot, and then, after a pause, +three more in quick succession. There were four cartridges in my +rifle. I ran down to the canoe where I found Easton in wild +excitement, waving the gun and calling for cartridges, and half-way +across the bay saw the heads of two caribou swimming toward the +opposite shore. I loaded the magazine and sat down to wait for the +animals to land. + +When the first deer got his footing and showed his body above the +water three hundred and fifty yards away, I took him behind the +shoulder. He dropped where he stood. The other animal stopped to +look at his comrade, and a single bullet, also behind his shoulder, +brought him down within ten feet of where he had stood when he was +hit. I mention this to show the high efficiency of the .33 +Winchester. At a comparatively long range two bullets had killed two +caribou on the spot without the necessity of a chase after wounded +animals, and one bullet had passed from behind the shoulder, the +length of the neck, into the head and glancing downward had broken the +jaw. + +I desired to make a cache here that we might have something to fall +back upon in case our retreat should become necessary, and four days +were employed in fixing up the meat and preparing the cache, and this +gave us also sufficient time, in spite of continuous heavy wind and +rain, to thoroughly explore the lake and its bays. An ample supply of +the fresh venison was reserved to carry with us. + +We now had on hand, exclusive of the pemmican and other rations still +remaining, and the meat cached, eight weeks' provisions, with plenty +of ducks and ptarmigans everywhere, and there seemed to be no further +danger from lack of food. + +One day, while we were here, five caribou tarried for several minutes +within two hundred yards of us and then sauntered off without taking +alarm, and later the same day another was seen at closer range; but we +did not need them and permitted them to go unmolested. + +From a hill near this bay, where we killed the deer, on the eastern +side of the lake, we discovered a trail leading off toward a string of +lakes to the eastward. This is undoubtedly the portage trail which +the Indians follow in their journeys to the Post at Davis Inlet. Toma +had told me we might see it here, and that, not far in, on one of +these lakes was another Indian camp. + +An inordinate craving for fat takes possession of every one after a +little while in the bush. We had felt it, and now, with plenty, +overindulged, with the result that we were attacked with illness, and +for a day or two I was almost too sick to move. + +The morning we left Atuknipi, or Reindeer Lake, as we shall call the +expansion, a blinding snowstorm was raging, with a strong head wind. +Several rapids were run though it was extremely dangerous work, for at +times we could scarcely see a dozen yards ahead. At midday the snow +ceased, but the wind increased in velocity until finally we found it +quite out of the question to paddle against it, and were forced to +pitch camp on the shores of a small expansion and under the lee of a +hill. For two days the gale blew unceasingly and held us prisoners in +our camp. The waves broke on the rocky shores, sending the spray +fifty feet in the air and, freezing on the surrounding bowlders, +covered them with a glaze of ice. I cannot say what the temperature +was, for on the day of our arrival here my last thermometer was +broken; but with half a foot of snow on the ground, the freezing spray +and the bitter cold wind, we were warned that winter was reaching out +her hand toward Labrador and would soon hold us in her merciless +grasp. This made me chafe under our imprisonment, for I began to fear +that we should not reach the Post before the final freeze-up came, and +further travel by canoe would be out of the question. On the morning +of September twenty-ninth, the wind, though still blowing half a gale +in our faces, had so much abated that we were able to launch our canoe +and continue our journey. + +It was very cold. The spray froze as it struck our clothing, the, +canoe was weighted with ice and our paddles became heavy with it. We +ran one or two short rapids in safety and then started into another +that ended with a narrow strip of white water with a small expansion +below. We had just struck the white water, going at a good speed in +what seemed like a clear course, when the canoe, at its middle, hit a +submerged rock. Before there was time to clear ourselves the little +craft swung in the current, and the next moment I found myself in the +rushing, seething flood rolling down through the rocks. + +When I came to the surface I was in the calm water below the rapid and +twenty feet away was the canoe, bottom up, with Easton clinging to it, +his clothing fast on a bolt under the canoe. I swam to him and, while +he drew his hunting knife and cut himself loose, steadied the canoe. +We had neglected--and it was gross carelessness in us--to tie our +things fast, and the lighter bags and paddles were floating away while +everything that was heavy had sunk beyond hope of recovery. The +thwarts, however, held fast in the overturned canoe a bag of pemmican, +one other small bag, the tent and tent stove. Treading water to keep +ourselves afloat we tried to right the canoe to save these, but our +efforts were fruitless. The icy water so benumbed us we could +scarcely control our limbs. The tracking line was fast to the stern +thwart, and with one end of this in his teeth, Easton swam to a little +rocky island just below the rapid and hauled while I swam by the canoe +and steadied the things under the thwarts. It took us half an hour to +get the canoe ashore, and we could hardly stand when he had it righted +and the water emptied out. + +Then I looked for wood to build a fire, for I knew that unless we +could get artificial heat immediately we would perish with the cold, +for the very blood in our veins was freezing. Not a stick was there +nearer than an eighth of a mile across the bay. Our paddles were +gone, but we got into the canoe and used our hands for paddles. By +the time we landed Easton had grown very pale. He began picking and +clutching aimlessly at the trees. The blood had congealed in my hands +until they were so stiff as to be almost useless. I could not guide +them to the trousers pocket at first where I kept my waterproof match- +box. Finally I loosened my belt and found the matches, and with the +greatest difficulty managed to get one between my benumbed fingers, +and scratched it on the bottom of the box. The box was wet and the +match head flew off. Everything was wet. Not a dry stone even stuck +above the snow. I tried another match on the box, but, like the +first, the head flew off, and then another and another with the same +result. Under ordinary circumstances I could have secured a light +somehow and quickly, but now my hands and fingers were stiff as sticks +and refused to grip the matches firmly. I worked with desperation, +but it seemed hopeless. Easton's face by this time had taken on the +waxen shade that comes with death, and he appeared to be looking +through a haze. His senses were leaving him. I saw something must be +done at once, and I shouted to him: "Run! run! Easton, run!" +Articulation was difficult, and I did not know my own voice. It +seemed very strange and far away to me. We tried to run but had lost +control of our legs and both fell down. With an effort I regained my +feet but fell again when I tried to go forward. My legs refused to +carry me. I crawled on my hands and knees in the snow for a short +distance, and it was all I could do to recover my feet. Easton had +now lost all understanding of his surroundings. He was looking into +space but saw nothing. He was groping blindly with his hands. He did +not even know that he was cold. I saw that only a fire could save his +life, and perhaps mine, and that we must have it quickly, and made one +more superhuman effort with the matches. One after another I tried +them with the same result as before until but three remained. All +depended upon those three matches. The first one flickered for a +moment and my hopes rose, but my poor benumbed fingers refused to hold +it and it fell into the snow and went out. The wind was drying the +box bottom. I tried another--an old sulphur match, I remember. It +burned! I applied it with the greatest care to a handful of the hairy +moss that is found under the branches next the trunk of spruce trees, +and this ignited. Then I put on small sticks, nursing the blaze with +the greatest care, adding larger sticks as the smaller ones took fire. +I had dropped on my knees and could reach the sticks from where I +knelt, for there was plenty of dead wood lying about. As the blaze +grew I rose to my feet and, dragging larger wood, piled it on. A sort +of joyful mania took possession of me as I watched the great tongues +of flames shooting skyward and listened to the crackling of the +burning wood, and I stood back and laughed. I had triumphed over fate +and the elements. Our arms, our clothing, nearly all our food, our +axes and our paddles, and even the means of making new paddles were +gone, but for the present we were safe. Life, no matter how +uncertain, is sweet, and I laughed with the very joy of living. + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +TIDE WATER AND THE POST + +When Easton came to his senses, he found himself warming by the fire. +It is wonderful how quickly a half-frozen man will revive. As soon as +we were thoroughly thawed out we stripped to our underclothing and +hung our things up to dry, permitting our underclothing to dry on us +as we stood near the blaze. We were little the worse for our dip, +escaping with slightly frosted fingers and toes. I discovered in my +pockets a half plug of black tobacco such as we use in the North, put +it on the end of a stick and dried it out, and then we had a smoke. +We agreed that we had never in our life before had so satisfactory a +smoke as that. The stimulant was needed and it put new life into us. + +Easton was very pessimistic. He was generally inclined to look upon +the dark side of things anyway, and now he believed our fate was +sealed, especially if we could not find our paddles, and he began to +talk about returning to our cache and thence to the Indians. But I +had been in much worse predicaments than this, and paddles or no +paddles, determined to go on, for we could work our way down the river +somehow with poles and the bag of pemmican would keep us alive until +we reached the Post--unless the freeze-up caught us. + +When we had dried ourselves we went to the canoe to make an inventory +of our remaining goods and chattels, and with a vague hope that a +paddle might be found on the shore. What, then, was our surprise and +our joy to find not only the paddles but our dunnage bags and my +instrument bag amongst the rocks, where an eddy below the rapid +swirled the water in. Thus our blankets and clothing were safe, we +had fifty pounds of pemmican, our tent and tent stove, and in the +small bag that I have mentioned as having remained in the canoe with +the other things was all our tea and five or six pounds of caribou +tallow. Our matches--and this was a great piece of good fortune--were +uninjured, and we had a good stock of them. The tent stove seemed +useless without the pipe, but we determined to cling to it, as our +luggage now was light. Our guns, axes, the balance of our provisions, +including salt, the tea kettle and all our other cooking utensils, +were gone, and worst of all, three hundred and fifty unexposed +photographic films. Only twenty or thirty unexposed films were saved, +but fortunately, only one roll of ten exposed films, which was in one +of the cameras, was injured, and none of the exposed films was lost. +One camera was damaged beyond use, as were also my aneroid barometer +and binoculars. However, we were fortunate to get off so easily as we +did, and the accident taught us the lesson to take no chances in +rapids and to tie everything fast at all times. Carelessness is +pretty sure to demand its penalty, and the wilderness is constantly +springing surprises upon those who submit themselves to its care. + +A pretty dreary camp we pitched that evening near the place of our +mishap. Fortunately there was plenty of dead wood loose on the +ground, and we did very well for our camp fire without the axes. A +pemmican can with the end cut off about an inch from the top, with a +piece of copper wire that I found in my dunnage bag fashioned into a +bale, made a very serviceable tea pail, from which we drank in turn, +as our cups were lost. The top of the can answered for a frying pan +in which to melt our caribou tallow and pemmican when we wanted our +ration hot, and as a plate. Tent pegs were cut with our jackknives +and the tent stretched between two trees, which avoided the necessity +of tent poles. Thus, with our cooking and living outfit reduced to +the simplest and crudest form, and with a limited and unvaried diet of +pemmican, tallow and tea, we were on the whole able, so long as loose +wood could be found for our night camps, to keep comparatively +comfortable and free from any severe hardships. + +We certainly had great reason to be thankful, and that night before we +rolled into our blankets I read aloud by the light of our camp fire +from my little Bible the one hundred and seventh Psalm, in +thanksgiving. + +The next morning before starting forward we paddled out to the rapid, +in the vain hope that we might be able to recover some of the lost +articles from the bottom of the river, but at the place where the +spill had occurred the water was too swift and deep for us to do +anything, and we were forced to abandon the attempt and reluctantly +resume our journey without the things. + +That night we felt sorely the loss of the axes. Our camp was pitched +in a spot where no loose wood was to be found save very small sticks, +insufficient in quantity for an adequate fire in the open, for the +evening was cold. We could not pitch our tent wigwam fashion with an +opening at the top for the smoke to escape, as to do that several +poles were necessary, and we had no means of cutting them. However, +with the expectation that enough smoke would find its way out of the +stovepipe hole to permit us to remain inside, we built a small round +Indian fire in the center of the tent. We managed to endure the smoke +and warm ourselves while tea was making, but the experiment proved a +failure and was not to be resorted to again, for I feared it might +result in an attack of smoke-blindness. This is an affliction almost +identical in effect to snow-blindness. I had suffered from it in the +first days of my wandering alone in the Susan Valley in the winter of +1903, and knew what it meant, and that an attack of it would preclude +traveling while it lasted, to say nothing of the pain that it would +inflict. + +Here a portage was necessary around a half-mile canyon through which +the river, a rushing torrent, tumbled in the interval over a series of +small falls, and all the way the perpendicular walls of basaltic rock +that confined it rose on either side to a height of fifty to seventy- +five feet above the seething water. Just below this canyon another +river joined us from the east, increasing the volume of water very +materially. Our tumplines were gone, but with the tracking line and +pieces of deer skin we improvised new ones that answered our purpose +very well. + +The hills, barren almost to their base, and growing in altitude with +every mile we traveled, were now closely hugging the river valley, +which was almost destitute of trees. Rapids were practically +continuous and always strewn with dangerous rocks that kept us +constantly on the alert and our nerves strung to the highest tension. + +The general course of the river for several days was north, thirty +degrees east, but later assumed an almost due northerly course. It +made some wide sweeps as it worked its tortuous way through the +ranges, sometimes almost doubling on itself. At intervals small +streams joined it and it was constantly growing in width and depth. +Once we came to a place where it dropped over massive bed rock in a +series of falls, some of which were thirty or more feet in height. +Few portages, however, were necessary. We took our chances on +everything that there was any prospect of the canoe living through-- +rapids that under ordinary circumstances we should never have trusted +--for the grip of the cold weather was tightening with each October +day. The small lakes away from the river, where the water was still, +must even now have been frozen, but the river current was so big and +strong that it had as yet warded off the frost shackles. When the +real winter came, however, it would be upon us in a night, and then +even this mighty torrent must submit to its power. + +At one point the valley suddenly widened and the hills receded, and +here the river broke up into many small streams--no less than five-- +but some four or five miles farther on these various channels came +together again, and then the growing hills closed in until they +pinched the river banks more closely than ever. + +On the morning of October sixth we swung around a big bend in the +river, ran a short but precipitous rapid and suddenly came upon +another large river flowing in from the west. This stream came +through a sandy valley, and below the junction of the rivers the sand +banks rose on the east side a hundred feet or so above the water. The +increase here in the size of the stream was marked--it was wide and +deep. A terrific gale was blowing and caught us directly in our faces +as we turned the bend and lost the cover of the lee share above the +curve, and paddling ahead was impossible. The waves were so strong, +in fact, that we barely escaped swamping before we effected a landing. + +We here found ourselves in an exceedingly unpleasant position. We +were only fitted with summer clothing, which was now insufficient +protection. There was not enough loose wood to make an open fire to +keep us warm for more than an hour or so, and we could not go on to +look for a better camping place. In a notch between the sand ridges +we found a small cluster of trees, between two of which our tent was +stretched, but it was mighty uncomfortable with no means of warming. +"If we only had our stovepipe now we'd be able to break enough small +stuff to keep the stove going," said Easton. With nothing else to do +we climbed a knoll to look at the river below, and there on the knoll +what should we find but several lengths of nearly worn-out but still +serviceable pipe that some Indian had abandoned. "It's like Robinson +Crusoe," said Easton. "Just as soon as we need something that we +can't get on very well without we find it. A special Providence is +surely caring for us." We appropriated that pipe, all right, and it +did not take us long to get a fire in the stove, which we had clung +to, useless as it had seemed to be. + +A mass of ripe cranberries, so thick that we crushed them with every +step, grew on the hills, and we picked our pailful and stewed them, +using crystallose (a small phial of which I had in my dunnage bag) as +sweetening. A pound of pemmican a day with a bit of tallow is +sustaining, but not filling, and left us with a constant, gnawing +hunger. These berries were a godsend, and sour as they were we filled +up on them and for once gratified our appetites. We had a great +desire, too, for something sweet, and always pounced upon the stray +raisins in the pemmican. When either of us found one in his ration it +was divided between us. Our great longing was for bread and molasses, +just as it had been with Hubbard and me when we were short of food, +and we were constantly talking of the feasts we would have of these +delicacies when we reached the Post--wheat bread and common black +molasses. + +The George River all the way down to this point had been in past years +a veritable slaughter house. There were great piles of caribou +antlers (the barren-ground caribou or reindeer), sometimes as many as +two or three hundred pairs in a single pile, where the Indians had +speared the animals in the river, and everywhere along the banks were +scattered dry bones. Abandoned camps, and some of them large ones and +not very old, were distributed at frequent intervals, though we saw no +more of the Indians themselves until we reached Ungava Bay. + +Wolves were numerous. We saw their tracks in the sand and fresh signs +of them were common. They always abound where there are caribou, +which form their main living. Ptarmigans in the early morning clucked +on the river banks like chickens in a barnyard, and we saw some very +large flocks of them. Geese and black ducks, making their way to the +southward, were met with daily. But we had no arms or ammunition with +which to kill them. I saw some fox signs, but there were very few or +no rabbit signs, strange to say, until we were a full hundred miles +farther down the river. + +This camp, where we found the stovepipe, we soon discovered was nearly +at the head of Indian House Lake, so called by a Hudson's Bay Company +factor-John McLean-because of the numbers of Indians that he found +living on its shores. McLean, about seventy years earlier, had +ascended the river in the interests of his company, for the purpose of +establishing interior posts. The most inland Post that he erected was +at the lower end of this lake, which is fifty-five miles in length. +He also built a Post on a large lake which he describes in his +published journal as lying to the west of Indian House Lake. The +exact location of this latter lake is not now known, but I am inclined +to think it is one which the Indians say is the source of Whale River, +a stream of considerable size emptying into Ungava Bay one hundred and +twenty miles to the westward of the mouth of the George River. These +two rivers are doubtless much nearer together, however, farther +inland, where Whale River has its rise. The difficulty experienced by +McLean in getting supplies to these two Posts rendered them +unprofitable, and after experimenting with them for three years they +were abandoned. The agents in charge were each spring on the verge of +starvation before the opening of the waters brought fish and food or +they were relieved by the brigades from Ungava. They had to depend +almost wholly upon their hunters for provisions. It was not attempted +in those days to carry in flour, pork and other food stuffs now +considered by the traders necessaries. And almost the only goods +handled by them in the Indian trade were axes, knives, guns, +ammunition and beads. + +Indian House Lake now, as then, is a general rendezvous for the +Indians during the summer months, when they congregate there to fish +and to hunt reindeer. In the autumn they scatter to the better +trapping grounds, where fur bearing animals are found in greater abun- +dance. We were too late in the season to meet these Indians, though +we saw many of their camping places. + +A snowstorm began on October seventh, but the wind had so far abated +that we were able to resume our journey. It was a bleak and dismal +day. Save for now and then a small grove of spruce trees in some +sheltered nook, and these at long intervals, the country was destitute +and barren of growth. Below our camp, upon entering the lake, there +was a wide, flat stretch of sand wash from the river, and below this +from the lake shore on either side, great barren, grim hills rose in +solemn majesty, across whose rocky face the wind swept the snow in +fitful gusts and squalls. Off on a mountain side a wolf disturbed the +white silence with his dismal cry, and farther on a big black fellow +came to the water's edge, and with the snow blowing wildly about him +held his head in the air and howled a challenge at us as we passed +close by. Perhaps he yearned for companionship and welcomed the sight +of living things. For my part, grim and uncanny as be looked, I was +glad to see him. He was something to vary the monotony of the great +solemn silence of our world. + +The storm increased, and early in the day the snow began to fall so +heavily that we could not see our way, and forced us to turn into a +bay where we found a small cluster of trees amongst big bowlders, and +pitched our tent in their shelter. The snow had drifted in and filled +the space between the rocks, and on this we piled armfuls of scraggy +boughs and made a fairly level and wholly comfortable bed; but it was +a long, tedious job digging with our hands and feet into the snow for +bits of wood for our stove. The conditions were growing harder and +harder with every day, and our experience here was a common one with +us for the most of the remainder of the way down the river from this +point. + +The day we reached the lower end of the lake I summed up briefly its +characteristics in my field book as follows: + +"Indian House Lake has a varying width of from a quarter mile to three +miles. It is apparently not deep. Both shores are followed by ridges +of the most barren, rocky hills imaginable, some of them rising to a +height of eight to nine hundred feet and sloping down sharply to the +shores, which are strewn with large loose bowlders or are precipitous +bed rock. An occasional sand knoll occurs, and upon nearly every one +of these is an abandoned Indian camp. The timber growth--none at all +or very scanty spruce and tamarack. Length of lake (approximated) +fifty-five miles." + +I had hoped to locate the site of McLean's old Post buildings, more +than three score years ago destroyed by the Indians, doubtless for +firewood, but the snow had bidden what few traces of them time had not +destroyed, and they were passed unnoticed. The storm which raged all +the time we were here made progress slow, and it was not until the +morning of the tenth that we reached the end of the lake, where the +river, vastly increased in volume, poured out through a rapid. + +Below Indian House Lake there were only a few short stretches of slack +water to relieve the pretty continuous rapids. The river wound in and +out, in and out, rushing on its tumultuous way amongst ever higher +mountains. There was no time to examine the rapids before we shot +them. We had to take our chances, and as we swung around every curve +we half expected to find before us a cataract that would hurl us to +destruction. The banks were often sheer from the water's edge, and +made landing difficult or even impossible. In one place for a dis- +tance of many miles the river had worn its way through the mountains, +leaving high, perpendicular walls of solid rock on either side, +forming a sort of canyon. In other places high bowlders, piled by +some giant force, formed fifty-foot high walls, which we had to scale +each night to make our camp. In the morning some peak in the blue +distance would be noted as a landmark. In a couple of hours we would +rush past it and mark another one, which, too, would soon be left +behind. + +The rapids continued the characteristic of the river and were +terrific. Often it would seem that no canoe could ride the high, +white waves, or that we could not avoid the swirl of mighty cross- +current eddies, which would have swallowed up our canoe like a chip +had we got into them. There were rapids whose roar could be +distinctly heard for five or six miles. These we approached with the +greatest care, and portaged around the worst places. The water was so +clear that often we found ourselves dodging rocks, which, when we +passed them, were ten or twelve feet below the surface. It was here +that a peculiar optical illusion occurred. The water appeared to be +running down an incline of about twenty degrees. At the place where +this was noticed, however, the current was not exceptionally swift. +We were in a section now where the Indians never go, owing to the +character of the river--a section that is wholly untraveled and +unhunted. + +After leaving Indian House Lake, as we descended from the plateau, the +weather grew milder. There were chilly winds and bleak rains, but the +snow, though remaining on the mountains, disappeared gradually from +the valley, and this was a blessing to us, for it enabled us to make +camp with a little less labor, and the bits of wood were left +uncovered, to be gathered with more ease. Every hour of light we +needed, for with each dawn and twilight the days were becoming +noticeably shorter. The sun now rose in the southeast, crossed a +small segment of the sky, and almost before we were aware of it set in +the southwest. + +The wilderness gripped us closer and closer as the days went by. +Remembrances of the outside world were becoming like dreamland +fancies--something hazy, indefinite and unreal. We could hardly bring +ourselves to believe that we had really met the Indians. It seemed to +us that all our lives we had been going on and on through rushing +water, or with packs over rocky portages, and the Post we were aiming +to reach appeared no nearer to us than it did the day we left +Northwest River--long, long ago. We seldom spoke. Sometimes in a +whole day not a dozen words would be exchanged. If we did talk at all +it was at night over soothing pipes, after the bit of pemmican we +allowed ourselves was disposed of, and was usually of something to +eat--planning feasts of darn goods, bread and molasses when we should +reach a place where these luxuries were to be had. It was much like +the way children plan what wonderful things they will do, and what +unbounded good things they will indulge in, when they attain that high +pinnacle of their ambition--"grown-ups." + +After our upset in the rapid Easton eschewed water entirely, except +for drinking purposes. He had had enough of it, he said. I did bathe +my hands and face occasionally, particularly in the morning, to rouse +me from the torpor of the always heavy sleep of night. What savages +men will revert into when they are buried for a long period in the +wilderness and shake off the trammels and customs of the +conventionalism of civilization! It does not take long to make an +Indian out of a white man so far as habits and customs of living go. + +Our routine of daily life was always the same. Long before daylight I +would arise, kindle a fire, put over it our tea water, and then get +Easton out of his blankets. At daylight we would start. At midday we +had tea, and at twilight made the best camp we could. + +The hills were assuming a different aspect--less conical in form and +not so high. The bowlders on the river banks were superseded by +massive bed-rock granite. The coves and hollows were better wooded +and there were some stretches of slack water. On October fifteenth we +portaged around a series of low falls, below which was a small lake +expansion with a river flowing into it from the east. Here we found +the first evidence of human life that we had seen in a long while--a +wide portage trail that had been cut through now burned and dead trees +on the eastern side of the river. It was fully six feet in width and +had been used for the passage of larger boats than canoes. The moss +was still unrenewed where the tramp of many moccasins had worn it off. +This was the trail made by John McLean's brigades nearly three- +quarters of a century before, for in their journeys to Indian House +Lake they had used rowboats and not canoes for the transportation of +supplies. + +The day we passed over this portage was a most miserable one. We were +soaked from morning till night with mingled snow and rain, and numb +with the cold, but when we made our night camp, below the junction of +the rivers, one or two ax cuttings were found, and I knew that now our +troubles were nearly at an end and we were not far from men. The next +afternoon (Monday, October sixteenth) we stopped two or three miles +below a rapid to boil our kettle, and before our tea was made the +canoe was high and dry on the rocks. We had reached tide water at +last! How we hurried through that luncheon, and with what light +hearts we launched the canoe again, and how we peered into every bay +for the Post buildings that we knew were now close at hand can be +imagined. These bays were being left wide stretches of mud and rocks +by the receding water, which has a tide fall here of nearly forty +feet. At last, as we rounded a rocky point, we saw the Post. The +group of little white buildings nestling deep in a cove, a feathery +curl of smoke rising peacefully from the agent's house, an Eskimo +_tupek_ (tent), boats standing high on the mud flat below, and the +howl of a husky dog in the distance, formed a picture of comfort that +I shall long remember. + + + +CHAPTER XV + +OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS + +The tide had left the bay drained, on the farther side and well toward +the bottom of which the Post stands, and between us and the buildings +was a lake of soft mud. There seemed no approach for the canoe, and +rather than sit idly until the incoming tide covered the mud again so +that we could paddle in, we carried our belongings high up the side of +the hill, safely out of reach of the water when it should rise, and +then started to pick our way around the face of the clifflike hill, +with the intention of skirting the bay and reaching the Post at once +from the upper side. + +It was much like walking on the side of a wall, and to add to our +discomfiture night began to fall before we were half way around, for +it was slow work. Once I descended cautiously to the mud, thinking +that I might be able to walk across it, but a deep channel filled with +running water intercepted me, and I had to return to Easton, who had +remained above. We finally realized that we could not get around the +hill before dark and the footing was too uncertain to attempt to +retrace our steps to the canoe in the fading light, as a false move +would have hurled us down a hundred feet into the mud and rocks below. +Fortunately a niche in the hillside offered a safe resting place, and +we drew together here all the brush within reach, to be burned later +as a signal to the Post folk that some one was on the hill, hoping +that when the tide rose it would bring them in, a boat to rescue us +from our unpleasant position. When the brush was arranged for firing +at an opportune time we sat down in the thickening darkness to watch +the lights which were now flickering cozily in the windows of the Post +house. + +"Well, this _is_ hard luck," said Easton. "There's good bread and +molasses almost within hailing distance and we've likely got to sit +out here on the rocks all night without wood enough to keep fire, and +it's going to rain pretty soon and we can't even get back to our +pemmican and tent." + +"Don't give up yet, boy," I encouraged. "Maybe they'll see our fire +when we start it and take us off." + +We filled our pipes and struck matches to light them. They were wax +taper matches and made a good blaze. "Wonder what it'll be like to +eat civilized grub again and sleep in a bed," said Easton +meditatively, as he puffed uncomfortably at his pipe. + +While he was speaking the glow of a lantern appeared from the Post +house, which we could locate by its lamp-lit windows, and moved down +toward the place where we had seen the boats on the mud. The sight of +it made us hope that we had been noticed, and we jumped up and +combined our efforts in shouting until we were hoarse. Then we +ignited the pile of brush. It blazed up splendidly, shooting its +flames high in the air, sending its sparks far, and lighting weirdly +the strange scene. We stood before it that our forms might appear in +relief against the light reflected by the rocky background, waving our +arms and renewing our shouts. Once or twice I fancied I heard an +answering hail from the other side, like a far-off echo; but the wind +was against us and I was not sure. The lantern light was now in a +boat moving out toward the main river. Even though it were coming to +us this was necessary, as the tide could not be high enough yet to +permit its coming directly across to where we were. We watched its +course anxiously. Finally it seemed to be heading toward us, but we +were not certain. Then it disappeared altogether and there was +nothing but blackness and silence where it had been. + +"Some one that's been waiting for the tide to turn and he's just going +down the river, where he likely lives," remarked Easton as we sat down +again and relit our pipes. "I began to taste bread and molasses when +I saw that light," he continued, after a few minutes' pause. "It's +just our luck. We're in for a night of it, all right." + +We sat smoking silently, resigned to our fate, when all at once there +stepped out of the surrounding darkness into the radius of light cast +by our now dying fire, an old Eskimo with an unlighted lantern in his +hands, and a young fellow of fifteen or sixteen years of age. + +"Oksutingyae," * said the Eskimo, and then proceeded to light his +lantern, paying no further attention to us. "How do you do?" said the +boy. + +* [Dual form meaning "You two be strong," used by the Eskimos as a +greeting. The singular of the same is Oksunae, and the plural (more +than two) Oksusi] + +The Eskimo could understand no English, but the boy, a grandson of +Johm Ford, the Post agent, told us that the Eskimo had seen us strike +the matches to light our pipes and reported the matter at once at the +house. There was not a match at the Post nor within a hundred miles +of it, so far as they knew, so Mr. Ford concluded that some strangers +were stranded on the hill--possibly Eskimos in distress--and he gave +them a lantern and started them over in a boat to investigate. Their +lantern had blown out on the way--that was when we missed the light. + +With the lantern to guide us we descended the slippery rocks to their +boat and in ten minutes landed on the mud flat opposite, where we were +met by Ford and a group of curious Eskimos. We were immediately con- +ducted to the agent's residence, where Mrs. Ford received us in the +hospitable manner of the North, and in a little while spread before us +a delicious supper of fresh trout, white bread such as we had not seen +since leaving Tom Blake's, mossberry jam and tea. It was an event in +our life to sit down again to a table covered with white linen and eat +real bread. We ate until we were ashamed of ourselves, but not until +we were satisfied (for we had emerged from the bush with unholy +appetites) and barely stopped eating in time to save our reputations +from utter ruin. And now our hosts told us--and it shows how really +generous and open-hearted they were to say nothing about it until we +were through eating--that the _Pelican_, the Hudson's Bay Company's +steamer, had not arrived on her annual visit, that it was so late in +the season all hope of her coming had some time since been +relinquished, and the Post provisions were reduced to forty pounds of +flour, a bit of sugar, a barrel or so of corn meal, some salt pork and +salt beef, and small quantities of other food stuffs, and there were a +great many dependents with hungry mouths to feed. Molasses, butter +and other things were entirely gone. The storehouses were empty. + +This condition of affairs made it incumbent upon me, I believed, in +spite of a cordial invitation from Ford to stay and share with them +what they had, to move on at once and endeavor to reach Fort Chimo +ahead of the ice. Fort Chimo is the chief establishment of the fur +trading companies on Ungava Bay, and is the farthest off and most +isolated station in northern Labrador. This journey would be too +hazardous to undertake in the month of October in a canoe--the rough, +open sea of Ungava Bay demanded a larger craft--and although Ford told +me it was foolhardy to attempt it so late in the season with any craft +at all, I requested him to do his utmost the following day to engage +for us Eskimos and a small boat and we would make the attempt to get +there. It has been my experience that frontier traders are wont to +overestimate the dangers in trips of this kind, and I was inclined to +the belief that this was the case with Ford. In due time I learned my +mistake. + +Ford had no tobacco but the soggy black chewing plug dispensed to +Eskimos, and we shared with him our remaining plugs and for two hours +sat in the cozy Post house kitchen smoking and chatting. Over a year +had passed since his last communication with the outside world, for no +vessel other than the _Pelican_ when she makes her annual call with +supplies ever comes here, and we therefore had some things of interest +to tell him. + +Our host I soon discovered to be a man of intelligence. He was sixty- +six years of age, a native of the east coast of Labrador, with a tinge +of Eskimo blood in his veins, and as familiar with the Eskimo language +as with English. For twenty years, he informed me, with the exception +of one or two brief intervals, he had been buried at George River +Post, and was longing for the time when he could leave it and enjoy +the comforts of civilization. + +After our chat we were shown to our room, where the almost forgotten +luxuries of feather beds and pillows, and the great, warm, fluffy +woolen blankets of the Hudson's Bay Company--such blankets as are +found nowhere else in the world--awaited us. To undress and crawl +between them and lie there, warm and snug and dry, while we listened +to the rain, which had begun beating furiously against the window and +on the roof, and the wind howling around the house, seemed to me at +first the pinnacle of comfort; but this sense of luxury soon passed +off and I found myself longing for the tent and spruce-bough couch on +the ground, where there was more air to breathe and a greater freedom. +I could not sleep. The bed was too warm and the four walls of the +room seemed pressing in on me. After four months in the open it takes +some time for one to accustom one's self to a bed again. + +The next day at high tide, with the aid of a boat and two Eskimos, we +recovered our things from the rocks where we had cached them. + +There were no Eskimos at the Post competent or willing to attempt the +open-boat journey to Fort Chimo. Those that were here all agreed that +the ice would come before we could get through and that it was too +dangerous an undertaking. Therefore, galling as the delay was to me, +there was nothing for us to do but settle down and wait for the time +to come when we could go with dog teams overland. + +On Thursday afternoon, three days after our arrival at the Post, we +saw the Eskimos running toward the wharf and shouting as though +something of unusual importance were taking place and, upon joining +the crowd, found them greeting three strange Eskimos who had just +arrived in a boat. The real cause of the excitement we soon learned +was the arrival of the _Pelican_. The strange Eskimos were the pilots +that brought her from Fort Chimo. All was confusion and rejoicing at +once. Ford manned a boat and invited us to join him in a visit to the +ship, which lay at anchor four miles below, and we were soon off. + +When we boarded the Pelican, which, by the way, is an old British +cruiser, we were received by Mr. Peter McKenzie, from Montreal, who +has superintendence of eastern posts, and Captain Lovegrow, who +commanded the vessel. They told us that they had called at Rigolet on +their way north and there heard of the arrival of Richards, Pete and +Stanton at Northwest River. This relieved my mind as to their safety. + +We spent a very pleasant hour over a cigar, and heard the happenings +in the outside world since our departure from it, the most important +of which was the close of the Russian-Japanese war. We also learned +that the cause of delay in the ship's coming was an accident on the +rocks near Cartwright, making it necessary for them to run to St. +Johns for repairs; and also that only the fact of the distressful +condition of the Post, unprovisioned as they knew it must be, had +induced them to take the hazard of running in and chancing imprison- +ment for the winter in the ice. + +Mr. McKenzie extended me a most cordial invitation to return with them +to Rigolet, but the Eskimo pilots had brought news of large herds of +reindeer that the Indians had reported as heading eastward toward the +Koksoak, the river on which Fort Chimo is situated, and I determined +to make an effort to see these deer. This determination was coupled +with a desire to travel across the northern peninsula and around the +coast in winter and learn more of the people and their life than could +be observed at the Post; and I therefore declined Mr. McKenzie's +invitation. + +Captain James Blanford, from St. Johns, was on board, acting as ship's +pilot for the east coast, and he kindly offered to carry out for me +such letters and telegrams as I might desire to send and personally +attend to their transmission. I gladly availed myself of this offer, +as it gave us an opportunity to relieve the anxiety of our friends at +home as to our safety. Captain Blanford had been with the auxiliary +supply ship of the Peary Arctic expedition during the summer and told +us of having left Commander Peary at eighty degrees north latitude in +August. The expedition, he told us, would probably winter as high as +eighty-three degrees north, and he was highly enthusiastic over the +good prospects of Peary's success in at least reaching "Farthest +North." + +The Eskimo pilots of the _Pelican_ were more venturesome than their +friends at George River. They had a small boat belonging to the +Hudson's Bay Company, and in it were going to attempt to reach Fort +Chimo. Against his advice I had Ford arrange with them to permit +Easton and me to accompany them. It was a most fortunate +circumstance, I thought, that this opportunity was opened to us. + +Accordingly the letters for Captain Blanford were written, sufficient +provisions, consisting of corn meal, flour, hard-tack, pork, and tea +to last Easton and me ten days, were packed, and our luggage was taken +on board the _Pelican_ on Saturday afternoon, where we were to spend +the night as Mr. McKenzie's and Captain Lovegrow's guests. + +Mr. McKenzie, before going to Montreal, had lived nearly a quarter of +a century as Factor at Fort Chimo, and, thoroughly familiar with the +conditions of the country and the season, joined Ford in advising us +strongly against our undertaking, owing to the unusual hazard attached +to it, and the probability of getting caught in the ice and wrecked. +But we were used to hardship, and believed that if the Eskimos were +willing to attempt the journey we could get through with them some +way, and I saw no reason why I should change my plans. + +Low-hanging clouds, flying snowflakes and a rising northeast wind +threatened a heavy storm on Sunday morning, October twenty-second, +when the _Pelican_ weighed anchor at ten o'clock, with us on board and +the small boat, the _Explorer_, that was to carry us westward in tow, +and steamed down the George River, at whose mouth, twenty miles below, +we were to leave her, to meet new and unexpected dangers and +hardships. + +At the Post the river is a mile and a half in width. About eight +miles farther down its banks close in and "the Narrows" occur, and +then it widens again. There is very little growth of any kind below +the Narrows. The rocks are polished smooth and bare as they rise from +the water's edge, and it is as desolate and barren a land as one's +imagination could picture, but withal possesses a rugged grand beauty +in its grim austerity that is impressive. + +About three or four miles above the open bay the _Pelican's_ engines +ceased to throb and the _Explorer_ was hauled alongside. Everything +but the provisions for the Eskimo crew was already aboard. We said a +hurried adieu and, watching our chances as the boat rose and fell on +the swell, dropped one by one into the little craft. A bag of ship's +biscuit, the provisions of our Eskimos, was thrown after us. Most of +them went into the sea and were lost, and we needed them sadly later. +I thought we should swamp as each sea hit us before we could get away, +and when we were finally off the boat was half full of water. + +The Eskimos hoisted a sail and turned to the west bank of the river, +for it was too rough outside to risk ourselves there in the little +_Explorer_. The pulse of the big ship began to beat and slowly she +steamed out into the open and left us to the mercies of the unfeeling +rocks of Ungava. + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE + +We ran to shelter in a small cove and under the lee of a ledge pitched +our tent, using poles that the Eskimos had thoughtfully provided, and +anchoring the tent down with bowlders. + +When I say the rocks here are scoured bare, I mean it literally. +There was not a stick of wood growing as big as your finger. On the +lower George, below the Narrows, and for long distances on the Ungava +coast there is absolutely not a tree of any kind to be seen. The only +exception is in one or two bays or near the mouth of streams, where a +stunted spruce growth is sometimes found in small patches. There are +places where you may skirt the coast of Ungava Bay for a hundred miles +and not see a shrub worthy the name of tree, even in the bays. + +The Koksoak (Big) River, on which Fort Chimo is situated, is the +largest river flowing into Ungava Bay. The George is the second in +size, and Whale River ranks third. Between the George River and Whale +River there are four smaller ones--Tunulik (Back) River, Kuglotook +(Overflow) River, Tuktotuk (Reindeer) River and Mukalik (Muddy) River; +and between Whale River and the Koksoak the False River. I crossed +all of these streams and saw some of them for several miles above the +mouth. The Koksoak, Mukalik and Whale Rivers are regularly traversed +by the Indians, but the others are too swift and rocky for canoes. +There are several streams to the westward of the Koksoak, notably Leaf +River, and a very large one that the Eskimos told me of, emptying into +Hope's Advance Bay, but these I did not see and my knowledge of them +is limited to hearsay. + +The hills in the vicinity of George River are generally high, but to +the westward they are much lower and less picturesque. + +After our camp was pitched we had an opportunity for the first time to +make the acquaintance of our companions. The chief was a man of about +forty years of age, Potokomik by name, which, translated, means a hole +cut in the edge of a skin for the purpose of stretching it. The next +in importance was Kumuk. Kumuk means louse, and it fitted the man's +nature well. The youngest was Iksialook (Big Yolk of an Egg). +Potokomik had been rechristened by a Hudson's Bay Company agent +"Kenneth," and Kumuk, in like manner, had had the name of "George" +bestowed upon him, but Iksialook bad been overlooked or neglected in +this respect, and his brain was not taxed with trying to remember a +Christian cognomen that none of his people would ever call or know him +by. + +Potokomik was really a remarkable man and proved most faithful to us. +It is, in fact, to his faithfulness and control over the others, +particularly Kumuk, that Easton and I owe our lives, as will appear +later. He was at one time conjurer of the Kangerlualuksoakmiut, or +George River Eskimos, and is still their leader, but during a visit to +the Atlantic coast, some three or four years ago, he came under the +influence of a missionary, embraced Christianity, and abandoned the +heathen conjuring swindle by which he was, up to that time, making a +good living. Now he lives a life about as clean and free from the +heathenism and superstitions of his race as any Eskimo can who adopts +a new religion. The missionary whom I have mentioned led Potokomik's +mother to accept Christ and renounce Torngak when she was on her +deathbed, and before she died she confessed to many sins, amongst them +that of having aided in the killing and eating, when driven to the act +by starvation, of her own mother. + +After our tent was pitched and the Eskimos had spread the _Explorer's_ +sail as a shelter for themselves, Kumuk and Iksialook left us to look +for driftwood and, in half an hour, returned with a few small sticks +that they had found on the shore. These sticks were exceedingly +scarce and, of course, very precious and with the greatest economy in +the use of the wood, a fire was made and the kettle boiled for tea. + +At first the Eskimos were always doing unexpected things and +springing surprises upon us, but soon we became more or less +accustomed to their ways. Not one of them could talk or understand +English and my Eskimo vocabulary was limited to the one word "Oksu- +nae," and we therefore had considerable difficulty in making each +other understand, and the pantomime and various methods of +communication resorted to were often very funny to see. Potokomik +and I started in at once to learn what we could of each other's +language, and it is wonderful how much can be accomplished in the ac- +quirement of a vocabulary in a short time and how few words are +really necessary to convey ideas. I would point at the tent and say, +"Tent," and he would say, "Tupek"; or at my sheath knife and say, +"Knife," and he would say, "Chevik," and thus each learned the +other's word for nearly everything about us and such words as "good," +"bad," "wind" and so on; and in a few days we were able to make each +other understand in a general way, with our mixed English and Eskimo. + +The northeast wind and low-hanging clouds of the morning carried into +execution their threat, and all Sunday afternoon and all day Monday +the snowstorm raged with fury. I took pity on the Eskimos and on +Sunday night invited all of them to sleep in our tent, but only +Potokomik came, and on Monday morning, when I went out at break of +day, I found the other two sleeping under a snowdrift, for the lean-to +made of the boat sail had not protected them much. After that they +accepted my invitation and joined us in the tent. + +It did not clear until Tuesday morning, and then we hoisted sail and +started forward out of the river and into the broad, treacherous +waters of Hudson Straits, working with the oars to keep warm and +accelerate progress, for the wind was against us at first until we +turned out of the river, and we had long tacks to make. + +At the Post, as was stated, there is a rise and fall of tide of forty +feet. In Ungava Bay and the straits it has a record of sixty-two feet +rise at flood, with the spring or high tides, and this makes +navigation precarious where hidden reefs and rocks are everywhere; and +there are long stretches of coast with no friendly bay or harbor or +lee shore where one can run for cover when unheralded gales and sudden +squalls catch one in the open. The Atlantic coast of Labrador is +dangerous indeed, but there Nature has providentially distributed +innumerable safe harbor retreats, and the tide is insignificant +compared with that of Ungava Bay. "Nature exhausted her supply of +harbors," some one has said, "before she rounded Cape Chidley, or she +forgot Ungava entirely; and she just bunched the tide in here, too." + +That Tuesday night sloping rocks and ominous reefs made it impossible +for us to effect a landing, and in a shallow place we dropped anchor. +Fortunately there was no wind, for we were in an exposed position, and +had there been we should have come to grief. A bit of hardtack with +nothing to drink sufficed for supper, and after eating we curled up as +best we could in the bottom of the boat. No watch was kept. Every +one lay down. Easton and I rolled in our blankets, huddled close to +each other, pulled the tent over us and were soon dreaming of sunnier +lands where flowers bloom and the ice trust gets its prices. + +Our awakening was rude. Some time in the night I dreamed that my neck +was broken and that I lay in a pool of icy water powerless to move. +When I finally roused myself I found the boat tilted at an angle of +forty-five degrees and my head at the lower incline. All the water in +the boat had drained to that side and my shoulders and neck were +immersed. The tide was out and we were stranded on the rocks. It was +bright moonlight. Kumuk and Iksialook got up and with the kettle +disappeared over the rocks. The rising tide was almost on us when +they returned with a kettle full of hot tea. Then as soon as the +water was high enough to float the boat we were off by moonlight, +fastening now and again on reefs, and several times narrowly escaped +disaster. + +It was very cold. Easton and I were still clad in the bush-ravaged +clothing that we had worn during the summer, and it was far too light +to keep out the bitter Arctic winds that were now blowing, and at +night our only protection was our light summer camping blankets. When +we reached the Post at George River not a thing in the way of clothing +or blankets was in stock and the new stores were not unpacked when we +left, so we were not able to re-outfit there. + +Wednesday night we succeeded in finding shelter, but all day Thursday +were held prisoners by a northerly gale. On Friday we made a new +start, but early in the afternoon were driven to shelter on an island, +where with some difficulty we effected a landing at low tide, and +carried our goods a half mile inland over the slippery rocks above the +reach of rising water. The Eskimos remained with the boat and worked +it in foot by foot with the tide while Easton and I pitched the tent +and hunted up and down on the rocks for bits of driftwood until we had +collected sufficient to last us with economy for a day or two. + +That night the real winter came. The light ice that we had +encountered heretofore and the snow which attained a considerable +depth in the recent storms were only the harbingers of the true winter +that comes in this northland with a single blast of the bitter wind +from the ice fields of the Arctic. It comes in a night--almost in an +hour--as it did to us now. Every pool of water on the island was +congealed into a solid mass. A gale of terrific fury nearly carried +our tent away, and only the big bowlders to which it was anchored +saved it. Once we had to shift it farther back upon the rock fields, +out of reach of an exceptionally high tide. For three days the wind +raged, and in those three days the great blocks of northern pack ice +were swept down upon us, and we knew that the _Explorer_ could serve +us no longer. There was no alternative now but to cross the barrens +to Whale River on foot. With deep snow and no snowshoes it was not a +pleasant prospect. + +Our hard-tack was gone, and I baked into cakes all of our little stock +of flour and corn meal. This, with a small piece of pork, six pounds +of pemmican, tea and a bit of tobacco was all that we had left in the +way of provisions. The Eskimos had eaten everything that they had +brought, and it now devolved upon us to feed them also from our meager +store, which at the start only provided for Easton and me for ten +days, as that had been considered more than ample time for the +journey. I limited the rations at each meal to a half of one of my +cakes for each man. Potokomik agreed with me that this was a wise and +necessary restriction and protected me in it. Kumuk thought +differently, and he was seen to filch once or twice, but a close watch +was kept upon him. + +With infinite labor we hauled the _Explorer_ above the high-tide +level, out of reach of the ice that would soon pile in a massive +barricade of huge blocks upon the shore, that she might be safe until +recovered the following spring. Then we packed in the boat's prow our +tent and all paraphernalia that was not absolutely necessary for the +sustenance of life, made each man a pack of his blankets, food and +necessaries, and began our perilous foot march toward Whale River. I +clung to all the records of the expedition, my camera, photographic +films and things of that sort, though Potokomik advised their +abandonment. + +At low tide, when the rocks were left nearly uncovered, we forded from +the island to the mainland. It was dark when we reached it, and for +three hours after dark, bending under our packs, walking in Indian +file, we pushed on in silence through the knee-deep snow upon which +the moon, half hidden by flying clouds, cast a weird ghostlike light. +Finally the Eskimos stopped in a gully by a little patch of spruce +brush four or five feet high, and while Iksialook foraged for handfuls +of brush that was dry enough to burn, Potokomik and Kumuk cut snow +blocks, which they built into a circular wall about three feet high, +as a wind-break in which to sleep, and Easton and I broke some green +brush to throw upon the snow in this circular wind-break for a bed. +While we did this Iksialook filled the kettle with bits of ice and +melted it over his brush fire and made tea. There was only brush +enough to melt ice for one cup of tea each, which with our bit of cake +made our supper. . We huddled close and slept pretty well that night +on the snow with nothing but flying frost between us and heaven. + +We were having our breakfast the next morning a white arctic fox came +within ten yards of our fire to look us over as though wondering what +kind of animals we were. Easton and I were unarmed, but the Eskimos +each carried a 45-90 Winchester rifle. Potokomik reached for his and +shot the fox, and in a few minutes its disjointed carcass was in our +pan with a bit of pork, and we made a substantial breakfast on the +half-cooked flesh. + +That was a weary day. We came upon a large creek in the forenoon and +had to ascend its east bank for a long distance to cross it, as the +tide had broken the ice below. Some distance up the stream its valley +was wooded by just enough scattered spruce trees to hold the snow, and +wallowing and floundering through this was most exhausting. + +During the day Kumuk proposed to the other Eskimos that they take all +the food and leave the white men to their fate. They had rifles while +we had none, and we could not resist. Potokomik would not hear of it. +He remained our friend. Kumuk did not like the small ration that I +dealt out, and if they could get the food out of our possession they +would have more for themselves. + +That night a snow house was built, with the exception of rounding the +dome at the top, over which Potokomik spread his blanket; but it was a +poor shelter, and not much warmer than the open. When I lay down I +was dripping with perspiration from the exertion of the day and during +the night had a severe chill. + +The next day a storm threatened. We crossed another stream and +halted, at twelve o'clock, upon the western side of it to make tea. +The Eskimos held a consultation here and then Potokomik told us that +they were afraid of heavy snow and that it was thought best to cache +everything that we had--blankets, food and everything--and with +nothing to encumber us hurry on to a tupek that we should reach by +dark, and that there we should find shelter and food. Accordingly +everything was left behind but the rifles, which the Eskimos clung to, +and we started on at a terrific pace over wind-swept hills and drift- +covered valleys, where all that could be seen was a white waste of +unvarying snow. We had been a little distance inland, but now worked +our way down toward the coast. Once we crossed an inlet where we had +to climb over great blocks of ice that the tide in its force had piled +there. + +Just at dusk the Eskimos halted. We had reached the place where the +tupek should have been, but none was there. Afterward I learned that +the people whom Potokomik expected to find here had been caught on +their way from Whale River by the ice and their boat was crushed. + +Another consultation was held, and as a result we started on again. +After a two hours' march Potokomik halted and the others left us. +Easton and I threw ourselves at full length upon the snow and went to +sleep on the instant. A rifle shot aroused us, and Potokomik jumped +to his feet with the exclamation, "Igloo!" We followed him toward +where Kumuk was shouting, through a bit of bush, down a bank, across a +frozen brook and up a slope, where we found a miserable little log +shack. No one was there. It was a filthy place and snow had drifted +in through the openings in the roof and side. The previous occupant +of the hut had left behind him an ax and an old stove, and with a few +sticks of wood that we found a fire was started and we huddled close +to it in a vain effort to get warm. When the fire died out we found +places to lie down, and, shivering with the cold, tried with poor +success to sleep. + +I had another chill that night and severe cramps in the calves of my +legs, and when morning came and Easton said he could not travel +another twenty yards, I agreed at once to a plan of the Eskimos to +leave us there while they went on to look for other Eskimos whom they +expected to find in winter quarters east of Whale River. Potokomik +promised to send them with dogs to our rescue and then go on with a +letter to Job Edmunds, the Hudson's Bay Company's agent at Whale +River. This letter to Edmunds I scribbled on a stray bit of paper I +found in my pocket, and in it told him of our position, and lack of +food and clothing. + +Potokomik left his rifle and some cartridges with us, and then with +the promise that help should find us ere we had slept three times, we +shook hands with our dusky friend upon whose honor and faithfulness +our lives now depended, and the three were gone in the face of a +blinding snowstorm. + +Shortly after the Eskimos left us we heard some ptarmigans clucking +outside, and Easton knocked three of them over with Potokomik's rifle. +There were four, but one got away. It can be imagined what work the +.45 bullet made of them. After separating the flesh as far as +possible from the feathers, we boiled it in a tin can we had found +amongst the rubbish in the hut, and ate everything but the bills and +toe-nails--bones, entrails and all. This, it will be remembered, was +the first food that we had had since noon of the day before. We had +no tea and our only comfort-providing asset was one small piece of +plug tobacco. + +Fortunately wood was not hard to get, but still not sufficiently +plentiful for us to have more than a light fire in the stove, which we +hugged pretty closely. + +The storm grew in fury. It shrieked around our illy built shack, +drifting the snow in through the holes and crevices until we could not +find a place to sit or lie that was free from it. On the night of the +third day the weather cleared and settled, cold and rasping. I took +the rifle and looked about for game, but the snow was now so deep that +walking far in it was out of the question. I did not see the track or +sign of any living thing save a single whisky-jack, but even he was +shy and kept well out of range. + +We had nothing to eat--not a mouthful of anything--and only water to +drink; even our tobacco was soon gone. Day after day we sat, +sometimes in silence, for hours at a time, sometimes calculating upon +the probabilities of the Eskimos having perished in the storm, for +they were wholly without protection. I had faith in Potokomik and his +resourcefulness, and was hopeful they would get out safely. If there +had been timber in the country where night shelter could be made, we +might have started for Whale River without further delay. But in the +wide waste barrens, illy clothed, with deep snow to wallow through, it +seemed to me absolutely certain that such an attempt would end in +exhaustion and death, so we restrained our impatience and waited. On +scraps of paper we played tit-tat-toe; we improvised a checkerboard +and played checkers. These pastimes broke the monotony of waiting +somewhat. No matter what we talked about, our conversation always +drifted to something to eat. We planned sumptuous banquets we were to +have at that uncertain period "when we get home," discussing in the +minutest detail each dish. Once or twice Easton roused me in the +night to ask whether after all some other roast or soup had not better +be selected than the one we had decided upon, or to suggest a change +in vegetables. + +We slept five times instead of thrice and still no succor came. The +days were short, the nights interminably long. I knew we could live +for twelve or fifteen days easily on water. I had recovered entirely +from the chills and cramps and we were both feeling well but, of +course, rather weak. We had lost no flesh to speak of. The extreme +hunger had passed away after a couple of days. It is only when +starving people have a little to eat that the hunger period lasts +longer than that. Novelists write a lot of nonsense about the pangs +of hunger and the extreme suffering that accompanies starvation. It +is all poppycock. Any healthy person, with a normal appetite, after +missing two or three meals is as hungry as he ever gets. After awhile +there is a sense of weakness that grows on one, and this increases +with the days. Then there comes a desire for a great deal of sleep, a +sort of lassitude that is not unpleasant, and this desire becomes more +pronounced as the weakness grows. The end is always in sleep. There +is no keeping awake until the hour of death. + +While, as I have said, the real sense of hunger passes away quickly +there remains the instinct to eat. That is the working of the first +law of nature--self-preservation. It prompts one to eat anything that +one can chew or swallow, and it is what makes men eat refuse the +thought of which would sicken them at other times. Of course, Easton +and I were like everybody else under similar conditions. Easton said +one day that he would like to have something to chew on. In the +refuse on the floor I found a piece of deerskin about ten inches +square. I singed the hair off of it and divided it equally between us +and then we each roasted our share and ate it. That was the evening +after we had "slept" five times. + +After disposing of our bit of deerskin we huddled down on the floor +with our heads pillowed upon sticks of wood, as was our custom, for a +sixth night, after discussing again the probable fate of the Eskimos. +While I did not admit to Easton that I entertained any doubt as to our +ultimate rescue, as the days passed and no relief came I felt grave +fears as to the safety of Potokomik and his companions. The severe +storm that swept over the country after their departure from the shack +had no doubt materially deepened the snow, and I questioned whether or +not this had made it impossible for them to travel without snowshoes. +The wind during the second day of the storm had been heavy, and it was +my hope that it had swept the barrens clear of the new snow, but this +was uncertain and doubtful. Then, too, I did not know the nature of +Eskimos--whether they were wont to give up quickly in the face of +unusual privations and difficulties such as these men would have to +encounter. They were in a barren country, with no food, no blankets, +no tent, no protection, in fact, of any kind from the elements, and it +was doubtful whether they would find material for a fire at night to +keep them from freezing, and, even if they did find wood, they had no +ax with which to cut it. How far they would have to travel surrounded +by these conditions I had no idea. Indians without wood or food or a +sheltering bush would soon give up the fight and lie down to die. If +Potokomik and his men had perished, I knew that Easton and I could +hope for no relief from the outside and that our salvation would +depend entirely upon our own resourcefulness. It seemed to me the +time had come when some action must be taken. + +It was a long while after dark, I do not know how long, and I still +lay awake turning these things over in my mind, when I heard a strange +sound. Everything had been deathly quiet for days, and I sat up. In +the great unbroken silence of the wilderness a man's fancy will make +him hear strange things. I have answered the shouts of men that my +imagination made me hear. But this was not fancy, for I heard it +again--a distinct shout! I jumped to my feet and called to Easton: +"They've come, boy! Get up, there's some one coming!" Then I hurried +outside and, in the dim light on the white stretch of snow, saw a +black patch of men and dogs. Our rescuers had come. + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO + +The feeling of relief that came to me when I heard the shout and saw +the men and dogs coming can be appreciated, and something of the +satisfaction I felt when I grasped the hands of the two Eskimos that +strode up on snowshoes can be understood. + +The older of the two was an active little fellow who looked much like +a Japanese. He introduced himself as Emuk (Water). His companion, +who, we learned later, rejoiced in the name Amnatuhinuk (Only a +Woman), was quite a young fellow, big, fat and goodnatured. + +Without any preliminaries Emuk pushed right into the shack and, from a +bag that he carried, produced some tough dough cakes which he gave us +to eat, and each a plug of tobacco to smoke. He was all activity and +command, working quickly himself and directing Amnatuhinuk. A candle +from his bag was lighted. Amnatuhinuk was sent for a kettle of water; +wood was piled into the stove, and the kettle put over to boil. The +stove proved too slow for Emuk and he built a fire outside where tea +could be made more quickly, and when it was ready he insisted upon our +drinking several cups of it to stimulate us. Then he brought forth a +pail containing strong-smelling beans cooked in rancid seal oil, which +he heated. This concoction he thought was good strong food and just +the thing for half-starved men, and he set it before us with the air +of one who has done something especially nice. We ate some of it but +were as temperate as Emuk with his urgings would permit us to be, for +I knew the penalty that food exacts after a long fast. + +A comfortable bed of boughs and blankets was spread for us, and we +were made to lie down. Emuk, on more than one occasion, bad been in a +similar position to ours and others had come to his aid, and he wanted +to pay the debt he felt he owed to humanity. + +He told us that Potokomik and the others, after suffering great +hardships, had reached his tupek near the Mukalik the day before, but +I could not understand his language well enough to draw from him any +of the details of their trip out. + +At midnight Emuk made tea again and roused us up to partake of it and +eat more dough cakes and beans with seal oil. I feared the +consequences, but I could not refuse him, for he did not understand +why we should not want to eat a great deal. The result was that with +happiness and stomach ache I could not sleep, and before morning was +going out to vomit. Even at the danger of seeming not to appreciate +Emuk's hospitality, I was constrained to decline to eat any breakfast. + +Emuk noticed a hole in the bottom of one of my seal-skin boots. He +promptly pulled off his own and made me put them on. He had another +though poorer pair for himself. + +It was a delight to be moving again. We were on the trail before +dawn, Emuk with his snowshoes tramping the road ahead of the dogs and +Amnatuhinuk driving the team. The temperature must have been at least +ten degrees below zero. The weather was bitterly cold for men so +thinly clad as Easton and I were, and the snow was so deep that we +could not exercise by running, for we had no snowshoes, and while we +wallowed through the deep snow the dogs would have left us behind, so +we could do nothing but sit on the komatik (sledge) and shiver. + +At noon we stopped at the foot of a hill before ascending it, and the +men threw up a wind-break of snow blocks, back of which they built a +fire and put over the teakettle. Easton and I had just squatted close +to the fire to warm our benumbed hands when the husky dogs put their +noses in the air and gave out the long weird howl of welcome or +defiance that announces the approach of other dogs, and almost +immediately a loaded team with two men came over the hill and down the +slope at a gallop toward us. It proved to be Job Edmunds, the half- +breed Hudson's Bay Company officer from Whale River, and his Eskimo +servant, coming to our aid. + +Edmunds was greatly relieved to find us safe. He knew exactly what to +do. From his komatik box he produced a bottle of port wine and made +us each take a small dose of it which he poured into a tin cup. He +put a big, warm reindeer-skin koolutuk [the outer garment of deerskin +worn by the Eskimos] on each of us and pulled the hoods over our +heads. He had warm footwear--in fact, everything that was necessary +for our comfort. Then he cut two ample slices of wheat bread from a +big loaf, and toasted and buttered them for us. He was very kind and +considerate. Edmunds has saved many lives in his day. Every winter +he is called upon to go to the rescue of Eskimos who have been caught +in the barrens without food, as we were. He had saved Emuk from +starvation on one or two occasions. + +After a half-hour's delay we were off again, I on the komatik with +Edmunds, and Easton with Emuk. We passed the snow house where Edmunds +and his man had spent the previous night. They would have come on in +the dark, but they knew Emuk was ahead and would reach us anyway. + +Edmunds had a splendid team of dogs, wonderfully trained. The big, +wolfish creatures loved him and they feared him. He almost never had +to use the long walrus-hide whip. They obeyed him on the instant +without hesitation--"Ooisht," and they pulled in the harness as one; +"Aw," and they stopped. There was a power in his voice that governed +them like magic. The wind had packed the snow hard enough on the +barrens beyond the Tuktotuk--and the country there was all barren--to +bear up the komatik; the dogs were in prime condition and traveled at +a fast trot or a gallop, and we made good time. Once Emuk stopped to +take a white fox out of a trap. He killed it by pressing his knee on +its breast and stifling its heart beats. + +Big cakes of ice were piled in high barricades along the rivers where +we crossed them, and at these places we had to let the komatik down +with care on one side and help the dogs haul it up with much labor on +the other; and on the level, through the rough ice hummocks or amongst +the rocks, the drivers were kept busy steering to prevent collisions +with the obstructions, while the dogs rushed madly ahead, and we, on +the komatik, clung on for dear life and watched our legs that they +might not get crushed. Once or twice we turned over, but the drivers +never lost their hold of the komatik or control of the dogs. + +It was dark when we reached Emuk's skin tupek and were welcomed by a +group of Eskimos, men, women and children. Iksialook was of the +number, and he was so worn and haggard that I scarcely recognized him. +He had seen hardship since our parting. The people were very dirty +and very hospitable. They took us into the tupek at once, which was +extremely filthy and made insufferably hot by a sheet-iron tent stove. +The women wore sealskin trousers and in the long hoods of their +_adikeys_, or upper garments, carried babies whose bright little +dusky-hued faces peeped timidly out at us over the mothers' shoulders. +A ptarmigan was boiled and divided between Easton and me, and with +that and bread and butter from Edmunds's box and hot tea we made a +splendid supper. After a smoke all around, for the women smoke as +well as the men, polar bear and reindeer skins were spread upon spruce +boughs, blankets were given us for covering, and we lay down. Eleven +of us crowded into the tupek and slept there that night. How all the +Eskimos found room I do not know. I was crowded so tightly between +one of the fat women on one side and Easton on the other that I could +not turn over; but I slept as I had seldom ever slept before. + +The next forenoon we crossed the Mukalik River and soon after reached +Whale River, big and broad, with blocks of ice surging up and down +upon the bosom of the restless tide. The Post is about ten miles from +its mouth. We turned northward along its east bank and, in a little +while, came to some scattered spruce woods, which Edmunds told me were +just below his home. Then at a creek, above which stood the miniature +log cabin and small log storehouse comprising the Post buildings, I +got off and climbed up through rough ice barricades. + +Never in my life have I had such a welcome as I received here. Mrs. +Edmunds came out to meet me. She told me that they had been watching +for us at the Post all the morning and how glad they were that we were +safe, and that we had come to see them, and that we must stay a good +long time and rest. For two-score years they had lived in that +desolate place and never before had a traveler come to visit them. In +all that time the only white people they had ever met were the three +or four connected with the Post at Fort Chimo, for the ship never +calls at Whale River on her rounds. Edmunds brings the provisions +over from Fort Chimo in a little schooner. There are five in the +family--Edmunds and his wife, their daughter (a young woman of twenty) +and her husband, Sam Ford (a son of John Ford at George River), and +Mary's baby. + +A good wash and clean clothing followed by a sumptuous dinner of +venison put us on our feet again. I suffered little as a result of +the fasting period, but Easton had three or four days of pretty severe +colic. This is the usual result of feast after famine, and was to be +expected. + +And now I learned the details of Potokomik's journey out. When the +three Eskimos left us in the shack they started at once in search of +Emuk's tupek. The storm that raged for two days swept pitilessly +across their path, but they never halted, pushing through the deep- +ening snow in single file, taking turns at going ahead and breaking +the way, until night, and then they stopped. They had no ax and could +have no fire, so they built themselves a snow igloo as best they could +without the proper implements and it protected them against the +drifting snow and piercing wind while they slept. On the second day +they shot, with their rifles, seven ptarmigans. These they plucked +and ate raw. They saw no more game, and finally became so weak and +exhausted they could carry their rifles no farther and left them on +the trail. Each night they built a snow house. With increasing +weakness their progress was very slow; still they kept going, +staggering on and on through the snow. It was only their lifelong +habit of facing great odds and enduring great hardships that kept them +up. Men less inured to cold and privation would surely have +succumbed. They were making their final fight when at last they +stumbled into Emuk's tupek. Kumuk sat down and cried like a child. +It was two weeks before any of them was able to do any physical work. +They looked like shadows of their former selves when I saw them at +Whale River. + +It was after dark Sunday night when my letter to Edmunds reached the +Post. Earlier in the evening Edmunds and his man had crossed the +river, which is here over half a mile in width, and pitched their camp +on the opposite shore, preparatory to starting up the river the next +morning on a deer hunt, herds having been reported to the northward by +Eskimos. Mrs. Edmunds read the letter, and she and Mary were at once +all excitement. They lighted a lantern and signaled to the camp on +the other side and fired guns until they had a reply. Then, for fear +that Edmunds might not understand the urgency of his immediate returns +they kept firing at intervals all night, stopping only to pack the +komatik box with the clothing and food that Edmunds was to bring to +us. Neither of the women slept. With the thought of men starving out +in the snow they could not rest. The floating ice in the river and +the swift tide made it impossible for a boat to cross in the darkness, +but with daylight Edmunds returned, harnessed his dogs, and was off to +meet us as has been described. + +We had left George River on October twenty-second, and it was the +eighth of November when we reached Whale River, and in this interval +the caribou herds that the Indians had reported west of the Koksoak +had passed to the east of Whale River and turned to the northward. +Fifty miles inland the Indian and Eskimo hunters had met them. The +killing was over and they told us hundreds of the animals lay dead in +the snow above. So many had been butchered that all the dogs and men +in Ungava would be well supplied with meat during the winter, and +numbers of the carcasses would feed the packs of timber wolves that +infested the country or rot in the next summer's sun. Sam Ford had +gone inland but was too late for the big hunt and only killed four or +five deer. The wolves were so thick, he told us, that he could not +sleep at night in his camp with the noise of their howling. One +Eskimo brought in two wolf skins that were so large when they were +stretched a man could almost have crawled into either of them. I saw +wolf tracks myself within a quarter mile of the Post, for the animals +were so bold they ventured almost to the door. + +Edmunds is a famous hunter. During the previous winter, besides +attending to his post duties, he killed nearly half a hundred caribou +to supply his Post and Fort Chimo with man and dog food, and in the +same season his traps yielded him two hundred fox pelts--mostly white +ones--his personal catch. This was not an unusual year's work for +him. Mary inherits her father's hunting instincts. In the morning +she would put her baby in the hood of her adikey, shoulder her gun, +don her snowshoes, and go to "tend" her traps. One day she did not +take her gun, and when she had made her rounds of the traps and +started homeward discovered that she was being followed by a big gray +timber wolf. When she stopped, the wolf stopped; when she went on, it +followed, stealing gradually closer and closer to her, almost +imperceptibly, but still gaining upon her. She wanted to run, but she +realized that if she did the wolf would know at once that she was +afraid and would attack and kill her and her baby; so without +hastening her pace, and only looking back now and again to note the +wolf's gain, she reached the door of the house and entered with the +animal not ten paces away. Now she always carries a gun and feels no +fear, for she can shoot. + +I took advantage of the delay at Whale River to partially outfit for +the winter. Edmunds and his family rendered us valuable assistance +and advice, securing for us, from the Eskimos, sealskin boots, and +from the Indians who came to the Post while we were there, deer skins +for trousers, koolutuks and sleeping bags, Mrs. Edmunds and Mary +themselves making our moccasins, mittens and duffel socks. + +The Eskimos were all away at their hunting grounds and it was not +possible to secure a dog team to carry us on to Fort Chimo. +Therefore, when Edmunds announced one day that he must send Sam Ford +and the Eskimo servant over with the Post team for a load of +provisions, I availed myself of the opportunity to accompany them, and +on the twenty-eighth of November we said good-by to the friends who +had been so kind to us and again faced toward the westward. + +The morning was clear, crisp and bracing; the temperature was twenty +degrees below zero. We ascended the river some seven or eight miles +before we found a safe crossing, as the tide had kept the ice broken +in the center of the channel below, and piled it like hills along the +banks. + +I noted that the Whale River valley was much better wooded than any +country we had seen for a long time--since we had left the head waters +of the George River, in fact--and the Indians say it is so to its +source. The trees are small black spruce and larch, but a fairly +thick growth. This "bush," however, is evidently quite restricted in +width, for after crossing the river we were almost immediately out of +it, and the same interminable, barren, rocky, treeless country that we +had seen to the eastward extended westward to the Koksoak. + +That night was spent in a snow igloo. The next day we crossed the +False River, a wide stream at its mouth, but a little way up not over +two hundred yards wide. At twelve o'clock a halt was made at an +Eskimo tupek for dinner. + +The people were, as these northern people always are, most hospitable, +giving us the best they had--fresh venison and tea. After but an +hour's delay we were away again, and at three o'clock, with the dogs +on a gallop, rounded the hill above Fort Chimo and pulled into the +Post, the farthest limit of white man's habitation in all Labrador. + +We were welcomed by Mr. Duncan Mathewson, the Chief Trader, who has +charge of the Ungava District for the Hudson's Bay Company, and Dr. +Alexander Milne, Assistant Commissioner of the Company, from Winnipeg, +who had arrived on the _Pelican_ and was on a tour of inspection of +the Labrador Coast Posts. + +The Chief Trader's residence is a small building, and Mr. Mathewson +was unable to entertain us in the house, but he gave orders at once to +have a commodious room in one of the dozen or so other buildings of +the Post fitted up for us with beds, stove and such simple furnishings +as were necessary to establish us in housekeeping and make us +comfortable during our stay with him. Here we were to remain until +the Indian and Eskimo hunters came for their Christmas and New Year's +trading, at which time, I was advised, I should probably be able to +engage Eskimo drivers and dogs to carry us eastward to the Atlantic +coast. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH + +Fort Chmio is situated upon the east bank of the Koksoak River and +about twenty-five miles from its mouth, where the river is nearly a +mile and a half wide. There are two trading posts here; one, that of +the Hudson's Bay Company, consisting of a dozen or so buildings, which +include dwelling and storehouses and native cabins; the other that of +Revellion Brothers, the great fur house of Paris, colloquially +referred to as "the French Company," which stands just above and ad- +joining the station of the Hudson's Bay Company. This latter Post was +erected in the year 1903, and has nearly as many buildings as the +older establishment. We used to refer to them respectively as +"London" and "Paris." + +The history of Fort Chimo extends back to the year 1811, when Kmoch +and Kohlmeister, two of the Moravian Brethren of the Okak Mission on +the Atlantic coast, in the course of their efforts for the conversion +of the Eskimos to Christianity cruised into Ungava Bay, discovered the +George River, which they named in honor of King George the Third, and +then proceeded to the Koksoak, which they ascended to the point of the +present settlement. The natives received them well. They erected a +beacon on a hill, tarried but a few days and then turned back to Okak. +Upon their return they gave glowing accounts of their reception by the +natives and the great possibilities for profitable trade, but they did +not deem it advisable themselves to extend their labors to that field. + +In the course of time this report drifted to England and to the ears +of the officials of the Hudson's Bay Company, who were attracted by +it, and in 1827 Dr. Mendry, an officer of the Company at Moose +Factory, with a party of white men and Indian guides crossed the +peninsula from Richmond Gulf, through Clearwater Lake to the head +waters of the Larch River, a tributary of the Koksoak, thence +descended the Larch and Koksoak to the place where the Moravians had +erected the beacon, and on a low terrace, just across the river from +the beacon, established the original Fort Chimo. The difficulties of +navigation and the consequent uncertainty and expense of keeping the +Post supplied with provisions and articles of trade were such, +however, that after a brief trial Ungava was abandoned. + +The opportunities for lucrative trade here were not forgotten by the +Company, and in the year 1837 Factor John McLean was detailed to re- +establish Fort Chimo. This he did, and a year later built the first +Post at George River. During the succeeding winter he crossed the +interior with dogs to Northwest River. Upon their return journey +McLean and his party ate their dogs and barely escaped perishing from +starvation; one of his Indians, who was sent ahead, reaching Fort +Chimo and bringing succor when McLean and the others, through extreme +weakness, were unable to proceed farther. In the following summer +McLean built the fort on Indian House Lake, and the other one that has +been mentioned, on a large lake to the westward--Lake Eraldson he +called it--presumably the source of Whale River. Later he succeeded +in crossing to Northwest River by canoe, ascending the George River +and descending the Atlantic slope of the plateau by way of the Grand +River. His object was to establish a regular line of communication +between Fort Chimo and Northwest River, with interior posts along the +route. The natural obstacles which the country presented finally +forced the abandonment of this plan as impracticable, and the two +interior posts were closed after a brief trial. This was before the +days of steam navigation, and with sailing vessels it was only +possible to reach these isolated northern stations in Ungava Bay with +supplies once every two years. Even these infrequent visits were so +fraught with danger and uncertainty that finally, in 1855, Fort Chimo +and George River were again abandoned as unprofitable. In 1866, +however, the building of the Company's steamship Labrador made yearly +visits possible, and in that year another attack was made upon the +Ungava district and Fort Chimo was rebuilt, George River Post re- +established, and a little later the small station at Whale River was +erected. With the improved facilities for transportation the trade +with Indians and Eskimos, and the salmon and white whale fisheries +carried on by the Posts, now proved most profitable, and the Company +has since and is still reaping the reward of its persistence. + +Dr. Milne, as has been stated, was not a permanent resident of the +Post. Regularly stationed here, besides Mathewson, there is a young +clerk, a cooper, a carpenter, and a handy man, all Scotchmen, and a +comparatively new arrival, Rev. Samuel M. Stewart, a missionary of the +Church Mission Society of England. Of Mr. Stewart, who did much to +relieve the monotony of our several weeks' sojourn at Fort Chimo, and +his remarkable self-sacrifice and work, I shall have something to say +later. + +The day after our arrival we took occasion to pay our respects to +Monsieur D. The'venet, the officer in charge of the "French Post." Our +reception was most cordial. M. The'venet is a gentleman by birth. He +was at one time an officer in the French cavalry, but his love of +adventure and active temperament rebelled against the inactivity of +garrison duty and he resigned his commission in the army, came to +Canada, and joined the Northwest mounted police in the hope of +obtaining a detail in the Klondike. In this he was disappointed, and +the outbreak of the South African war offering a new field of +adventure he quit the police, enlisted in the Canadian Mounted Rifles, +and served in the field throughout the war. After his return to +Canada and discharge from the army, he took service with Revellion +Brothers. + +M. The'venet invited us to dine with him that very evening, and we +were not slow to accept his hospitality. His bright conversation, +pleasing personality and unstinted hospitality offered a delightful +evening and we were not disappointed. This and many other pleasant +evenings spent in his society during our stay at Fort Chimo were some +of the most enjoyable of our trip. + +Here an agreeable surprise awaited me. When we sat down to dinner +The'venet called in his new half-breed French-Indian interpreter, and +who should he prove to be but Belfleur, one of the dog drivers who in +April, 1904, accompanied me from Northwest River to Rigolet, when I +began that anxious journey over the ice with Hubbard's body. He was +apparently as well pleased at the meeting as I. Belfleur and a half- +breed Scotch-Eskimo named Saunders are employed as Indian and Eskimo +interpreters at the French Post, and are the only ones of M. +The'venet's people with whom he can converse. Belfleur speaks French +and broken English, and Saunders English, besides their native +languages. + +None of the people of Ungava, with the exception of two or three, +speaks any but his mother tongue, and they have no ambition, +apparently, to extend their linguistic acquirements. It is, indeed, a +lonely life for the trader, who but once a year, when his ship +arrives, has any communication with the great world which he has left +behind him. No white woman is here with her softening influence, no +physician or surgeon to treat the sick and injured, and never until +the advent of Mr. Stewart any permanent missionary. + +The natives that remain at Fort Chimo all the year are three or four +families of Eskimos, a few old or crippled Indians, and some half- +breed Indians and Eskimos, who do chores around the Posts and lead an +uncertain existence. The half-breed Indian children are taken care of +at the "Indian house," a log structure presided over by the "Queen" of +Ungava, a very corpulent old Nascaupee woman, who lives by the labor +of others and draws tribute from trading Indians who make the Indian +house their rendezvous when they visit the Post. She is and always +has been very kind, and a sort of mother, to the little waifs that +nearly every trader or white servant has left behind him, when the +Company's orders transferred him to some other Post and he abandoned +his temporary wife forever. + +The Indians of the Ungava district are chiefly Nascaupees, with +occasionally a few Crees from the West. "Nenenot" they call +themselves, which means perfect, true men. "Nascaupee" means false or +untrue men and is a word of opprobrium applied to them by the +Mountaineers in the early days, because of their failure to keep a +compact to join forces with the latter at the time of the wars for +supremacy between the Indians and Eskimos. Nascaupee is the name by +which they are known now, outside of their own lodges, and the one +which we shall use in referring to them. In like manner I have chosen +to use the English Mountaineer, rather than the French _Montagnais_, +in speaking of the southern Indians. North of the Straits of Belle +Isle the French word is never heard, and if you were to refer to these +Indians as "Montagnais" to the Labrador natives it is doubtful whether +you would be understood. + +Both Mountaineers and Nascaupees are of Cree origin, and belong to the +great Algonquin family. Their language is similar, with only the +variation of dialect that might be expected with the different +environments. The Nascaupees have one peculiarity of speech, however, +which is decidedly their own. In conversation their voice is raised +to a high pitch, or assumes a whining, petulant tone. An outsider +might believe them to be quarreling and highly excited, when in fact +they are on the best of terms and discussing some ordinary subject in +a most matter of fact way. + +In personal appearance the Nascaupees are taller and more angular than +their southern brothers, but the high cheek bones, the color and +general features are the same. They are capable of enduring the +severest cold. In summer cloth clothing obtained in barter at the +Posts is, worn, but in winter deerskin garments are usual. The coat +has the hair inside, and the outside of the finely dressed, +chamoislike skin is decorated with various designs in color, in +startling combinations of blue, red and yellow, painted on with dyes +obtained at the Post or manufactured by themselves from fish roe and +mineral products. When the garment has a hood it is sometimes the +skin of a wolf's head, with the ears standing and hair outside, giving +the wearer a startling and ferocious appearance. Tight-fitting +deerskin or red cloth leggings decorated with beads, and deerskin +moccasins complete the costume. + +Some beadwork trimming is made by the women, but they do little in the +way of needlework embroidery, and the results of their attempts in +this direction are very indifferent. This applies to the full-blood +Nascaupees. I have seen some fairly good specimens of moccasin +embroidery done by the half-breed women at the Post, and by the +Mountaineer women in the South. + +The Nascaupees are not nearly so clean nor so prosperous as the +Mountaineers, and, coming very little in contact with the whites, live +now practically as their forefathers lived for untold generations +before them--just as they lived, in fact, before the white men came. +They are perhaps the most primitive Indians on the North American +continent to-day. + +The Mountaineers, on the other hand, see much more, particularly +during the summer months, of the whites and half-breeds of the coast. +Most of those who spend their summers on the St. Lawrence, west of St. +Augustine, have more or less white blood in their veins through +consorting with the traders and settlers. With but two or three +exceptions the Mountaineers of the Atlantic coast, Groswater Bay, and +at St. Augustine and the eastward, are pure, uncontaminated Indians. + +The line of territorial division between the Nascaupee and Mountaineer +Indians' hunting grounds is pretty closely drawn. The divide north of +Lake Michikamau is the southern and the George River the eastern boun- +dary of the Nascaupee territory, and to the south and to the east of +these boundaries, lie the hunting grounds of the Mountaineers. + +These latter, south of the height of land, as has been stated, are +practically all under the influence of the Roman Catholic Church, and +are most devout in the observance of their religious obligations. +While it is true that their faith is leavened to some extent by the +superstitions that their ancestors have handed down to them, yet even +in the long months of the winter hunting season they never forget the +teachings of their father confessor. + +The Nascaupees are heathens. About the year 1877 or 1878 Father P'ere +Lacasse crossed overland from Northwest River, apparently by the Grand +River route, to Fort Chimo, in an attempt to carry the work of the +mission into that field. The Nascaupees, however, did not take kindly +to the new religion, and unfortunately during the priest's stay among +them, which was brief, the hunting was bad. This was attributed to +the missionary's presence, and the sachems were kept busy for a time +dispelling the evil charm. No one was converted. Let us hope that +Mr. Stewart, who is there to stay, and is an earnest, persistent +worker, will reach the savage confidence and conscience, though his +opportunity with the Indians is small, for these Nascaupees tarry but +a very brief time each year within his reach. With open water in the +summer they come to the Fort with the pelts of their winter catch. +These are exchanged for arms, ammunition, knives, clothing, tea and +tobacco, chiefly. Then, after a short rest they disappear again into +the fastnesses of the wilderness above, to fish the interior lakes and +hunt the forests, and no more is seen of them until the following +summer, excepting only a few of the younger men who usually emerge +from the silent, snow-bound land during Christmas week to barter skins +for such necessaries as they are in urgent need of, and to get drunk +on a sort of beer, a concoction of hops, molasses and unknown +ingredients, that the Post dwellers make and the "Queen" dispenses +during the holiday festivals. + +Reindeer, together with ptarmigans (Arctic grouse) and fish, form +their chief food supply, with tea always when they can get it. All of +these northern Indiana are passionately fond of tea, and drink +unbelievable quantities of it. Little flour is used. The deer are +erratic in their movements and can never be depended upon with any +degree of certainty, and should the Indians fail in their hunt they +are placed face to face with starvation, as was the case in the winter +of 1892 and 1893, when full half of the people perished from lack of +food. + +Formerly the migrating herds pretty regularly crossed the Koksoak very +near and just above the Post in their passage to the eastward in the +early autumn, but for several years now only small bands have been +seen here, the Indians meeting the deer usually some forty or fifty +miles farther up the river. When the animals swim the river they +bunch close together; Indian canoe men head them off and turn them up- +stream, others attacking the helpless animals with spears. An agent +of the Hudson's Bay Company told me that he had seen nearly four +hundred animals slaughtered in this manner in a few hours. When bands +of caribou are met in winter they are driven into deep snow banks, +and, unable to help themselves, are speared at will. + +Of course when the killing is a large one the flesh of all the animals +cannot be preserved, and frequently only the tongues are used. Of +late years, however, owing to the growing scarcity of reindeer, it is +said the Indians have learned to be a little less wasteful than for- +merly, and to restrict their kill more nearly to their needs, though +during the winter I was there hundreds were slaughtered for tongues +and sinew alone. Large quantities of the venison are dried and stored +up against a season of paucity. Pemmican, which was formerly so +largely used by our western Indians, is occasionally though not +generally made by those of Labrador. When deer are killed some bone, +usually a shoulder blade, is hung in a tree as an offering to the +Manitou, that he may not interfere with future hunts, and drive the +animals away. + +The Indian religion is not one of worship, but one of fear and +superstition. They are constanly in dread of imaginary spirits that +haunt the wilderness and drive away the game or bring sickness or +other disaster upon them. The conjurer is employed to work his charms +to keep off the evil ones. They evidently have some sort of +indefinite belief in a future existence, and hunting implements and +other offerings are left with the dead, who, where the conditions will +permit, are buried in the ground. + +Sometimes the very old people are abandoned and left to die of +starvation unattended. Be it said to the honor of the trading +companies that they do their utmost to prevent this when it is +possible, and offer the old and decrepit a haven at the Post, where +they are fed and cared for. + +The marriage relation is held very lightly and continence and chastity +are not in their sight virtues. A child born to an unmarried woman is +no impediment to her marriage. If it is a male child it is, in fact, +an advantage. Love does not enter into the Indian's marriage +relationship. It is a mating for convenience. Gifts are made to the +girl's father or nearest male relative, and she is turned over, +whether she will or no, to the would-be husband. There is no +ceremony. A hunter has as many wives as he is physically able to +control and take care of--one, two or even three. Sometimes it +happens that they combine against him and he receives at their hands +what is doubtless well-merited chastisement. + +The men are the hunters, the women the slaves. No one finds fault +with this, not even the women, for it is an Indian custom immemorial +for the woman to do all the hard, physical work. + +The Mountaineer Indians that we met on the George River, and one +Indian who visited Fort Chimo while we were there, are the only ones +of the Labrador that I have ever seen drive dogs. This Fort Chimo +Indian, unlike the other hunters of his people, has spent much time at +the Post, and mingled much with the white traders and the Eskimos, +and, for an Indian, entertains very progressive and broad views. He +was, with the exception of a humpbacked post attache' who had an +Eskimo wife, the only Indian I met that would not be insulted when one +addressed him in Eskimo, for the Indians and Eskimos carry on no +social intercourse and the Indians rather despise the Eskimos. The +Indian referred to, however, has learned something of the Eskimo +language, and also a little English--English that you cannot always +understand, but must take for granted. He informed me, "Me three +man--Indian, husky (Eskimo), white man." He was very proud of his +accomplishments. + +The Indian hauls his loads in winter on toboggans, which he +manufactures himself with his ax and crooked knife--the only +woodworking tools he possesses. The crooked knives he makes, too, +from old files, shaping and tempering them. + +The snowshoe frames are made by the men, the babiche is cut and netted +by the women, who display wonderful skill in this work. The +Mountaineers make much finer netted snowshoes than the Nascaupees, +and have great pride in the really beautiful, light snowshoes that +they make. No finer ones are to be found anywhere than those made by +the Groswater Bay Mountaineers. Three shapes are in vogue--the beaver +tail, the egg tail and the long tail. The beaver-tail snowshoes are +much more difficult to make, and are seldom seen amongst the +Nascaupees. With them the egg tail is the favorite. + +The Ungava Indians never go to the open bay in their canoes. They +have a superstition that it will bring them bad luck, for there they +say the evil spirits dwell. Of all the Indians that visit Fort Chimo +only two or three have ever ventured to look upon the waters of Ungava +Bay, and these had their view from a hilltop at a safe distance. + +It is safe to say that there is not a truthful Indian in Labrador. In +fact it is considered an accomplishment to lie cheerfully and well. +They are like the Crees of James Bay and the westward in this respect, +and will lie most plausibly when it will serve their purpose better +than truth, and I verily believe these Indians sometimes lie for the +mere pleasure of it when it might be to their advantage to tell the +truth. + +One good and crowning characteristic these children of the Ungava +wilderness possess--that of honesty. They will not steal. You may +have absolute confidence in them in this respect. And I may say, too, +that they are most hospitable to the traveler, as our own experience +with them exemplified. For their faults they must not be condemned. +They live according to their lights, and their lights are those of the +untutored savage who has never heard the gospel of Christianity and +knows nothing of the civilization of the great world outside. Their +life is one of constant struggle for bare existence, and it is truly +wonderful how they survive at all in the bleak wastes which they +inhabit. + +NOTE.--It must not be supposed that all of the statements made in this +chapter with reference to the Indian, particularly the Nascaupees, are +the result of my personal observations. During our brief stay at +Ungava, much of this information was gleaned from the officers of the +two trading companies, and from natives. In a number of instances +they were verified by myself, but I have taken the liberty, when doubt +or conflicting statements existed, of referring to the works of Mr. A. +P. Low of the Canadian Geological Society and Mr. Lucien M. Turner of +the Bureau of Ethnology at Washington, to set myself right. + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR + +During our stay in Ungava, and the succeeding weeks while we traveled +down the ice-bound coast, we were brought into constant and intimate +contact with the Eskimos. We saw them in almost every phase of their +winter life, eating and sleeping with them in their tupeks and igloos, +and meeting them in their hunting camps and at the Fort, when they +came to barter and to enjoy the festivities of the Christmas holiday +week. + +The Cree Indians used to call these people "Ashkimai," which means +"raw meat eaters," and it is from this appellation that our word +Eskimo is derived. Here in Ungava and on the coast of Hudson's Bay, +they are pretty generally known as "Huskies," a contraction of +"Huskimos," the pronunciation given to the word _Eskimos_ by the +English sailors of the trading vessels, with their well-known penchant +for tacking on the "h" where it does not belong, and leaving it off +when it should be pronounced. + +The Eskimos call themselves "Innuit," [Singular, Innuk; dual, Innuek] +which means people--humans. The white visitor is a "Kablunak," or +outlander, while a breed born in the country is a "Kablunangayok," or +one partaking of the qualities of both the Innuk and the Kablunak. +Those who live in the Koksoak district are called "Koksoagmiut," * and +those of the George River district are the "Kangerlualuksoagmiut." ** + +The ethnologists, I believe, have never agreed upon the origin of the +Eskimo, some claiming it is Mongolian, some otherwise. In passing I +shall simply remark that in appearance they certainly resemble the +Mongolian race. If some of the men that I saw in the North were +dressed like Japanese or Chinese and placed side by side with them, +the one could not be told from the other so long as the Eskimos kept +their mouths closed. + +In our old school geographies we used to see them pictured as stockily +built little fellows. In real life they compare well in stature with +the white man of the temperate zone. With a very few exceptions the +Eskimos of Ungava average over five feet eight inches in height, with +some six-footers. + +* _Kok_, river; _soak_, big; _miut_, inhabitants; _Koksoagmiut_, +inhabitants of the big river. + +** Literally, inhabitants of the very big bay. The George River +mouth widens into a bay which is known as the Very Big Bay. + +Their legs are shorter and their bodies longer than the white man's, +and this probably is one reason why they have such wonderful capacity +for physical endurance. In this respect they are the superior of the +Indian. With plenty of food and a bush to lie under at night the +Indian will doubtless travel farther in a given time than the Eskimo. +But turn them both loose with only food enough for one meal a day for +a month on the bare rocks or ice fields of the Arctic North, and your +Indian will soon be dead, while your Eskimo will emerge from the test +practically none the worse for his experience, for it is a usual +experience with him and he has a wonderful amount of dogged +perseverance. The Eskimo knows better how to husband his food than +the Indian; and give him a snow bank and he can make himself +comfortable anywhere. The most gluttonous Indian would turn green +with envy to see the quantities of meat the Eskimo can stow away +within his inner self at a single sitting; but on the other hand he +can live, and work hard too, on a single scant meal a day, just as his +dogs do. + +The facial characteristics of the Eskimo are wide cheek bones and +round, full face, with a flat, broad nose. I used to look at these +flat, comfortable noses on very cold days and wish that for winter +travel I might be able to exchange the longer face projection that my +Scotch-Irish forbears have handed down to me for one of them, for they +are not so easily frosted in a forty or fifty degrees below zero +temperature. By the way, if you ever get your nose frozen do not rub +snow on it. If you do you will rub all the skin off, and have a pretty +sore member to nurse for some time afterward. Grasp it, instead, in +your bare hand. That is the Eskimo's way, and he knows. My advice is +founded upon experience. + +They are not so dark-hued as the Indians--in fact, many of them are no +darker than the average white man under like conditions of exposure to +wind and storm and sun would be. The hair is straight, black, coarse +and abundant. The men usually wear it hanging below their ears, cut +straight around, with a forehead bang reaching nearly to the eyebrows. +The women wear it braided and looped up on the sides of the head. + +What constitutes beauty is of course largely a question of individual +taste. My own judgment of the Eskimos is that they are very ugly, +although I have seen young women among them whom I thought actually +handsome. This was when they first arrived at the Post with dogs and +komatik and they were dressed in their native costume of deerskin +trousers and Koolutuk, their cheeks red and glowing with the exercise +of travel and the keen, frosty atmosphere. A half hour later I have +seen the same women when stringy, dirty skirts had replaced the neat- +fitting trousers, and Dr. Grenfell's description of them when thus +clad invariably came to my mind: "A bedraggled kind of mop, soaked in +oil and filth." This tendency to ape civilization by wearing +civilized garments, is happily confined to their brief sojourns at the +Post. When they are away at their camps and igloos their own costume +is almost exclusively worn, and is the best possible costume for the +climate and the country. The adikey, or koolutuk, of the women, has a +long flap or tail, reaching nearly to the heels, and a sort of apron +in front. The hood is so commodious in size that a baby can be tucked +away into it, and that is the way the small children are carried. The +men wear cloth trousers except in the very cold weather, when they don +their deer or seal skins. Their adikey or koolutuk reaches half way +to their knees, and is cut square around. The hood of course, in +their case, is only large enough to cover the head. It might be of +interest to explain that if this garment is made of cloth it is an +_adikey_; if of deerskin, a _koolutuk_, and if made of sealskin, a +_netsek_--all cut alike. If they wear two cloth garments at the same +time, as is usually the case, the inner one only is an adikey, the +outer one a silapak. + +Their language is the same from Greenland to Alaska. Of course +different localities have different dialects, but this is the natural +result of a different environment. Missionary Bohlman, whom I met at +Hebron, told me that before coming to Labrador he was attached to a +Greenland mission. When he came to Ms new field he found the language +so similar to that in Greenland that he had very little difficulty in +making himself understood. When Missionary Stecker a few years ago +went from Labrador to Alaska he was able to converse with the Alaskan +Eskimos. It is held by some authorities that Greenland was peopled by +Labrador Eskimos who crossed Hudson Strait to Baffin Land, and thence +made their way to Greenland, having originally crossed from Siberia +into Alaska, thence eastward, skirting Hudson Bay. This is entirely +feasible. I heard of one _umiak_ (skin boat) only a few years ago +having crossed to Cape Chidley from Baffin Land. Even in Labrador +there are many different dialects. The "Northerners," the people +inhabiting the northwest arm of the peninsula, have many words that +the Koksoagmiut do not understand. The intonation of the Ungava +Eskimos, particularly the women, is like a plaint. At Okak they sing +their words. Each settlement on the Atlantic coast has its own +dialect. It is a difficult language to learn. Words are compounded +until they reach a great and almost unpronounceable length.* +Naturally the coming of the trader has introduced many new words, as +tobaccomik, teamik, etc., "mik" being the accusative ending. The +Eskimo in his language cannot count beyond ten. If he wishes to +express twelve, for instance, he will say, "as many fingers as a man +has and two more." To express one hundred he would say, "five times +as many fingers and toes as a man has," and so on. It is not a +written language, but the Moravians have adapted the English alphabet +to it and are teaching the Eskimos to read and write. Mr. Stewart in +his work has adapted the Cree syllabic characters to the Eskimo, and +he is teaching the Ungava people to write by this method, which is +largely phonetic. Both the Moravians and Mr. Stewart are instructing +them in the mystery of counting in German. + +*The following will illustrate this; it is part of a sentence quoted +from a Moravian missionary pamphlet: "Taimailinganiarpok, illagget +Labradormiut namgminek akkilejungnalerkartinaget pijariakartamingnik +tamainik, sakkertitsijungnalerkartinagillo ajokertnijunik." + +** The Eskimo numerals are as follows: 1, attansek; 2, magguk; 3, +pingasut; 4, sittamat; 5, tellimat; 6, pingasoyortut; 7, aggartut; 8, +sittamauyortut; 9, sittamartut; 10, tellimauyortut. + +Cleanliness is not one of the Eskimos' virtues, and they are +frequently infested with vermin, which are wont to transfer their +allegiance to visitors, as we learned in due course, to our +discomfiture. For many months of the year the only water they have is +obtained by melting snow or ice. In sections where there is no wood +for fuel this must be done over stone lamps in which seal oil is +burned, and it is so slow a process that the water thus procured is +held too precious to be wasted in cleansing body or clothing. One of +the missionaries remarked that "the children must be very clean little +creatures, for the parents never find it necessary to wash them." + +They treat the children with the greatest kindness and consideration-- +not only their own, but all children, generally. I did not once see +an Eskimo punish a child, nor hear a harsh word spoken to one, and +they are the most obedient youngsters in the world. A missionary on +the Atlantic coast told me that once when he punished his child an +Eskimo standing near remarked: "You don't love you child or you +wouldn't punish it." And this is the sentiment they hold. + +Love is not essential to a happy marriage among the Eskimos. When a +man wants a woman he takes her. In fact they believe that an +unwilling bride makes a good wife. Potokomik's wife was most +unwilling, and he took her, dragging her by the tail of her adikey +from her father's igloo across the river on the ice to his own, and +they have "lived happily ever after," which seems to prove the +correctness of the Eskimo theory as to unwilling brides. Of course if +Potokomik's wife had not liked him after a fair trial, she could have +left him, or if she had not come up to his expectations he could have +sent her back home and tried another. It is all quite simple, for +there is no marriage ceremony and resort to South Dakota courts for +divorce is unnecessary. If a man wants two wives, why he has them, if +there are women enough. That, too, is a very agreeable arrangement, +for when he is away hunting the women keep each other company. Small +families are the rule, and I did not hear of a case where twins had +ever been born to the Eskimos. + +Dancing and football are among their chief pastimes. The men enter +into the dance with zest, but the women as though they were performing +some awful penance. Both sexes play football. They have learned the +use of cards and are reckless gamblers, sometimes staking even the +garments on their backs in play. + +The Eskimo is a close bargainer, and after he has agreed to do you a +service for a consideration will as likely as not change his mind at +the last moment and leave you in the lurch. At the same time he is in +many respects a child. + +The dwellings are of three kinds: The _tupek_--skin tent; _igloowiuk_-- +snow house; and permanent igloo, built of driftwood, stones and turf-- +the larger ones are _igloosoaks_. + +Flesh and fish, as is the case with the Indians, form the principal +food, but while the Indians cook everything the Eskimos as often eat +their meat and fish raw, and are not too particular as to its age or +state of decay. They are very fond of venison and seal meat, and for +variety's sake welcome dog meat. A few years ago a disease carried +off several of the dogs at Fort Chimo and every carcass was eaten. +One old fellow, in fact, as Mathewson related to me, ate nothing else +during that time, and when the epidemic was over bemoaned the fact +that no more dog meat could be had. + +On the Atlantic coast where the snow houses are not used and the +Eskimos live more generally during the winter in the close, vile +igloos, there is more or less tubercular trouble. Even farther south, +where the natives have learned cleanliness, and live in comfortable +log cabins that are fairly well aired, this is the prevailing disease. +After leaving Ramah, the farther south you go the more general is the +adoption of civilized customs, food and habits of life, and with the +increase of civilization so also comes an increased death rate amongst +the Eskimos. Formerly there was a considerable number of these people +on the Straits of Belle Isle. Now there is not one there. South of +Hamilton Inlet but two full-blood Eskimos remain. Below Ramah the +deaths exceed the births, and at one settlement alone there are fifty +less people to-day than three years ago. + +Civilization is responsible for this. At the present time there +remains on the Atlantic coast, between the Straits of Belle Isle and +Cape Chidley, but eleven hundred and twenty-seven full-blood Eskimos. +Five years hence there will not be a thousand. In Ungava district, +where they have as yet accepted practically nothing of civilization, +the births exceed the deaths, and I did not learn of a single well- +authenticated case of tuberculosis while I was there. There were a +few cases of rheumatism. Death comes early, however, owing to the +life of constant hardship and exposure. Usually they do not exceed +sixty or sixty-five years of age, though I saw one man that had +rounded his three score years and ten. + +Formerly they encased their dead in skins and lay them out upon the +rocks with the clothing and things they had used in life. Now rough +wooden boxes are provided by the traders. The dogs in time break the +coffins open and pick the bones, which lie uncared for, to be bleached +by the frosts of winter and suns of summer. Mr. Stewart has collected +and buried many of these bones, and is endeavoring now to have all +bodies buried. + +Of all the missionaries that I met in this bleak northern land, +devoted as every one of them is to his life work, none was more +devoted and none was doing a more self-sacrificing work than the Rev. +Samuel Milliken Stewart of Fort Chimo. His novitiate as a missionary +was begun in one of the little out-port fishing villages of +Newfoundland. Finally he was transferred to that fearfully barren +stretch among the heathen Eskimos north of Nachvak. Here he and his +Eskimo servant gathered together such loose driftwood as they could +find, and with this and stones and turf erected a single-roomed igloo. +It was a small affair, not over ten by twelve or fourteen feet in +size, and an imaginary line separated the missionary's quarters from +his servant's. On his knees, in an old resting place for the dead, +with the bleaching bones of heathen Eskimos strewn over the rocks +about him, he consecrated his life efforts to the conversion of this +people to Christianity. Then he went to work to accomplish this +purpose in a businesslike way. He set himself the infinite task of +mastering the difficult language. He lived their life with them, +visiting and sleeping with them in their filthy igloos--so filthy and +so filled with stench from the putrid meat and fish scraps that they +permit to lie about and decay that frequently at first, until he +became accustomed to it, he was forced to seek the open air and +relieve the resulting nausea. But Stewart is a man of iron will, and +he never wavered. He studied his people, administered medicines to +the sick, and taught the doctrines of Christianity--Love, Faith and +Charity--at every opportunity. That first winter was a trying one. +All his little stock of fuel was exhausted early. The few articles of +furniture that be had brought with him he burned to help keep out the +frost demon, and before spring suffered greatly with the cold. The +winter before our arrival he transferred his efforts to the Fort Chimo +district, where his field would be larger and he could reach a greater +number of the heathens. During the journey to Fort Chimo, which was +across the upper peninsula, with dogs, he was lost in storms that +prevailed at the time, his provisions were exhausted, and one dog had +been killed to feed the others, before he finally met Eskimos who +guided him in safety to George River. At Fort Chimo the Hudson's Bay +Company set aside two small buildings to his use, one for a chapel, +the other a little cabin in which he lives. Here we found him one day +with a pot of high-smelling seal meat cooking for his dogs and a pan +of dough cakes frying for himself. With Stewart in this cabin I spent +many delightful hours. His constant flow of well-told stories, +flavored with native Irish wit, was a sure panacea for despondency. I +believe Stewart, with his sunny temperament, is really enjoying his +life amongst the heathen, and he has made an obvious impression upon +them, for every one of them turns out to his chapel meetings, where +the services are conducted in Eskimo, and takes part with a will. + +The Eskimo religion, like that of the Indian, is one of fear. +Numerous are the spirits that people the land and depths of the sea, +but the chief of them all is Torngak, the spirit of Death, who from +his cavern dwelling in the heights of the mighty Torngaeks (the +mountains north of the George River toward Cape Chidley) watches them +always and rules their fortunes with an iron hand, dealing out +misfortune, or withholding it, at his will. It is only through the +medium of the Angakok, or conjurer, that the people can learn what to +do to keep Torngak and the lesser spirits of evil, with their varying +moods, in good humor. Stewart has led some of the Eskimos to at least +outwardly renounce their heathenism and profess Christianity. In a +few instances I believe they are sincere. If he remains upon the +field, as I know he wishes to do, he will have them all professing +Christianity within the next few years, for they like him. But he has +no more regard for danger, when he believes duty calls him, than Dr. +Grenfell has, and it is predicted on the coast that some day Dr. +Grenfell will take one chance too many with the elements. + +Of course, coming among the Eskimos as we did in winter, we did not +see them using their kayaks or their umiaks,* but our experience with +dogs and komatik was pretty complete. These dogs are big wolfish +creatures, which resemble wolves so closely in fact that when the dogs +and wolves are together the one can scarcely be told from the other. +It sometimes happens that a stray wolf will hobnob with the dogs, and +litters of half wolf, half dog have been born at the posts. + +* A large open boat with wooden frame and sealskin covering. The +women row the umiaks while the men sit idle. It is beneath the +dignity of the latter to handle the oars when women are present to do +it. + +There are no better Eskimo dogs to be found anywhere in the far north +than the husky dogs of Ungava. Wonderful tales are told of long +distances covered by them in a single day, the record trip of which I +heard being one hundred and twelve miles. But this was in the spring, +when the days were long and the snow hard and firm. The farthest I +ever traveled myself in a single day with dogs and komatik was sixty +miles. When the snow is loose and the days are short, twenty to +thirty miles constitute a day's work. + +From five to twelve dogs are usually driven in one team, though +sometimes a man is seen plodding along with a two-dog team, and +occasionally as many as sixteen or eighteen are harnessed to a +komatik, but these very large teams are unwieldy. + +The komatiks in the Ungava district vary from ten to eighteen feet in +length. The runners are about two and one-half inches thick at the +bottom, tapering slightly toward the top to reduce friction where they +sink into the snow. They are usually placed sixteen inches apart, and +crossbars extending about an inch over the outer runner on either side +are lashed across the runners by means of thongs of sealskin or heavy +twine, which is passed through holes bored into the crossbars and the +runners. The use of lashings instead of nails or screws permits the +komatik to yield readily in passing over rough places, where metal +fastenings would be pulled out, or be snapped off by the frost. On +either side of each end of the overlapping ends of the crossbars +notches are cut, around which sealskin thongs are passed in lashing on +the load. The bottoms of the komatik runners are "mudded." During +the summer the Eskimos store up turf for this purpose, testing bits of +it by chewing it to be sure that it contains no grit. When the cold +weather comes the turf is mixed with warm water until it reaches the +consistency of mud. Then with the hands it is molded over the bottom +of the runners. The mud quickly freezes, after which it is carefully +planed smooth and round. Then it is iced by applying warm water with +a bit of hairy deerskin. These mudded runners slip very smoothly over +the soft snow, but are liable to chip off on rough ice or when they +strike rocks, as frequently happens, for the frozen mud is as brittle +as glass. On the Atlantic coast from Nachvak south, mud is never +used, and there the komatiks are wider and shorter with runners of not +much more than half the thickness, and as you go south the komatiks +continue to grow wider and shorter. In the south, too, hoop iron or +whalebone is used for runner shoeing. + +A sealskin thong called a bridle, of a varying length of from twenty +to forty feet, is attached to the front of the komatik, and to the end +of this the dogs' traces are fastened. Each dog has an individual +trace which may be from eight to thirty feet in length, depending upon +the size of the team, so arranged that not more than two dogs are +abreast, the "leader" having, of course, the longest trace of the +pack. This long bridle and the long traces are made necessary by the +rough country. They permit the animals to swerve well to one side +clear of the komatik when coasting down a hillside. In the length of +bridle and trace there is also a wide variation in different sections, +those used in the south being very much shorter than those in the +north. The dog harness is made usually of polar bear or sealskin. +There are no reins. The driver controls his team by shouting +directions, and with a walrus hide whip, which is from twenty-five to +thirty-five feet in length. An expert with this whip, running after +the dogs, can hit any dog he chooses at will, and sometimes he is +cruel to excess. + +To start his team the driver calls "oo-isht," (in the south this +becomes "hoo-eet") to turn to the right "ouk," to the left "ra-der, +ra-der" and to stop "aw-aw." The leader responds to the shouted +directions and the pack follow. + +The Ungava Eskimo never upon any account travels with komatik and dogs +without a snow knife. With this implement he can in a little while +make himself a comfortable snow igloo, where he may spend the night or +wait for a storm to pass. + +In winter it is practically impossible to buy a dog in Ungava. The +people have only enough for their own use, and will not part with +them, and if they have plenty to eat it is difficult to employ them +for any purpose. This I discovered very promptly when I endeavored to +induce some of them to take us a stage on our journey homeward. + + + +CHAPTER XX + +THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN + +Tighter and tighter grew the grip of winter. Rarely the temperature +rose above twenty-five degrees below zero, even at midday, and oftener +it crept well down into the thirties. The air was filled with rime, +which clung to everything, and the sun, only venturing now a little +way above the southern horizon, shone cold and cheerless, weakly +penetrating the ever-present frost veil. The tide, still defying the +shackles of the mighty power that had bound all the rest of the world, +surged up and down, piling ponderous ice cakes in mountainous heaps +along the river banks. Occasionally an Eskimo or two would suddenly +appear out of the snow fields, remain for a day perhaps, and then as +suddenly disappear into the bleak wastes whence he had come. + +Slowly the days dragged along. We occupied the short hours of light +in reading old newspapers and magazines, or walking out over the +hills, and in the evenings called upon the Post officers or +entertained them in our cabin, where Mathewson often came to smoke his +after-supper pipe and relate to us stories of his forty-odd years' +service as a fur trader in the northern wilderness. + +One bitter cold morning, long before the first light of day began to +filter through the rimy atmosphere, we heard the crunch of feet pass +our door, and a komatik slipped by. It was Dr. Milne, away to George +River and the coast on his tour of Post inspection, and our little +group of white men was one less in number. + +We envied him his early leaving. We could not ourselves start for +home until after New Year's, for there were no dogs to be had for love +or money until the Eskimos came in from their hunting camps to spend +the holidays. Everything, however, was made ready for that longed-for +time. Through the kindness of The'venet, who put his Post folk to +work for us, the deerskins I had brought from Whale River were dressed +and made up into sleeping bags and skin clothing, and other neces- +saries were got ready for the long dog journey out. + +Christmas eve came finally, and with it komatik loads of Eskimos, who +roused the place from its repose into comparative wakefulness. The +newcomers called upon us in twos or threes, never troubling to knock +before they entered our cabin, looked us and our things over with much +interest, a proceeding which occupied usually a full half hour, then +went away, sometimes to bring back newly arriving friends, to +introduce them. A multitude of dogs skulked around by day and made +night hideous with howling and fighting, and it was hardly safe to +walk abroad without a stick, of which they have a wholesome fear, as, +like their progenitors, the wolves, they are great cowards and will +rarely attack a man when he has any visible means of defense at hand. + +Christmas afternoon was given over to shooting matches, and the +evening to dancing. We spent the day with The'venet. Mathewson was +not in position to entertain, as the Indian woman that presided in his +kitchen partook so freely of liquor of her own manufacture that she +became hilariously drunk early in the morning, and for the peace of +the household and safety of the dishes, which she playfully shied at +whoever came within reach, she was ejected, and Mathewson prepared his +own meals. At The'venet's, however, everything went smoothly, and the +sumptuous meal of baked whitefish, venison, with canned vegetables, +plum pudding, cheese and coffee--delicacies held in reserve for the +occasion--made us forget the bleak wilderness and ice-bound land in +which we were. + +It seemed for a time even now as though we should not be able to +secure dogs and drivers. No one knew the way to Ramah, and on no +account would one of these Eskimos undertake even a part of the +journey without permission from the Hudson's Bay Company. As a last +resort The'venet promised me his dogs and driver to take us at least +as far as George River, but finally Emuk arrived and an arrangement +was made with him to carry us from Whale River to George River, and +two other Eskimos agreed to go with us to Whale River. The great +problem that confronted me now was how to get over the one hundred and +sixty miles of barrens from George River to Ramah, and it was +necessary to arrange for this before leaving Fort Chimo, as dogs to +the eastward were even scarcer than here. Mathewson finally solved it +for me with his promise to instruct Ford at George River to put his +team and drivers at my disposal. Thus, after much bickering, our +relays were arranged as far as the Moravian mission station at Ramah, +and I trusted in Providence and the coast Eskimos to see us on from +there. The third of January was fixed as the day of our departure. + +Our going in winter was an event. It gave the Post folk an +opportunity to send out a winter mail, which I volunteered to carry to +Quebec. + +Straggling bands of Indians, hauling fur-laden toboggans, began to +arrive during the week, and the bartering in the stores was brisk, and +to me exceedingly interesting. Money at Fort Chimo is unknown. +Values are reckoned in "skins"--that is, a "skin" is the unit of +value. There is no token of exchange to represent this unit, however, +and if a hunter brings in more pelts than sufficient to pay for his +purchases, the trader simply gives him credit on his books for the +balance due, to be drawn upon at some future time. As a matter of +fact, the hunter is almost invariably in debt to the store. A "skin" +will buy a pint of molasses, a quarter pound of tea or a quarter pound +of black stick tobacco. A white arctic fox pelt is valued at seven +skins, a blue fox pelt at twelve, and a black or silver fox at eighty +to ninety skins. South of Hamilton Inlet, where competition is keen +with the fur traders, they pay in cash six dollars for white, eight +dollars for blue (which, by the way, are very scarce there) and not +infrequently as high as three hundred and fifty dollars or even more +for black and silver fox pelts. The cost of maintaining posts at Fort +Chimo, however, is somewhat greater than at these southern points. + +Here at Ungava the Eskimos' hunt is confined almost wholly to foxes, +polar bears, an occasional wolf and wolverine, and, of course, during +the season, seals, walrus, and white whales. An average hunter will +trap from sixty to seventy foxes in a season, though one or two +exceptional ones I knew have captured as many as two hundred. The +Indians, who penetrate far into the interior, bring out marten, mink +and otter principally, with a few foxes, an occasional beaver, black +bear, lynx and some wolf and wolverine skins. There is a story of a +very large and ferocious brown bear that tradition says inhabits the +barrens to the eastward toward George River. Mr. Peter McKenzie told +me that many years ago, when he was stationed at Fort Chimo, the +Indians brought him one of the skins of this animal, and Ford at +George River said that, some twenty years since, he saw a piece of one +of the skins. Both agreed that the hair was very long, light brown in +color, silver tipped and of a decidedly different species from either +the polar or black bear. This is the only definite information as to +it that I was able to gather. The Indians speak of it with dread, and +insist that it is still to be found, though none of them can say +positively that he has seen one in a decade. I am inclined to believe +that the brown bear, so far as Labrador is concerned, has been +exterminated. + +New Year's is the great day at Fort Chimo. All morning there were +shooting matches and foot races, and in the afternoon football games +in progress, in which the Eskimo men and women alike joined. The +Indians, who were recovering from an all-night drunk on their vile +beer, and a revel in the "Queen's" cabin, condescended to take part in +the shooting matches, but held majestically aloof from the other +games. Some of them came into the French store in the evening to +squat around the room and watch the dancing while they puffed in +silence on their pipes and drank tea when it was passed. That was +their only show of interest in the festivities. Early on the morning +of the second they all disappeared. But these were only a fragment of +those that visit the Post in summer. It is then that they have their +powwow. + +At last the day of our departure arrived, with a dull leaden sky and +that penetrating cold that eats to one's very marrow. The'venet and +Belfleur came early and brought us a box of cigars to ease the tedium +of the long evenings in the snow houses. All the little colony of +white men were on hand to see us off, and I believe were genuinely +sorry to have us go, for we had become a part of the little coterie +and our coming had made a break in the lives of these lonely exiles. +Men brought together under such conditions become very much attached +to each other in a short time. "It's going to be lonesome now," said +Stewart. "I'm sorry you have to leave us. May God speed you on your +way, and carry you through your long journey in safety." + +Finally our baggage was lashed on the komatik; the dogs, leaping and +straining at their traces, howled their eagerness to be gone; we shook +hands warmly with everybody, even the Eskimos, who came forward won- +dering at what seemed to them our stupendous undertaking, the komatik +was "broken" loose, and we were away at a gallop. + +Traveling was good, and the nine dogs made such excellent time that we +had to ride in level places or we could not have kept pace with them. +When there was a hill to climb we pushed on the komatik or hauled with +the dogs on the long bridle to help them along. When we had a descent +to make, the drag--a hoop of walrus hide--was thrown over the front +end of one of the komatik runners at the top, and if the place was +steep the Eskimos, one on either side of the komatik, would cling on +with their arms and brace their feet into the snow ahead, doing their +utmost to hold back and reduce the momentum of the heavy sledge. To +the uninitiated they would appear to be in imminent danger of having +their legs broken, for the speed down some of the grades when the +crust was hard and icy was terrific. When descending the gentler +slopes we all rode, depending upon the drag alone to keep our speed +within reason. This coasting down hill was always an exciting experi- +ence, and where the going was rough it was not easy to keep a seat on +the narrow komatik. Occasionally the komatik would turn over. When +we saw this was likely to happen we discreetly dropped off, a feat +that demanded agility and practice to be performed successfully and +gracefully. + +It was a relief beyond measure to feel that we were at length, after +seven long months, actually headed toward home and civilization. +Words cannot express the feeling of exhilaration that comes to one at +such a time. + +We did not have to go so far up Whale River to find a crossing as on +our trip to Fort Chimo, and reached the eastern side before dark. +Sometimes the ice hills are piled so high here by the tide that it +takes a day or even two to cut a komatik path through them and cross +the river, but fortunately we had very little cutting to do. Not long +after dark we coasted down the hill above the Post, and the cheerful +lights of Edmunds' cabin were at hand. + +Here we had to wait two days for Emuk, and in the interim Mrs. Edmunds +and Mary went carefully over our clothes, sewed sealskin legs to +deerskin moccasins, made more duffel socks, and with kind solicitation +put all our things into the best of shape and gave us extra moccasins +and mittens. "It is well to have plenty of everything before you +start," said Mrs. Edmunds, "for if the huskies are hunting deer the +women will do no sewing on sealskin, and if they're hunting seals +they'll not touch a needle to your deerskins, though you are +freezing." + +"Why is that?" I asked. + +"Oh, some of their heathen beliefs," she answered. "They think it +would bring bad luck to the hunters. They believe all kinds of +foolishness." + +Emuk had never been so far away as George River, and Sam Ford was to +be our pilot to that point, and to return with Emuk. The Eskimos do +not consider it safe for a man to travel alone with dogs, and they +never do it when there is the least probability that they will have to +remain out over night. Two men are always required to build a snow +igloo, which is one reason for this. It was therefore necessary for +me at each point, when employing the Eskimo driver for a new stage of +our journey, also to engage a companion for him, that he might have +company when returning home. + +Our coming to Whale River two months before had made a welcome +innovation in the even tenor of the cheerless, lonely existence of our +good friends at the Post--an event in their confined life, and they +were really sorry to part from us. + +"It will be a long time before any one comes to see us again--a long +time," said Mrs. Edmunds, sadly adding: "I suppose no one will ever +come again." + +When we said our farewells the women cried. In their Godspeed the +note of friendship rang true and honest and sincere. These people had +proved themselves in a hundred ways. In civilization, where the +selfish instinct governs so generally, there are too many Judases. On +the frontier, in spite of the rough exterior of the people, you find +real men and women. That is one reason why I like the North so well. + +We left Whale River on Saturday, the sixth of January, with one +hundred and twenty miles of barrens to cross before reaching George +River Post, the nearest human habitation to the eastward. Our fresh +team of nine dogs was in splendid trim and worked well, but a three or +four inch covering of light snow upon the harder under crust made the +going hard and wearisome for the animals. The frost flakes that +filled the air covered everything. Clinging to the eyelashes and +faces of the men it gave them a ghostly appearance, our skin clothing +was white with it, long icicles weighted our beards, and the sharp +atmosphere made it necessary to grasp one's nose frequently to make +certain that the member was not freezing. + +When we stopped for the night our snow house which Emuk and Sam soon +had ready seemed really cheerful. Our halt was made purposely near a +cluster of small spruce where enough firewood was found to cook our +supper of boiled venison, hard-tack and tea, water being procured by +melting ice. Spruce boughs were scattered upon the igloo floor and +deerskins spread over these. + +After everything was made snug, and whatever the dogs might eat or +destroy put safely out of their reach, the animals were unharnessed +and fed the one meal that was allowed them each day after their work +was done. Feeding the dogs was always an interesting function. While +one man cut the frozen food into chunks, the rest of us armed with +cudgels beat back the animals. When the word was given we stepped to +one side to avoid the onrush as they came upon the food, which was +bolted with little or no chewing. They will eat anything that is fed +them--seal meat, deer's meat, fish, or even old hides. There was +always a fight or two to settle after the feeding and then the dogs +made holes for themselves in the snow and lay down for the drift to +cover them. + +The dogs fed, we crawled with our hot supper into the igloo, put a +block of snow against the entrance and stopped the chinks around it +with loose snow. Then the kettle covers were lifted and the place was +filled at once with steam so thick that one could hardly see his elbow +neighbor. By the time the meal was eaten the temperature had risen to +such a point that the place was quite warm and comfortable--so warm +that the snow in the top of the igloo was soft enough to pack but not +quite soft enough to drip water. Then we smoked some of The'venet's +cigars and blessed him for his thoughtfulness in providing them. + +Usually our snow igloos allowed each man from eighteen to twenty +inches space in which to lie down, and just room enough to stretch his +legs well. With our sleeping bags they were entirely comfortable, no +matter what the weather outside. The snow is porous enough to admit +of air circulation, but even a gale of wind without would not affect +the temperature within. It is claimed by the natives that when the +wind blows, a snow house is warmer than in a period of still cold. I +could see no difference. A new snow igloo is, however, more +comfortable than one that has been used, for newly cut snow blocks are +more porous. In one that has been used there is always a crust of ice +on the interior which prevents a proper circulation of air. + +On the second day we passed the shack where Easton and I had held our +five-day fast, and shortly after came out upon the plains--a wide +stretch of flat, treeless country where no hills rise as guiding +landmarks for the voyageur. This was beyond the zone of Emuk's +wanderings, and Sam went several miles astray in his calculations, +which, in view of the character of the country, was not to be wondered +at, piloting as he did without a compass. However, we were soon set +right and passed again into the rolling barrens, with ever higher +hills with each eastern mile we traveled. + +At two o'clock on the afternoon of Tuesday, January ninth, we dropped +over the bank upon the ice of George River just above the Post, and at +three o'clock were under Mr. Ford's hospitable roof again. + +Here we had to encounter another vexatious delay of a week. Ford's +dogs had been working hard and were in no condition to travel and not +an Eskimo team was there within reach of the Post that could be had. +There was nothing to do but wait for Ford's team to rest and get into +condition before taking them upon the trying journey across the barren +grounds that lay between us and the Atlantic. + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +CROSSING THE BARRENS + +On Tuesday morning, January sixteenth, we swung out upon the river ice +with a powerful team of twelve dogs. Will Ford and an Eskimo named +Etuksoak, called by the Post folk "Peter," for short, were our +drivers. + +The dogs began the day with a misunderstanding amongst themselves, and +stopped to fight it out. When they were finally beaten into docility +one of them, apparently the outcast of the pack, was limping on three +legs and leaving a trail of blood behind him. Every team has its +bully, and sometimes its outcast. The bully is master of them all. +He fights his way to his position of supremacy, and holds it by +punishing upon the slightest provocation, real or fancied, any +encroachment upon his autocratic prerogatives. Likewise he dis- +ciplines the pack when he thinks they need it or when he feels like +it, and he is always the ringleader in mischief. When there is an +outcast he is a doomed dog. The others harass and fight him at every +opportunity. They are pitiless. They do not associate with him, and +sooner or later a morning will come when they are noticed licking +their chops contentedly, as dogs do when they have had a good meal-- +and after that no more is seen of the outcast. The bully is not +always, or, in fact, often the leader in harness. The dog that the +driver finds most intelligent in following a trail and in answering +his commands is chosen for this important position, regardless of his +fighting prowess. + +This morning as we started the weather was perfect--thirty-odd degrees +below zero and a bright sun that made the hoar frost sparkle like +flakes of silver. For ten miles our course lay down the river to a +point just below the "Narrows." Then we left the ice and hit the +overland trail in an almost due northerly direction. It was a rough +country and there was much pulling and hauling and pushing to be done +crossing the hills. Before noon the wind began to rise, and by the +time we stopped to prepare our snow igloo for the night a northwest +gale had developed and the air was filled with drifting snow. + +Early in the afternoon I began to have cramps in the calves of my +legs, and finally it seemed to me that the muscles were tied into +knots. Sharp, intense pains in the groin made it torture to lift in +feet above the level of the snow, and I was never more thankful for +rest in my life than when that day's work was finished. Easton +confessed to me that he had an attack similar to my own. This was the +result of our inactivity at Fort Chimo. We were suffering with what +among the Canadian voyageurs is known as _mal de roquette_. There was +nothing to do but endure it without complaint, for there is no relief +until in time it gradually passes away of its own accord. + +This first night from George River was spent upon the shores of a lake +which, hidden by drifted snow, appeared to be about two miles wide and +seven or eight miles long. It lay amongst low, barren hills, where a +few small bunches of gnarled black spruce relieved the otherwise +unbroken field of white. + +The following morning it was snowing and drifting, and as the day grew +the storm increased. An hour's traveling carried us to the Koroksoak +River--River of the Great Gulch--which flows from the northeast, +following the lower Torngaek mountains and emptying into Ungava Bay +near the mouth of the George. The Koroksoak is apparently a shallow +stream, with a width of from fifty to two hundred yards. Its bed +forms the chief part of the komatik route to Nachvak, and therefore +our route. For several miles the banks are low and sandy, but farther +up the sand disappears and the hills crowd close upon the river. The +gales that sweep down the valley with every storm had blown away the +snow and drifted the bank sand in a layer over the river ice. This +made the going exceedingly hard and ground the mud from the komatik +runners. + +The snowstorm, directly in our teeth, increased in force with every +mile we traveled, and with the continued cramps and pains in my legs +it seemed to me that the misery of it all was about as refined and +complete as it could be. It may be imagined, therefore, the relief I +felt when at noon Will and Peter stopped the komatik with the +announcement that we must camp, as further progress could not be made +against the blinding snow and head wind. + +Advantage was taken of the daylight hours to mend the komatik mud. +This was done by mixing caribou moss with water, applying the mixture +to the mud where most needed, and permitting it to freeze, which it +did instantly. Then the surface was planed smooth with a little jack +plane carried for the purpose. + +That night the storm blew itself out, and before daylight, after a +breakfast of coffee and hard-tack, we were off. The half day's rest +had done wonders for me, and the pains in my legs were not nearly so +severe as on the previous day. + +January and February see the lowest temperatures of the Labrador +winter. Now the cold was bitter, rasping--so intensely cold was the +atmosphere that it was almost stifling as it entered the lungs. The +vapor from our nostrils froze in masses of ice upon our beards. The +dogs, straining in the harness, were white with hoar frost, and our +deerskin clothing was also thickly coated with it. For long weeks +these were to be the prevailing conditions in our homeward march. + +Dark and ominous were the spruce-lined river banks on either side that +morning as we toiled onward, and grim and repellent indeed were the +rocky hills outlined against the sky beyond. Everything seemed frozen +stiff and dead except ourselves. No sound broke the absolute silence +save the crunch, crunch, crunch of our feet, the squeak of the komatik +runners complaining as they slid reluctantly over the snow, and the +"oo-isht-oo-isht, oksuit, oksuit" of the drivers, constantly urging +the dogs to greater effort. Shimmering frost flakes, suspended in the +air like a veil of thinnest gauze, half hid the sun when very timidly +he raised his head above the southeastern horizon, as though afraid to +venture into the domain of the indomitable ice king who had wrested +the world from his last summer's power and ruled it now so absolutely. + +With every mile the spruce on the river banks became thinner and +thinner, and the hills grew higher and higher, until finally there was +scarcely a stick to be seen and the lower eminences had given way to +lofty mountains which raised their jagged, irregular peaks from two to +four thousand feet in solemn and majestic grandeur above our heads. +The gray basaltic rocks at their base shut in the tortuous river bed, +and we knew now why the Koroksoak was called the "River of the Great +Gulch." These were the mighty Torngaeks, which farther north attain +an altitude above the sea of full seven thousand feet. We passed the +place where Torngak dwells in his mountain cavern and sends forth his +decrees to the spirits of Storm and Starvation and Death to do +destruction, or restrains them, at his will. + +In the forenoon of the third day after leaving George River we stopped +to lash a few sticks on top of our komatik load. "No more wood," said +Will. "This'll have to see us through to Nachvak." That afternoon we +turned out of the Koroksoak River into a pass leading to the +northward, and that night's igloo was at the headwaters of a stream +that they said ran into Nachvak Bay. + +The upper part of this new gulch was strewn with bowlders, and much +hard work and ingenuity were necessary the following morning to get +the komatik through them at all. Farther down the stream widened. +Here the wind had swept the snow clear of the ice, and it was as +smooth as a piece of glass, broken only by an occasional bowlder +sticking above the surface. A heavy wind blew in our backs and +carried the komatik before it at a terrific pace, with the dogs racing +to keep out of the way. Sometimes we were carried sidewise, sometimes +stern first, but seldom right end foremost. Lively work was necessary +to prevent being wrecked upon the rocks, and occasionally we did turn +over, when a bowlder was struck side on. + +There were several steep down grades. Before descending one of the +first of these a line was attached to the rear end of the komatik and +Will asked Easton to hang on to it and hold back, to keep the komatik +straight. There was no foothold for him, however, on the smooth +surface of the ice, and Easton found that he could not hold back as +directed. The momentum was considerable, and he was afraid to let go +for fear of losing his balance on the slippery ice, and so, wild-eyed +and erect, he slid along, clinging for dear life to the line. Pretty +soon he managed to attain a sitting posture, and with his legs spread +before him, but still holding desperately on, he skimmed along after +the komatik. The next and last evolution was a "belly-gutter" +position. This became too strenuous for him, however, and the line +was jerked out of his hands. I was afraid he might have been injured +on a rock, but my anxiety was soon relieved when I saw him running +along the shore to overtake the komatik where it had been stopped to +wait for him below. + +This gulch was exceedingly narrow, with mountains, lofty, rugged and +grand rising directly from the stream's bank, some of them attaining +an altitude of five thousand feet or more. At one point they squeezed +the brook through a pass only ten feet in width, with perpendicular +walls towering high above our heads on either side. This place is +known to the Hudson's Bay Company people as "The Porch." + +In the afternoon Peter caught his foot in a crevice, and the komatik +jammed him with such force that he narrowly escaped a broken leg and +was crippled for the rest of the journey. Early in the afternoon we +were on salt water ice, and at two o'clock sighted Nachvak Post of the +Hudson's Bay Company, and at half past four were hospitably welcomed +by Mrs. Ford, the wife of George Ford, the agent. + +This was Saturday, January twentieth. Since the previous Tuesday +morning we had had no fire to warm ourselves by and had been living +chiefly on hard-tack, and the comfort and luxury of the Post sitting +room, with the hot supper of arctic hare that came in due course, were +appreciated. Mr. Ford had gone south with Dr. Milne to Davis Inlet +Post and was not expected back for a week, but Mrs. Ford and her son +Solomon Ford, who was in charge during his father's absence, did +everything possible for our comfort. + +The injury to Peter's leg made it out of the question for him to go on +with us, and we therefore found it necessary to engage another team to +carry us to Ramah, the first of the Moravian missionary stations on +our route of travel, and this required a day's delay at Nachvak, as no +Eskimos could be seen that night. The Fords offered us every +assistance in securing drivers, and went to much trouble on our +behalf. Solomon personally took it upon himself to find dogs and +drivers for us, and through his kindness arrangements were made with +two Eskimos, Taikrauk and Nikartok by name, who agreed to furnish a +team of ten dogs and be on hand early on Monday morning. I considered +myself fortunate in securing so large a team, for the seal hunt had +been bad the previous fall and the Eskimos had therefore fallen short +of dog food and had killed a good many of their dogs. I should not +have been so ready with my self-congratulation had I seen the dogs +that we were to have. + +Nachvak is the most God-forsaken place for a trading post that I have +ever seen. Wherever you look bare rocks and towering mountains stare +you in the face; nowhere is there a tree or shrub of any kind to +relieve the rock-bound desolation, and every bit of fuel has to be +brought in during the summer by steamer. They have coal, but even the +wood to kindle the coal is imported. The Eskimos necessarily use +stone lamps in which seal oil is burned to heat their igloos. The +Fords have lived here for a quarter of a century, but now the Company +is abandoning the Post as unprofitable and they are to be transferred +to some other quarter. + +"God knows how lonely it is sometimes," Mrs. Ford said to me, "and how +glad I'll be if we go where there's some one besides just greasy +heathen Eskimos to see." + +The Moravian mission at Killenek, a station three days' travel to the +northward, on Cape Chidley, has deflected some of the former trade +from Nachvak and the Ramah station more of it, until but twenty-seven +Eskimos now remain at Nachvak. + +Early on Monday morning not only our two Eskimos appeared, but the +entire Eskimo population, even the women with babies in their hoods, +to see us off. The ten-dog team that I had congratulated myself so +proudly upon securing proved to be the most miserable aggregation of +dogskin and bones I had ever seen, and in so horribly emaciated a +condition that had there been any possible way of doing without them I +should have declined to permit them to haul our komatik. However I +had no choice, as no other dogs were to be had, and at six o'clock-- +more than two hours before daybreak--we said farewell to good Mrs. +Ford and her family and started forward with our caravan of followers. + +We took what is known as the "outside" route, turning right out toward +the mouth of the bay. By this route it is fully forty miles to Ramah. +By a short cut overland, which is not so level, the distance is only +about thirty miles, but our Eskimos chose the level course, as it is +doubtful whether their excuses for dogs could have hauled the komatik +over the hills on the short cut. An hour after our start we passed a +collection of snow igloos, and all our following, after shaking hands +and repeating, "Okusi," left us--all but one man, Korganuk by name, +who decided to honor us with his society to Ramah; so we had three +Eskimos instead of the more than sufficient two. + +Though the traveling was fairly good the poor starved dogs crawled +along so slowly that with a jog trot we easily kept in advance of +them, and not even the extreme cruelty of the heathen drivers, who +beat them sometimes unmercifully, could induce them to do better. I +remonstrated with the human brutes on several occasions, but they +pretended not to understand me, smiling blandly in return, and making +unintelligible responses in Eskimo. + +Before dawn the sky clouded, and by the time we reached the end of the +bay and turned southward across the neck, toward noon, it began to +snow heavily. This capped the climax of our troubles and I questioned +whether our team would ever reach our destination with this added +impediment of soft, new snow to plow through. + +From the first the snow fell thick and fast. Then the wind rose, and +with every moment grew in velocity. I soon realized that we were +caught under the worst possible conditions in the throes of a Labrador +winter storm--the kind of storm that has cost so many native travelers +on that bleak coast their lives. + +We were now on the ice again beyond the neck. Perpendicular, +clifflike walls shut us off from retreat to the land and there was not +a possibility of shelter anywhere. Previous snows had found no +lodgment into banks, and an igloo could not be built. Our throats +were parched with thirst, but there was no water to drink and nowhere +a stick of wood with which to build a fire to melt snow. The dogs +were lying down in harness and crying with distress, and the Eskimos +had continually to kick them into renewed efforts. On we trudged, on +and endlessly on. We were still far from our goal. + +All of us, even the Eskimos, were utterly weary. Finally frequent +stops were necessary to rest the poor toiling brutes, and we were glad +to take advantage of each opportunity to throw ourselves at full +length on the snow-covered ice for a moment's repose. Sometimes we +would walk ahead of the komatik and lie down until it overtook us, +frequently falling asleep in the brief interim. Now and again an +Eskimo would look into my face and repeat, "Oksunae" (be strong), and +I would encourage him in the same way. + +Darkness fell thick and black. No signs of land were visible--nothing +but the whirling, driving, pitiless snow around us and the ice under +our feet. Sometimes one of us would stumble on a hummock and fall, +then rise again to resume the mechanical plodding. I wondered +sometimes whether we were not going right out to sea and how long it +would be before we should drop into open water and be swallowed up. +My faculties were too benumbed to care much, and it was just a +calculation in which I had no particular but only a passive interest. + +The thirst of the snow fields is most agonizing, and can only be +likened to the thirst of the desert. The snow around you is +tantalizing, for to eat it does not quench the thirst in the +slightest; it aggravates it. If I ever longed for water it was then. + +Hour after hour passed and the night seemed interminable. But somehow +we kept going, and the poor crying brutes kept going. All misery has +its ending, however, and ours ended when I least looked for it. Un- +expectedly the dogs' pitiful cries changed to gleeful howls and they +visibly increased their efforts. Then Korganuk put his face close to +mine and said: "Ramah! Ramah!" and quite suddenly we stopped before +the big mission house at Ramah. + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +ON THE ATLANTIC ICE + +The dogs had stopped within a dozen feet of the building, but it was +barely distinguishable through the thick clouds of smothering snow +which the wind, risen to a terrific gale, swirled around us as it +swept down in staggering gusts from the invisible hills above. A +light filtered dimly through one of the frost-encrusted windows, and I +tapped loudly upon the glass. + +At first there was no response, but after repeated rappings some one +moved within, and in a moment the door opened and a voice called to +us, "Come, come out of the snow. It is a nasty night." Without +further preliminaries we stepped into the shelter of the broad, com- +fortable hall. Holding a candle above his head, and peering at us +through the dim light that it cast, was a short, stockily built, +bearded man in his shirt sleeves and wearing hairy sealskin trousers +and boots. To him I introduced myself and Easton, and he, in turn, +told us that he was the Reverend Paul Schmidt, the missionary in +charge of the station. + +Mr. Schmidt's astonishment at our unexpected appearance at midnight +and in such a storm was only equaled by his hospitable welcome. His +broken English sounded sweet indeed, inviting us to throw off our +snow-covered garments. He ushered us to a neat room on the floor +above, struck a match to a stove already charged with kindling wood +and coal, and in five minutes after our entrance we were listening to +the music of a crackling fire and warming our chilled selves by its +increasing heat. + +Our host was most solicitous for our every comfort. He hurried in and +out, and by the time we were thoroughly warmed told us supper was +ready and asked us to his living room below, where Mrs. Schmidt had +spread the table for a hot meal. Each mission house has a common +kitchen and a common dining room, and besides having the use of these +the separate families are each provided with a private living room and +a sleeping room. + +It is not pleasant to be routed out of bed in the middle of the night, +but these good missionaries assured us that it was really a pleasure +to them, and treated us like old friends whom they were overjoyed to +see. "Well, well," said Mr. Schmidt, again and again, "it is very +good for you to come. I am very glad that you came tonight, for now +we shall have company, and you shall stay with us until the weather is +fine again for traveling, and we will talk English together, which is +a pleasure for me, for I have almost forgotten my English, with no one +to talk it to." + +It was after two o'clock when we went to bed, and I verily believe +that Mr. Schmidt would have talked all night had it not been for our +hard day's work and evident need of rest. + +When we arose in the morning the storm was still blowing with unabated +fury. We had breakfast with Mr. Schmidt in his private apartment and +were later introduced to Mr. Karl Filsehke, the storekeeper, and his +wife, who, like the Schmidts, were most hospitable and kind. At all +of the Moravian missions, with the exception of Killinek "down to +Chidley," and Makkovik, the farthest station "up south," there is, +besides the missionary, who devotes himself more particularly to the +spiritual needs of his people, a storekeeper who looks after their +material welfare and assists in conducting the meetings. + +In Labrador these missions are largely, though by no means wholly, +self-supporting. Furs and blubber are taken from the Eskimos in +exchange for goods, and the proflts resulting from their sale in +Europe are applied toward the expense of maintaining the stations. +They own a small steamer, which brings the supplies from London every +summer and takes away the year's accumulation of fur and oil. Since +the first permanent establishment was erected at Nain, over one +hundred and fifty years ago, they have followed this trade. + +During the day I visited the store and blubber house, where Eskimo men +and women were engaged in cutting seal blubber into small slices and +pounding these with heavy wooden mallets. The pounded blubber is +placed in zinc vats, and, when the summer comes, exposed in the vats +to the sun's heat, which renders out a fine white oil. This oil is +put into casks and shipped to the trade. + +In the depth of winter seal hunting is impossible, and during that +season the Eskimo families gather in huts, or igloosoaks, at the +mission stations. There are sixty-nine of these people connected with +the Ramah station and I visited them all with Mr. Schmidt. Their huts +were heated with stone lamps and seal oil, for the country is bare of +wood. The fuel for the mission house is brought from the South by the +steamer. + +The Eskimos at Ramah and at the stations south are all supposed to be +Christians, but naturally they still retain many of the traditional +beliefs and superstitions of their people. They will not live in a +house where a death has occurred, believing that the spirit of the +departed will haunt the place. If the building is worth it, they take +it down and set it up again somewhere else. + +Not long ago the wife of one of the Eskimos was taken seriously ill, +and became delirious. Her husband and his neighbors, deciding that +she was possessed of an evil spirit, tied her down and left her, until +finally she died, uncared for and alone, from cold and lack of +nourishment. This occurred at a distance from the station, and the +missionaries did not learn of it until the woman was dead and beyond +their aid. They are most kind in their ministrations to the sick and +needy. + +Once Dr. Grenfell visited Ramah and exhibited to the astonished +Eskimos some stereopticon views--photographs that he had taken there +in a previous year. It so happened that one of the pictures was that +of an old woman who had died since the photograph was made, and when +it appeared upon the screen terror struck the hearts of the simple- +minded people. They believed it was her spirit returned to earth, and +for a long time afterward imagined that they saw it floating about at +night, visiting the woman's old haunts. + +The daily routine of the mission station is most methodical. At seven +o'clock in the morning a bell calls the servants to their duties; at +nine o'clock it rings again, granting a half hour's rest; at a quarter +to twelve a third ringing sends them to dinner; they return at one +o'clock to work until dark. Every night at five o'clock the bell +summons them to religious service in the chapel, where worship is +conducted in Eskimo by either the missionary or the storekeeper. The +women sit on one side, the men on the other, and are always in their +seats before the last tone of the bell dies out. I used to enjoy +these services exceedingly--watching the eager, expectant faces of the +people as they heard the lesson taught, and their hearty singing of +the hymns in Eskimo made the evening hour a most interesting one to +me. + +It is a busy life the missionary leads. From morning until night he +is kept constantly at work, and in the night his rest is often broken +by calls to minister to the sick. He is the father of his flock, and +his people never hesitate to call for his help and advice; to him all +their troubles and disagreements are referred for a wise adjustment. + +I am free to say that previous to meeting them upon their field of +labor I looked upon the work of these missionaries with indifference, +if not disfavor, for I had been led to believe that they were +accomplishing little or nothing. But now I have seen, and I know of +what incalculable value the services are that they are rendering to +the poor, benighted people of this coast. + +They practically renounce the world and their home ties to spend their +lives, until they are too old for further service or their health +breaks down, in their Heaven-inspired calling, surrounded by people of +a different race and language, in the most barren, God-cursed land in +the world. + +When their children reach the age of seven years they must send them +to the church school at home to be educated. Very often parent and +child never meet again. This is, as many of them told me, the +greatest sacrifice they are called upon to make, but they realize that +it is for the best good of the child and their work, and they do not +murmur. What heroes and heroines these men and women are! One _must_ +admire and honor them. + +There were some little ones here at Ramah who used to climb upon my +knees and call me "Uncle," and kiss me good morning and good night, +and I learned to love them. My recollections of these days at Ramah +are pleasant ones. + +Philippus Inglavina and Ludwig Alasua, two Eskimos, were engaged to +hold themselves in readiness with their team of twelve dogs for a +bright and early start for Hebron on the first clear morning. On the +fourth morning after our arrival they announced that the weather was +sufficiently clear for them to find their way over the hills. Mrs. +Schmidt and Mrs. Filsehke filled an earthen jug with hot coffee and +wrapped it, with some sandwiches, in a bearskin to keep from freezing +for a few hours; sufficient wood to boil the kettle that night and the +next morning was lashed with our baggage on the komatik; the Eskimos +each received the daily ration of a plug of tobacco and a box of +matches, which they demand when traveling, and then we said good-by +and started. The komatik was loaded with Eskimos, and the rest of the +native population trailed after us on foot. It is the custom on the +coast for the people to accompany a komatik starting on a journey for +some distance from the station. + +The wind, which had died nearly out in the night, was rising again. +It was directly in our teeth and shifting the loose snow unpleasantly. +We had not gone far when one of the trailing Eskimos came running +after us and shouting to our driver to stop. We halted, and when he +overtook us he called the attention of Philippus to a high mountain +known as Attanuek (the King), whose peak was nearly hidden by drifting +snow. A consultation decided them that it would be dangerous to +attempt the passes that day, and to our chagrin the Eskimos turned the +dogs back to the station. + +The next morning Attanuek's head was clear, the wind was light, the +atmosphere bitter cold, and we were off in good season. We soon +reached "Lamson's Hill," rising three thousand feet across our path, +and shortly after daylight began the wearisome ascent, helping the +dogs haul the komatik up steep places and wallowing through deep snow +banks. Before noon one of our dogs gave out, and we had to cut him +loose. An hour later we met George Ford on his way home to Nachvak +from Davis Inlet, and some Eskimos with a team from the Hebron +Mission, and from this latter team we borrowed a dog to take the place +of the one that we had lost. Ford told us that his leader had gone +mad that morning and he had been compelled to shoot it. He also in- +formed me that wolves had followed him all the way from Okak to +Hebron, mingling with his dogs at night, but at Hebron had left his +trail. + +At three o'clock we reached the summit of Lamson's Hill and began the +perilous descent, where only the most expert maneuvering on the part +of the Eskimos saved our komatik from being smashed. In many places +we had to let the sledge down over steep places, after first removing +the dogs, and it was a good while after dark when we reached the +bottom. Then, after working the komatik over a mile of rough bowlders +from which the wind had swept the snow, we at length came upon the sea +ice of Saglak Bay, and at eight o'clock drew up at an igloosoak on an +island several miles from the mainland. + +This igloosoak was practically an underground dwelling, and the +entrance was through a snow tunnel. From a single seal-gut window a +dim light shone, but there was no other sign of human life. I groped +my way into the tunnel, bent half double, stepping upon and stumbling +over numerous dogs that blocked the way, and at the farther end bumped +into a door. Upon pushing this open I found myself in a room perhaps +twelve by fourteen feet in size. Three stone lamps shed a gloomy half +light over the place, and revealed a low bunk, covered with sealskins, +extending along two sides of the room, upon which nine Eskimos--men, +women and children--were lying. A half inch of soft slush covered the +floor. The whole place was reeking in filth, infested with vermin, +and the stench was sickening. + +The people arose and welcomed us as Eskimos always do, most cordially. +Our two drivers, who followed me with the wood we had brought, made a +fire in a small sheet-iron tent stove kept in the shack by the +missionaries for their use when traveling, and on it we placed our +kettle full of ice for tea, and our sandwiches to thaw, for they were +frozen as hard as bullets. One of the old women was half dead with +consumption, and constantly spitting, and when we saw her turning our +sandwiches on the stove our appetite appreciably diminished. + +At Ramah I had purchased some dried caplin for dog food for the night. +The caplin is a small fish, about the size of a smelt or a little +larger, and is caught in the neighborhood of Hamilton Inlet and +south. They are brought north by the missionaries to use for dog food +when traveling in the winter, as they are more easily packed on the +komatik than seal meat. The Eskimos are exceedingly fond of these +dried fish, and they appealed to our men as too great a delicacy to +waste upon the dogs. Therefore when feeding time came, seal blubber, +of which there was an abundant supply in the igloo, fell to the lot of +the animals, while our drivers and hosts appropriated the caplin to +themselves. The bag of fish was placed in the center, with a dish of +raw seal fat alongside, with the men, women and children surrounding +it, and they were still banqueting upon the fish and fat when I, weary +with traveling, fell asleep in my bag. + +It was not yet dark the next evening when we came in sight of the +Eskimo village at the Hebron mission, and the whole population of one +hundred and eighty people and two hundred dogs, the former shouting, +the latter howling, turned out to greet us. Several of the young men, +fleeter of foot than the others, ran out on the ice, and when they had +come near enough to see who we were, turned and ran back again ahead +of our dogs, shouting "Kablunot! Kablunot!" (outlanders), and so, in +the midst of pandemonium, we drew into the station, and received from +the missionaries a most cordial welcome. + +Here I was fortunate in securing for the next eighty miles of our +journey an Eskimo with an exceptionally fine team of fourteen dogs. +This new driver--Cornelius was his name--made my heart glad by +consenting to travel without an attendant. I was pleased at this be- +cause experience had taught me that each additional man meant just so +much slower progress. + +No time was lost at Hebron, for the weather was fine, and early +morning found us on our way. At Napartok we reached the "first wood," +and the sight of a grove of green spruce tops above the snow seemed +almost like a glimpse of home. + +It was dreary, tiresome work, this daily plodding southward over the +endless snow, sometimes upon the wide ice field, sometimes crossing +necks of land with tedious ascents and dangerous descents of hills, +making no halt while daylight lasted, save to clear the dogs' +entangled traces and snatch a piece of hard-tack for a cheerless +luncheon. + +Okak, two days' travel south of Hebron, with a population of three +hundred and twenty-nine, is the largest Eskimo village in Labrador and +an important station of the Moravian missionaries. Besides the +chapel, living apartments and store of the mission a neat, well- +organized little hospital has just been opened by them and placed in +charge of Dr. S. Hutton, an English physician. Young, capable and +with every prospect of success at home, he and his charming wife have +resigned all to come to the dreary Labrador and give their lives and +efforts to the uplifting of this bit of benighted humanity. + +We were entertained by the doctor and Mrs. Hutton and found them most +delightful people. The only other member of the hospital corps was +Miss S. Francis, a young woman who has prepared herself as a trained +nurse to give her life to the service. I had an opportunity to visit +with Dr. Hutton several of the Eskimo dwellings, and was struck by +their cleanliness and the great advance toward civilization these +people have made over their northern kinsmen. We had now reached a +section where timber grows, and some of the houses were quite +pretentious for the frontier--well furnished, of two or three rooms, +and far superior to many of the homes of the outer coast breeds to the +south. This, of course, is the visible result of the century of +Moravian labors. Here I engaged, with the aid of the missionaries, +Paulus Avalar and Boas Anton with twelve dogs to go with us to Nain, +and after one day at Okak our march was resumed. + +It is a hundred miles from Okak to Nain and on the way the Kiglapait +Mountain must be crossed, as the Atlantic ice outside is liable to be +shattered at any time should an easterly gale blow, and there is no +possible retreat and no opportunity to escape should one be caught +upon it at such a time, as perpendicular cliffs rise sheer from the +sea ice here. + +We had not reached the summit of the Kiglapait when night drove us +into camp in a snow igloo. The Eskimos here are losing the art of +snow-house building, and this one was very poorly constructed, and, +with a temperature of thirty or forty degrees below zero, very cold +and uncomfortable. + +When we turned into our sleeping bags Paulus, who could talk a few +words of English, remarked to me: "Clouds say big snow maybe. Here +very bad. No dog feed. We go early," and pointing to my watch face +indicated that we should start at midnight. At eleven o'clock I heard +him and Boas get up and go out. Half an hour later they came back +with a kettle of hot tea and we had breakfast. Then the two Eskimos, +by candlelight read aloud in their language a form of worship and sang +a hymn. All along the coast between Hebron and Makkovik I found +morning and evening worship and grace before and after meals a regular +institution with the Eskimos, whose religious training is carefully +looked after by the Moravians. + +By midnight our komatik was packed. "Ooisht! ooisht!" started the +dogs forward as the first feathery flakes of the threatened storm fell +lazily down. Not a breath of wind was stirring and no sound broke the +ominous silence of the night save the crunch of our feet on the snow +and the voice of the driver urging on the dogs. + +Boas went ahead, leading the team on the trail. Presently he halted +and shouted back that he could not make out the landmarks in the now +thickening snow. Then we circled about until an old track was found +and went on again. Time and again this maneuver was repeated. The +snow now began to fall heavily and the wind rose. + +No further sign of the track could be discovered and short halts were +made while Paulus examined my compass to get his bearings. + +Finally the summit of the Kiglapait was reached, and the descent was +more rapid. At one place on a sharp down grade the dogs started on a +run and we jumped upon the komatik to ride. Moving at a rapid pace +the team, dimly visible ahead, suddenly disappeared. Paulus rolled +off the komatik to avoid going over the ledge ahead, but the rest of +us had no time to jump, and a moment later the bottom fell out of our +track and we felt ourselves dropping through space. It was a fall of +only fifteen feet, but in the night it seemed a hundred. Fortunately +we landed on soft snow and no harm was done, but we had a good shaking +up. + +The storm grew in force with the coming of daylight. Forging on +through the driving snow we reached the ocean ice early in the +forenoon and at four o'clock in the afternoon the shelter of an Eskimo +hut. + +The storm was so severe the next morning our Eskimos said to venture +out in it would probably mean to get lost, but before noon the wind so +far abated that we started. + +The snow fell thickly all day, the wind began to rise again, and a +little after four o'clock the real force of the gale struck us in one +continued, terrific sweep, and the snow blew so thick that we nearly +smothered. The temperature was thirty degrees below zero. We could +not see the length of the komatik. We did not dare let go of it, for +had we separated ourselves a half dozen yards we should certainly have +been lost. + +Somehow the instincts of drivers and dogs, guided by the hand of a +good Providence, led us to the mission house at Nain, which we reached +at five o'clock and were overwhelmed by the kindness of the Moravians. +This is the Moravian headquarters in Labrador, and the Bishop, Right +Reverend A. Martin, with his aids, is in charge. + +It was Saturday night when we reached Nain, and Sunday was spent here +while we secured new drivers and dogs and waited for the storm to blow +over. + +Every one was so cordial and hospitable that I almost regretted the +necessity of leaving on Monday morning. The day was excessively cold +and a head wind froze cheeks and noses and required an almost constant +application of the hand to thaw them out and prevent them from +freezing permanently. Easton even frosted his elbow through his heavy +clothing of reindeer skin. + +During the second day from Nain we met Missionary Christian Schmitt +returning from a visit to the natives farther south, and on the ice +had a half hour's chat. + +That evening we reached Davis Inlet Post of the Hudson's Bay Company, +and spent the night with Mr. Guy, the agent, and the following morning +headed southward again, passed Cape Harrigan, and in another two days +reached Hopedale Mission, where we arrived just ahead of one of the +fierce storms* so frequent here at this season of the year, which held +us prisoners from Thursday night until Monday morning. Two days later +we pulled in at Makkovik, the last station of the Moravians on our +southern trail. + +* Since writing the above I have learned that a half-breed whom I met +at Davis Inlet, his wife and a young native left that point for Hope- +dale just after us, were overtaken by this storm, lost their way, and +were probably overcome by the elements. Their dogs ate the bodies and +a week later returned, well fed, to Davis Inlet. Dr. Grenfell found +the bones in the spring. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER + +We had now reached an English-speaking country; that is, a section +where every one talked understandable English, though at the same time +nearly every one was conversant with the Eskimo language. + +All down the coast we had been fortunate in securing dogs and drivers +with little trouble through the intervention of the missionaries; but +at Makkovik dogs were scarce, and it seemed for a time as though we +were stranded here, but finally, with missionary Townley's aid I +engaged an old Eskimo named Martin Tuktusini to go with us to Rigolet. +When I looked at Martin's dogs, however, I saw at once that they were +not equal to the journey, unaided. Neither had I much faith in +Martin, for he was an old man who had nearly reached the end of his +usefulness. + +A day was lost in vainly looking around for additional dogs, and then +Mr. Townley generously loaned us his team and driver to help us on to +Big Bight, fifteen miles away, where he thought we might get dogs to +supplement Martin's. + +At Big Bight we found a miserable hut, where the people were +indescribably poor and dirty. A team was engaged after some delay to +carry us to Tishialuk, thirty miles farther on our journey, which +place we reached the following day at eleven o'clock. + +There is a single hovel at Tishialuk, occupied by two brothers--John +and Sam Cove--and their sister. Their only food was flour, and a +limited quantity of that. Even tea and molasses, usually found +amongst the "livyeres" (live-heres) of the coast, were lacking. Sam +was only too glad of the opportunity to earn a few dollars, and was +engaged with his team to join forces with Martin as far as Rigolet. + +There are two routes from Tishialuk to Rigolet. One is the "Big Neck" +route over the hills, and much shorter than the other, which is known +as the outside route, though it also crosses a wide neck of land +inside of Cape Harrison, ending at Pottle's Bay on Hamilton Inlet. It +was my intention to take the Big Neck trail, but Martin strenuously +opposed it on the ground that it passed over high hills, was much more +difficult, and the probabilities of getting lost should a storm occur +were much greater by that route than by the other. His objections +prevailed, and upon the afternoon of the day after our arrival Sam was +ready, and in a gale of wind we ran down on the ice to Tom Bromfield's +cabin at Tilt Cove, that we might be ready to make an early start for +Pottle's Bay the following morning, as the whole day would be needed +to cross the neck of land to Pottle's Bay and the neatest shelter +beyond. + +Tom is a prosperous and ambitious hunter, and is fairly well-to-do as +it goes on the Labrador. His one-room cabin was very comfortable, and +he treated us to unwonted luxuries, such as butter, marmalade, and +sugar for our tea. + +During the evening he displayed to me the skin of a large wolf which +he had killed a few days before, and told us the story of the killing. + +"I were away, sir," related he, "wi' th' dogs, savin' one which I +leaves to home, 'tendin' my fox traps. The woman (meaning his wife) +were alone wi' the young ones. In the evenin' (afternoon) her hears a +fightin' of dogs outside, an' thinkin' one of the team was broke loose +an' run home, she starts to go out to beat the beasts an' put a stop +to the fightin'. But lookin' out first before she goes, what does she +see but the wolf that owned that skin, and right handy to the door he +were, too. He were a big divil, as you sees, sir. She were scared. +Her tries to take down the rifle--the one as is there on the pegs, +sir. The wolf and the dog be now fightin' agin' the door, and she +thinks they's handy to breakin' in, and it makes her a bit shaky in +the hands, and she makes a slip and the rifle he goes off bang! makin' +that hole there marrin' the timber above the windy. Then the wolf he +goes off too; he be scared at the shootin'. When I comes home she +tells me, and I lays fur the beast. 'Twere the next day and I were in +the house when I hears the dogs fightin' and I peers out the windy, +and there I sees the wolf fightin' wi' the dogs, quite handy by the +house. Well, sir, I just gits the rifle down and goes out, and when +the dogs sees me they runs and leaves the wolf, and I up and knocks he +over wi' a bullet, and there's his skin, worth a good four dollars, +for he be an extra fine one, sir." + +We sat up late that night listening to Tom's stories. + +The next morning was leaden gray, and promised snow. With the hope of +reaching Pottle's Bay before dark we started forward early, and at one +o'clock in the afternoon were in the soft snow of the spruce-covered +neck. Traveling was very bad and progress so slow that darkness found +us still amongst the scrubby firs. Martin and I walked ahead of the +dogs, making a path and cutting away the growth where it was too thick +to permit the passage of the teams. + +Martin was guiding us by so circuitous a path that finally I began to +suspect he had lost his way, and, calling a halt, suggested that we +had better make a shelter and stop until daylight, particularly as the +snow was now falling. When you are lost in the bush it is a good rule +to stop where you are until you make certain of your course. Martin +in this instance, however, seemed very positive that we were going in +the right direction, though off the usual trail, and he said that in +another hour or so we would certainly come out and find the salt-water +ice of Hamilton Inlet. So after an argument I agreed to proceed and +trust in his assurances. + +Easton, who was driving the rear team, was completely tired out with +the exertion of steering the komatik through the brush and untangling +the dogs, which seemed to take a delight in spreading out and getting +their traces fast around the numerous small trees, and I went to the +rear to relieve him for a time from the exhausting work. + +It was nearly two o'clock in the morning when we at length came upon +the ice of a brook which Martin admitted he had never seen before and +confessed that he was completely lost. I ordered a halt at once until +daylight. We drank some cold water, ate some hard-tack and then +stretched our sleeping bags upon the snow and, all of us weary, lay +down to let the drift cover us while we slept. + +At dawn we were up, and with a bit of jerked venison in my hand to +serve for breakfast, I left the others to lash the load on the +komatiks and follow me and started on ahead. I had walked but half a +mile when I came upon the rough hummocks of the Inlet ice. Before +noon we found shelter from the now heavily driving snowstorm in a +livyere's hut and here remained until the following morning. + +Just beyond this point, in crossing a neck of land, we came upon a +small hut and, as is usual on the Labrador, stopped for a moment. The +people of the coast always expect travelers to stop and have a cup of +tea with them, and feel that they have been slighted if this is not +done. Here I found a widow named Newell, whom I knew, and her two or +three small children. It was a miserable hut, without even the +ordinary comforts of the poorer coast cabins, only one side of the +earthen floor partially covered with rough boards, and the people +destitute of food. Mrs. Newell told me that the other livyeres were +giving her what little they had to eat, and had saved them during the +winter from actual starvation. I had some hardtack and tea in my +"grub bag," and these I left with her. + +Two days later we pulled in at Rigolet and were greeted by my friend +Fraser. It was almost like getting home again, for now I was on old, +familiar ground. A good budget of letters that had come during the +previous summer awaited us and how eagerly we read them! This was the +first communication we had received from our home folks since the +previous June and it was now February twenty-first. + +We rested with Fraser until the twenty-third, and then with Mark +Pallesser, a Groswater Bay Eskimo, turned in to Northwest River where +Stanton, upon coming from the interior, had remained to wait for our +return that he might join us for the balance of the journey out. The +going was fearful and snowshoeing in the heavy snow tiresome. It +required two days to reach Mulligan, where we spent the night with +skipper Tom Blake, one of my good old friends, and at Tom's we feasted +on the first fresh venison we had had since leaving the Ungava +district. In the whole distance from Whale River not a caribou had +been killed during the winter by any one, while in the previous winter +a single hunter at Davis Inlet shot in one day a hundred and fifty, +and only ceased then because he had no more ammunition. Tom had +killed three or four, and south of this point I learned of a hunter +now and then getting one. + +Northwest River was reached on Monday, February twenty-sixth, and we +took Cotter by complete surprise, for he had not expected us for +another month. + +The day after our arrival Stanton came to the Post from a cabin three +miles above, where he had been living alone, and he was delighted to +see us. + +The lumbermen at Muddy Lake, twenty miles away, heard of our arrival +and sent down a special messenger with a large addition to the mail +which I was carrying out and which had been growing steadily in bulk +with its accumulations at every station. + +This is the stormiest season of the year in Labrador, and weather +conditions were such that it was not until March sixth that we were +permitted to resume our journey homeward. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL + +The storm left the ice covered with a depth of soft snow into which +the dogs sank deep and hauled the komatik with difficulty. +Snowshoeing, too, was unusually hard. The day we left Northwest River +(Tuesday, March sixth) the temperature rose above the freezing point, +and when it froze that night a thin crust formed, through which our +snowshoes broke, adding very materially to the labor of walking--and +of course it was all walking. + +As the days lengthened and the sun asserting his power, pushed higher +and higher above the horizon, the glare upon the white expanse of snow +dazzled our eyes, and we had to put on smoked glasses to protect +ourselves from snow-blindness. Even with the glasses our driver, +Mark, became partially snow-blind, and when, on the evening of the +third day after leaving Northwest River, we reached his home at +Karwalla, an Eskimo settlement a few miles west of Rigolet, it became +necessary for us to halt until he was sufficiently recovered to enable +him to travel again. + +Here we met some of the Eskimos that had been connected with the +Eskimo village at the World's Fair at Chicago, in 1893. Mary, Mark's +wife, was one of the number. She told me of having been exhibited as +far west as Portland, Oregon, and I asked: + +"Mary, aren't you discontented here, after seeing so much of the +world? Wouldn't you like to go back?" + +"No, sir," she answered. "'Tis fine here, where I has plenty of +company. 'Tis too lonesome in the States, sir." + +"But you can't get the good things to eat here--the fruits and other +things," I insisted. + +"I likes the oranges and apples fine, sir--but they has no seal meat +or deer's meat in the States." + +It was not until Tuesday, March thirteenth, three days after our +arrival at Karwalla, that Mark thought himself quite able to proceed. +The brief "mild" gave place to intense cold and blustery, snowy +weather. We pushed on toward West Bay, on the outer coast again, by +the "Backway," an arm of Hamilton Inlet that extends almost due east +from Karwalla. + +At West Bay I secured fresh dogs to carry us on to Cartwright, which I +hoped to reach in one day more. But the going was fearfully poor, +soft snow was drifted deep in the trail over Cape Porcupine, the ice +in Traymore was broken up by the gales, and this necessitated a long +detour, so it was nearly dark and snowing hard when we at last reached +the house of James Williams, at North River, just across Sandwich Bay +from Cartwright Post. The greeting I received was so kindly that I +was not altogether disappointed at having to spend the night here. + +"We've been expectin' you all winter, sir," said Mrs. Williams. "When +you stopped two years ago you said you'd come some other time, and we +knew you would. 'Tis fine to see you again, sir." + +On the afternoon of March seventeenth we reached Cartwright Post of +the Hudson's Bay Company, and my friend Mr. Ernest Swaffield, the +agent, and Mrs. Swaffield, who had been so kind to me on my former +trip, gave us a cordial welcome. Here also I met Dr. Mumford, the +resident physician at Dr. Grenfell's mission hospital at Battle +Harbor, who was on a trip along the coast visiting the sick. + +Another four days' delay was necessary at Cartwright before dogs could +be found to carry us on, but with Swaffield's aid I finally secured +teams and we resumed our journey, stopping at night at the native +cabins along the route. Much bad weather was encountered to retard us +and I had difficulty now and again in securing dogs and drivers. Many +of the men that I had on my previous trip, when I brought Hubbard's +body out to Battle Harbor, were absent hunting, but whenever I could +find them they invariably engaged with me again to help me a stage +upon the journey. + +From Long Pond, near Seal Islands, neither I nor the men I had knew +the way (when I traveled down the coast on the former occasion my +drivers took a route outside of Long Pond), and that afternoon we went +astray, and with no one to set us right wandered about upon the ice +until long after dark, looking for a hut at Whale Bight, which was +finally located by the dogs smelling smoke and going to it. + +A little beyond Whale Bight we came upon a bay that I recognized, and +from that point I knew the trail and headed directly to Williams' +Harbor, where I found John and James Russell, two of my old drivers, +ready to take us on to Battle Harbor. + +At last, on the afternoon of March twenty-sixth we reached the +hospital, and how good it seemed to be back almost within touch of +civilization. It was here that I ended that long and dreary sledge +journey with the last remains of dear old Hubbard, in the spring of +1904, and what a flood of recollections came to me as I stood in front +of the hospital and looked again across the ice of St. Lewis Inlet! +How well I remembered those weary days over there at Fox Harbor, +watching the broken, heaving ice that separated me from Battle Island; +the little boat that one day came into the ice and worked its way +slowly through it until it reached us and took us to the hospital and +the ship; and how thankful I felt that I had reached here with my +precious burden safe. + +Mrs. Mumford made us most welcome, and entertained me in the doctor's +house, and was as good and kind as she could be. + +I must again express my appreciation of the truly wonderful work that +Dr. Grenfell and his brave associates are carrying on amongst the +people of this dreary coast. Year after year, they brave the +hardships and dangers of sea and fog and winter storms that they may +minister to the lowly and needy in the Master's name. It is a saying +on the coast that "even the dogs know Dr. Grenfell," and it is +literally true, for his activities carry him everywhere and God knows +what would become of some of the people if he were not there to look +after them. His practice extends over a larger territory than that of +any other physician in the world, but the only fee he ever collects is +the pleasure that comes with the knowledge of work well done. + +At Battle Harbor I was told by a trader that it would be difficult, if +not impossible, to procure dogs to carry us up the Straits toward +Quebec, and I was strongly advised to end my snowshoe and dog journey +here and wait for a steamer that was expected to come in April to the +whaling station at Cape Charles, twelve miles away. This seemed good +advice, for if we could get a steamer here within three weeks or so +that would take us to St. Johns we should reach home probably earlier +than we possibly could by going to Quebec. + +There is a government coast telegraph line that follows the north +shore of the St. Lawrence from Quebec to Chateau Bay, but the nearest +office open at this time was at Red Bay, sixty-five miles from Battle +Harbor, and I determined to go there and get into communication with +home and at the same time telegraph to Bowring Brothers in St. Johns +and ascertain from them exactly when I might expect the whaling +steamer. + +William Murphy offered to carry me over with his team, and, leaving +Stanton and Easton comfortably housed at Battle Harbor and both of +them quite content to end their dog traveling here, on the morning +after my arrival Murphy and I made an early start for Red Bay. + +Except in the more sheltered places the bay ice had broken away along +the Straits and we had to follow the rough ice barricades, sometimes +working inland up and down the rocky hills and steep grades. Before +noon we passed Henley Harbor and the Devil's Dining Table--a basaltic +rock formation--and a little later reached Chateau Bay and had dinner +in a native house. Beyond this point there are cabins built at +intervals of a few miles as shelter for the linemen when making +repairs to the wire. We passed one of these at Wreck Cove toward +evening, but as a storm was threatening, pushed on to the next one at +Green Bay, fifty-five miles from Battle Harbor. It was dark before we +got there, and to reach the Bay we had to descend a steep hill. I +shall never forget the ride down that hill. It is very well to go +over places like that when you know the way and what you are likely to +bring up against, but I did not know the way and had to pin my faith +blindly on Murphy, who had taken me over rotten ice during the day--- +ice that waved up and down with our weight and sometimes broke behind +us. My opinion of him was that he was a reckless devil, and when we +began to descend that hill, five hundred feet to the bay ice, this +opinion was strengthened. I would have said uncomplimentary things to +him had time permitted. I expected anything to happen. It looked in +the night as though a sheer precipice with a bottomless pit below was +in front of us. Two drags were thrown over the komatik runners to +hold us back, but in spite of them we went like a shot out of a gun, +he on one side, I on the other, sticking our heels into the hard snow +as we extended our legs ahead, trying our best to hold back and stop +our wild progress. But, much to my surprise, when we got there, and I +verily believe to Murphy's surprise also, we landed right side up at +the bottom, with no bones broken. There were three men camped in the +shack here, and we spent the night with them. + +Early the next day we reached Red Bay and the telegraph office. There +are no words in the English language adequate to express my feelings +of gratification when I heard the instruments clicking off the +messages. It had been seventeen years since I had handled a telegraph +key--when I was a railroad telegrapher down in New England--and how I +fondled that key, and what music the click of the sounder was to my +ears! + +My messages were soon sent, and then I sat down to wait for the +replies. + +The office was in the house of Thomas Moors, and he was good enough to +invite me to stop with him while in Red Bay. His daughter was the +telegraph operator. + +The next day the answers to my telegrams came, and many messages from +friends, and one from Bowring & Company stating that no steamer would +be sent to Cape Charles. I had been making inquiries here, however, +in the meantime, and learned that it was quite possible to secure dogs +and continue the journey up the north shore, so I was not greatly +disappointed. I dispatched Murphy at once to Battle Harbor to bring +on the other men, waiting myself at Red Bay for their coming, and +holding teams in readiness for an immediate departure when they should +arrive. + +They drove in at two o'clock on April fourth, and we left at once. On +the morning of the sixth we passed through Blanc Sablon, the boundary +line between Newfoundland and Canadian territory, and here I left the +Newfoundland letters from my mail bag. From this point the majority +of the natives are Acadians, and speak only French. + +At Brador Bay I stopped to telegraph. No operator was there, so I +sent the message myself, left the money on the desk and proceeded. + +Three days more took us to St. Augustine Post of the Hudson's Bay +Company, where we arrived in the morning and accepted the hospitality +of Burgess, the Agent. + +Our old friends the Indians whom we met on our inland trip at +Northwest River were here, and John, who had eaten supper with us at +our camp on the hill on the first portage, expressed great pleasure at +meeting us, and had many questions to ask about the country. They had +failed in their deer hunt, and had come out half starved a week or so +before, from the interior. + +We did fifty miles on the eleventh, changing dogs at Harrington at +noon and running on to Sealnet Cove that night. Here we found more +Indians who had just emerged from the interior, driven to the coast +for food like those at St. Augustine as the result of their failure to +find caribou. + +Two days later we reached the Post at Romain, and on the afternoon of +April seventeenth reached Natashquan and open water. Here I engaged +passage on a small schooner--the first afloat in the St. Lawrence--to +take us on to Eskimo Point, seventy miles farther, where the Quebec +steamer, _King Edward_, was expected to arrive in a week or so. That +night we boarded the schooner and sailed at once. Into the sea I +threw the clothes I had been wearing, and donned fresh ones. What a +relief it was to be clear of the innumerable horde "o' wee sma' +beasties" that had been my close companions all the way down from the +Eskimo igloos in the North. I have wondered many times since whether +those clothes swam ashore, and if they did what happened to them. + +It was a great pleasure to be upon the water again, and see the shore +slip past, and feel that no more snowstorms, no more bitter northern +blasts, no more hungry days and nights were to be faced. + +Since June twenty-fifth, the day we dipped our paddles into the water +of Northwest River and turned northward into the wastes of the great +unknown wilderness, eight hundred miles had been traversed in reaching +Fort Chimo, and on our return journey with dogs and komatik and +snowshoes, two thousand more. + +We reached Eskimo Point on April twentieth, and that very day a rain +began that turned the world into a sea of slush. I was glad indeed +that our komatik work was finished, for it would now have been very +difficult, if not impossible, to travel farther with dogs. + +I at once deposited in the post office the bag of letters that I had +carried all the way from far-off Ungava. This was the first mail that +any single messenger had ever carried by dog train from that distant +point, and I felt quite puffed up with the honor of it. + +The week that we waited here for the _King Edward_ was a dismal one, +and when the ship finally arrived we lost no time in getting ourselves +and our belongings aboard. It was a mighty satisfaction to feel the +pulse of the engines that with every revolution took us nearer home, +and when at last we tied up at the steamer's wharf in Quebec, I heaved +a sigh of relief. + +On April thirtieth, after an absence of just eleven months, we found +ourselves again in the whirl and racket of New York. The portages and +rapids and camp fires, the Indian wigwams and Eskimo igloos and the +great, silent white world of the North that we had so recently left +were now only memories. We had reached the end of The Long Trail. +The work of exploration begun by Hubbard was finished. + + + +APPENDIX + +LABRADOR PLANTS + +Specimens collected along the route of the expedition between +Northwest River and Lake Michikamau. Determined at the New York +Botanical Gardens: + +Ledum groonlandicum, Oeder. +Comarum palustre L. +Rubus arcticus L. +Solidago multiradiata. Ait. +Sanguisorba Canadensis L. +Linnaea Americana, Forbes. +Dasiphora fruticosa (L), Rydb. +Chamnaerion latifolium (L), Sweet. +Viburnum pancifloram, Pylaim. +Viscaxia alpina (L), Roehl. +Menyanthes trifoliata L. +Vaznera trifolia (L), Morong. +Ledum prostratum, Rotlb. +Betula glandulosa, Michx. +Kalmia angustifolia. +Aronia nigra (Willd), Britt. +Comus Canadensis L. +Arenaria groenlandica (Retz), Spreng. +Barbarea stricta, Audry. +Eriophorum russeolum, Fries. +Eriophorum polystachyon L. +Phegopteris Phegopt@ (L), Fee. + +LICHENS + +Cladonia deformis (L), Hoffen. +Alectoria dehrolenea (Ehrh.), Nyl. +Umbilicaria Neuhlenbergii (Ac L.), Tuck. + +GEOLOGICAL NOTES +By G. M. Richards +All bearings given, refer to the true meridian. + +My sincere thanks are due Prof. J.F. Kemp and Dr. +C.P. Berkey, whose generous assistance has made this work possible. + +ROUTE FOLLOWED + +The route was by steamer to the head of Hamilton Inlet, Labrador-- +thence by canoes up Grand Lake and the Nascaupee River. Fifteen miles +above Grand Lake, a portage route was followed which makes a long +detour through a series of lakes to avoid rapids in the river. This +trail again returns to the Nascaupee River at Seal Lake and for some +fifty miles above Seal Lake, follows the river. It then leaves the +Nascaupee, making a second long detour through lakes to the north. On +one of these lakes (Bibiquasin Lake) the trail was lost, and +thereafter we traveled in a westerly direction until reaching Lake +Michikamau. + +Our food supply was then in so depleted a condition the party was +obliged to separate, three of us returning to Northwest River. + +It will be understood that the circumstances would allow of but a very +limited examination of the geological features of the country. Only +typical rock specimens, or those whose character was at all doubtful +were brought back. + +PREVIOUS EXPLORATION + +Mr. A.P. Low penetrated to Lake Michikamau, by way of the Grand River. +He has thoroughly described the lake in his report to the Canadian +Geological Survey, 1895, and it is not touched upon in the following +paper. In the summer of 1903, an expedition led by Leonidas Hubbard, +Jr., attempted to reach Lake Michikamau by ascending the Nascaupee +River; they, however, missed the mouth of that stream on Grand Lake +and followed the Susan River instead, pursuing a northwesterly course +for two months without reaching the lake. On the return journey, Mr. +Hubbard died of starvation, his two companions, Mr. Wallace and a +half-breed Indian, barely escaping a similar fate. + +GEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION + +The Northwest River represented on the map of the Canadian Geological +Survey (made from information obtained from the Indians) as draining +Lake Michikamau, is but three and one-half miles long, and connects +Grand Lake with Hamilton Inlet. There are six streams flowing into +Grand Lake, instead of only one. It is the Nascaupee River that flows +from Lake Michikamau to Grand Lake; and Seal Lake instead of being the +source of the Nascaupee River is merely an expansion of it. + +The source of the Crooked River was also discovered and mapped, as +well as a great number of smaller lakes. + +On the Northern Slope the George and Koroksoak Rivers and several +lakes were mapped, and some smaller rivers located. + +DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ROUTE EXPLORED + +Northwest River which flows into a small sandy bay at the head of +Hamilton Inlet is only three and one-half miles long and drains Grand +Lake. + +For one-quarter of a mile above its mouth the river maintains an +average width of one hundred and fifty yards, and a depth of two and +one-half fathoms. It then expands into a shallow sheet of water two +miles wide and three miles long, known locally as "The Little Lake." +At the head of this small expansion the river again contracts where it +flows out of Grand Lake. This point is known as "The Rapids," and +although there is a strong current, the stream may be ascended in +canoes without tracking. + +At the foot of "The Rapids" the effect of the spring tides is barely +perceptible. Between Grand Lake and the head of Hamilton Inlet, +Northwest River flows through a deposit of sand marked by several +distinct marine terraces. + +Grand Lake is a body of fresh water forty miles long and from two to +six miles in width, having a direction N. 75 degrees W. It lies in a +deep valley between rocky hills that rise to a height of about four +hundred feet above the lake, and was doubtless at one time an +extension of Hamilton Inlet. At Cape Corbeau and Berry Head the rocks +rise almost perpendicularly from the water; at the former place, to a +height of three hundred feet. Except in a few places the hills are +covered to their summits by a thick growth of small spruce and fir. + +At the head of the lake there are two bays, one extending slightly to +the southwest, the other nearly due north. Into the former flow the +Susan and Beaver Rivers, while into the latter empties the water of +the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers. Besides these there are two small +streams, the Cape Corbeau River on the south, and Watty's Brook on the +north shore. + +At the point where the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers enter the lake +there are two low islands of sand, and a great deal of sand is being +carried down by the two streams and deposited in the lake, which is +very shallow for some distance from the shore. + +Three miles above the mouth of the Nascaupee River it is separated +from the Crooked River by a plain of stratified sand and gravel, +three-quarters of a mile wide, with two well-defined terraces. The +first is twenty feet above the river and extends back some three +hundred yards to a second terrace, rising seventy-five feet above the +first. + +Half way between this terrace and the Crooked River is, the old bed of +the Nascaupee River, nearly parallel to its present course. A similar +abandoned channel curve was found, making a small arc to the south of +the Crooked River. + +Above Grand Lake the Nascaupee River flows through an ancient valley, +which is from a few hundred yards to a mile wide and cut deep into the +old Archaean rocks, affording an excellent example of river erosion. +The banks are of sand, and in some places clay, extending back to the +foot of the precipitous hills. Apparently the ancient river valley +has been partly filled with drift, down through which the river has +cut its way; the present bed of the stream being of post glacial +formation. The general direction of the river is N. 83 degrees W. + +Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, the Red River joins the main stream, +coming from N. 87 degrees W. Below its junction with the latter +stream, the Nascaupee River has a width varying between two and three +hundred yards, and an average depth of about ten feet. + +The Red River is two hundred feet wide, and its water, unlike that of +the main stream, has a red brown color, like that of many of the +streams of Ontario which have their source in swamp or Muskeg lands. + +The first rapids in the Red River are said to be eight miles above its +mouth. Directly opposite the junction of the two streams the portage +leaves the Nascaupee River. The direction is N. 24 degrees E. and the +distance five and one-half miles, with an elevation of 1050 feet above +the river at the end of the second mile. + +The last three and one-half miles lead across a level tableland, to a +small lake, from which the trail descends through two lakes into a +shallow valley. + +The entire country from the head of Grand Lake to this point has been +devastated by fire, only a few trees near the water having escaped +destruction, and the ground, except in a few places, is destitute even +of its usual covering of reindeer moss. + +The underlying rock is gneiss, and the country from the Nascaupee +River is thickly strewn with huge glacial bowlders. + +The majority of these bowlders have been derived from the immediate +vicinity, but many consisting of a coarse pegmatite carrying +considerable quantities of ilmenite were observed. None of this rock +was seen in place. + +The valley last mentioned is separated from the Crooked River by +Caribou Ridge, a broad, flat-topped elevation, three hundred and fifty +feet high, dotted by small lakes, which fill almost every appreciable +depression in the rock. + +The general course to the Crooked River is northeast; at the point +where the portage reaches it the stream is fifty yards wide and very +shallow; flowing over a bed of coarse drift, which obstructs the +river, forming a series of small lake expansions with rapids at the +outlet of each. Between Grand Lake and the point where we reached +the river, the Indians say it is not navigable in canoes, owing to +rapids. + +The Crooked River has its source in Lake Nipishish, which is about +twenty-two miles long, with an average width of three miles, and a +course due north. Six miles above the outlet of the lake is a bay, +five miles long, extending N. 80 degrees W. + +Along the north shore of the lake and in the bay are several small +islands of drift, and many huge angular bowlders projecting above the +water. The country in the vicinity of the lake and in the valley of +the Crooked River is covered with mounds and ridges of drift and many +small moraines. + +These moraines consisting of bowlders for the most part from the +immediate vicinity, seemed to have no given direction, but were +usually found at the ends of, and in a transverse direction to the +ridges. + +The trail leaves Lake Nipishish near the head of the large bay, +continuing in a direction between north and northwest, through several +insignificant lakes, all drained indirectly by the Crooked River, +until it reached Otter Lake, which is eight miles long, running nearly +north and south, and is five hundred and fifty feet below the summits +of the surrounding hills. + +From Otter Lake, the course is west through five diminutive lakes, and +across a series of sandy ridges to a small shallow lake, which is the +source of Babewendigash River. Between this lake and Seal Lake +intervene a high range of mountains--the highest seen on the journey +to Lake Michikamau--rising fully one thousand feet above the level of +Seal Lake. They are visible for miles in any direction, and were seen +from Caribou Ridge nearly a month before we reached them. + +They are glaciated to their summits, which are entirely destitute of +vegetation and in August were still, in places, covered with snow. +Babewendigash River winds to and fro between the mountains, its course +being determined to a great extent by esker ridges that follow it on +either side and which are often more than one hundred feet high. +Throughout its length of twenty-five miles there are five rapids and +three small lake expansions. + +Seal Lake, into which the river flows, is in part an expansion of the +Nascaupee River and fills a basin surrounded on every side by +mountains, rising several hundred feet above the water. The lake is +comparatively shallow, and has a perceptible current. There are +several small islands of drift, covered by a scanty growth of spruce +and willow. The main lake has direction N. 45 degrees W., and is ten +miles long and two and one-half miles wide. The northwestern arm is +fifteen miles long, with the same width, and a course N. 80 degrees W. + +The steep rocky shores have precluded the formation of terraces. +Above Seal Lake the course of the Nascaupee River varies between N. 40 +degrees W. and N. 80 degrees W. + +Five miles above the lake there is an expansion of the river, called +Wuchusk Nipi, or Muskrat Lake, which is eight miles long and a mile +and a half wide, with a course N. 40 degrees W. Except for a channel +along the western shore, the lake is very shallow, being nearly filled +with sand carried down by the river. There is a small stream flowing +into this lake expansion near its head, called Wuchusk Nipishish. + +For fifty miles above Muskrat Lake, the river flows between sandy +banks, marked on either side by two well-defined terraces. The river +valley gradually becomes more narrow and the current stronger and with +the exception of a few small expansions, progress is only possible by +means of tracking. There are, however, in this distance but two +rapids necessitating portages. + +Opposite the point where the portage leaves the Nascaupee to make a +second long detour around rapids, a small river flows in from the +southwest, having a sheer fall of almost fifty feet, just above its +junction with the main stream. + +The trail, after leaving the river, has a course N. 35 degrees W. for +two miles; it then turns N. 85 degrees W. six miles, and again N. 55 +degrees W. four miles. + +In its course are four small lakes, but there is an unbroken portage +of eight miles between the last two. Nearly the whole country has +been denuded by fire, and the prospect is desolate in the extreme. +The end of the portage is on the high rolling plateau of the interior, +timbered by a sparse and stunted second growth of spruce, covered +everywhere with white reindeer moss, and strewn with lakes +innumerable. + +The trail which runs N. 50 degrees W. and has not been used for eight +years, gradually became more and more indistinct, until on Bibiquasin +Lake it disappeared entirely. Thereafter the course was N. 70 degrees +W., and finally due west, through a series of lakes which at last +brought us to Lake Michikamau. The largest of this series is +Kasheshebogamog Lake, a sheet of water twenty-three miles long, but +broken by numerous bays and countless islands of drift, with a +direction S. 75 degrees W. The lake is confined between long bowlder- +covered ridges, and is fed at its western end by a small stream. + +Although its outlet was not discovered, it doubtless drains into the +Nascaupee River. + +On the return journey an attempt was made to descend the Nascaupee +River below Seal Lake. + +The river leaves the lake at its southeastern extremity, flowing +between hills that rise almost straight from the waters edge, and is +one long continuation of heavy rapids. After following the stream for +two days we were obliged to retrace our steps to Seal Lake, thereafter +keeping to the course pursued on the inland journey. + +DETAILS OF ROCK EXPOSURE + +The numbers following the names of rocks refer to corresponding +numbers in appendix. + +Of the rocks observed, by far the greater number are foliated basic +eruptives,--schists and gneisses. There are, however, some that are +of undoubted sedimentary origin, but highly metamorphosed. + +The general direction of foliation is a few degrees south of east, +subject, of course, to many local changes. + +Along Grand Lake the rock is a compact amphibolite [3] with a strike +S. 78 degrees E. cut by numerous pegmatite dikes, having a strike N. +30 degrees W. and a dip 79 degrees W.. These dikes vary in width from +three to twenty feet. Half way to the head of the lake is a dike [1] +having a total width of eight feet, consisting of a central band of +segregated quartz, six feet wide, cut by numerous thin sheets of +biotite, which probably mark the planes of shearing. The quartz is +bordered on either side by a band of orthoclase,' one foot in width. +Between these bands of orthoclase and the neighboring amphibolite are +narrow bands of schist [2] + +One hundred feet south of the above point is a second dike having a +similar strike and dip and a width of eighteen feet. A third narrow +dike, containing small pockets of magnetite, is twenty-five feet south +of the second. Only the first is distinguished by the segregation of +the quartz. + +The next outcrop observed was on the portage from the Nascaupee River. +The rock, a biotite granite gneiss [4] having a strike N. 82 degrees +E. is much weathered and split by the action of the frost, and marked +by pockets of quartz, usually four or five inches in width. + +Between this point and Lake Nipishish the underlying rock differs only +in being more extremely crushed and foliated. The one exception is on +Caribou Ridge, which is capped by a much altered gabbro. [6] + +The first noticeable change in the character of the country rock is a +Washkagama Lake, where a fine grained epidotic schist [7] was +observed, having a dip 82 degrees W. and a strike S. 78 degrees E. + +At Otter Lake a much foliated and weathered phyllite [8] was found. +Strike N. 73 degrees E. and a dip of 16 degrees. + +On the Babewendigash River seven miles east of Seal Lake is an +exposure of highly metamorphosed ancient sedimentary rocks. The +outcrop occurs at a height of four hundred feet above the river; and +there is a well-marked stratification. + +The lowest bed of a calcarous sericitic schist [9] is four feet thick +and underlies a bed of schistose lime stone [10] six feet in +thickness, which is in turn covered by a finely laminated phyllite, +[11] ten feet thick. The whole is capped by thirty feet of quartzite, +[12] which forms the top of a long ridge. + +Owing to the strong weathering action this thickness of quartzite is +doubtless much less than it was originally. + +Forty-six miles above Seal Lake an exposure of phyllite was seen, the +same in every respect as the one east of Seal Lake, just mentioned. + +The general direction of foliation is S. 70 degrees E. and the dip 70 +degrees. The higher hills west of Seal Lake are capped by a much +altered gabbro [13] that has undergone considerable weathering. + +Between the Nascaupee River and a few miles beyond Bibiquasin Lake the +rock is quartzite, [14] considerably weathered and covered by drift. +Bowlders of this quartzite were seen along the Nascaupee River long +before the first outcrop was reached, showing the general direction of +the glacial movement to have been to the southeast. From Bibiquasin +Lake to Lake Kasheshebogamog the country is covered with much drift; +the only exposures are on the steep hillsides. The rock being a +coarse hornblende granite. + +The western end of Kasheshebogamog Lake lies within the limit of the +anorthosite [15] area, which extends from that point to Lake +Michikamau, a direct distance of twenty miles and was the only +anorthosite observed on the journey. + +GLACIAL STRIAE + +First portage opposite Red River S. 45 degrees E. +On Caribou Ridge E. +At Washkagama Lake S. 70 degrees E. +Near Seal Lake N. 85 degrees E. +At Wuchusk Nipi S. 75 degrees E. +Thirty-two miles above Wuchusk Nipi S. 70 degrees E. + +MICROSCOPICAL FEATURES OF THE ROCK SPECIMENS + +By G. M. Richards, Columbia University +1--Pegmatite-Grand Lake. +The specimen was taken from a pegmatite dike at its contact with an +amphibolite. In the hand specimen it is an apparently pure orthoclase +but in the thin section small scattered quartz grains are observed; as +well as the alteration products, Kaolin and sericite. + +The minerals at contact are quartz, biotite, magnetite and hornblende. + +Both the quartz and orthoclase contain dust inclusions and +crystallites, while the evidences of shearing and crushing are +abundant. + +2-Quartz Biotite Schist. + +Contact between above dike and amphibolite. A coarse black rock +carrying magnetite and pyrites in considerable quantities. + +Under the microscope some of the biotite has a green coloration from +decomposition and is surrounded by strong pleochroic halos. + +Small grains of secondary pyroxene are numerous. + +AMPHIBOLITE + +3-Grand Lake. + +A dark, compact rock, having a mottled appearance due to grains of +plagioclase, and a green color in section. + +Minerals present are hornblende, biotite, plagioclase, pyroxene, +quartz and the alteration products from the feldspar. + +The rock has been subjected to a strong crushing action, which has +been resisted by only small portions of it. The spaces between the +grains, which are intact, are filled with a confused mass of +peripherally granulated minerals, in which strain shadows are very +prominent. + +The rock has been derived by dynamic metamorphism from a basic igneous +rock. + +4-Biotite Granite Gneiss. + +Eighteen miles above mouth of Nascaupee River. A fine-grained rock of +gneissic structure having a faint pink color. + +Plagioclase, microcline and quartz are the predominating minerals, +while biotite, titanite, epidote, apatite, zircon and garnet are +present in smaller quantities. + +There is also a small amount of hematite, pyroxene and sericite. + +The rock, which is of a granitic composition, contains numerous +crystallites and has been subjected to considerable strain and +crushing, which has resulted in foliation. + +5-Mica Granite Gneiss--Country Rock--near Caribou Ridge. + +In the hand specimen the rock has the same appearance as No. 4, if +anything, it is somewhat more compact. + +The principal minerals are, plagioclase, biotite and microcline, with +smaller quantities of quartz, iron oxide, pyroxene and garnet. + +The feldspar is decomposed with the resulting formation of epidote, +which is quite prominent. There are also numerous included crystals. + +The rock has been greatly crushed and sheared, and is much finer than +No. 4. + +6--Cap of Caribou Ridge. + +A hard compact rock of dark green color, having a mottled appearance, +due to the presence of a white mineral. + +Pyroxene, quartz and augite form the groundmass, as seen in section. +There are a few small grains of magnetite, + +The severe crushing to which the rock has been subjected has resulted +in the conversion of the plagioclase into scapolite and also in the +formation of zoisite by the characteristic alteration of the lime +bearing silicate of the feldspar in conjunction with other +constituents of the rock. + +The light mineral is finely granulated and the whole is marked by +uneven extinction. + +The rock has probably been derived by dynamic metamorphism, from a +coarse igneous rock like a gabbro. + +7--Epidotic Sericitic Schist. Washkagama Lake. + +A fine grained compact gray rock, of aggregate structure, consisting +chiefly of quartz, plagioclase and biotite, and the alteration +products epidote and sericite. + +Under the microscope it is a confused mass of finely granulated +minerals, with numerous included crystals. + +The rock has undergone complete metamorphism and its origin is +unknown. + +8--Phyllite-Near Otter Lake. + +A soft extremely fine grained gray rock, with a well developed +schistose structure, carrying much magnetite, plagioclase, orthoclase +and their alteration products. + +The strain to which the rock has been subjected has resulted in a very +fine lamination, and it is _considerably weathered_. + +9--Calcarous Sericite Schist.--Seven Miles East of Seal Lake. + +A dark compact rock, in which calcite and sericite predominate. +Quartz is less plentiful. The results of shearing and pressure are +very prominent and bring out the foliation, even in the calcite. + +10--Schistose Limestone--Same location as No. 9. + +A white rock having a peculiar mottled appearance due to the +inclusions of decomposing biotite which project from the surrounding +mass of calcite. There is some sericite present, also magnetite, +resulting from the decomposition of the biotite. + +The bent and metamorphosed condition of the calcite shows the shearing +and crushing which the rock has undergone. + +11--Phyllite--same location as No. 9. + +A dark red, finely laminated rock consisting chiefly of decomposed +biotite and feldspar, occasional quartz grains and sericite and much +iron oxide. + +The rock has been subjected to strong shearing force, producing a good +example of schistose structure. + +12--Quartzite--Same location as No. 9. + +A compact rock of light red color, made up of uniformly rounded grains +of quartz, and the feldspar with occasional grain of magnetite. + +A fine siliceous material discolored by iron oxide, acts as a cement +between the grains. + +The quartz grains show secondary growth. +13--Altered Gabbro--Thirty-two Miles Above Wuchusk Nipi on Nascaupee +River. + +A coarse dark green rock whose principal constituents are pyroxene +plagioclase and magnetite. + +There is a slightly developed diabasic structure and the rock is much +altered by weathering; the resultant product being chlorite. + +14--Quartizite--Bibiquagin Lake. + +Hard compact rock of light red color, cut in all directions by narrow +veins of quartz, from microscope size to one-half an inch in width. + +The grains of the constituent minerals, quartz, feldspar and magnetite +have an angular brecciated appearance; showing uneven extinction and +strong crushing effects. + +The magnetite is somewhat decomposed, the resulting hematite filling +the spaces between the quartz grains. + +15--Anorthosite--Shore of Lake Michikamau. + +A coarse grained rock of dark gray color, in which labradorite is the +chief mineral. Magnetite and Kaolin are present in small quantities. + +The labradorite contains inclusions of rutile and biotite and has a +well-developed wedge structure and cross fracture due to the pressure +and shearing which it has undergone. + +It is also somewhat stained by the decomposition of the magnetite. + + +SOURCES OF INFORMATION + +On the map of the portage route to Lake Michikamau; that lake, the +Grand River and Groswater Bay are taken from the map accompanying the +report of Mr. A. P. Low. + +The location of the Susan and Beaver Rivers with their tributaries was +obtained from Dillon Wallace's map in "The Lure of the Labrador Wild." + +The instruments used were a Brunton Pocket Transit, a small taffrail +log and an Aneroid Barometer. Distances on land were approximated by +means of a pedometer and by rough triangulation. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + +This file should be named llbtr10.txt or llbtr10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, llbtr11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, llbtr10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext05 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext05 + +Or /etext04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, +91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + + PROJECT GUTENBERG LITERARY ARCHIVE FOUNDATION + 809 North 1500 West + Salt Lake City, UT 84116 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/llbtr10.zip b/old/llbtr10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d70c556 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/llbtr10.zip diff --git a/old/llbtr10h.htm b/old/llbtr10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44df3a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/llbtr10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10946 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace</title> +<meta HTTP-EQUIV="content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<style type="text/css"> + a:link {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + link {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + a:visited {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + a:hover {color:red} +</style> +</head> +<body> +<!-- Short-line cutoffs are 54 and 39 --> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook of<br> + The Long Labrador Trail, by Dillon Wallace</h1> + +<pre> +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Long Labrador Trail + +Author: Dillon Wallace + +Release Date: February, 2006 [EBook #9857] +[This file was first posted on October 24, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: iso-8859-1 + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + + + +</pre> +<center> +<h3>E-text prepared by Martin Schub</h3> +</center> +<br> +<br> +<hr> +<a name="perils"></a> +<a href="perils.jpg"> +<img alt="Frontispiece--The Perils of the Rapids" src="perilsth.jpg"> +</a> + +<br> +<br> +<br> + +<a NAME="title_page"></a> + +<p align="center"><font size=7><i>The<br> +Long Labrador<br> +Trail</i></font></p> + +<p align="center">by<br> +Dillon Wallace<br> +Author of “The Lure of the<br> +Labrador Wild,” <i>etc</i>.</p> + +<p align="center">Illustrated</p> + +<p align="center">MCMXVII</p> + +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> + + +<p align="center">TO THE<br> +MEMORY OF MY WIFE</p> + +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> + +<blockquote>“<i>A drear and desolate shore! <br> +Where no tree unfolds its leaves,<br> +And never the spring wind weaves<br> +Green grass for the hunter’s tread;<br> +A land forsaken and dead,<br> +Where the ghostly icebergs go<br> +And come with the ebb and flow...”</i></blockquote> + +<p>  Whittier’s “The Rock-tomb +of Bradore.”</p> + +<p>PREFACE</p> + +<p>In the summer of 1903 when Leonidas Hubbard, Jr., +went to Labrador to<br> +explore a section of the unknown interior it was my +privilege to<br> +accompany him as his companion and friend.  The +world has heard of the<br> +disastrous ending of our little expedition, and how +Hubbard, fighting<br> +bravely and heroically to the last, finally succumbed +to starvation.</p> + +<p>Before his death I gave him my promise that should +I survive I would<br> +write and publish the story of the journey.  +In “The Lure of The<br> +Labrador Wild” that pledge was kept to the best +of my ability.</p> + +<p>While Hubbard and I were struggling inland over those +desolate wastes,<br> +where life was always uncertain, we entered into a +compact that in<br> +case one of us fall the other would carry to completion +the<br> +exploratory work that he had planned and begun.  + Providence willed<br> +that it should become my duty to fulfil this compact, +and the<br> +following pages are a record of how it was done.</p> + +<p>Not I, but Hubbard, planned the journey of which this +book tells, and<br> +from him I received the inspiration and with him the +training and<br> +experience that enabled me to succeed.  It was +his spirit that led me<br> +on over the wearisome trails, and through the rushing +rapids, and to<br> +him and to his memory belong the credit and the honor +of success.</p> + +<p>D. W.<br> +February, 1907.</p> + +<p>CONTENTS</p> + +<p>CHAPTER<br> +<ol type="I"> +<li><a href="#chapter_1"> THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_2"> ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_3"> THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_4"> ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_5"> WE GO ASTRAY</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_6"> LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_7"> SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_8"> SEAL LAKE AT LAST</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_9"> WE LOSE THE TRAIL</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_10"> “WE SEE MICHIKAMAU”</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_11"> THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_12"> OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_13"> DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_14"> TIDE WATER AND THE POST</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_15"> OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_16"> CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_17"> TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_18"> THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_19"> THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_20"> THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_21"> CROSSING THE BARRENS</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_22"> ON THE ATLANTIC ICE</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_23"> BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER</a><br></li> +<li><a href="#chapter_24"> THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL</a><br></li> +</ol> +<a href="#appendix"> APPENDIX<br></a> + +<h1>ILLUSTRATIONS</h1> + +<p> +<a href="#perils"> The Perils of the Rapids (in color, from a painting +by Oliver Kemp)</a><br> +<a href="#ice"> Ice Encountered Off the Labrador Coast </a><br> +<a href="#group"> “The Time For Action Had Come” </a><br> +<a href="#camp"> “Camp Was Moved to the First Small Lake” </a><br> +<a href="#cache"> “We Found a Long-disused Log Cache of the Indians”</a><br> +<a href="#nipish"> Below Lake Nipishish</a><br> +<a href="#marsh"> Through Ponds and Marshes Northward Toward Otter Lake</a><br> +<a href="#babewe"> “We Shall Call the River Babewendigash”</a><br> +<a href="#caribo"> “Pete, Standing by the Prostrate Caribou, Was +Grinning From Ear to Ear”</a><br> +<a href="#lakes"> “A Network of Lakes and the Country as Level +as a Table”</a><br> +<a href="#michik"> Michikamau</a><br> +<a href="#letter"> “Writing Letters to the Home Folks”</a><br> +<a href="#canoe"> “Our Lonely Perilous Journey Toward the Dismal +Wastes ...Was Begun”</a><br> +<a href="#icamp"> Abandoned Indian Camp On the Shore of Lake Michikamats</a><br> +<a href="#wigwam"> “One of the Wigwams Was a Large One and Oblong +in Shape”</a><br> +<a href="#post"> “At Last ...We Saw the Post”</a><br> +<a href="#shack"> “A Miserable Little Log Shack”</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> A Group of Eskimo Women</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> A Labrador Type</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> Eskimo Children</a><br> +<a href="#eskimo"> A Snow Igloo</a><br> +<a href="#silence"> The Silence of the North (in color, from a painting +by Frederic C. +Stokes)</a><br> +<a href="#nachvak"> “Nachvak Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company”. </a><br> +<a href="#hills"> “The Hills Grew Higher and Higher”</a><br> +<a href="#pass"> “We Turned Into a Pass Leading to the Northward”</a><br> +<a href="#mission"> The Moravian Mission at Ramah</a><br> +<a href="#snow"> “Plodding Southward Over the Endless Snow”</a><br> +<a href="#nain"> “Nain, the Moravian Headquarters in Labrador”</a><br> +<a href="#indians"> “The Indians Were Here”</a><br> +<a href="#geology"> Geological Specimens</a><br> +<a href="#maps"> Maps.</a></p> + +<h1>THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL</h1> + +<a NAME="chapter_1"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER I</h1> + +<p><b>THE VOICE OF THE WILDERNESS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">“It’s always the way, +Wallace!  When a fellow starts on the long trail, +he’s never willing to quit.  It’ll +be the same with you if you go with me to Labrador.  + When you come home, you’ll hear the voice of +the wilderness calling you to return, and it will lure +you back again.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It seems but yesterday that Hubbard +uttered those prophetic words as he and I lay before +our blazing camp fire in the snow-covered Shawangunk +Mountains on that November night in the year 1901, +and planned that fateful trip into the unexplored +Labrador wilderness which was to cost my dear friend +his life, and both of us indescribable sufferings +and hardships.  And how true a prophecy it was!  + You who have smelled the camp fire smoke; who have +drunk in the pure forest air, laden with the smell +of the fir tree; who have dipped your paddle into +untamed waters, or climbed mountains, with the knowledge +that none but the red man has been there before you; +or have, perchance, had to fight the wilds and nature +for your very existence; you of the wilderness brotherhood +can understand how the fever of exploration gets into +one’s blood and draws one back again to the +forests and the barrens in spite of resolutions to +“go no more.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was more than this, however, that +lured me back to Labrador.  There was the vision +of dear old Hubbard as I so often saw him during our +struggle through that rugged northland wilderness, +wasted in form and ragged in dress, but always hopeful +and eager, his undying spirit and indomitable will +focused in his words to me, and I can still see him +as he looked when he said them: </p> + +<p align="justify">“The work must be done, Wallace, +and if one of us falls before it is completed the +other must finish it.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I went back to Labrador to do the +work he had undertaken, but which he was not permitted +to accomplish.  His exhortation appealed to me +as a command from my leader—­a call to duty.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hubbard had planned to penetrate the +Labrador peninsula from Groswater Bay, following the +old northern trail of the Mountaineer Indians from +Northwest River Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company, +situated on Groswater Bay, one hundred and forty miles +inland from the eastern coast, to Lake Michikamau, +thence through the lake and northward over the divide, +where he hoped to locate the headwaters of the George +River.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was his intention to pass down +this river until he reached the hunting camps of the +Nenenot or Nascaupee Indians, there witness the annual +migration of the caribou to the eastern seacoast, which +tradition said took place about the middle or latter +part of September, and to be present at the “killing,” +when the Indians, it was reported, secured their winter’s +supply of provisions by spearing the caribou while +the herds were swimming the river.  The caribou +hunt over, he was to have returned across country +to the St. Lawrence or retrace his steps to Northwest +River Post, whichever might seem advisable.  +Should the season, however, be too far advanced to +permit of a safe return, he was to have proceeded +down the river to its mouth, at Ungava Bay, and return +to civilization in winter with dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">The country through which we were +to have traveled was to be mapped so far as possible, +and observations made of the geological formation and +of the flora, and as many specimens collected as possible.</p> + +<p align="justify">This, then, Hubbard’s plan, +was the plan which I adopted and which I set out to +accomplish, when, in March, 1905, I finally decided +to return to Labrador.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was advisable to reach Hamilton +Inlet with the opening of navigation and make an early +start into the country, for every possible day of +the brief summer would be needed for our purpose.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was, as I fully realized, no small +undertaking.  Many hundreds of miles of unknown +country must be traversed, and over mountains and +through marshes for long distances our canoes and outfit +would have to be transported upon the backs of the +men comprising my party, as pack animals cannot be +used in Labrador.</p> + +<p align="justify">Through immense stretches of country +there would be no sustenance for them, and, in addition +to this, the character of the country itself forbids +their use.</p> + +<p align="justify">The personnel of the expedition required +much thought.  I might with one canoe and one +or two professional Indian packers travel more rapidly +than with men unused to exploration work, but in that +case scientific research would have to be slighted.  + I therefore decided to sacrifice speed to thoroughness +and to take with me men who, even though they might +not be physically able to carry the large packs of +the professional voyageur, would in other respects +lend valuable assistance to the work in hand.</p> + +<p align="justify">My projected return to Labrador was +no sooner announced than numerous applications came +to me from young men anxious to join the expedition.  +After careful investigation, I finally selected as +my companions George M. Richards, of Columbia University, +as geologist and to aid me in the topographical work, +Clifford H. Easton, who had been a student in the +School of Forestry at Biltmore, North Carolina (both +residents of New York), and Leigh Stanton, of Halifax, +Nova Scotia, a veteran of the Boer War, whom I had +met at the lumber camps in Groswater Bay, Labrador, +in the winter of 1903-1904, when he was installing +the electric light plant in the large lumber mill +there.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was desirable to have at least +one Indian in the party as woodsman, hunter and general +camp servant.  For this position my friend, Frank +H. Keefer, of Port Arthur, Ontario, recommended to +me, and at my request engaged, Peter Stevens, a full-blood +Ojibway Indian, of Grand Marais, Minnesota.  +“Pete” arrived in New York under the wing +of the railway conductor during the last week in May.</p> + +<a name="ice"></a> +<a href="ice.jpg"> +<img alt="Ice Encountered off the Labrador Coast" src="iceth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<p align="justify">In the meantime I had devoted myself +to the selection and purchase of our instruments and +general outfit.  Everything must be purchased +in advance—­from canoes to repair kit—­as +my former experience in Labrador had taught me.  + It may be of interest to mention the most important +items of outfit and the food supply with which we were +provided:  Two canvas-covered canoes, one nineteen +and one eighteen feet in length; one seven by nine +“A” tent, made of waterproof “balloon” +silk; one tarpaulin, seven by nine feet; folding tent +stove and pipe; two tracking lines; three small axes; +cooking outfit, con-sisting of two frying pans, one +mixing pan and three aluminum kettles; an aluminum +plate, cup and spoon for each man; one .33 caliber +high-power Winchester rifle and two 44-40 Winchester +carbines (only one of these carbines was taken with +us from New York, and this was intended as a reserve +gun in case the party should separate and return by +different routes.  The other was one used by Stanton +when previously in Labrador, and taken by him in addition +to the regular outfit).  One double barrel 12-gauge +shotgun; two ten-inch barrel single shot .22 caliber +pistols for partridges and small game; ammunition; +tumplines; three fishing rods and tackle, including +trolling outfits; one three and one-half inch gill +net; repair kit, including necessary material for +patching canoes, clothing, <i>etc</i>.; matches, and +a medicine kit.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following instruments were also +carried:  Three minimum registering thermometers; +one aneroid barometer which was tested and set for +me by the United States Weather Bureau; one clinometer; +one pocket transit; three compasses; one pedometer; +one taffrail log; one pair binoculars; three No. 3A +folding pocket Kodaks, sixty rolls of films, each roll +sealed in a tin can and waterproofed, and six “Vanguard” +watches mounted in dust-proof cases.</p> + +<p align="justify">Each man was provided with a sheath +knife and a waterproof match box, and his personal +kit, containing a pair of blankets and clothing, was +carried in a waterproof canvas bag.</p> + +<p align="justify">I may say here in reference to these +waterproof bags and the “balloon” silk +tent that they were of the same manufacture as those +used on the Hubbard expedition and for their purpose +as nearly perfect as it is possible to make them.  + The tent weighed but nine pounds, was windproof, +and, like the bags, absolutely waterproof, and the, +material strong and firm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our provision supply consisted of +298 pounds of pork; 300 pounds of flour; 45 pounds +of corn meal; 40 pounds of lentils; 28 pounds of rice; +25 pounds of erbswurst; 10 pounds of prunes; a few +packages of dried vegetables; some beef bouillon tablets; +6 pounds of baking powder; 16 pounds of tea; 6 pounds +of coffee; 15 pounds of sugar; 14 pounds of salt; +a small amount of saccharin and crystallose, and 150 +pounds of pemmican.</p> + +<p align="justify">Everything likely to be injured by +water was packed in waterproof canvas bags.</p> + +<p align="justify">My friend Dr. Frederick A. Cook, of +the Arctic Club, selected my medical kit, and instructed +me in the use of its simple remedies.  It was +also upon the recommendation of Dr. Cook and others +of my Arctic Club friends that I purchased the pemmican, +which was designed as an emergency ration, and it +is worth noting that one pound of pemmican, as our +experience demonstrated, was equal to two or even three +pounds of any other food that we carried.  Its +ingredients are ground dried beef, tallow, sugar, +raisins and currants.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had planned to go north from St. +Johns on the Labrador mail boat <i>Virginia Lake</i>, +which, as I had been informed by the Reid-Newfoundland +Company, was expected to sail from St. Johns on her +first trip on or about June tenth.  This made +it necessary for us to leave New York on the Red Cross +Line steamer <i>Rosalind</i> sailing from Brooklyn +on May thirtieth; and when, at eleven-thirty that Tuesday +morning, the <i>Rosalind</i> cast loose from her wharf, +we and our outfit were aboard, and our journey of +eleven long months was begun.</p> + +<p align="justify">As I waved farewell to our friends +ashore I recalled that other day two years before, +when Hubbard and I had stood on the <i>Silvia’s</i> +deck, and I said to myself: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, this, too, is Hubbard’s +trip.  His spirit is with me.  It was he, +not I, who planned this Labrador work, and if I succeed +it will be because of him and his influence.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I was glad to be away.  With +every throb of the engine my heart grew lighter.  + I was not thinking of the perils I was to face with +my new companions in that land where Hubbard and I +had suffered so much.  The young men with me +were filled with enthusiasm at the prospect of adventure +in the silent and mysterious country for which they +were bound.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_2"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER II</h1> + +<p><b>ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE UNKNOWN</b></p> + +<p>“When shall we reach Rigolet, Captain?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Before daylight, I hopes, sir, +if the fog holds off, but there’s a mist settling, +and if it gets too thick, we may have to come to.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Crowded with an unusual cargo of humanity, +fishermen going to their summer work on “The +Labrador” with their accompanying tackle and +household goods, meeting with many vexatious delays +in discharging the men and goods at the numerous ports +of call, and impeded by fog and wind, the mail boat +<i>Virginia Lake</i> had been much longer than is her +wont on her trip “down north.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was now June twenty-first.  + Six days before (June fifteenth), when we boarded +the ship at St. Johns we had been informed that the +steamer <i>Harlow</i>, with a cargo for the lumber +mills at Kenemish, in Groswater Bay, was to leave +Halifax that very afternoon.  She could save us +a long and disagreeable trip in an open boat, ninety +miles up Groswater Bay, and I bad hoped that we might +reach Rigolet in time to secure a passage for myself +and party from that point.  But the <i>Harlow</i> +had no ports of call to make, and it was predicted +that her passage from Halifax to Rigolet would be +made in four days.</p> + +<p align="justify">I had no hope now of reaching Rigolet +before her, or of finding her there, and, resigned +to my fate, I left the captain on the bridge and went +below to my stateroom to rest until daylight.  + Some time in the night I was aroused by some one +saying: </p> + +<p align="justify">“We’re at Rigolet, sir, +and there’s a ship at anchor close by.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Whether I had been asleep or not, +I was fully awake now, and found that the captain +had come to tell me of our arrival.  The fog had +held off and we had done much better than the captain’s +prediction.  Hurrying into my clothes, I went +on deck, from which, through the slight haze that +hung over the water, I could discern the lights of +a ship, and beyond, dimly visible, the old familiar +line of Post buildings showing against the dark spruce-covered +hills behind, where the great silent forest begins.</p> + +<p align="justify">All was quiet save for the thud, thud, +thud of the oarlocks of a small boat approaching our +ship and the dismal howl of a solitary “husky” +dog somewhere ashore.  The captain had preceded +me on deck, and in answer to my inquiries as to her +identity said he did not know whether the stranger +at anchor was the <i>Harlow</i> or not, but he thought +it was.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had to wait but a moment, however, +for the information.  The small boat was already +alongside, and John Groves, a Goose Bay trader and +one of my friends of two years before, clambered aboard +and had me by the hand.</p> + +<p>“I’m glad to see you, sir; and how is +you?”</p> + +<p align="justify">Assuring him that I was quite well, +I asked the name of the other ship.</p> + +<p align="justify">“The <i>Harlow</i>, sir, an’ +she’s goin’ to Kenemish with daylight.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, I must get aboard of +her then, and try to get a passage up.  Is your +flat free, John, to take me aboard of her?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes, sir.  Step right +in, sir.  But I thinks you’d better go ashore, +for the <i>Harlow’s</i> purser’s ashore.  + If you can’t get passage on the <i>Harlow</i> +my schooner’s here doing nothin’ while +I goes to St. Johns for goods, and I’ll have +my men run you up to Nor’west River.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I thanked him and lost no time in +going ashore in his boat, where I found Mr. James +Fraser, the factor, and received a hearty welcome.  + In Mr. Fraser’s office I found also the purser +of the <i>Harlow</i>, and I quickly arranged with +him for a passage to Kenemish, which is ninety miles +up the inlet, and just across Groswater Bay (twelve +miles) from Northwest River Post.  The <i>Harlow</i> +was to sail at daylight and I at once returned to +the mail boat, called the boys and, with the help of +the <i>Virginia’s</i> crew and one of their small +boats, we were transferred, bag and baggage, to the +<i>Harlow</i>.</p> + +<p align="justify">Owing to customs complications the +<i>Harlow</i> was later than expected in leaving Rigolet, +and it was evening before she dropped anchor at Kenemish.  + I went ashore in the ship’s boat and visited +again the lumber camp “cook house” where +Dr. Hardy and I lay ill throng those weary winter +weeks, and where poor Hardy died.  Hardy was the +young lumber company doctor who treated my frozen +feet in the winter of 1903-1904.  Here I met +Fred Blake, a Northwest River trapper.  Fred +had his flat, and I engaged him to take a part of our +luggage to Northwest River.  Then I returned +to the ship to send the boys ahead with the canoes +and some of our baggage, while I waited behind to +follow with Fred and the rest of the kit in his flat +a half hour later.</p> + +<p align="justify">Fred and I were hardly a mile from +the ship when a heavy thunderstorm broke upon us, +and we were soon drenching wet—­the baptism +of our expedition.  This rain was followed by +a dense fog and early darkness.  On and on we +rowed, and I was berating myself for permitting the +men to go on so far ahead of us with the canoes, for +they did not know the way and the fog had completely +shut out the lights of the Post buildings, which otherwise +would have been visible across the bay for a considerable +distance.</p> + +<p align="justify">Suddenly through the fog and darkness, +from shoreward, came a “Hello!  Hello!” + We answered, and heading our boat toward the sound +of continued “Hellos,” found the men, +with the canoes unloaded and hauled ashore, preparing +to make a night camp.  I joined them and, launching +and reloading the canoes again, with Richards and Easton +in one canoe and Pete and I in the other, we followed +Fred and Stanton, who preceded us in the rowboat, +keeping our canoes religiously within earshot of Fred’s +thumping oarlocks.  Finally the fog lifted, and +not far away we caught a glimmer of lights at the +French Post.  All was dark at the Hudson Bay +Post across the river when at last our canoes touched +the sandy beach and we sprang ashore.</p> + +<p align="justify">What a flood of remembrances came +to me as I stepped again upon the old familiar ground!  + How vividly I remembered that June day when Hubbard +and I had first set foot on this very ground and Mackenzie +had greeted us so cordially!  And also that other +day in November when, ragged and starved, I came here +to tell of Hubbard, lying dead in the dark forest +beyond!  The same dogs that I had known then came +running to meet us now, the faithful fellows with +which I began that sad funeral journey homeward over +the ice.  I called some of them by name “Kumalik,” +“Bo’sun,” “Captain,” +“Tinker”—­and they pushed their +great heads against my legs and, I believe, recognized +me.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was nearly two o’clock in +the morning.  We went immediately to the Post +house and roused out Mr. Stuart Cotter, the agent (Mackenzie +is no longer there), and received from him a royal +welcome.  He called his Post servant and instructed +him to bring in our things, and while we changed our +dripping clothes for dry ones, his housekeeper prepared +a light supper.  It was five o’clock in +the morning when I retired.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the previous autumn I had written +Duncan McLean, one of the four men who came to my +rescue on the Susan River, that should I ever come +to Labrador again and be in need of a man I would like +to engage him.  Cotter told me that Duncan had +just come from his trapping path and was at the Post +kitchen, so when we had finished breakfast, at eight +o’clock that morning, I saw Duncan and, as he +was quite willing to go with us, I arranged with him +to accompany us a short distance into the country +to help us pack over the first portage and to bring +back letters.</p> + +<p align="justify">He expressed a wish to visit his father +at Kenemish before starting into the country, but +promised to be back the next evening ready for the +start on Monday morning, the twenty-sixth, and I consented.  + I knew hard work was before us, and as I wished all +hands to be well rested and fresh at the outset, I +felt that a couple of days’ idleness would do +us no harm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some five hundred yards east of Mr. +Cotter’s house is an old, abandoned mission +chapel, and behind it an Indian burying ground.  + The cleared space of level ground between the house +and chapel was, for a century or more, the camping +ground of the Mountaineer Indians who come to the +Post each spring to barter or sell their furs.  + In the olden time there were nearly a hundred families +of them, whose hunting ground was that section of +country between Hamilton Inlet and the Upper George +River.</p> + +<p align="justify">These people now, for the most part, +hunt south of the inlet and trade at the St. Lawrence +Posts.  The chapel was erected about 1872, but +ten years ago the Jesuit missionary was withdrawn, +and since then the building has fallen into decay +and ruin, and the crosses that marked the graves in +the old burying grounds have been broken down by the +heavy winter snows.  It was this withdrawal of +the missionary that turned the Indians to the southward, +where priests are more easily found.  The Mountaineer +Indian, unlike the Nascaupee, is very religious, and +must, at least once a year, meet his father confessor.  +The camping ground since the abandonment of the mission, +has lain lonely and deserted, save for three or four +families who, occasionally in the summer season, come +back again to pitch their tents where their forefathers +camped and held their annual feasts in the old days.</p> + +<p align="justify">Competition between the trading companies +at this point has raised the price of furs to such +an extent that the few families of Indians that trade +at this Post are well-to-do and very independent.  + There were two tents of them here when we arrived—­five +men and several women and children.  I found +two of my old friends there—­John and William +Ahsini.  They expressed pleasure in meeting me +again, and a lively interest in our trip.  With +Mr. Cotter acting as interpreter, John made for me +a map of the old Indian trail from Grand Lake to Seal +Lake, and William a map to Lake Michikamau and over +the height of land to the George River, indicating +the portages and principal intervening lakes as they +remembered them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Seal Lake is a large lake expansion +of the Nascaupee River, which river, it should be +explained, is the outlet of Lake Michikamau and discharges +its waters into Grand Lake and through Grand Lake into +Groswater Bay.  Lake Michikamau, next to Lake +Mistasinni, is the larg-est lake in the Labrador +peninsula, and approximately from eighty to ninety +miles in length.  Neither John nor William had +been to Lake Michikamau by this route since they were +young lads, but they told us that the Indians, when +traveling very light without their families, used +to make the journey in twenty-three days.</p> + +<p align="justify">During my previous stay in Labrador +one Indian told me it could be done in ten days, while +another said that Indians traveling very fast would +require about thirty days.  It is difficult to +base calculations upon information of this kind.  + But I was sure that, with our com-paratively heavy +outfit, and the fact that we would have to find the +trail for ourselves, we should require at least twice +the time of the Indians, who know every foot of the +way as we know our familiar city streets at home.</p> + +<p align="justify">They expressed their belief that the +old trail could be easily found, and assured us that +each portage, as we asked about it in detail, was +a “miam potagan” (good portage), but at +the same time expressed their doubts as to our ability +to cross the country safely.</p> + +<p align="justify">In fact, it has always been the Indians’ +boast, and I have heard it many times, that no white +man could go from Groswater Bay to Ungava alive without +Indians to help him through.  “Pete” +was a Lake Superior Indian and had never run a rapid +in his life.  He was to spend the night with +Tom Blake and his family in their snug little log cabin, +and be ready for an early start up Grand Lake on the +morrow.  It was Tom that headed the little party +sent by me up the Susan Valley to bring to the Post +Hubbard’s body in March, 1904; and it was through +his perseverance, loyalty and hard work at the time +that I finally succeeded in recovering the body.  + Tom’s daughter, Lillie, was Mackenzie’s +little housekeeper, who showed me so many kindnesses +then.  The whole family, in fact, were very good +to me during those trying days, and I count them among +my true and loyal friends.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had supper with Cotter, who sang +some Hudson’s Bay songs, Richards sang a jolly +college song or two, Stanton a “classic,” +and then all who could sing joined in “Auld +Lang Syne.”</p> + +<p align="justify">My thoughts were of that other day, +when Hubbard, so full of hope, had begun this same +journey-of the sunshine and fleecy clouds and beckoning +fir tops, and I wondered what was in store for us now.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_3"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER III</h1> + +<p><b>THE LAST OF CIVILIZATION</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The time for action had come.  + Our canoes were loaded near the wharf, we said good-by +to Cotter and a group of native trapper friends, and +as we took our places in the canoes and dipped our +paddles into the waters that were to carry us northward +the Post flag was run up on the flagpole as a salute +and farewell, and we were away.  We soon rounded +the point, and Cotter and the trappers and the Post +were lost to view.  Duncan was to follow later +in the evening in his rowboat with some of our outfit +which we left in his charge.</p> + +<a name="group"></a> +<a href="group.jpg"> +<img alt="The Time for Action Had Come" src="groupth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">Silently we paddled through the “little +lake.”  The clouds hung somber and dull +with threatening rain, and a gentle breeze wafted to +us now and again a bit of fragrance from the spruce-covered +hills above us.  Almost before I realized it we +were at the rapid.  Away to the westward stretched +Grand Lake, deep and dark and still, with the rugged +outline of Cape Corbeau in the distance.</p> + +<p align="justify">Tom Blake and his family, one and +all, came out to give us the whole-souled, hospitable +welcome of “The Labrador.”  Even Atikamish, +the little Indian dog that Mackenzie used to have, +but which he had given to Tom when he left Northwest +River, was on hand to tell me in his dog language +that he remembered me and was delighted to see me back.  + Here we would stay for the night—­the last +night for months that we were to sleep in a habitation +of civilized man.</p> + +<p align="justify">The house was a very comfortable little +log dwelling containing a small kitchen, a larger +living-room which also served as a sleeping-room, +and an attic which was the boys’ bedroom.  + The house was comfortably furnished, everything clean +to perfection, and the atmos-phere of love and home +that dwelt here was long remembered by us while we +huddled in many a dreary camp during the weeks that +followed.</p> + +<p align="justify">Duncan did not come that night, and +it was not until ten o’clock the next morning +(June twenty-seventh) that he appeared.  Then +we made ready for the start.  Tom and his young +son Henry announced their intention of accompanying +us a short distance up Grand Lake in their small sailboat.  + Mrs. Blake gave us enough bread and buns, which she +had baked especially for us, to last two or three days, +and she gave us also a few fresh eggs, saying, “’Twill +be a long time before you has eggs again.”</p> + +<p align="justify">At half-past ten o’clock our +canoes were afloat, farewell was said, and we were +beyond the last fringe of civilization.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning was depressing and the +sky was overcast with low-hanging, heavy clouds, but +almost with our start, as if to give us courage for +our work and fire our blood, the leaden curtain was +drawn aside and the deep blue dome of heaven rose +above us.  The sun shone warm and bright, and +the smell of the fresh damp forest, the incense of +the wilderness gods, was carried to us by a puff of +wind from the south which enabled Duncan to hoist +his sails.  The rest of us bent to our paddles, +and all were eager to plunge into the unknown and solve +the mystery of what lay beyond the horizon.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our nineteen-foot canoe was manned +by Pete in the bow, Stanton in the center and Easton +in the stern, while I had the bow and Richards the +stern of the eighteen-foot canoe.  We paddled +along the north shore of the lake, close to land.  + Stanton, with an eye for fresh meat, espied a porcupine +near the water’s edge and stopped to kill it, +thus gaining the honor of having bagged the first +game of the trip.  At twelve o’clock we +halted for luncheon, in almost the same spot where +Hubbard and I had lunched when going up Grand Lake +two years before.  While Pete cooked bacon and +eggs and made tea, Stanton and Richards dressed the +porcupine for supper.</p> + +<p align="justify">After luncheon we cut diagonally across +the lake to the southern shore, passed Cape Corbeau +River and landed near the base of Cape Corbeau bluff, +that the elevation might be taken and geological specimens +secured.  After making our observations we turned +again toward the northern shore, where more specimens +were collected.  Here Tom and Henry Blake said +goodby to us and turned homeward.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the afternoon Stanton and I +each killed a porcupine, making three in all for the +day—­a good beginning in the matter of game.</p> + +<p align="justify">At sunset we landed at Watty’s +Brook, a small stream flowing into Grand Lake from +the north, and some twenty miles above the rapid.  + Our progress during the day had been slow, as the +wind had died away and we had, several times, to wait +for Duncan to overtake us in his slower rowboat.</p> + +<p align="justify">While the rest of us “made camp” +Duncan cut wood for a rousing fire, as the evening +was cool, and Pete put a porcupine to boil for supper.  +We were a hungry crowd when we sat down to eat.  + I had told the boys how good porcupine was, how it +resembled lamb and what a treat we were to have.  + But all porcupines are not alike, and this one was +not within my reckoning.  Tough!  He was +certainly “the oldest inhabitant,” and +after vain efforts to chew the leathery meat, we turned +in disgust to bread and coffee, and Easton, at least, +lost faith forever in my judgment of toothsome game, +and formed a particular prejudice against porcupines +which he never overcame.  Pete assured us, however, +that, “This porcupine, he must boil long.  + I boil him again to-night and boil him again to-morrow +morning.  Then he very good for breakfast.  + Porcupine fine.  Old one must be cooked long.”</p> + +<p align="justify">So Pete, after supper, put the porcupine +on to cook some more, promising that we should find +it nice and tender for breakfast.</p> + +<p align="justify">As I sat that night by the low-burning +embers of our first camp fire I forgot my new companions.  + Through the gathering night mists I could just discern +the dim outlines of the opposite shore of Grand Lake.  + It was over there, just west of that high spectral +bluff, that Hubbard and I, on a wet July night, had +pitched our first camp of the other trip.  In +fancy I was back again in that camp and Hubbard was +talking to me and telling me of the “bully story” +of the mystic land of won-ders that lay “behind +the ranges” he would have to take back to the +world.</p> + +<p align="justify">“We’re going to traverse +a section no white man has ever seen,” he exclaimed, +“and we’ll add something to the world’s +knowledge of geography at least, and that’s +worth while.  No matter how little a man may +add to the fund of human knowledge it’s worth +the doing, for it’s by little bits that we’ve +learned to know so much of our old world.  There’s +some hard work before us, though, up there in those +hills, and some hardships to meet.”</p> + +<p>Ah, if we had only known!</p> + +<p align="justify">Some one said it was time to “turn +in,” and I was brought suddenly to a sense of +the present, but a feeling of sadness possessed me +when I took my place in the crowded tent, and I lay +awake long, thinking of those other days.</p> + +<p align="justify">Clear and crisp was the morning of +June twenty-eighth.  The atmosphere was bracing +and delightful, the azure of the sky above us shaded +to the most delicate tints of blue at the horizon, +and, here and there, bits of clouds, like bunches +of cotton, flecked the sky.  The sun broke grandly +over the rugged hills, and the lake, like molten silver, +lay before us.</p> + +<p align="justify">A fringe of ice had formed during +the night along the shore.  We broke it and bathed +our hands and faces in the cool water, then sat down +in a circle near our camp fire to renew our attack +upon the porcupine, which had been sending out a most +delicious odor from the kettle where Pete had it cooking.  + But alas for our expectations!  Our teeth would +make no impression upon it, and Easton remarked that +“the rubber trust ought to hunt porcupines, +for they are a lot tougher than rubber and just as +pliable.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I don’t know why,” +said Pete sadly.  “I boil him long time.”</p> + +<p align="justify">That day we continued our course along +the northern shore of the lake until we reached the +deep bay which Hubbard and I had failed to enter and +explore on the other trip, and which failure had resulted +so tragically.  This bay is some five miles from +the westerly end of Grand Lake, and is really the +mouth of the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers which flow +into the upper end of it.  There was little or +no wind and we had to go slowly to permit Duncan, +in his rowboat, to keep pace with us.  Darkness +was not far off when we reached Duncan’s tilt +(a small log hut), three miles up the Nascaupee River, +where we stopped for the night.</p> + +<p align="justify">This is the tilt in which Allen Goudy +and Duncan lived at the time they came to my rescue +in 1903, and where I spent three days getting strength +for my trip down Grand Lake to the Post.  It is +Duncan’s sup-ply base in the winter months +when he hunts along the Nascaupee River, one hundred +and twenty miles inland to Seal Lake.  On this +hunting “path” Duncan has two hundred +and fifty marten and forty fox traps, and, in the +spring, a few bear traps besides.</p> + +<p align="justify">The country has been burned here.  + Just below Duncan’s tilt is a spruce-covered +island, but the mainland has a stunted new growth of +spruce, with a few white birch, covering the wreck +of the primeval forest that was flame swept thirty +odd years ago.  Over some considerable areas +no new growth to speak of has appeared, and the charred +remains of the dead trees stand stark and gray, or +lie about in confusion upon the ground, giving the +country a particularly dreary and desolate appearance.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning of June twenty-ninth was +overcast and threatened rain, but toward evening the +sky cleared.</p> + +<p align="justify">Progress was slow, for the current +in the river here was very strong, and paddling or +rowing against it was not easy.  We had to stop +several times and wait for Duncan to overtake us with +his boat.  Once he halted to look at a trap where +he told us he had caught six black bears.  It +was nearly sunset when we reached the mouth of the +Red River, nineteen miles above Grand Lake, where +it flows into the Nascaupee from the west.  This +is a wide, shallow stream whose red-brown waters +were quite in contrast to the clear waters of the Nas-caupee.</p> + +<p align="justify">Opposite the mouth of the Red River, +and on the eastern shore of the Nascaupee, is the +point where the old Indian trail was said to begin, +and on a knoll some fifty feet above the river we saw +the wigwam poles of an old Indian camp, and a solitary +grave with a rough fence around it.  Here we +landed and awaited Duncan, who had stopped at another +of his trapping tilts three or four hundred yards +below.  When he joined us a little later, in +answer to my inquiry as to whether this was the beginning +of the old trail, he answered, “’Tis where +they says the Indians came out, and some of the Indians +has told me so.  I supposes it’s the place, +sir.”</p> + +<p>“But have you never hunted here yourself?” +I asked.</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, sir, I’ve never been +in here at all.  I travels right past up the +Nascaupee.  All I knows about it, sir, is what +they tells me.  I always follows the Nascaupee, +sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Above us rose a high, steep hill covered +for two-thirds of the way from its base with a thick +growth of underbrush, but quite barren on top save +for a few bunches of spruce brush.</p> + +<p align="justify">The old trail, unused for eight or +ten years, headed toward the hill and was quite easily +traced for some fifty yards from the old camp.  +Then it disappeared completely in a dense undergrowth +of willows, alders and spruce.</p> + +<p align="justify">While Pete made preparation for our +supper and Duncan unloaded his boat and hauled it +up preparatory to leaving it until his return from +the interior, the rest of us tried to follow the trail +through the brush.  But beyond where the thick +undergrowth began there was nothing at all that, to +us, resembled a trail.  Finally, I instructed +Pete to go with Richards and see what he could do +while the rest of us made camp.  Pete started +ahead, forging his way through the thick growth.  +In ten minutes I heard him shout from the hillside, +“He here—­I find him,” and saw +Pete hurrying up the steep incline.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Richards and Pete returned an +hour later we had camp pitched and supper cooking.  + They reported the trail, as far as they had gone, +very rough and hard to find.  For some distance +it would have to be cut out with an ax, and nowhere +was it bigger than a rabbit run.  Duncan rather +favored going as far, as Seal Lake by the trail that +he knew and which followed the Nascaupee.  This +trail he believed to be much easier than the long +unused Indian trail, which was undoubtedly in many +places entirely obscured and in any case extremely +difficult to follow.  I dismissed his suggestion, +however, with little consideration.  My, object +was to trace the old Indian trail and explore as much +of the country as possible, and not to hide myself +in an enclosed river valley.  Therefore, I decided +that next day we should scout ahead to the first water +to which the trail led and cut out the trail where +necessary.  The work I knew would be hard, but +we were expecting to do hard work.  We were not +on a summer picnic.</p> + +<p align="justify">A rabbit which Stanton had shot and +a spruce grouse that fell before Pete’s pistol, +together with what remained of our porcupine, hot +coffee, and Mrs. Blake’s good bread, made a supper +that we ate with zest while we talked over the prospects +of the trail.  Supper fin-ished, Pete carefully +washed his dishes, then carefully washed his dishcloth, +which latter he hung upon a bough near the fire to +dry.  His cleanliness about his cooking was a +revelation to me.  I had never before seen a +camp man or guide so neat in this respect.</p> + +<p align="justify">The real work of the trip was now +to begin, the hard portaging, the trail finding and +trail making, and we were to break the seal of a land +that had, through the ages, held its secret from all +the world, excepting the red man.  This is what +we were thinking of when we gathered around our camp +fire that evening, and filled and lighted our pipes +and puffed silently while we watched the newborn stars +of evening come into being one by one until the arch +of heaven was aglow with the splendor of a Labrador +night.  And when we at length went to our bed +of spruce boughs it was to dream of strange scenes +and new worlds that we were to conquer.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_4"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER IV</h1> + +<p><b>ON THE OLD INDIAN TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Next morning we scouted ahead and +found that the trail led to a small lake some five +and a half miles beyond our camp.  For a mile +or so the brush was pretty thick and the trail was +difficult to follow, but beyond that it was comparatively +well defined though exceedingly steep, the hill rising +to an elevation of one thousand and fifty feet above +the Nascaupee River in the first two miles.  We +had fifteen hundred pounds of outfit to carry upon +our backs, and I realized that at first we should +have to trail slowly and make several loads of it, +for, with the exception of Pete, none of the men was +in training.  The work was totally different +from anything to which they had been accustomed, and +as I did not wish to break their spirits or their +ardor, I instructed them to carry only such packs as +they could walk under with perfect ease until they +should become hardened to the work.</p> + +<p align="justify">The weather had been cool and bracing, +but as if to add to our difficulties the sun now boiled +down, and the black flies—­“the devil’s +angels” some one called them, came in thousands +to feast upon the newcomers and make life miserable +for us all.  Duncan was as badly treated by them +as any of us, although he belonged to the country, +and I overheard him swearing at a lively gait soon +after the little beasts began their attacks.</p> + +<p>“Why, Duncan,” said I, “I didn’t +know you swore.”</p> + +<p>“I does, sir, sometimes—­when things +makes me,” he replied.</p> + +<p>“But it doesn’t help matters any to swear, +does it?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, sir, but” (swatting +his face) “damn the flies—­it’s +easin’ to the feelin’s to swear sometimes.”</p> + +<p align="justify">On several occasions after this I +heard Duncan “easin’ his feelin’s” +in long and astounding bursts of profane eloquence, +but he did try to moderate his language when I was +within earshot.  Once I asked him: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Where in the world did you +learn to swear like that, Duncan?”</p> + +<p>“At the lumber camps, sir,” he replied.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the year I had spent in Labrador +I had never before heard a planter or native of Groswater +Bay swear.  But this explained it.  The +lumbermen from “civilization” were educating +them.</p> + +<p align="justify">At one o’clock on July first, +half our outfit was portaged to the summit of the +hill and we ate our dinner there in the broiling sun, +for we were above the trees, which ended some distance +below us.  It was fearfully hot—­a +dead, suffocating heat—­with not a breath +of wind to relieve the stifling atmosphere, and some +one asked what the temperature was.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Eighty-seven in the shade, +but no shade,” Richards remarked as he threw +down his pack and consulted the thermometer where I +had placed it under a low bush.  “I’ll +swear it’s a hundred and fifty in the sun.”</p> + +<p align="justify">During dinner Pete pointed to the +river far below us, saying, “Look!  Indian +canoe.”  I could not make it out without +my binoculars, but with their aid discerned a canoe +on the river, containing a solitary paddler.  + None of us, excepting Pete, could see the canoe without +the glasses, at which he was very proud and remarked:  +“No findin’ glass need me.  See far, +me.  See long way off.”</p> + +<p align="justify">On other occasions, afterward, I had +reason to marvel at Pete’s clearness of vision.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was John Ahsini in the canoe, as +we discovered later when he joined us and helped Stanton +up the hill with his last pack to our night camp on +the summit.  I invited John to eat supper with +us and he accepted the invitation.  He told us +he was hunting “moshku” (bear) and was +camped at the mouth of the Red River.  He assured +us that we would find no more hills like this one +we were on, and, pointing to the northward, said, +“Miam potagan” (good portage) and that +we would find plenty “atuk” (caribou), +“moshku” and “mashumekush” +(trout).  After supper I gave John some “stemmo,” +and he disappeared down the trail to join his wife +in their wigwam below.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were all of us completely exhausted +that night.  Stanton was too tired to eat, and +lay down upon the bare rocks to sleep.  Pete +stretched our tent wigwam fashion on some old Indian +tepee poles, and, without troubling ourselves to break +brush for a bed, we all soon joined Stanton in a dreamless +slumber upon his rocky couch.</p> + +<p align="justify">The night, like the day, was very +warm, and when I aroused Pete at sunrise the next +morning (July second) to get breakfast the mosquitoes +were about our heads in clouds.</p> + +<p align="justify">A magnificent panorama lay before +us.  Opposite, across the valley of the Nascaupee, +a great hill held its snow-tipped head high in the +heavens.  Some four miles farther up to the northwest, +the river itself, where it was choked with blocks +of ice, made its appearance and threaded its way down +to the southeast until it was finally lost in the +spruce-covered valley.  Beyond, bits of Grand +Lake, like silver settings in the black surrounding +forest, sparkled in the light of the rising sun.  + Away to the westward could be traced the rushing waters +of the Red River making their course down through the +sandy ridges that enclose its valley.  To the +northward lay a great undulating wilderness, the wilderness +that we were to traverse.  It was Sunday morning, +and the holy stillness of the day engulfed our world.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Pete had the fire going and the +kettle singing I roused the boys and told them we +would make this, our first Sunday in the bush, an +easy one, and simply move our camp forward to a more +hospitable and sheltered spot by a little brook a +mile up the trail, and then be ready for the “tug +of war” on Monday.</p> + +<p align="justify">In accordance with this plan, after +eating our breakfast we each carried a light pack +to our new camping ground, and there pitched our tent +by a tiny brook that trickled down through the rocks.  + While Stanton cooked dinner, Pete brought forward +a second pack.  After we had eaten, Richards +suggested to Pete that they take the fish net ahead +and set it in the little lake which was still some +two and a half miles farther on the trail.  They +had just returned when a terrific thunderstorm broke +upon us, and every moment we expected the tent to +be carried away by the gale that accompanied the downpour +of rain.  It was then that Richards remembered +that he had left his blankets to dry upon the tepee +poles at the last camp.  The rain ceased about +five o’clock, and Duncan volunteered to return +with Richards and help him recover his blankets, which +they found far from dry.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mosquitoes, it seemed to me, were +never so numerous or vicious as after this thunderstorm.  + We had head nets that were a protection from them +generally, but when we removed the nets to eat, the +attacks of the insects were simply insufferable, so +we had our supper in the tent.  After our meal +was finished and Pete had washed the dishes, I read +aloud a chapter from the Bible—­a Sunday +custom that was maintained throughout the trip—­and +Stanton sang some hymns.  Then we prevailed upon +him to entertain us with other songs.  He had +an excellent tenor voice and a repertoire ranging +from “The Holy City” to “My Brother +Bob,” and these and some of the old Scotch ballads, +which he sang well, were favorites that he was often +afterward called upon to render as we gathered around +our evening camp fire, smoking our pipes and drinking +in the tonic fragrance of the great solemn forest +around us after a day of hard portaging.  These +impromptu concerts, story telling, and reading aloud +from two or three “vest pocket” classics +that I carried, furnished our entertainment when we +were not too tired to be amused.</p> + +<a name="camp"></a> +<a href="camp.jpg"> +<img alt="Camp Was Moved to the First Small Lake" src="campth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The rain cleared the atmosphere, and +Monday was cool and delightful, and, with the exception +of two or three showers, a perfect day.  Camp +was moved and our entire outfit portaged to the first +small lake.  Our net, which Pete and Richards +had set the day before, yielded us nothing, but with +my rod I caught enough trout for a sumptuous supper.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning (July fourth) +Pete and I, who arose at half-past four, had just +finished preparing breakfast of fried pork, flapjacks +and coffee, and I had gone to the tent to call the +others, when Pete came rushing after me in great excitement, +exclaiming, “Caribou!  Rifle quick!” +He grabbed one of the 44’s and rushed away and +soon we heard bang-bang-bang seven times from up the +lake shore.  It was not long before Pete returned +with a very humble bearing and crestfallen countenance, +and without a word leaned the rifle against a tree +and resumed his culinary operations.</p> + +<p>“Well, Pete,” said I, “how many +caribou did you kill?”</p> + +<p>“No caribou.  Miss him,” he replied.</p> + +<p>“But I heard seven shots.  How did you +miss so many times?” I asked.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Miss him,” answered Pete.  + “I see caribou over there, close to water, +run fast, try get lee side so he don’t smell +me.  Water in way.  Go very careful, make +no noise, but he smell me.  He hold his head up +like this.  He sniff, then he start.  He +go through trees very quick.  See him, me, just +little when he runs through trees.  Shoot seven +times.  Hit him once, not much.  He runs +off.  No good follow.  Not hurt much, maybe +goes very far.”</p> + +<p>“You had caribou fever, Pete,” suggested +Richards.</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Easton, “caribou fever, +sure thing.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I don’t believe you’d +have hit him if he hadn’t winded you,” +Stanton remarked.  “The trouble with you, +Pete, is you can’t shoot.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“No caribou fever, me,” +rejoined Pete, with righteous indignation at such +a suggestion.  “Kill plenty moose, kill +red deer; never have moose fever, never have deer +fever.”  Then turning to me he asked, “You +want caribou, Mr. Wallace?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes,” I answered, “I +wish we could get some fresh meat, but we can wait +a few days.  We have enough to eat, and I don’t +want to take time to hunt now.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Plenty signs.  I get caribou +any day you want him.  Tell me when you want +him, I kill him,” Pete answered me, ignoring +the criticisms of the others as to his marksmanship +and hunting prowess.  All that day and all the +next the men let no opportunity pass to guy Pete about +his lost caribou, and on the whole he took the banter +very good-naturedly, but once confided to me that +“if those boys get up early, maybe they see +caribou too and try how much they can do.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After breakfast Pete and I paddled +to the other end of the little lake to pick up the +trail while the others broke camp.  In a little +while he located it, a well-defined path, and we walked +across it half a mile to another and considerably +larger lake in which was a small, round, moundlike, +spruce-covered island so characteristic of the Labrador +lakes.</p> + +<p align="justify">On our way back to the first lake +Pete called my attention to a fresh caribou track +in the hard earth.  It was scarcely distinguishable, +and I had to look very closely to make it out.  + Then he showed me other signs that I could make nothing +of at all—­a freshly turned pebble or broken +twig.  These, he said, were fresh deer signs.  + A caribou had passed toward the larger lake that +very morning.</p> + +<p align="justify">“If you want him, I get him,” +said Pete.  I could see he felt rather deeply +his failure of the morning and that he was anxious +to redeem himself.  I wanted to give him the +opportunity to do so, especially as the young men, +unused to deprivations, were beginning to crave fresh +meat as a relief from the salt pork.  At the same +time, however, I felt that the fish we were pretty +certain to get from this time on would do very well +for the present, and I did not care to take time to +hunt until we were a little deeper into the country.  + Therefore I told him, “No, we will wait a day +or two.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete, as I soon discovered, had an +insatiable passion for hunting, and could never let +anything in the way of game pass him without qualms +of regret.  Sometimes, where a caribou trail +ran off plain and clear in the moss, it was hard to +keep from running after it.  Nothing ever escaped +his ear or eye.  He had the trained senses and +instincts of the Indian hunter.  When I first +saw him in New York he looked so youthful and evidently +had so little confidence in himself, answering my +question as to whether he could do this or that with +an aggravating “I don’t know,” that +I felt a keen sense of disappointment in him.  +But with every stage of our journey he had developed, +and now was in his element.  He was quite a different +individual from the green Indian youth whom I had +first seen walking timidly beside the railway conductor +at the Grand Central Station in New York.</p> + +<p align="justify">The portage between the lakes was +an easy one and, as I have said, well defined, and +we reached the farther shore of the second lake early +in the afternoon.  Here we found an old Indian +camping ground covering several acres.  It had +evidently been at one time a general rendezvous of +the Indians hunting in this section, as was indicated +by the large number of wigwams that had been pitched +here.  That was a long while ago, however, for +the old poles were so decayed that they fell into +pieces when we attempted to pick them up.</p> + +<p align="justify">There was no sign of a trail leading +from the old camp ground, and I sent Pete and Richards +to circle the bush and endeavor to locate one that +I knew was somewhere about, while I fished and Stanton +and Duncan prepared an early supper.  A little +later the two men returned, unsuccessful in their +quest.  They had seen two or three trails, any +of which might be our trail.  Of course but one +of them <i>could</i> be the right one.</p> + +<p align="justify">This report was both perplexing and +annoying, for I did not wish to follow for several +days a wrong route and then discover the error when +much valuable time had been lost.</p> + +<p align="justify">I therefore decided that we must be +sure of our position before proceeding, and early +the following morning dispatched Richards and Pete +on a scouting expedition to a high hill some distance +to the northeast that they might, from that view-point, +note the general contour of the land and the location +of any visible chain of lakes leading to the northwest +through which the Indian trail might pass, and then +endeavor to pick up the trail from one of these lakes, +noting old camping grounds and other signs.  +As a precaution, in case they were detained over night +each carried some tea and some erbswurst, a rifle, +a cup at his belt and a compass.  When Pete took +the rifle he held it up meaningly and said, “Fresh +meat to-night.  Caribou,” and I could see +that he was planning to make a hunt of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">When they were gone, I took Easton +with me and climbed another hill nearer camp, that +I might get a panoramic view of the valley in which +we were camped.  From this vantage ground I could +see, stretching off to the northward, a chain of three +or four small lakes which, I concluded, though there +was other water visible, undoubtedly marked our course.  + Far to the northwest was a group of rugged, barren, +snow-capped mountains which were, perhaps, the “white +hills,” behind which the Indians had told us +lay Seal Lake.  At our feet, sparkling in the +sunlight, spread the lake upon whose shores our tent, +a little white dot amongst the green trees, was pitched.  + A bit of smoke curled up from our camp fire, where +I knew Stanton and Duncan were baking “squaw +bread.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We returned to camp to await the arrival +and report of Richards and Pete, and occupied the +afternoon in catching trout which, though more plentiful +than in the first lake, were very small.</p> + +<p align="justify">Toward evening, when a stiff breeze +blew in from the lake and cleared the black flies +and mosquitoes away.  Easton took a canoe out, +stripped, and sprang into the water, while I undressed +on shore and was in the midst of a most refreshing +bath when, suddenly, the wind died away and our tormentors +came upon us in clouds.  It was a scramble to +get into our clothes again, but before I succeeded +in hiding my nakedness from them, I was pretty severely +wounded.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was scarcely six o’clock +when Richards and Pete walked into camp and proudly +threw down some venison.  Pete had kept his promise.  + On the lookout at every step for game, he had espied +an old stag, and, together, he and Richards had stalked +it, and it had received bullets from both their rifles.  + I shall not say to which hunter belonged the honor +of killing the game.  They were both very proud +of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">But best of all, they had found, to +a certainty, the trail leading to one of the chain +of little lakes which Easton and I had seen, and these +lakes, they reported, took a course directly toward +a larger lake, which they had glimpsed.  I decided +that this must be the lake of which the Indians at +Northwest River had told us—­Lake Nipishish +(Little Water).  This was very gratifying intelligence, +as Nipishish was said to be nearly half way to Seal +Lake, from where we had begun our portage on the Nascaupee.</p> + +<p align="justify">What a supper we had that night of +fresh venison, and new “squaw bread,” +hot from the pan!</p> + +<p align="justify">In the morning we portaged our outfit +two miles, and removed our camp to the second one +of the series of lakes which Easton and I had seen +from the hill, and the fourth lake after leaving the +Nascaupee River.  The morning was fearfully hot, +and we floundered through marshes with heavy packs, +bathed in perspiration, and fairly breathing flies +and mosquitoes.  Not a breath of air stirred, +and the humidity and heat were awful.  Stanton +and Duncan remained to pitch the tent and bring up +some of our stuff that had been left at the second +lake, while Richards, Easton, Pete and I trudged three +miles over the hills for the caribou meat which had +been cached at the place where the animal was killed, +Richards and Pete having brought with them only enough +for two or three meals.</p> + +<p align="justify">The country here was rough and broken, +with many great bowlders scattered over the hilltops.  + When we reached the cache we were ravenously hungry, +and built a fire and had a very satisfying luncheon +of broiled venison steak and tea.  We bad barely +finished our meal when heavy black clouds overcast +the sky, and the wind and rain broke upon us in the +fury of a hurricane.  With the coming of the storm +the temperature dropped fully forty degrees in half +as many minutes, and in our dripping wet garments +we were soon chilled and miserable.  We hastened +to cut the venison up and put it into packs, and with +each a load of it, started homeward.  On the +way I stopped with Pete to climb a peak that I might +have a view of the surrounding country and see the +large lake to the northward which he and Richards had +reported the evening before.  The atmosphere +was sufficiently clear by this time for me to see +it, and I was satisfied that it was undoubtedly Lake +Nipishish, as no other large lake had been mentioned +by the Indians.</p> + +<p align="justify">We hastened down the mountain and +made our way through rain-soaked bushes and trees +that showered us with their load of water at every +step, and when at last we reached camp and I threw +down my pack, I was too weary to change my wet garments +for dry ones, and was glad to lie down, drenched as +I was, to sleep until supper was ready.</p> + +<p align="justify">None of our venison must be wasted.  + All that we could not use within the next day or +two must be “jerked,” that is, dried, to +keep it from spoiling.  To accomplish this we +erected poles, like the poles of a wigwam, and suspended +the meat from them, cut in thin strips, and in the +center, between the poles, made a small, smoky fire +to keep the greenbottle flies away, that they might +not “blow” the venison, as well as to +aid nature in the drying process.</p> + +<p align="justify">All day on July seventh the rain poured +down, a cold, northwest wind blew, and no progress +was made in drying our meat.  There was nothing +to do but wait in the tent for the storm to clear.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Pete went out to cook dinner +I told him to make a little corn meal porridge and +let it go at that, but what a surprise he had for us +when, a little later, dripping wet and hands full of +kettles, he pushed his way into the tent!  A +steaming venison potpie, broiled venison steaks, hot +fried bread dough, stewed prunes for dessert and a +kettle of hot tea!  All experienced campers in +the north woods are familiar with the fried bread +dough.  It is dough mixed as you would mix it +for squaw bread, but not quite so stiff, pulled out +to the size of your frying pan, very thin, and fried +in swimming pork grease.  In taste it resembles +doughnuts.  Hubbard used to call it “French +toast.”  Our young men had never eaten it +before, and Richards, taking one of the cakes, asked +Pete: </p> + +<p>“What do you call this?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know,” answered Pete.</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Richards, with a mouthful +of it, “I call it darn good.”</p> + +<p>“That’s what we call him then,” +retorted Pete, “darn good.”</p> + +<p align="justify">And so the cakes were christened “darn +goods,” and always afterward we referred to +them by that name.</p> + +<p align="justify">The forest fire which I have mentioned +as having swept this country to the shores of Grand +Lake some thirty-odd years ago, had been particularly +destructive in this portion of the valley where we +were now encamped.  The stark dead spruce trees, +naked skeletons of the old forest, stood all about, +and that evening, when I stepped outside for a look +at the sky and weather, I was impressed with the dreariness +of the scene.  The wind blew in gusts, driving +the rain in sheets over the face of the hills and +through the spectral trees, finally dashing it in +bucketfuls against our tent.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next forenoon, however, the sky +cleared, and in the afternoon Richards and I went +ahead in one of the canoes to hunt the trail.  + We followed the north shore of the lake to its end, +then portaged twenty yards across a narrow neck into +another lake, and keeping near the north shore of +this lake also, continued until we came upon a creek +of considerable size running out of it and taking +a southeasterly course.  Where the creek left +the lake there was an old Indian fishing camp.  +It was out of the question that our trail should follow +the valley of this creek, for it led directly away +from our goal.  We, therefore, returned and explored +a portion of the north shore of the lake, which was +very bare, bowlder strewn, and devoid of vegetation +for the most part—­even moss.</p> + +<p align="justify">Once we came upon a snow bank in a +hollow, and cooled ourselves by eating some of the +snow.  Our observations made it quite certain +that the trail left the northern side of the second +lake through a bowlder-strewn pass over the hills, +though there were no visible signs of it, and we climbed +one of the hills in the hope of seeing lakes beyond.  +There were none in sight.  It was too late to +continue our search that day and we reluctantly returned +to camp.  Our failure was rather discouraging +because it meant a further loss of time, and I had +hoped that our route, until we reached Nipishish at +least, would lie straight and well defined before +us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sunday was comfortably cool, with +a good stiff breeze to drive away the flies.  + I dispatched Richards, with Pete and Easton to accompany +him, to follow up our work of the evening before, and +look into the pass through the hills, while I remained +behind with Stanton and Duncan and kept the fire going +under our venison.</p> + +<p align="justify">I Had expected that Duncan, with his +lifelong experience as a native trapper and hunter +in the Labrador interior, would be of great assistance +to us in locating the trail; but to my disappointment +I discovered soon after our start that he was far +from good even in following a trail when it was found, +though he never got lost and could always find his +way back, in a straight line, to any given point.</p> + +<p align="justify">The boys returned toward evening and +reported that beyond the hills, through the pass, +lay a good-sized lake, and that some signs of a trail +were found leading to it.  This was what I had +hoped for.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our meat was now sufficiently dried +to pack, and, anxious to be on the move again, I directed +that on the morrow we should break camp and cross +the hills to the lakes beyond.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_5"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER V</h1> + +<p><b>WE GO ASTRAY</b></p> + +<p align="justify">At half-past four on Monday morning +I called the men, and while Pete was preparing breakfast +the rest of us broke camp and made ready for a prompt +start.  All were anxious to see behind the range +of bowlder-covered hills and to reach Lake Nipishish, +which we felt could not now be far away.  As +soon as our meal was finished the larger canoe was +loaded and started on ahead, while Richards, Duncan +and I remained behind to load and follow in the other.</p> + +<p align="justify">With the rising sun the day had become +excessively warm, and there was not a breath of wind +to cool the stifling atmosphere.  The trail was +ill-defined and rough, winding through bare glacial +bowlders that were thick-strewn on the ridges; and +the difficulty of following it, together with the +heat, made the work seem doubly hard, as we trudged +with heavy packs to the shores of a little lake which +nestled in a notch between the bills a mile and a +half away.  Once a fox ran before us and took +refuge in its den under a large rock, but save the +always present cloud of black flies, no other sign +of life was visible on the treeless hills.  Finally +at midday, after three wearisome journeys back and +forth, bathed in perspiration and dripping fly dope +and pork grease, which we had rubbed on our faces +pretty freely as a protection from the winged pests, +we deposited our last load upon the shores of the +lake, and thankfully stopped to rest and cook our dinner.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were still eating when we heard +the first rumblings of distant thunder and felt the +first breath of wind from a bank of black clouds in +the western sky, and had scarcely started forward again +when the heavens opened upon us with a deluge.</p> + +<p align="justify">The brunt of the storm soon passed, +but a steady rain continued as we paddled through +the lake and portaged across a short neck of land into +a larger lake, down which we paddled to a small round +island near its lower end.  Here, drenched to +the bone and thoroughly tired, we made camp, and in +the shelter of the tent ate a savory stew composed +of duck, grouse, venison and fat pork that Pete served +in the most appetizing camp style.</p> + +<p align="justify">I was astounded by the amount of squaw +bread and “darn goods” that the young +men of my party made away with, and began to fear not +only for the flour supply, but also for the health +of the men.  One day when I saw one of my party +eat three thick loaves of squaw bread in addition +to a fair quantity of meat, I felt that it was time +to limit the flour part of the ration.  I expressed +my fears to Pete, and advised that he bake less bread, +and make the men eat more of the other food.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Bread very good for Indian.  + Not good when white an eat so much.  Good way +fix him.  Use not so much baking powder, me.  + Make him heavy,” suggested Pete.</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, Pete, use enough baking +powder to make the bread good, and I’ll speak +to the men.  Then if they don’t eat less +bread of their own accord, we’ll have to limit +them to a ration.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I decided to try this plan, and that +evening in our camp on the island I told them that +a ration of bread would soon have to be resorted to.  +They looked very solemn about it, for the bare possibility +of a limited ration, something that they had never +had to submit to, appeared like a hardship to them.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Tuesday morning when we awoke the +rain was still falling steadily.  During the forenoon +the storm abated somewhat and we broke camp and transferred +our goods to the mainland, where the trail left the +lake near a good-sized brook.  Our portage led +us over small bills and through marshes a mile and +a half to another lake.  While Pete remained +at our new camp to prepare supper and Easton stayed +with him, the rest of us brought forward the last +load.  Richards and I with a canoe and packs +attempted to run down the brook, which emptied into +the lake near our camp; but we soon found the stream +too rocky, and were forced to cut our way through +a dense growth of willows and carry the canoe and +packs to camp on our backs.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rain had ceased early in the afternoon, +and the evening was delightfully cool, so that the +warmth of a big camp fire was most grateful and comforting.  + Our day’s march had carried us into a well-wooded +country, and the spectral dry sticks of the old burnt +forest were behind us.  The clouds hung low and +threatening, and in the twilight beyond the glow of +our leaping fire made the still waters of the lake, +with its encircling wilderness of fir trees, seem very +dark and somber.  The genial warmth of the fire +was so in contrast to the chilly darkness of the tent +that we sat long around it and talked of our travels +and prospects and the lake and the wilderness before +us that no white man had ever before seen, while the +brook near by tumbling over its rocky bed roared a +constant complaint at our intrusion into this land +of solitude.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning was cool and +fine, but showers developed during the day.  +Our venison, improderly dried, was molding, and much +of it we found, upon unpacking, to be maggoty.  + After breakfast I instructed the others to cut out +the wormy parts as far as possible and hang the good +meat over the fire for further drying, while with Easton +I explored a portion of the lake shore in search of +the trail leading out.  We returned for a late +dinner, and then while Easton, Richards and I caught +trout, I dispatched Pete and Stanton to continue the +search beyond the point where Easton and I had left +off.  It was near evening when they came back +with the information that they had found the trail, +very difficult to follow, leading to a river, some +two miles and a half beyond our camp.  This was +undoubtedly the Crooked River, which empties into +Grand Lake close to the Nascaupee, and which the Indians +had told us had its rise in Lake Nipishish.</p> + +<p align="justify">The evening was very warm, and mosquitoes +were so thick in the tent that we almost breathed +them.  Stanton, after much turning and fidgeting, +finally took his blanket out of doors, where he said +it was cooler and he could sleep with his head covered +to protect him; but in an hour he was back, and with +his blanket wet with dew took his usual place beside +me.</p> + + + +<p align="justify">Below the point where the trail enters +the Crooked River it is said by the Indians to be +exceedingly rough and entirely impassable.  We +portaged into it the next morning, paddled a short +distance up the stream, which is here some two hundred +yards in width and rather shallow, then poled through +a short rapid and tracked through two others, wading +almost to our waists in some places.  We now came +to a widening of the river where it spread out into +a small lake.  Near the upper end of this expansion +was an island upon which we found a long-disused +log cache of the Indians.  A little distance above +the island what appeared to be two rivers flowed into +the expansion.  Richards, Duncan and I explored +up the right-hand branch until we struck a rapid.  + Upon our return to the point where the two streams +came together we found that the other canoe, against +my positive instructions not to proceed at uncertain +points until I had decided upon the proper route to +take, had gone up the branch on the left, tracked +through a rapid and disappeared.</p> + +<a name="cache"></a> +<a href="cache.jpg"> +<img alt="We Found a Long-disused Log Cache of the Indians" src="cacheth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<p align="justify">There were no signs of Indians on +either of these branches so far as we could discover, +and I was well satisfied that somewhere on the north +bank of the expansion, probably not far from the island +and old cache which we had passed, was the trail.  + But evening was coming on and rain was threatening, +so there was nothing to do but follow the other canoe, +which had gone blindly ahead, until we should overtake +it, as it contained all the cooking utensils and our +tent.  This fail-ure of the men to obey instructions +took us a considerable distance out of our way and +cost us several days’ time, as we discovered +later.</p> + +<p align="justify">We tracked through some rapids and +finally overhauled the others at a place where the +river branched again.  It was after seven o’clock, +a drizzling rain was falling, and here we pitched +camp on the east side of the river just opposite the +junction of the two branches.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the west fork and directly across +from our camp was a rough rapid, and while supper +was cooking I paddled over with Richards to try for +fish.  We made our casts, and I quickly landed +a twenty-inch ouananiche and Richards hooked a big +trout that, after much play, was brought ashore.  + It measured twenty-two and a half inches from tip +to tip and eleven and a half inches around the shoulders.  + I had landed a couple more large trout, when Richards +enthusiastically announced that he had a big fellow +hooked.  He played the fish for half an hour +before he brought it to the edge of the rock, so completely +exhausted that it could scarcely move a fin.  + We had no landing net and he attempted to lift it +out by the line, when snap went the hook and the fish +was free!  I made a dash, caught it in my hands +and triumphantly brought it ashore.  It proved +to be an ouananiche that measured twenty-seven and +one-half inches in length by eleven and one-quarter +inches in girth.</p> + +<p align="justify">In our excitement we had forgotten +all about supper and did not even know that it was +raining; but we now saw Pete on the further shore +gesticulating wildly and pointing at his open mouth, +in pantomime suggestion that the meal was waiting.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, that <i>is</i> fishing!” +remarked Richards.  “I never landed a fish +as big as that before.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes,” I answered; “we’re +getting near the headwaters of the river now, where +the big fish are always found.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I never expected any such sport +as that.  It’s worth the hard work just +for this hour’s fishing.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“You’ll get plenty more +of it before we’re through the country.  + There are some big fellows under that rapid.  + The Indians told us we should find salmon in this +section too, but we’re ahead of the salmon, I +think.  They’re hardly due for a month yet.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Let’s show the fellows +the trout, first.  They’re big enough to +make ’em open their eyes.  Then we’ll +spring the ouananiche on ’cm and they’ll +faint.  It’ll, be enough to make Easton +want to come and try a cast too.”</p> + +<p align="justify">So when we pushed through the dripping +bushes to the tent we presented only the few big trout, +which did indeed create a sensation.  Then Richards +brought forward his ouananiche, and it produced the +desired effect.  After supper Pete and Easton +must try their hand at the fish, and they succeeded +in catching five trout averaging, we estimated, from +two to three pounds each.  Richards, however, +still held the record as to big fish, both trout and +ouananiche, and the others vowed they would take it +from him if they had to fish nights to do it.</p> + +<p align="justify"><i>En route</i> up the river, in the +afternoon, Pete had shot a muskrat, and I asked him +that night what he was going to do with it.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know,” he answered.  + “Muskrat no good now.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, never kill any animal +while you are with me that you cannot use, except +beasts of prey.”</p> + +<p align="justify">This was one of the rules that I had +laid down at the beginning:  that no member of +the party should kill for the sake of killing any living +thing.  I could not be angry with Pete, however, +for he was always so goodnatured.  No matter +how sharply I might reprove him, in five minutes he +would be doing something for my comfort, or singing +some Indian song as he went lightheartedly about his +work.  I understood how hard it was for him to +down the Indian instinct to kill, and that the muskrat +bad been shot thoughtlessly without considering for +a moment whether it were needed or not.  The +flesh of the muskrat at this season of the year is +very strong in flavor and unpalatable, and besides, +with the grouse that were occasionally killed, the +fish that we were catching, and the dried venison +still on hand, we could not well use it.  No +fur is, of course, in season at this time of year, +and so there was no excuse for killing muskrats for +the pelts.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the vicinity of this camp we saw +some of the largest spruce timber that we came upon +in the whole journey across Labrador.  Some of +these trees were fully twenty-two inches in diameter +at the butt and perhaps fifty to sixty feet in height.  + These large trees were very scattered, however, and +too few to be of commercial value.  For the most +part the trees that we met with were six to eight, +and, occasionally, ten inches through, scrubby and +knotted.  In Labrador trees worth the cutting +are always located near streams in sheltered valleys.</p> + +<p align="justify">That evening before we retired the +drizzle turned to a downpour, and we were glad to +leave our unprotected camp fire for the unwarmed shelter +of our tent.  While I lay within and listened +to the storm, I wrote in my diary:  “As +I lie here, the rain pours upon the tent over my head +and drips—­drips—­drips through +small holes in the silk; the wind sweeps through the +spruce trees outside and a breath of the fragrance +of the great damp forest comes to me.  I hear +the roar of the rapid across the river as the waters +pour down over the rocks in their course to the sea.  + I wonder if some of those very waters do not wash +the shores of New York.  How far away the city +seems, and how glad I shall be to return home when +my work here is finished!</p> + +<p align="justify">“This is a feeling that comes +to one often in the wilderness.  Perhaps it is +a touch of homesickness—­a hunger for the +sympathy and companionship of our friends.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The days that followed were days of +weary waiting and inactivity.  A cold northeast +storm was blowing and the rain fell heavily and incessantly +day and night.  Trail hunting was impracticable +while the storm lasted, but the halt offered an opportunity +that was taken advantage of to repair our outfit; +also there was much needed mending to be done, as +some of our clothing was badly torn.</p> + +<p align="justify">Everything we had in the way of wearing +apparel was wet, and we set up our tent stove for +the first time, that we might dry our things under +cover.  This stove proved a great comfort to us, +and all agreed that it was an inspiration that led +me to bring it.  It was not an inspiration, however, +but my experience on the trip with Hubbard that taught +the necessity of a stove for just such occasions as +this, and for the colder weather later.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some of us went to the rapid to fish, +but it was too cold for either fly or bait, and we +soon gave it up.  I slipped off a rock in the +lower swirl of the rapid, and went into the river over +head and ears.  Pete, who was with me, gave audible +expression to his amusement at my discomfiture as +I crawled out of the water like a half drowned rat; +but I could see no occasion for his hilarity and I +told him so.</p> + +<p align="justify">This experience dampened my enthusiasm +as a fisherman for that day.  The net was set, +however, which later yielded us some trout.  A +fish planked on a dry spruce log hewn flat on one +side, made a delicious dinner, and a savory kettle +of fish chowder made of trout and dried onions gave +us an equally good supper.</p> + +<p align="justify">On July fifteenth sleet was mingled +with the rain in the early morning, and it was so +cold that Duncan used his mittens when doing outdoor +work.  Easton was not feeling well, and I looked +upon our delay as not altogether lost time, as it +gave him an opportunity to get into shape again.</p> + +<p align="justify">A pocket copy of “Hiawatha,” +from which Stanton read aloud, furnished us with entertainment.  + Pete was very much interested in the reading, and +I found he was quite familiar with the legends of his +Indian hero, and he told us some stories of Hiawatha +that I had never heard.  “Hiawatha,” +said Pete, “he the same as Christ.  He do +anything he want to.”  Pete produced his +harmonica and proved himself a very good performer.</p> + +<p align="justify">July sixteenth was Sunday, and I decided +that rain or shine we must break camp on Monday and +move forwards for the inactivity was becoming unendurable.</p> + +<p align="justify">A little fishing was done, and Pete +landed a twenty-two and three-quarter inch trout, +thus wresting the big-trout record from Richards.  +Pete was proud and boasted a great deal of this feat, +which he claimed proved his greater skill as a fisherman, +but which the others attributed to luck.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were enabled to do some scouting +in the afternoon, which resulted in the discovery +that our camp was on an island.  Nowhere could +we find any Indian signs, and we were therefore quite +evidently off the trail.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_6"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER VI</h1> + +<p><b>LAKE NIPISHISH IS REACHED</b></p> + +<p align="justify">As already stated, the Indians at +Northwest River Post had informed us that the Crooked +River had its rise in Lake Nipishish, and I therefore +decided to follow the stream from the point where we +were now encamped to the lake, or until we should +come upon the trail again, as I felt sure we should +do farther up, rather than retrace our steps to the +abandoned cache on the island in the expansion below, +and probably consume considerable time in locating +the old portage route from that point.</p> + +<p align="justify">Accordingly, on Monday morning we +began our work against the almost continuous rapids, +which we discovered as we proceeded were characteristic +of the river.  A heavy growth of willows lined +the banks, forcing us into the icy water, where the +swift current made it very difficult to keep our footing +upon the slippery bowlders of the river bed.  + Tracking lines were attached to the bows of the canoes +and we floundered forward.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning was cloudy and cool and +resembled a day in late October, but before noon the +sun graciously made his appearance and gave us new +spirit for our work.  When we stopped for dinner +I sent Pete and Easton to look ahead, and Pete brought +back the intelligence that a half-mile portage would +cut off a considerable bend in the river and take +us into still water.  It was necessary to clear +a portion of the way with the ax.  This done, +the portage was made, and then we found to our disappointment +that the still water was less than a quarter mile +in length, when rapids occurred again.</p> + +<p align="justify">As I deemed it wise to get an idea +of the lay of the land before proceeding farther, +I took Pete with me and went ahead to scout the route.  + Less than a mile away we found two small lakes, and +climbing a ridge two miles farther on, we had a view +of the river, which, so far as we could see, continued +to be very rough, taking a turn to the westward above +where our canoes were stationed, and then swinging +again to the northeast in the direction of Nipishish, +which was plainly visible.  The Indians, instead +of taking the longer route that we were following, +undoubtedly crossed from the old cache to a point +in the river some distance above where it took its +westward swing, and thus, in one comparatively easy +portage, saved themselves several miles of rough traveling.  + It was too late for us now, however, to take advantage +of this.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete and I hurried back to the others.  + The afternoon was well advanced, but sufficient daylight +remained to permit us to proceed a little way up the +river, and portage to the shores of one of the lakes, +where camp was made just at dusk.</p> + +<p align="justify">Field mice in this section were exceedingly +troublesome.  They would run over us at night, +sample our food, and gnawed a hole as large as a man’s +hand in the side of the tent.  Porcupines, too, +were something of a nuisance.  One night one +of them ate a piece out of my tumpline, which was +partially under my head, while I slept.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning we passed through +the lakes to the river above, and for three days, +in spite of an almost continuous rain and wind storm, +worked our way up stream, “tracking” the +canoes through a succession of rapids or portaging +around them, with scarcely any opportunity to paddle.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the afternoon of the third day, +with the wind dashing the rain in sheets into our +faces, we halted on a rough piece of ground just above +the river bank and pitched our tent.</p> + +<p align="justify">When camp was made Pete took me to +a rise of ground a little distance away, and pointing +to the northward exclaimed:  “Look, Lake +Nipishish!  I know we reach him to-day.”</p> + +<p align="justify">And sure enough, there lay Lake Nipishish +close at hand!  I was more thankful than I can +say to see the water stretching far away to the northward, +for I felt that now the hardest and roughest part of +our journey to the height of land was completed.</p> + +<p align="justify">“That’s great, Pete,” +said I.  “We’ll have more water after +this and fewer and easier portages, and we can travel +faster.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Maybe better, I don’t +know,” remarked Pete, rather skeptically.  +“Always hard find trail out big lakes.  +May leave plenty places.  Take more time hunt +trail maybe now.  Indian maps no good.  Maybe +easier when we find him.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete was right, and I did not know +the difficulties still to be met with before we should +reach Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">Duncan was of comparatively little +help to us now, and as I knew that he was more than +anxious to return to Groswater Bay, I decided to dispense +with his further services and send him back with letters +to be mailed home.  When I returned to the tent +I said to him: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Duncan, I suppose you would +like to go home now, and I will let you turn back +from here and take some letters out.  Does that +suit you?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Yes, sir, that suits me fine,” +replied be promptly, and in a tone that left no doubt +of the fact that he was glad to go.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, this is Thursday.  + I’ll write my letters tomorrow, and you may +go on Saturday.”</p> + +<p>“All right, sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The letters were all written and ready +for Duncan on Friday night, and he packed sufficient +provisions into a waterproof bag I gave him to carry +him out, and prepared for an early start in the morning.  + But the rain that had been falling for several days +still poured down on Saturday, and he decided to postpone +his departure another day in the hope of better weather +on Sunday.  He needed the time anyway to mend +his sealskin boots before starting back, for he had +pretty nearly worn them out on the sharp rocks on +the portages.  The rest of us were well provided +with oil-tanned moccasins (sometimes called larigans +or shoe-packs), which I have found are the best footwear +for a journey like ours.  Pete’s khaki +trousers were badly torn; and Richards and Easton, +who wore Mackinaw trousers, were in rags.  This +cloth had not withstood the hard usage of Labrador +travel a week, and both men, when they bad a spare +hour, occupied it in sewing on canvas patches, until +now there was almost as much canvas patch as Mackinaw +cloth in these garments.  Richards, however, +carried an extra pair of moleskin trousers, and I +wore moleskin.  This latter material is the best +obtainable, so far as my experience goes, for rough +traveling in the bush, and my trousers stood the trip +with but one small patch until winter came.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sunday morning was still stormy, but +before noon the rain ceased, and Duncan announced +his intention of starting homeward at once.  We +raised our flags and exchanged our farewells and Godspeeds +with him.  Then he left us, and as be disappeared +down the trail a strange sense of loneliness came +upon us, for it seemed to us that his going broke +the last link that connected us with the outside world.  + Duncan was always so cheerful, with his quaint humor, +and so ready to do his work to the very best of his +ability, that we missed him very much, and often spoke +of him in the days that followed.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had made the best of our enforced +idleness in this camp to repack and condense and dry +our outfit as much as possible.  The venison, +at the first imperfectly cured, had been so continuously +soaked that the most of what remained of it was badly +spoiled and we could not use it, and with regret we +threw it away.  The erbswurst was also damp, and +this we put into small canvas bags, which were then +placed near the stove to dry.</p> + +<p align="justify">A rising barometer augured good weather +for Monday morning.  A light wind scattered the +clouds that had for so many days entombed the world +in storm and gloom, and the sun broke out gloriously, +setting the moisture-laden trees aglinting as though +hung with a million pearls and warming the damp fir +trees until the air was laden with the forest perfume.  + It was as though a pall had been lifted from the world.  + How our hearts swelled with the new enthusiasm of +the returned sunshine!  It was always so.  + It seemed as if the long-continued storms bound up +our hearts and crushed the buoyancy from them; but +the returning sunshine melted the bonds at once and +gave us new ambition.  A robin sang gayly from +a near-by tree—­a messenger from the kindlier +Southland come to cheer us—­and the “whisky +jacks,” who had not shown themselves for several +days, appeared again with their shrill cries, venturing +impudently into the very door of our tent to claim +scraps of refuse.</p> + +<p align="justify">I was for moving forward that very +afternoon, but some of our things were still wet, +and I deemed it better judgment to let them have the +day in which to dry and to delay our start until Monday +morning.</p> + +<p align="justify">After supper, in accordance with the +Sunday custom established by Hubbard when I was with +him, I read aloud a selection from the Testament—­the +last chapter of Revelation—­and then went +out of the tent to take the usual nine o’clock +weather observation.  Between the horizon and +a fringe of black clouds that hung low in the north +the reflected sun set the heavens afire, and through +the dark fir trees the lake stretched red as a lake +of blood.  I called the others to see it and +Easton joined me.  We climbed a low hill close +at hand to view the scene, and while we looked the +red faded into orange, and the lake was transformed +into a mirror, which reflected the surrounding trees +like an inverted forest.  In the direction from +which we had come we could see the high blue hills +beyond the Nascaupee, very dim in the far distance.  + Below us the Crooked River lost itself as it wound +its tortuous way through the wooded valley that we +had traversed.  Somewhere down there Duncan was +bivouacked, and we wondered if his fire was burning +at one of our old camping places.</p> + +<a name="nipish"></a> +<a href="nipish.jpg"> +<img alt="Below Lake Nipishish" src="nipishth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">Darkness soon came and we returned +to the tent to find the others rolled in their blankets, +and we joined them at once that we might have a good +night’s rest preparatory to an early morning +advance.</p> + +<p align="justify">Before seven o’clock on Monday +morning (July twenty-fourth) we had made our portage +to the water that we had supposed to be an arm of +Lake Nipishish, but which proved instead to be an expansion +of the river into which the lake poured its waters +through a short rapid.  This rapid necessitated +another short portage before we were actually afloat +upon the bosom of Nipishish itself.  There was +not a cloud to mar the azure of the sky, hardly a +breath of wind to make a ripple on the surface of +the lake, and the morning was just cool enough to be +delightful.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was the kind of day and kind of +wilderness that makes one want to go on and on.  + I felt again the thrill in my blood of that magic +something that had held possession of Hubbard and me +and lured us into the heart of this unknown land two +years before, and as I looked hungrily away toward +the hills to the northward, I found myself repeating +again one of those selections from Kipling that I had +learned from him: </p> + +<p>  “Something hidden.  Go and +find it.  Go and look behind the<br> +Ranges—­<br> +   Something lost behind the Ranges.  + Lost and waiting for you. <br> +Go!”</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_7"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER VII</h1> + +<p><b>SCOUTING FOR THE TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Lake Nipishish is approximately twenty +miles in length, and at its broadest part ten or twelve +miles in width.  It extends in an almost due +easterly direction from the place where we launched +our canoes near its outlet.  The shores are rocky +and rise gradually into low, well-wooded hills, by +which the lake is surrounded.  Five miles from +the outlet a rocky point juts out into the water, and +above the point an arm of the lake reaches into the +hills to the northward to a distance of six miles, +almost at right angles to the main lake.  In +the arm there are several small, rocky islands which +sustain a scrubby growth of black spruce and fir balsam.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hitherto the Indian maps had been +of little assistance to us.  No estimate of distance +could be made from them, and the lakes through which +we had passed (not all of them shown on the map) were +represented by small circles with nothing to indicate +at what point on their shores the trail was to be +found.  Lake Nipishish, however, was drawn on +a larger scale and with more detail, and we readily +located the trail leading out of the arm which I have +mentioned.</p> + +<p align="justify">After a day’s work through several +small lakes or ponds, with short intervening portages, +and a trail on the whole well defined and easily followed, +we came one afternoon to a good-sized lake of irregular +shape which Pete promptly named Washkagama (Crooked +Lake).</p> + +<p align="justify">A stream flowed into Washkagama near +the place where we went ashore, and it seemed to me +probable that our route might be along this stream, +which it was likely drained lakes farther up; but a +search in the vicinity failed to uncover any signs +of the trail, and the irregu-lar shape of the lake +suggested several other likely places for it.  +We were, therefore, forced to go into camp, disappointing +as it was, until we should know our position to a +certainty.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day was showery, but we began +in the morning a determined hunt for the trail.  + Stanton remained in camp to make needed repairs to +the outfit; Easton went with Pete to the northward, +while Richards and I in one of the canoes paddled +to the eastern side of the lake arm, upon which we +were encamped, to climb a barren hill from which we +hoped to get a good view of the country, and upon reaching +the summit we were not disappointed.  A wide +panorama was spread before us.  To the north +lay a great rolling country covered with a limitless +forest of firs, with here and there a bit of sparkling +water.  A mile from our camp a creek, now and +again losing itself in the green woods, rushed down +to join Washkagama, anxious to gain the repose of the +lake.  To the northeast the rugged white hills, +that we were hoping to reach soon, loomed up grand +and majestic, with patches of snow, like white sheets, +spread over their sides and tops.  From Nipishish +to Washkagama we had passed through a burned and rocky +country where no new growth save scant underbrush +and a few scattering spruce, balsam and tamarack trees +had taken the place of the old destroyed forest.  +The dead, naked tree trunks which, gaunt and weather-beaten, +still stood upright or lay in promiscuous confusion +on the ground, gave this part of the country from +our hilltop view an appearance of solitary desolation +that we had not noticed when we were traveling through +it.  But this unregenerated district ended at +Washkagama; and below it Nipishish, with its green-topped +hills, seemed almost homelike.</p> + +<p align="justify">The creek that I have mentioned as +flowing into the lake a mile from our camp seemed +to me worthy to be explored for the trail, and I determined +to go there at once upon our return to camp, while +Richards desired to climb a rock-topped hill which +held its head above the timber line three or four +miles to the northwest, that he might make topographical +and geological observations there.</p> + +<p align="justify">We returned to camp, and Richards, +with a package of erbswurst in his pocket to cook +for dinner and my rifle on his shoulder, started immediately +into the bush, and was but just gone when Pete and +Easton appeared with the report that two miles above +us lay a large lake, and that they had found the trail +leading from it to the creek I had seen from the hill.  + The lake lay among the hills to the northward, and +the bits of water I had seen were portions of it.  + I was anxious to break camp and start forward, but +this could not be done until Richards’ return.  + Easton, Pete and I paddled up to the creek’s +mouth, therefore, and spent the day fishing, and landed +eighty-seven trout, ranging from a quarter pound to +four pounds in weight.  The largest ones Stanton +split and hung over the fire to dry for future use, +while the others were applied to immediate need.</p> + +<p align="justify">When Richards came into camp in the +evening he brought with him an excellent map of the +country that he had seen from the hill and reported +having counted ten lakes, including the large one that +Easton and Pete had visited.  He also had found +the trail and followed it back.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning some tracking and +wading up the creek was necessary before we found +ourselves upon the trail with packs on our backs, and +before twelve o’clock we arrived with all our +outfit at the lake, which we shall call Minisinaqua.  + It was an exceedingly beautiful sheet of water, the +main body, perhaps, ten or twelve miles in length, +but narrow, and with many arms and indentations and +containing numerous round green islands.  The +shores and surrounding country were well wooded with +spruce, fir, balsam, larch, and an occasional small +white birch.</p> + +<p align="justify">I took my place in the larger canoe +with Pete and Easton and left Stanton to follow with +Richards.  Pete’s eyes, as always, were +scanning with keen scrutiny every inch of shore.  + Suddenly he straightened up, peered closely at an +island, and in a stage whisper exclaimed “Caribou!  + Caribou!  Don’t make noise!  Paddle, +quick!”</p> + +<p align="justify">We saw them then—­two old +stags and a fawn—­on an island, but they +had seen us, too, or winded us more likely, and, rushing +across the island, took to the water on the opposite +side, making for the mainland.  We bent to our +paddles with all our might, hoping to get within shooting +distance of them, but they had too much lead.  + We all tried some shots when we saw we could not +get closer, but the deer were five hundred yards away, +and from extra exertion with our paddles, we were +unable to hold steady, and missed.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our canoes were turned into an arm +of the lake leading to the northward.  Amongst +some islands we came upon a flock of five geese—­ +two old ones and three young ones.  The old ones +had just passed through the molting season, and their +new wing feathers were not long enough to bear them, +and the young ones, though nearly full grown, had +not yet learned to fly.  Pete brought the mother +goose and two of her children down with the shotgun, +but father gander and the other youngster escaped, +flapping away on the surface of the lake at a remarkable +speed, and they were allowed to go with their lives +without a chase.</p> + +<p align="justify">We stumbled upon the trail leading +from Lake Minisinaqua, almost immediately upon landing.  + Its course was in a northerly direction through the +valley of a small river that emptied into the lake.  + This valley was inclosed by low hills, and the country, +like that between Washkagama and Lake Minisinaqua, +was well covered with the same varieties of small +trees that were found there.  For a mile and three-quarters, +the stream along which the trail ran was too swift +for canoeing, but it then expanded into miniature +lakes or ponds which were connected by short rapids.  + Each of us portaged a load to the first pond, where +the canoes were to be launched, and I directed Pete +and Stanton to remain here, pluck the geese, and prepare +two of them for an evening dinner, while Richards, +Easton and I brought forward a second load and pitched +camp.</p> + +<p align="justify">This was Easton’s twenty-second +birthday and it occurred to me that it would be a +pleasant variation to give a birthday dinner in his +honor and to have a sort of feast to relieve the monotony +of our daily life, and give the men something to think +about and revive their spirits; for “bucking +the trail” day after day with no change but the +gradual change of scenery does grow monotonous to +most men, and the ardor of the best of them, especially +men unaccustomed to roughing it, will become damped +in time unless some variety, no matter how slight, +can be brought into their lives.  A good dinner +always has this effect, for after men are immersed +in a wilderness for several weeks, good things to +eat take the first place in their thoughts and, to +judge from their conversation, the attainment of these +is their chief aim in life.</p> + +<p align="justify">My instructions to Pete included the +baking of an extra ration of bread to be served hot +with the roast geese, and I asked Stanton to try his +hand at concocting some kind of a pudding out of the +few prunes that still remained, to be served with +sugar as sauce, and accompanied by black coffee.  + Our coffee supply was small and it was used only +on Sundays now, or at times when we desired an especial +treat.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were pretty tired when we returned +with our second packs and dropped them on a low, bare +knoll some fifty yards above the fire where Pete and +Stanton were carrying on their culinary operations, +but a whiff of roasting goose came to us like a tonic, +and it did not take us long to get camp pitched.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Um-m-m,” said Easton, +stopping in his work of driving tent pegs to sniff +the air now bearing to us appetizing odors of goose +and coffee, “that smells like home.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“You bet it does,” assented +Richards.  “I haven’t been filled +up for a week, but I’m going to be to-night.”</p> + +<p align="justify">At length dinner was ready, and we +fell to with such good purpose that the two birds, +a generous portion of hot bread, innumerable cups of +black coffee, and finally, a most excellent pudding +that Stanton had made out of bread dough and prunes +and boiled in a canvas specimen bag disappeared.</p> + +<p align="justify">How we enjoyed it!  “No +hotel ever served such a banquet,” one of the +boys remarked as we filled our pipes and lighted them +with brands from the fire.  Then with that blissful +feeling that nothing but a good dinner can give, we +lay at full length on the deep white moss, peace-fully +puffing smoke at the stars as they blinked sleepily +one by one out of the blue of the great arch above +us until the whole firmament was glittering with a +mass of sparkling heaven gems.  The soft perfume +of the forest pervaded the atmosphere; the aurora borealis +appeared in the northern sky, and its waves of changing +light swept the heavens; the vast silence of the wilderness +possessed the world and, wrapped in his own thoughts, +no man spoke to break the spell.  Finally Pete +began a snatch of Indian song: </p> + +<p>  “Puhgedewawa enenewug<br> +   Nuhbuggesug kamiwauw.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Then he drew from his pocket a harmonica, +and for half an hour played soft music that harmonized +well with the night and the surroundings; when he +ceased, all but Richards and I went to their blankets.  + We two remained by the dying embers of our fire for +another hour to enjoy the perfect night, and then, +before we turned to our beds, made an observation +for compass variation, which calculations the following +morning showed to be thirty-seven degrees west of the +true north.</p> + +<a name="marsh"></a> +<a href="marsh.jpg"> +<img alt="Through Ponds and Marshes Northward Toward Otter Lake" src="marshth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">Paddling through the ponds, polling +and tracking through the rapids or portaging around +them up the little river on which we were encamped +the night before, brought us to Otter Lake, which was +considerably larger than Lake Minisinaqua, but not +so large as Nipishish.  The main body was not +over a mile and a half in width, but it had a number +of bays and closely connected tributary lakes.  + Its eastern end, which we did not explore, penetrated +low spruce and balsam-covered hills.  To the +north and northeast were rugged, rock-tipped hills, +rising to an elevation of some seven hundred feet +above the lake.  The country at their base was +covered with a green forest of small fir, spruce and +birch, and near the water, in marshy places, as is +the case nearly everywhere in Labrador, tamarack, +but the hills themselves had been fire swept, and +were gray with weather-worn, dead trees.  On the +summits, and for two hundred feet below, bare basaltic +rock indicated that at this elevation they had never +sustained any growth, save a few straggling bushes.  + On some of these hills there still remained patches +of snow of the previous winter.</p> + +<p align="justify">We paddled eastward along the northern +shore of the lake.  Once we saw a caribou swimming +far ahead of us, but he discovered our approach and +took to the timber before we were within shooting distance +of him.  A flock of sawbill ducks avoided us.  + No sign of Indians was seen, and four miles up the +lake we stopped upon a narrow, sandy point that jutted +out into the water for a distance of a quarter mile, +to pitch camp and scout for the trail.  All along +the point and leading back into the bush, were fresh +caribou tracks, where the animals came out to get +the benefit of the lake breezes and avoid the flies, +which torment them terribly.  Natives in the +North have told me of caribou having been worried +to death by the insects, and it is not improbable.  +The “bulldogs” or “stouts,” +as they are sometimes called, which are as big as +bumblebees, are very vicious, and follow the poor caribou +in swarms.  The next morning a caribou wandered +down to within a hundred and fifty yards of camp, +and Pete and Stanton both fired at it, but missed, +and it got away unscathed.</p> + +<p align="justify">After breakfast, with Pete and Easton, +I climbed one of the higher hills for a view of the +surrounding country.  Near the foot of the hill, +and in the depth of the spruce woods, we passed a lone +Indian grave, which we judged from its size to be +that of a child.  It was inclosed by a rough +fence, which had withstood the pressure of the heavy +snows of many winters and a broken cross lay on it.  +From the summit of the hill we could see a string +of lakes extending in a general northwesterly direction +until they were lost in other hills above, and also +numerous lakes to the south, southwest, east and northeast.  + We could count from one point nearly fifty of these +lakes, large and small.  To the north and northwest +the country was rougher and more diversified, and +the hills much higher than any we had as yet passed +through.</p> + +<p align="justify">Down by our camp it had been excessively +warm, but here on the hilltop a cold wind was blowing +that made us shiver.  We found a few scattered +dry sticks, and built a fire under the lee of a high +bowlder, where we cooked for luncheon some pea-meal +porridge with water that Pete, with foresight, had +brought with him from a brook that we passed half way +down the hillside.  We then continued our scouting +tour several miles inland, climbing two other high +hills, from one of which an excellent view was had +of the string of lakes penetrating the northwestern +hills.  Everywhere so far as our vision extended +the valleys were comparatively well wooded, but the +treeless, rock-bound hills rose grimly above the timber +line.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we returned to camp we were still +unsettled as to where the trail left the lake, but +there was one promising bay that had not been explored, +and Richards and Easton volunteered to take a canoe +and search this bay.  They were supplied with +tarpaulin, blankets, an ax and one day’s rations, +and started immediately.</p> + +<p align="justify">I felt some anxiety as to our slow +progress.  August was almost upon us and we had +not yet reached Seal Lake.  Here, as at other +places, we had experienced much delay in finding the +trail, and we did not know what difficulties in that +direction lay before us.  I had planned to reach +the George River by early September, and the question +as to whether we could do it or not was giving me +much concern.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete and Stanton had been in bed and +asleep for an hour, but I was still awake, turning +over in my mind the situation, and planning to-morrow’s +campaign, when at ten o’clock I heard the soft +dip of paddles, and a few moments later Richards and +Easton appeared out of the night mist that hung over +the lake, with the good news that they had found the +trail leading northward from the bay.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_8"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER VIII</h1> + +<p><b>SEAL LAKE AT LAST</b></p> + +<p align="justify">A thick, impenetrable mist, such as +is seldom seen in the interior of Labrador, hung over +the water and the land when we struck camp and began +our advance.  For two days we traveled through +numerous small lakes, making several short portages, +before we came to a lake which we found to be the +headwaters of a river flowing to the northwest.  +This lake was two miles long, and we camped at its +lower end, where the river left it.  Portage +Lake we shall call it, and the river that flowed out +of it Babewendigash.</p> + +<p align="justify">The portage into the lake crossed +a sand desert, upon which not a drop of water was +seen, and instead of the usual rocks there were uncovered +sand and gravel knolls and valleys, where grew only +occasional bunches of very stunted brush; the surface +of the sand was otherwise quite bare and sustained +not even the customary moss and lichens.  The +heat of the sun reflected from the sand was powerful.  + The day was one of the most trying ones of the trip, +and the men, with faces and hands swollen and bleeding +from the attacks of not only the small black flies, +which were particularly bad, but also the swarms of +“bulldogs,” complained bitterly of the +hardships.  When we halted to eat our luncheon +one of the men remarked, “Duncan said once that +if there are no flies there, hell can’t be as +bad as this, and he’s pretty near right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The river left the lake in a rapid, +and while Pete was making his fire, Richards, Easton +and I went down to catch our supper, and in half an +hour had secured forty-five good-sized trout—­sufficient +for supper that night and breakfast and dinner the +next day.</p> + +<p align="justify">Since leaving Otter Lake, caribou +signs had been plentiful, fresh trails running in +every direction.  Pete was anxious to halt a day +to hunt, but I decreed otherwise, to his great disappointment.</p> + +<p align="justify">The scenery at this point was particularly +fine, with a rugged, wild beauty that could hardly +be surpassed.  Below us the great, bald snow +hills loomed very close at hand, with patches of snow +glinting against the black rocks of the hills, as +the last rays of the setting sun kissed them good-night.  + Nearer by was the more hospitable wooded valley and +the shining river, and above us the lake, placid and +beautiful, and beyond it the line of low sand hills +of the miniature desert we had crossed.  One +of the snow hills to the northwest had two knobs resembling +a camel’s back, and was a prominent landmark.  + We christened it “The Camel’s Hump.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Heretofore the streams had been taking +a generally southerly direction, but this river flowed +to the northwest, which was most encouraging, for +running in that direction it could have but one outlet-the +Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">A portage in the morning, then a short +run on the river, then another portage, around a shallow +rapid, and we were afloat again on one of the prettiest +little rivers I have ever seen.  The current was +strong enough to hurry us along.  Down we shot +past the great white hills, which towered in majestic +grandeur high above our heads, in some places rising +almost perpendicularly from the water, with immense +heaps of debris which the frost had detached from their +sides lying at their base.  The river was about +fifty yards wide, and in its windings in and out among +the hills almost doubled upon itself sometimes.  + The scenery was fascinating.  One or two small +lake expansions were passed, but generally there was +a steady current and a good depth of water.  +“This is glorious!” some one exclaimed, +as we shot onward, and we all appreciated the relief +from the constant portaging that had been the feature +of our journey since leaving the Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">The first camp on this river was pitched +upon the site of an old Indian camp, above a shallow +rapid.  The many wigwam poles, in varying states +of decay, together with paddles, old snowshoes, broken +sled runners, and other articles of Indian traveling +paraphernalia, in-dicated that it had been a regular +stopping place of the Indians, both in winter and +in summer, in the days when they had made their pilgrimages +to Northwest River Post.  Near this point we found +some beaver cuttings, the first that we had seen since +leaving the Crooked River.</p> + +<p align="justify">Babewendigash soon carried us into +a large lake expansion, and six hours were consumed +paddling about the lake before the outlet was discovered.  + At first we thought it possible we were in Seal Lake, +but I soon decided that it was not large enough, and +its shape did not agree with the description of Seal +Lake that Donald Blake and Duncan McLean had given +me.</p> + +<a name="babewe"></a> +<a href="babewe.jpg"> +<img alt="We Shall Call the River Babewendigash" src="babeweth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">During the morning I dropped a troll +and landed the first namaycush of the trip—­a +seven-pound fish.  The Labrador lakes generally +have a great depth of water, and it is in the deeper +water that the very large namaycush, which grow to +an immense size, are to be caught.  Our outfit +did not contain the heavy sinkers and larger trolling +spoons necessary in trolling for these, and we therefore +had to content ourselves with the smaller fish caught +in the shallower parts of the lakes.  We had +two more portages before we shot the first rapid of +the trip, and then camped on the shores of a small +expansion just above a wide, shallow rapid where the +river swung around a ridge of sand hills.  This +ridge was about two hundred feet in elevation, and +followed the river for some distance below.  In +the morning we climbed it, and walked along its top +for a mile or so, to view the rapid, and suddenly, +to the westward, beheld Seal Lake.  It was a great +moment, and we took off our hats and cheered.  + The first part of our fight up the long trail was +almost ended.</p> + +<p align="justify">The upper part of the rapid was too +shallow to risk a full load in the canoes, so we carried +a part of our outfit over the ridge to a point where +the river narrowed and deepened, then ran the rapid +and picked up our stuff below.  Not far from +here we passed a hill whose head took the form of +a sphinx and we noted it as a remarkable landmark.  +Stopping but once to climb a mountain for specimens, +at twelve o’clock we landed on a sandy beach +where Babewendigash River emptied its waters into +Seal Lake.  We could hardly believe our good fortune, +and while Pete cooked dinner I climbed a hill to satisfy +myself that it was really Seal Lake.  There was +no doubt of it.  It had been very minutely described +and sketched for me by Donald and Duncan.  We +had halted at what they called on their maps “The +Narrows,” where the lake narrowed down to a +mere strait, and that portion of it below the canoes +was hidden from my view.  It stretched out far +to the northwest, with some distance up a long arm +reaching to the west.  A point which I recognized +from Duncan’s description as the place where +the winter tilt used by him and Donald was situated +extended for some distance out into the water.  + The entire length of Seal Lake is about forty miles, +but only about thirty miles of it could be seen from +the elevation upon which I stood.  Its shores +are generally well wooded with a growth of young spruce.  + High hills surround it.</p> + +<p align="justify">We visited the tilt as we passed the +point and, in accordance with an arrangement made +with Duncan, added to our stores about twenty-five +pounds of flour that he had left there during the previous +winter.  Five miles above the point where Babewendigash +River empties into Seal Lake we entered the Nascaupee, +up which we paddled two miles to the first short rapid.  + This we tracked, and then made camp on an island +where the river lay placid and the wind blew cool and +refreshing.</p> + +<p align="justify">Long we sat about our camp fire watching +the glories of the northern sunset, and the new moon +drop behind the spruce-clad hills, and the aurora +in all its magnificence light our silent world with +its wondrous fire.  Finally the others left me +to go to their blankets.</p> + +<p align="justify">When I was alone I pushed in the ends +of the burning logs and sat down to watch the blaze +as it took on new life.  Gradually, as I gazed +into its depths, fantasy brought before my eyes the +picture of another camp fire.  Hubbard was sitting +by it.  It was one of those nights in the hated +Susan Valley.  We had been toiling up the trail +for days, and were ill and almost disheartened; but +our camp fire and the relaxation from the day’s +work were giving us the renewed hope and cheer that +they always brought, and rekindled the fire of our +half-lost enthusiasm.  “Seal Lake can’t +be far off now,” Hubbard was saying.  “We’re +sure to reach it in a day or two.  Then it’ll +be easy work to Michikamau, and we ’ll soon +be with the Indians after that, and forget all about +this hard work.  We’ll be glad of it all +when we get home, for we’re going to have a +bully trip.”  How much lighter my pack felt +the next day, when I recalled his words of encouragement!  + How we looked and looked for Seal Lake, but never +found it.  It lay hidden among those hills that +were away to the northward of us, with its waters +as placid and beautiful as they were to-day when we +passed through it.  I had never seen Michikamau.  + Was I destined to see it now?</p> + +<p align="justify">The fire burned low.  Only a +few glowing coals remained, and as they blackened +my picture dissolved.  The aurora, like a hundred +searchlights, was whipping across the sky.  The +forest with its hidden mysteries lay dark beneath.  + A deep, impenetrable silence brooded over all.  + The vast, indescribable loneliness of the wilderness +possessed my soul.  I tried to shake off the +feeling of desolation as I went to my bed of boughs.</p> + +<p align="justify">To-morrow a new stage of our journey +would begin.  It was ho for Michikamau!</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_9"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER IX</h1> + +<p><b>WE LOSE THE TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Saturday morning, August fifth, broke +with a radiance and a glory seldom equaled even in +that land of glorious sunrises and sunsets.  A +flame of red and orange in the east ushered in the +rising sun, not a cloud marred the azure of the heavens, +the moss was white with frost, and the crisp, clear +atmosphere sweet with the scent of the new day.  +Labrador was in her most amiable mood, displaying to +the best advantage her peculiar charms and beauties.</p> + +<p align="justify">While we ate a hurried breakfast of +corn-meal mush, boiled fat pork and tea, and broke +camp, Michikamau was the subject of our conversation, +for now it was ho for the big lake!  A rapid advance +was expected upon the river, and the trail above, +where it left the Nascaupee to avoid the rapids which +the Indians had told us about, would probably be found +without trouble.  So this new stage of our journey +was begun with something of the enthusiasm that we +had felt the day we left Tom Blake’s cabin and +started up Grand Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had gone but a mile when Pete drew +his paddle from the water and pointed with it at a +narrow, sandy beach ahead, above which rose a steep +bank.  Almost at the same instant I saw the object +of his interests—­a buck caribou asleep +on the sand.  The wind was blowing toward the +river, and maintaining absolute silence, we landed +below a bend that hid us from the caribou.  Fresh +meat was in sight and we must have it, for we were +hungry now for venison.  To cover the retreat +of the animal should it take alarm, Pete was to go +on the top of the bank above it, Easton to take a +stand opposite it and I a little below it.  We +crawled to our positions with the greatest care; but +the caribou was alert.  The shore breeze carried +to it the scent of danger, and almost before we knew, +that we were discovered it was on its feet and away.  + For a fraction of a second I had one glimpse of the +animal through the brush.  Pete did not see it +when it started, but heard it running up the shore, +and away be started in that direction, running and +leaping recklessly over the fallen tree trunks.  +Presently the caribou turned from the river and showed +itself on the burned plateau above, two hundred yards +from Pete.  The Indian halted for a moment and +fired—­then fired again.  I hastened +up and came upon Pete standing by the prostrate caribou +and grinning from ear to ear.</p> + +<a name="caribo"></a> +<a href="caribo.jpg"> +<img alt="Pete, Standing by the Prostrate Caribou, Was Grinning from Ear to Ear" src="cariboth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The carcass was quickly skinned and +the meat stripped from the bones and carried to the +canoe.  Here on the shore we made a fire, broiled +some thick luscious steaks, roasted some marrow bones +and made tea.  All the bones except the marrow +bones of the legs were abandoned as an unnecessary +weight.  Pete broke a hole through one of the +shoulder blades and stuck it on a limb of a tree above +the reach of animals.  That, you know, insures +further good luck in hunting.  It is a sort of +offering to the Manitou.  We took the skin with +us.  “Maybe we need him for something,” +said Pete.  “Clean and smoke him nice, me; +maybe mend clothes with him.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The larger pieces of our venison were +to be roasted when we halted in the evening.  + We could not dally now, and I chose this method of +preserving the meat, rather than “jerk” +it (that is, dry it in the open air over a smoky fire), +which would have necessitated a halt of three or four +days.</p> + +<p align="justify">Within three hours after we had first +seen the caribou we were on our way again.  The +river up which we were passing was from two to four +hundred yards in width, and with the exception of an +occasional rock, had a gravelly bottom, and the banks +were generally low and gravelly.  A little distance +back ridges of low hills paralleled the stream, and +on the south side behind the lower ridge was a higher +one of rough hills; but none of them with an elevation +above the valley of more than three hundred feet.  + The country had been burned on both sides of the +river and there was little new growth to hide the dead +trees.</p> + +<p align="justify">Twenty-five miles above Seal Lake +we encountered a rapid which necessitated a mile and +a half portage around it.  Where we landed to +make the portage I noticed along the edge of the sandy +beach a black band about two feet in width.  +I thought at first that the water had discolored the +sand, but upon a closer examination discovered that +it was nothing more nor less than myriads of our black +fly pests that had lost their lives in the water and +been washed ashore.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had much rain and progress was +slow and difficult in the face of a strong wind and +current.  Seven or eight miles above the rapid +around which we had portaged we passed into a large +expansion of the river which the Indians at Northwest +River Post had told us to look for, and which they +called Wuchusknipi (Big Muskrat) Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">High gravelly banks, rising in terraces +sometimes fully fifty feet above the water’s +edge, had now become the feature of the stream.  + The current increased in strength, and only for short +distances above Wuchusknipi, where the river occasionally +broadened, were we able to paddle.  The tracking +lines were brought into service, one man hauling each +canoe, while the others, wading in the water, or walking +on the bank with poles where the stream was too deep +to wade, kept the canoes straight in the current and +clear of the shore.  Once when it became necessary +to cross a wide place in the river a squall struck +us, and Richards and Stanton in the smaller canoe +were nearly swamped.  The strong head wind precluded +paddling, even when the current would otherwise have +permitted it.</p> + +<p align="justify">Finally the sky cleared and the wind +ceased to blow; but with the calm came a cause for +disquietude.  A light smoke had settled in the +valley and the air held the odor of it, suggesting +a forest fire somewhere above.  This would mean +retreat, if not disaster, for when these fires once +start rivers and lakes prove small obstacles in their +path.  From a view-point on the hills no dense +smoke could be discovered, only the light haze that +we had seen and smelled in the valley, and we therefore +decided that the gale that had blown for several days +from the northwest may have carried it for a long +distance, even from the district far west of Michikamau, +and that at any rate there was no cause for immediate +alarm.</p> + +<p align="justify">The ridges with an increasing altitude +were crowding in upon us more closely.  Once +when we stopped to portage around a low fall we climbed +some of the hills that were near at hand that we might +obtain a better knowledge of the topography of the +country than could be had from the confined river +valley.  Away to the northwest we found the country +to be much more rugged than the district we had recently +passed through.  Observations showed us that the +highest of the hills we were on had an elevation of +six hundred feet above the river.  We had but +a single day of fine weather and then a fog came so +thick that we could not see the opposite banks of +the Nascaupee, and after it a cold rain set in which +made our work in the icy current doubly hard.  + One morning I slipped on a bowlder in the river and +strained my side, and for me the remainder of the +day was very trying.  That evening we reached +a little group of three or four islands, where the +Nascaupee was wide and shallow, but just above the +islands it narrowed down again and a low fall occurred.  + Not far from the fall a small river tumbled down +over the rocks a sheer thirty feet, and emptied into +the Nascaupee.  Since leaving Seal Lake we had +passed two rivers flowing in from the north, and this +was the second one coming from the south, marking the +point on the Indian map where we were to look for the +portage trail leading to the northward.  Therefore +a halt was made and camp was pitched.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the night the weather cleared, +and Pete, Richards and Easton were dispatched in the +morning to scout the country to the northward in search +of the trail and signs of Indians.  The ligaments +of my side were very stiff and sore from the strain +they received the previous day, and I remained in +camp with Stanton to write up my records, take an +inventory of our food supply, and consider plans for +the future.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was August twelfth.  How far +we had still to go before reaching Michikamau was +uncertain, but, in view of our experiences below Seal +Lake and the difficulties met with in finding and following +the old Indian trail there, our progress would now, +for a time at least, if we traveled the portage route, +be slower than on the river where we had done fairly +well.  True, our outfit was much lighter than +it had been in the beginning, and we were in better +shape for packing and were able to carry heavier loads.  + Still we must make two trips over every portage, +and that meant, for every five miles of advance, fifteen +miles of walking and ten of those miles with packs +on our backs.  Had we not better, therefore, +abandon the further attempt to locate the trail and, +instead, follow the river which was beyond doubt the +quicker and the easier route?  My inclinations +rebelled against this course.  One of the objects +of the expedition, for it was one of the things that +Hubbard had planned to do, was to locate the old trail, +if possible.  To abandon the search for it now, +and to follow the easier route, seemed to me a surrender.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the other hand, should we not find +game or fish and have delays scouting for the trail, +it would be necessary to go on short rations before +reaching Michikamau, for enough food must be held back +to take us out of the country in safety.</p> + +<p align="justify">In my present consideration of the +situation it seemed to me highly improbable that we +could reach George River Post in season to connect +with the Hudson’s Bay Company’s steamer +<i>Pelican</i>, which touches there to land supplies +about the middle of September, and that is the only +steamer that ever visits that Post.  Not to connect +with the <i>Pelican</i> would, therefore, mean imprisonment +in the north for an entire year, or a return around +the coast by dog train in winter.  The former +of these alternatives was out of the question; the +latter would be impossible with an encumbrance of +four men, for dog teams and drivers in the early winter +are usually all away to the hunting grounds and hard +to engage.  I therefore concluded that but one +course was open to me.  Three of the men must +be sent back and with a single companion I would push +on to Ungava.  This, then, was the line of action +I decided upon.</p> + +<p align="justify">Toward evening gathering clouds augured +an early renewal of the storm, and Stanton and I had +just put up the stove in the tent in anticipation +of it when Pete and Easton, the latter thoroughly fagged +out, came into camp.</p> + +<p>“Well, Pete,” I asked, “what luck?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Find trail all right,” +he answered.  “Can’t follow him easy.  + Long carry.  First lake far, maybe eleven, twelve +mile.  Little ponds not much good for canoe.  + Trail old.  Not used long time.  All time +go up hill.”</p> + +<p>“Where’s Richards?” I inquired, +noticing his absence.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Left us about four miles back +to take a short cut to the river and follow it down +to camp,” said Easton.  “He thought +you might want to know how it looked above, and perhaps +keep on that way instead of tackling the portage, +for the trail’s going to be mighty hard.  + It looks as though the river would be better.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We waited until near dark for Richards, +but he did not come.  Then we ate our supper +without him.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rain grew into a downpour and +darkness came, but no Richards, and at length I became +alarmed for his safety.  I pushed back the tent +flaps and peered out into the pitchy darkness and pouring +rain.</p> + +<p align="justify">“He’ll never get in to-night,” +I remarked.  “No,” said some one, +“and he’ll have a hard time of it out +there in the rain.”  There was nothing to +do but wait.  Pete rummaged in his bag and produced +a candle (we had a dozen in our outfit), sharpened +one end of a stick, split the other end for two or +three inches down, forced open the split end and set +the candle in it and stuck the sharpened end in the +ground, all the while working in the dark.  Then +he lit the candle.</p> + +<p align="justify">I do not know how long we had been +sitting by the candle light and putting forth all +sorts of conjectures about Richards and his uncomfortable +position in the bush without cover and the probable +reasons for his failure to return, when the tent front +opened and in he came, as wet as though he had been +in the river.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, Richards,” I asked, +when he was comfortably settled at his meal, “what +do you think of the river?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“The river!” he paused +between mouthfuls to exclaim, “that’s the +only thing within twenty miles that I didn’t +see.  I’ve been looking for it for four +hours, but it kept changing its location and I never +found it till I struck camp just now.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Now, boys,” said I, when +all the pipes were going, “I’ve something +to say to you.  Up to this time we’ve had +no real hardships to meet.  We’ve had hard +work, and it’s been most trying at times, but +there’s been no hardship to endure that might +not be met with upon any journey in the bush.  + If we go on we <i>shall</i> have hardships, and perhaps, +some pretty severe ones.  There’ll soon +be sleet and snow in the air, and cold days and shivery +nights, and the portages will be long and hard.  +On the whole, there’s been plenty to eat—­not +what we would have had at home, perhaps, but good, +wholesome grub—­and we’re all in better +condition and stronger than when we started, but flour +and pork are getting low, lentils and corn meal are +nearly gone, and short rations, with hungry days, +are soon to come if we don’t strike game, and +you know how uncertain that is.  I cannot say +what is before us, and I’m not going to drag +you fellows into trouble.  I’m going to +ask for one volunteer to go on with me to Ungava with +the small canoe, and let the rest return from here +with the other canoe and what grub they need to take +them out.  Who wants to go home?”</p> + +<p align="justify">It came to them like a shock.  + Outside, the wind howled through the trees and dashed +the rain spitefully against the tent.  The water +dripped through on us, and the candle flickered and +sputtered and almost went out.  In the weird +light I could see the faces of the men work with emotion.  + For a moment no one spoke.  Finally Richards, +in a tone of reproach that made me feel sorry for +the very suggestion, asked:  “Do you think +there’s a quitter here?”</p> + +<p align="justify">The loyalty and grit of the men touched +my heart.  Not one of them would think of leaving +me.  Nothing but a positive order would have +turned them back, and I decided to postpone our parting +until we reached Michikaumau at least, if it could +be postponed so long consistently with safety.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day was Sunday, and it was +spent in rest and in preparation for our advance up +the trail.  The weather was damp and cheerless, +with rain falling intermittently throughout the day.</p> + +<p align="justify">To cover a possible retreat a cache +was made near our camp of thirty pounds of pemmican +in tin cans and forty-five pounds of flour and some +tea in a waterproof bag.  A hole was dug in the +ground and the provisions were deposited in it, then +covered with stones as a pro-tection from animals.</p> + +<p align="justify">By Monday morning the storm had gained +new strength, and steadily and pitilessly the rain +fell, accompanied by a cold, northwest wind.</p> + +<p align="justify">What narrowly escaped being a serious +accident occurred when we halted that day for dinner.  + Easton was cutting firewood, when suddenly he dropped +the ax he was using with the exclamation “That +fixes me!” He had given himself what looked +at first like an ugly cut near the shin bone.  + Fortunately, however, upon examination, it proved +to be only a flesh wound and not sufficiently severe +to interfere with his traveling.  Stanton dressed +the cut.  Our adhesive plaster we found had become +useless by exposure and electrician’s tape was +substituted for it to draw the flesh together.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the evening of the second day after +leaving the Nascaupee, our tent was pitched upon the +site of an extensive but ancient Indian camp beside +a mile-long lake, four hundred and fifty feet above +the river.  Five ponds had been passed <i>en route</i>, +but all of them so small it was scarcely worth while +floating the canoe in any of them.</p> + +<p align="justify">In these two days we had covered but +eleven miles, but during the whole time the wind had +driven the rain in sweeping gusts into our faces and +made it impossible for a man, single-handed, to portage +a canoe.  Thus, with two men to carry each canoe +we had been compelled to make three loads of our outfit, +and this meant fifty-five miles actual walking, and +thirty-three miles of this distance with packs on +our backs.  The weather conditions had made the +work more than hard—­ it was heartrending—­as +we toiled over naked hills, across marshes and moraines, +or through dripping brush and timber land.</p> + +<p align="justify">A beautiful afternoon, two days later, +found us paddling down the first lake worthy of mention +since leaving the Nascaupee River.  The azure +sky overhead shaded to a pearly blue at the horizon, +with a fleecy cloud or two floating lazily across +its face.  The atmosphere was perfect in its +purity, and only the sound of screeching gulls and +the dip of our paddles disturbed the quiet of the wilderness.  + Lake Bibiquasin, as we shall call it, was five miles +in length and nestled between ridges of low, moss-covered +hills.  It lay in a southeasterly and northwesterly +direction, and rested upon the summit of a sub-sidiary +divide that we had been gradually ascending.  +A creek ran out of its northwesterly end, flowing +in that direction.</p> + +<p align="justify">Until now we had found the trail with +little difficulty, but here we were baffled.  + A search in the afternoon failed to uncover it, and +we were forced to halt, perplexed again as to our +course.  Camp was pitched in a grove of spruces +at the lower end of the lake.  Not far from us +was an old hunting camp which Pete said was “most +hundred years old,” and he was not far wrong +in his estimate, for the frames upon which the Indians +had stretched skins and the tepee poles crumbled to +pieces when we touched them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Strange to say, not a fish of any +description had been seen for several days and not +one could be induced to rise to fly or bait, and our +net was always empty now.  Game, too, was scarce.  + There were no fresh caribou tracks this side of the +Nascaupee River, and but one duck and one spruce partridge +had been killed.  The last bit of our venison +was eaten the day before.  It was pretty badly +spoiled and turning a little green in color, but Pete +washed it well several times and we all avoided the +lee side of the kettle while it was cooking.  +It was pronounced “not so bad.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Another day was lost on Lake Bibiquasin +in an ineffectual hunt for the trail.  I scouted +alone all day and in my wanderings came upon the first +ptarmigans of the trip and shot one of them with my +rifle.  The others flew away.  They wore +their mottled summer coat, as it was still too early +for them to don their pure white dress of winter.</p> + +<p align="justify">During my scouting trip I also discovered +the first ripe bake-apple berries we had seen.  + This is a salmon-colored berry resembling in size +and shape the raspberry, and grows on a low plant like +the strawberry.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Saturday morning, August nineteenth, +the temperature was four degrees below the freezing +point, and the ground was stiff with frost.  In +a further search on the north side of the lake opposite +our camp we found an old blaze and a trail leading +from it along a ridge and through marshes to a small +lake.  This was the only trail that we could +find anywhere, so we decided to follow it, though it +did not bear all the earmarks of the portage trail +we had been tracing—­it was decidedly more +ancient.  We started our work with a will.  + It was a hard portage and we sometimes sank knee +deep into the marsh and got mired frequently, but +finally reached the lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">Indian signs now completely disappeared.  + Down the lake, where a creek flowed out, was a bare +hill, and Pete and I climbed it.  From its summit +we could easily locate the creek taking a turn to the +north and then to the northeast and, finally, flowing +into one of a series of lakes extending in an easterly +and westerly direction.  The land was comparatively +flat to the eastward and the lakes no doubt fed a river +flowing out of that end, probably one of those that +we had noted as joining the Nascaupee on its north +side.  To the north of these lakes were high, +rugged ridges.  It was possible there was an opening +in the hills to the westward, where they seemed lower; +we could not tell from where we were, but we determined +to portage along the creek into the lakes with that +hope.</p> + +<p align="justify">Again the smoke of a forest fire hung +in the valleys and over the hills, and the air was +heavy with the smell of it, which revived the former +uneasiness, but by the next day every trace of it had +disappeared.</p> + +<p align="justify">Another day found us afloat upon the +first of the lakes.  Several short carries across +necks of land took us from this lake into the one +which Pete and I had seen extending back to the ridges +to the westward, and which we shall call Lake Desolation.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the northern shore of Lake Desolation +we stopped to climb a mountain.  A decided change +in the features of the country had taken place since +leaving Lake Bibiquasin, and the low moss-covered hills +had given place to rough mountains of bare rock.  + To the northward from where we stood nothing but +higher mountains of similar formation met our view—­a +great, rolling vista of bare, desolate rocks.  + To the westward the country was not, perhaps, so +rough, though there, too, in the far distance could +be discerned the tops of rugged hills breaking the +line of the horizon.  Through a valley in that +direction was distinguishable, with a considerable +interval between them, a string of small lakes or +ponds.  This valley led up from the western end +of Lake Desolation, and there was no other possible +place for the trail to leave the lake.  The valley +was the only opening.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our mountain climbing had consumed +a good part of an afternoon, and it was evening when +finally we reached the western end of the lake and +pitched our camp near a creek flowing in.  As +we paddled we tried our trolls, but were not rewarded +with a single strike.  When camp was made the +net was stretched across the creek’s mouth and +we tried our rods in the stream for trout, but our +efforts were useless.  No fish were caught.</p> + +<p align="justify">The prospect for game had not improved, +in fact was growing steadily worse.  We were +now in a country that had been desolated by a forest +fire within four or five years.  The moss under +foot had not renewed itself and where any of it remained +at all, it was charred and black.  The trees were +dead and the land harbored almost no life.  It +seemed to me that even the fish had been scalded out +of the water and the streams had never restocked themselves.</p> + +<p align="justify">A thorough search was made for Indian +signs, but there were absolutely none.  There +was nothing to show that any human being had ever been +here before us.  Back on Lake Bibiquasin we had +lost the trail and now on Lake Desolation we were +far and hopelessly astray, with only the compass to +guide us.</p> + +<p align="justify">After supper the men sat around the +camp fire, smoking and talking of their friends at +home, while I walked alone by the lake shore.  + It was a wild scene that lay before me—­the +aurora, with its waves of changing color flashing +weirdly as they swept and lighted the sky, the dead +trees everywhere like skeletons gray and gaunt, the +blazing camp fire in the foreground, with the figures +lying about it and the little white tent in the background.  + Somewhere hidden in the depths of that vast and silent +wilderness to the westward lay Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">There was no mark on the face of the +earth to direct us on our road.  We must blaze +a new trail up that valley and over those ridges that +looked so dark and forbidding in the uncertain light +of the aurora.  We must find Michikamau.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_10"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER X</h1> + +<p><b>“WE SEE MICHIKAMAU”</b></p> + +<p align="justify">“It’s no use, Pete.  + You may as well go back to your blankets.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was the morning of the second day +after reaching the lake which we named Desolation.  + We had portaged through a valley and over a low ridge +to the shores of a pond, out of which a small stream +ran to the southeast.  The country was devastated +by fire and to the last degree inhospitable.  + Not a green shrub over two feet in height was to be +seen, the trees were dead and blackened; not even the +customary moss covered the naked earth, and loose +bowlders were scattered everywhere about.</p> + +<p align="justify">There was no fixed trail now to look +for or to guide us, but by keeping a general westerly +course, we knew that we must, sooner or later, reach +Michikamau.  Rough, irregular ridges blocked our +path and it was necessary to look ahead that we might +not become tangled up amongst them.  One hill, +higher than the others, a solitary bailiff that guarded +the wilderness beyond, was to have been climbed this +morning, but when Pete and I at daybreak came out of +the tent we were met by driving rain and dashes of +sleet that cut our faces, and a mist hung over the +earth so thick we could not even see across the tiny +lake at our feet.  I looked longingly into the +storm and mist in the direction in which I knew the +big hill lay, and realized the hopelessness and foolhardiness +of attempting to reach it.</p> + +<p align="justify">“It’s no use, Pete,” +I continued, “to try to scout in this storm.  + You could see nothing from the hill if you reached +it, and the chances are, with every landmark hidden, +you couldn’t find the tent again.  I don’t +want to lose you yet.  Go back and sleep.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Later in the morning to my great relief +the weather cleared, and Richards and Pete were at +once dispatched to scout.  We who remained “at +home,” as we called our camp, found plenty of +work to keep us occupied.  The bushes had ravaged +our clothing to such an extent that some of us were +pretty ragged, and every halt was taken advantage of +to make much needed repairs.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was nearly dark when Richards and +Pete came back.  They had reached the high hill +and from its summit saw, some distance to the westward, +long stretches of water reaching far away to the hills +in that direction.  A portage of several miles +in which some small lakes occurred would take us, +they said, into a large lake.  Beyond this they +could not see.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete brought back with him a hatful +of ripe currants which he stewed and which proved +a very welcome addition to our supper of corn-meal +mush.</p> + +<p align="justify">The report of water ahead made us +happy.  It was now August twenty-third.  + If we could reach Michikamau by September first that +should give me ample time, I believed, to reach the +George River before the caribou migration would take +place.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning we started forward +with a will, and with many little lakes to cross and +short portages between them, we made fairly good progress, +and each lake took us one step higher on the plateau.</p> + +<p align="justify">The character of the country was changing, +too.  The naked land and rocks and dead trees +gave way to a forest of green spruce, and the ground +was again covered with a thick carpet of white caribou +moss.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were catching no fish, however, +although our efforts to lure them to the hook or entangle +them in the net were never relinquished.  Pork +was a luxury, and no baker ever produced anything half +so dainty and delicious as our squaw bread.  +A strict distribution of rations was maintained, and +when the pork was fried, Pete, with a spoon, dished +out the grease into the five plates in equal shares.  + Into this the quarter loaf ration of bread was broken +and the mixture eaten to the last morsel.  Sometimes +the men drank the warm pork grease clear.  Finally +it became so precious that they licked their plates +after scraping them with their spoons, and the longing +eyes that were cast at the frying pan made me fear +that some time a raid would be made on that.</p> + +<p align="justify">One day, an owl was shot and went +into the pot to keep company with a couple of partridges.  + Pete demurred.  “Owl eat mice,” said +he.  “Not good man eat him.</p> + +<p align="justify">“You can count me out on owl, +too,” Richards volunteered.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Oh! they’re all right,” +I assured them.  “The Labrador people always +eat them and you’ll find them very nice.”</p> + +<p>“Not me.  Owl eat mice,” Pete insisted.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well,” I suggested, “possibly +we’ll be eating mice, too, before we get home, +and it’s a good way to begin by eating owl—­for +then the mice won’t seem so bad when we have +to eat them.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Stanton took charge of the kettle +and dished out the rations that night.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Partridge is good enough for +me,” said Richards, fearing that Stanton might +forget his prejudice against owl.</p> + +<p>“Me, too,” echoed Pete.</p> + +<p>“I’ll take owl,” said I.</p> + +<p>Easton said nothing.</p> + +<p align="justify">After we had eaten, Stanton asked:  +“How’d you like the partridge, Richards?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“It was fine,” said he.  + “Guess it was a piece of a young one you gave +me, for it wasn’t as tough as they usually are.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Maybe it was young, but that +partridge was <i>owl</i>.”  “I’ll +be darned!” exclaimed Richards.  His face +was a study for a moment, then he laughed.  “If +that was owl they’re all right and I’m +a convert.  I’ll eat all I can get after +this.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After leaving Lake Desolation the +owls had begun to come to us, and Richards was one +of the best owl hunters of the party.  At first +one or two a day were killed, but now whenever we +halted an owl would fly into a tree and twitter, and, +with a very wise appearance, proceed to look us over +as though he wanted to find out what we were up to +anyway, for these owls were very inquisitive fellows.  + He immediately became a candidate for our pot, and +as many as six were shot in one day.  The men +called them the “manna of the Labrador wilderness.”  +Pete’s disinclination to eat them was quickly +forgotten, for hunger is a wonderful killer of prejudices, +and he was as keen for them now as any of us.</p> + +<p align="justify">An occasional partridge was killed +and now and again a black duck or two helped out our +short ration, but the owls were our mainstay.  + We did not have enough to satisfy the appetites of +five hungry men, however; still we did fairly well.</p> + +<p align="justify">The days were growing perceptibly +shorter with each sunset, and the nights were getting +chilly.  On the night of August twenty-fifth, +the thermometer registered a minimum temperature of +twenty-five degrees above zero, and on the twenty-sixth +of August, forty-eight degrees was the maximum at +midday.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the forenoon of that day we +reached the largest of the lakes that the scouting +party had seen three days before, and further scouting +was now necessary.  At the western end of the +lake, about two miles from where we entered, a hill +offered itself as a point from which to view the country +beyond, and here we camped.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were now out of the burned district +and the scant growth of timber was apparently the +original growth, though none of the trees was more +than eight inches or so in diameter.  In connection +with this it might be of interest to note here the +fact that the timber line ended at an elevation of +two hundred and seventy-five feet above the lake.  + The hill was four hundred feet high and there was +not a vestige of vegetation on its summit.  The +top of the hill was strewn with bowlders, large and +small, lying loose upon the clean, storm-scoured bed +rock, just as the glaciers had left them.</p> + +<a name="lakes"></a> +<a href="lakes.jpg"> +<img alt="A Network of Lakes and the Country Level as a Table" src="lakesth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">What a view we had!  To the northwest, +to the west, and to the southwest, for fifty miles +in any direction was a network of lakes, and the country +was as level as a table.  The men called it “the +plain of a thousand lakes,” and this describes +it well.  To the far west a line of blue hills +extending to the northwest and southeast cut off our +view beyond.  They were low, with but one high, +conical peak standing out as a landmark.  Another +ridge at right angles to this one ran to the eastward, +bounding the lakes on that side.  I examined them +carefully through my binoculars and discovered a long +line of water, like a silver thread, following the +ridge running eastward, and decided that this must +be the Nascaupee River, though later I was convinced +that I was mistaken and that the river lay to the southward +of the ridge.  To the cast and north of our hill +was an expanse of rolling, desolate wilderness.  + Carefully I examined with my glass the great plain +of lakes, hoping that I might discover the smoke of +a wigwam fire or some other sign of life, but none +was to be seen.  It was as still and dead as +the day it was created.  It was a solemn, awe-inspiring +scene, impressive beyond description, and one that +I shall not soon forget.</p> + +<p align="justify">We outlined as carefully as possible +the course that we should follow through the maze +of lakes, with the round peak as our objective point, +for just south of it there seemed to be an opening +through the ridge:  beyond which we hoped lay +Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day we portaged through a +marsh and into the lake country and made some progress, +portaging from lake to lake across swampy and marshy +necks.  It was Sunday, but we did not realize +it until our day’s work was finished and we +were snug in camp in the evening.</p> + +<p align="justify">Monday’s dawn brought with it +a day of superb loveliness.  The sky was cloudless, +the earth was white with hoarfrost, the atmosphere +was crisp and cool, and we took deep breaths of it +that sent the blood tingling through our veins.  + It was a day that makes one love life.</p> + +<p align="justify">Through small lakes and short portages +we worked until afternoon and then—­hurrah! +we were on big water again.  Thirty or forty miles +in length the lake stretched off to the westward to +carry us on our way.  It was choked in places +with many fir-topped islands, and the channels in +and out amongst these islands were innumerable, so +Pete called it Lake Kasheshebogamog, which in his +language means “Lake of Many Channels.”</p> + +<p align="justify">As we paddled I dropped a troll and +before we stopped for the night landed a seven-pound +namaycush, and another large one broke a troll.  +The “Land of God’s Curse” was behind +us.  We were with the fish again, and caribou +and wolf tracks were seen.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day found us on our way early.  + A fine wind sent us spinning before it and at the +same time kept us busy with a rough sea that was running +on the wide, open lake when we were away from the shelter +of the islands.  At one o’clock we boiled +the kettle at the foot of a low sand ridge, and upon +climbing the ridge we found it covered with a mass +of ripe blueberries.  We ate our fill and picked +some to carry with us.</p> + +<p align="justify">At three o’clock we were brought +up sharply at the end of the water with no visible +outlet.  The nature of the lake and the lateness +of the season made it impracticable to turn back and +look in other channels for the connection with western +waters.  Former experience had taught me that +we might paddle around for a week before we found +it, for these were big waters.  Five miles ahead +was the high, round peak that we were aiming for, +and I had every confidence that from its top Michikamau +could be seen and a way to reach the big lake.  + I decided that it must be climbed the next morning, +and selected Pete and Easton for the work.  A +fall the day before had given me a stiff knee, and +it was a bitter disappointment that I could not go +myself, for I was nervously anxious for a first view +of Michikamau.  However, I realized that it was +unwise to attempt the journey, and I must stay behind.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night Stanton made two roly-polies +of the blueberries we picked in the afternoon, boiling +them in specimen bags, and we used the last of our +sugar for sauce.  This, with coffee, followed +a good supper of boiled partridge and owl.  It +was like the old days when I was with Hubbard.  + We were making good progress, our hopes ran high, +and we must feast.  Pete’s laughs, and +songs and jokes added to our merriment.  Rain +came, but we did not mind that.  We sat by a big, +blazing fire and ate and enjoyed ourselves in spite +of it.  Then we went to the tent to smoke and +every one pronounced it the best night in weeks.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Wednesday rain poured down at the +usual rising time and the men were delayed in starting, +for we were in a place where scouting in thick weather +was dangerous.  It was the morning of the famous +eclipse, but we had forgotten the fact.  The rain +had fallen away to a drizzle and we were eating a +late breakfast when the darkness came.  It did +not last long, and then the rain stopped, though the +sky was still overcast.  Shortly after breakfast +Pete and Easton left us.  I gave Pete a new corncob +pipe as he was leaving.  When he put it in his +pocket he said, “I smoke him when I see Michikaman, +when I climb hill, if Michikamau there.  Sit +down, me, look at big water, feel good then.  +Smoke pipe, me, and call hill Corncob Hill.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“All right,” said I, laughing +at Pete’s fancy.  “I hope the hill +will have a name to-day.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was really a day of anxiety for +me, for if Michikamau were not visible from the mountain +top with the wide view of country that it must offer, +then we were too far away from the lake to hope to +reach it.</p> + +<p align="justify">A mile from camp, Richards discovered +a good-sized river flowing in from the northwest and +set the net in it.  Then he and Stanton paddled +up the river a mile and a half to another lake, but +did not explore it farther.</p> + +<p align="justify">With what impatience I awaited the +return of Pete and Easton can be imagined, and when, +near dusk, I saw them coming I almost dreaded to hear +their report, for what if they had not seen Michikamau?</p> + +<p align="justify">But they had seen Michikamau.  + When Pete was within talking distance of me, he shouted +exultantly, “We see him!  We see him!  + We see Michikamau!”</p> + +<a name="michik"></a> +<a href="michik.jpg"> +<img alt="Ice Encountered off the Labrador Coast" src="michikth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<a NAME="chapter_11"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XI</h1> + +<p><b>THE PARTING AT MICHIKAMAU</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Pete and Easton had taken their course +through small, shallow, rocky lakes until they neared +the base of the round hill.  Here the canoe was +left, and up the steep side of the hill they climbed.  + “When we most up,” Pete told me afterward, +“I stop and look at Easton.  My heart beat +fast.  I most afraid to look.  Maybe Michikamau +not there.  Maybe I see only hills.  Then +I feel bad.  Make me feel bad come back and tell +you Michikamau not there.  I see you look sorry +when I tell you that.  Then I think if Michikamau +there you feel very good.  I must know quick.  + I run.  I run fast.  Hill very steep.  + I do not care.  I must know soon as I can, and +I run.  I shut my eyes just once, afraid to look.  + Then I open them and look.  Very close I see +when I open my eyes much water.  Big water.  + So big I see no land when I look one way; just water.  + Very wide too, that water.  I know I see Michikamau.  + My heart beat easy and I feel very glad.  I almost +cry.  I remember corncob pipe you give me, and +what I tell you.  I take pipe out my pocket.  + I fill him, and light him.  Then I sit on rock +and smoke.  All the time I look at Michikamau.  + I feel good and I say, ‘This we call Corncob +Hill.’”</p> + +<p align="justify">And so we were all made glad and the +conical peak had a name.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete told me that we should have to +cut the ridge to the south of Corncob Hill, taking +a rather wide detour to reach the place.  A chain +of lakes would help us, but some long portages were +necessary and it would require several days’ +hard work.  This we did not mind now.  We +were only anxious to dip our paddles into the waters +of the big lake.  At last Michikamau, which I +had so longed to see through two summers of hardship +in the Labrador wilds, was near, and I could hope to +be rewarded with a look at it within the week.</p> + +<p align="justify">But with the joy of it there was also +a sadness, for I must part from three of my loyal +companions.  The condition of our commissariat +and the cold weather that was beginning to be felt +made it imperative that the men be sent back from +the big lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">The possibility of this contingency +had been foreseen by me before leaving New York, and +I had mentioned it at that time.  Easton had +asked me then, if the situation would permit of it, +to consider him as a candidate to go through with +me to Ungava.  When the matter had been suggested +at the last camp on the Nascaupee River be had again +earnestly solicited me to choose him as my companion, +and upon several subsequent occasions had mentioned +it.  Richards was the logical man for me to choose, +for he had had experience in rapids, and could also +render me valuable assistance in the scientific work +that the others were not fitted for.  He was +exceedingly anxious to continue the journey, but his +university duties demanded his presence in New York +in the winter, and I had promised his people that he +should return home in the autumn.  This made +it out of the question to keep him with me, and it +was a great disappointment to both of us.  That +I might feel better assured of the safety of the returning +men, I decided to send Pete back with them to act +as their guide.  Stanton, too, wished to go on, +but Easton had spoken first, so I decided to give him +the opportunity to go with me to Ungava, as my sole +companion.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night, after the others had gone +to bed, we two sat late by the camp fire and talked +the matter over.  “It’s a dangerous +undertaking, Easton,” I said, “and I want +you to understand thoroughly what you’re going +into.  Before we reach the George River Post we +shall have over four hundred miles of territory to +traverse.  We may have trouble in locating the +George River, and when we do find it there will be +heavy rapids to face, and its whole course will be +filled with perils.  If any accident happens +to either of us we shall be in a bad fix.  For +that reason it’s always particularly dangerous +for less than three men to travel in a country like +this.  Then there’s the winter trip with +dogs.  Every year natives are caught in storms, +and some of them perish.  We shall be exposed +to the perils and hardships of one of the longest +dog trips ever made in a single season, and we shall +be traveling the whole winter.  I want you to +understand this.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I do understand it,” +he answered, “and I’m ready for it.  +I want to go on.”</p> + +<p>And so it was finally settled.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was not easy for me to tell the +men that the time had come when we must part, for +I realized how hard it would be for them to turn back.  +The next morning after breakfast, I asked them to remain +by the fire and light their pipes.  Then I told +them.  Richards’ eyes filled with tears.  + Stanton at first said he would not turn back without +me, but finally agreed with me that it was best he +should.  Pete urged me to let him go on.  + Later he stole quietly into the tent, where I was +alone writing, and without a word sat opposite me, +looking very woe-begone.  After awhile he spoke:  +“To-day I feel very sad.  I forget to smoke.  + My pipe go out and I do not light it.  I think +all time of you.  Very lonely, me.  Very +bad to leave you.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Here he nearly broke down, and for +a little while he could not speak.  When he could +control himself he continued: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Seems like I take four men +in bush, lose two.  Very bad, that.  Don’t +know how I see your sisters.  I go home well.  + They ask me, ’Where my brother?’ I don’t +know.  I say nothing.  Maybe you die in rapids.  +Maybe you starve.  I don’t know.  I +say nothing.  Your sisters cry.”  Then +his tone changed from brokenhearted dejection to one +of eager pleading: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Wish you let me go with you.  + Short grub, maybe.  I hunt.  Much danger; +don’t care, me.  Don’t care what danger.  + Don’t care if grub short.  Maybe you don’t +find portage.  Maybe not find river.  That +bad.  I find him.  I take you through.  + I bring you back safe to your sisters.  Then +I speak to them and they say I do right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was hard to withstand Pete’s +pleadings, but my duty was plain, and I said: </p> + +<p align="justify">“No, Pete.  I’d like +to take you through, but I’ve got to send you +back to see the others safely out.  Tell my sisters +I’m safe.  Tell everybody we’re safe.  + I’m sure we’ll get through all right.  + We’ll do our best, and trust to God for the +rest, so don’t worry.  We’ll be all +right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“I never think you do this,” +said he.  “I don’t think you leave +me this way.”  After a pause be continued, +“If grub short, come back.  Don’t +wait too long.  If you find Indian, then you all +right.  He help you.  You short grub, don’t +find Indian, that bad.  Don’t wait till +grub all gone.  Come back.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Pete did not sing that day, and he +did not smoke.  He was very sad and quiet.</p> + +<p align="justify">We spent the day in assorting and +dividing the outfit, the men making a cache of everything +that they would not need until their return, that +we might not be impeded in our progress to Michikamau.  + They would get their things on their way back.  + Eight days, Pete said, would see them from this point +to the cache we had made on the Nascaupee, and only +eight days’ rations would they accept for the +journey.  They were more than liberal.  Richards +insisted that I take a new Pontiac shirt that he had +reserved for the cold weather, and Pete gave me a +new pair of larigans.  They deprived themselves +that we might be comfortable.  Easton and I were +to have the tent, the others would use the tarpaulin +for a wigwam shelter; each party would have two axes, +and the other things were divided as best we could.  +Richards presented us with a package that we were not +to open until the sixteenth of September—­his +birthday.  It was a special treat of some kind.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some whitefish, suckers and one big +pike were taken out of the net, which was also left +for them to pick up upon their return.  A school +of large pike had torn great holes in it, but it was +still useful.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were a sorrowful group that gathered +around the fire that night.  The evening was raw.  + A cold north wind soughed wearily through the fir +tops.  Black patches of clouds cast a gloom over +everything, and there was a vast indefiniteness to +the dark spruce forest around us.  I took a flashlight +picture of the men around the fire.  Then we sat +awhile and talked, and finally went to our blankets +in the chilly tent.</p> + +<a name="letter"></a> +<a href="letter.jpg"> +<img alt="Writing Letters to the Home Folks" src="letterth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">September came with a leaden sky and +cold wind, but the clouds were soon dispelled, and +the sun came bright and warm.  Our progress was +good, though we had several portages to make.  + On September second, at noon, we left the larger +canoe for the men to get on their way back, and continued +with the eighteen-foot canoe, which, with its load +of outfit and five men, was very deep in the water, +but no wind blew and the water was calm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here the character of the lakes changed.  + The waters were deep and black, the shores were steep +and rocky, and some labradorite was seen.  One +small, curious island, evidently of iron, though we +did not stop to examine it, took the form of a great +head sticking above the water, with the tops of the +shoulders visible.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sunday, September third, was a memorable +day, a day that I shall never forget while I live.  + The morning came with all the glories of a northern +sunrise, and the weather was perfect.  After two +short portages and two small lakes were crossed, Pete +said, “Now we make last portage and we reach +Michikamau.”  It was not a long portage—­a +half mile, perhaps.  We passed through a thick-grown +defile, Pete ahead, and I close behind him.  +Presently we broke through the bush and there before +us was the lake.  We threw down our packs by the +water’s edge. <i>We had reached Michikamau.</i> + I stood uncovered as I looked over the broad, far-reaching +waters of the great lake.  I cannot describe +my emotions.  I was living over again that beautiful +September day two years before when Hubbard had told +me with so much joy that he had seen the big lake—­that +Michikamau lay just beyond the ridge.  Now I +was on its very shores—­the shores of the +lake that we had so longed to reach.  How well +I remembered those weary wind-bound days, and the +awful weeks that followed.  It was like the recollection +of a horrid dream—­his dear, wan face, our +kiss and embrace, my going forth into the storm and +the eternity of horrors that was crowded into days.  + Pete, I think, understood, for he bad heard the story.  + He stood for a moment in silence, then he fashioned +his hat brim into a cup, and dipping some water handed +it to me.  “You reach Michikamau at last.  + Drink Michikamau water before others come.”  + I drank reverently from the hat.  Then the others +joined us and we all stood for a little with bowed +uncovered beads, on the shore.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our camp was pitched on an elevated, +rocky point a few hundred yards farther up—­the +last camp that we were to have together, and the forty-sixth +since leaving Northwest River.  We had made over +half a hundred portages, and traveled about three +hundred and twenty-five miles.</p> + +<p align="justify">The afternoon was occupied in writing +letters and telegrams to the home folks, for Richards +to take out with him; after which we divided the food.  + Easton and I were to take with us seventy-eight pounds +of pemmican, twelve pounds of pea meal, seven pounds +of pork, some beef extract, eight pounds of flour, +one cup of corn meal, a small quantity of desiccated +vegetables, one pound of coffee, two pounds of tea, +some salt and crystallose.  Richards gave us +nearly all of his tobacco, and Pete kept but two plugs +for himself.</p> + +<p align="justify">Toward evening we gathered about our +fire, and talked of our parting and of the time when +we should meet again.  Every remaining moment +we had of each other’s company was precious +to us now.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day had been glorious and the +night was one of rare beauty.  We built a big +fire of logs, and by its light I read aloud, in accordance +with our custom on Sunday nights, a chapter from the +Bible.  After this we talked for a while, then +sat silent, gazing into the glowing embers of our +fire.  Finally Pete began singing softly, “Home, +Sweet Home” in Indian, and followed it with +an old Ojibway song, “I’m Going Far Away, +My Heart Is Sore.”  Then he sang an Indian +hymn, “Pray For Me While I Am Gone.”  + When his hymn was finished he said, very reverently, +“I going pray for you fellus every day when I +say my prayers.  I can’t pray much without +my book, but I do my best.  I pray the best I +can for you every day.”  Pete’s devotion +was sincere, and I thanked him.  Stanton sang +a solo, and then all joined in “Auld Lang Syne.”  + After this Pete played softly on the harmonica, while +we watched the moon drop behind the horizon in the +west.  The fire burned out and its embers blackened.  + Then we went to our bed of fragrant spruce boughs, +to prepare for the day of our parting.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning of September fourth was +clear and beautiful and perfect, but in spite of the +sunshine and fragrance that filled the air our hearts +were heavy when we gathered at our fire to eat the +last meal that we should perhaps ever have together.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we were through, I read from +my Bible the fourteenth of John—­the chapter +that I had read to Hubbard that stormy October morning +when we said good-by forever.</p> + +<p align="justify">The time of our parting had come.  + I do not think I had fully realized before how close +my bronzed, ragged boys had grown to me in our months +of constant companionship.  A lump came in my +throat, and the tears came to the eyes of Richards +and Pete, as we grasped each other’s hands.</p> + +<p align="justify">Then we left them.  Easton and +I dipped our paddles into the water, and our lonely, +perilous journey toward the dismal wastes beyond the +northern divide was begun.  Once I turned to see +the three men, with packs on their backs, ascending +the knoll back of the place where our camp had been.  + When I looked again they were gone.</p> + +<a name="canoe"></a> +<a href="canoe.jpg"> +<img alt="Our Lonely Perilous Journey Toward the Dismal Wastes...Was Begun" src="canoeth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<a NAME="chapter_12"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XII</h1> + +<p><b>OVER THE NORTHERN DIVIDE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Michikamau is approximately between +eighty and ninety miles in length, including the unexplored +southeast bay, and from eight to twenty-five miles +in width.  It is surrounded by rugged hills, which +reach an elevation of about five hundred feet above +the lake.  They are generally wooded for perhaps +two hundred feet from the base, with black spruce, +larch, and an occasional small grove of white birch.  +Above the timber line their tops are uncovered save +by white lichens or stunted shrubs.  The western +side of the lake is studded with low islands, but +its main body is unobstructed.  The water is exceedingly +clear, and is said by the Indians to have a great depth.  + The shores are rocky, sometimes formed of massive +bed rock in which is found the beautifully colored +labradorite; sometimes strewn with loose bowlders.  +Our entrance had been made in a bay several miles north +of the point where the Nascaupee River, its outlet, +leaves the lake and we kept to the east side as we +paddled north.</p> + +<p align="justify">No artist’s imaginative brush +ever pictured such gorgeous sunsets and sunrises as +Nature painted for us here on the Great Lake of the +Indians.  Every night the sun went down in a blaze +of glory and left behind it all the colors of the +spectrum.  The dark hills across the lake in +the west were silhouetted against a sky of brilliant +red which shaded off into banks of orange and amber +that reached the azure at the zenith.  The waters +of the lake took the reflection of the red at the +horizon and became a flood of restless blood.  + The sky colorings during these few days were the +finest that I ever saw in Labrador, not only in the +evening but in the morning also.</p> + +<p align="justify">Michikamau has a bad name amongst +the Indians for heavy seas, particularly in the autumn +months when the northwest gales sometimes blow for +weeks at a time without cessation, and the Indians +say that they are often held on its shores for long +periods by high running seas that no canoe could weather.  + These were the same winds that held Hubbard and me +prisoners for nearly two weeks on the smaller Windbound +Lake in 1903, bringing us to the verge of starvation +before we were permitted to begin our race for life +down the trail toward Northwest River.  Fate +was kinder now, and but one day’s rough water +interfered with progress.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early on the third day after parting +from the other men, we found ourselves at the end +of Michikamau where a shallow river, in which large +bowlders were thickly scattered, flowed into it from +the north.  This was the stream draining Lake +Michikamats, the next important point in our journey.  + Michikamau, it might be explained, means, in the +Indian tongue, big water—­so big you cannot +see the land beyond; Michikamats means a smaller body +of water beyond which land may be seen.  So somebody +has paradoxically defined it “a little big lake.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Barring a single expansion of somewhat +more than a mile in length the Michakamats River, +which runs through a flat, marshy and uninteresting +country, was too shallow to float our canoes, and we +were compelled to portage almost its entire length.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the wide marshes between these +two lakes we met the first evidences of the great +caribou migration.  The ground was tramped like +a barnyard, in wide roads, by vast herds of deer, +all going to the eastward.  There must have been +thousands of them in the bands.  Most of the +hoof marks were not above a day or two old and had +all been made since the last rain had fallen, as was +evidenced by freshly turned earth and newly tramped +vegetation.  We saw none of the animals, however, +and there were no hills near from which we might hope +to sight the herds.</p> + +<p align="justify">Evidences of life were increasing +and game was becoming abundant as we approached the +height of land.  Some geese and ptarmigans were +killed and a good many of both kinds of birds were +seen, as well as some ducks.  We began to live +in plenty now and the twittering owls were permitted +to go unmolested.</p> + +<p align="justify">Lake Michikamats is irregular in shape, +about twenty miles long, and, exclusive of its arms, +from two to six miles wide.  The surrounding +country is flat and marshy, with some low, barren hills +on the westward side of the lake.  The timber +growth in the vicinity is sparse and scrubby, consisting +of spruce and tamarack.  The latter had now taken +on its autumnal dress of yellow, and, interspersing +the dark green of the spruce, gave an exceedingly +beautiful effect to the landscape.</p> + +<p align="justify">Where we entered Michikamats, at its +outlet, the lake is very shallow and filled with bowlders +that stand high above the water.  A quarter of +a mile above this point the water deepens, and farther +up seems to have a considerable depth, though we did +not sound it.  The western shore of the upper +half is lined with low islands scantily covered with +spruce and tamarack.</p> + +<p align="justify">During two days that we spent here +in a thorough exploration of the lake, our camp was +pitched on an island at the bottom of a bay that, +half way up the lake, ran six miles to the northward.  + This was selected as the most likely place for the +portage trail to leave the lake, as the island had +apparently, for a long period, been the regular rendezvous +of Indians, not only in summer, but also in winter.  +Tepee poles of all ages, ranging from those that were +old and decayed to freshly cut ones, were numerous.  + They were much longer and thicker than those used +by the Indians south of Michikamau.  Here, also, +was a well-built log cache, a permanent structure, +which was, no doubt, regularly used by hunting parties.  + Some new snowshoe frames were hanging on the trees +to season before being netted with babiche.  On +the lake shore were some other camping places that +had been used within a few months, and at one of them +a newly made “sweat hole,” where the medicine +man had treated the sick.  These sweat holes are +much in favor with the Labrador Indians, both Mountaineers +and Nascaupees.  They are about two feet in depth +and large enough in circumference for a man to sit +in the center, surrounded by a circle of good-sized +bowlders.  Small saplings are bent to form a dome-shaped +frame for the top.  The invalid is placed in the +center of this circle of bowlders, which have previously +been made very hot, water is poured on them to produce +steam, and a blanket thrown over the sapling frame +to confine the steam.  The Indians have great +faith in this treatment as a cure for almost every +malady.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the mainland opposite the island +upon which we were encamped was a barren hill which +we climbed, and which commanded a view of a large +expanse of country.  On the top was a small cairn +and several places where fires had been made—­no +doubt Indian signal fires.  The fuel for them +must have been carried from the valley below, for not +a stick or bush grew on the hill itself.  “Signal +Hill,” as we called it, is the highest elevation +for many miles around and a noticeable landmark.</p> + +<p align="justify">To the northward, at our feet, were +two small lakes, and just beyond, trending somewhat +to the northwest, was a long lake reaching up through +the valley until it was lost in the low hills and sparse +growth of trees beyond.  Great bowlders were strewn +indiscriminately everywhere, and the whole country +was most barren and desolate.  To the south of +Michikamats was the stretch of flat swamp land which +extended to Michikaman.  Petscapiskau, a prominent +and rugged peak on the west shore of Michikamau near +its upper end, stood out against the distant horizon, +a lone sentinel of the wilderness.</p> + +<p align="justify">The head waters of the George River +must now be located.  There was nothing to guide +me in the search, and the Indians at Northwest River +had warned us that we were liable at this point to +be led astray by an entanglement of lakes, but I felt +certain that any water flowing northward that we might +come to, in this longitude, would either be the river +itself or a tributary of it, and that some such stream +would certainly be found as soon as the divide was +crossed.</p> + +<p align="justify">With this object in view we kept a +course nearly due north, passing through four good-sized +lakes, until, one afternoon, at the end of a short +portage, we reached a narrow, shallow lake lying in +an easterly and westerly direction, whose water was +very clear and of a bottle-green color, in marked +contrast to that of the preceding lakes, which had +been of a darker shade.</p> + +<p align="justify">This peculiarity of the water led +me to look carefully for a current when our canoe +was launched, and I believed I noticed one.  Then +I fancied I heard a rapid to the westward.  Easton +said there was no current and he could not hear a +rapid, and to satisfy myself, we paddled toward the +sound.  We had not gone far when the current became +quite perceptible, and just above could be seen the +waters of a brook that fed the lake, pouring down +through the rocks.  We were on the George River +at last!  Our feelings can be imagined when the +full realization of our good fortune came to us, and +we turned our canoe to float down on the current of +the little stream that was to grow into a mighty river +as it carried us on its turbulent bosom toward Ungava +Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">The course of the stream here was +almost due east.  The surrounding country continued +low and swampy.  Tamarack was the chief timber +and much of it was straight and fine, with some trees +fully twelve inches in diameter at the butt, and fifty +feet in height.</p> + +<p align="justify">A rocky, shallow place in the river +that we had to portage brought us into an expansion +of considerable size, and here we pitched our first +camp on the George River.  This was an event that +Hubbard had planned and pictured through the weary +weeks of hardship on the Susan Valley trail and the +long portages across the ranges in his expedition of +1903.</p> + +<p align="justify">“When we reach the George River, +we’ll meet the Indians and all will be well,” +he used to say, and how anxiously we looked forward +for that day, which never came.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the time when he made the suggestion +to turn back from Windbound Lake I at first opposed +it on the ground that we could probably reach the +George River, where game would be found and the Indians +would be met with, in much less time than it would +take to make the retreat to Northwest River.  + Finally I agreed that it was best to return.  + On the twenty-first of September the retreat was +begun and Hubbard died on the eighteenth of October.  + Now, two years later, I realized that from Windbound +Lake we could have reached Michikamau in five or six +days at the very outside, and less than two weeks, +allowing for delays through bad weather and our weakened +condition, would have brought us to the George River, +where, at that time of the year, ducks and ptarmigans +are always plentiful.  All these things I pondered +as I sat by this camp fire, and I asked myself, “Why +is it that when Fate closes our eyes she does not +lead us aright?” Of course it is all conjecture, +but I feel assured that if Hubbard and I had gone on +then instead of turning back, Hubbard would still +be with us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Below the expansion on which our first +camp on the river was pitched the stream trickled +through the thickly strewn rocks in a wide bed, where +it took a sharp turn to the northward and emptied into +another expansion several miles in length, with probably +a stream joining it from the northeast, though we +were unable to investigate this, as high winds prevailed +which made canoeing difficult, and we had to content +ourselves with keeping a direct course.</p> + +<p align="justify">It seemed as though with the crossing +of the northern divide winter had come.  On the +night we reached the George River the temperature +fell to ten degrees below the freezing point, and the +following day it never rose above thirty-five degrees, +and a high wind and snow squalls prevailed that held +traveling in check.  On the morning of the fifteenth +we started forward in the teeth of a gale and the snow +so thick we could not see the shore a storm that would +be termed a “blizzard” in New York—­and +after two hours’ hard work were forced to make +a landing upon a sandy point with only a mile and a +quarter to our credit.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we found the first real butchering +camp of the Indians—­a camp of the previous +spring.  Piles of caribou bones that had been +cracked to extract the marrow, many pairs of antlers, +the bare poles of large lodges and extensive arrangements, +such as racks and cross poles for dressing and curing +deerskins.  In a cache we found two muzzle-loading +guns, cooking utensils, steel traps, and other camping +and hunting paraphernalia.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the portage around the last shallow +rapid was a winter camp, where among other things +was a <i>komatik</i> (dog sledge), showing that some +of these Indians at least on the northern barrens +used dogs for winter traveling.  In the south +of Labrador this would be quite out of the question, +as there the bush is so thick that it does not permit +the snow to drift and harden sufficiently to bear +dogs, and the use of the komatik is therefore necessarily +confined to the coast or near it.  The Indian +women there are very timid of the “husky” +dogs, and the animals are not permitted near their +camps.</p> + +<p align="justify">The sixteenth of September—­the +day we passed through this large expansion—­was +Richards’ birthday.  When we bade good-by +to the other men it was agreed that both parties should +celebrate the day, wherever they might be, with the +best dinner that could be provided from our respective +stores.  The meal was to be served at exactly +seven o’clock in the evening, that we might +feel on this one occasion that we were all sitting +down to eat together, and fancy ourselves reunited.  + In the morning we opened the package that Richards +gave us, and found in it a piece of fat pork and a +quart of flour, intended for a feast of our favorite +“darn goods.”  With self-sacrificing +generosity he had taken these from the scanty rations +they had allowed themselves for their return that +we might have a pleasant surprise.  With the now +plentiful game this made it possible to prepare what +seemed to us a very elaborate menu for the wild wastes +of interior Labrador.  First, there was bouillon, +made from beef capsules; then an entrée of fried +ptarmigan and duck giblets; a roast of savory black +duck, with spinach (the last of our desiccated vegetables); +and for dessert French toast <i>à la Labrador</i> +(alias darn goods), followed by black coffee.  + When it was finished we spent the evening by the +camp fire, smoking and talking of the three men retreating +down our old trail, and trying to calculate at which +one of the camping places they were bivouacked.  +Every night since our parting this had been our chief +diversion, and I must confess that with each day that +took us farther away from them an increased loneliness +impressed itself upon us.  Solemn and vast was +the great silence of the trackless wilderness as more +and more we came to realize our utter isolation from +all the rest of the world and all mankind.</p> + +<a name="icamp"></a> +<a href="icamp.jpg"> +<img alt="Abandoned Indian Camp on the Shores of Lake Michikamats" src="icampth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The marsh and swamp land gradually +gave way to hills, which increased in size and ruggedness +as we proceeded.  We had found the river at its +very beginning, and for a short way portages, as has +been suggested, had to be made around shallow places, +but after a little, as other streams augmented the +volume of water, this became unnecessary, and as the +river grew in size it became a succession of rapids, +and most of them unpleasant ones, that kept us dodging +rocks all the while.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. A. P. Low, of the Canadian Geological +Survey, in other parts of the Labrador interior found +black ducks very scarce.  This was not our experience.  + From the day we entered the George River until we +were well down the stream they were plentiful, and +we shot what we needed without turning our canoe out +of its course to hunt them.  This is apparently +a breeding ground for them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Several otter rubs were noted, and +we saw some of the animals, but did not disturb them.  + In places where the river broadened out and the current +was slack every rock that stuck above the water held +its muskrat house, and large numbers of the rats were +seen.</p> + +<p align="justify">After the snow we had one or two fine, +bright days, but they were becoming few now, and the +frosty winds and leaden skies, the forerunners of +winter, were growing more and more frequent.  +When the bright days did come they were exceptional +ones.  I find noted in my diary one morning:  +“This is a morning for the gods—­a +morning that could scarcely be had anywhere in the +world but in Labrador—­a cloudless sky, +no breath of wind, the sun rising to light the heavy +hoarfrost and make it glint and sparkle till every +tree and bush and rock seems made of shimmering silver.”</p> + +<p align="justify">One afternoon as we were passing through +an expansion and I was scanning, as was my custom, +every bit of shore in the hope of discovering a wigwam +smoke, I saw, running down the side of a hill on an +island a quarter of a mile away, a string of Indians +waving wildly at us and signaling us to come ashore.  + After twelve weeks, in which not a human being aside +from our own party had been seen, we had reached the +dwellers of the wilderness, and with what pleasure +and alacrity we accepted the invitation to join them +can be imagined.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_13"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XIII</h1> + +<p><b>DISASTER IN THE RAPIDS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">It was a hunting party—­four +men and a half-grown boy—­with two canoes +and armed with rifles.  The Indians gave us the +hearty welcome of the wilderness and received us like +old friends.  First, the chief, whose name was +Toma, shook our hand, then the others, laughing and +all talking at once in their musical Indian tongue.  + It was a welcome that said:  “You are our +brothers.  You have come far to see us, and we +are glad to have you with us.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After the first greetings were over +they asked for <i>stemmo,</i> and I gave them each +a plug of tobacco, for that is what stemmo means.  + They had no pipes with them, so I let them have two +of mine, and it did my heart good to see the look +of supreme satisfaction that crept into each dusky +face as its possessor inhaled in long, deep pulls the +smoke of the strong tobacco.  It was like the +food that comes to a half-starved man.  After +they had had their smoke, passing the pipes from mouth +to mouth, I brought forth our kettle.  In a jiffy +they had a fire, and I made tea for them, which they +drank so scalding hot it must have burned their throats.  + They told us they had had neither tea nor tobacco +for a long while, and were very hungry for both.  + These are the stimulants of the Labrador Indians, +and they will make great sacrifices to secure them.</p> + +<p align="justify">All the time that this was taking +place we were jabbering, each in his own tongue, neither +we nor they understanding much that the other said.  + I did make out from them that we were the first white +men that had ever visited them in their hunting grounds +and that they were glad to see us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Accepting an invitation to visit their +lodges and escorted by a canoe on either side of ours, +we finally turned down stream and, three miles below, +came to the main camp of the Indians, which was situated, +as most of their hunting camps are, on a slight eminence +that commanded a view of the river for several miles +in either direction, that watch might be constantly +kept for bands of caribou.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were discovered long before we +arrived at the lodges, and were met by the whole population—­men, +women, children, dogs, and all.  Our reception +was tumultuous and cordial.  It was a picturesque +group.  The swarthy-faced men, lean, sinewy and +well built, with their long, straight black hair reaching +to their shoulders, most of them hatless and all wearing +a red bandanna handkerchief banded across the forehead, +moccasined feet and vari-colored leggings; the women +quaint and odd; the eager-faced children; little hunting +dogs, and big wolf-like huskies.</p> + +<p align="justify">All hands turned to and helped us +carry our belongings to the camp, pitch our tent and +get firewood for our stove.  Then the men squatted +around until eleven of them were with us in our little +seven by nine tent, while all the others crowded as +near to the entrance as they could.  I treated +everybody to hot tea.  The men helped themselves +first, then passed their cups on to the women and children.  + The used tea leaves from the kettle were carefully +preserved by them to do service again.  The eagerness +with which the men and women drank the tea and smoked +the tobacco aroused my sympathies, and I distributed +amongst them all of these that I could well spare from +our store.  In appreciation of my gifts they +brought us a considerable quantity of fresh and jerked +venison and smoked fat; and Toma, as a special mark +of favor presented me with a deer’s tongue which +had been cured by some distinctive process unlike +anything I had ever eaten before, and it was delicious +indeed, together with a bladder of refined fat so +clear that it was almost transparent.</p> + +<p align="justify">The encampment consisted of two deerskin +wigwams.  One was a large one and oblong in shape, +the other of good size but round.  The smaller +wigwam was heated by a single fire in the center, the +larger one by three fires distributed at intervals +down its length.  Chief Toma occupied, with his +family, the smaller lodge, while the others made their +home in the larger one.</p> + +<a name="wigwam"></a> +<a href="wigwam.jpg"> +<img alt="One of the Wigwams Was a Large One and Oblong in Shape" src="wigwamth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">This was a band of Mountaineer Indians +who trade at Davis Inlet Post of the Hudson’s +Bay Company, on the east coast, visiting the Post once +or twice a year to exchange their furs for such necessaries +as ammunition, clothing, tobacco and tea.  Unlike +their brothers on the southern slope, they have not +accustomed themselves to the use of flour, sugar and +others of the simplest luxuries of civilization, and +their food is almost wholly flesh, fish and berries.  + They live in the crude, primordial fashion of their +forefathers.  To aid them in their hunt they +have adopted the breech-loading rifle and muzzle-loading +shotgun, but the bow and arrow has still its place +with them and they were depending wholly upon this +crude weapon for hunting partridges and other small +game now, as they had no shotgun ammunition.  +The boys were constantly practicing with it while +at play and were very expert in its use.</p> + +<p align="justify">These Indians are of medium height, +well built, sinewy and strong, alert and quick of +movement.  The women are generally squatty and +fat, and the greater a woman’s avoirdupois the +more beautiful is she considered.</p> + +<p align="justify">All the Mountaineer Indians of Labrador +are nominally Roman Catholics.  Those in the south +are quite devoted to their priest, and make an effort +to meet him at least once a year and pay their tithes, +but here in the north this is not the case.  +In fact some of these people had seen their priest +but once in their life and some of the younger ones +had never seen him at all.  Therefore they are +still living under the influence of the ancient superstitions +of their race, though the women are all provided with +crucifixes and wear them on their breasts as ornaments.</p> + +<p align="justify">They are perfectly honest.  Indians, +until they become contaminated by contact with whites, +always are honest.  It is the white man that +teaches them to steal, either by actually pilfering +from the ignorant savage, or by taking undue advantage +of him in trade.  Human nature is the same everywhere, +and the Indian will, when he finds he is being taken +advantage of and robbed, naturally resent it and try +to “get even.”  Our things were left +wholly unguarded, and were the object of a great deal +of curiosity and admiration, not only our guns and +instruments, but nearly everything we had, and were +handled and inspected by our hosts, but not the slightest +thing was filched.  No Labrador Indian north +of the Grand River will ever disturb a cache unless +driven to it by the direst necessity, and even then +will leave something in payment for what he takes.</p> + +<p align="justify">We told them of the evidences we had +seen of the caribou migration having taken place between +Michikamau and Michikamats, and they were mightily +interested.  They had missed it but were, nevertheless, +meeting small bands of caribou and making a good killing, +as the quantities of meat hanging everywhere to dry +for winter use bore evidence.  The previous winter, +they told us, was a hard one with them.  Reindeer +and ptarmigan disappeared, and before spring they were +on the verge of starvation.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our visit was made the occasion of +a holiday and they devoted themselves wholly to our +entertainment, and I believe were genuinely sorry +when, on the afternoon after our arrival, I announced +my decision to break camp and proceed.  They +helped us get ready, drew a rough sketch of the river +so far as they knew it, and warned us to look out +for numerous rapids and some high falls around which +there was a portage trail.  Farther on, they +said, the river was joined by another, and then it +became a “big, big river,” and for two +days’ journey was good.  Beyond that it +was reported to be very bad.  They had never +traveled it, because they heard it was so bad, and +they could not tell us, from their own knowledge, +what it was like, but repeated the warning, “Shepoo +matchi, shepoo matchi” (River bad), and told +us to look out.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we were ready to go, as a particular +mark of good feeling, they brought us parting gifts +of smoked deer’s fat and were manifestly in +earnest in their urgent invitations to us to come again.  + The whole encampment assembled at the shore to see +us off and, as our canoes pushed out into the stream, +the men pitched small stones after us as a good luck +omen.  If the stones hit you good luck is assured.  + You will have a good hunt and no harm will come to +you.  None of the stones happened to hit us.  + We could see the group waving at us until we rounded +the point of land upon which the lodges stood; then +the men all appeared on the other side of the point, +where they had run to watch us until we disappeared +around a bend in the river below, as we passed on +to push our way deeper and deeper into the land of +silence and mystery.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning brought us into +a lake expansion some twelve miles long and two miles +or so in width, with a great many bays and arms which +were extremely confusing to us in our search for the +place where the river left it.  The lower end +was blocked with islands, and innumerable rocky bars, +partially submerged, extended far out into the water.  + A strong southwest wind sent heavy rollers down the +lake.  Low, barren hills skirted the shores.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early in the afternoon we turned into +a bay where I left Easton with the canoe while I climbed +one of the barren knolls.  I had scarcely reached +the summit when I heard a rifle shot, and then, after +a pause, three more in quick succession.  There +were four cartridges in my rifle.  I ran down +to the canoe where I found Easton in wild excitement, +waving the gun and calling for cartridges, and half-way +across the bay saw the heads of two caribou swimming +toward the opposite shore.  I loaded the magazine +and sat down to wait for the animals to land.</p> + +<p align="justify">When the first deer got his footing +and showed his body above the water three hundred +and fifty yards away, I took him behind the shoulder.  + He dropped where he stood.  The other animal +stopped to look at his comrade, and a single bullet, +also behind his shoulder, brought him down within +ten feet of where he had stood when he was hit.  + I mention this to show the high efficiency of the +.33 Winchester.  At a comparatively long range +two bullets had killed two caribou on the spot without +the necessity of a chase after wounded animals, and +one bullet had passed from behind the shoulder, the +length of the neck, into the head and glancing downward +had broken the jaw.</p> + +<p align="justify">I desired to make a cache here that +we might have something to fall back upon in case +our retreat should become necessary, and four days +were employed in fixing up the meat and preparing the +cache, and this gave us also sufficient time, in spite +of continuous heavy wind and rain, to thoroughly explore +the lake and its bays.  An ample supply of the +fresh venison was reserved to carry with us.</p> + +<p align="justify">We now had on hand, exclusive of the +pemmican and other rations still remaining, and the +meat cached, eight weeks’ provisions, with plenty +of ducks and ptarmigans everywhere, and there seemed +to be no further danger from lack of food.</p> + +<p align="justify">One day, while we were here, five +caribou tarried for several minutes within two hundred +yards of us and then sauntered off without taking +alarm, and later the same day another was seen at closer +range; but we did not need them and permitted them +to go unmolested.</p> + +<p align="justify">From a hill near this bay, where we +killed the deer, on the eastern side of the lake, +we discovered a trail leading off toward a string of +lakes to the eastward.  This is undoubtedly the +portage trail which the Indians follow in their journeys +to the Post at Davis Inlet.  Toma had told me +we might see it here, and that, not far in, on one +of these lakes was another Indian camp.</p> + +<p align="justify">An inordinate craving for fat takes +possession of every one after a little while in the +bush.  We had felt it, and now, with plenty, +overindulged, with the result that we were attacked +with illness, and for a day or two I was almost too +sick to move.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning we left Atuknipi, or Reindeer +Lake, as we shall call the expansion, a blinding snowstorm +was raging, with a strong head wind.  Several +rapids were run though it was extremely dangerous work, +for at times we could scarcely see a dozen yards ahead.  + At midday the snow ceased, but the wind increased +in velocity until finally we found it quite out of +the question to paddle against it, and were forced +to pitch camp on the shores of a small expansion and +under the lee of a hill.  For two days the gale +blew unceasingly and held us prisoners in our camp.  + The waves broke on the rocky shores, sending the spray +fifty feet in the air and, freezing on the surrounding +bowlders, covered them with a glaze of ice.  +I cannot say what the temperature was, for on the +day of our arrival here my last thermometer was broken; +but with half a foot of snow on the ground, the freezing +spray and the bitter cold wind, we were warned that +winter was reaching out her hand toward Labrador and +would soon hold us in her merciless grasp.  This +made me chafe under our imprisonment, for I began to +fear that we should not reach the Post before the +final freeze-up came, and further travel by canoe +would be out of the question.  On the morning +of September twenty-ninth, the wind, though still blowing +half a gale in our faces, had so much abated that +we were able to launch our canoe and continue our +journey.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was very cold.  The spray +froze as it struck our clothing, the, canoe was weighted +with ice and our paddles became heavy with it.  + We ran one or two short rapids in safety and then +started into another that ended with a narrow strip +of white water with a small expansion below.  + We had just struck the white water, going at a good +speed in what seemed like a clear course, when the +canoe, at its middle, hit a submerged rock.  +Before there was time to clear ourselves the little +craft swung in the current, and the next moment I found +myself in the rushing, seething flood rolling down +through the rocks.</p> + +<p align="justify">When I came to the surface I was in +the calm water below the rapid and twenty feet away +was the canoe, bottom up, with Easton clinging to it, +his clothing fast on a bolt under the canoe.  +I swam to him and, while he drew his hunting knife +and cut himself loose, steadied the canoe.  We +had neglected—­and it was gross carelessness +in us—­to tie our things fast, and the lighter +bags and paddles were floating away while everything +that was heavy had sunk beyond hope of recovery.  + The thwarts, however, held fast in the overturned +canoe a bag of pemmican, one other small bag, the +tent and tent stove.  Treading water to keep +ourselves afloat we tried to right the canoe to save +these, but our efforts were fruitless.  The icy +water so benumbed us we could scarcely control our +limbs.  The tracking line was fast to the stern +thwart, and with one end of this in his teeth, Easton +swam to a little rocky island just below the rapid +and hauled while I swam by the canoe and steadied +the things under the thwarts.  It took us half +an hour to get the canoe ashore, and we could hardly +stand when he had it righted and the water emptied +out.</p> + +<p align="justify">Then I looked for wood to build a +fire, for I knew that unless we could get artificial +heat immediately we would perish with the cold, for +the very blood in our veins was freezing.  Not +a stick was there nearer than an eighth of a mile +across the bay.  Our paddles were gone, but we +got into the canoe and used our hands for paddles.  + By the time we landed Easton had grown very pale.  + He began picking and clutching aimlessly at the trees.  + The blood had congealed in my hands until they were +so stiff as to be almost useless.  I could not +guide them to the trousers pocket at first where I +kept my waterproof match-box.  Finally I loosened +my belt and found the matches, and with the greatest +difficulty managed to get one between my benumbed fingers, +and scratched it on the bottom of the box.  The +box was wet and the match head flew off.  Everything +was wet.  Not a dry stone even stuck above the +snow.  I tried another match on the box, but, +like the first, the head flew off, and then another +and another with the same result.  Under ordinary +circumstances I could have secured a light somehow +and quickly, but now my hands and fingers were stiff +as sticks and refused to grip the matches firmly.  + I worked with desperation, but it seemed hopeless.  + Easton’s face by this time had taken on the +waxen shade that comes with death, and he appeared +to be looking through a haze.  His senses were +leaving him.  I saw something must be done at +once, and I shouted to him:  “Run! run!  + Easton, run!” Articulation was difficult, and +I did not know my own voice.  It seemed very +strange and far away to me.  We tried to run but +had lost control of our legs and both fell down.  + With an effort I regained my feet but fell again +when I tried to go forward.  My legs refused to +carry me.  I crawled on my hands and knees in +the snow for a short distance, and it was all I could +do to recover my feet.  Easton had now lost all +understanding of his surroundings.  He was looking +into space but saw nothing.  He was groping blindly +with his hands.  He did not even know that he +was cold.  I saw that only a fire could save his +life, and perhaps mine, and that we must have it quickly, +and made one more superhuman effort with the matches.  + One after another I tried them with the same result +as before until but three remained.  All depended +upon those three matches.  The first one flickered +for a moment and my hopes rose, but my poor benumbed +fingers refused to hold it and it fell into the snow +and went out.  The wind was drying the box bottom.  + I tried another—­an old sulphur match, I +remember.  It burned!  I applied it with +the greatest care to a handful of the hairy moss that +is found under the branches next the trunk of spruce +trees, and this ignited.  Then I put on small +sticks, nursing the blaze with the greatest care, +adding larger sticks as the smaller ones took fire.  +I had dropped on my knees and could reach the sticks +from where I knelt, for there was plenty of dead wood +lying about.  As the blaze grew I rose to my +feet and, dragging larger wood, piled it on.  +A sort of joyful mania took possession of me as I +watched the great tongues of flames shooting skyward +and listened to the crackling of the burning wood, +and I stood back and laughed.  I had triumphed +over fate and the elements.  Our arms, our clothing, +nearly all our food, our axes and our paddles, and +even the means of making new paddles were gone, but +for the present we were safe.  Life, no matter +how uncertain, is sweet, and I laughed with the very +joy of living.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_14"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XIV</h1> + +<p><b>TIDE WATER AND THE POST</b></p> + +<p align="justify">When Easton came to his senses, he +found himself warming by the fire.  It is wonderful +how quickly a half-frozen man will revive.  As +soon as we were thoroughly thawed out we stripped +to our underclothing and hung our things up to dry, +permitting our underclothing to dry on us as we stood +near the blaze.  We were little the worse for +our dip, escaping with slightly frosted fingers and +toes.  I discovered in my pockets a half plug +of black tobacco such as we use in the North, put +it on the end of a stick and dried it out, and then +we had a smoke.  We agreed that we had never in +our life before had so satisfactory a smoke as that.  + The stimulant was needed and it put new life into +us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Easton was very pessimistic.  + He was generally inclined to look upon the dark side +of things anyway, and now he believed our fate was +sealed, especially if we could not find our paddles, +and he began to talk about returning to our cache +and thence to the Indians.  But I had been in +much worse predicaments than this, and paddles or no +paddles, determined to go on, for we could work our +way down the river somehow with poles and the bag +of pemmican would keep us alive until we reached the +Post—­unless the freeze-up caught us.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we had dried ourselves we went +to the canoe to make an inventory of our remaining +goods and chattels, and with a vague hope that a paddle +might be found on the shore.  What, then, was +our surprise and our joy to find not only the paddles +but our dunnage bags and my instrument bag amongst +the rocks, where an eddy below the rapid swirled the +water in.  Thus our blankets and clothing were +safe, we had fifty pounds of pemmican, our tent and +tent stove, and in the small bag that I have mentioned +as having remained in the canoe with the other things +was all our tea and five or six pounds of caribou +tallow.  Our matches—­and this was a +great piece of good fortune—­were uninjured, +and we had a good stock of them.  The tent stove +seemed useless without the pipe, but we determined +to cling to it, as our luggage now was light.  + Our guns, axes, the balance of our provisions, including +salt, the tea kettle and all our other cooking utensils, +were gone, and worst of all, three hundred and fifty +unexposed photographic films.  Only twenty or +thirty unexposed films were saved, but fortunately, +only one roll of ten exposed films, which was in one +of the cameras, was injured, and none of the exposed +films was lost.  One camera was damaged beyond +use, as were also my aneroid barometer and binoculars.  + However, we were fortunate to get off so easily as +we did, and the accident taught us the lesson to take +no chances in rapids and to tie everything fast at +all times.  Carelessness is pretty sure to demand +its penalty, and the wilderness is constantly springing +surprises upon those who submit themselves to its care.</p> + +<p align="justify">A pretty dreary camp we pitched that +evening near the place of our mishap.  Fortunately +there was plenty of dead wood loose on the ground, +and we did very well for our camp fire without the +axes.  A pemmican can with the end cut off about +an inch from the top, with a piece of copper wire +that I found in my dunnage bag fashioned into a bale, +made a very serviceable tea pail, from which we drank +in turn, as our cups were lost.  The top of the +can answered for a frying pan in which to melt our +caribou tallow and pemmican when we wanted our ration +hot, and as a plate.  Tent pegs were cut with +our jackknives and the tent stretched between two +trees, which avoided the necessity of tent poles.  + Thus, with our cooking and living outfit reduced to +the simplest and crudest form, and with a limited and +unvaried diet of pemmican, tallow and tea, we were +on the whole able, so long as loose wood could be +found for our night camps, to keep comparatively comfortable +and free from any severe hardships.</p> + +<p align="justify">We certainly had great reason to be +thankful, and that night before we rolled into our +blankets I read aloud by the light of our camp fire +from my little Bible the one hundred and seventh Psalm, +in thanksgiving.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning before starting forward +we paddled out to the rapid, in the vain hope that +we might be able to recover some of the lost articles +from the bottom of the river, but at the place where +the spill had occurred the water was too swift and +deep for us to do anything, and we were forced to +abandon the attempt and reluctantly resume our journey +without the things.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night we felt sorely the loss +of the axes.  Our camp was pitched in a spot +where no loose wood was to be found save very small +sticks, insufficient in quantity for an adequate fire +in the open, for the evening was cold.  We could +not pitch our tent wigwam fashion with an opening +at the top for the smoke to escape, as to do that several +poles were necessary, and we had no means of cutting +them.  However, with the expectation that enough +smoke would find its way out of the stovepipe hole +to permit us to remain inside, we built a small round +Indian fire in the center of the tent.  We managed +to endure the smoke and warm ourselves while tea was +making, but the experiment proved a failure and was +not to be resorted to again, for I feared it might +result in an attack of smoke-blindness.  This +is an affliction almost identical in effect to snow-blindness.  + I had suffered from it in the first days of my wandering +alone in the Susan Valley in the winter of 1903, and +knew what it meant, and that an attack of it would +preclude traveling while it lasted, to say nothing +of the pain that it would inflict.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here a portage was necessary around +a half-mile canyon through which the river, a rushing +torrent, tumbled in the interval over a series of +small falls, and all the way the perpendicular walls +of basaltic rock that confined it rose on either side +to a height of fifty to seventy-five feet above the +seething water.  Just below this canyon another +river joined us from the east, increasing the volume +of water very materially.  Our tumplines were +gone, but with the tracking line and pieces of deer +skin we improvised new ones that answered our purpose +very well.</p> + +<p align="justify">The hills, barren almost to their +base, and growing in altitude with every mile we traveled, +were now closely hugging the river valley, which was +almost destitute of trees.  Rapids were practically +continuous and always strewn with dangerous rocks that +kept us constantly on the alert and our nerves strung +to the highest tension.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general course of the river for +several days was north, thirty degrees east, but later +assumed an almost due northerly course.  It made +some wide sweeps as it worked its tortuous way through +the ranges, sometimes almost doubling on itself.  + At intervals small streams joined it and it was constantly +growing in width and depth.  Once we came to a +place where it dropped over massive bed rock in a +series of falls, some of which were thirty or more +feet in height.  Few portages, however, were necessary.  + We took our chances on everything that there was +any prospect of the canoe living through—­ +rapids that under ordinary circumstances we should +never have trusted--for the grip of the cold weather +was tightening with each October day.  The small +lakes away from the river, where the water was still, +must even now have been frozen, but the river current +was so big and strong that it had as yet warded off +the frost shackles.  When the real winter came, +however, it would be upon us in a night, and then +even this mighty torrent must submit to its power.</p> + +<p align="justify">At one point the valley suddenly widened +and the hills receded, and here the river broke up +into many small streams—­no less than five—­ +but some four or five miles farther on these various +channels came together again, and then the growing +hills closed in until they pinched the river banks +more closely than ever.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the morning of October sixth we +swung around a big bend in the river, ran a short +but precipitous rapid and suddenly came upon another +large river flowing in from the west.  This stream +came through a sandy valley, and below the junction +of the rivers the sand banks rose on the east side +a hundred feet or so above the water.  The increase +here in the size of the stream was marked—­it +was wide and deep.  A terrific gale was blowing +and caught us directly in our faces as we turned the +bend and lost the cover of the lee share above the +curve, and paddling ahead was impossible.  The +waves were so strong, in fact, that we barely escaped +swamping before we effected a landing.</p> + +<p align="justify">We here found ourselves in an exceedingly +unpleasant position.  We were only fitted with +summer clothing, which was now insufficient protection.  + There was not enough loose wood to make an open fire +to keep us warm for more than an hour or so, and we +could not go on to look for a better camping place.  + In a notch between the sand ridges we found a small +cluster of trees, between two of which our tent was +stretched, but it was mighty uncomfortable with no +means of warming.  “If we only had our stovepipe +now we’d be able to break enough small stuff +to keep the stove going,” said Easton.  +With nothing else to do we climbed a knoll to look +at the river below, and there on the knoll what should +we find but several lengths of nearly worn-out but +still serviceable pipe that some Indian had abandoned.  + “It’s like Robinson Crusoe,” said +Easton.  “Just as soon as we need something +that we can’t get on very well without we find +it.  A special Providence is surely caring for +us.”  We appropriated that pipe, all right, +and it did not take us long to get a fire in the stove, +which we had clung to, useless as it had seemed to +be.</p> + +<p align="justify">A mass of ripe cranberries, so thick +that we crushed them with every step, grew on the +hills, and we picked our pailful and stewed them, +using crystallose (a small phial of which I had in +my dunnage bag) as sweetening.  A pound of pemmican +a day with a bit of tallow is sustaining, but not +filling, and left us with a constant, gnawing hunger.  + These berries were a godsend, and sour as they were +we filled up on them and for once gratified our appetites.  + We had a great desire, too, for something sweet, +and always pounced upon the stray raisins in the pemmican.  + When either of us found one in his ration it was +divided between us.  Our great longing was for +bread and molasses, just as it had been with Hubbard +and me when we were short of food, and we were constantly +talking of the feasts we would have of these delicacies +when we reached the Post—­wheat bread and +common black molasses.</p> + +<p align="justify">The George River all the way down +to this point had been in past years a veritable slaughter +house.  There were great piles of caribou antlers +(the barren-ground caribou or reindeer), sometimes +as many as two or three hundred pairs in a single +pile, where the Indians had speared the animals in +the river, and everywhere along the banks were scattered +dry bones.  Abandoned camps, and some of them +large ones and not very old, were distributed at frequent +intervals, though we saw no more of the Indians themselves +until we reached Ungava Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">Wolves were numerous.  We saw +their tracks in the sand and fresh signs of them were +common.  They always abound where there are caribou, +which form their main living.  Ptarmigans in the +early morning clucked on the river banks like chickens +in a barnyard, and we saw some very large flocks of +them.  Geese and black ducks, making their way +to the southward, were met with daily.  But we +had no arms or ammunition with which to kill them.  + I saw some fox signs, but there were very few or +no rabbit signs, strange to say, until we were a full +hundred miles farther down the river.</p> + +<p align="justify">This camp, where we found the stovepipe, +we soon discovered was nearly at the head of Indian +House Lake, so called by a Hudson’s Bay Company +factor-John McLean-because of the numbers of Indians +that he found living on its shores.  McLean, +about seventy years earlier, had ascended the river +in the interests of his company, for the purpose of +establishing interior posts.  The most inland +Post that he erected was at the lower end of this +lake, which is fifty-five miles in length.  He +also built a Post on a large lake which he describes +in his published journal as lying to the west of Indian +House Lake.  The exact location of this latter +lake is not now known, but I am inclined to think +it is one which the Indians say is the source of Whale +River, a stream of considerable size emptying into +Ungava Bay one hundred and twenty miles to the westward +of the mouth of the George River.  These two +rivers are doubtless much nearer together, however, +farther inland, where Whale River has its rise.  + The difficulty experienced by McLean in getting supplies +to these two Posts rendered them unprofitable, and +after experimenting with them for three years they +were abandoned.  The agents in charge were each +spring on the verge of starvation before the opening +of the waters brought fish and food or they were relieved +by the brigades from Ungava.  They had to depend +almost wholly upon their hunters for provisions.  + It was not attempted in those days to carry in flour, +pork and other food stuffs now considered by the traders +necessaries.  And almost the only goods handled +by them in the Indian trade were axes, knives, guns, +ammunition and beads.</p> + +<p align="justify">Indian House Lake now, as then, is +a general rendezvous for the Indians during the summer +months, when they congregate there to fish and to +hunt reindeer.  In the autumn they scatter to +the better trapping grounds, where fur bearing animals +are found in greater abun-dance.  We were too +late in the season to meet these Indians, though we +saw many of their camping places.</p> + +<p align="justify">A snowstorm began on October seventh, +but the wind had so far abated that we were able to +resume our journey.  It was a bleak and dismal +day.  Save for now and then a small grove of spruce +trees in some sheltered nook, and these at long intervals, +the country was destitute and barren of growth.  + Below our camp, upon entering the lake, there was +a wide, flat stretch of sand wash from the river, and +below this from the lake shore on either side, great +barren, grim hills rose in solemn majesty, across +whose rocky face the wind swept the snow in fitful +gusts and squalls.  Off on a mountain side a wolf +disturbed the white silence with his dismal cry, and +farther on a big black fellow came to the water’s +edge, and with the snow blowing wildly about him held +his head in the air and howled a challenge at us as +we passed close by.  Perhaps he yearned for companionship +and welcomed the sight of living things.  For +my part, grim and uncanny as be looked, I was glad +to see him.  He was something to vary the monotony +of the great solemn silence of our world.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm increased, and early in +the day the snow began to fall so heavily that we +could not see our way, and forced us to turn into a +bay where we found a small cluster of trees amongst +big bowlders, and pitched our tent in their shelter.  + The snow had drifted in and filled the space between +the rocks, and on this we piled armfuls of scraggy +boughs and made a fairly level and wholly comfortable +bed; but it was a long, tedious job digging with our +hands and feet into the snow for bits of wood for +our stove.  The conditions were growing harder +and harder with every day, and our experience here +was a common one with us for the most of the remainder +of the way down the river from this point.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day we reached the lower end of +the lake I summed up briefly its characteristics in +my field book as follows: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Indian House Lake has a varying +width of from a quarter mile to three miles.  + It is apparently not deep.  Both shores are followed +by ridges of the most barren, rocky hills imaginable, +some of them rising to a height of eight to nine hundred +feet and sloping down sharply to the shores, which +are strewn with large loose bowlders or are precipitous +bed rock.  An occasional sand knoll occurs, and +upon nearly every one of these is an abandoned Indian +camp.  The timber growth—­none at all +or very scanty spruce and tamarack.  Length of +lake (approximated) fifty-five miles.”</p> + +<p align="justify">I had hoped to locate the site of +McLean’s old Post buildings, more than three +score years ago destroyed by the Indians, doubtless +for firewood, but the snow had bidden what few traces +of them time had not destroyed, and they were passed +unnoticed.  The storm which raged all the time +we were here made progress slow, and it was not until +the morning of the tenth that we reached the end of +the lake, where the river, vastly increased in volume, +poured out through a rapid.</p> + +<p align="justify">Below Indian House Lake there were +only a few short stretches of slack water to relieve +the pretty continuous rapids.  The river wound +in and out, in and out, rushing on its tumultuous +way amongst ever higher mountains.  There was +no time to examine the rapids before we shot them.  + We had to take our chances, and as we swung around +every curve we half expected to find before us a cataract +that would hurl us to destruction.  The banks +were often sheer from the water’s edge, and +made landing difficult or even impossible.  In +one place for a dis-tance of many miles the river +had worn its way through the mountains, leaving high, +perpendicular walls of solid rock on either side, +forming a sort of canyon.  In other places high +bowlders, piled by some giant force, formed fifty-foot +high walls, which we had to scale each night to make +our camp.  In the morning some peak in the blue +distance would be noted as a landmark.  In a couple +of hours we would rush past it and mark another one, +which, too, would soon be left behind.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rapids continued the characteristic +of the river and were terrific.  Often it would +seem that no canoe could ride the high, white waves, +or that we could not avoid the swirl of mighty cross-current +eddies, which would have swallowed up our canoe like +a chip had we got into them.  There were rapids +whose roar could be distinctly heard for five or six +miles.  These we approached with the greatest +care, and portaged around the worst places.  The +water was so clear that often we found ourselves dodging +rocks, which, when we passed them, were ten or twelve +feet below the surface.  It was here that a peculiar +optical illusion occurred.  The water appeared +to be running down an incline of about twenty degrees.  + At the place where this was noticed, however, the +current was not exceptionally swift.  We were +in a section now where the Indians never go, owing +to the character of the river—­a section +that is wholly untraveled and unhunted.</p> + +<p align="justify">After leaving Indian House Lake, as +we descended from the plateau, the weather grew milder.  + There were chilly winds and bleak rains, but the +snow, though remaining on the mountains, disappeared +gradually from the valley, and this was a blessing +to us, for it enabled us to make camp with a little +less labor, and the bits of wood were left uncovered, +to be gathered with more ease.  Every hour of +light we needed, for with each dawn and twilight the +days were becoming noticeably shorter.  The sun +now rose in the southeast, crossed a small segment +of the sky, and almost before we were aware of it set +in the southwest.</p> + +<p align="justify">The wilderness gripped us closer and +closer as the days went by.  Remembrances of the +outside world were becoming like dreamland fancies—­something +hazy, indefinite and unreal.  We could hardly +bring ourselves to believe that we had really met +the Indians.  It seemed to us that all our lives +we had been going on and on through rushing water, +or with packs over rocky portages, and the Post we +were aiming to reach appeared no nearer to us than +it did the day we left Northwest River—­long, +long ago.  We seldom spoke.  Sometimes in +a whole day not a dozen words would be exchanged.  + If we did talk at all it was at night over soothing +pipes, after the bit of pemmican we allowed ourselves +was disposed of, and was usually of something to eat—­planning +feasts of darn goods, bread and molasses when we should +reach a place where these luxuries were to be had.  + It was much like the way children plan what wonderful +things they will do, and what unbounded good things +they will indulge in, when they attain that high pinnacle +of their ambition—­“grown-ups.”</p> + +<p align="justify">After our upset in the rapid Easton +eschewed water entirely, except for drinking purposes.  + He had had enough of it, he said.  I did bathe +my hands and face occasionally, particularly in the +morning, to rouse me from the torpor of the always +heavy sleep of night.  What savages men will +revert into when they are buried for a long period +in the wilderness and shake off the trammels and customs +of the conventionalism of civilization!  It does +not take long to make an Indian out of a white man +so far as habits and customs of living go.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our routine of daily life was always +the same.  Long before daylight I would arise, +kindle a fire, put over it our tea water, and then +get Easton out of his blankets.  At daylight +we would start.  At midday we had tea, and at +twilight made the best camp we could.</p> + +<p align="justify">The hills were assuming a different +aspect—­less conical in form and not so +high.  The bowlders on the river banks were superseded +by massive bed-rock granite.  The coves and hollows +were better wooded and there were some stretches of +slack water.  On October fifteenth we portaged +around a series of low falls, below which was a small +lake expansion with a river flowing into it from the +east.  Here we found the first evidence of human +life that we had seen in a long while—­a +wide portage trail that had been cut through now burned +and dead trees on the eastern side of the river.  + It was fully six feet in width and had been used +for the passage of larger boats than canoes.  +The moss was still unrenewed where the tramp of many +moccasins had worn it off.  This was the trail +made by John McLean’s brigades nearly three-quarters +of a century before, for in their journeys to Indian +House Lake they had used rowboats and not canoes for +the transportation of supplies.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day we passed over this portage +was a most miserable one.  We were soaked from +morning till night with mingled snow and rain, and +numb with the cold, but when we made our night camp, +below the junction of the rivers, one or two ax cuttings +were found, and I knew that now our troubles were +nearly at an end and we were not far from men.  + The next afternoon (Monday, October sixteenth) we +stopped two or three miles below a rapid to boil our +kettle, and before our tea was made the canoe was +high and dry on the rocks.  We had reached tide +water at last!  How we hurried through that luncheon, +and with what light hearts we launched the canoe again, +and how we peered into every bay for the Post buildings +that we knew were now close at hand can be imagined.  + These bays were being left wide stretches of mud and +rocks by the receding water, which has a tide fall +here of nearly forty feet.  At last, as we rounded +a rocky point, we saw the Post.  The group of +little white buildings nestling deep in a cove, a feathery +curl of smoke rising peacefully from the agent’s +house, an Eskimo <i>tupek</i> (tent), boats standing +high on the mud flat below, and the howl of a husky +dog in the distance, formed a picture of comfort that +I shall long remember.</p> + +<a name="post"></a> +<a href="post.jpg"> +<img alt="At Last...We Saw the Post" src="postth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<a NAME="chapter_15"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XV</h1> + +<p><b>OFF WITH THE ESKIMOS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The tide had left the bay drained, +on the farther side and well toward the bottom of +which the Post stands, and between us and the buildings +was a lake of soft mud.  There seemed no approach +for the canoe, and rather than sit idly until the +incoming tide covered the mud again so that we could +paddle in, we carried our belongings high up the side +of the hill, safely out of reach of the water when +it should rise, and then started to pick our way around +the face of the clifflike hill, with the intention +of skirting the bay and reaching the Post at once +from the upper side.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was much like walking on the side +of a wall, and to add to our discomfiture night began +to fall before we were half way around, for it was +slow work.  Once I descended cautiously to the +mud, thinking that I might be able to walk across +it, but a deep channel filled with running water intercepted +me, and I had to return to Easton, who had remained +above.  We finally realized that we could not +get around the hill before dark and the footing was +too uncertain to attempt to retrace our steps to the +canoe in the fading light, as a false move would have +hurled us down a hundred feet into the mud and rocks +below.  Fortunately a niche in the hillside offered +a safe resting place, and we drew together here all +the brush within reach, to be burned later as a signal +to the Post folk that some one was on the hill, hoping +that when the tide rose it would bring them in, a boat +to rescue us from our unpleasant position.  When +the brush was arranged for firing at an opportune +time we sat down in the thickening darkness to watch +the lights which were now flickering cozily in the +windows of the Post house.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Well, this <i>is</i> hard luck,” +said Easton.  “There’s good bread +and molasses almost within hailing distance and we’ve +likely got to sit out here on the rocks all night +without wood enough to keep fire, and it’s going +to rain pretty soon and we can’t even get back +to our pemmican and tent.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“Don’t give up yet, boy,” +I encouraged.  “Maybe they’ll see +our fire when we start it and take us off.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We filled our pipes and struck matches +to light them.  They were wax taper matches and +made a good blaze.  “Wonder what it’ll +be like to eat civilized grub again and sleep in a +bed,” said Easton meditatively, as he puffed +uncomfortably at his pipe.</p> + +<p align="justify">While he was speaking the glow of +a lantern appeared from the Post house, which we could +locate by its lamp-lit windows, and moved down toward +the place where we had seen the boats on the mud.  + The sight of it made us hope that we had been noticed, +and we jumped up and combined our efforts in shouting +until we were hoarse.  Then we ignited the pile +of brush.  It blazed up splendidly, shooting its +flames high in the air, sending its sparks far, and +lighting weirdly the strange scene.  We stood +before it that our forms might appear in relief against +the light reflected by the rocky background, waving +our arms and renewing our shouts.  Once or twice +I fancied I heard an answering hail from the other +side, like a far-off echo; but the wind was against +us and I was not sure.  The lantern light was +now in a boat moving out toward the main river.  + Even though it were coming to us this was necessary, +as the tide could not be high enough yet to permit +its coming directly across to where we were.  +We watched its course anxiously.  Finally it +seemed to be heading toward us, but we were not certain.  + Then it disappeared altogether and there was nothing +but blackness and silence where it had been.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Some one that’s been +waiting for the tide to turn and he’s just going +down the river, where he likely lives,” remarked +Easton as we sat down again and relit our pipes.  + “I began to taste bread and molasses when I +saw that light,” he continued, after a few minutes’ +pause.  “It’s just our luck.  + We’re in for a night of it, all right.”</p> + +<p align="justify">We sat smoking silently, resigned +to our fate, when all at once there stepped out of +the surrounding darkness into the radius of light cast +by our now dying fire, an old Eskimo with an unlighted +lantern in his hands, and a young fellow of fifteen +or sixteen years of age.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Oksutingyae,” * said +the Eskimo, and then proceeded to light his lantern, +paying no further attention to us.  “How +do you do?” said the boy.</p> + +<p align="justify">* [Dual form meaning “You two +be strong,” used by the Eskimos as a greeting.  + The singular of the same is Oksunae, and the plural +(more than two) Oksusi]</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo could understand no English, +but the boy, a grandson of Johm Ford, the Post agent, +told us that the Eskimo had seen us strike the matches +to light our pipes and reported the matter at once +at the house.  There was not a match at the Post +nor within a hundred miles of it, so far as they knew, +so Mr. Ford concluded that some strangers were stranded +on the hill—­possibly Eskimos in distress—­and +he gave them a lantern and started them over in a +boat to investigate.  Their lantern had blown +out on the way—­that was when we missed the +light.</p> + +<p align="justify">With the lantern to guide us we descended +the slippery rocks to their boat and in ten minutes +landed on the mud flat opposite, where we were met +by Ford and a group of curious Eskimos.  We were +immediately con-ducted to the agent’s residence, +where Mrs. Ford received us in the hospitable manner +of the North, and in a little while spread before us +a delicious supper of fresh trout, white bread such +as we had not seen since leaving Tom Blake’s, +mossberry jam and tea.  It was an event in our +life to sit down again to a table covered with white +linen and eat real bread.  We ate until we were +ashamed of ourselves, but not until we were satisfied +(for we had emerged from the bush with unholy appetites) +and barely stopped eating in time to save our reputations +from utter ruin.  And now our hosts told us—­and +it shows how really generous and open-hearted they +were to say nothing about it until we were through +eating—­that the <i>Pelican</i>, the Hudson’s +Bay Company’s steamer, had not arrived on her +annual visit, that it was so late in the season all +hope of her coming had some time since been relinquished, +and the Post provisions were reduced to forty pounds +of flour, a bit of sugar, a barrel or so of corn meal, +some salt pork and salt beef, and small quantities +of other food stuffs, and there were a great many +dependents with hungry mouths to feed.  Molasses, +butter and other things were entirely gone.  +The storehouses were empty.</p> + +<p align="justify">This condition of affairs made it +incumbent upon me, I believed, in spite of a cordial +invitation from Ford to stay and share with them what +they had, to move on at once and endeavor to reach +Fort Chimo ahead of the ice.  Fort Chimo is the +chief establishment of the fur trading companies on +Ungava Bay, and is the farthest off and most isolated +station in northern Labrador.  This journey would +be too hazardous to undertake in the month of October +in a canoe—­the rough, open sea of Ungava +Bay demanded a larger craft—­and although +Ford told me it was foolhardy to attempt it so late +in the season with any craft at all, I requested him +to do his utmost the following day to engage for us +Eskimos and a small boat and we would make the attempt +to get there.  It has been my experience that +frontier traders are wont to overestimate the dangers +in trips of this kind, and I was inclined to the belief +that this was the case with Ford.  In due time +I learned my mistake.</p> + +<p align="justify">Ford had no tobacco but the soggy +black chewing plug dispensed to Eskimos, and we shared +with him our remaining plugs and for two hours sat +in the cozy Post house kitchen smoking and chatting.  + Over a year had passed since his last communication +with the outside world, for no vessel other than the +<i>Pelican</i> when she makes her annual call with +supplies ever comes here, and we therefore had some +things of interest to tell him.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our host I soon discovered to be a +man of intelligence.  He was sixty-six years +of age, a native of the east coast of Labrador, with +a tinge of Eskimo blood in his veins, and as familiar +with the Eskimo language as with English.  For +twenty years, he informed me, with the exception of +one or two brief intervals, he had been buried at George +River Post, and was longing for the time when he could +leave it and enjoy the comforts of civilization.</p> + +<p align="justify">After our chat we were shown to our +room, where the almost forgotten luxuries of feather +beds and pillows, and the great, warm, fluffy woolen +blankets of the Hudson’s Bay Company—­such +blankets as are found nowhere else in the world—­awaited +us.  To undress and crawl between them and lie +there, warm and snug and dry, while we listened to +the rain, which had begun beating furiously against +the window and on the roof, and the wind howling around +the house, seemed to me at first the pinnacle of comfort; +but this sense of luxury soon passed off and I found +myself longing for the tent and spruce-bough couch +on the ground, where there was more air to breathe +and a greater freedom.  I could not sleep.  + The bed was too warm and the four walls of the room +seemed pressing in on me.  After four months in +the open it takes some time for one to accustom one’s +self to a bed again.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day at high tide, with the +aid of a boat and two Eskimos, we recovered our things +from the rocks where we had cached them.</p> + +<p align="justify">There were no Eskimos at the Post +competent or willing to attempt the open-boat journey +to Fort Chimo.  Those that were here all agreed +that the ice would come before we could get through +and that it was too dangerous an undertaking.  + Therefore, galling as the delay was to me, there +was nothing for us to do but settle down and wait for +the time to come when we could go with dog teams overland.</p> + +<p align="justify">On Thursday afternoon, three days +after our arrival at the Post, we saw the Eskimos +running toward the wharf and shouting as though something +of unusual importance were taking place and, upon joining +the crowd, found them greeting three strange Eskimos +who had just arrived in a boat.  The real cause +of the excitement we soon learned was the arrival +of the <i>Pelican</i>.  The strange Eskimos were +the pilots that brought her from Fort Chimo.  + All was confusion and rejoicing at once.  Ford +manned a boat and invited us to join him in a visit +to the ship, which lay at anchor four miles below, +and we were soon off.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we boarded the Pelican, which, +by the way, is an old British cruiser, we were received +by Mr. Peter McKenzie, from Montreal, who has superintendence +of eastern posts, and Captain Lovegrow, who commanded +the vessel.  They told us that they had called +at Rigolet on their way north and there heard of the +arrival of Richards, Pete and Stanton at Northwest +River.  This relieved my mind as to their safety.</p> + +<p align="justify">We spent a very pleasant hour over +a cigar, and heard the happenings in the outside world +since our departure from it, the most important of +which was the close of the Russian-Japanese war.  + We also learned that the cause of delay in the ship’s +coming was an accident on the rocks near Cartwright, +making it necessary for them to run to St. Johns for +repairs; and also that only the fact of the distressful +condition of the Post, unprovisioned as they knew it +must be, had induced them to take the hazard of running +in and chancing imprison-ment for the winter in the +ice.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. McKenzie extended me a most cordial +invitation to return with them to Rigolet, but the +Eskimo pilots had brought news of large herds of reindeer +that the Indians had reported as heading eastward toward +the Koksoak, the river on which Fort Chimo is situated, +and I determined to make an effort to see these deer.  + This determination was coupled with a desire to travel +across the northern peninsula and around the coast +in winter and learn more of the people and their life +than could be observed at the Post; and I therefore +declined Mr. McKenzie’s invitation.</p> + +<p align="justify">Captain James Blanford, from St. Johns, +was on board, acting as ship’s pilot for the +east coast, and he kindly offered to carry out for +me such letters and telegrams as I might desire to +send and personally attend to their transmission.  + I gladly availed myself of this offer, as it gave +us an opportunity to relieve the anxiety of our friends +at home as to our safety.  Captain Blanford had +been with the auxiliary supply ship of the Peary Arctic +expedition during the summer and told us of having +left Commander Peary at eighty degrees north latitude +in August.  The expedition, he told us, would +probably winter as high as eighty-three degrees north, +and he was highly enthusiastic over the good prospects +of Peary’s success in at least reaching “Farthest +North.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo pilots of the <i>Pelican</i> +were more venturesome than their friends at George +River.  They had a small boat belonging to the +Hudson’s Bay Company, and in it were going to +attempt to reach Fort Chimo.  Against his advice +I had Ford arrange with them to permit Easton and +me to accompany them.  It was a most fortunate +circumstance, I thought, that this opportunity was +opened to us.</p> + +<p align="justify">Accordingly the letters for Captain +Blanford were written, sufficient provisions, consisting +of corn meal, flour, hard-tack, pork, and tea to last +Easton and me ten days, were packed, and our luggage +was taken on board the <i>Pelican</i> on Saturday +afternoon, where we were to spend the night as Mr. +McKenzie’s and Captain Lovegrow’s guests.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. McKenzie, before going to Montreal, +had lived nearly a quarter of a century as Factor +at Fort Chimo, and, thoroughly familiar with the conditions +of the country and the season, joined Ford in advising +us strongly against our undertaking, owing to the +unusual hazard attached to it, and the probability +of getting caught in the ice and wrecked.  But +we were used to hardship, and believed that if the +Eskimos were willing to attempt the journey we could +get through with them some way, and I saw no reason +why I should change my plans.</p> + +<p align="justify">Low-hanging clouds, flying snowflakes +and a rising northeast wind threatened a heavy storm +on Sunday morning, October twenty-second, when the +<i>Pelican</i> weighed anchor at ten o’clock, +with us on board and the small boat, the <i>Explorer</i>, +that was to carry us westward in tow, and steamed +down the George River, at whose mouth, twenty miles +below, we were to leave her, to meet new and unexpected +dangers and hardships.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the Post the river is a mile and +a half in width.  About eight miles farther down +its banks close in and “the Narrows” occur, +and then it widens again.  There is very little +growth of any kind below the Narrows.  The rocks +are polished smooth and bare as they rise from the +water’s edge, and it is as desolate and barren +a land as one’s imagination could picture, but +withal possesses a rugged grand beauty in its grim +austerity that is impressive.</p> + +<p align="justify">About three or four miles above the +open bay the <i>Pelican’s</i> engines ceased +to throb and the <i>Explorer</i> was hauled alongside.  + Everything but the provisions for the Eskimo crew +was already aboard.  We said a hurried adieu +and, watching our chances as the boat rose and fell +on the swell, dropped one by one into the little craft.  + A bag of ship’s biscuit, the provisions of +our Eskimos, was thrown after us.  Most of them +went into the sea and were lost, and we needed them +sadly later.  I thought we should swamp as each +sea hit us before we could get away, and when we were +finally off the boat was half full of water.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos hoisted a sail and turned +to the west bank of the river, for it was too rough +outside to risk ourselves there in the little <i>Explorer</i>.  + The pulse of the big ship began to beat and slowly +she steamed out into the open and left us to the mercies +of the unfeeling rocks of Ungava.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_16"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XVI</h1> + +<p><b>CAUGHT BY THE ARCTIC ICE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">We ran to shelter in a small cove +and under the lee of a ledge pitched our tent, using +poles that the Eskimos had thoughtfully provided, and +anchoring the tent down with bowlders.</p> + +<p align="justify">When I say the rocks here are scoured +bare, I mean it literally.  There was not a stick +of wood growing as big as your finger.  On the +lower George, below the Narrows, and for long distances +on the Ungava coast there is absolutely not a tree +of any kind to be seen.  The only exception is +in one or two bays or near the mouth of streams, where +a stunted spruce growth is sometimes found in small +patches.  There are places where you may skirt +the coast of Ungava Bay for a hundred miles and not +see a shrub worthy the name of tree, even in the bays.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Koksoak (Big) River, on which +Fort Chimo is situated, is the largest river flowing +into Ungava Bay.  The George is the second in +size, and Whale River ranks third.  Between the +George River and Whale River there are four smaller +ones—­Tunulik (Back) River, Kuglotook (Overflow) +River, Tuktotuk (Reindeer) River and Mukalik (Muddy) +River; and between Whale River and the Koksoak the +False River.  I crossed all of these streams +and saw some of them for several miles above the mouth.  + The Koksoak, Mukalik and Whale Rivers are regularly +traversed by the Indians, but the others are too swift +and rocky for canoes.  There are several streams +to the westward of the Koksoak, notably Leaf River, +and a very large one that the Eskimos told me of, emptying +into Hope’s Advance Bay, but these I did not +see and my knowledge of them is limited to hearsay.</p> + +<p align="justify">The hills in the vicinity of George +River are generally high, but to the westward they +are much lower and less picturesque.</p> + +<p align="justify">After our camp was pitched we had +an opportunity for the first time to make the acquaintance +of our companions.  The chief was a man of about +forty years of age, Potokomik by name, which, translated, +means a hole cut in the edge of a skin for the purpose +of stretching it.  The next in importance was +Kumuk.  Kumuk means louse, and it fitted the man’s +nature well.  The youngest was Iksialook (Big +Yolk of an Egg).  Potokomik had been rechristened +by a Hudson’s Bay Company agent “Kenneth,” +and Kumuk, in like manner, had had the name of “George” +bestowed upon him, but Iksialook bad been overlooked +or neglected in this respect, and his brain was not +taxed with trying to remember a Christian cognomen +that none of his people would ever call or know him +by.</p> + +<p align="justify">Potokomik was really a remarkable +man and proved most faithful to us.  It is, in +fact, to his faithfulness and control over the others, +particularly Kumuk, that Easton and I owe our lives, +as will appear later.  He was at one time conjurer +of the Kangerlualuksoakmiut, or George River Eskimos, +and is still their leader, but during a visit to the +Atlantic coast, some three or four years ago, he came +under the influence of a missionary, embraced Christianity, +and abandoned the heathen conjuring swindle by which +he was, up to that time, making a good living.  + Now he lives a life about as clean and free from the +heathenism and superstitions of his race as any Eskimo +can who adopts a new religion.  The missionary +whom I have mentioned led Potokomik’s mother +to accept Christ and renounce Torngak when she was +on her deathbed, and before she died she confessed +to many sins, amongst them that of having aided in +the killing and eating, when driven to the act by +starvation, of her own mother.</p> + +<p align="justify">After our tent was pitched and the +Eskimos had spread the <i>Explorer’s</i> sail +as a shelter for themselves, Kumuk and Iksialook left +us to look for driftwood and, in half an hour, returned +with a few small sticks that they had found on the +shore.  These sticks were exceedingly scarce +and, of course, very precious and with the greatest +economy in the use of the wood, a fire was made and +the kettle boiled for tea.</p> + +<p align="justify">At first the Eskimos were always doing +unexpected things and springing surprises upon us, +but soon we became more or less accustomed to their +ways.  Not one of them could talk or understand +English and my Eskimo vocabulary was limited to the +one word “Oksu-nae,” and we therefore +had considerable difficulty in making each other understand, +and the pantomime and various methods of communication +resorted to were often very funny to see.  Potokomik +and I started in at once to learn what we could of +each other’s language, and it is wonderful how +much can be accomplished in the ac-quirement of a +vocabulary in a short time and how few words are really +necessary to convey ideas.  I would point at the +tent and say, “Tent,” and he would say, +“Tupek”; or at my sheath knife and say, +“Knife,” and he would say, “Chevik,” +and thus each learned the other’s word for nearly +everything about us and such words as “good,” +“bad,” “wind” and so on; and +in a few days we were able to make each other understand +in a general way, with our mixed English and Eskimo.</p> + +<p align="justify">The northeast wind and low-hanging +clouds of the morning carried into execution their +threat, and all Sunday afternoon and all day Monday +the snowstorm raged with fury.  I took pity on +the Eskimos and on Sunday night invited all of them +to sleep in our tent, but only Potokomik came, and +on Monday morning, when I went out at break of day, +I found the other two sleeping under a snowdrift, for +the lean-to made of the boat sail had not protected +them much.  After that they accepted my invitation +and joined us in the tent.</p> + +<p align="justify">It did not clear until Tuesday morning, +and then we hoisted sail and started forward out of +the river and into the broad, treacherous waters of +Hudson Straits, working with the oars to keep warm +and accelerate progress, for the wind was against +us at first until we turned out of the river, and +we had long tacks to make.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the Post, as was stated, there +is a rise and fall of tide of forty feet.  In +Ungava Bay and the straits it has a record of sixty-two +feet rise at flood, with the spring or high tides, +and this makes navigation precarious where hidden +reefs and rocks are everywhere; and there are long +stretches of coast with no friendly bay or harbor or +lee shore where one can run for cover when unheralded +gales and sudden squalls catch one in the open.  + The Atlantic coast of Labrador is dangerous indeed, +but there Nature has providentially distributed innumerable +safe harbor retreats, and the tide is insignificant +compared with that of Ungava Bay.  “Nature +exhausted her supply of harbors,” some one has +said, “before she rounded Cape Chidley, or she +forgot Ungava entirely; and she just bunched the tide +in here, too.”</p> + +<p align="justify">That Tuesday night sloping rocks and +ominous reefs made it impossible for us to effect +a landing, and in a shallow place we dropped anchor.  +Fortunately there was no wind, for we were in an exposed +position, and had there been we should have come to +grief.  A bit of hardtack with nothing to drink +sufficed for supper, and after eating we curled up +as best we could in the bottom of the boat.  +No watch was kept.  Every one lay down.  + Easton and I rolled in our blankets, huddled close +to each other, pulled the tent over us and were soon +dreaming of sunnier lands where flowers bloom and +the ice trust gets its prices.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our awakening was rude.  Some +time in the night I dreamed that my neck was broken +and that I lay in a pool of icy water powerless to +move.  When I finally roused myself I found the +boat tilted at an angle of forty-five degrees and +my head at the lower incline.  All the water in +the boat had drained to that side and my shoulders +and neck were immersed.  The tide was out and +we were stranded on the rocks.  It was bright +moonlight.  Kumuk and Iksialook got up and with +the kettle disappeared over the rocks.  The rising +tide was almost on us when they returned with a kettle +full of hot tea.  Then as soon as the water was +high enough to float the boat we were off by moonlight, +fastening now and again on reefs, and several times +narrowly escaped disaster.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was very cold.  Easton and +I were still clad in the bush-ravaged clothing that +we had worn during the summer, and it was far too light +to keep out the bitter Arctic winds that were now blowing, +and at night our only protection was our light summer +camping blankets.  When we reached the Post at +George River not a thing in the way of clothing or +blankets was in stock and the new stores were not unpacked +when we left, so we were not able to re-outfit there.</p> + +<p align="justify">Wednesday night we succeeded in finding +shelter, but all day Thursday were held prisoners +by a northerly gale.  On Friday we made a new +start, but early in the afternoon were driven to shelter +on an island, where with some difficulty we effected +a landing at low tide, and carried our goods a half +mile inland over the slippery rocks above the reach +of rising water.  The Eskimos remained with the +boat and worked it in foot by foot with the tide while +Easton and I pitched the tent and hunted up and down +on the rocks for bits of driftwood until we had collected +sufficient to last us with economy for a day or two.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night the real winter came.  + The light ice that we had encountered heretofore +and the snow which attained a considerable depth in +the recent storms were only the harbingers of the true +winter that comes in this northland with a single +blast of the bitter wind from the ice fields of the +Arctic.  It comes in a night—­almost +in an hour—­as it did to us now.  Every +pool of water on the island was congealed into a solid +mass.  A gale of terrific fury nearly carried +our tent away, and only the big bowlders to which it +was anchored saved it.  Once we had to shift +it farther back upon the rock fields, out of reach +of an exceptionally high tide.  For three days +the wind raged, and in those three days the great +blocks of northern pack ice were swept down upon us, +and we knew that the <i>Explorer</i> could serve us +no longer.  There was no alternative now but to +cross the barrens to Whale River on foot.  With +deep snow and no snowshoes it was not a pleasant prospect.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our hard-tack was gone, and I baked +into cakes all of our little stock of flour and corn +meal.  This, with a small piece of pork, six pounds +of pemmican, tea and a bit of tobacco was all that +we had left in the way of provisions.  The Eskimos +had eaten everything that they had brought, and it +now devolved upon us to feed them also from our meager +store, which at the start only provided for Easton +and me for ten days, as that had been considered more +than ample time for the journey.  I limited the +rations at each meal to a half of one of my cakes +for each man.  Potokomik agreed with me that this +was a wise and necessary restriction and protected +me in it.  Kumuk thought differently, and he +was seen to filch once or twice, but a close watch +was kept upon him.</p> + +<p align="justify">With infinite labor we hauled the +<i>Explorer</i> above the high-tide level, out of +reach of the ice that would soon pile in a massive +barricade of huge blocks upon the shore, that she might +be safe until recovered the following spring.  + Then we packed in the boat’s prow our tent +and all paraphernalia that was not absolutely necessary +for the sustenance of life, made each man a pack of +his blankets, food and necessaries, and began our +perilous foot march toward Whale River.  I clung +to all the records of the expedition, my camera, photographic +films and things of that sort, though Potokomik advised +their abandonment.</p> + +<p align="justify">At low tide, when the rocks were left +nearly uncovered, we forded from the island to the +mainland.  It was dark when we reached it, and +for three hours after dark, bending under our packs, +walking in Indian file, we pushed on in silence through +the knee-deep snow upon which the moon, half hidden +by flying clouds, cast a weird ghostlike light.  +Finally the Eskimos stopped in a gully by a little +patch of spruce brush four or five feet high, and +while Iksialook foraged for handfuls of brush that +was dry enough to burn, Potokomik and Kumuk cut snow +blocks, which they built into a circular wall about +three feet high, as a wind-break in which to sleep, +and Easton and I broke some green brush to throw upon +the snow in this circular wind-break for a bed.  +While we did this Iksialook filled the kettle with +bits of ice and melted it over his brush fire and +made tea.  There was only brush enough to melt +ice for one cup of tea each, which with our bit of +cake made our supper. .  We huddled close and +slept pretty well that night on the snow with nothing +but flying frost between us and heaven.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were having our breakfast the next +morning a white arctic fox came within ten yards of +our fire to look us over as though wondering what +kind of animals we were.  Easton and I were unarmed, +but the Eskimos each carried a 45-90 Winchester rifle.  + Potokomik reached for his and shot the fox, and in +a few minutes its disjointed carcass was in our pan +with a bit of pork, and we made a substantial breakfast +on the half-cooked flesh.</p> + +<p align="justify">That was a weary day.  We came +upon a large creek in the forenoon and had to ascend +its east bank for a long distance to cross it, as the +tide had broken the ice below.  Some distance +up the stream its valley was wooded by just enough +scattered spruce trees to hold the snow, and wallowing +and floundering through this was most exhausting.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the day Kumuk proposed to the +other Eskimos that they take all the food and leave +the white men to their fate.  They had rifles +while we had none, and we could not resist.  +Potokomik would not hear of it.  He remained our +friend.  Kumuk did not like the small ration that +I dealt out, and if they could get the food out of +our possession they would have more for themselves.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night a snow house was built, +with the exception of rounding the dome at the top, +over which Potokomik spread his blanket; but it was +a poor shelter, and not much warmer than the open.  + When I lay down I was dripping with perspiration +from the exertion of the day and during the night +had a severe chill.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day a storm threatened.  + We crossed another stream and halted, at twelve o’clock, +upon the western side of it to make tea.  The +Eskimos held a consultation here and then Potokomik +told us that they were afraid of heavy snow and that +it was thought best to cache everything that we had—­blankets, +food and everything—­and with nothing to +encumber us hurry on to a tupek that we should reach +by dark, and that there we should find shelter and +food.  Accordingly everything was left behind +but the rifles, which the Eskimos clung to, and we +started on at a terrific pace over wind-swept hills +and drift-covered valleys, where all that could be +seen was a white waste of unvarying snow.  We +had been a little distance inland, but now worked +our way down toward the coast.  Once we crossed +an inlet where we had to climb over great blocks of +ice that the tide in its force had piled there.</p> + +<p align="justify">Just at dusk the Eskimos halted.  + We had reached the place where the tupek should have +been, but none was there.  Afterward I learned +that the people whom Potokomik expected to find here +had been caught on their way from Whale River by the +ice and their boat was crushed.</p> + +<p align="justify">Another consultation was held, and +as a result we started on again.  After a two +hours’ march Potokomik halted and the others +left us.  Easton and I threw ourselves at full +length upon the snow and went to sleep on the instant.  + A rifle shot aroused us, and Potokomik jumped to +his feet with the exclamation, “Igloo!” + We followed him toward where Kumuk was shouting, +through a bit of bush, down a bank, across a frozen +brook and up a slope, where we found a miserable little +log shack.  No one was there.  It was a +filthy place and snow had drifted in through the openings +in the roof and side.  The previous occupant +of the hut had left behind him an ax and an old stove, +and with a few sticks of wood that we found a fire +was started and we huddled close to it in a vain effort +to get warm.  When the fire died out we found +places to lie down, and, shivering with the cold, tried +with poor success to sleep.</p> + +<a name="shack"></a> +<a href="shack.jpg"> +<img alt="A Miserable Little Log Shack" src="shackth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">I had another chill that night and +severe cramps in the calves of my legs, and when morning +came and Easton said he could not travel another twenty +yards, I agreed at once to a plan of the Eskimos to +leave us there while they went on to look for other +Eskimos whom they expected to find in winter quarters +east of Whale River.  Potokomik promised to send +them with dogs to our rescue and then go on with a +letter to Job Edmunds, the Hudson’s Bay Company’s +agent at Whale River.  This letter to Edmunds +I scribbled on a stray bit of paper I found in my +pocket, and in it told him of our position, and lack +of food and clothing.</p> + +<p align="justify">Potokomik left his rifle and some +cartridges with us, and then with the promise that +help should find us ere we had slept three times, we +shook hands with our dusky friend upon whose honor +and faithfulness our lives now depended, and the three +were gone in the face of a blinding snowstorm.</p> + +<p align="justify">Shortly after the Eskimos left us +we heard some ptarmigans clucking outside, and Easton +knocked three of them over with Potokomik’s rifle.  +There were four, but one got away.  It can be +imagined what work the .45 bullet made of them.  + After separating the flesh as far as possible from +the feathers, we boiled it in a tin can we had found +amongst the rubbish in the hut, and ate everything +but the bills and toe-nails—­bones, entrails +and all.  This, it will be remembered, was the +first food that we had had since noon of the day before.  + We had no tea and our only comfort-providing asset +was one small piece of plug tobacco.</p> + +<p align="justify">Fortunately wood was not hard to get, +but still not sufficiently plentiful for us to have +more than a light fire in the stove, which we hugged +pretty closely.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm grew in fury.  It shrieked +around our illy built shack, drifting the snow in +through the holes and crevices until we could not +find a place to sit or lie that was free from it.  + On the night of the third day the weather cleared +and settled, cold and rasping.  I took the rifle +and looked about for game, but the snow was now so +deep that walking far in it was out of the question.  + I did not see the track or sign of any living thing +save a single whisky-jack, but even he was shy and +kept well out of range.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had nothing to eat—­not +a mouthful of anything—­and only water to +drink; even our tobacco was soon gone.  Day after +day we sat, sometimes in silence, for hours at a time, +sometimes calculating upon the probabilities of the +Eskimos having perished in the storm, for they were +wholly without protection.  I had faith in Potokomik +and his resourcefulness, and was hopeful they would +get out safely.  If there had been timber in +the country where night shelter could be made, we +might have started for Whale River without further +delay.  But in the wide waste barrens, illy clothed, +with deep snow to wallow through, it seemed to me +absolutely certain that such an attempt would end in +exhaustion and death, so we restrained our impatience +and waited.  On scraps of paper we played tit-tat-toe; +we improvised a checkerboard and played checkers.  + These pastimes broke the monotony of waiting somewhat.  + No matter what we talked about, our conversation always +drifted to something to eat.  We planned sumptuous +banquets we were to have at that uncertain period +“when we get home,” discussing in the +minutest detail each dish.  Once or twice Easton +roused me in the night to ask whether after all some +other roast or soup had not better be selected than +the one we had decided upon, or to suggest a change +in vegetables.</p> + +<p align="justify">We slept five times instead of thrice +and still no succor came.  The days were short, +the nights interminably long.  I knew we could +live for twelve or fifteen days easily on water.  + I had recovered entirely from the chills and cramps +and we were both feeling well but, of course, rather +weak.  We had lost no flesh to speak of.  + The extreme hunger had passed away after a couple +of days.  It is only when starving people have +a little to eat that the hunger period lasts longer +than that.  Novelists write a lot of nonsense +about the pangs of hunger and the extreme suffering +that accompanies starvation.  It is all poppycock.  + Any healthy person, with a normal appetite, after +missing two or three meals is as hungry as he ever +gets.  After awhile there is a sense of weakness +that grows on one, and this increases with the days.  + Then there comes a desire for a great deal of sleep, +a sort of lassitude that is not unpleasant, and this +desire becomes more pronounced as the weakness grows.  + The end is always in sleep.  There is no keeping +awake until the hour of death.</p> + +<p align="justify">While, as I have said, the real sense +of hunger passes away quickly there remains the instinct +to eat.  That is the working of the first law +of nature—­self-preservation.  It prompts +one to eat anything that one can chew or swallow, +and it is what makes men eat refuse the thought of +which would sicken them at other times.  Of course, +Easton and I were like everybody else under similar +conditions.  Easton said one day that he would +like to have something to chew on.  In the refuse +on the floor I found a piece of deerskin about ten +inches square.  I singed the hair off of it and +divided it equally between us and then we each roasted +our share and ate it.  That was the evening after +we had “slept” five times.</p> + +<p align="justify">After disposing of our bit of deerskin +we huddled down on the floor with our heads pillowed +upon sticks of wood, as was our custom, for a sixth +night, after discussing again the probable fate of +the Eskimos.  While I did not admit to Easton +that I entertained any doubt as to our ultimate rescue, +as the days passed and no relief came I felt grave +fears as to the safety of Potokomik and his companions.  + The severe storm that swept over the country after +their departure from the shack had no doubt materially +deepened the snow, and I questioned whether or not +this had made it impossible for them to travel without +snowshoes.  The wind during the second day of +the storm had been heavy, and it was my hope that +it had swept the barrens clear of the new snow, but +this was uncertain and doubtful.  Then, too, +I did not know the nature of Eskimos—­whether +they were wont to give up quickly in the face of unusual +privations and difficulties such as these men would +have to encounter.  They were in a barren country, +with no food, no blankets, no tent, no protection, +in fact, of any kind from the elements, and it was +doubtful whether they would find material for a fire +at night to keep them from freezing, and, even if +they did find wood, they had no ax with which to cut +it.  How far they would have to travel surrounded +by these conditions I had no idea.  Indians without +wood or food or a sheltering bush would soon give +up the fight and lie down to die.  If Potokomik +and his men had perished, I knew that Easton and I +could hope for no relief from the outside and that +our salvation would depend entirely upon our own resourcefulness.  + It seemed to me the time had come when some action +must be taken.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a long while after dark, I +do not know how long, and I still lay awake turning +these things over in my mind, when I heard a strange +sound.  Everything had been deathly quiet for +days, and I sat up.  In the great unbroken silence +of the wilderness a man’s fancy will make him +hear strange things.  I have answered the shouts +of men that my imagination made me hear.  But +this was not fancy, for I heard it again—­a +distinct shout!  I jumped to my feet and called +to Easton:  “They’ve come, boy!  + Get up, there’s some one coming!” Then +I hurried outside and, in the dim light on the white +stretch of snow, saw a black patch of men and dogs.  + Our rescuers had come.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_17"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XVII</h1> + +<p><b>TO WHALE RIVER AND FORT CHIMO</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The feeling of relief that came to +me when I heard the shout and saw the men and dogs +coming can be appreciated, and something of the satisfaction +I felt when I grasped the hands of the two Eskimos +that strode up on snowshoes can be understood.</p> + +<p align="justify">The older of the two was an active +little fellow who looked much like a Japanese.  + He introduced himself as Emuk (Water).  His companion, +who, we learned later, rejoiced in the name Amnatuhinuk +(Only a Woman), was quite a young fellow, big, fat +and goodnatured.</p> + +<p align="justify">Without any preliminaries Emuk pushed +right into the shack and, from a bag that he carried, +produced some tough dough cakes which he gave us to +eat, and each a plug of tobacco to smoke.  He +was all activity and command, working quickly himself +and directing Amnatuhinuk.  A candle from his +bag was lighted.  Amnatuhinuk was sent for a kettle +of water; wood was piled into the stove, and the kettle +put over to boil.  The stove proved too slow +for Emuk and he built a fire outside where tea could +be made more quickly, and when it was ready he insisted +upon our drinking several cups of it to stimulate +us.  Then he brought forth a pail containing +strong-smelling beans cooked in rancid seal oil, which +he heated.  This concoction he thought was good +strong food and just the thing for half-starved men, +and he set it before us with the air of one who has +done something especially nice.  We ate some of +it but were as temperate as Emuk with his urgings +would permit us to be, for I knew the penalty that +food exacts after a long fast.</p> + +<p align="justify">A comfortable bed of boughs and blankets +was spread for us, and we were made to lie down.  + Emuk, on more than one occasion, bad been in a similar +position to ours and others had come to his aid, and +he wanted to pay the debt he felt he owed to humanity.</p> + +<p align="justify">He told us that Potokomik and the +others, after suffering great hardships, had reached +his tupek near the Mukalik the day before, but I could +not understand his language well enough to draw from +him any of the details of their trip out.</p> + +<p align="justify">At midnight Emuk made tea again and +roused us up to partake of it and eat more dough cakes +and beans with seal oil.  I feared the consequences, +but I could not refuse him, for he did not understand +why we should not want to eat a great deal.  The +result was that with happiness and stomach ache I +could not sleep, and before morning was going out +to vomit.  Even at the danger of seeming not to +appreciate Emuk’s hospitality, I was constrained +to decline to eat any breakfast.</p> + +<p align="justify">Emuk noticed a hole in the bottom +of one of my seal-skin boots.  He promptly pulled +off his own and made me put them on.  He had another +though poorer pair for himself.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a delight to be moving again.  + We were on the trail before dawn, Emuk with his snowshoes +tramping the road ahead of the dogs and Amnatuhinuk +driving the team.  The temperature must have been +at least ten degrees below zero.  The weather +was bitterly cold for men so thinly clad as Easton +and I were, and the snow was so deep that we could +not exercise by running, for we had no snowshoes, and +while we wallowed through the deep snow the dogs would +have left us behind, so we could do nothing but sit +on the komatik (sledge) and shiver.</p> + +<p align="justify">At noon we stopped at the foot of +a hill before ascending it, and the men threw up a +wind-break of snow blocks, back of which they built +a fire and put over the teakettle.  Easton and +I had just squatted close to the fire to warm our +benumbed hands when the husky dogs put their noses +in the air and gave out the long weird howl of welcome +or defiance that announces the approach of other dogs, +and almost immediately a loaded team with two men +came over the hill and down the slope at a gallop +toward us.  It proved to be Job Edmunds, the half-breed +Hudson’s Bay Company officer from Whale River, +and his Eskimo servant, coming to our aid.</p> + +<p align="justify">Edmunds was greatly relieved to find +us safe.  He knew exactly what to do.  From +his komatik box he produced a bottle of port wine and +made us each take a small dose of it which he poured +into a tin cup.  He put a big, warm reindeer-skin +koolutuk [the outer garment of deerskin worn by the +Eskimos] on each of us and pulled the hoods over our +heads.  He had warm footwear—­in fact, +everything that was necessary for our comfort.  + Then he cut two ample slices of wheat bread from a +big loaf, and toasted and buttered them for us.  + He was very kind and considerate.  Edmunds has +saved many lives in his day.  Every winter he +is called upon to go to the rescue of Eskimos who have +been caught in the barrens without food, as we were.  + He had saved Emuk from starvation on one or two occasions.</p> + +<p align="justify">After a half-hour’s delay we +were off again, I on the komatik with Edmunds, and +Easton with Emuk.  We passed the snow house where +Edmunds and his man had spent the previous night.  + They would have come on in the dark, but they knew +Emuk was ahead and would reach us anyway.</p> + +<p align="justify">Edmunds had a splendid team of dogs, +wonderfully trained.  The big, wolfish creatures +loved him and they feared him.  He almost never +had to use the long walrus-hide whip.  They obeyed +him on the instant without hesitation—­“Ooisht,” +and they pulled in the harness as one; “Aw,” +and they stopped.  There was a power in his voice +that governed them like magic.  The wind had +packed the snow hard enough on the barrens beyond +the Tuktotuk—­and the country there was all +barren—­to bear up the komatik; the dogs +were in prime condition and traveled at a fast trot +or a gallop, and we made good time.  Once Emuk +stopped to take a white fox out of a trap.  He +killed it by pressing his knee on its breast and stifling +its heart beats.</p> + +<p align="justify">Big cakes of ice were piled in high +barricades along the rivers where we crossed them, +and at these places we had to let the komatik down +with care on one side and help the dogs haul it up +with much labor on the other; and on the level, through +the rough ice hummocks or amongst the rocks, the drivers +were kept busy steering to prevent collisions with +the obstructions, while the dogs rushed madly ahead, +and we, on the komatik, clung on for dear life and +watched our legs that they might not get crushed.  + Once or twice we turned over, but the drivers never +lost their hold of the komatik or control of the dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was dark when we reached Emuk’s +skin tupek and were welcomed by a group of Eskimos, +men, women and children.  Iksialook was of the +number, and he was so worn and haggard that I scarcely +recognized him.  He had seen hardship since our +parting.  The people were very dirty and very +hospitable.  They took us into the tupek at once, +which was extremely filthy and made insufferably hot +by a sheet-iron tent stove.  The women wore sealskin +trousers and in the long hoods of their <i>adikeys</i>, +or upper garments, carried babies whose bright little +dusky-hued faces peeped timidly out at us over the +mothers’ shoulders.  A ptarmigan was boiled +and divided between Easton and me, and with that and +bread and butter from Edmunds’s box and hot tea +we made a splendid supper.  After a smoke all +around, for the women smoke as well as the men, polar +bear and reindeer skins were spread upon spruce boughs, +blankets were given us for covering, and we lay down.  + Eleven of us crowded into the tupek and slept there +that night.  How all the Eskimos found room I +do not know.  I was crowded so tightly between +one of the fat women on one side and Easton on the +other that I could not turn over; but I slept as I +had seldom ever slept before.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next forenoon we crossed the Mukalik +River and soon after reached Whale River, big and +broad, with blocks of ice surging up and down upon +the bosom of the restless tide.  The Post is about +ten miles from its mouth.  We turned northward +along its east bank and, in a little while, came to +some scattered spruce woods, which Edmunds told me +were just below his home.  Then at a creek, above +which stood the miniature log cabin and small log +storehouse comprising the Post buildings, I got off +and climbed up through rough ice barricades.</p> + +<p align="justify">Never in my life have I had such a +welcome as I received here.  Mrs. Edmunds came +out to meet me.  She told me that they had been +watching for us at the Post all the morning and how +glad they were that we were safe, and that we had +come to see them, and that we must stay a good long +time and rest.  For two-score years they had lived +in that desolate place and never before had a traveler +come to visit them.  In all that time the only +white people they had ever met were the three or four +connected with the Post at Fort Chimo, for the ship +never calls at Whale River on her rounds.  Edmunds +brings the provisions over from Fort Chimo in a little +schooner.  There are five in the family—­Edmunds +and his wife, their daughter (a young woman of twenty) +and her husband, Sam Ford (a son of John Ford at George +River), and Mary’s baby.</p> + +<p align="justify">A good wash and clean clothing followed +by a sumptuous dinner of venison put us on our feet +again.  I suffered little as a result of the +fasting period, but Easton had three or four days of +pretty severe colic.  This is the usual result +of feast after famine, and was to be expected.</p> + +<p align="justify">And now I learned the details of Potokomik’s +journey out.  When the three Eskimos left us +in the shack they started at once in search of Emuk’s +tupek.  The storm that raged for two days swept +pitilessly across their path, but they never halted, +pushing through the deep-ening snow in single file, +taking turns at going ahead and breaking the way, +until night, and then they stopped.  They had +no ax and could have no fire, so they built themselves +a snow igloo as best they could without the proper +implements and it protected them against the drifting +snow and piercing wind while they slept.  On the +second day they shot, with their rifles, seven ptarmigans.  + These they plucked and ate raw.  They saw no +more game, and finally became so weak and exhausted +they could carry their rifles no farther and left them +on the trail.  Each night they built a snow house.  + With increasing weakness their progress was very +slow; still they kept going, staggering on and on +through the snow.  It was only their lifelong +habit of facing great odds and enduring great hardships +that kept them up.  Men less inured to cold and +privation would surely have succumbed.  They +were making their final fight when at last they stumbled +into Emuk’s tupek.  Kumuk sat down and cried +like a child.  It was two weeks before any of +them was able to do any physical work.  They looked +like shadows of their former selves when I saw them +at Whale River.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was after dark Sunday night when +my letter to Edmunds reached the Post.  Earlier +in the evening Edmunds and his man had crossed the +river, which is here over half a mile in width, and +pitched their camp on the opposite shore, preparatory +to starting up the river the next morning on a deer +hunt, herds having been reported to the northward by +Eskimos.  Mrs. Edmunds read the letter, and she +and Mary were at once all excitement.  They lighted +a lantern and signaled to the camp on the other side +and fired guns until they had a reply.  Then, +for fear that Edmunds might not understand the urgency +of his immediate returns they kept firing at intervals +all night, stopping only to pack the komatik box with +the clothing and food that Edmunds was to bring to +us.  Neither of the women slept.  With the +thought of men starving out in the snow they could +not rest.  The floating ice in the river and +the swift tide made it impossible for a boat to cross +in the darkness, but with daylight Edmunds returned, +harnessed his dogs, and was off to meet us as has +been described.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had left George River on October +twenty-second, and it was the eighth of November when +we reached Whale River, and in this interval the caribou +herds that the Indians had reported west of the Koksoak +had passed to the east of Whale River and turned to +the northward.  Fifty miles inland the Indian +and Eskimo hunters had met them.  The killing +was over and they told us hundreds of the animals lay +dead in the snow above.  So many had been butchered +that all the dogs and men in Ungava would be well +supplied with meat during the winter, and numbers +of the carcasses would feed the packs of timber wolves +that infested the country or rot in the next summer’s +sun.  Sam Ford had gone inland but was too late +for the big hunt and only killed four or five deer.  + The wolves were so thick, he told us, that he could +not sleep at night in his camp with the noise of their +howling.  One Eskimo brought in two wolf skins +that were so large when they were stretched a man +could almost have crawled into either of them.  + I saw wolf tracks myself within a quarter mile of +the Post, for the animals were so bold they ventured +almost to the door.</p> + +<p align="justify">Edmunds is a famous hunter.  +During the previous winter, besides attending to his +post duties, he killed nearly half a hundred caribou +to supply his Post and Fort Chimo with man and dog +food, and in the same season his traps yielded him +two hundred fox pelts—­mostly white ones—­his +personal catch.  This was not an unusual year’s +work for him.  Mary inherits her father’s +hunting instincts.  In the morning she would +put her baby in the hood of her adikey, shoulder her +gun, don her snowshoes, and go to “tend” +her traps.  One day she did not take her gun, +and when she had made her rounds of the traps and +started homeward discovered that she was being followed +by a big gray timber wolf.  When she stopped, +the wolf stopped; when she went on, it followed, stealing +gradually closer and closer to her, almost imperceptibly, +but still gaining upon her.  She wanted to run, +but she realized that if she did the wolf would know +at once that she was afraid and would attack and kill +her and her baby; so without hastening her pace, and +only looking back now and again to note the wolf’s +gain, she reached the door of the house and entered +with the animal not ten paces away.  Now she +always carries a gun and feels no fear, for she can +shoot.</p> + +<p align="justify">I took advantage of the delay at Whale +River to partially outfit for the winter.  Edmunds +and his family rendered us valuable assistance and +advice, securing for us, from the Eskimos, sealskin +boots, and from the Indians who came to the Post while +we were there, deer skins for trousers, koolutuks +and sleeping bags, Mrs. Edmunds and Mary themselves +making our moccasins, mittens and duffel socks.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos were all away at their +hunting grounds and it was not possible to secure +a dog team to carry us on to Fort Chimo.  Therefore, +when Edmunds announced one day that he must send Sam +Ford and the Eskimo servant over with the Post team +for a load of provisions, I availed myself of the +opportunity to accompany them, and on the twenty-eighth +of November we said good-by to the friends who had +been so kind to us and again faced toward the westward.</p> + +<p align="justify">The morning was clear, crisp and bracing; +the temperature was twenty degrees below zero.  + We ascended the river some seven or eight miles before +we found a safe crossing, as the tide had kept the +ice broken in the center of the channel below, and +piled it like hills along the banks.</p> + +<p align="justify">I noted that the Whale River valley +was much better wooded than any country we had seen +for a long time—­since we had left the head +waters of the George River, in fact—­and +the Indians say it is so to its source.  The +trees are small black spruce and larch, but a fairly +thick growth.  This “bush,” however, +is evidently quite restricted in width, for after +crossing the river we were almost immediately out of +it, and the same interminable, barren, rocky, treeless +country that we had seen to the eastward extended +westward to the Koksoak.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night was spent in a snow igloo.  + The next day we crossed the False River, a wide stream +at its mouth, but a little way up not over two hundred +yards wide.  At twelve o’clock a halt was +made at an Eskimo tupek for dinner.</p> + +<p align="justify">The people were, as these northern +people always are, most hospitable, giving us the +best they had—­fresh venison and tea.  + After but an hour’s delay we were away again, +and at three o’clock, with the dogs on a gallop, +rounded the hill above Fort Chimo and pulled into the +Post, the farthest limit of white man’s habitation +in all Labrador.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were welcomed by Mr. Duncan Mathewson, +the Chief Trader, who has charge of the Ungava District +for the Hudson’s Bay Company, and Dr. Alexander +Milne, Assistant Commissioner of the Company, from +Winnipeg, who had arrived on the <i>Pelican</i> and +was on a tour of inspection of the Labrador Coast +Posts.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Chief Trader’s residence +is a small building, and Mr. Mathewson was unable +to entertain us in the house, but he gave orders at +once to have a commodious room in one of the dozen +or so other buildings of the Post fitted up for us +with beds, stove and such simple furnishings as were +necessary to establish us in housekeeping and make +us comfortable during our stay with him.  Here +we were to remain until the Indian and Eskimo hunters +came for their Christmas and New Year’s trading, +at which time, I was advised, I should probably be +able to engage Eskimo drivers and dogs to carry us +eastward to the Atlantic coast.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_18"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XVIII</h1> + +<p><b>THE INDIANS OF THE NORTH</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Fort Chmio is situated upon the east +bank of the Koksoak River and about twenty-five miles +from its mouth, where the river is nearly a mile and +a half wide.  There are two trading posts here; +one, that of the Hudson’s Bay Company, consisting +of a dozen or so buildings, which include dwelling +and storehouses and native cabins; the other that of +Revellion Brothers, the great fur house of Paris, colloquially +referred to as “the French Company,” which +stands just above and ad-joining the station of the +Hudson’s Bay Company.  This latter Post +was erected in the year 1903, and has nearly as many +buildings as the older establishment.  We used +to refer to them respectively as “London” +and “Paris.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The history of Fort Chimo extends +back to the year 1811, when Kmoch and Kohlmeister, +two of the Moravian Brethren of the Okak Mission on +the Atlantic coast, in the course of their efforts +for the conversion of the Eskimos to Christianity +cruised into Ungava Bay, discovered the George River, +which they named in honor of King George the Third, +and then proceeded to the Koksoak, which they ascended +to the point of the present settlement.  The +natives received them well.  They erected a beacon +on a hill, tarried but a few days and then turned back +to Okak.  Upon their return they gave glowing +accounts of their reception by the natives and the +great possibilities for profitable trade, but they +did not deem it advisable themselves to extend their +labors to that field.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the course of time this report +drifted to England and to the ears of the officials +of the Hudson’s Bay Company, who were attracted +by it, and in 1827 Dr. Mendry, an officer of the Company +at Moose Factory, with a party of white men and Indian +guides crossed the peninsula from Richmond Gulf, through +Clearwater Lake to the head waters of the Larch River, +a tributary of the Koksoak, thence descended the Larch +and Koksoak to the place where the Moravians had erected +the beacon, and on a low terrace, just across the river +from the beacon, established the original Fort Chimo.  + The difficulties of navigation and the consequent +uncertainty and expense of keeping the Post supplied +with provisions and articles of trade were such, however, +that after a brief trial Ungava was abandoned.</p> + +<p align="justify">The opportunities for lucrative trade +here were not forgotten by the Company, and in the +year 1837 Factor John McLean was detailed to re-establish +Fort Chimo.  This he did, and a year later built +the first Post at George River.  During the succeeding +winter he crossed the interior with dogs to Northwest +River.  Upon their return journey McLean and +his party ate their dogs and barely escaped perishing +from starvation; one of his Indians, who was sent +ahead, reaching Fort Chimo and bringing succor when +McLean and the others, through extreme weakness, were +unable to proceed farther.  In the following summer +McLean built the fort on Indian House Lake, and the +other one that has been mentioned, on a large lake +to the westward—­Lake Eraldson he called +it—­presumably the source of Whale River.  + Later he succeeded in crossing to Northwest River +by canoe, ascending the George River and descending +the Atlantic slope of the plateau by way of the Grand +River.  His object was to establish a regular +line of communication between Fort Chimo and Northwest +River, with interior posts along the route.  +The natural obstacles which the country presented finally +forced the abandonment of this plan as impracticable, +and the two interior posts were closed after a brief +trial.  This was before the days of steam navigation, +and with sailing vessels it was only possible to reach +these isolated northern stations in Ungava Bay with +supplies once every two years.  Even these infrequent +visits were so fraught with danger and uncertainty +that finally, in 1855, Fort Chimo and George River +were again abandoned as unprofitable.  In 1866, +however, the building of the Company’s steamship +Labrador made yearly visits possible, and in that +year another attack was made upon the Ungava district +and Fort Chimo was rebuilt, George River Post re-established, +and a little later the small station at Whale River +was erected.  With the improved facilities for +transportation the trade with Indians and Eskimos, +and the salmon and white whale fisheries carried on +by the Posts, now proved most profitable, and the Company +has since and is still reaping the reward of its persistence.</p> + +<p align="justify">Dr. Milne, as has been stated, was +not a permanent resident of the Post.  Regularly +stationed here, besides Mathewson, there is a young +clerk, a cooper, a carpenter, and a handy man, all +Scotchmen, and a comparatively new arrival, Rev. Samuel +M. Stewart, a missionary of the Church Mission Society +of England.  Of Mr. Stewart, who did much to +relieve the monotony of our several weeks’ sojourn +at Fort Chimo, and his remarkable self-sacrifice and +work, I shall have something to say later.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day after our arrival we took +occasion to pay our respects to Monsieur D. Thévenet, +the officer in charge of the “French Post.”  +Our reception was most cordial.  M. Thévenet +is a gentleman by birth.  He was at one time +an officer in the French cavalry, but his love of +adventure and active temperament rebelled against the +inactivity of garrison duty and he resigned his commission +in the army, came to Canada, and joined the Northwest +mounted police in the hope of obtaining a detail in +the Klondike.  In this he was disappointed, and +the outbreak of the South African war offering a new +field of adventure he quit the police, enlisted in +the Canadian Mounted Rifles, and served in the field +throughout the war.  After his return to Canada +and discharge from the army, he took service with Revellion +Brothers.</p> + +<p align="justify">M. Thévenet invited us to dine +with him that very evening, and we were not slow to +accept his hospitality.  His bright conversation, +pleasing personality and unstinted hospitality offered +a delightful evening and we were not disappointed.  + This and many other pleasant evenings spent in his +society during our stay at Fort Chimo were some of +the most enjoyable of our trip.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here an agreeable surprise awaited +me.  When we sat down to dinner Thévenet +called in his new half-breed French-Indian interpreter, +and who should he prove to be but Belfleur, one of +the dog drivers who in April, 1904, accompanied me +from Northwest River to Rigolet, when I began that +anxious journey over the ice with Hubbard’s body.  + He was apparently as well pleased at the meeting +as I. Belfleur and a half-breed Scotch-Eskimo named +Saunders are employed as Indian and Eskimo interpreters +at the French Post, and are the only ones of M. Thévenet’s +people with whom he can converse.  Belfleur speaks +French and broken English, and Saunders English, besides +their native languages.</p> + +<p align="justify">None of the people of Ungava, with +the exception of two or three, speaks any but his +mother tongue, and they have no ambition, apparently, +to extend their linguistic acquirements.  It is, +indeed, a lonely life for the trader, who but once +a year, when his ship arrives, has any communication +with the great world which he has left behind him.  + No white woman is here with her softening influence, +no physician or surgeon to treat the sick and injured, +and never until the advent of Mr. Stewart any permanent +missionary.</p> + +<p align="justify">The natives that remain at Fort Chimo +all the year are three or four families of Eskimos, +a few old or crippled Indians, and some half-breed +Indians and Eskimos, who do chores around the Posts +and lead an uncertain existence.  The half-breed +Indian children are taken care of at the “Indian +house,” a log structure presided over by the +“Queen” of Ungava, a very corpulent old +Nascaupee woman, who lives by the labor of others +and draws tribute from trading Indians who make the +Indian house their rendezvous when they visit the +Post.  She is and always has been very kind, +and a sort of mother, to the little waifs that nearly +every trader or white servant has left behind him, +when the Company’s orders transferred him to +some other Post and he abandoned his temporary wife +forever.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Indians of the Ungava district +are chiefly Nascaupees, with occasionally a few Crees +from the West.  “Nenenot” they call +themselves, which means perfect, true men.  “Nascaupee” +means false or untrue men and is a word of opprobrium +applied to them by the Mountaineers in the early days, +because of their failure to keep a compact to join +forces with the latter at the time of the wars for +supremacy between the Indians and Eskimos.  Nascaupee +is the name by which they are known now, outside of +their own lodges, and the one which we shall use in +referring to them.  In like manner I have chosen +to use the English Mountaineer, rather than the French +<i>Montagnais</i>, in speaking of the southern Indians.  + North of the Straits of Belle Isle the French word +is never heard, and if you were to refer to these +Indians as “Montagnais” to the Labrador +natives it is doubtful whether you would be understood.</p> + +<p align="justify">Both Mountaineers and Nascaupees are +of Cree origin, and belong to the great Algonquin +family.  Their language is similar, with only +the variation of dialect that might be expected with +the different environments.  The Nascaupees have +one peculiarity of speech, however, which is decidedly +their own.  In conversation their voice is raised +to a high pitch, or assumes a whining, petulant tone.  + An outsider might believe them to be quarreling and +highly excited, when in fact they are on the best +of terms and discussing some ordinary subject in a +most matter of fact way.</p> + +<p align="justify">In personal appearance the Nascaupees +are taller and more angular than their southern brothers, +but the high cheek bones, the color and general features +are the same.  They are capable of enduring the +severest cold.  In summer cloth clothing obtained +in barter at the Posts is, worn, but in winter deerskin +garments are usual.  The coat has the hair inside, +and the outside of the finely dressed, chamoislike +skin is decorated with various designs in color, in +startling combinations of blue, red and yellow, painted +on with dyes obtained at the Post or manufactured +by themselves from fish roe and mineral products.  + When the garment has a hood it is sometimes the skin +of a wolf’s head, with the ears standing and +hair outside, giving the wearer a startling and ferocious +appearance.  Tight-fitting deerskin or red cloth +leggings decorated with beads, and deerskin moccasins +complete the costume.</p> + +<p align="justify">Some beadwork trimming is made by +the women, but they do little in the way of needlework +embroidery, and the results of their attempts in this +direction are very indifferent.  This applies +to the full-blood Nascaupees.  I have seen some +fairly good specimens of moccasin embroidery done +by the half-breed women at the Post, and by the Mountaineer +women in the South.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Nascaupees are not nearly so clean +nor so prosperous as the Mountaineers, and, coming +very little in contact with the whites, live now practically +as their forefathers lived for untold generations +before them—­just as they lived, in fact, +before the white men came.  They are perhaps the +most primitive Indians on the North American continent +to-day.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Mountaineers, on the other hand, +see much more, particularly during the summer months, +of the whites and half-breeds of the coast.  Most +of those who spend their summers on the St. Lawrence, +west of St. Augustine, have more or less white blood +in their veins through consorting with the traders +and settlers.  With but two or three exceptions +the Mountaineers of the Atlantic coast, Groswater Bay, +and at St. Augustine and the eastward, are pure, uncontaminated +Indians.</p> + +<p align="justify">The line of territorial division between +the Nascaupee and Mountaineer Indians’ hunting +grounds is pretty closely drawn.  The divide north +of Lake Michikamau is the southern and the George +River the eastern boun-dary of the Nascaupee territory, +and to the south and to the east of these boundaries, +lie the hunting grounds of the Mountaineers.</p> + +<p align="justify">These latter, south of the height +of land, as has been stated, are practically all under +the influence of the Roman Catholic Church, and are +most devout in the observance of their religious obligations.  +While it is true that their faith is leavened to some +extent by the superstitions that their ancestors have +handed down to them, yet even in the long months of +the winter hunting season they never forget the teachings +of their father confessor.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Nascaupees are heathens.  + About the year 1877 or 1878 Father Père Lacasse +crossed overland from Northwest River, apparently by +the Grand River route, to Fort Chimo, in an attempt +to carry the work of the mission into that field.  + The Nascaupees, however, did not take kindly to the +new religion, and unfortunately during the priest’s +stay among them, which was brief, the hunting was +bad.  This was attributed to the missionary’s +presence, and the sachems were kept busy for a time +dispelling the evil charm.  No one was converted.  + Let us hope that Mr. Stewart, who is there to stay, +and is an earnest, persistent worker, will reach the +savage confidence and conscience, though his opportunity +with the Indians is small, for these Nascaupees tarry +but a very brief time each year within his reach.  + With open water in the summer they come to the Fort +with the pelts of their winter catch.  These are +exchanged for arms, ammunition, knives, clothing, tea +and tobacco, chiefly.  Then, after a short rest +they disappear again into the fastnesses of the wilderness +above, to fish the interior lakes and hunt the forests, +and no more is seen of them until the following summer, +excepting only a few of the younger men who usually +emerge from the silent, snow-bound land during Christmas +week to barter skins for such necessaries as they +are in urgent need of, and to get drunk on a sort +of beer, a concoction of hops, molasses and unknown +ingredients, that the Post dwellers make and the “Queen” +dispenses during the holiday festivals.</p> + +<p align="justify">Reindeer, together with ptarmigans +(Arctic grouse) and fish, form their chief food supply, +with tea always when they can get it.  All of +these northern Indiana are passionately fond of tea, +and drink unbelievable quantities of it.  Little +flour is used.  The deer are erratic in their +movements and can never be depended upon with any +degree of certainty, and should the Indians fail in +their hunt they are placed face to face with starvation, +as was the case in the winter of 1892 and 1893, when +full half of the people perished from lack of food.</p> + +<p align="justify">Formerly the migrating herds pretty +regularly crossed the Koksoak very near and just above +the Post in their passage to the eastward in the early +autumn, but for several years now only small bands +have been seen here, the Indians meeting the deer +usually some forty or fifty miles farther up the river.  + When the animals swim the river they bunch close +together; Indian canoe men head them off and turn them +up-stream, others attacking the helpless animals +with spears.  An agent of the Hudson’s +Bay Company told me that he had seen nearly four hundred +animals slaughtered in this manner in a few hours.  + When bands of caribou are met in winter they are +driven into deep snow banks, and, unable to help themselves, +are speared at will.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of course when the killing is a large +one the flesh of all the animals cannot be preserved, +and frequently only the tongues are used.  Of +late years, however, owing to the growing scarcity +of reindeer, it is said the Indians have learned to +be a little less wasteful than for-merly, and to +restrict their kill more nearly to their needs, though +during the winter I was there hundreds were slaughtered +for tongues and sinew alone.  Large quantities +of the venison are dried and stored up against a season +of paucity.  Pemmican, which was formerly so +largely used by our western Indians, is occasionally +though not generally made by those of Labrador.  + When deer are killed some bone, usually a shoulder +blade, is hung in a tree as an offering to the Manitou, +that he may not interfere with future hunts, and drive +the animals away.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Indian religion is not one of +worship, but one of fear and superstition.  They +are constanly in dread of imaginary spirits that haunt +the wilderness and drive away the game or bring sickness +or other disaster upon them.  The conjurer is +employed to work his charms to keep off the evil ones.  + They evidently have some sort of indefinite belief +in a future existence, and hunting implements and +other offerings are left with the dead, who, where +the conditions will permit, are buried in the ground.</p> + +<p align="justify">Sometimes the very old people are +abandoned and left to die of starvation unattended.  + Be it said to the honor of the trading companies +that they do their utmost to prevent this when it is +possible, and offer the old and decrepit a haven at +the Post, where they are fed and cared for.</p> + +<p align="justify">The marriage relation is held very +lightly and continence and chastity are not in their +sight virtues.  A child born to an unmarried woman +is no impediment to her marriage.  If it is a +male child it is, in fact, an advantage.  Love +does not enter into the Indian’s marriage relationship.  + It is a mating for convenience.  Gifts are made +to the girl’s father or nearest male relative, +and she is turned over, whether she will or no, to +the would-be husband.  There is no ceremony.  + A hunter has as many wives as he is physically able +to control and take care of—­one, two or +even three.  Sometimes it happens that they combine +against him and he receives at their hands what is +doubtless well-merited chastisement.</p> + +<p align="justify">The men are the hunters, the women +the slaves.  No one finds fault with this, not +even the women, for it is an Indian custom immemorial +for the woman to do all the hard, physical work.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Mountaineer Indians that we met +on the George River, and one Indian who visited Fort +Chimo while we were there, are the only ones of the +Labrador that I have ever seen drive dogs.  This +Fort Chimo Indian, unlike the other hunters of his +people, has spent much time at the Post, and mingled +much with the white traders and the Eskimos, and, +for an Indian, entertains very progressive and broad +views.  He was, with the exception of a humpbacked +post attaché who had an Eskimo wife, the only +Indian I met that would not be insulted when one addressed +him in Eskimo, for the Indians and Eskimos carry on +no social intercourse and the Indians rather despise +the Eskimos.  The Indian referred to, however, +has learned something of the Eskimo language, and +also a little English—­English that you cannot +always understand, but must take for granted.  + He informed me, “Me three man—­Indian, +husky (Eskimo), white man.”  He was very +proud of his accomplishments.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Indian hauls his loads in winter +on toboggans, which he manufactures himself with his +ax and crooked knife—­the only woodworking +tools he possesses.  The crooked knives he makes, +too, from old files, shaping and tempering them.</p> + +<p align="justify">The snowshoe frames are made by the +men, the babiche is cut and netted by the women, who +display wonderful skill in this work.  The Mountaineers +make much finer netted snowshoes than the Nascaupees, +and have great pride in the really beautiful, light +snowshoes that they make.  No finer ones are +to be found anywhere than those made by the Groswater +Bay Mountaineers.  Three shapes are in vogue—­the +beaver tail, the egg tail and the long tail.  + The beaver-tail snowshoes are much more difficult +to make, and are seldom seen amongst the Nascaupees.  + With them the egg tail is the favorite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Ungava Indians never go to the +open bay in their canoes.  They have a superstition +that it will bring them bad luck, for there they say +the evil spirits dwell.  Of all the Indians that +visit Fort Chimo only two or three have ever ventured +to look upon the waters of Ungava Bay, and these had +their view from a hilltop at a safe distance.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is safe to say that there is not +a truthful Indian in Labrador.  In fact it is +considered an accomplishment to lie cheerfully and +well.  They are like the Crees of James Bay and +the westward in this respect, and will lie most plausibly +when it will serve their purpose better than truth, +and I verily believe these Indians sometimes lie for +the mere pleasure of it when it might be to their +advantage to tell the truth.</p> + +<p align="justify">One good and crowning characteristic +these children of the Ungava wilderness possess—­that +of honesty.  They will not steal.  You may +have absolute confidence in them in this respect.  + And I may say, too, that they are most hospitable +to the traveler, as our own experience with them exemplified.  + For their faults they must not be condemned.  +They live according to their lights, and their lights +are those of the untutored savage who has never heard +the gospel of Christianity and knows nothing of the +civilization of the great world outside.  Their +life is one of constant struggle for bare existence, +and it is truly wonderful how they survive at all +in the bleak wastes which they inhabit.</p> + +<p align="justify">NOTE.—­It must not be supposed +that all of the statements made in this chapter with +reference to the Indian, particularly the Nascaupees, +are the result of my personal observations.  +During our brief stay at Ungava, much of this information +was gleaned from the officers of the two trading companies, +and from natives.  In a number of instances they +were verified by myself, but I have taken the liberty, +when doubt or conflicting statements existed, of referring +to the works of Mr. A. P. Low of the Canadian Geological +Society and Mr. Lucien M. Turner of the Bureau of +Ethnology at Washington, to set myself right.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_19"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XIX</h1> + +<p><b>THE ESKIMOS OF LABRADOR</b></p> + +<a name="eskimo"></a> +<a href="eskimo.jpg"> +<img alt="Eskimo Photo Collage" src="eskimoth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">During our stay in Ungava, and the +succeeding weeks while we traveled down the ice-bound +coast, we were brought into constant and intimate +contact with the Eskimos.  We saw them in almost +every phase of their winter life, eating and sleeping +with them in their tupeks and igloos, and meeting +them in their hunting camps and at the Fort, when they +came to barter and to enjoy the festivities of the +Christmas holiday week.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Cree Indians used to call these +people “Ashkimai,” which means “raw +meat eaters,” and it is from this appellation +that our word Eskimo is derived.  Here in Ungava +and on the coast of Hudson’s Bay, they are pretty +generally known as “Huskies,” a contraction +of “Huskimos,” the pronunciation given +to the word <i>Eskimos</i> by the English sailors +of the trading vessels, with their well-known penchant +for tacking on the “h” where it does not +belong, and leaving it off when it should be pronounced.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos call themselves “Innuit,” +[Singular, Innuk; dual, Innuek] which means people—­humans.  + The white visitor is a “Kablunak,” or +outlander, while a breed born in the country is a “Kablunangayok,” +or one partaking of the qualities of both the Innuk +and the Kablunak.  Those who live in the Koksoak +district are called “Koksoagmiut,” * and +those of the George River district are the “Kangerlualuksoagmiut.” +**</p> + +<p align="justify">The ethnologists, I believe, have +never agreed upon the origin of the Eskimo, some claiming +it is Mongolian, some otherwise.  In passing I +shall simply remark that in appearance they certainly +resemble the Mongolian race.  If some of the +men that I saw in the North were dressed like Japanese +or Chinese and placed side by side with them, the +one could not be told from the other so long as the +Eskimos kept their mouths closed.</p> + +<p align="justify">In our old school geographies we used +to see them pictured as stockily built little fellows.  + In real life they compare well in stature with the +white man of the temperate zone.  With a very +few exceptions the Eskimos of Ungava average over +five feet eight inches in height, with some six-footers.</p> + +<p align="justify">* <i>Kok</i>, river; <i>soak</i>, +big; <i>miut</i>, inhabitants; <i>Koksoagmiut</i>, +inhabitants of the big river.</p> + +<p align="justify">** Literally, inhabitants of the very +big bay.  The George River mouth widens into +a bay which is known as the Very Big Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">Their legs are shorter and their bodies +longer than the white man’s, and this probably +is one reason why they have such wonderful capacity +for physical endurance.  In this respect they +are the superior of the Indian.  With plenty +of food and a bush to lie under at night the Indian +will doubtless travel farther in a given time than +the Eskimo.  But turn them both loose with only +food enough for one meal a day for a month on the +bare rocks or ice fields of the Arctic North, and your +Indian will soon be dead, while your Eskimo will emerge +from the test practically none the worse for his experience, +for it is a usual experience with him and he has a +wonderful amount of dogged perseverance.  The +Eskimo knows better how to husband his food than the +Indian; and give him a snow bank and he can make himself +comfortable anywhere.  The most gluttonous Indian +would turn green with envy to see the quantities of +meat the Eskimo can stow away within his inner self +at a single sitting; but on the other hand he can +live, and work hard too, on a single scant meal a day, +just as his dogs do.</p> + +<p align="justify">The facial characteristics of the +Eskimo are wide cheek bones and round, full face, +with a flat, broad nose.  I used to look at these +flat, comfortable noses on very cold days and wish +that for winter travel I might be able to exchange +the longer face projection that my Scotch-Irish forbears +have handed down to me for one of them, for they are +not so easily frosted in a forty or fifty degrees below +zero temperature.  By the way, if you ever get +your nose frozen do not rub snow on it.  If you +do you will rub all the skin off, and have a pretty +sore member to nurse for some time afterward.  + Grasp it, instead, in your bare hand.  That +is the Eskimo’s way, and he knows.  My advice +is founded upon experience.</p> + +<p align="justify">They are not so dark-hued as the Indians—­in +fact, many of them are no darker than the average +white man under like conditions of exposure to wind +and storm and sun would be.  The hair is straight, +black, coarse and abundant.  The men usually +wear it hanging below their ears, cut straight around, +with a forehead bang reaching nearly to the eyebrows.  +The women wear it braided and looped up on the sides +of the head.</p> + +<p align="justify">What constitutes beauty is of course +largely a question of individual taste.  My own +judgment of the Eskimos is that they are very ugly, +although I have seen young women among them whom I +thought actually handsome.  This was when they +first arrived at the Post with dogs and komatik and +they were dressed in their native costume of deerskin +trousers and Koolutuk, their cheeks red and glowing +with the exercise of travel and the keen, frosty atmosphere.  + A half hour later I have seen the same women when +stringy, dirty skirts had replaced the neat-fitting +trousers, and Dr. Grenfell’s description of them +when thus clad invariably came to my mind:  “A +bedraggled kind of mop, soaked in oil and filth.”  + This tendency to ape civilization by wearing civilized +garments, is happily confined to their brief sojourns +at the Post.  When they are away at their camps +and igloos their own costume is almost exclusively +worn, and is the best possible costume for the climate +and the country.  The adikey, or koolutuk, of +the women, has a long flap or tail, reaching nearly +to the heels, and a sort of apron in front.  +The hood is so commodious in size that a baby can be +tucked away into it, and that is the way the small +children are carried.  The men wear cloth trousers +except in the very cold weather, when they don their +deer or seal skins.  Their adikey or koolutuk +reaches half way to their knees, and is cut square +around.  The hood of course, in their case, is +only large enough to cover the head.  It might +be of interest to explain that if this garment is +made of cloth it is an <i>adikey</i>; if of deerskin, +a <i>koolutuk</i>, and if made of sealskin, a <i>netsek</i>—­all +cut alike.  If they wear two cloth garments at +the same time, as is usually the case, the inner one +only is an adikey, the outer one a silapak.</p> + +<p align="justify">Their language is the same from Greenland +to Alaska.  Of course different localities have +different dialects, but this is the natural result +of a different environment.  Missionary Bohlman, +whom I met at Hebron, told me that before coming to +Labrador he was attached to a Greenland mission.  + When he came to Ms new field he found the language +so similar to that in Greenland that he had very little +difficulty in making himself understood.  When +Missionary Stecker a few years ago went from Labrador +to Alaska he was able to converse with the Alaskan +Eskimos.  It is held by some authorities that +Greenland was peopled by Labrador Eskimos who crossed +Hudson Strait to Baffin Land, and thence made their +way to Greenland, having originally crossed from Siberia +into Alaska, thence eastward, skirting Hudson Bay.  + This is entirely feasible.  I heard of one <i>umiak</i> +(skin boat) only a few years ago having crossed to +Cape Chidley from Baffin Land.  Even in Labrador +there are many different dialects.  The “Northerners,” +the people inhabiting the northwest arm of the peninsula, +have many words that the Koksoagmiut do not understand.  + The intonation of the Ungava Eskimos, particularly +the women, is like a plaint.  At Okak they sing +their words.  Each settlement on the Atlantic +coast has its own dialect.  It is a difficult +language to learn.  Words are compounded until +they reach a great and almost unpronounceable length.* +Naturally the coming of the trader has introduced many +new words, as tobaccomik, teamik, <i>etc</i>., “mik” +being the accusative ending.  The Eskimo in his +language cannot count beyond ten.  If he wishes +to express twelve, for instance, he will say, “as +many fingers as a man has and two more.”  + To express one hundred he would say, “five times +as many fingers and toes as a man has,” and so +on.  It is not a written language, but the Moravians +have adapted the English alphabet to it and are teaching +the Eskimos to read and write.  Mr. Stewart in +his work has adapted the Cree syllabic characters to +the Eskimo, and he is teaching the Ungava people to +write by this method, which is largely phonetic.  + Both the Moravians and Mr. Stewart are instructing +them in the mystery of counting in German.</p> + +<p align="justify"><i>The following will illustrate this; +it is part of a sentence quoted from a Moravian missionary +pamphlet:  “Taimailinganiarpok, illagget +Labradormiut namgminek akkilejungnalerkartinaget pijariakartamingnik +tamainik, sakkertitsijungnalerkartinagillo ajokertnijunik.”</i></p> + +<p align="justify">** The Eskimo numerals are as follows:  +1, attansek; 2, magguk; 3, pingasut; 4, sittamat; +5, tellimat; 6, pingasoyortut; 7, aggartut; 8, sittamauyortut; +9, sittamartut; 10, tellimauyortut.</p> + +<p align="justify">Cleanliness is not one of the Eskimos’ +virtues, and they are frequently infested with vermin, +which are wont to transfer their allegiance to visitors, +as we learned in due course, to our discomfiture.  + For many months of the year the only water they have +is obtained by melting snow or ice.  In sections +where there is no wood for fuel this must be done +over stone lamps in which seal oil is burned, and +it is so slow a process that the water thus procured +is held too precious to be wasted in cleansing body +or clothing.  One of the missionaries remarked +that “the children must be very clean little +creatures, for the parents never find it necessary +to wash them.”</p> + +<p align="justify">They treat the children with the greatest +kindness and consideration—­ not only their +own, but all children, generally.  I did not once +see an Eskimo punish a child, nor hear a harsh word +spoken to one, and they are the most obedient youngsters +in the world.  A missionary on the Atlantic coast +told me that once when he punished his child an Eskimo +standing near remarked:  “You don’t +love you child or you wouldn’t punish it.”  +And this is the sentiment they hold.</p> + +<p align="justify">Love is not essential to a happy marriage +among the Eskimos.  When a man wants a woman +he takes her.  In fact they believe that an unwilling +bride makes a good wife.  Potokomik’s wife +was most unwilling, and he took her, dragging her +by the tail of her adikey from her father’s +igloo across the river on the ice to his own, and +they have “lived happily ever after,” which +seems to prove the correctness of the Eskimo theory +as to unwilling brides.  Of course if Potokomik’s +wife had not liked him after a fair trial, she could +have left him, or if she had not come up to his expectations +he could have sent her back home and tried another.  + It is all quite simple, for there is no marriage +ceremony and resort to South Dakota courts for divorce +is unnecessary.  If a man wants two wives, why +he has them, if there are women enough.  That, +too, is a very agreeable arrangement, for when he +is away hunting the women keep each other company.  + Small families are the rule, and I did not hear of +a case where twins had ever been born to the Eskimos.</p> + +<p align="justify">Dancing and football are among their +chief pastimes.  The men enter into the dance +with zest, but the women as though they were performing +some awful penance.  Both sexes play football.  + They have learned the use of cards and are reckless +gamblers, sometimes staking even the garments on their +backs in play.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo is a close bargainer, and +after he has agreed to do you a service for a consideration +will as likely as not change his mind at the last +moment and leave you in the lurch.  At the same +time he is in many respects a child.</p> + +<p align="justify">The dwellings are of three kinds:  +The <i>tupek</i>—­skin tent; <i>igloowiuk</i>—­ +snow house; and permanent igloo, built of driftwood, +stones and turf—­ the larger ones are <i>igloosoaks</i>.</p> + +<p align="justify">Flesh and fish, as is the case with +the Indians, form the principal food, but while the +Indians cook everything the Eskimos as often eat their +meat and fish raw, and are not too particular as to +its age or state of decay.  They are very fond +of venison and seal meat, and for variety’s +sake welcome dog meat.  A few years ago a disease +carried off several of the dogs at Fort Chimo and +every carcass was eaten.  One old fellow, in fact, +as Mathewson related to me, ate nothing else during +that time, and when the epidemic was over bemoaned +the fact that no more dog meat could be had.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the Atlantic coast where the snow +houses are not used and the Eskimos live more generally +during the winter in the close, vile igloos, there +is more or less tubercular trouble.  Even farther +south, where the natives have learned cleanliness, +and live in comfortable log cabins that are fairly +well aired, this is the prevailing disease.  After +leaving Ramah, the farther south you go the more general +is the adoption of civilized customs, food and habits +of life, and with the increase of civilization so +also comes an increased death rate amongst the Eskimos.  + Formerly there was a considerable number of these +people on the Straits of Belle Isle.  Now there +is not one there.  South of Hamilton Inlet but +two full-blood Eskimos remain.  Below Ramah the +deaths exceed the births, and at one settlement alone +there are fifty less people to-day than three years +ago.</p> + +<p align="justify">Civilization is responsible for this.  + At the present time there remains on the Atlantic +coast, between the Straits of Belle Isle and Cape +Chidley, but eleven hundred and twenty-seven full-blood +Eskimos.  Five years hence there will not be a +thousand.  In Ungava district, where they have +as yet accepted practically nothing of civilization, +the births exceed the deaths, and I did not learn of +a single well-authenticated case of tuberculosis +while I was there.  There were a few cases of +rheumatism.  Death comes early, however, owing +to the life of constant hardship and exposure.  + Usually they do not exceed sixty or sixty-five years +of age, though I saw one man that had rounded his +three score years and ten.</p> + +<p align="justify">Formerly they encased their dead in +skins and lay them out upon the rocks with the clothing +and things they had used in life.  Now rough +wooden boxes are provided by the traders.  The +dogs in time break the coffins open and pick the bones, +which lie uncared for, to be bleached by the frosts +of winter and suns of summer.  Mr. Stewart has +collected and buried many of these bones, and is endeavoring +now to have all bodies buried.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of all the missionaries that I met +in this bleak northern land, devoted as every one +of them is to his life work, none was more devoted +and none was doing a more self-sacrificing work than +the Rev. Samuel Milliken Stewart of Fort Chimo.  + His novitiate as a missionary was begun in one of +the little out-port fishing villages of Newfoundland.  + Finally he was transferred to that fearfully barren +stretch among the heathen Eskimos north of Nachvak.  + Here he and his Eskimo servant gathered together +such loose driftwood as they could find, and with +this and stones and turf erected a single-roomed igloo.  +It was a small affair, not over ten by twelve or fourteen +feet in size, and an imaginary line separated the +missionary’s quarters from his servant’s.  + On his knees, in an old resting place for the dead, +with the bleaching bones of heathen Eskimos strewn +over the rocks about him, he consecrated his life +efforts to the conversion of this people to Christianity.  + Then he went to work to accomplish this purpose in +a businesslike way.  He set himself the infinite +task of mastering the difficult language.  He +lived their life with them, visiting and sleeping +with them in their filthy igloos—­so filthy +and so filled with stench from the putrid meat and +fish scraps that they permit to lie about and decay +that frequently at first, until he became accustomed +to it, he was forced to seek the open air and relieve +the resulting nausea.  But Stewart is a man of +iron will, and he never wavered.  He studied +his people, administered medicines to the sick, and +taught the doctrines of Christianity—­Love, +Faith and Charity—­at every opportunity.  + That first winter was a trying one.  All his +little stock of fuel was exhausted early.  The +few articles of furniture that be had brought with +him he burned to help keep out the frost demon, and +before spring suffered greatly with the cold.  + The winter before our arrival he transferred his +efforts to the Fort Chimo district, where his field +would be larger and he could reach a greater number +of the heathens.  During the journey to Fort Chimo, +which was across the upper peninsula, with dogs, he +was lost in storms that prevailed at the time, his +provisions were exhausted, and one dog had been killed +to feed the others, before he finally met Eskimos who +guided him in safety to George River.  At Fort +Chimo the Hudson’s Bay Company set aside two +small buildings to his use, one for a chapel, the +other a little cabin in which he lives.  Here +we found him one day with a pot of high-smelling seal +meat cooking for his dogs and a pan of dough cakes +frying for himself.  With Stewart in this cabin +I spent many delightful hours.  His constant +flow of well-told stories, flavored with native Irish +wit, was a sure panacea for despondency.  I believe +Stewart, with his sunny temperament, is really enjoying +his life amongst the heathen, and he has made an obvious +impression upon them, for every one of them turns +out to his chapel meetings, where the services are +conducted in Eskimo, and takes part with a will.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimo religion, like that of +the Indian, is one of fear.  Numerous are the +spirits that people the land and depths of the sea, +but the chief of them all is Torngak, the spirit of +Death, who from his cavern dwelling in the heights +of the mighty Torngaeks (the mountains north of the +George River toward Cape Chidley) watches them always +and rules their fortunes with an iron hand, dealing +out misfortune, or withholding it, at his will.  + It is only through the medium of the Angakok, or +conjurer, that the people can learn what to do to +keep Torngak and the lesser spirits of evil, with their +varying moods, in good humor.  Stewart has led +some of the Eskimos to at least outwardly renounce +their heathenism and profess Christianity.  In +a few instances I believe they are sincere.  +If he remains upon the field, as I know he wishes +to do, he will have them all professing Christianity +within the next few years, for they like him.  + But he has no more regard for danger, when he believes +duty calls him, than Dr. Grenfell has, and it is predicted +on the coast that some day Dr. Grenfell will take +one chance too many with the elements.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of course, coming among the Eskimos +as we did in winter, we did not see them using their +kayaks or their umiaks,* but our experience with dogs +and komatik was pretty complete.  These dogs are +big wolfish creatures, which resemble wolves so closely +in fact that when the dogs and wolves are together +the one can scarcely be told from the other.  +It sometimes happens that a stray wolf will hobnob +with the dogs, and litters of half wolf, half dog +have been born at the posts.</p> + +<p align="justify">* A large open boat with wooden frame +and sealskin covering.  The women row the umiaks +while the men sit idle.  It is beneath the dignity +of the latter to handle the oars when women are present +to do it.</p> + +<p align="justify">There are no better Eskimo dogs to +be found anywhere in the far north than the husky +dogs of Ungava.  Wonderful tales are told of long +distances covered by them in a single day, the record +trip of which I heard being one hundred and twelve +miles.  But this was in the spring, when the +days were long and the snow hard and firm.  The +farthest I ever traveled myself in a single day with +dogs and komatik was sixty miles.  When the snow +is loose and the days are short, twenty to thirty +miles constitute a day’s work.</p> + +<p align="justify">From five to twelve dogs are usually +driven in one team, though sometimes a man is seen +plodding along with a two-dog team, and occasionally +as many as sixteen or eighteen are harnessed to a +komatik, but these very large teams are unwieldy.</p> + +<p align="justify">The komatiks in the Ungava district +vary from ten to eighteen feet in length.  The +runners are about two and one-half inches thick at +the bottom, tapering slightly toward the top to reduce +friction where they sink into the snow.  They +are usually placed sixteen inches apart, and crossbars +extending about an inch over the outer runner on either +side are lashed across the runners by means of thongs +of sealskin or heavy twine, which is passed through +holes bored into the crossbars and the runners.  + The use of lashings instead of nails or screws permits +the komatik to yield readily in passing over rough +places, where metal fastenings would be pulled out, +or be snapped off by the frost.  On either side +of each end of the overlapping ends of the crossbars +notches are cut, around which sealskin thongs are passed +in lashing on the load.  The bottoms of the komatik +runners are “mudded.”  During the +summer the Eskimos store up turf for this purpose, +testing bits of it by chewing it to be sure that it +contains no grit.  When the cold weather comes +the turf is mixed with warm water until it reaches +the consistency of mud.  Then with the hands +it is molded over the bottom of the runners.  + The mud quickly freezes, after which it is carefully +planed smooth and round.  Then it is iced by applying +warm water with a bit of hairy deerskin.  These +mudded runners slip very smoothly over the soft snow, +but are liable to chip off on rough ice or when they +strike rocks, as frequently happens, for the frozen +mud is as brittle as glass.  On the Atlantic +coast from Nachvak south, mud is never used, and there +the komatiks are wider and shorter with runners of +not much more than half the thickness, and as you +go south the komatiks continue to grow wider and shorter.  + In the south, too, hoop iron or whalebone is used +for runner shoeing.</p> + +<p align="justify">A sealskin thong called a bridle, +of a varying length of from twenty to forty feet, +is attached to the front of the komatik, and to the +end of this the dogs’ traces are fastened.  + Each dog has an individual trace which may be from +eight to thirty feet in length, depending upon the +size of the team, so arranged that not more than two +dogs are abreast, the “leader” having, +of course, the longest trace of the pack.  This +long bridle and the long traces are made necessary +by the rough country.  They permit the animals +to swerve well to one side clear of the komatik when +coasting down a hillside.  In the length of bridle +and trace there is also a wide variation in different +sections, those used in the south being very much +shorter than those in the north.  The dog harness +is made usually of polar bear or sealskin.  There +are no reins.  The driver controls his team by +shouting directions, and with a walrus hide whip, +which is from twenty-five to thirty-five feet in length.  + An expert with this whip, running after the dogs, +can hit any dog he chooses at will, and sometimes he +is cruel to excess.</p> + +<p align="justify">To start his team the driver calls +“oo-isht,” (in the south this becomes +“hoo-eet”) to turn to the right “ouk,” +to the left “ra-der, ra-der” and to stop +“aw-aw.”  The leader responds to the +shouted directions and the pack follow.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Ungava Eskimo never upon any account +travels with komatik and dogs without a snow knife.  + With this implement he can in a little while make +himself a comfortable snow igloo, where he may spend +the night or wait for a storm to pass.</p> + +<p align="justify">In winter it is practically impossible +to buy a dog in Ungava.  The people have only +enough for their own use, and will not part with them, +and if they have plenty to eat it is difficult to employ +them for any purpose.  This I discovered very +promptly when I endeavored to induce some of them +to take us a stage on our journey homeward.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_20"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XX</h1> + +<p><b>THE SLEDGE JOURNEY BEGUN</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Tighter and tighter grew the grip +of winter.  Rarely the temperature rose above +twenty-five degrees below zero, even at midday, and +oftener it crept well down into the thirties.  + The air was filled with rime, which clung to everything, +and the sun, only venturing now a little way above +the southern horizon, shone cold and cheerless, weakly +penetrating the ever-present frost veil.  The +tide, still defying the shackles of the mighty power +that had bound all the rest of the world, surged up +and down, piling ponderous ice cakes in mountainous +heaps along the river banks.  Occasionally an +Eskimo or two would suddenly appear out of the snow +fields, remain for a day perhaps, and then as suddenly +disappear into the bleak wastes whence he had come.</p> + +<p align="justify">Slowly the days dragged along.  + We occupied the short hours of light in reading old +newspapers and magazines, or walking out over the +hills, and in the evenings called upon the Post officers +or entertained them in our cabin, where Mathewson +often came to smoke his after-supper pipe and relate +to us stories of his forty-odd years’ service +as a fur trader in the northern wilderness.</p> + +<p align="justify">One bitter cold morning, long before +the first light of day began to filter through the +rimy atmosphere, we heard the crunch of feet pass +our door, and a komatik slipped by.  It was Dr. +Milne, away to George River and the coast on his tour +of Post inspection, and our little group of white +men was one less in number.</p> + +<a name="silence"></a> +<a href="silence.jpg"> +<img alt="Silence of the North" src="silencth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">We envied him his early leaving.  + We could not ourselves start for home until after +New Year’s, for there were no dogs to be had +for love or money until the Eskimos came in from their +hunting camps to spend the holidays.  Everything, +however, was made ready for that longed-for time.  + Through the kindness of Thévenet, who put his +Post folk to work for us, the deerskins I had brought +from Whale River were dressed and made up into sleeping +bags and skin clothing, and other neces-saries were +got ready for the long dog journey out.</p> + +<p align="justify">Christmas eve came finally, and with +it komatik loads of Eskimos, who roused the place +from its repose into comparative wakefulness.  + The newcomers called upon us in twos or threes, never +troubling to knock before they entered our cabin, +looked us and our things over with much interest, +a proceeding which occupied usually a full half hour, +then went away, sometimes to bring back newly arriving +friends, to introduce them.  A multitude of dogs +skulked around by day and made night hideous with +howling and fighting, and it was hardly safe to walk +abroad without a stick, of which they have a wholesome +fear, as, like their progenitors, the wolves, they +are great cowards and will rarely attack a man when +he has any visible means of defense at hand.</p> + +<p align="justify">Christmas afternoon was given over +to shooting matches, and the evening to dancing.  + We spent the day with Thévenet.  Mathewson +was not in position to entertain, as the Indian woman +that presided in his kitchen partook so freely of +liquor of her own manufacture that she became hilariously +drunk early in the morning, and for the peace of the +household and safety of the dishes, which she playfully +shied at whoever came within reach, she was ejected, +and Mathewson prepared his own meals.  At Thévenet’s, +however, everything went smoothly, and the sumptuous +meal of baked whitefish, venison, with canned vegetables, +plum pudding, cheese and coffee—­delicacies +held in reserve for the occasion—­made us +forget the bleak wilderness and ice-bound land in +which we were.</p> + +<p align="justify">It seemed for a time even now as though +we should not be able to secure dogs and drivers.  + No one knew the way to Ramah, and on no account would +one of these Eskimos undertake even a part of the +journey without permission from the Hudson’s +Bay Company.  As a last resort Thévenet +promised me his dogs and driver to take us at least +as far as George River, but finally Emuk arrived and +an arrangement was made with him to carry us from +Whale River to George River, and two other Eskimos +agreed to go with us to Whale River.  The great +problem that confronted me now was how to get over +the one hundred and sixty miles of barrens from George +River to Ramah, and it was necessary to arrange for +this before leaving Fort Chimo, as dogs to the eastward +were even scarcer than here.  Mathewson finally +solved it for me with his promise to instruct Ford +at George River to put his team and drivers at my +disposal.  Thus, after much bickering, our relays +were arranged as far as the Moravian mission station +at Ramah, and I trusted in Providence and the coast +Eskimos to see us on from there.  The third of +January was fixed as the day of our departure.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our going in winter was an event.  + It gave the Post folk an opportunity to send out +a winter mail, which I volunteered to carry to Quebec.</p> + +<p align="justify">Straggling bands of Indians, hauling +fur-laden toboggans, began to arrive during the week, +and the bartering in the stores was brisk, and to +me exceedingly interesting.  Money at Fort Chimo +is unknown.  Values are reckoned in “skins”—­that +is, a “skin” is the unit of value.  + There is no token of exchange to represent this unit, +however, and if a hunter brings in more pelts than +sufficient to pay for his purchases, the trader simply +gives him credit on his books for the balance due, +to be drawn upon at some future time.  As a matter +of fact, the hunter is almost invariably in debt to +the store.  A “skin” will buy a pint +of molasses, a quarter pound of tea or a quarter pound +of black stick tobacco.  A white arctic fox pelt +is valued at seven skins, a blue fox pelt at twelve, +and a black or silver fox at eighty to ninety skins.  + South of Hamilton Inlet, where competition is keen +with the fur traders, they pay in cash six dollars +for white, eight dollars for blue (which, by the way, +are very scarce there) and not infrequently as high +as three hundred and fifty dollars or even more for +black and silver fox pelts.  The cost of maintaining +posts at Fort Chimo, however, is somewhat greater +than at these southern points.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here at Ungava the Eskimos’ +hunt is confined almost wholly to foxes, polar bears, +an occasional wolf and wolverine, and, of course, during +the season, seals, walrus, and white whales.  +An average hunter will trap from sixty to seventy +foxes in a season, though one or two exceptional ones +I knew have captured as many as two hundred.  +The Indians, who penetrate far into the interior, +bring out marten, mink and otter principally, with +a few foxes, an occasional beaver, black bear, lynx +and some wolf and wolverine skins.  There is a +story of a very large and ferocious brown bear that +tradition says inhabits the barrens to the eastward +toward George River.  Mr. Peter McKenzie told +me that many years ago, when he was stationed at Fort +Chimo, the Indians brought him one of the skins of +this animal, and Ford at George River said that, some +twenty years since, he saw a piece of one of the skins.  + Both agreed that the hair was very long, light brown +in color, silver tipped and of a decidedly different +species from either the polar or black bear.  + This is the only definite information as to it that +I was able to gather.  The Indians speak of it +with dread, and insist that it is still to be found, +though none of them can say positively that he has +seen one in a decade.  I am inclined to believe +that the brown bear, so far as Labrador is concerned, +has been exterminated.</p> + +<p align="justify">New Year’s is the great day +at Fort Chimo.  All morning there were shooting +matches and foot races, and in the afternoon football +games in progress, in which the Eskimo men and women +alike joined.  The Indians, who were recovering +from an all-night drunk on their vile beer, and a +revel in the “Queen’s” cabin, condescended +to take part in the shooting matches, but held majestically +aloof from the other games.  Some of them came +into the French store in the evening to squat around +the room and watch the dancing while they puffed in +silence on their pipes and drank tea when it was passed.  + That was their only show of interest in the festivities.  + Early on the morning of the second they all disappeared.  + But these were only a fragment of those that visit +the Post in summer.  It is then that they have +their powwow.</p> + +<p align="justify">At last the day of our departure arrived, +with a dull leaden sky and that penetrating cold that +eats to one’s very marrow.  Thévenet +and Belfleur came early and brought us a box of cigars +to ease the tedium of the long evenings in the snow +houses.  All the little colony of white men were +on hand to see us off, and I believe were genuinely +sorry to have us go, for we had become a part of the +little coterie and our coming had made a break in +the lives of these lonely exiles.  Men brought +together under such conditions become very much attached +to each other in a short time.  “It’s +going to be lonesome now,” said Stewart.  + “I’m sorry you have to leave us.  + May God speed you on your way, and carry you through +your long journey in safety.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Finally our baggage was lashed on +the komatik; the dogs, leaping and straining at their +traces, howled their eagerness to be gone; we shook +hands warmly with everybody, even the Eskimos, who +came forward won-dering at what seemed to them our +stupendous undertaking, the komatik was “broken” +loose, and we were away at a gallop.</p> + +<p align="justify">Traveling was good, and the nine dogs +made such excellent time that we had to ride in level +places or we could not have kept pace with them.  +When there was a hill to climb we pushed on the komatik +or hauled with the dogs on the long bridle to help +them along.  When we had a descent to make, the +drag—­a hoop of walrus hide—­was +thrown over the front end of one of the komatik runners +at the top, and if the place was steep the Eskimos, +one on either side of the komatik, would cling on +with their arms and brace their feet into the snow +ahead, doing their utmost to hold back and reduce +the momentum of the heavy sledge.  To the uninitiated +they would appear to be in imminent danger of having +their legs broken, for the speed down some of the grades +when the crust was hard and icy was terrific.  + When descending the gentler slopes we all rode, depending +upon the drag alone to keep our speed within reason.  + This coasting down hill was always an exciting experi-ence, +and where the going was rough it was not easy to keep +a seat on the narrow komatik.  Occasionally the +komatik would turn over.  When we saw this was +likely to happen we discreetly dropped off, a feat +that demanded agility and practice to be performed +successfully and gracefully.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a relief beyond measure to +feel that we were at length, after seven long months, +actually headed toward home and civilization.  +Words cannot express the feeling of exhilaration that +comes to one at such a time.</p> + +<p align="justify">We did not have to go so far up Whale +River to find a crossing as on our trip to Fort Chimo, +and reached the eastern side before dark.  Sometimes +the ice hills are piled so high here by the tide that +it takes a day or even two to cut a komatik path through +them and cross the river, but fortunately we had very +little cutting to do.  Not long after dark we +coasted down the hill above the Post, and the cheerful +lights of Edmunds’ cabin were at hand.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we had to wait two days for Emuk, +and in the interim Mrs. Edmunds and Mary went carefully +over our clothes, sewed sealskin legs to deerskin +moccasins, made more duffel socks, and with kind solicitation +put all our things into the best of shape and gave +us extra moccasins and mittens.  “It is +well to have plenty of everything before you start,” +said Mrs. Edmunds, “for if the huskies are hunting +deer the women will do no sewing on sealskin, and +if they’re hunting seals they’ll not touch +a needle to your deerskins, though you are freezing.”</p> + +<p>“Why is that?” I asked.</p> + +<p align="justify">“Oh, some of their heathen beliefs,” +she answered.  “They think it would bring +bad luck to the hunters.  They believe all kinds +of foolishness.”</p> + +<p align="justify">Emuk had never been so far away as +George River, and Sam Ford was to be our pilot to +that point, and to return with Emuk.  The Eskimos +do not consider it safe for a man to travel alone +with dogs, and they never do it when there is the +least probability that they will have to remain out +over night.  Two men are always required to build +a snow igloo, which is one reason for this.  +It was therefore necessary for me at each point, when +employing the Eskimo driver for a new stage of our +journey, also to engage a companion for him, that he +might have company when returning home.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our coming to Whale River two months +before had made a welcome innovation in the even tenor +of the cheerless, lonely existence of our good friends +at the Post—­an event in their confined life, +and they were really sorry to part from us.</p> + +<p align="justify">“It will be a long time before +any one comes to see us again—­a long time,” +said Mrs. Edmunds, sadly adding:  “I suppose +no one will ever come again.”</p> + +<p align="justify">When we said our farewells the women +cried.  In their Godspeed the note of friendship +rang true and honest and sincere.  These people +had proved themselves in a hundred ways.  In +civilization, where the selfish instinct governs so +generally, there are too many Judases.  On the +frontier, in spite of the rough exterior of the people, +you find real men and women.  That is one reason +why I like the North so well.</p> + +<p align="justify">We left Whale River on Saturday, the +sixth of January, with one hundred and twenty miles +of barrens to cross before reaching George River Post, +the nearest human habitation to the eastward.  + Our fresh team of nine dogs was in splendid trim +and worked well, but a three or four inch covering +of light snow upon the harder under crust made the +going hard and wearisome for the animals.  The +frost flakes that filled the air covered everything.  + Clinging to the eyelashes and faces of the men it +gave them a ghostly appearance, our skin clothing +was white with it, long icicles weighted our beards, +and the sharp atmosphere made it necessary to grasp +one’s nose frequently to make certain that the +member was not freezing.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we stopped for the night our +snow house which Emuk and Sam soon had ready seemed +really cheerful.  Our halt was made purposely +near a cluster of small spruce where enough firewood +was found to cook our supper of boiled venison, hard-tack +and tea, water being procured by melting ice.  + Spruce boughs were scattered upon the igloo floor +and deerskins spread over these.</p> + +<p align="justify">After everything was made snug, and +whatever the dogs might eat or destroy put safely +out of their reach, the animals were unharnessed and +fed the one meal that was allowed them each day after +their work was done.  Feeding the dogs was always +an interesting function.  While one man cut the +frozen food into chunks, the rest of us armed with +cudgels beat back the animals.  When the word +was given we stepped to one side to avoid the onrush +as they came upon the food, which was bolted with +little or no chewing.  They will eat anything +that is fed them—­seal meat, deer’s +meat, fish, or even old hides.  There was always +a fight or two to settle after the feeding and then +the dogs made holes for themselves in the snow and +lay down for the drift to cover them.</p> + +<p align="justify">The dogs fed, we crawled with our +hot supper into the igloo, put a block of snow against +the entrance and stopped the chinks around it with +loose snow.  Then the kettle covers were lifted +and the place was filled at once with steam so thick +that one could hardly see his elbow neighbor.  + By the time the meal was eaten the temperature had +risen to such a point that the place was quite warm +and comfortable—­so warm that the snow in +the top of the igloo was soft enough to pack but not +quite soft enough to drip water.  Then we smoked +some of Thévenet’s cigars and blessed +him for his thoughtfulness in providing them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Usually our snow igloos allowed each +man from eighteen to twenty inches space in which +to lie down, and just room enough to stretch his legs +well.  With our sleeping bags they were entirely +comfortable, no matter what the weather outside.  + The snow is porous enough to admit of air circulation, +but even a gale of wind without would not affect the +temperature within.  It is claimed by the natives +that when the wind blows, a snow house is warmer than +in a period of still cold.  I could see no difference.  + A new snow igloo is, however, more comfortable than +one that has been used, for newly cut snow blocks are +more porous.  In one that has been used there +is always a crust of ice on the interior which prevents +a proper circulation of air.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the second day we passed the shack +where Easton and I had held our five-day fast, and +shortly after came out upon the plains—­a +wide stretch of flat, treeless country where no hills +rise as guiding landmarks for the voyageur.  +This was beyond the zone of Emuk’s wanderings, +and Sam went several miles astray in his calculations, +which, in view of the character of the country, was +not to be wondered at, piloting as he did without +a compass.  However, we were soon set right and +passed again into the rolling barrens, with ever higher +hills with each eastern mile we traveled.</p> + +<p align="justify">At two o’clock on the afternoon +of Tuesday, January ninth, we dropped over the bank +upon the ice of George River just above the Post, and +at three o’clock were under Mr. Ford’s +hospitable roof again.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we had to encounter another vexatious +delay of a week.  Ford’s dogs had been +working hard and were in no condition to travel and +not an Eskimo team was there within reach of the Post +that could be had.  There was nothing to do but +wait for Ford’s team to rest and get into condition +before taking them upon the trying journey across the +barren grounds that lay between us and the Atlantic.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_21"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXI</h1> + +<p><b>CROSSING THE BARRENS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">On Tuesday morning, January sixteenth, +we swung out upon the river ice with a powerful team +of twelve dogs.  Will Ford and an Eskimo named +Etuksoak, called by the Post folk “Peter,” +for short, were our drivers.</p> + +<p align="justify">The dogs began the day with a misunderstanding +amongst themselves, and stopped to fight it out.  + When they were finally beaten into docility one of +them, apparently the outcast of the pack, was limping +on three legs and leaving a trail of blood behind +him.  Every team has its bully, and sometimes +its outcast.  The bully is master of them all.  +He fights his way to his position of supremacy, and +holds it by punishing upon the slightest provocation, +real or fancied, any encroachment upon his autocratic +prerogatives.  Likewise he dis-ciplines the +pack when he thinks they need it or when he feels like +it, and he is always the ringleader in mischief.  + When there is an outcast he is a doomed dog.  + The others harass and fight him at every opportunity.  + They are pitiless.  They do not associate with +him, and sooner or later a morning will come when +they are noticed licking their chops contentedly, +as dogs do when they have had a good meal—­ +and after that no more is seen of the outcast.  + The bully is not always, or, in fact, often the leader +in harness.  The dog that the driver finds most +intelligent in following a trail and in answering +his commands is chosen for this important position, +regardless of his fighting prowess.</p> + +<p align="justify">This morning as we started the weather +was perfect—­thirty-odd degrees below zero +and a bright sun that made the hoar frost sparkle like +flakes of silver.  For ten miles our course lay +down the river to a point just below the “Narrows.”  + Then we left the ice and hit the overland trail +in an almost due northerly direction.  It was +a rough country and there was much pulling and hauling +and pushing to be done crossing the hills.  Before +noon the wind began to rise, and by the time we stopped +to prepare our snow igloo for the night a northwest +gale had developed and the air was filled with drifting +snow.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early in the afternoon I began to +have cramps in the calves of my legs, and finally +it seemed to me that the muscles were tied into knots.  + Sharp, intense pains in the groin made it torture +to lift in feet above the level of the snow, and I +was never more thankful for rest in my life than when +that day’s work was finished.  Easton confessed +to me that he had an attack similar to my own.  + This was the result of our inactivity at Fort Chimo.  + We were suffering with what among the Canadian voyageurs +is known as <i>mal de roquette</i>.  There was +nothing to do but endure it without complaint, for +there is no relief until in time it gradually passes +away of its own accord.</p> + +<p align="justify">This first night from George River +was spent upon the shores of a lake which, hidden +by drifted snow, appeared to be about two miles wide +and seven or eight miles long.  It lay amongst +low, barren hills, where a few small bunches of gnarled +black spruce relieved the otherwise unbroken field +of white.</p> + +<p align="justify">The following morning it was snowing +and drifting, and as the day grew the storm increased.  + An hour’s traveling carried us to the Koroksoak +River—­River of the Great Gulch—­which +flows from the northeast, following the lower Torngaek +mountains and emptying into Ungava Bay near the mouth +of the George.  The Koroksoak is apparently a +shallow stream, with a width of from fifty to two +hundred yards.  Its bed forms the chief part +of the komatik route to Nachvak, and therefore our +route.  For several miles the banks are low and +sandy, but farther up the sand disappears and the +hills crowd close upon the river.  The gales +that sweep down the valley with every storm had blown +away the snow and drifted the bank sand in a layer +over the river ice.  This made the going exceedingly +hard and ground the mud from the komatik runners.</p> + +<p align="justify">The snowstorm, directly in our teeth, +increased in force with every mile we traveled, and +with the continued cramps and pains in my legs it +seemed to me that the misery of it all was about as +refined and complete as it could be.  It may +be imagined, therefore, the relief I felt when at +noon Will and Peter stopped the komatik with the announcement +that we must camp, as further progress could not be +made against the blinding snow and head wind.</p> + +<p align="justify">Advantage was taken of the daylight +hours to mend the komatik mud.  This was done +by mixing caribou moss with water, applying the mixture +to the mud where most needed, and permitting it to +freeze, which it did instantly.  Then the surface +was planed smooth with a little jack plane carried +for the purpose.</p> + +<p align="justify">That night the storm blew itself out, +and before daylight, after a breakfast of coffee and +hard-tack, we were off.  The half day’s +rest had done wonders for me, and the pains in my +legs were not nearly so severe as on the previous +day.</p> + +<p align="justify">January and February see the lowest +temperatures of the Labrador winter.  Now the +cold was bitter, rasping—­so intensely cold +was the atmosphere that it was almost stifling as +it entered the lungs.  The vapor from our nostrils +froze in masses of ice upon our beards.  The +dogs, straining in the harness, were white with hoar +frost, and our deerskin clothing was also thickly +coated with it.  For long weeks these were to +be the prevailing conditions in our homeward march.</p> + +<p align="justify">Dark and ominous were the spruce-lined +river banks on either side that morning as we toiled +onward, and grim and repellent indeed were the rocky +hills outlined against the sky beyond.  Everything +seemed frozen stiff and dead except ourselves.  + No sound broke the absolute silence save the crunch, +crunch, crunch of our feet, the squeak of the komatik +runners complaining as they slid reluctantly over the +snow, and the “oo-isht-oo-isht, oksuit, oksuit” +of the drivers, constantly urging the dogs to greater +effort.  Shimmering frost flakes, suspended in +the air like a veil of thinnest gauze, half hid the +sun when very timidly he raised his head above the +southeastern horizon, as though afraid to venture +into the domain of the indomitable ice king who had +wrested the world from his last summer’s power +and ruled it now so absolutely.</p> + +<p align="justify">With every mile the spruce on the +river banks became thinner and thinner, and the hills +grew higher and higher, until finally there was scarcely +a stick to be seen and the lower eminences had given +way to lofty mountains which raised their jagged, +irregular peaks from two to four thousand feet in +solemn and majestic grandeur above our heads.  +The gray basaltic rocks at their base shut in the tortuous +river bed, and we knew now why the Koroksoak was called +the “River of the Great Gulch.”  +These were the mighty Torngaeks, which farther north +attain an altitude above the sea of full seven thousand +feet.  We passed the place where Torngak dwells +in his mountain cavern and sends forth his decrees +to the spirits of Storm and Starvation and Death to +do destruction, or restrains them, at his will.</p> + +<a name="hills"></a> +<a href="dogs.jpg"> +<img alt="The Hills Grew Higher and Higher" src="dogsth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">In the forenoon of the third day after +leaving George River we stopped to lash a few sticks +on top of our komatik load.  “No more wood,” +said Will.  “This’ll have to see +us through to Nachvak.”  That afternoon +we turned out of the Koroksoak River into a pass leading +to the northward, and that night’s igloo was +at the headwaters of a stream that they said ran into +Nachvak Bay.</p> + +<a name="pass"></a> +<a href="pass.jpg"> +<img alt="We Turned Into a Pass Leading to the Northwest" src="passth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The upper part of this new gulch was +strewn with bowlders, and much hard work and ingenuity +were necessary the following morning to get the komatik +through them at all.  Farther down the stream +widened.  Here the wind had swept the snow clear +of the ice, and it was as smooth as a piece of glass, +broken only by an occasional bowlder sticking above +the surface.  A heavy wind blew in our backs and +carried the komatik before it at a terrific pace, with +the dogs racing to keep out of the way.  Sometimes +we were carried sidewise, sometimes stern first, but +seldom right end foremost.  Lively work was necessary +to prevent being wrecked upon the rocks, and occasionally +we did turn over, when a bowlder was struck side on.</p> + +<p align="justify">There were several steep down grades.  + Before descending one of the first of these a line +was attached to the rear end of the komatik and Will +asked Easton to hang on to it and hold back, to keep +the komatik straight.  There was no foothold +for him, however, on the smooth surface of the ice, +and Easton found that he could not hold back as directed.  + The momentum was considerable, and he was afraid to +let go for fear of losing his balance on the slippery +ice, and so, wild-eyed and erect, he slid along, clinging +for dear life to the line.  Pretty soon he managed +to attain a sitting posture, and with his legs spread +before him, but still holding desperately on, he skimmed +along after the komatik.  The next and last evolution +was a “belly-gutter” position.  This +became too strenuous for him, however, and the line +was jerked out of his hands.  I was afraid he +might have been injured on a rock, but my anxiety +was soon relieved when I saw him running along the +shore to overtake the komatik where it had been stopped +to wait for him below.</p> + +<p align="justify">This gulch was exceedingly narrow, +with mountains, lofty, rugged and grand rising directly +from the stream’s bank, some of them attaining +an altitude of five thousand feet or more.  At +one point they squeezed the brook through a pass only +ten feet in width, with perpendicular walls towering +high above our heads on either side.  This place +is known to the Hudson’s Bay Company people +as “The Porch.”</p> + +<p align="justify">In the afternoon Peter caught his +foot in a crevice, and the komatik jammed him with +such force that he narrowly escaped a broken leg and +was crippled for the rest of the journey.  Early +in the afternoon we were on salt water ice, and at +two o’clock sighted Nachvak Post of the Hudson’s +Bay Company, and at half past four were hospitably +welcomed by Mrs. Ford, the wife of George Ford, the +agent.</p> + +<a name="nachvak"></a> +<a href="nachvak.jpg"> +<img alt="Nachvak Post of the Hudson's Bay Company" src="nachvath.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">This was Saturday, January twentieth.  + Since the previous Tuesday morning we had had no +fire to warm ourselves by and had been living chiefly +on hard-tack, and the comfort and luxury of the Post +sitting room, with the hot supper of arctic hare that +came in due course, were appreciated.  Mr. Ford +had gone south with Dr. Milne to Davis Inlet Post +and was not expected back for a week, but Mrs. Ford +and her son Solomon Ford, who was in charge during +his father’s absence, did everything possible +for our comfort.</p> + +<p align="justify">The injury to Peter’s leg made +it out of the question for him to go on with us, and +we therefore found it necessary to engage another team +to carry us to Ramah, the first of the Moravian missionary +stations on our route of travel, and this required +a day’s delay at Nachvak, as no Eskimos could +be seen that night.  The Fords offered us every +assistance in securing drivers, and went to much trouble +on our behalf.  Solomon personally took it upon +himself to find dogs and drivers for us, and through +his kindness arrangements were made with two Eskimos, +Taikrauk and Nikartok by name, who agreed to furnish +a team of ten dogs and be on hand early on Monday +morning.  I considered myself fortunate in securing +so large a team, for the seal hunt had been bad the +previous fall and the Eskimos had therefore fallen +short of dog food and had killed a good many of their +dogs.  I should not have been so ready with my +self-congratulation had I seen the dogs that we were +to have.</p> + +<a name="mission"></a> +<a href="mission.jpg"> +<img alt="The Moravian Mission at Ramah" src="missioth.jpg"> +</a> + + + +<p align="justify">Nachvak is the most God-forsaken place +for a trading post that I have ever seen.  Wherever +you look bare rocks and towering mountains stare you +in the face; nowhere is there a tree or shrub of any +kind to relieve the rock-bound desolation, and every +bit of fuel has to be brought in during the summer +by steamer.  They have coal, but even the wood +to kindle the coal is imported.  The Eskimos necessarily +use stone lamps in which seal oil is burned to heat +their igloos.  The Fords have lived here for +a quarter of a century, but now the Company is abandoning +the Post as unprofitable and they are to be transferred +to some other quarter.</p> + +<p align="justify">“God knows how lonely it is +sometimes,” Mrs. Ford said to me, “and +how glad I’ll be if we go where there’s +some one besides just greasy heathen Eskimos to see.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The Moravian mission at Killenek, +a station three days’ travel to the northward, +on Cape Chidley, has deflected some of the former trade +from Nachvak and the Ramah station more of it, until +but twenty-seven Eskimos now remain at Nachvak.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early on Monday morning not only our +two Eskimos appeared, but the entire Eskimo population, +even the women with babies in their hoods, to see +us off.  The ten-dog team that I had congratulated +myself so proudly upon securing proved to be the most +miserable aggregation of dogskin and bones I had ever +seen, and in so horribly emaciated a condition that +had there been any possible way of doing without them +I should have declined to permit them to haul our +komatik.  However I had no choice, as no other +dogs were to be had, and at six o’clock—­ +more than two hours before daybreak—­we said +farewell to good Mrs. Ford and her family and started +forward with our caravan of followers.</p> + +<p align="justify">We took what is known as the “outside” +route, turning right out toward the mouth of the bay.  + By this route it is fully forty miles to Ramah.  +By a short cut overland, which is not so level, the +distance is only about thirty miles, but our Eskimos +chose the level course, as it is doubtful whether +their excuses for dogs could have hauled the komatik +over the hills on the short cut.  An hour after +our start we passed a collection of snow igloos, and +all our following, after shaking hands and repeating, +“Okusi,” left us—­all but one +man, Korganuk by name, who decided to honor us with +his society to Ramah; so we had three Eskimos instead +of the more than sufficient two.</p> + +<p align="justify">Though the traveling was fairly good +the poor starved dogs crawled along so slowly that +with a jog trot we easily kept in advance of them, +and not even the extreme cruelty of the heathen drivers, +who beat them sometimes unmercifully, could induce +them to do better.  I remonstrated with the human +brutes on several occasions, but they pretended not +to understand me, smiling blandly in return, and making +unintelligible responses in Eskimo.</p> + +<p align="justify">Before dawn the sky clouded, and by +the time we reached the end of the bay and turned +southward across the neck, toward noon, it began to +snow heavily.  This capped the climax of our troubles +and I questioned whether our team would ever reach +our destination with this added impediment of soft, +new snow to plow through.</p> + +<p align="justify">From the first the snow fell thick +and fast.  Then the wind rose, and with every +moment grew in velocity.  I soon realized that +we were caught under the worst possible conditions +in the throes of a Labrador winter storm—­the +kind of storm that has cost so many native travelers +on that bleak coast their lives.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were now on the ice again beyond +the neck.  Perpendicular, clifflike walls shut +us off from retreat to the land and there was not +a possibility of shelter anywhere.  Previous snows +had found no lodgment into banks, and an igloo could +not be built.  Our throats were parched with +thirst, but there was no water to drink and nowhere +a stick of wood with which to build a fire to melt +snow.  The dogs were lying down in harness and +crying with distress, and the Eskimos had continually +to kick them into renewed efforts.  On we trudged, +on and endlessly on.  We were still far from +our goal.</p> + +<p align="justify">All of us, even the Eskimos, were +utterly weary.  Finally frequent stops were necessary +to rest the poor toiling brutes, and we were glad +to take advantage of each opportunity to throw ourselves +at full length on the snow-covered ice for a moment’s +repose.  Sometimes we would walk ahead of the +komatik and lie down until it overtook us, frequently +falling asleep in the brief interim.  Now and +again an Eskimo would look into my face and repeat, +“Oksunae” (be strong), and I would encourage +him in the same way.</p> + +<p align="justify">Darkness fell thick and black.  + No signs of land were visible—­nothing +but the whirling, driving, pitiless snow around us +and the ice under our feet.  Sometimes one of +us would stumble on a hummock and fall, then rise +again to resume the mechanical plodding.  I wondered +sometimes whether we were not going right out to sea +and how long it would be before we should drop into +open water and be swallowed up.  My faculties +were too benumbed to care much, and it was just a +calculation in which I had no particular but only a +passive interest.</p> + +<a name="snow"></a> +<a href="dogs2.jpg"> +<img alt="Plodding Southward Over Endless Snow" src="dogs2th.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">The thirst of the snow fields is most +agonizing, and can only be likened to the thirst of +the desert.  The snow around you is tantalizing, +for to eat it does not quench the thirst in the slightest; +it aggravates it.  If I ever longed for water +it was then.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hour after hour passed and the night +seemed interminable.  But somehow we kept going, +and the poor crying brutes kept going.  All misery +has its ending, however, and ours ended when I least +looked for it.  Un-expectedly the dogs’ +pitiful cries changed to gleeful howls and they visibly +increased their efforts.  Then Korganuk put his +face close to mine and said:  “Ramah!  + Ramah!” and quite suddenly we stopped before +the big mission house at Ramah.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_22"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXII</h1> + +<p><b>ON THE ATLANTIC ICE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The dogs had stopped within a dozen +feet of the building, but it was barely distinguishable +through the thick clouds of smothering snow which +the wind, risen to a terrific gale, swirled around +us as it swept down in staggering gusts from the invisible +hills above.  A light filtered dimly through +one of the frost-encrusted windows, and I tapped loudly +upon the glass.</p> + +<p align="justify">At first there was no response, but +after repeated rappings some one moved within, and +in a moment the door opened and a voice called to +us, “Come, come out of the snow.  It is +a nasty night.”  Without further preliminaries +we stepped into the shelter of the broad, com-fortable +hall.  Holding a candle above his head, and peering +at us through the dim light that it cast, was a short, +stockily built, bearded man in his shirt sleeves and +wearing hairy sealskin trousers and boots.  To +him I introduced myself and Easton, and he, in turn, +told us that he was the Reverend Paul Schmidt, the +missionary in charge of the station.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. Schmidt’s astonishment at +our unexpected appearance at midnight and in such +a storm was only equaled by his hospitable welcome.  + His broken English sounded sweet indeed, inviting +us to throw off our snow-covered garments.  He +ushered us to a neat room on the floor above, struck +a match to a stove already charged with kindling wood +and coal, and in five minutes after our entrance we +were listening to the music of a crackling fire and +warming our chilled selves by its increasing heat.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our host was most solicitous for our +every comfort.  He hurried in and out, and by +the time we were thoroughly warmed told us supper was +ready and asked us to his living room below, where +Mrs. Schmidt had spread the table for a hot meal.  + Each mission house has a common kitchen and a common +dining room, and besides having the use of these the +separate families are each provided with a private +living room and a sleeping room.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is not pleasant to be routed out +of bed in the middle of the night, but these good +missionaries assured us that it was really a pleasure +to them, and treated us like old friends whom they +were overjoyed to see.  “Well, well,” +said Mr. Schmidt, again and again, “it is very +good for you to come.  I am very glad that you +came tonight, for now we shall have company, and you +shall stay with us until the weather is fine again +for traveling, and we will talk English together, which +is a pleasure for me, for I have almost forgotten +my English, with no one to talk it to.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was after two o’clock when +we went to bed, and I verily believe that Mr. Schmidt +would have talked all night had it not been for our +hard day’s work and evident need of rest.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we arose in the morning the storm +was still blowing with unabated fury.  We had +breakfast with Mr. Schmidt in his private apartment +and were later introduced to Mr. Karl Filsehke, the +storekeeper, and his wife, who, like the Schmidts, +were most hospitable and kind.  At all of the +Moravian missions, with the exception of Killinek “down +to Chidley,” and Makkovik, the farthest station +“up south,” there is, besides the missionary, +who devotes himself more particularly to the spiritual +needs of his people, a storekeeper who looks after +their material welfare and assists in conducting the +meetings.</p> + +<p align="justify">In Labrador these missions are largely, +though by no means wholly, self-supporting.  +Furs and blubber are taken from the Eskimos in exchange +for goods, and the proflts resulting from their sale +in Europe are applied toward the expense of maintaining +the stations.  They own a small steamer, which +brings the supplies from London every summer and takes +away the year’s accumulation of fur and oil.  + Since the first permanent establishment was erected +at Nain, over one hundred and fifty years ago, they +have followed this trade.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the day I visited the store +and blubber house, where Eskimo men and women were +engaged in cutting seal blubber into small slices and +pounding these with heavy wooden mallets.  The +pounded blubber is placed in zinc vats, and, when +the summer comes, exposed in the vats to the sun’s +heat, which renders out a fine white oil.  This +oil is put into casks and shipped to the trade.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the depth of winter seal hunting +is impossible, and during that season the Eskimo families +gather in huts, or igloosoaks, at the mission stations.  + There are sixty-nine of these people connected with +the Ramah station and I visited them all with Mr. Schmidt.  + Their huts were heated with stone lamps and seal +oil, for the country is bare of wood.  The fuel +for the mission house is brought from the South by +the steamer.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Eskimos at Ramah and at the stations +south are all supposed to be Christians, but naturally +they still retain many of the traditional beliefs +and superstitions of their people.  They will +not live in a house where a death has occurred, believing +that the spirit of the departed will haunt the place.  + If the building is worth it, they take it down and +set it up again somewhere else.</p> + +<p align="justify">Not long ago the wife of one of the +Eskimos was taken seriously ill, and became delirious.  + Her husband and his neighbors, deciding that she +was possessed of an evil spirit, tied her down and +left her, until finally she died, uncared for and +alone, from cold and lack of nourishment.  This +occurred at a distance from the station, and the missionaries +did not learn of it until the woman was dead and beyond +their aid.  They are most kind in their ministrations +to the sick and needy.</p> + +<p align="justify">Once Dr. Grenfell visited Ramah and +exhibited to the astonished Eskimos some stereopticon +views—­photographs that he had taken there +in a previous year.  It so happened that one of +the pictures was that of an old woman who had died +since the photograph was made, and when it appeared +upon the screen terror struck the hearts of the simple-minded +people.  They believed it was her spirit returned +to earth, and for a long time afterward imagined that +they saw it floating about at night, visiting the +woman’s old haunts.</p> + +<p align="justify">The daily routine of the mission station +is most methodical.  At seven o’clock in +the morning a bell calls the servants to their duties; +at nine o’clock it rings again, granting a half +hour’s rest; at a quarter to twelve a third +ringing sends them to dinner; they return at one o’clock +to work until dark.  Every night at five o’clock +the bell summons them to religious service in the +chapel, where worship is conducted in Eskimo by either +the missionary or the storekeeper.  The women +sit on one side, the men on the other, and are always +in their seats before the last tone of the bell dies +out.  I used to enjoy these services exceedingly—­watching +the eager, expectant faces of the people as they heard +the lesson taught, and their hearty singing of the +hymns in Eskimo made the evening hour a most interesting +one to me.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is a busy life the missionary leads.  + From morning until night he is kept constantly at +work, and in the night his rest is often broken by +calls to minister to the sick.  He is the father +of his flock, and his people never hesitate to call +for his help and advice; to him all their troubles +and disagreements are referred for a wise adjustment.</p> + +<p align="justify">I am free to say that previous to +meeting them upon their field of labor I looked upon +the work of these missionaries with indifference, +if not disfavor, for I had been led to believe that +they were accomplishing little or nothing.  But +now I have seen, and I know of what incalculable value +the services are that they are rendering to the poor, +benighted people of this coast.</p> + +<p align="justify">They practically renounce the world +and their home ties to spend their lives, until they +are too old for further service or their health breaks +down, in their Heaven-inspired calling, surrounded +by people of a different race and language, in the +most barren, God-cursed land in the world.</p> + +<p align="justify">When their children reach the age +of seven years they must send them to the church school +at home to be educated.  Very often parent and +child never meet again.  This is, as many of them +told me, the greatest sacrifice they are called upon +to make, but they realize that it is for the best +good of the child and their work, and they do not +murmur.  What heroes and heroines these men and +women are!  One <i>must</i> admire and honor +them.</p> + +<p align="justify">There were some little ones here at +Ramah who used to climb upon my knees and call me +“Uncle,” and kiss me good morning and good +night, and I learned to love them.  My recollections +of these days at Ramah are pleasant ones.</p> + +<p align="justify">Philippus Inglavina and Ludwig Alasua, +two Eskimos, were engaged to hold themselves in readiness +with their team of twelve dogs for a bright and early +start for Hebron on the first clear morning.  +On the fourth morning after our arrival they announced +that the weather was sufficiently clear for them to +find their way over the hills.  Mrs. Schmidt +and Mrs. Filsehke filled an earthen jug with hot coffee +and wrapped it, with some sandwiches, in a bearskin +to keep from freezing for a few hours; sufficient +wood to boil the kettle that night and the next morning +was lashed with our baggage on the komatik; the Eskimos +each received the daily ration of a plug of tobacco +and a box of matches, which they demand when traveling, +and then we said good-by and started.  The komatik +was loaded with Eskimos, and the rest of the native +population trailed after us on foot.  It is the +custom on the coast for the people to accompany a +komatik starting on a journey for some distance from +the station.</p> + +<p align="justify">The wind, which had died nearly out +in the night, was rising again.  It was directly +in our teeth and shifting the loose snow unpleasantly.  +We had not gone far when one of the trailing Eskimos +came running after us and shouting to our driver to +stop.  We halted, and when he overtook us he +called the attention of Philippus to a high mountain +known as Attanuek (the King), whose peak was nearly +hidden by drifting snow.  A consultation decided +them that it would be dangerous to attempt the passes +that day, and to our chagrin the Eskimos turned the +dogs back to the station.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning Attanuek’s +head was clear, the wind was light, the atmosphere +bitter cold, and we were off in good season.  +We soon reached “Lamson’s Hill,” +rising three thousand feet across our path, and shortly +after daylight began the wearisome ascent, helping +the dogs haul the komatik up steep places and wallowing +through deep snow banks.  Before noon one of +our dogs gave out, and we had to cut him loose.  + An hour later we met George Ford on his way home to +Nachvak from Davis Inlet, and some Eskimos with a +team from the Hebron Mission, and from this latter +team we borrowed a dog to take the place of the one +that we had lost.  Ford told us that his leader +had gone mad that morning and he had been compelled +to shoot it.  He also in-formed me that wolves +had followed him all the way from Okak to Hebron, +mingling with his dogs at night, but at Hebron had +left his trail.</p> + +<p align="justify">At three o’clock we reached +the summit of Lamson’s Hill and began the perilous +descent, where only the most expert maneuvering on +the part of the Eskimos saved our komatik from being +smashed.  In many places we had to let the sledge +down over steep places, after first removing the dogs, +and it was a good while after dark when we reached +the bottom.  Then, after working the komatik +over a mile of rough bowlders from which the wind +had swept the snow, we at length came upon the sea +ice of Saglak Bay, and at eight o’clock drew +up at an igloosoak on an island several miles from +the mainland.</p> + +<p align="justify">This igloosoak was practically an +underground dwelling, and the entrance was through +a snow tunnel.  From a single seal-gut window +a dim light shone, but there was no other sign of +human life.  I groped my way into the tunnel, +bent half double, stepping upon and stumbling over +numerous dogs that blocked the way, and at the farther +end bumped into a door.  Upon pushing this open +I found myself in a room perhaps twelve by fourteen +feet in size.  Three stone lamps shed a gloomy +half light over the place, and revealed a low bunk, +covered with sealskins, extending along two sides +of the room, upon which nine Eskimos—­men, +women and children—­were lying.  A half +inch of soft slush covered the floor.  The whole +place was reeking in filth, infested with vermin, +and the stench was sickening.</p> + +<p align="justify">The people arose and welcomed us as +Eskimos always do, most cordially.  Our two drivers, +who followed me with the wood we had brought, made +a fire in a small sheet-iron tent stove kept in the +shack by the missionaries for their use when traveling, +and on it we placed our kettle full of ice for tea, +and our sandwiches to thaw, for they were frozen as +hard as bullets.  One of the old women was half +dead with consumption, and constantly spitting, and +when we saw her turning our sandwiches on the stove +our appetite appreciably diminished.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Ramah I had purchased some dried +caplin for dog food for the night.  The caplin +is a small fish, about the size of a smelt or a little +larger, and is caught in the neighborhood of Hamilton +Inlet and south.  They are brought north by the +missionaries to use for dog food when traveling in +the winter, as they are more easily packed on the +komatik than seal meat.  The Eskimos are exceedingly +fond of these dried fish, and they appealed to our +men as too great a delicacy to waste upon the dogs.  + Therefore when feeding time came, seal blubber, of +which there was an abundant supply in the igloo, fell +to the lot of the animals, while our drivers and hosts +appropriated the caplin to themselves.  The bag +of fish was placed in the center, with a dish of raw +seal fat alongside, with the men, women and children +surrounding it, and they were still banqueting upon +the fish and fat when I, weary with traveling, fell +asleep in my bag.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was not yet dark the next evening +when we came in sight of the Eskimo village at the +Hebron mission, and the whole population of one hundred +and eighty people and two hundred dogs, the former +shouting, the latter howling, turned out to greet +us.  Several of the young men, fleeter of foot +than the others, ran out on the ice, and when they +had come near enough to see who we were, turned and +ran back again ahead of our dogs, shouting “Kablunot!  + Kablunot!” (outlanders), and so, in the midst +of pandemonium, we drew into the station, and received +from the missionaries a most cordial welcome.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here I was fortunate in securing for +the next eighty miles of our journey an Eskimo with +an exceptionally fine team of fourteen dogs.  +This new driver—­Cornelius was his name—­made +my heart glad by consenting to travel without an attendant.  + I was pleased at this be-cause experience had taught +me that each additional man meant just so much slower +progress.</p> + +<p align="justify">No time was lost at Hebron, for the +weather was fine, and early morning found us on our +way.  At Napartok we reached the “first +wood,” and the sight of a grove of green spruce +tops above the snow seemed almost like a glimpse of +home.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was dreary, tiresome work, this +daily plodding southward over the endless snow, sometimes +upon the wide ice field, sometimes crossing necks +of land with tedious ascents and dangerous descents +of hills, making no halt while daylight lasted, save +to clear the dogs’ entangled traces and snatch +a piece of hard-tack for a cheerless luncheon.</p> + +<p align="justify">Okak, two days’ travel south +of Hebron, with a population of three hundred and +twenty-nine, is the largest Eskimo village in Labrador +and an important station of the Moravian missionaries.  + Besides the chapel, living apartments and store of +the mission a neat, well-organized little hospital +has just been opened by them and placed in charge +of Dr. S. Hutton, an English physician.  Young, +capable and with every prospect of success at home, +he and his charming wife have resigned all to come +to the dreary Labrador and give their lives and efforts +to the uplifting of this bit of benighted humanity.</p> + +<p align="justify">We were entertained by the doctor +and Mrs. Hutton and found them most delightful people.  + The only other member of the hospital corps was Miss +S. Francis, a young woman who has prepared herself +as a trained nurse to give her life to the service.  + I had an opportunity to visit with Dr. Hutton several +of the Eskimo dwellings, and was struck by their cleanliness +and the great advance toward civilization these people +have made over their northern kinsmen.  We had +now reached a section where timber grows, and some +of the houses were quite pretentious for the frontier—­well +furnished, of two or three rooms, and far superior +to many of the homes of the outer coast breeds to the +south.  This, of course, is the visible result +of the century of Moravian labors.  Here I engaged, +with the aid of the missionaries, Paulus Avalar and +Boas Anton with twelve dogs to go with us to Nain, +and after one day at Okak our march was resumed.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is a hundred miles from Okak to +Nain and on the way the Kiglapait Mountain must be +crossed, as the Atlantic ice outside is liable to be +shattered at any time should an easterly gale blow, +and there is no possible retreat and no opportunity +to escape should one be caught upon it at such a time, +as perpendicular cliffs rise sheer from the sea ice +here.</p> + +<p align="justify">We had not reached the summit of the +Kiglapait when night drove us into camp in a snow +igloo.  The Eskimos here are losing the art of +snow-house building, and this one was very poorly constructed, +and, with a temperature of thirty or forty degrees +below zero, very cold and uncomfortable.</p> + +<p align="justify">When we turned into our sleeping bags +Paulus, who could talk a few words of English, remarked +to me:  “Clouds say big snow maybe.  + Here very bad.  No dog feed.  We go early,” +and pointing to my watch face indicated that we should +start at midnight.  At eleven o’clock I +heard him and Boas get up and go out.  Half an +hour later they came back with a kettle of hot tea +and we had breakfast.  Then the two Eskimos, +by candlelight read aloud in their language a form +of worship and sang a hymn.  All along the coast +between Hebron and Makkovik I found morning and evening +worship and grace before and after meals a regular +institution with the Eskimos, whose religious training +is carefully looked after by the Moravians.</p> + +<p align="justify">By midnight our komatik was packed.  + “Ooisht! ooisht!” started the dogs forward +as the first feathery flakes of the threatened storm +fell lazily down.  Not a breath of wind was stirring +and no sound broke the ominous silence of the night +save the crunch of our feet on the snow and the voice +of the driver urging on the dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">Boas went ahead, leading the team +on the trail.  Presently he halted and shouted +back that he could not make out the landmarks in the +now thickening snow.  Then we circled about until +an old track was found and went on again.  Time +and again this maneuver was repeated.  The snow +now began to fall heavily and the wind rose.</p> + +<p align="justify">No further sign of the track could +be discovered and short halts were made while Paulus +examined my compass to get his bearings.</p> + +<p align="justify">Finally the summit of the Kiglapait +was reached, and the descent was more rapid.  + At one place on a sharp down grade the dogs started +on a run and we jumped upon the komatik to ride.  + Moving at a rapid pace the team, dimly visible ahead, +suddenly disappeared.  Paulus rolled off the +komatik to avoid going over the ledge ahead, but the +rest of us had no time to jump, and a moment later +the bottom fell out of our track and we felt ourselves +dropping through space.  It was a fall of only +fifteen feet, but in the night it seemed a hundred.  + Fortunately we landed on soft snow and no harm was +done, but we had a good shaking up.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm grew in force with the coming +of daylight.  Forging on through the driving +snow we reached the ocean ice early in the forenoon +and at four o’clock in the afternoon the shelter +of an Eskimo hut.</p> + +<p align="justify">The storm was so severe the next morning +our Eskimos said to venture out in it would probably +mean to get lost, but before noon the wind so far +abated that we started.</p> + +<p align="justify">The snow fell thickly all day, the +wind began to rise again, and a little after four +o’clock the real force of the gale struck us +in one continued, terrific sweep, and the snow blew +so thick that we nearly smothered.  The temperature +was thirty degrees below zero.  We could not +see the length of the komatik.  We did not dare +let go of it, for had we separated ourselves a half +dozen yards we should certainly have been lost.</p> + +<p align="justify">Somehow the instincts of drivers and +dogs, guided by the hand of a good Providence, led +us to the mission house at Nain, which we reached +at five o’clock and were overwhelmed by the kindness +of the Moravians.  This is the Moravian headquarters +in Labrador, and the Bishop, Right Reverend A. Martin, +with his aids, is in charge.</p> + +<a name="nain"></a> +<a href="nain.jpg"> +<img alt="Nain, the Moravian Headquarters in Labrador" src="nainth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">It was Saturday night when we reached +Nain, and Sunday was spent here while we secured new +drivers and dogs and waited for the storm to blow +over.</p> + +<p align="justify">Every one was so cordial and hospitable +that I almost regretted the necessity of leaving on +Monday morning.  The day was excessively cold +and a head wind froze cheeks and noses and required +an almost constant application of the hand to thaw +them out and prevent them from freezing permanently.  + Easton even frosted his elbow through his heavy clothing +of reindeer skin.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the second day from Nain we +met Missionary Christian Schmitt returning from a +visit to the natives farther south, and on the ice +had a half hour’s chat.</p> + +<p align="justify">That evening we reached Davis Inlet +Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company, and spent +the night with Mr. Guy, the agent, and the following +morning headed southward again, passed Cape Harrigan, +and in another two days reached Hopedale Mission, +where we arrived just ahead of one of the fierce storms* +so frequent here at this season of the year, which +held us prisoners from Thursday night until Monday +morning.  Two days later we pulled in at Makkovik, +the last station of the Moravians on our southern +trail.</p> + +<p align="justify">* Since writing the above I have learned +that a half-breed whom I met at Davis Inlet, his wife +and a young native left that point for Hope-dale +just after us, were overtaken by this storm, lost their +way, and were probably overcome by the elements.  + Their dogs ate the bodies and a week later returned, +well fed, to Davis Inlet.  Dr. Grenfell found +the bones in the spring.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_23"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXIII</h1> + +<p><b>BACK TO NORTHWEST RIVER</b></p> + +<p align="justify">We had now reached an English-speaking +country; that is, a section where every one talked +understandable English, though at the same time nearly +every one was conversant with the Eskimo language.</p> + +<p align="justify">All down the coast we had been fortunate +in securing dogs and drivers with little trouble through +the intervention of the missionaries; but at Makkovik +dogs were scarce, and it seemed for a time as though +we were stranded here, but finally, with missionary +Townley’s aid I engaged an old Eskimo named +Martin Tuktusini to go with us to Rigolet.  When +I looked at Martin’s dogs, however, I saw at +once that they were not equal to the journey, unaided.  + Neither had I much faith in Martin, for he was an +old man who had nearly reached the end of his usefulness.</p> + +<p align="justify">A day was lost in vainly looking around +for additional dogs, and then Mr. Townley generously +loaned us his team and driver to help us on to Big +Bight, fifteen miles away, where he thought we might +get dogs to supplement Martin’s.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Big Bight we found a miserable +hut, where the people were indescribably poor and +dirty.  A team was engaged after some delay to +carry us to Tishialuk, thirty miles farther on our +journey, which place we reached the following day +at eleven o’clock.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is a single hovel at Tishialuk, +occupied by two brothers—­John and Sam Cove—­and +their sister.  Their only food was flour, and +a limited quantity of that.  Even tea and molasses, +usually found amongst the “livyeres” (live-heres) +of the coast, were lacking.  Sam was only too +glad of the opportunity to earn a few dollars, and +was engaged with his team to join forces with Martin +as far as Rigolet.</p> + +<p align="justify">There are two routes from Tishialuk +to Rigolet.  One is the “Big Neck” +route over the hills, and much shorter than the other, +which is known as the outside route, though it also +crosses a wide neck of land inside of Cape Harrison, +ending at Pottle’s Bay on Hamilton Inlet.  + It was my intention to take the Big Neck trail, but +Martin strenuously opposed it on the ground that it +passed over high hills, was much more difficult, and +the probabilities of getting lost should a storm occur +were much greater by that route than by the other.  + His objections prevailed, and upon the afternoon +of the day after our arrival Sam was ready, and in +a gale of wind we ran down on the ice to Tom Bromfield’s +cabin at Tilt Cove, that we might be ready to make +an early start for Pottle’s Bay the following +morning, as the whole day would be needed to cross +the neck of land to Pottle’s Bay and the neatest +shelter beyond.</p> + +<p align="justify">Tom is a prosperous and ambitious +hunter, and is fairly well-to-do as it goes on the +Labrador.  His one-room cabin was very comfortable, +and he treated us to unwonted luxuries, such as butter, +marmalade, and sugar for our tea.</p> + +<p align="justify">During the evening he displayed to +me the skin of a large wolf which he had killed a +few days before, and told us the story of the killing.</p> + +<p align="justify">“I were away, sir,” related +he, “wi’ th’ dogs, savin’ one +which I leaves to home, ‘tendin’ my fox +traps.  The woman (meaning his wife) were alone +wi’ the young ones.  In the evenin’ +(afternoon) her hears a fightin’ of dogs outside, +an’ thinkin’ one of the team was broke +loose an’ run home, she starts to go out to +beat the beasts an’ put a stop to the fightin’.  + But lookin’ out first before she goes, what +does she see but the wolf that owned that skin, and +right handy to the door he were, too.  He were +a big divil, as you sees, sir.  She were scared.  +Her tries to take down the rifle—­the one +as is there on the pegs, sir.  The wolf and the +dog be now fightin’ agin’ the door, and +she thinks they’s handy to breakin’ in, +and it makes her a bit shaky in the hands, and she +makes a slip and the rifle he goes off bang! makin’ +that hole there marrin’ the timber above the +windy.  Then the wolf he goes off too; he be +scared at the shootin’.  When I comes home +she tells me, and I lays fur the beast.  ’Twere +the next day and I were in the house when I hears +the dogs fightin’ and I peers out the windy, +and there I sees the wolf fightin’ wi’ +the dogs, quite handy by the house.  Well, sir, +I just gits the rifle down and goes out, and when +the dogs sees me they runs and leaves the wolf, and +I up and knocks he over wi’ a bullet, and there’s +his skin, worth a good four dollars, for he be an +extra fine one, sir.”</p> + +<p>We sat up late that night listening to Tom’s +stories.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next morning was leaden gray, +and promised snow.  With the hope of reaching +Pottle’s Bay before dark we started forward early, +and at one o’clock in the afternoon were in +the soft snow of the spruce-covered neck.  Traveling +was very bad and progress so slow that darkness found +us still amongst the scrubby firs.  Martin and +I walked ahead of the dogs, making a path and cutting +away the growth where it was too thick to permit the +passage of the teams.</p> + +<p align="justify">Martin was guiding us by so circuitous +a path that finally I began to suspect he had lost +his way, and, calling a halt, suggested that we had +better make a shelter and stop until daylight, particularly +as the snow was now falling.  When you are lost +in the bush it is a good rule to stop where you are +until you make certain of your course.  Martin +in this instance, however, seemed very positive that +we were going in the right direction, though off the +usual trail, and he said that in another hour or so +we would certainly come out and find the salt-water +ice of Hamilton Inlet.  So after an argument I +agreed to proceed and trust in his assurances.</p> + +<p align="justify">Easton, who was driving the rear team, +was completely tired out with the exertion of steering +the komatik through the brush and untangling the dogs, +which seemed to take a delight in spreading out and +getting their traces fast around the numerous small +trees, and I went to the rear to relieve him for a +time from the exhausting work.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was nearly two o’clock in +the morning when we at length came upon the ice of +a brook which Martin admitted he had never seen before +and confessed that he was completely lost.  I +ordered a halt at once until daylight.  We drank +some cold water, ate some hard-tack and then stretched +our sleeping bags upon the snow and, all of us weary, +lay down to let the drift cover us while we slept.</p> + +<p align="justify">At dawn we were up, and with a bit +of jerked venison in my hand to serve for breakfast, +I left the others to lash the load on the komatiks +and follow me and started on ahead.  I had walked +but half a mile when I came upon the rough hummocks +of the Inlet ice.  Before noon we found shelter +from the now heavily driving snowstorm in a livyere’s +hut and here remained until the following morning.</p> + +<p align="justify">Just beyond this point, in crossing +a neck of land, we came upon a small hut and, as is +usual on the Labrador, stopped for a moment.  +The people of the coast always expect travelers to +stop and have a cup of tea with them, and feel that +they have been slighted if this is not done.  + Here I found a widow named Newell, whom I knew, and +her two or three small children.  It was a miserable +hut, without even the ordinary comforts of the poorer +coast cabins, only one side of the earthen floor partially +covered with rough boards, and the people destitute +of food.  Mrs. Newell told me that the other livyeres +were giving her what little they had to eat, and had +saved them during the winter from actual starvation.  + I had some hardtack and tea in my “grub bag,” +and these I left with her.</p> + +<p align="justify">Two days later we pulled in at Rigolet +and were greeted by my friend Fraser.  It was +almost like getting home again, for now I was on old, +familiar ground.  A good budget of letters that +had come during the previous summer awaited us and +how eagerly we read them!  This was the first +communication we had received from our home folks since +the previous June and it was now February twenty-first.</p> + +<p align="justify">We rested with Fraser until the twenty-third, +and then with Mark Pallesser, a Groswater Bay Eskimo, +turned in to Northwest River where Stanton, upon coming +from the interior, had remained to wait for our return +that he might join us for the balance of the journey +out.  The going was fearful and snowshoeing in +the heavy snow tiresome.  It required two days +to reach Mulligan, where we spent the night with skipper +Tom Blake, one of my good old friends, and at Tom’s +we feasted on the first fresh venison we had had since +leaving the Ungava district.  In the whole distance +from Whale River not a caribou had been killed during +the winter by any one, while in the previous winter +a single hunter at Davis Inlet shot in one day a hundred +and fifty, and only ceased then because he had no +more ammunition.  Tom had killed three or four, +and south of this point I learned of a hunter now +and then getting one.</p> + +<p align="justify">Northwest River was reached on Monday, +February twenty-sixth, and we took Cotter by complete +surprise, for he had not expected us for another month.</p> + +<p align="justify">The day after our arrival Stanton +came to the Post from a cabin three miles above, where +he had been living alone, and he was delighted to +see us.</p> + +<p align="justify">The lumbermen at Muddy Lake, twenty +miles away, heard of our arrival and sent down a special +messenger with a large addition to the mail which +I was carrying out and which had been growing steadily +in bulk with its accumulations at every station.</p> + +<p align="justify">This is the stormiest season of the +year in Labrador, and weather conditions were such +that it was not until March sixth that we were permitted +to resume our journey homeward.</p> + +<a NAME="chapter_24"></a> +<h1>CHAPTER XXIV</h1> + +<p><b>THE END OF THE LONG TRAIL</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The storm left the ice covered with +a depth of soft snow into which the dogs sank deep +and hauled the komatik with difficulty.  Snowshoeing, +too, was unusually hard.  The day we left Northwest +River (Tuesday, March sixth) the temperature rose +above the freezing point, and when it froze that night +a thin crust formed, through which our snowshoes broke, +adding very materially to the labor of walking—­and +of course it was all walking.</p> + +<p align="justify">As the days lengthened and the sun +asserting his power, pushed higher and higher above +the horizon, the glare upon the white expanse of snow +dazzled our eyes, and we had to put on smoked glasses +to protect ourselves from snow-blindness.  Even +with the glasses our driver, Mark, became partially +snow-blind, and when, on the evening of the third +day after leaving Northwest River, we reached his home +at Karwalla, an Eskimo settlement a few miles west +of Rigolet, it became necessary for us to halt until +he was sufficiently recovered to enable him to travel +again.</p> + +<p align="justify">Here we met some of the Eskimos that +had been connected with the Eskimo village at the +World’s Fair at Chicago, in 1893.  Mary, +Mark’s wife, was one of the number.  She +told me of having been exhibited as far west as Portland, +Oregon, and I asked: </p> + +<p align="justify">“Mary, aren’t you discontented +here, after seeing so much of the world?  Wouldn’t +you like to go back?”</p> + +<p align="justify">“No, sir,” she answered. + “’Tis fine here, where I has plenty of +company.  ’Tis too lonesome in the States, +sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">“But you can’t get the +good things to eat here—­the fruits and other +things,” I insisted.</p> + +<p align="justify">“I likes the oranges and apples +fine, sir—­but they has no seal meat or +deer’s meat in the States.”</p> + +<p align="justify">It was not until Tuesday, March thirteenth, +three days after our arrival at Karwalla, that Mark +thought himself quite able to proceed.  The brief +“mild” gave place to intense cold and blustery, +snowy weather.  We pushed on toward West Bay, +on the outer coast again, by the “Backway,” +an arm of Hamilton Inlet that extends almost due east +from Karwalla.</p> + +<p align="justify">At West Bay I secured fresh dogs to +carry us on to Cartwright, which I hoped to reach +in one day more.  But the going was fearfully +poor, soft snow was drifted deep in the trail over +Cape Porcupine, the ice in Traymore was broken up +by the gales, and this necessitated a long detour, +so it was nearly dark and snowing hard when we at last +reached the house of James Williams, at North River, +just across Sandwich Bay from Cartwright Post.  + The greeting I received was so kindly that I was +not altogether disappointed at having to spend the +night here.</p> + +<p align="justify">“We’ve been expectin’ +you all winter, sir,” said Mrs. Williams.  + “When you stopped two years ago you said you’d +come some other time, and we knew you would.  + ’Tis fine to see you again, sir.”</p> + +<p align="justify">On the afternoon of March seventeenth +we reached Cartwright Post of the Hudson’s Bay +Company, and my friend Mr. Ernest Swaffield, the agent, +and Mrs. Swaffield, who had been so kind to me on my +former trip, gave us a cordial welcome.  Here +also I met Dr. Mumford, the resident physician at +Dr. Grenfell’s mission hospital at Battle Harbor, +who was on a trip along the coast visiting the sick.</p> + +<p align="justify">Another four days’ delay was +necessary at Cartwright before dogs could be found +to carry us on, but with Swaffield’s aid I finally +secured teams and we resumed our journey, stopping +at night at the native cabins along the route.  + Much bad weather was encountered to retard us and +I had difficulty now and again in securing dogs and +drivers.  Many of the men that I had on my previous +trip, when I brought Hubbard’s body out to Battle +Harbor, were absent hunting, but whenever I could +find them they invariably engaged with me again to +help me a stage upon the journey.</p> + +<p align="justify">From Long Pond, near Seal Islands, +neither I nor the men I had knew the way (when I traveled +down the coast on the former occasion my drivers took +a route outside of Long Pond), and that afternoon we +went astray, and with no one to set us right wandered +about upon the ice until long after dark, looking +for a hut at Whale Bight, which was finally located +by the dogs smelling smoke and going to it.</p> + +<p align="justify">A little beyond Whale Bight we came +upon a bay that I recognized, and from that point +I knew the trail and headed directly to Williams’ +Harbor, where I found John and James Russell, two of +my old drivers, ready to take us on to Battle Harbor.</p> + +<p align="justify">At last, on the afternoon of March +twenty-sixth we reached the hospital, and how good +it seemed to be back almost within touch of civilization.  + It was here that I ended that long and dreary sledge +journey with the last remains of dear old Hubbard, +in the spring of 1904, and what a flood of recollections +came to me as I stood in front of the hospital and +looked again across the ice of St. Lewis Inlet!  +How well I remembered those weary days over there at +Fox Harbor, watching the broken, heaving ice that +separated me from Battle Island; the little boat that +one day came into the ice and worked its way slowly +through it until it reached us and took us to the hospital +and the ship; and how thankful I felt that I had reached +here with my precious burden safe.</p> + +<p align="justify">Mrs. Mumford made us most welcome, +and entertained me in the doctor’s house, and +was as good and kind as she could be.</p> + +<p align="justify">I must again express my appreciation +of the truly wonderful work that Dr. Grenfell and +his brave associates are carrying on amongst the people +of this dreary coast.  Year after year, they brave +the hardships and dangers of sea and fog and winter +storms that they may minister to the lowly and needy +in the Master’s name.  It is a saying on +the coast that “even the dogs know Dr. Grenfell,” +and it is literally true, for his activities carry +him everywhere and God knows what would become of +some of the people if he were not there to look after +them.  His practice extends over a larger territory +than that of any other physician in the world, but +the only fee he ever collects is the pleasure that +comes with the knowledge of work well done.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Battle Harbor I was told by a trader +that it would be difficult, if not impossible, to +procure dogs to carry us up the Straits toward Quebec, +and I was strongly advised to end my snowshoe and dog +journey here and wait for a steamer that was expected +to come in April to the whaling station at Cape Charles, +twelve miles away.  This seemed good advice, +for if we could get a steamer here within three weeks +or so that would take us to St. Johns we should reach +home probably earlier than we possibly could by going +to Quebec.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is a government coast telegraph +line that follows the north shore of the St. Lawrence +from Quebec to Château Bay, but the nearest office +open at this time was at Red Bay, sixty-five miles +from Battle Harbor, and I determined to go there and +get into communication with home and at the same time +telegraph to Bowring Brothers in St. Johns and ascertain +from them exactly when I might expect the whaling +steamer.</p> + +<p align="justify">William Murphy offered to carry me +over with his team, and, leaving Stanton and Easton +comfortably housed at Battle Harbor and both of them +quite content to end their dog traveling here, on the +morning after my arrival Murphy and I made an early +start for Red Bay.</p> + +<p align="justify">Except in the more sheltered places +the bay ice had broken away along the Straits and +we had to follow the rough ice barricades, sometimes +working inland up and down the rocky hills and steep +grades.  Before noon we passed Henley Harbor +and the Devil’s Dining Table—­a basaltic +rock formation—­and a little later reached +Château Bay and had dinner in a native house.  + Beyond this point there are cabins built at intervals +of a few miles as shelter for the linemen when making +repairs to the wire.  We passed one of these at +Wreck Cove toward evening, but as a storm was threatening, +pushed on to the next one at Green Bay, fifty-five +miles from Battle Harbor.  It was dark before +we got there, and to reach the Bay we had to descend +a steep hill.  I shall never forget the ride +down that hill.  It is very well to go over places +like that when you know the way and what you are likely +to bring up against, but I did not know the way and +had to pin my faith blindly on Murphy, who had taken +me over rotten ice during the day—–­ +ice that waved up and down with our weight and sometimes +broke behind us.  My opinion of him was that +he was a reckless devil, and when we began to descend +that hill, five hundred feet to the bay ice, this +opinion was strengthened.  I would have said uncomplimentary +things to him had time permitted.  I expected +anything to happen.  It looked in the night as +though a sheer precipice with a bottomless pit below +was in front of us.  Two drags were thrown over +the komatik runners to hold us back, but in spite +of them we went like a shot out of a gun, he on one +side, I on the other, sticking our heels into the hard +snow as we extended our legs ahead, trying our best +to hold back and stop our wild progress.  But, +much to my surprise, when we got there, and I verily +believe to Murphy’s surprise also, we landed +right side up at the bottom, with no bones broken.  + There were three men camped in the shack here, and +we spent the night with them.</p> + +<p align="justify">Early the next day we reached Red +Bay and the telegraph office.  There are no words +in the English language adequate to express my feelings +of gratification when I heard the instruments clicking +off the messages.  It had been seventeen years +since I had handled a telegraph key—­when +I was a railroad telegrapher down in New England—­and +how I fondled that key, and what music the click of +the sounder was to my ears!</p> + +<p align="justify">My messages were soon sent, and then +I sat down to wait for the replies.</p> + +<p align="justify">The office was in the house of Thomas +Moors, and he was good enough to invite me to stop +with him while in Red Bay.  His daughter was the +telegraph operator.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next day the answers to my telegrams +came, and many messages from friends, and one from +Bowring & Company stating that no steamer would be +sent to Cape Charles.  I had been making inquiries +here, however, in the meantime, and learned that it +was quite possible to secure dogs and continue the +journey up the north shore, so I was not greatly disappointed.  + I dispatched Murphy at once to Battle Harbor to bring +on the other men, waiting myself at Red Bay for their +coming, and holding teams in readiness for an immediate +departure when they should arrive.</p> + +<p align="justify">They drove in at two o’clock +on April fourth, and we left at once.  On the +morning of the sixth we passed through Blanc Sablon, +the boundary line between Newfoundland and Canadian +territory, and here I left the Newfoundland letters +from my mail bag.  From this point the majority +of the natives are Acadians, and speak only French.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Brador Bay I stopped to telegraph.  + No operator was there, so I sent the message myself, +left the money on the desk and proceeded.</p> + +<p align="justify">Three days more took us to St. Augustine +Post of the Hudson’s Bay Company, where we arrived +in the morning and accepted the hospitality of Burgess, +the Agent.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our old friends the Indians whom we +met on our inland trip at Northwest River were here, +and John, who had eaten supper with us at our camp +on the hill on the first portage, expressed great pleasure +at meeting us, and had many questions to ask about +the country.  They had failed in their deer hunt, +and had come out half starved a week or so before, +from the interior.</p> + +<a name="indians"></a> +<a href="indians.jpg"> +<img alt="The Indians Were Here" src="indianth.jpg"> +</a> + + +<p align="justify">We did fifty miles on the eleventh, +changing dogs at Harrington at noon and running on +to Sealnet Cove that night.  Here we found more +Indians who had just emerged from the interior, driven +to the coast for food like those at St. Augustine +as the result of their failure to find caribou.</p> + +<p align="justify">Two days later we reached the Post +at Romain, and on the afternoon of April seventeenth +reached Natashquan and open water.  Here I engaged +passage on a small schooner—­the first afloat +in the St. Lawrence—­to take us on to Eskimo +Point, seventy miles farther, where the Quebec steamer, +<i>King Edward</i>, was expected to arrive in a week +or so.  That night we boarded the schooner and +sailed at once.  Into the sea I threw the clothes +I had been wearing, and donned fresh ones.  What +a relief it was to be clear of the innumerable horde +“o’ wee sma’ beasties” that +had been my close companions all the way down from +the Eskimo igloos in the North.  I have wondered +many times since whether those clothes swam ashore, +and if they did what happened to them.</p> + +<p align="justify">It was a great pleasure to be upon +the water again, and see the shore slip past, and +feel that no more snowstorms, no more bitter northern +blasts, no more hungry days and nights were to be faced.</p> + +<p align="justify">Since June twenty-fifth, the day we +dipped our paddles into the water of Northwest River +and turned northward into the wastes of the great +unknown wilderness, eight hundred miles had been traversed +in reaching Fort Chimo, and on our return journey +with dogs and komatik and snowshoes, two thousand +more.</p> + +<p align="justify">We reached Eskimo Point on April twentieth, +and that very day a rain began that turned the world +into a sea of slush.  I was glad indeed that +our komatik work was finished, for it would now have +been very difficult, if not impossible, to travel +farther with dogs.</p> + +<p align="justify">I at once deposited in the post office +the bag of letters that I had carried all the way +from far-off Ungava.  This was the first mail +that any single messenger had ever carried by dog +train from that distant point, and I felt quite puffed +up with the honor of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">The week that we waited here for the +<i>King Edward</i> was a dismal one, and when the +ship finally arrived we lost no time in getting ourselves +and our belongings aboard.  It was a mighty satisfaction +to feel the pulse of the engines that with every revolution +took us nearer home, and when at last we tied up at +the steamer’s wharf in Quebec, I heaved a sigh +of relief.</p> + +<p align="justify">On April thirtieth, after an absence +of just eleven months, we found ourselves again in +the whirl and racket of New York.  The portages +and rapids and camp fires, the Indian wigwams and +Eskimo igloos and the great, silent white world of +the North that we had so recently left were now only +memories.  We had reached the end of The Long +Trail.  The work of exploration begun by Hubbard +was finished.</p> + +<a NAME="appendix"></a> +<h1>APPENDIX</h1> + +<p><b>LABRADOR PLANTS</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Specimens collected along the route +of the expedition between Northwest River and Lake +Michikamau.  Determined at the New York<br> +Botanical Gardens: </p> + +<p>Ledum groonlandicum, Oeder. <br> +Comarum palustre L.<br> +Rubus arcticus L.<br> +Solidago multiradiata.  Ait. <br> +Sanguisorba Canadensis L.<br> +Linnaea Americana, Forbes. <br> +Dasiphora fruticosa (L), Rydb. <br> +Chamnaerion latifolium (L), Sweet. <br> +Viburnum pancifloram, Pylaim. <br> +Viscaxia alpina (L), Roehl. <br> +Menyanthes trifoliata L.<br> +Vaznera trifolia (L), Morong. <br> +Ledum prostratum, Rotlb. <br> +Betula glandulosa, Michx. <br> +Kalmia angustifolia. <br> +Aronia nigra (Willd), Britt. <br> +Comus Canadensis L.<br> +Arenaria groenlandica (Retz), Spreng. <br> +Barbarea stricta, Audry. <br> +Eriophorum russeolum, Fries. <br> +Eriophorum polystachyon L.<br> +Phegopteris Phegopt@ (L), Fee.</p> + +<p><b>LICHENS</b></p> + +<p>Cladonia deformis (L), Hoffen. <br> +Alectoria dehrolenea (Ehrh.), Nyl. <br> +Umbilicaria Neuhlenbergii (Ac L.), Tuck.</p> + +<p><b>GEOLOGICAL NOTES</b></p> +By G. M. Richards<br> +<p>All bearings given, refer to the true meridian.</p> + +<p>My sincere thanks are due Prof.  J.F.  Kemp +and Dr.<br> +C.P.  Berkey, whose generous assistance has made +this work possible.</p> + +<p><b>ROUTE FOLLOWED</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The route was by steamer to the head +of Hamilton Inlet, Labrador—­ thence by +canoes up Grand Lake and the Nascaupee River.  + Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, a portage route was +followed which makes a long detour through a series +of lakes to avoid rapids in the river.  This +trail again returns to the Nascaupee River at Seal +Lake and for some fifty miles above Seal Lake, follows +the river.  It then leaves the Nascaupee, making +a second long detour through lakes to the north.  + On one of these lakes (Bibiquasin Lake) the trail +was lost, and thereafter we traveled in a westerly +direction until reaching Lake Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">Our food supply was then in so depleted +a condition the party was obliged to separate, three +of us returning to Northwest River.</p> + +<p align="justify">It will be understood that the circumstances +would allow of but a very limited examination of the +geological features of the country.  Only typical +rock specimens, or those whose character was at all +doubtful were brought back.</p> + +<p><b>PREVIOUS EXPLORATION</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Mr. A.P.  Low penetrated to Lake +Michikamau, by way of the Grand River.  He has +thoroughly described the lake in his report to the +Canadian Geological Survey, 1895, and it is not touched +upon in the following paper.  In the summer of +1903, an expedition led by Leonidas Hubbard, Jr., +attempted to reach Lake Michikamau by ascending the +Nascaupee River; they, however, missed the mouth of +that stream on Grand Lake and followed the Susan River +instead, pursuing a northwesterly course for two months +without reaching the lake.  On the return journey, +Mr. Hubbard died of starvation, his two companions, +Mr. Wallace and a half-breed Indian, barely escaping +a similar fate.</p> + +<p><b>GEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The Northwest River represented on +the map of the Canadian Geological Survey (made from +information obtained from the Indians) as draining +Lake Michikamau, is but three and one-half miles long, +and connects Grand Lake with Hamilton Inlet.  + There are six streams flowing into Grand Lake, instead +of only one.  It is the Nascaupee River that flows +from Lake Michikamau to Grand Lake; and Seal Lake instead +of being the source of the Nascaupee River is merely +an expansion of it.</p> + +<p align="justify">The source of the Crooked River was +also discovered and mapped, as well as a great number +of smaller lakes.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the Northern Slope the George and +Koroksoak Rivers and several lakes were mapped, and +some smaller rivers located.</p> + +<p><b>DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ROUTE EXPLORED</b></p> + +<p align="justify">Northwest River which flows into a +small sandy bay at the head of Hamilton Inlet is only +three and one-half miles long and drains Grand Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">For one-quarter of a mile above its +mouth the river maintains an average width of one +hundred and fifty yards, and a depth of two and one-half +fathoms.  It then expands into a shallow sheet +of water two miles wide and three miles long, known +locally as “The Little Lake.”  At +the head of this small expansion the river again contracts +where it flows out of Grand Lake.  This point +is known as “The Rapids,” and although +there is a strong current, the stream may be ascended +in canoes without tracking.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the foot of “The Rapids” +the effect of the spring tides is barely perceptible.  + Between Grand Lake and the head of Hamilton Inlet, +Northwest River flows through a deposit of sand marked +by several distinct marine terraces.</p> + +<p align="justify">Grand Lake is a body of fresh water +forty miles long and from two to six miles in width, +having a direction N. 75 degrees W. It lies in a +deep valley between rocky hills that rise to a height +of about four hundred feet above the lake, and was +doubtless at one time an extension of Hamilton Inlet.  + At Cape Corbeau and Berry Head the rocks rise almost +perpendicularly from the water; at the former place, +to a height of three hundred feet.  Except in +a few places the hills are covered to their summits +by a thick growth of small spruce and fir.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the head of the lake there are +two bays, one extending slightly to the southwest, +the other nearly due north.  Into the former flow +the Susan and Beaver Rivers, while into the latter +empties the water of the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers.  + Besides these there are two small streams, the Cape +Corbeau River on the south, and Watty’s Brook +on the north shore.</p> + +<p align="justify">At the point where the Nascaupee and +Crooked Rivers enter the lake there are two low islands +of sand, and a great deal of sand is being carried +down by the two streams and deposited in the lake, +which is very shallow for some distance from the shore.</p> + +<p align="justify">Three miles above the mouth of the +Nascaupee River it is separated from the Crooked River +by a plain of stratified sand and gravel, three-quarters +of a mile wide, with two well-defined terraces.  + The first is twenty feet above the river and extends +back some three hundred yards to a second terrace, +rising seventy-five feet above the first.</p> + +<p align="justify">Half way between this terrace and +the Crooked River is, the old bed of the Nascaupee +River, nearly parallel to its present course.  + A similar abandoned channel curve was found, making +a small arc to the south of the Crooked River.</p> + +<p align="justify">Above Grand Lake the Nascaupee River +flows through an ancient valley, which is from a few +hundred yards to a mile wide and cut deep into the +old Archaean rocks, affording an excellent example +of river erosion.  The banks are of sand, and +in some places clay, extending back to the foot of +the precipitous hills.  Apparently the ancient +river valley has been partly filled with drift, down +through which the river has cut its way; the present +bed of the stream being of post glacial formation.  + The general direction of the river is N. 83 degrees +W.</p> + +<p align="justify">Fifteen miles above Grand Lake, the +Red River joins the main stream, coming from N. 87 +degrees W. Below its junction with the latter stream, +the Nascaupee River has a width varying between two +and three hundred yards, and an average depth of about +ten feet.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Red River is two hundred feet +wide, and its water, unlike that of the main stream, +has a red brown color, like that of many of the streams +of Ontario which have their source in swamp or Muskeg +lands.</p> + +<p align="justify">The first rapids in the Red River +are said to be eight miles above its mouth.  +Directly opposite the junction of the two streams the +portage leaves the Nascaupee River.  The direction +is N. 24 degrees E. and the distance five and one-half +miles, with an elevation of 1050 feet above the river +at the end of the second mile.</p> + +<p align="justify">The last three and one-half miles +lead across a level tableland, to a small lake, from +which the trail descends through two lakes into a +shallow valley.</p> + +<p align="justify">The entire country from the head of +Grand Lake to this point has been devastated by fire, +only a few trees near the water having escaped destruction, +and the ground, except in a few places, is destitute +even of its usual covering of reindeer moss.</p> + +<p align="justify">The underlying rock is gneiss, and +the country from the Nascaupee River is thickly strewn +with huge glacial bowlders.</p> + +<p align="justify">The majority of these bowlders have +been derived from the immediate vicinity, but many +consisting of a coarse pegmatite carrying considerable +quantities of ilmenite were observed.  None of +this rock was seen in place.</p> + +<p align="justify">The valley last mentioned is separated +from the Crooked River by Caribou Ridge, a broad, +flat-topped elevation, three hundred and fifty feet +high, dotted by small lakes, which fill almost every +appreciable depression in the rock.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general course to the Crooked +River is northeast; at the point where the portage +reaches it the stream is fifty yards wide and very +shallow; flowing over a bed of coarse drift, which +obstructs the river, forming a series of small lake +expansions with rapids at the outlet of each.  + Between Grand Lake and the point where we reached +the river, the Indians say it is not navigable in canoes, +owing to rapids.</p> + +<p align="justify">The Crooked River has its source in +Lake Nipishish, which is about twenty-two miles long, +with an average width of three miles, and a course +due north.  Six miles above the outlet of the +lake is a bay, five miles long, extending N. 80 degrees +W.</p> + +<p align="justify">Along the north shore of the lake +and in the bay are several small islands of drift, +and many huge angular bowlders projecting above the +water.  The country in the vicinity of the lake +and in the valley of the Crooked River is covered +with mounds and ridges of drift and many small moraines.</p> + +<p align="justify">These moraines consisting of bowlders +for the most part from the immediate vicinity, seemed +to have no given direction, but were usually found +at the ends of, and in a transverse direction to the +ridges.</p> + +<p align="justify">The trail leaves Lake Nipishish near +the head of the large bay, continuing in a direction +between north and northwest, through several insignificant +lakes, all drained indirectly by the Crooked River, +until it reached Otter Lake, which is eight miles long, +running nearly north and south, and is five hundred +and fifty feet below the summits of the surrounding +hills.</p> + +<p align="justify">From Otter Lake, the course is west +through five diminutive lakes, and across a series +of sandy ridges to a small shallow lake, which is the +source of Babewendigash River.  Between this lake +and Seal Lake intervene a high range of mountains—­the +highest seen on the journey to Lake Michikamau—­rising +fully one thousand feet above the level of Seal Lake.  + They are visible for miles in any direction, and were +seen from Caribou Ridge nearly a month before we reached +them.</p> + +<p align="justify">They are glaciated to their summits, +which are entirely destitute of vegetation and in +August were still, in places, covered with snow.  +Babewendigash River winds to and fro between the mountains, +its course being determined to a great extent by esker +ridges that follow it on either side and which are +often more than one hundred feet high.  Throughout +its length of twenty-five miles there are five rapids +and three small lake expansions.</p> + +<p align="justify">Seal Lake, into which the river flows, +is in part an expansion of the Nascaupee River and +fills a basin surrounded on every side by mountains, +rising several hundred feet above the water.  +The lake is comparatively shallow, and has a perceptible +current.  There are several small islands of +drift, covered by a scanty growth of spruce and willow.  + The main lake has direction N. 45 degrees W., and +is ten miles long and two and one-half miles wide.  + The northwestern arm is fifteen miles long, with +the same width, and a course N. 80 degrees W.</p> + +<p align="justify">The steep rocky shores have precluded +the formation of terraces.  Above Seal Lake the +course of the Nascaupee River varies between N. 40 +degrees W. and N. 80 degrees W.</p> + +<p align="justify">Five miles above the lake there is +an expansion of the river, called Wuchusk Nipi, or +Muskrat Lake, which is eight miles long and a mile +and a half wide, with a course N. 40 degrees W. Except +for a channel along the western shore, the lake is +very shallow, being nearly filled with sand carried +down by the river.  There is a small stream flowing +into this lake expansion near its head, called Wuchusk +Nipishish.</p> + +<p align="justify">For fifty miles above Muskrat Lake, +the river flows between sandy banks, marked on either +side by two well-defined terraces.  The river +valley gradually becomes more narrow and the current +stronger and with the exception of a few small expansions, +progress is only possible by means of tracking.  + There are, however, in this distance but two rapids +necessitating portages.</p> + +<p align="justify">Opposite the point where the portage +leaves the Nascaupee to make a second long detour +around rapids, a small river flows in from the southwest, +having a sheer fall of almost fifty feet, just above +its junction with the main stream.</p> + +<p align="justify">The trail, after leaving the river, +has a course N. 35 degrees W. for two miles; it then +turns N. 85 degrees W. six miles, and again N. 55 +degrees W. four miles.</p> + +<p align="justify">In its course are four small lakes, +but there is an unbroken portage of eight miles between +the last two.  Nearly the whole country has been +denuded by fire, and the prospect is desolate in the +extreme.  The end of the portage is on the high +rolling plateau of the interior, timbered by a sparse +and stunted second growth of spruce, covered everywhere +with white reindeer moss, and strewn with lakes innumerable.</p> + +<p align="justify">The trail which runs N. 50 degrees +W. and has not been used for eight years, gradually +became more and more indistinct, until on Bibiquasin +Lake it disappeared entirely.  Thereafter the +course was N. 70 degrees W., and finally due west, +through a series of lakes which at last brought us +to Lake Michikamau.  The largest of this series +is Kasheshebogamog Lake, a sheet of water twenty-three +miles long, but broken by numerous bays and countless +islands of drift, with a direction S. 75 degrees W. +The lake is confined between long bowlder-covered +ridges, and is fed at its western end by a small stream.</p> + +<p align="justify">Although its outlet was not discovered, +it doubtless drains into the Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the return journey an attempt was +made to descend the Nascaupee River below Seal Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">The river leaves the lake at its southeastern +extremity, flowing between hills that rise almost +straight from the waters edge, and is one long continuation +of heavy rapids.  After following the stream for +two days we were obliged to retrace our steps to Seal +Lake, thereafter keeping to the course pursued on +the inland journey.</p> + +<p><b>DETAILS OF ROCK EXPOSURE</b></p> + +<p align="justify">The numbers following the names of +rocks refer to corresponding numbers in appendix.</p> + +<p align="justify">Of the rocks observed, by far the +greater number are foliated basic eruptives,—­schists +and gneisses.  There are, however, some that are +of undoubted sedimentary origin, but highly metamorphosed.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general direction of foliation +is a few degrees south of east, subject, of course, +to many local changes.</p> + +<p align="justify">Along Grand Lake the rock is a compact +amphibolite [3] with a strike S. 78 degrees E. cut +by numerous pegmatite dikes, having a strike N. 30 +degrees W. and a dip 79 degrees W..  These dikes +vary in width from three to twenty feet.  Half +way to the head of the lake is a dike [1] having a +total width of eight feet, consisting of a central +band of segregated quartz, six feet wide, cut by numerous +thin sheets of biotite, which probably mark the planes +of shearing.  The quartz is bordered on either +side by a band of orthoclase,’ one foot in width.  +Between these bands of orthoclase and the neighboring +amphibolite are narrow bands of schist [2]</p> + +<p align="justify">One hundred feet south of the above +point is a second dike having a similar strike and +dip and a width of eighteen feet.  A third narrow +dike, containing small pockets of magnetite, is twenty-five +feet south of the second.  Only the first is +distinguished by the segregation of the quartz.</p> + +<p align="justify">The next outcrop observed was on the +portage from the Nascaupee River.  The rock, a +biotite granite gneiss [4] having a strike N. 82 degrees +E. is much weathered and split by the action of the +frost, and marked by pockets of quartz, usually four +or five inches in width.</p> + +<p align="justify">Between this point and Lake Nipishish +the underlying rock differs only in being more extremely +crushed and foliated.  The one exception is on +Caribou Ridge, which is capped by a much altered gabbro. +[6]</p> + +<p align="justify">The first noticeable change in the +character of the country rock is a Washkagama Lake, +where a fine grained epidotic schist [7] was observed, +having a dip 82 degrees W. and a strike S. 78 degrees +E.</p> + +<p align="justify">At Otter Lake a much foliated and +weathered phyllite [8] was found.  Strike N. 73 +degrees E. and a dip of 16 degrees.</p> + +<p align="justify">On the Babewendigash River seven miles +east of Seal Lake is an exposure of highly metamorphosed +ancient sedimentary rocks.  The outcrop occurs +at a height of four hundred feet above the river; and +there is a well-marked stratification.</p> + +<p align="justify">The lowest bed of a calcarous sericitic +schist [9] is four feet thick and underlies a bed +of schistose lime stone [10] six feet in thickness, +which is in turn covered by a finely laminated phyllite, +[11] ten feet thick.  The whole is capped by thirty +feet of quartzite, [12] which forms the top of a long +ridge.</p> + +<p align="justify">Owing to the strong weathering action +this thickness of quartzite is doubtless much less +than it was originally.</p> + +<p align="justify">Forty-six miles above Seal Lake an +exposure of phyllite was seen, the same in every respect +as the one east of Seal Lake, just mentioned.</p> + +<p align="justify">The general direction of foliation +is S. 70 degrees E. and the dip 70 degrees.  +The higher hills west of Seal Lake are capped by a +much altered gabbro [13] that has undergone considerable +weathering.</p> + +<p align="justify">Between the Nascaupee River and a +few miles beyond Bibiquasin Lake the rock is quartzite, +[14] considerably weathered and covered by drift.  +Bowlders of this quartzite were seen along the Nascaupee +River long before the first outcrop was reached, showing +the general direction of the glacial movement to have +been to the southeast.  From Bibiquasin Lake +to Lake Kasheshebogamog the country is covered with +much drift; the only exposures are on the steep hillsides.  + The rock being a coarse hornblende granite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The western end of Kasheshebogamog +Lake lies within the limit of the anorthosite [15] +area, which extends from that point to Lake Michikamau, +a direct distance of twenty miles and was the only +anorthosite observed on the journey.</p> + +<p><b>GLACIAL STRIAE</b></p> + +<table> +<tr><td>First portage opposite Red River</td><td>S. 45 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>On Caribou Ridge</td> <td>E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>At Washkagama Lake</td> <td>S. 70 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Near Seal Lake</td> <td>N. 85 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>At Wuchusk Nipi</td> <td>S. 75 degrees E.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Thirty-two miles above Wuchusk Nipi</td> <td>S. 70 degrees E.</td></tr> +</table> + +<p><b>MICROSCOPICAL FEATURES OF THE ROCK SPECIMENS</b></p> + +<a name="geology"></a> +<a href="geology.jpg"> +<img alt="Geological Specimens" src="geologth.jpg"> +</a> + +<p align="justify">By G. M. Richards, Columbia University<br><br> +1—­Pegmatite-Grand Lake.  The specimen +was taken from a pegmatite dike at its contact with +an amphibolite.  In the hand specimen it is an +apparently pure orthoclase but in the thin section +small scattered quartz grains are observed; as well +as the alteration products, Kaolin and sericite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The minerals at contact are quartz, +biotite, magnetite and hornblende.</p> + +<p align="justify">Both the quartz and orthoclase contain +dust inclusions and crystallites, while the evidences +of shearing and crushing are abundant.</p> + +<p>2-Quartz Biotite Schist.</p> + +<p align="justify">Contact between above dike and amphibolite.  + A coarse black rock carrying magnetite and pyrites +in considerable quantities.</p> + +<p align="justify">Under the microscope some of the biotite +has a green coloration from decomposition and is surrounded +by strong pleochroic halos.</p> + +<p>Small grains of secondary pyroxene are numerous.</p> + +<h1>AMPHIBOLITE</h1> + +<p>3-Grand Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A dark, compact rock, having a mottled +appearance due to grains of plagioclase, and a green +color in section.</p> + +<p align="justify">Minerals present are hornblende, biotite, +plagioclase, pyroxene, quartz and the alteration products +from the feldspar.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been subjected to a strong +crushing action, which has been resisted by only small +portions of it.  The spaces between the grains, +which are intact, are filled with a confused mass of +peripherally granulated minerals, in which strain shadows +are very prominent.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been derived by dynamic +metamorphism from a basic igneous rock.</p> + +<p>4-Biotite Granite Gneiss.</p> + +<p align="justify">Eighteen miles above mouth of Nascaupee +River.  A fine-grained rock of gneissic structure +having a faint pink color.</p> + +<p align="justify">Plagioclase, microcline and quartz +are the predominating minerals, while biotite, titanite, +epidote, apatite, zircon and garnet are present in +smaller quantities.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is also a small amount of hematite, +pyroxene and sericite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock, which is of a granitic composition, +contains numerous crystallites and has been subjected +to considerable strain and crushing, which has resulted +in foliation.</p> + +<p align="justify">5-Mica Granite Gneiss—­Country +Rock—­near Caribou Ridge.</p> + +<p align="justify">In the hand specimen the rock has +the same appearance as No. 4, if anything, it is somewhat +more compact.</p> + +<p align="justify">The principal minerals are, plagioclase, +biotite and microcline, with smaller quantities of +quartz, iron oxide, pyroxene and garnet.</p> + +<p align="justify">The feldspar is decomposed with the +resulting formation of epidote, which is quite prominent.  + There are also numerous included crystals.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been greatly crushed +and sheared, and is much finer than No. 4.</p> + +<p>6—­Cap of Caribou Ridge.</p> + +<p align="justify">A hard compact rock of dark green +color, having a mottled appearance, due to the presence +of a white mineral.</p> + +<p align="justify">Pyroxene, quartz and augite form the +groundmass, as seen in section.  There are a few +small grains of magnetite,</p> + +<p align="justify">The severe crushing to which the rock +has been subjected has resulted in the conversion +of the plagioclase into scapolite and also in the +formation of zoisite by the characteristic alteration +of the lime bearing silicate of the feldspar in conjunction +with other constituents of the rock.</p> + +<p align="justify">The light mineral is finely granulated +and the whole is marked by uneven extinction.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has probably been derived +by dynamic metamorphism, from a coarse igneous rock +like a gabbro.</p> + +<p>7—­Epidotic Sericitic Schist.  Washkagama +Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A fine grained compact gray rock, +of aggregate structure, consisting chiefly of quartz, +plagioclase and biotite, and the alteration products +epidote and sericite.</p> + +<p align="justify">Under the microscope it is a confused +mass of finely granulated minerals, with numerous +included crystals.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has undergone complete metamorphism +and its origin is unknown.</p> + +<p>8—­Phyllite-Near Otter Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A soft extremely fine grained gray +rock, with a well developed schistose structure, carrying +much magnetite, plagioclase, orthoclase and their +alteration products.</p> + +<p align="justify">The strain to which the rock has been +subjected has resulted in a very fine lamination, +and it is <i>considerably weathered</i>.</p> + +<p align="justify">9—­Calcarous Sericite Schist.—­Seven +Miles East of Seal Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">A dark compact rock, in which calcite +and sericite predominate.  Quartz is less plentiful.  + The results of shearing and pressure are very prominent +and bring out the foliation, even in the calcite.</p> + +<p>10—­Schistose Limestone—­Same +location as No. 9.</p> + +<p align="justify">A white rock having a peculiar mottled +appearance due to the inclusions of decomposing biotite +which project from the surrounding mass of calcite.  + There is some sericite present, also magnetite, resulting +from the decomposition of the biotite.</p> + +<p align="justify">The bent and metamorphosed condition +of the calcite shows the shearing and crushing which +the rock has undergone.</p> + +<p>11—­Phyllite—­same location as +No. 9.</p> + +<p align="justify">A dark red, finely laminated rock +consisting chiefly of decomposed biotite and feldspar, +occasional quartz grains and sericite and much iron +oxide.</p> + +<p align="justify">The rock has been subjected to strong +shearing force, producing a good example of schistose +structure.</p> + +<p>12—­Quartzite—­Same location as +No. 9.</p> + +<p align="justify">A compact rock of light red color, +made up of uniformly rounded grains of quartz, and +the feldspar with occasional grain of magnetite.</p> + +<p align="justify">A fine siliceous material discolored +by iron oxide, acts as a cement between the grains.</p> + +<p align="justify">The quartz grains show secondary growth. +13—­Altered Gabbro—­Thirty-two +Miles Above Wuchusk Nipi on Nascaupee River.</p> + +<p align="justify">A coarse dark green rock whose principal +constituents are pyroxene plagioclase and magnetite.</p> + +<p align="justify">There is a slightly developed diabasic +structure and the rock is much altered by weathering; +the resultant product being chlorite.</p> + +<p>14—­Quartizite—­Bibiquagin Lake.</p> + +<p align="justify">Hard compact rock of light red color, +cut in all directions by narrow veins of quartz, from +microscope size to one-half an inch in width.</p> + +<p align="justify">The grains of the constituent minerals, +quartz, feldspar and magnetite have an angular brecciated +appearance; showing uneven extinction and strong crushing +effects.</p> + +<p align="justify">The magnetite is somewhat decomposed, +the resulting hematite filling the spaces between +the quartz grains.</p> + +<p>15—­Anorthosite—­Shore of Lake +Michikamau.</p> + +<p align="justify">A coarse grained rock of dark gray +color, in which labradorite is the chief mineral.  + Magnetite and Kaolin are present in small quantities.</p> + +<p align="justify">The labradorite contains inclusions +of rutile and biotite and has a well-developed wedge +structure and cross fracture due to the pressure and +shearing which it has undergone.</p> + +<p align="justify">It is also somewhat stained by the +decomposition of the magnetite.</p> + +<h1>SOURCES OF INFORMATION</h1> + +<p align="justify">On the map of the portage route to +Lake Michikamau; that lake, the Grand River and Groswater +Bay are taken from the map accompanying the report +of Mr. A. P. Low.</p> + +<p align="justify">The location of the Susan and Beaver +Rivers with their tributaries was obtained from Dillon +Wallace’s map in “The Lure of the Labrador +Wild.”</p> + +<p align="justify">The instruments used were a Brunton +Pocket Transit, a small taffrail log and an Aneroid +Barometer.  Distances on land were approximated +by means of a pedometer and by rough triangulation.</p> + +<a name="maps"></a> + +<a href="map2smal.jpg"> +<img alt="Map of Canoe Route from Lake Michikamau to Ungava Bay and Sledge Route from Fort Chimo to Nachvak Bay" src="map2th.jpg"> +</a> + +<a name="ptgmap"></a> +<a href="ptgmapsm.jpg"> +<img alt="Map of Portage Route from Hamilton Inlet to Lake Michikamau Labrador" src="ptgmapth.jpg"> +</a> +<br> +<br> +<hr> +<br> +<br> +<pre> +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE LONG LABRADOR TRAIL *** + +This file should be named llbtr10h.htm or llbtr10h.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, llbtr11h.htm +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, llbtr10ah.htm + + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +<a href="http://gutenberg.net">http://gutenberg.net</a> or +<a href="http://promo.net.pg">http://promo.net/pg</a> + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +<a href="http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04">http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext05</a> or +<a href="ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04">ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext05</a> + +Or /etext05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html">http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html</a> + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +<a href="mailto:hart@pobox.com">Michael S. Hart [hart@pobox.com]</a> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/llbtr10h.zip b/old/llbtr10h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c288d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/llbtr10h.zip |
